BHeiney
Wed, 08/09/2023 - 14:37
Edited Text
2002-2003 Adviser's Edition
Academic Catalog
Graduate and Undergraduate Degree Programs
Undergraduate Minors
General Education Requirements
Course Descriptions
Academic
Policies
Bloomsburg University of Pennsylvania
The official university catalog
may be found at www.blooniu.edu/acadeniic
Contents of
this
summary
are effective
beginning Fall Semester, 2002
1
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
Table of Contents
General Education Requirements
9
Introduction
Credit, Semester
9
Hour
9
Distribution Requirements
9
Additional Information
9
Specific
Course Requirements
9
Quantitative-Analytical Reasoning (3 credits)
and Responsible Decision Making
and Recreational Skills (2 credits)
Distribution Requirements
Group A - Humanities and the Arts
Group B - Social and Behavioral Sciences
Group C - Natural Sciences and Mathematics
Values, Ethics
10
(3 credits)
Fitness
Cultural Diversity Requirement
10
10
10
1
11
1
11
Department of Accounting
13
Accounting (B.S.B.A.)
Minor in Accounting
Accounting (M.Ac.)
13
Required courses
Department of Anthropology
Anthropology
Minor
Minor
(B.A.)
American Studies
Anthropology
13
13
13
15
15
in Latin
15
in
15
Art Studio (B.A.)
16
Art History (B.A.)
16
Department of Art and Art History
Minor in Art History
Minor in Art Studio
Art History (M.A.)
Required Courses
Art Studio (M.A.)
Required Courses
Department of Audiology and Speech Pathology
Audiology and Speech Patholog)' (B.S.)
Minor in Audiology and Speech Pathology
Audiology (M.S.)
Required Courses
Elective Courses
Speech Pathology (M.S.)
16
16
16
16
17
17
17
18
18
18
18
18
19
19
Required Courses
1-^
Elective Courses
19
2- Undergraduate,
Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
Department of Biological and
Allied Health Preparatoi-y
Allied Health
Sciences
Programs
20
20
Biology (B.A.)
21
Biology (B.S.)
21
Marine Science Option
Microbiology Option
22
Minor
22
22
in Biology
Biology (M.Ed.)
Admission
Candidacy
Graduation
Required Courses
22
Biology (M.S.)
Admission
Candidacy
Graduation
Required Courses
24
22
23
23
23
24
24
24
24
Department of Business Education and Office Information Systems
Business, Computer and Information Technology (K-12)
Required Courses
Business BCIT requirements
Office Information Systems (B.S.B.A.)
Business Education (M.Ed.)
Department of Chemistry
ACS
28
28
Biochemistry Option
(B.S.)
Certification
Chemistry
Chemistry Minor
Clinical
28
Certification
Chemistry
26
27
27
28
Chemistry (B.A.)
Chemistry (B.S.)
-
26
26
26
Office Information Systems (B.S.B.A.)
ACS
26
(B.S.)
28
28
29
29
Department of Computer and Information Systems
Computer and Information Systems (B.S.)
Minor in Computer and Information Systems
30
Department of Communication Studies and Theatre Arts
Communication Studies (B.A.)
Minor in Communication Studies
31
Theatre Arts
Areas Of Emphasis
Minor In Theatre Arts
30
30
31
31
31
32
32
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
Department of Developmental Instruction
Courses Offered
-
3
33
33
Department of Early Childhood and Elementary Education
Early Childhood Education (B.S.Ed.)
Elementary Education (B.S.Ed.)
Dual Certification
Early Childhood Education (M.S.)
Required Courses
34
34
34
35
35
36
Elementary Education (M.Ed.)
36
37
Required Courses
Department of Educational Studies and Secondary Education
Secondary Education (B.S.Ed.)
Curriculum and Instruction (M.Ed.)
Program Completion and Graduation
38
38
38
.38
Registration for Classes
38
Graduate Assistantships
Required courses
Student Teaching Practicum
38
38
39
39
39
Subject Specialist:
Prerequisites for Admission:
40
Department of English
40
40
English (B.A.)
Minor
in English
Department of Exceptionality Programs
41
Interpreting (B.S.)
Special Education (B.S.Ed.)
Area of Concentration
41
in
Education of the Deaf/Hard of Hearing
Elementary Education and Special Education (Dual Certification)
Education of the Deaf/Hard of Hearing (M.S.)
Required Courses
Reading (M.Ed.)
Required Courses
Special Education (M.S.)
Required courses
41
42
42
43
43
44
44
44
44
Exceptionalities with certification (M.S.)
-VS
Exceptionalities (M.S.)
-li^
Department of Finance and Legal Studies
Finance (B.S.B.A.)
Career Concentration in International Business
Minor in Legal Studies
47
47
4/
47
4- Undergraduate,
Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
Department of Geography and
49
Geosciences...........
Eaith Science (B.S)
49
Geography Minor
Geography (B.A.)
Geography (B.A.)
Geography (B.A.)
Geology (B.S.)
Geology - Minor
50
-
50
50
51
51
51
Department of History
52
History (B.A.)
52
Minor
52
in History
Honors Program
53
About the Honors Program
Honors Courses
53
53
54
Exercise Science (B.S.)
Minor
54
54
in Exercise Science
Exercise Science and Adult Fitness (M.S.)
Department of Health, PhysicalEducation and Athletics
Required courses
54
Department of Instructional Technology
55
Instructional Technology (M.S.)
55
55
55
Graduation
Required courses
Department of Languages and Cultures
Career Concentration
French (B.A.)
in
56
Chinese Studies
56
56
56
Required Courses
Minor
in
French
German
(B.A.)
Minor
German
in
56
56
57
57
58
Spanish (B.A.)
Minor
in Spanish
Department of Mathematics, Computer Science and
Computer Science (B.S.)
Mathematics (B.A.)
Mathematics (B.S.)
Minor in Mathematics
Minor
54
in Statistics
Department of Mass Communications
Mass Communications (B.A.)
Statistics
59
59
59
60
60
60
61
61
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
Department of Management
Management (B.S.B.A.)
Human
62
62
Resources Concentration
62
Master of Business Administration
62
Department of Marketing
65
Marketing (B.S.B.A)
Minor in Marketing
65
65
Department of Music
66
Music (BA.)
66
Music Education Certification, K-12, Track
66
Music (BA.)
Music (BA.)
66
67
Department of Nursing
68
Nursing (B.S.N.)
Nursing (M.S.N.)
68
68
Required courses
69
Department of Philosopliy
71
Philosophy (B.A.)
71
Minor
71
in
Philosophy
Department of Physics and Engineering Teclinology
72
Physics (B.A.)
72
Physics (B.S.)
72
and Electronic Engineering Technology
Engineering Science 3+2 (B.A.)
Health Physics (B.S.)
Electrical
Department of
Political
(B.S.)
Science
72
72
73
74
in Political Science
74
74
Department of Psychology
75
Polidcal Science (B.A.)
Minor
Psychology (B.A.)
75
Minor
75
in Psychology
Department of Sociology, Social Work and Criminal Justice
Sociology (B.A.)
Applied Sociology option
Social
Work
in Sociology
in
Women's
76
76
76
(B.A.)
Criminal Jusdce (B.A.)
Minor
Minor
76
Studies
76
76
^"^
6-
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
78
Course Descriptions
DVS (01) Developmental Instruction
HPE (05) Health, Physical Education and Athletics
HON (08) Honors Courses
IDS (09) Interdisciplinary Studies
FRE (10) French
GER
(11)
SPN
(12) Spanish
RUS
ITL
German
(16) Chinese
ENG
(20) English
(18) Latin
COM
THE
MSC
PHL
(25)
Communication Studies
Mass Communications
ART
(28) Philosophy
(30) Art
ARH
(31) Art History
ARS
ECN
GEO
HIS
PES
(35)
(40)
(41)
83
84
85
86
91
93
95
96
97
98
99
102
105
107
(32) Art Studio
MUS
82
89
(26) Theatre Arts
(27)
78
88
88
89
89
(13) Russian
(14) Italian
CHI
LAT
78
Music
Economics
Geography
(42) History
108
(44) Political Science
112
SOC
(45) Sociology, Social
ANT
(46)
Work and Criminal Justice
Anthropology
113
116
PSY(48) Psychology
118
BIO
(50) Biology
ESS
(51)
120
126
Geology and Earth Science
CHM (52) Chemistry
MAT (53) Mathematics
PHY
MRS
CPS
(54) Physics
(55)
(56)
Marine Science
Computer Science
Instructional Technology
(58) Electrical
EDF
ELE
(63)
TCH
and Electronic Engineering Technology
(60) Educational Studies
(62) Early
Childhood and Elementary Education
Reading
(65) Secondary Education
(67) Military Science
127
128
132
134
136
138
139
140
143
145
146
147
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
-
7
SPE
SPA
(70) Special
Education
Audiology
and Speech Pathology
(72)
HRL (74) Studies in Hearing Loss
147
150
153
ITR
PRS
(75) Interpreter Training
HLT
(80) Health Sciences
154
155
155
NUR
MDT
(82) Nursing
155
(79) Professional Studies
(86) Medical
Technology
162
BUS (90) General Business
ACC (91) Accounting
CIS (92) Computer and Information Systems
162
MOT
166
OIS
FIN
(93)
Management
(94) Office Information Systems
(96) Finance
MKT (97) Marketing
BSL
(98) Business
Academic
Law
Policies
Field Experiences for Teacher Education
Program Approval
Undergraduate Degree Programs
Guidelines for Course Numbering System
Course and Program Development
Required Format for Course Syllabi for BUCC Approval
Student Course Requirements and Progress Information
Undergraduate (Degree and Non-Degree) Admissions Policy
Evaluation of Undergraduate Transfer Credits
Placement Testing for Developmental Courses
Academic Renewal Policy
Student Responsibility
Registration
Choice of Curriculum/Declaration of Major
Double Major Across Colleges
Change of Area of Study
Change of Undergraduate Schedule
163
165
169
170
171
172
173
173
174
174
174
175
176
176
177
178
179
179
180
180
180
180
180
180
Student Scheduling Policy
181
Definition of FuU-Time Student
181
Undergraduate Satisfactory Progress
Graduate Courses in Senior Year
Credit by Examination
Credit by Examination for RN's
Course Repeat
Undergraduate Pass/Fail
182
183
183
183
184
184
8- Undergraduate,
Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
Auditing of Courses
184
Withdrawal
Graduate Course Withdrawal
Class Attendance
185
185
185
Academic Integrity Policy
Academic Examination Policy
Grade Change
Department of Nursing Academic Good Standing
Academic Dismissal and Appeals Procedure
Graduate Academic Progress, Probation, and Dismissal
Withdrawal from the University
Academic Grievance Procedure
Majors, Minors, Career Concentrations and Teacher Certification
186
Graduation Requireinents
Change in Graduation or Curriculum Requirements
General Education Requirements
Multiple Degrees
195
Academic Distinction
Mid-Semester Grade Reports
Admission, Monitoring and Exit Procedures
Teacher Education Certification Program
Library Book and Materials Selection Policy
Book Gift and Exchange Policy
Library Book and Materials Withdrawal
Graduate Faculty Appointment
191
191
192
193
195
195
195
197
197
197
for
Honorai"y Degrees
Review Board (IRB) for Human Subjects Research
Course Assignments Involving Human Subjects
Animal Subjects Research
Institutional
187
190
190
200
201
202
202
202
203
205
206
207
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
-
9
General Education Requirements
Introduction
The College of
An understanding
Liberal Arts, College of Science
of the relationship between an
individual and his/her physical and biological
environments;
and
Technology, College of Business and College of
Professional Studies at Bloomsburg University of
Pennsylvania administer undergraduate curricula.
Each curriculum, leading to a baccalaureate degree,
requires successful completion of at least 128 semester
hours in the major, general education and free electives.
This secuon deals with general education; requirements
for each major are listed under department headings.
While elecUves are unrestricted, it's helpful to consult with
a faculty adviser.
When
a student makes a tentative choice of a major,
preliminary or prerequisite courses required in that major
are assigned. Admission
is
selective or restrictive at the
junior year entry level for some curricula. The university
is not bound to admit the student if the student is not
admissible according to the competition for available
spaces or other selective criteria.
Students
who plan
to
major in two departments must have
and meet all of the
major requirements of each department and all of the
general education requirements. Double majors in some
departments may require more than the minimum 128
semester hours for graduation. Double majors in
departments in two colleges must have the permission of
both college deans to declare a double major.
position of the indi\'idual in the world community'.
Additional Information
See PRP 3612 General Education Requirements
Questions regarding general education requirements may
be directed to your academic adviser or to the Registrar.
Specific Course Requirements
Commiuiication
(9 credits; unless
one weekly period of 50 minutes of lecture, discussion
courses.
20.101 Composition
1
and one of the following:
20.201 Composition 2
20.203 Approaches to Literary Study
31.460 Research in Art Histon'
42.398 Research and Writing
20.131 Bible as Literature
20.151 Introduction to Literature
20.152 Literatme and Society
20.156 Popular Literature
20.226 European Literature
20.236 American Literature
Distribution Requirements
The general education program includes specific course
requirements totalling 18 credits, distribution
requirements totalling 36 credits and a diversity
requirement of two courses. The goals of the general
education program are to develop:
ability to
ability to
facility to
communicate
recreation
A
1
20.237 .American Literature 2
20.246 British Literature
1
20.247 British Literature 2
20.256 Non-Western Literature
1
22.257 Non-Western Literatiu-e 2
The remaining
tiiree credits in
think analytically and quantitatively;
make independent and responsible value
Communication are
to
10.100 Foundations of French Literature and Culture
10.101 French
1
10.102 French 2
10.203 French 3
10.204 French 4
10.205 Applied Phonetics and Pronunciation
skills;
capacity for assessing the validity of ideas
and an
11.100 Foundations of
understanding of the approaches used
knowledge through the development of
to gain
11.101
critical
11.102
thinking
1
selected from these courses:
effectively;
judgments and decisions according to high ethical
values and life goals;
An appreciation of the need for fitness and lifelong
A
Skills
50.290 Writing in Biology
20.227 European Literature 2
credit.
A
Honors Composition
and one of the second level
required.) Suidents eligible for 20.205
or a Writing-Intensive Literature coiuse
or recitation for one semester. In some cases as in
laboratory, studio or internship, there may not be a oneto-one correspondence between experimental time and
An
An
student qualifies for
20.205 Honors Composition in which case only 6 credits are
09.231 Technical Writing
Semester Hour
A semester hour, or credit, is ordinarily defined as the credit
for
familiarity with the major contributions of human
knowledge in the humanities, social sciences, natural
sciences and mathematics; and
An awareness and global understanding of the relative
are excused from taking 20.101
a major adviser in each department
Credit,
A
abilities;
greater appreciation of theater, literature, art
11.203
and
music through stimulation of one's creative interests;
An understanding of our society and the relative
position of an individual in this society;
German
German
German
German
German
Literature
and Culture
1
2
3
4
12.100 Foundations of Spani.sh Literature and CUiUure
11.204
12.101 Spanish
1
12.102 Spanish 2
be
10- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
12.203 Spanish 3
05.1 12 Varsity Athletics
12.204 Spanish 4
05.113 Varsity Athletics
12.205 Phonetic Theory and Practice
05.149 Aquatics
13.101 Russian
05.150 Beginning Aquatics
1
-
13.102 Russian 2
05.155 Swimnastics
13.103 Russian 3
05.200
13.104 Russian 4
05.214 Fencing
14.101 Italian
05.217 Bicycling
1
Safety
05.219 Tennis
14.102 Italian 2
16.105 Chinese
CPR and
05.220 Folk Dancing
1
16.106 Chinese 2
05.221 Jazz Dance
18.101 Latin
05.222 Creative Dance
1
05.223
18.102 Latin 2
20.112 Practical
II
Begin Non-Swim
Grammar
Modern Dance
05.224 Fitness Dance
20.301 Creative Writing
05.225 Beginning Ballet
25.103 Public Speaking
25.104 Interpersonal Speech Communication
05.226 Jogging / Walking
05.228 Gymnastics
74.153 Introduction to Sign Language
05.230 Weight Training and Fitness
Quantitative-Analytical Reasoning (3 credits)
08.303 Honors Seminar on Research
45.260 Basic Social
48.160 Basic
53.101
05.232 Bowling
05.233 Badminton
40.156 Business and Economics Math
40.236 Business and Economics Stat
05.231 Archery
1
05.234 Golf
1
05.235 Riflery
Statistics
05.236 Volleyball
Statistics
05.238 Racquetball-Handball
Math Thinking
05.239 Square Dance
53.111 Finite Mathematics
05.240 Fitness-Slimnastics
53.118 Applied Matrix Algebra
05.241 Judo-Self Defense
53.123 Essentials Calculus
05.243 Backpacking
53.125 Calculus
05.244 Orienteering
1
53.141 Introduction to Statistics
53.202 Geometry and
05.245 Canoeing
Statistics for
Elementary Education
Majors
53.241 ProbabiUty and Statistics
56.110 Introduction to Computer Science
Values, Ethics and Responsible Decision
Making
05.250 Lifesaving
05.265 Basketball
05.270 Exercise and You
05.272 Intermediate Bowling
08.303 Honors Seminar on Quantitative and Analytical
Reasoning
09.213 Science, Technology and
Human
05.248 Basic Saihng
05.271 Intermediate Archery
(3 credits)
08.301 Honors Seminar: Values
09.230
05.247 Basic Rock Climbing
Human
05.273 Intermediate Golf
05.274 Intermediate Tennis
05.275 Intermediate Volleyball
Values
Sexuality
05.276 Intermediate Judo
05.277 Advanced Sailing
28.297 Ethics
05.298 Fitness and Wellness
28.290 Medical Ethics
(1 credit only)
05.300 Decisions on Heath Behavior
28.292 Contemporary Moral Problems
28.294 Ethics Politics and Public Policy
28.295 Business Ethics
42.210 Values Conflict 20th Cent
42.215 Global Issues: Contemporary Values
44.207 Ethics, Politics and Public Policy
45.320 Sociology of Women
(3)
05.311 Methods, Materials in Elementary School Physical
Education
41.105 Environmental Issues/Choices
(1 credit only)
05.309 Decisions for Healthy Behavior
(1
credit only)
05.321 First Aid and Safety (1 credit only)
05.333 School
Camping and Outdoor Education
05.397 Adult Hlth Dev Program
50.205 Intro to Nutrition
(1
(1 credit
only)
credit only)
46.102 Anthropology and World Problems
46.260
Men and Women
Anthropology Perspective
48.131 Psychology Adjustment
48.254 Psychology Aspects Society Issues
50.254 Social Implications Biology
60.205 Career Development and Life Planning
82.100 Personal Health
82.217 Alcohol: Use and Abuse
Fitness and Recreational Skills (2 credits)
Two credits of Military Science (67) satisfy the requirement.
Distribution Requirements
Thirty-six semester hours are required with 12 semester
hours required from each of the three general academic
areas of humanities, social sciences
mathematics.
No more
given academic major
and natural sciences and
than three semester hours from a
may count toward
this distribution
requirement.
Courses which an individual uses to satisfy the specific
communication, quantitative/analytical reasoning, values/
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
and
ethics
used
fitness
and recreation requirements may not be
to satisfy distribution requirements.
Bloomsburg
Committee (BUCC) or an individual
University Curriculum
08.101 Honors Humanities
08.201 Honors Humanities
I
II
09.491 Honors Independent Study Humanities
09.492 Honors Seminar Humanities
distribution requirement.
09.493 Honors Independent Study Humanities
some
cases, qualifications exist in the
schedule, the university catalog or the student information
system for prerequisites and other qualifications. Not every
The
is
offered each semester.
courses appearing here are approved for general
education as of May
1995.
1,
for general education
schedule, that course
If
a course was previously listed
and does not appear
will still fulfill
in this class
general education credit
for the student, provided the student enrolled in the course
during the time the course was approved for general
education. However, students scheduling the course after
the course no longer is approved may not receive general
education credit for the course.
Questions regarding courses listed as general education
should be directed to the academic department which offers
the course.
Courses selected to
must be from
fulfill
the distribution requirements
at least three different
departments within
each of the three groups with two or more credits required
selected. Courses which a student
uses to satisfy the specific course requirements in the
categories of communication, quantitative/analytical
reasoning, values/ethics and fitness and recreation may not
be used to satisfy the distribution requirements.
Students who otherwise meet the prerequisites are
permitted to take any course offered by the departments
listed below, unless the course is expressly excluded for
general education by the university curriculum committee
or the department with the approval of the curriculum
committee.
No more than three credits from a given academic major
may count toward the distribution requirement. Students
with a double major must adhere to this policy for one of
from each department
the majors.
Group A
Group B
-
II
Social and Beliavioral Sciences
Select courses totalling 12 credits
46
40
-
41
-
48
45
from these departments:
Anthropology
Economics
Geography
-
44
-
Political Science
Psychology
-
Sociology
-
,
Social Welfare
and Criminal Justice
In addition, these courses are eligible;
08.130 Honors Social Science
I
08.230 Honors Social Science II
09.496 Honors Independent Study Soc Sci
09.497 Honors Sem Soc Sci
I
09.498 Honors Independent Study Soc Sci II
70.101 Introduction to Exceptional Individuals
72.152 Introduction to Communications Disorders
following courses are not eligible for group B credit:
The
40.156 Business and Economics Mathematics
40.180 Special Topics
40.246 Business and Economics
40.356 Business and Economics
Statistics I
Statistics II
40.455 Econometrics
40.470 Senior Seminar
40.480 Advanced Special Topics
40.490 Independent Study
41.350 Advance Planning
Group C
-
Natural Sciences and Mathematics
from these departments:
and Allied Health Sciences
Select courses totaling 12 credits
30
-
Biological
52
-
Chemistry
51
-
53
54
-
I
form of
prerequisites, two semester continuity, etc. Consult the class
general education course
11
In addition, these courses are eligible:
academic department, with the approval of the BUCC, may
exclude any of its courses from being counted as a
In
-
-
Geography and Geosciences
Mathematics (but not computer science courses)
-
Physics
In addition, these courses are eligible:
Humanities and the Arts
08.110 Honors Math and Science
I
30 -Art
08.210 Honors Madi and Science
II
31- Art History
09.173 Seminar Natural Sciences and Mathematics
09.495 Honors Seminar Natural Sciences and Matliematics
Select courses totalling 12 credits
32
25
20
-
Art Studio
-
Communication Studies
English
-
42
-
History
Languages and Cultures
French
10-18
-
from these
areas:
The
following courses are not eligible for
09.230
Human
Group C
credit:
Sexuality
50.205 Intro to Nutrition
50.254 Social Implications Biology
54.180
CAD
Engineering Graphics
German
Spanish
Cultural Diversity Requirement
Russian
Italian
Japanese, Chinese
Latin
27
-
35
-
28
-
26
-
Mass Communications
Music
Philosophy
Theatre Arts
The Cultural Diversitv' requirement is ett'ecuve for all degree students entering or re-entering with the fall semester
1993 and thereafter. Each student must succe.ssfully complete two courses from this list of diversity focused courses.
These courses may be applied toward courses for the major,
general education or free electives.
05.334 Women in Sport
08.130 Honors Social Science
1
12- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
08.302 Honors Seminar, Diversity
Human
42.228 African-American History
42.329
The American Woman
III
42.469
10.204 French IV
42.470
Women/Gender Euro
Women/Gender Euro
44.222
Women
09.230
10.203 French
Sexuality
10.211 Foundations of French Culture
and
Civilization
10.212 France Today
11.203
11.204
11.211
11.212
Politics
44.377 Feminist Political Theory
German III
Gennan IV
German Culnire and
German Culture and
12.203 Spanish
and
1
2
45.215 Racial and Ethnic Minorities
45.221 Social
Work and
Diversity
Ci\'ilization I
45.352 Sociology of Women
Civilization II
46.101 Introduction to Anthropology
46.102 Anthropology and World Problems
III
12.204 Spanish IV
46.200 Principles of Cultural Anthropology
12.211 Spanish Culture
and
46.290 Anthropology of Race and Racism
Civilization
12.212 Spanish-American Culture and Civilization
46.310 Aztecs and Mayans
14.203 Italian
46.320 Contemporary World Cultures
III
Chinese Culture and Civilization
16.212 Chinese Culture and Civilization
20.256 Non-Western Literature I
20.257 Non-Western Literature II
16.21
20.287 Black
I
46.333 Ethnic Identity in the United States
II
46.340 Native North Americans
Women Writers
46.350 Medical Antliropology
46.370 Indigenous Cultures of
Modern
Me.xico
46.390 Sociology of the Child
20.288 Feminist Reading of Culture
46.440 Language and Culture
20.388 Gender/Race/Class
46.450 Peoples and Cultures of South America
20.436 African-American Literature
46.480 Religion and Magic
25.220 Intercultural Communication
48.350 Psychology of Sex and Gender
25.309 Gender Issues in Communication
60.393 Social Foundations of Education
25.494 Special Topic: Diversity
60.394 Education in an Urban Society
28.408 Feminist Philosophy
60.406 Multicultural Education
31.345 Near East Art: Islamic
70.101 Introduction to Exceptional Individuals
31.346 Oriental Art
82.410
II
Community Health Nursing
40.131 Asian Culture to 1600
82.451 Transcultural Health Issues
40.313 Labor Economics
90.350 Value of Diversity in Business
41.102 Worid Cultural Geography
91.320 International Accounting
42.141
Modem
Far East
93.355 Managing Multicultural Organizations
42.143 Black Africa
97.380 International Marketing
42.210 Values Conflict in 20tii Century History
98.340
42.224 Immigrant E.xperience
98.407 International Legal Environment
42.227 American
Women
42.228 African American History
98.460
LaviT
and Literature
Employment and Discrimination Law
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
-
13
Department of Accounting
91.220 Financial Accounting
Accounting (B.S.B.A.)
Among
91.223 Managerial Accounting
65 semester hours of general education courses,
students must take:
20.101 Composition
I
20.201 Composition
II
91.321 Intermediate Accounting
I
91.322 Intermediate Accounting
II
Choose two of the following three
91.324 Tax Accounting
25.103 Public Speaking
40.121 Principles of Economics
1
40.122 Principles of Economics
II
91.342 Auditing
91.348 Cost Accounting
40.156 Business and Economic Mathematics (or 53.123
Essentials of Calculus)
40.256 Business and Economics
53.118 Applied Matrix Algebra
Accounting
provide the School of Graduate Studies with the following:
Requirements for the Major - A total of 63 semester hours
required for a major in accounting under the business
administration degree program. Required courses include:
Business Core Curriculum (24 semester hours):
91.221 Principles of Accounting I
91.223 Managerial Accounting
92.150 Introduction to Computer and Information
Official
Management
93.481 Business Policies and Strategies
Law and Legal Environment
Law
credits) must be 400-level
include 91.432 Accounting
When
part of this requirement.
have proper prerequisites and avoid elecdve courses below
that level for which the student has already been prepared
in that subject field. Courses designated with a 40, 90, 91,
98 prefix are considered business or
economics electives.
General education electives - Select a minimum of
semester hours in non-business elective courses. Note:
Graduation requires successful completion of a total of 128
92, 93, 94, 96, 97 or
1
The
Accounting
following courses are required:
vjrho
the applicant's
course of study
and the
follovsing:
and
related topics courses
statistics, computer
information systems, business law, finance,
management, marketing, calculus and ethics.
including: principles of economics,
accounting courses including: principles
of accounting, managerial accounting, intermediate
accounting, tax, auditing, cost and an advanced
accounting
in the field of
elective.
Practical work experience
accounting or an undergraduate accounting
Work Experience.
internship.
Retention and Graduation. Graduation will be conferred
successful completion of a mininnnn of 30 semester
hours of graduate-level course work fulfilling all program
requirements. Students must complete all required course
upon
work
for graduation while maintaining a
minimum
overall
than two courses with a grade of C \sill
.A grade lower than C will
graduation.
toward
counted
be
not be viewed as satisfactory progress toward graduation,
GPA of 3.0. No more
although
IVIinor in
comment on
potential to successfully complete a graduate level
Prerequisite
selecting an elecdve, students should be sure they
semester horns.
have the knowledge to
B. Prerequisite
(9 credit hours) are
required in upper-level business or economics courses. Most
accounting students complete a six-credit internship
fulfill
academic transcripts
A. Prerequisite general business
Internship or 91.498 Introduction to Health Care.
(91.432) to
all
of recommendation from individuals
college or universit)'
98.332 Business and Commercial
Three courses
letters
Individuals
Accounting Requirements (24 semester hours):
91.222 Principles of Accounting II
91.321 Intermediate Accounting I
91.322 Intermediate Accounting II
91.323 Intermediate Accounting III
91.324 Federal Tax Accounting
91.342 Auditing Theory and Procedure
91.348 Cost Accounting
-
copy of
official
Three
Graduate Studies
who have not completed all admissions
requirements may take up to 12 approved semester hours
of graduate courses at Bloomsburg which may be applied
toward the degree upon successful admission to the graduate
program.
Prerequisite Course Work. A baccalaureate degree \rith an
emphasis in accounting from an accredited college or
university, or a baccalaureate degree from an accredited
97.310 Marketing: Principles and Practices
Elective Courses
An
Additional requirements as stipulated by the School of
96.313 Introduction to Corporate Finance
Accounting Electives - (6
accounting courses not to
Graduate Management Admission Test (GMAT)
or Graduate Record Examination scores
Completion of tlie prerequisites listed under "Minimum
Prerequisite Course Work"
Science
98.331
(IVI.Ac.)
Admission. Applicants to the Master of Accounting must
Statistics
is
93.344 Principles of
courses:
it
will
be included in the students GPA.
Required courses
Fall
Semester
91.501 Financial Accounting
14- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
91.523 Advanced Tax Accoundng
91.551 International Accounting
93.511 Statistical Analysis
Spring Semester
91.504 Foundations of Financial Accounting
91.521 Advanced Cost Accounting
91.522 Advanced Audit Theory
91.553 Special Topics in Accounting
96.535 Financial
Summer
Management
Session
91.552 Controllership (graduate elective)
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
-
15
Department of Anthropology
Anthropology
Minor
(B.A.)
In addition to 53 semester hours of general education
requirements, a total of 36 semester hours is required for a
major in anthropology. Additional elecdve courses
requirem.ent for a bachelor's degree.
The
satisfy
the
following courses
are required: 46.200 Principles of Cultural Anthropology
Human
In cooperation with the departments of History and
Languages and Cultures, the department offers a 21-credit
minor in Latin American Studies for students with an interest
in the cultures of Mexico, Central and South America and
the Spanish or French-speaking Caribbean. Six credits are
in
Origins
A minimum
46.385 Anthropology Research and Writing
46.470 History of Anthropological Thought and Theory
of six credits from:
46.310 Aztecs and Mayas
46.301 Field Archaeology
46.333 Ethnicity in the United States
46.466 Independent Study in Anthropology
46.370 Indigenous Cultures of Modern Mexico
46.450 Peoples and Cultures of South America
46.475 Field Methods in Cultural Anthropology
46.497 Internship in Anthropology
Elective Courses - Students
46.495 Special Topics in Anthropolog)': Mexico Study
may choose six courses,
totaling
more semester hours. At least six semester hours must
come from each of two subdisciplines. Four courses may
18 or
apply to either Subsdisciplines
A or
46.466 Independent Study in Anthropology
to
12.207 Hispanic Daily Life and Customs
12.211 Spanish Culture and Civilization
12.212 Spanish American Culture and Civilization
46.301 Field Archaeology
12.213 Hispanics in the U.S.: Culture and Literature
46.310 Aztecs and Mayans
46.311 Archaeology of Northeastern North America
46.312 South American y^rchaeology
46.340 Native North Americans
46.405 Primates
Anthropology
46.102 Anthropology and World Problems
12.290 Spanish Studies Abroad (Latin America and
Caribbean only)
10.290 French Studies Abroad (Caribbean only)
10.495 Special Topics (approved by adviser)
12.495 Special Topics (approved by adviser)
38.498 Internship in the Humanities: Puerto Rican Study
Abroad
Perspective
46.320 Contemporary World Cultures
46.333 Ethnic Identity in the United States
46.350 Medical Anthropology
46.360 Pseudoscience
46.370 Indigenous Cultures of Modern Mexico
46.390 Socialization of the Child
46.440 Language and Culture
46.450 Peoples and Cultures of South America
46.475 Field Methods in Cultural Anthropology
46.480 Religion and Magic
Students contemplating graduate school are advised to take
an introductory course in computer science and at least six
credit hours in a foreign language.
From European Colonization
the Present
Archaeology and Physical Anthropology
46.300 Archaeological Method and Theory
Men and Women: An Anthropological
Caribbean
42.142 Latin America:
46.495 Special Topics in Anthropology
46.497 Internship in Anthropology
46.260
Abroad
46.495 Special Topics in Anthropology: Peoples of the
46.497 Internship in Anthropology (must be related to
the minor)
A minimum of three credits from:
B:
46.460 Applied Anthropology
B. Cultural
The
46.312 South American Archaeology
Choose one of the following four courses:
A.
American Studies
language courses, either Spanish or French.
remaining 15 credits are divided as follows.
46.210 Prehistoric Archaeology
46.220
in Latin
IVIinor in
Anthropology
A minor in Anthropology constitutes
18 semester hours in
anthropology.
This includes three required courses:
46.200 Principles of Cultural Anthropology
46.210 Prehistoric Anthropology
46.220
Human
Origins
and nine additional semester hours from department
electives.
1 6-
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
Department af Art and Art History
31.225 History of Architecture
Art Studio (B.A.)
31.235 Ancient and Medieval Art
Administered by Art and Art History
Effective Fall, 2002
Students must fulfill the requirements for the major, the
general elective courses and whatever free elective credits
remain to bring the number of semester hours to 128
Transfer students must take at least half the credits for the
degree program at Bloomsburg University to graduate with
a major in art studio or art history. Of the 1 3 courses needed,
at least seven must be taken at Bloomsburg. All art courses
at Bloomsburg are three semester hours unless indicated
31.236 Art from the Renaissance Through Impressionism
otherwise.
31.451
Requirements for Art Studio - A total of 39 semester hours
is required for a major in art studio. Required courses
30.385 Philosophy/ Psychology of Art
include:
31.324 History of Photography
31.345 Islamic Art
31.346 Alt History of the Far East
31.355 History of
Modern Art
31.375 Independent Study in Art History
31.365 Italian Renaissance Art
31.366 Northern Renaissance Art
31.373
Romanesque and Gothic Art
Museums
31.450 Perspectives on
Museum
Exhibition
32.480 Internship In Art (depending on the nature of the
internship experience, 3-6 credits)
Core
Or any
32.111 Drawing
I
32.212 Drawing
II
other Art History course (31)
Art Studio: Six semester hours in art studio courses in areas
such as drawing, painting, sculpture, 2D or 3D design,
32.151 Three-Dimensional Design
ceramics, fabric design, graphics, photography, weaving
32.152 Two-Dimensional Design
computer graphics. Art
32.231 Painting
an art elective class (art history or art studio) Language: Six
semester hours in a foreign language. Art history majors
intending to continue studies at the graduate level should
take two levels of the same language to acquire greater
I
32.241 Sculpture
I
Choose two courses from Art History (31)
- Three levels of one of the following:
Specialization
ceramics, fabric design, graphics, painting, photography,
electives:
and
Three semester hours in
proficiency.
sculpture or weaving.
Art Electives
-
Complete the 39
credits for
major with
art
electives
in Art History or Art Studio.
Minor
in
Art {History
15 semester hours in art history courses (Code 31); 30.101
Introduction to Art, for a total of 18 credits.
Art History (B.A.)
IVIinor in
Administered by Art and Art History
Effective Fall, 2002
Students must fulfill the requirements for the major, the
general elective courses and whatever free elective credits
remain to bring the number of semester hours to 128
Transfer students must take at least half the credits for the
degree program at Bloomsburg University to graduate with
a major in art studio or art history. Of the 13 courses needed,
at least seven must be taken at Bloomsburg. All art courses
at Bloomsburg are three semester hours unless indicated
The minor in Art Studio requires a total of 18 credit hours.
Of these, 15 credit hours (five courses) must be in Art Studio
otherwise.
Requirements for Art History -A total of 39 semester hours
is required for a major in art history. The degree program
in art history provides an overview of the history of art
together with minimum competency in a foreign language
pertinent to the discipline, as well as direct experience of
the art-making process through studio courses. Art history
majors are expected to work closely with their adviser to
identify courses that are
most relevant
to their interests
postgraduate goals. Required courses include:
Core
-
Choose eight courses from the
31.215 American Art History
following:
and
Art Studio
(Code 32) from at least three different instructors. A second
an art studio course must also be included. Finally,
30.101 Introduction to Art or an art history course (code
31) is also required, bringing the total for the minor to 18
level of
credits.
Art History
(IVI.A.)
Admission. In addition to meeting the general admission
requirements for the School of Graduate Studies, applicants
must also include a one-page statement of their objectives
and philosophy. Applicants to art history must include a
writing sample and GRE scores. Those choosing the master's
degree in art studio need to submit an 8" x 10" plastic sleeve
of slides representative of their recent creative work. Upon
acceptance, students are required to appear for a personal
interview with the department chairperson, program
coordinator and an adviser in their major field. At this time,
any deficiencies in the applicant's background will be noted
and an appropriate course of study oudined. A thesis and
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
an exhibition of creative work are required for art studio
majors. A thesis and presented paper are required for art
history majors.
Retention and Candidacy. Requirements of
this
program
are outlined in the graduate catalog secdon.
Graduation. Ait history majors
will specialize in
study along with advanced general studies.
30 semester hours
is
required; this
an area of
A minimum
of
number may be exceeded
depending on the student's program. All other graduadon
requirements for this program are the same as for the School
of Graduate Studies.
Required Courses
Graduate courses in art history include:
31.560 Readings and Research in Contemporary Art
History
31.565 Readings and Research in American Art History
31.570 Readings and Research in European Art History
-17
representative of their recent creative work. Upon
acceptance, students are required to appear for a personal
interview with the department chairperson, program
coordinator and an adviser in their major field. At this time,
any deficiencies in the applicant's background will be noted
and an appropriate course of study oudined. A thesis and
an exhibition of creative work are required for art studio
majors. A thesis and presented paper are required for art
history majors.
How to Apply
Retention and Candidacy. Requirements of this program
are oudined in the graduate catalog section.
Graduation. Art studio majors will choose an area of
concentration consisting of four levels of the selected
specialization along with selected elective courses as
suggested by their committee. A minimum of 30 semester
hours is required; this number may be exceeded depending
on the student's program. All other graduation requirements
program are the same as for the School of Graduate
31.575 Readings and Research in Oriental Art History
for this
31.580 Readings and Research in Architectural Art History
Studies.
31.585 Art and Culture of France
31.592 Readings and Research in Advanced Visual
Required Courses
30.590 Current Theories in Art and Art Education
Graduate courses in art studio must include four levels in a
chosen discipline plus a six-credit graduate thesis. Students
should plan the balance of degree requirements with their
30.591 Visual Arts of the Exceptional Child
adviser. Disciplines include:
Aesthetics
31.595 Directed Study in Art Histoiy
30.595 Master's Thesis
32.500, 01, 02, 03
courses in art studio and art history carry 3
32.510, 11, 12, 13
semester hours of credit, except for 31.595 and 32.595
(Directed Study) which carry variable credit and 30.595
Master's Thesis which carries 3 to 6 semester hours.
32.520, 21, 22, 23
The preceding
32.530, 31, 32, 33
32.540, 41, 42, 43
32.550, 51, 52, 53
Art Studio (M.A.)
Adnussion. In addition to meeting the general admission
requirements for the School of Graduate Studies, applicants
must also include a one-page statement of their objectives
and philosophy. Those choosing the master's degree in art
studio need to submit an 8" x 10" plastic sleeve of slides
32.580, 81, 82, 83
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Ceramics
Drawing
Crafts
1, II,
I, II,
Graphics
Painting
III,
I, II, III,
III,
1, II,
IV
IV
W
fV
IV
III, IV
III,
I, II, III,
Sculpture
I, II,
Photography
32.595 Directed Study in the Studio .^ts
I, II, III,
IV
18- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog
2002-2003 Advisers
Edition.
Department of Audiology and Speech Pathology
Audiology and Speech Pathology
Audiology (M.S.)
(B.S.)
Admission. The applicant is required to submit a one-page,
typed letter of intent stating professional background,
experience and rationale for wanting to be admitted to
In addition to 54 semester hours of general education
requirements, a total of 51 semester hours
is
required for a
major in speech pathology and audiology and with the
addition of 23 semester hours of elective courses, the
university degree requirement of 128 hours
is met. Students
should work with their adviser on course selecdon.
The following covuses in speech pathology and audiology
are required:
48.160 Basic
70.101 Introduction to the Excepdonal Individual
70.202 Technology for Excepdonalities
minimum grade point average
who do not have an undergraduate major
in the area of
communication disorders will be required to
complete certain academic and practicum
The Graduate Record Examination
is
required of
all
had scores of
520 on the quantitative and 570
applicants. Typically, successful students have
72.240 Normal Language Acquisition
at least
72.300 Auditory Training and Speech Reading
on
72.410 Applied Speech Science
72.320 Assessment and Remediation of Language Disorders
72.330 Assessment and Remediation of Speech Disorders
72.340 Applied Behavioral Analysis for Speech and
Language
72.430 Fundamentals of Audiology
470 on the verbal,
the analytical portions of the exam.
Applicants who fail
may be admitted on
to satisfy the
program's requirements
a provisional basis. In such cases, the
terms of the conditional admission wiW be specified for the
individual applicant. Deadline for submission of application
March 1
The student must maintain a QPA of 3.0 with a
maximum of two Cs on average throughout the graduate
materials
is
.
Retention.
72.450 Clinical Observation
72.460 Psycholinguistics
program.
54.106 Science of Sound
20.112 Practical Grammar and Usage
wfill
Minor in Audiology and Speech
Pathology
is
offered
to any indi\'idual enrolled at Bloomsburg who wishes to gain
an introductory understanding of the professions of
audiology and/or speech pathology. The undergraduate
minor addresses basic processes of communication,
development of communicative competence and an overview
of the communication disorders. Students can use the minor
to enhance preparation in their major or to explore the
professions in preparation for graduate education in
audiology or speech pathology. Completion of the minor
does not qualify the student for certification as an audiologist
or speech pathologist, nor does it meet the requirements
for a speech-language assistant.
six
Students
transcript analysis.
72.220 Phonetics
Audiology and Speech Pathology
2.8.
deficiencies as prescribed by the faculty foUovidng individual
72.200 Introducdon to Audiology
in
of
satisfactorily
72.152 Introduction Communication Disorders
Choose
The applicant is required to submit three letters of
recommendation with the names, addresses, positions and
telephone numbers of the references who have knowledge
of the applicant's academic and clinical background.
An applicant must have a baccalaureate degree from an
accredited institution, with a
Statistics
50.366 Anatomy and Physiology: Head, Neck and Thorax
The minor
audiology.
of the following seven courses:
A
grade of
C
or lower in any clinical experience
necessitate repeating the course to achieve a grade of
or higher.
Graduation. A minimum of 54 semester hours
complete the master's program.
is
B
required to
Required Courses
A thesis is required. The M.S. in Audiology degree program
has monitoring and exit criteria. There are periodic
comprehensive reviews of each student's academic and
clinical abilities. Required courses:
Undergraduate Courses
72.200 Introduction to Audiology
72.300 Auditory Training and Speech Reading
Graduate Courses
72.500 Measurement of Hearing Loss
72.502 Physiological Methods in Audiology
72.504 Hearing Aids and Auditory Training
72.506 Externship: Clinical Practicum in Audiology
I
72.508 Externship: Clinical Practicum in Audiology
II
72.152 Introduction Communication Disorders
72.510 Research in Audiology
72.200 Introduction to Audiology
72.512 Seminar in Audiology: Special Problems
72.220 Phonetics
72.514 Seminar in Audiology: Industrial and Public Health
72.240 Normal Language Acquisition
Audiology
72.516 Seminar in Audiology: Auditory Problems in
Children
72.300 Auditory Training and Speech Reading
72.410 Applied Speech Science
72.460 Psycholinguistics
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
72.518 Seminar in Audiology: Theoretical and Clinical
Retention. Graduate students must maintain a QPA of 3.0
no more than two Cs throughout the graduate program.
with
Masking
a grade of
72.520 Educational Audiology
If
72.522 Aural Rehabilitation: Theory and Practice
III),
72.524 Clinical Methods and Practicum in Audiology
72.525 Clinical Methods and Practicum in Audiology
I
II
72.526 Clinical Methods and Practicum in Audiology III
72.527 Clinical Methods and Practicum in Audiology IV
72.532 Electronics and Instrumentation in Audiology
72.599 Master's Thesis
Elective
Courses
72.528 Clinical Methods and Practicum in Audiology
72.590 Independent Study and Research
72.591 Independent Study and Research
74.568 Advanced American Sign Language
Other
-19
C
earned
is
in the final clinic course (Clinic
the course must be repeated.
To progress
in
graduate
must maintain adequate academic standing
and adhere to the department suitability clause.
Graduation. The graduate program in speech pathology consists
school, students
minimum of 55 semester hours with most courses being
required. Clinical experience is considered necessary and
inseparable from the existing course sequence. It becomes an
important step in the development of a competent clinician, linking
the classroom and textbook information with clinical experience,
of a
certification
and eventual employment
in the field.
Required Courses
72.550 Adult Aphasia
72.552 Preschool Language Disorders
elective courses available via advisement.
72.554 Stuttering
72.556 Phonology
Speech Pathology
72.558 Chnic
(M.S.)
I
72.560 Voice Disorders
Administered by Audiology and Speech Pathology
Effective Fall, 2002
Admission. In addition to meeting the general admission
requirements for the School of Graduate Studies, applicants
for the master's degree program in speech pathology must
meet the foUovnng requirements:
and
the program in
detailing their professional background, experience
rationale for wanting to be admitted to
speech pathology.
Applicants are required to submit three letters of
recommendation from references who have knowledge of
their academic and clinical background. This information
must include the name, address, position and telephone
number of each reference.
Applicants must have a bachelor's degree from an
accredited institution with a major in communication
minimum QPA
72.565 Speech Disorders in Adults and Children
72.566 Clinic
72.570 Adult
II
II
-
Secondary Language Disorders
72.572 Augmentative Communication
72.574 Clinical Instrumentation
Applicants are required to submit a one-page, typed letter
disorders and a
72.562 Language Disorders of School-aged Children
of
2.8.
Applicants whose
72.576 Chnic
III
72.580 Commimication Disorders of the Traumatically
Head
Injured
72.582 Research in Speech and Language Pathology
72.583 Swallowing Disorders
72.584 Field Experience
I
72.586 Field Experience
II
Seminar
Elective
in
Communication Disorders
Courses
72.530 Fundamentals of Audiology
72.568 Speech Habilitation in the Schools
major is in an area other than communication disorders will
be required to satisfactorily complete certain academic and
practicum deficiencies. These will be prescribed by faculty
72.574 Seminar in Communication Disorders
72.590 Independent Study and Research
following analysis of the individual's transcript.
72.592 Workshop in Audiolog)' and/or Speech Pathology
72.593 Workshop in Audiology and/or Speech Pathology
The Graduate Record Examination
applicants. Typically,
required of all
successful students have had scores of
is
15.
72.594 Workshop in Audiology and/or Speech Pathology
72.599 Master's Thesis
at least 1450.
Deadline for submission of application materials
72.591 Independent Study and Research
is
February
20- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
Department of Biological and
Allied Health Sciences
53.123 Essentials of Calculus
Allied Health Preparatory
53.125 Analysis
Programs
Pre-Physical Therapy
-
Many
pre-physical therapy students
complete the bachelors degree in biology as this program
of study fulfills the requirements for most physical therapy
schools including those at the doctoral level. Students are
encouraged
to
work
closely with their advisor to ensure
efficient plan of study.
year sequence that
The following courses comprise
fulfills
program of our
University.
A
affiliate,
Thomas
a two-
Jefferson
of 59-62 credits are required.
50.114 Concepts in Biology
50.115 Concepts in Biology
20.101 English Composition
I
20.201 English Composition
II
45.211 Principles of Sociology
46.200 Principles of Cultural Anthropology or 45.215
Racial
an
the admissions requirements for
the "2+3"
total
I
48.101 General Psychology
48.110 Life-Span Psychology or 48.211 Child Psychology
48.335 Abnormal Psychology
Free electives (15 credits) 54.111 Introductory Physics
I
II
52.101 InUoduction to Chemistry
52.115 Fundamentals of Inorganic Chemistry
52.108 Physiological Chemistry
52.116 Chemical Principles and Measures
54.111 Introductory Physics
I
54.112 Introductory Physics
II
53.141 Introduction to Statistics or 48.160 Basic Statistics
20.101 English Composition
I
20.201 English Composition
II
48.110 Life-Span Psychology or 48.335 Abnormal
Psychology
Take one of the following options in Mathematics:
I
54.112 Introductoi^y Physics
II
Pre-Pharmacy
Pre-pharmacy students can follow the
bachelors degree in biology curriculum as this program of
study fulfills the requirements for most colleges of pharmacy
The
-
United States including those
courses listed below
at
the doctoral level.
admissions requirements for
fulfill
most pharmacy schools granting advanced standing to
transfer students. However, pre-pharmacy students are
encouraged to work closely with their advisor for guidance
1
53.113 Precalculus or 53.123 Essentials of Calculus or
53.125
Analysis
I
53.141 Introduction to Statistics or 48.160 Basic Statistics
in selecting courses for specific institutions.
50.107 Medical Terminology
50.114 Concepts in Biology
50.115 Concepts in Biology
I
II
52.115 Fundamentals of Inorganic Chemistry
2
52.116 Chemical Principles and Measures
53.112 Trigonometry
53.114 College Algebra
Free electives (9 credits) 56.110 Introduction to Computer
is
recommended
Pre-Occupational Therapy - Pre-occupational therapy
students can follow the bachelors degree in biology
curriculum as this program of study fulfills the requirements
most occupational therapy schools including those at
the masters level. Students are encouraged to work closely
for
with their advisor to ensure an efficient plan of study.
The
following courses comprise a two-year sequence that fulfills
the admissions requirements for the "2+2" program of our
affiliate,
54.111 Introductory Physics
in the
48.101 General Psychology
Science
I is
recommended
Although not required by Thomas Jefferson University the
following are required by many OT programs:
II
Anatomy and Physiology
50.174 Anatomy and Physiology
Option
and
Ethnic Minorities
strongly
50.173
Option
I
53.141 Introduction to Statistics or 48.160 Basic Statistics
Thomas Jefferson
University.
A
total
are required.
50.114 Concepts in Biology
50.115 Concepts in Biology
II
53.125 Analysis
I
53.126 Analysis
II
54.111 Introductory Physics
I
54.112 Introductory Physics
II
20.101 English Composition
I
20.201 English Composition
II
25.103 Public Speaking or 25.104 Interpersonal
Communication
40.121 Principles of Economics I
The following courses
are
recommended
II
Anatomy and Physiology
50.174 Anatomy and Physiology
28.290 Medical Ethics
I
40.122 Principles of Economics
53.111 Finite Mathematics
II
II
Choose one of the following six courses:
53.114 College Algebra
I
52.232 Organic Chemistry
pharmacy schools
05 Health and Physical Education
I
50.173
53.112 Trigonometry
53.113 Precalculus
of 55 credits
52.231 Organic Chemistry
45.211 Principles of Sociology
48.101 General Psychology
Anatomy and Physiology
50.174 Anatomy and Physiology
50.173
I
II
50.242 Biology of Microorganisms
for specific
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
59.498 Internship in Natural Sciences
Internship and/or volunteer experience in pharmacy
strongly
recommended
or required by
many
is
schools
2 Literature electives
-
21
52.115 Fundamentals of Inorganic Chemistr)52.116 Chemical Principles and Measurements
52.230 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistr)'
52.341 Biochemistry
Mathematics (6 hours)
Pre-Physician Assistant
-
The admissions requirements
for
physician assistant programs vary considerable from no
college courses required to a completed bachelors degree
in a science-related field. Students
schools in
mind
who do not have
specific
are encouraged to follow the curriculum
requirements for the bachelors degree in biology. Students
are encouraged to work closely with their advisor to ensure
an efficient plan of study. The courses listed below fulfill the
admissions requirements for most institutions in
Pennsylvania offering a certificate of completion, a bachelors
degree, or a masters degree in physician assistant studies.
50.114 Concepts in Biology
50.115 Concepts in Biology
II
Anatomy and Physiology
50.174 Anatomy and Physiology
I
50.240 Introductory Microbiology
Human
Genetics
of options:
OR
56.110 Introduction to Computer Science and 53.125
Analysis I (or 53.123 Essentials of Calculus)
OR
53.141 Introduction to Statistics (or 48.160 Basic
and 53.125 Analysis
Statistics)
(or 53.123 Essentials of
I
Calculus)
Languages and Cultures:
one semester of any of
at least
French
III,
10.204 French
German
III,
11.204
German
III,
12.204 Spanish
Spanish
Russian
Chinese
II
sets
56.110 Introduction to Computer Science and 53.141
Introduction to Statistics (or 48.160 Basic Statistics)
the following courses: 10.102 French
I
50.173
50.233
Choose one from the following three
III,
II,
10.203
German
II,
IV,
12.102 Spanish
II,
12.203
IV,
13.102 Russian
II,
13.203
FV,
11.102
13.204 Russian FV; 14.102 Italian
II
11.203
or 16.106
II.
52.115 Fundamentals of Inorganic ChemisU^
52.116 Chemical Principles and Measures
52.230 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry
Biology (B.S.)
Biology majors
52.341 Biochemisti7
may
substitute 50.290 Writing in Biolog\'
53.114 College Algebra (or higher math)
for the second English writing course (20.200 or 20.201). In
53.141 Introduction to Statistics or 48.160 Basic Statistics
addition to general education requirements, additional free
56.110 Introduction to Computer Science
elective hours are required to
20.101 English Composition
I
20.201 English Composition
II
requirement of 128 hours for a baccalaureate degree.
Students may choose an option in microbiology,
biotechnology, or marine biology.
50.114 Concepts in Biology I
50.115 Concepts in Biology II
28.290 Medical Ethics
45.211 Principles of Sociology
45 Sociology elective
48.101 General Psychology
48.210 Life Span Psychology
48.253 Social Psychology
2 Humanities electives
meet the university
50.242 Biology of Microorganisms
50.271 Cell Biology
50.332 Genetics
50.351 General Ecolog)'
50.481 Senior Biology Seminar
50.479 Integrated Physiology' Laboratory
52.115 Fundamentals of Inorganic Chemistry
Biology (B.A.)
Biology majors
may
substitute 50.290 Writing in Biology
52.116 Chemical Principles and Measurements
for the second English writing course (20.200 or 20.201). In
52.231 Organic Chemistiy
I
addition to general education requirements, additional free
52.232 Organic Chemistry
II
elective hours are required to
meet the university
requirement of 128 hours for a baccalaureate degree.
Students may choose an option in microbiology,
biotechnology or marine biology.
50.114 Concepts in Biology
I
50.115 Concepts in Biology
II
lecture courses:
50.474 Vertebrate Systems Physiology
50.478 Microbial Physiolog)'
additional biolog)' courses for a
And
minimum
of 39
semester hoius.
50.271 Cell Biology
Choose one of the following two combinations:
54.111 Introductory Physics I and 54.112 Introductory
50.332 Genetics
50.351 General Ecology
50.481 Senior Biology Seminar
Physics
II
OR
50.479 Integrated Physiology Laboratory
Choose one of the following physiology lecture courses:
50.472 Animal Cell Physiology
50.474 Vertebrate Systems Physiology
50.477 Plant Physiology
50.478 Microbial Physiology
additional biology courses for a
semester hours.
Choose one of the following physiology
50.472 Animal Cell Physiology
50.477 Plant Physiolog)-
50.242 Biology of Microorganisms
And
52.341 Biochemistry
54.211 General Physics
Choose one from the
53.141 Introduction to
48.160 Basic
I
and 54.212 General Physics
follo\sing three sets of options:
Statistics
Statistics
or
and
53.123 Essentials of Calculus
minimum
of 39
OR
53.141 Introduction to Statistics or
II
22- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
48.160 Basic
Statistics
53.125 Analysis
Technology. The requirements for this option are the
same for the Bachelor of Science program as they are
and
I
OR
for the Bachelor of Arts program.
and
53.125 Analysis
I
53.125 Analysis
II
Languages and Cultures: at least one of any of the following
courses: 10.102 French II, 10.203 French III,
10.204 French IV, 11.102 German II, 11.203 German III,
50.114 Concepts in Biology
I
50.115 Concepts in Biology
II
50.242 Biology of Microorganisms
50.271 Cell Biology
50.332 Genetics
German
IV,
12.102 Spanish
II,
12.203 Spanish
III,
50.342 Medical Bacteriology
12.204 Spanish
IV,
13.102 Russian
II,
13.203 Russian
III,
50.343 Immunology
11.204
13.204 Russian IV; 14.102 Italian
II
or 16.106 Chinese
11.
50.351 General Ecology
50.481 Senior Biology Seminar
50.479 Integrated Physiology Laboratory
Marine Science Option
This option provides the biology major with the opportunity
marine biology while obtaining a
foundation in the fundamental principles of biological
to specialize in
science.
Program
specific courses in
marine biology are
offered at the Marine Science Center, Wallops Island, Va., a
field station
supported by the department.
(50.478 Microbial Physiology
50.474 Vertebrate Systems Physiology
50.477 Plant Physiology
50.478 Microbial Physiology
Choose from:
Electives (9 semester hours)
50.333 Molecular Biology
Biology:
50.114 Concepts in Biology
I
50.115 Concepts in Biology
II
50.211
one of the following physiology lecture courses
is recommended):
50.472 Animal Cell Physiology
Select
Invertebrate
Zoology or 55.221
50.350 Plant Pathology
50.432 Microbial Genetics
Marine
50.442 Virology of
Mammals
50.450 Mycology
Invertebrates
50.242 Biology of Microorganisms
50.455 Environmental Microbiology
50.271 Cell Biology
50.470 Medical Parasitology
50.332 Genetics
50.351 Ecology or 55.260 Marine Ecology
50.380 Biology Seminar
Choose one of the following physiology lecture courses:
50.472 Animal Cell Physiology
50.474 Vertebrate Systems Physiology
50.477 Plant Physiology
50.478 Microbial Physiology
Marine Biology:
55.241 Marine Biology
Electives (6 semester hours):
55.250
Wedand Ecology
55.298 Physiology of Marine Invertebrates
55.300 Behavior of Marine Organisms
55.320 Marine Microbiology
55.330 Tropical Invertebrates
55.342 Marine Botany
55.343 Marine Ichthyology
55.345 Marine Ornithology
55.394 Comparative Physiology of Marine Organisms
Bioiogy
i\/linor in
The minor in biology consists of 22 semester hours.
Required courses are:
50.114 Concepts in Biology I
50.115 Concepts in Biology II
50.242 Biology of Microorganisms
50.271 Cell Biology
and
at least
two courses (6 semester hours)
at the 300-
above that are chosen from departmental
offerings acceptable to the major. These may not
include: 50.380, 50.390, 50.490, 50.493 and 50.494
Internship/Independent Study
The department provides
opportunities for students to engage in internships and
independent study. Only 6 semester hours can be applied as
biology electives from the following courses, with no more
level or
—
than 3 semester hours applied as internship (50.490):
50.390 Independent Study in Biology I
50.490 Internship in Biology
55.431 Ecology of Marine Plankton
50.493 Honors Independent Study
55.432 Marine Evolutionary Ecology
50.494 Honors Independent Study
I -
Biological Research
-
Biological Research
II
55.441 Biology of Molluscs
55.464 Biological Oceanography
55.470 Research Diver Methods
55.490 Marine Aquaculture
55.491 Coral Reef Ecology
55.492 Marine
Mammals
55.493 Behavioral Ecology
Bioiogy
(iVI.Ed.)
Admission
An undergraduate degree
certification
is
in biology with a Level
I
required. In addition to the requirements
of the graduate school, a Bachelor of Science or
Bachelor of Arts in biology or its equivalent is required,
l\/licrobiology
The option provides
Option
a biology major the opportunity to
specialize in microbiology while obtaining a general
background in biology. The option is also open to medical
technology majors; see the section on Medical
general
GRE scores, and two letters of recommendation
(see below) are required.
must be addressed prior
or during the
first
Undergraduate deficiencies
program
to admission to the
semester in consultation with the
program coordinator. Deficiencies may be addressed by
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
undergraduate course work without credit earned
toward the degree, by graduate course work when
suitable, or by outside readings. The method of satisfying
deficiencies is decided by the student and graduate
program coordinator in consultation with the
departmental graduate committee. Two letters of
recommendation from previous science faculty are
required. At least one letter should be from a faculty
member who instructed the appUcant in an upper-level
(junior or senior) biology course. Applicants with
research experience should submit at least one letter
from a research advisor Others
any professor with the
may submit a letter from
ability to evaluate the applicant's
laboratory abilities. A minimum of two weeks is required
for review of a completed application by the
department's graduate committee.
above under
"fail." If
this retake, the
Fail
-
will
The student must
fails the examination at
be dismissed from the program.
retake the entire
purpose of the examination
student's
background
is
to assess the
in biology.
breadth of the
The examination
will
cover general principles and concepts of biology.
The oral candidacy examination must be scheduled before
completing 6 credit hours of graduate coursework and be
successfully completed before scheduling beyond 12
hours. Candidacy requires, in addition, that the student
has a 3.0 or higher QPA. The examination will consist of
six oral questions addressed to the student by the
examination committee. Each question wiW be given 10
minutes of the examination.
The Examination Committee is composed of:
The
student's academic advisor
and
tentative thesis
committee (thesis option) or the student's tentative
reading committee (non-thesis option);
At least three-fourths of the departmental graduate
committee; and
Any other departmental graduate faculty member in
attendance. All departmental graduate faculty are
strongly encouraged to attend candidacy exams.
The outcome of the candidacy examination will be
determined by a simple majority vote by the examination
committee. Each graduate faculty member present, whether
or not they posed a question, shall have one vote. One of
three outcomes is possible:
Unconditional Pass - The student may proceed with the
program. The application for candidacy and for transfer
credit, if applicable, should be made immediately following
successful completion of the oral candidacy exam.
Conditional Pass -The examination committee decides that
the student has an adequate background in biology, except
in one or two key areas. A consensus is reached (by simple
majority vote) as to conditions. Conditions may include an
oral retest of problem areas, a written test in problem areas,
or remedial actions. Remedial actions may include taking a
course or readings and study in a specified area, for example.
The student will be informed of the conditions decided upon
by the committee. If after completing or attempting to
complete the conditions, the examination committee
decides that the student has not met the conditions set forth
by the committee, he or she
will
be required to retake the
entire examination according to the stipulations outlined
exam at a later
The student
date to continue with the master's program.
has one more chance to pass. In order to continue with the
program, the student must pass the examination
unconditionally on the second attempt.
Graduation
A minimum of 30 semester hours in graduate-level courses
required. A minimum of 18 semester hours must be
taken from 500-level courses (see list below) including
is
,
two required education courses: 60.501 Major
Philosophies of Education and 79.591 Research in
Education. Either 50.591 Directed Study in Biology or
50.592 Master of Education Thesis
research
To be admitted to candidacy, every biology graduate
student must pass an oral candidacy examination. The
23
the student
student
the research component.
Candidacy
-
component
is
An
is
required to
fulfill
oral defense of the
required.
Required Courses
A total of 30 semester
hours is required for a graduate
degree in Biology. There are no required biolog)' courses;
all are considered elective courses. Courses are selected in
conjunction with the student's adviser and advisory
committee.
50.411 Radiation Biology
50.441 Cytogenetics
50.455 Environmental Microbiology
50.457 Entomology
50.462 Plant
Anatomy
50.463 Biological Photographic Techniques
50.472 Animal Cell Physiology
50.474 Verterbrate Systems Physiology
50.477 Plant Physiology
50.478 Microbial Physiology
50.479 Integrated Physiology Laborator)'
50.530 Evolution
50.531 Developmental Biology
50.532 Microbial and Molecular Genetics
50.550 Mycology
50.551 Conservation Biology
50.559 Ornithology
50.560 Population Biology
50.561 Animal Behavior
50.570 Medical Parasitology
50.571 Endocrinology
50.572 Comparative Animal Physiology
50.573 Systemic Physiology
50.575 Cell Physiology'
50.576 Neuromuscular Physiolog)'
50.590 Current Topics in Biolog)'
50.591 Directed Study in Biolog)'
50.592 Master of Education Thesis
The
following courses are offered at the Marine Science
Center, Wallops Island, Va.
55.431 Ecology of Marine Plankton
55.464 Biological Oceanography
55.432 Marine Evolutionary Ecolog)55.490 Marine Aquaculture
55.491 Coral Reef Ecology
55.492 Marine
Mammals
55.500 Problems in Marine Science
55.540 Enviroimienlal Science Education
55.541 Biology of Mollusca
24- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
exam.
The examination committee decides
that the student has an adequate background in
biology, except in one or two key areas. A consensus
is reached (by simple majority vote) as to conditions.
Conditions may include an oral retest of problem
areas, a written test in problem areas, or remedial
actions. Remedial actions may include taking a course
or readings and study in a specified area, for example.
The student will be informed of the conditions
decided upon by the committee. If after completing
or attempting to complete the conditions, the
examination committee decides that the student has
not met the conditions set forth by the committee,
he or she will be required to retake the entire
examination according to the stipulations outlined
above under "fail." If the studentfails the examination
at this retake, the student will be dismissed from the
program.
oral candidacy
55.570 Research Cruise-Biology
55.593 Behavior Ecology
Conditional Pass
Biology (M.S.)
Admission
In addition to the requirements of the graduate school, a
Bachelor of Science or Bachelor of Arts in biology, or
equivalent, is required. General GRE scores and two
letters of recommendation are also required (see below
for details). Undergraduate deficiencies must be
addressed prior to admission to the program or during
its
first semester in consultation with the program
coordinator. Deficiencies may be addressed by
undergraduate course work without credit earned
toward the degree, by graduate course work when
suitable, or by outside readings. The method of
satisfying deficiencies is decided by the student and
the
graduate program coordinator in consultation with the
departmental graduate committee. Two letters of
Fail
from a research
adviser.
any professor with the
Others may submit a letter from
ability to evaluate the applicant's
laboratory research potential.
is
A minimum of two weeks
required for review of a completed application by the
department's graduate committee.
Candidacy
To be admitted
to candidacy, every biology
graduate
student must pass an oral candidacy examination. The
pui'pose of the examination is to assess the breadth of
the student's background in biology.
The examination
cover general principles and concepts of biology.
oral candidacy examination must be scheduled before
will
The
completing 6 credit hours of graduate coursework and
be successfully completed before scheduling beyond 12
hours. Candidacy requires, in addition, that the student
has a 3.0 or higher QPA. The examination will consist
of six oral questions addressed to the student by the
examination committee. Each question will be given 10
minutes of the examination.
The Examination Committee is composed of:
The
student's academic advisor
and
tentative thesis
committee (thesis option) or the student's tentative
reading committee (non-thesis option);
At least three-fourths of the departmental graduate
committee; and
any other departmental graduate faculty member in
attendance. All departmental graduate faculty are
strongly encouraged to attend candidacy exams.
The outcome of the candidacy examination will be
determined by a simple majority vote by the examination
committee. Each graduate faculty member present,
whether or not they posed a question, shall have one
vote. One of three outcomes is possible:
Unconditional Pass - The student may proceed with the
program. The application for candidacy and for
transfer credit, if applicable, should be made
immediately follovring successful completion of the
the entire
exam
at a later
continue with the program, the student must pass the
examination vmconditionally on the second attempt.
instructed the applicant in an upper-level
(junior or senior) biology course. Applicants with
research experience should submit at least one letter
The student must retake
date to continue with the master's program. The
student has one more chance to pass. In order to
recommendation from previous science faculty are
required. At least one letter should be from a faculty
member who
-
-
Graduation
A minimum of 30 semester hours
is
of graduate-level courses
required.
Required Courses
Administered by Biological and Allied Health Sciences
Effective Fall, 2002
A total of 30 credits is required for graduation. Biostatistics
(53.546) is required. Master of Science Thesis (50.593) is
required for students in the thesis option. All other courses
are considered elective courses, but require the approval of
the student's adviser and advisory committee.
50.411 Radiation Biology
50.441 Cytogenetics
50.455 Environmental Microbiology
50.457 Entomology
50.462 Plant
Anatomy
50.463 Biological Photographic Techniques
50.472 Animal Cell Physiology
50.474 Vertebrate Systems Physiology
50.477 Plant Physiology
50.478 Microbial Physiology
50.479 Integrated Physiology Laboratory
50.530 Evolution
50.531 Developmental Biology
50.532 Microbial and Molecular Genetics
50.550 Mycology
50.551 Conservation Biology
50.559 Ornithology
50.560 Population Biology
50.561 Animal Behavior
50.570 Medical Parasitology
50.571 Endocrinology
50.572 Comparative Animal Physiology
50.573 Systemic Physiology
50.575 Cell Physiology
50.576 Neuromuscular Physiology
50.590 Current Topics in Biology
50.591 Directed Study in Biology
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
-
25
55.464 Biological Oceanography
55.490 Marine Aquaculture
planning to continue their graduate studies or
professional training. A minimum of 18 semester hours
must be taken from 500-level courses. 50.593 Master of
Science Thesis accounts for six of these semester hours. An
oral defense of the thesis is required.
Non-Thesis Option. This option is tailored for students
55.491 Coral Reef Ecology
interested in non-research-oriented careers.
50.593 Master of Science Thesis
Marine science courses offered at Wallops Island, Va.
55.431 Ecology of Marine Plankton
55.432 Marine Evoludonary Ecology
55.492 Marine
A minimum of
18 semester hours must be taken from 500-level courses. In
addition, one of the following must be completed:
Mammals
55.500 Problems in Marine Science
55.540 Environmental Science Educauon
50.591 Directed Study in Biology for three semester
hours, which must be defended orally.
55.541 Biology of Mollusca
55.570 Research Cruise-Biology
55.593 Behavioral Ecology
Thesis Option. This option
is
recommended
A departmental
for students
research paper based on the literature
must be submitted and defended orally. The
departmental paper carries no semester hour credit.
26- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
Department of Business Education
and Office Information Systems
Business, Computer and
Information Technology (K-12)
94.405 Training and Development
Certification
-
Upon completion
of the curriculum, receipt
of a recommendation from the university and successfully
PRAXIS Level 1 and llexams specified for business
computer and information processing certification, students
will be issued a Level I certificate by the Pennsylvania
Department of Education.
passing the
Required Courses
Included
in
53 semester hours of general education
requirements, the following general education courses are
required with a grade of
An
C
or better:
English or American Literature course
20.101 Composition
I
20.201 Composition
II
In addition to 65 semester hours of general education
40.121 Principles of Economics
I
40.122 Principles of Economics
II
requirements, a total of 63 semester hours
48.101 General Psychology
70.101 Introduction to the Exceptional Individual
53.115 Matrix Algebra
Choose from one of the following two courses:
40.156 Business and Economic Mathematics
53.123 Essentials of Calculus
Business BCIT requirements
40.256 Business and Economic
Statistics
I
91.223 Managerial Accounting
Management
93.481 Business Policies
is
required for a
major in office information systems. Elective courses
complete the balance of the university's 128-hour
requirement for a bachelor's degree. Several specific general
education courses are required in this major. They include:
20.101 Composition I
20.201 Composition II
25.103 Public Speaking
40.121 Principles of Economics I
40.122 Principles of Economics
II
40.246 Business and Economic
53.118 Matrix Algebra
91.220 Financial Accounting
Statistics
5
Choose one of the following two courses:
40.156 Business and Economic Mathematics
53.123 Essentials of Calculus
96.313 Corporate Finance
97.310 Marketing Principles and Practice
98.331
Systems
(B.S.B.A.)
25.103 Public Speaking
93.481 Principles of
Office Information
Law and Legal Environment
Requirements for the Major - A total of 74 semester hours
is required for a major in business education. The student
must have completed the following courses with a grade
of C or better to be considered for certification as a teacher
Requirements for the Major - A total of 81 to 84 semester
hours is required for a major in office information systems.
This total reflects program requirements and general
education courses. Required courses include:
90.101 Introduction to Business
90.333 Business Communications and Report Writing
91.220 Financial Accounting
of business subjects:
91.223 Managerial Accounting
48.211 Child Psychology
92.150 Introduction to Information Technolgy
93.244 Principles of Management
60.201 Field Studies in Education
60.291 Principles of Teaching
90.402 InsUTJctional Strategies and Assessment
90.403
BCIT
90.406 Clinical Studies in
BCIT
courses:
60.251 Psychological Foundations of Education
48.251 Psychological Foundations of Education
Choose one of the following two
courses:
60.393 Social Foundations of Education
60.406 Multicultural Education
90.101 Introduction to Business
90.333 Business Communications
94.221 Office Systems Concepts
94.302
End User
Solutions Development
94.330 Telecommunications
94.340 Networking
End User
Solutions Development
94.330 Telecommunications (spring only)
94.340 Networking Design and Administration (spring
BCIT
Choose one of the following two
94.221 Office Systems Concepts
94.302
Field Experience
90.404 Professional Semester in
93.481 Business Policies and Strategies
only)
94.405 Training and Development in Office Systems
(fall
only)
94.407 Information and Office Environment
(fall
Management
only)
96.313 Introduction to Corporate Finance
97.310 Marketing: Principles and Practice
98.331 Law and Legal Environment
300- or 400-level business elective with advisor's approval
and Free Electives - Students must choose 15
semester hours in elective courses from General Business,
Electives
Computer and Information Systems,
Management, Office Information Systems, Finance,
Accounting,
Marketing and Business Law.
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
Office Information
whose
Systems
in Office Information Systems
is
designed to
work and improve employee performance and
organizational effectiveness.
A
total
of 18 credits consist of
who
wish to receive a Level
I
computer and
information technology from the Pennsylvania Department
of Education must fulfill the following requirements in
94.221 Office Systems Concepts
Solutions Development
addition to the M.Ed, in Business Education.
94.330 Telecommunications (spring only)
94.407 Information and Office Environment
emphasis.
Professional Teaching Certificate in business,
Required:
End User
test.
Apply
Retention. Requirements for this program are the same as
those for the School of Graduate Studies.
Graduation. A minimum of 30 semester hours in graduatelevel courses is required. The program consists of five required
core courses and five elective courses with an education
Certification. Students
four required courses and two electives.
94.302
not English, with a minimum
How to
provide students majoring in disciplines both within and
outside of the College of Business with an exposure to
information. computer technologies that are used to support
office
is
score of 550 on paper test and 213 on computer
(B.S.B.A.)
The minor
native language
-27
Management
Additional coursework in the areas of education and business
determined by the program coordinator after a re\iew of
complete the requirements for admission to
teacher education; complete a semester of student teaching;
and pass the Praxis National Teacher Examination tests for
as
(fall
only)
transcripts;
Electives:
90.333 Business Communications or any 94- departmental
courses as approved by advisor
business education.
Business Education (M.Ed.)
Required Courses
94.500 Office Systems and Information
Admission. Applicants must satisfy the general admission
requirements for the School of Graduate Studies as well as
the following requirements for the Master of Education in
Business Education:
undergraduate transcript with a recommended
minimum QPA of 2.8 or higher in 2002-2003, 3.0 or
higher in 2003 and thereafter on a 4.0 scale.
Graduate Record Examination results on the general
knowledge test with a minimum score of 1 300 Current
resume to include professional background,
Official
education and other experiences.
Letter of intent stating rationale for seeking admission
to the
program.
Two letters of recommendation from persons who have
knowledge of the applicant's academic and
professional background. Test of English as a Foreign
Language (TOEFL) for international applicants
94.510 Office Systems Applications
94.520 Administrative Communications
94.530 Telecommunications
94.540 Training and Development
courses from the following (all
must be approved by advisor)
60.527 Classroom Management and Effective Discipline
60.565 Advanced Foundations of Education or 79.593
Electives:
Choose
five
elective selections
Studies in
Human
Diversity
63.540 Intro to Teaching of Reading or 63.546 Reading
in the Content Areas
70.516 Psychology of Exceptional Indiwduals
79.591 Foundations of Education Research
90.581 Seminar in
BCIT
90.590 Masters Thesis in Business Education
94.550 Integrated Office Systems
28- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
Department of Chemistry
A
Chemistry (B.A.)
from any 300 and 400
restricted elective selected
-level
course in chemistry (except Independent Study) or any
Requirements for the Major for a Bachelor of Arts in
Chemisti7 - In addition to general education requirements
of the university, the following courses are required:
52.115 Fundamentals of Inorganic Chemistry
52.116 Chemical Principles and Measurements
52.231 Organic Chemistry I
52.232 Organic ChemisU7 II
52.281 Introduction to Scienufic Literature
52.321 Analytical Chemistry
I
52.362 Physical Chemistry
II
53.125 Analysis
I
53.126 Analysis
II
53.225 Analysis
III
Plus
I
II
(B.S.)
Requirements for the Major - for a
B.S. with a biochemistry
educadon requirements of
the university, the following courses are required:
52.231 Organic Chemistry
I
52.232 Organic Chemistry
II
52.281 Introduction to Scientific Literature
52.321 Analytical Chemistry
courses:
Computer Science
52.341 Biochemistry
I
52.442 Biochemistry
II
52.361 Physical Chemistry
I
(B.S.)
Requirements for the Major (B.S.) - In addition to meeting
general education requirements totaling 51-54 semester
tlie
Biochemistry Option
52.233 Organic Spectroscopy
56.116 Algorithmic Processes
hours,
mathematics or
52.116 Chemical Principles and Measurements
one of the following computer
Chemistry
-
I
56.110 Introduction to Computer Science
56.121
in
52.115 Fundamentals of Inorganic Chemistry
52.361 Physical Chemistry
54.212 General Physics
Chemistry
track: in addition to the general
52.322 Instrumental Analytical Chemistry
54.211 General Physics
approved 300 or 400-level course
physics.
following courses are required:
54.211 General Physics
I
54.212 General Physics
II
53.125 Calculus
I
53.126 Calculus
II
53.225 Calculus
III
I
Choose one of the following three
courses:
56.110 Introduction to Computer Science
Computer Science
52.115 Fimdamentals of Inorganic Chemistry
56.121
52.116 Chemical Principles and Measurements
56.116 Algorithmic Processes for Computers
52.231 Organic Chemistry
I
52.232 Organic Chemistry
II
Chemistry electives
-
I
choose two of the following
52.321 Analytical Chemistry
52.322 Instrumental Analytical Chemistry
52.322 Instrumental Analytical Chemistry
52.452 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry
52.361 Physical Chemistry
I
52.362 Physical Chemistry
52.362 Physical Chemistry
II
53.125 Analysis
I
II
53.225 Analysis
III
II
52.492 Introduction to Research
52.452 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry
53.126 Analysis
five
courses:
52.493 Chemical Research
Required biology courses:
50.242 Biology of Microorganisms
50.271 Cell Biology
54.211 General Physics
I
54.212 General Physics
II
50.332 Genetics
Choose one of the followng seven courses:
Choose one of the following three courses
Computer Science
Computer Science I
56.116 Algorithmic Processes for Computers
56.110 Introduction to
56.121
50.343 Immunology
50.371 Principles of
Mammalian Physiology
50.372 Plant Physiology
50.411 Radiation Biology
50.432 Microbial Genetics
ACS
Certification
Students who want American Chemical Society certification
(B.S.-ACS) upon graduation must complete the
following additional requirements beyond requirements for
50.472 Cell Physiology
ACS
Certification
Students \vho \vant American Chemical Society certification
the Bachelor of Science:
52.281 Introduction to Scientific Literature
52.341 Biochemistry
50.441 Cytogenetics
upon graduation mus complete
the follo^ving courses as
part of the B.S.-BiochemisU'y Curriculum:
I
52.492 Independent Study
II:
52.493 Independent Study
III:
Introduction to Research
Chemical Research
52.322 Instrumental Analytical Chemistry
52.362 Physical Chemistry
II
52.452 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
Clinical
Chemistry
Required Courses for B.S. in Clinical Chemistry - In addition
53 semester hours of general education requirements, the
52.115 Fundamentals of Inorganic Chemistry
52.116 Chemical Principles and Measurements
52.232 Organic Chemistry
II
Option
52.230 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry
and three 3- or 4-credit 200, 300, 400 level courses ^wthin
52.341 Biochemistry
the Chemistry Department excluding independent
I
research, 52.231
50.271 Cell Biology
50.343 Immunology
53.125 Analysis
I
53.126 Analysis
II
53.225 Analysis
III
I
52.115 Fundamentals of Inorganic Chemistrv'
52.116 Chemical Principles and Measurements
52.321 Analytical Chemistry
52.361 Physical Chemistry
The minor in chemistiy consists of 19 to 21 semester hours.
minor in chemistry shall be awarded when a student
A
obtains a 2.0 grade point average in the following prescribed
courses:
following are required:
I
Option
and 52.232
II
52.115 Fundamentals of Inorganic Chemistry
52.116 Chemical Principles and Measurements
52.231 Organic Chemistry
I
54.211 General Physics
I
52.232 Organic Chemistry
II
54.212 General Physics
II
and two
56.110 Introduction to Computer Science
52.322 Instrumental Analytical Chemistry
recommended
29
Chemistry Minor
(B.S.)
to
52.231 Organic Chemistry
-
3-
or 4-credit 200, 300, 400 level courses within
the Chemistry Department excluding independent
is
strongly
research and 52.230
In addition to meeting the grade point average
requirement, the student will be expected to meet with
his/her minor adviser before scheduling the
electives.
30- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
Department of Computer and Information Systems
92.351 Systems Analysis and Design
Computer and Information
Systems (B.S.)
92.346 Data and Information Structures
92.362
Administered by Computer and Information Systems
Effective Fall, 2002
Bloomsburg University requires 53 semester hours in general
education requirements and 128 semester hours to receive a
baccalaureate degree. Computer and Information Systemis
majors must take 63 semester hours of specific courses and
restricted electives and the balance of courses to meet the
128-hour requirement come from electives. Required courses
include:
COBOL
92.354 Data Base Processing Systems
92.358 Data Communication Systems
92.460 Advanced Systems Development
I
92.461 Advanced Systems Development
II
Elective Courses
Two CIS courses at the 300 or 400
While an internship
20.101 English Composition
I
level.
Information
technology courses offered by other departments can
be used with approval of the CIS chairperson.
in
CIS
is
not required for a degree,
students are strongly encouraged to take 92.432
20.201 English Composition
Composition)
25.103 Public Speaking
(or 20.104
II
Honors
Computer and Information Systems. This
may be taken for a maximum of nine
Internship in
course, which
semester hours, can be counted only as a free
elective.
53.141 Introduction to Statistics or 53.241 Probability and
Statistics
40.121 Principles of Economics
I
40.122 Principles of Economics
II
Minor
Computer and Information
Systems
Choose one of the following two combinations:
53.123 Essentials of Calculus and 53.118 Applied Matrix
Administered by Department of Computer and Information
Systems
Algebra or
53.125 Analysis
in
I
and 53.126
Analysis
II
Choose one of the following two combinations:
91.221 Principles of Accounting I and 91.222 Principles of
Accounting II or
91.220 Financial Accounting and 91.223 Managerial
Accounting
2002
Computer and Information Systems consists
The following courses are required:
92.140 Introduction to Computer and Information Science
in
of 20 credits.
92.141 Introduction to Business Information System
Development
92.240 Introduction to Programming
Required CIS Courses:
92.140 Introduction to
Effective Fall,
The minor
Computer and Information Science
92.141 Introduction to Business Information System
Development
92.240 Introduction to Programming
92.241 Introduction to
Programming
I
II
Programming
92.351 Systems Analysis and Design
92.241 Introduction to
I
II
A three-credit CIS elective at tiie 300 or 400 level
A minimum QPA of 2.0 in the minor is required.
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
-
31
Department of Communication Studies
and Theatre Arts
Communication Studies
(B.A.)
Among
53 semester hours of general education
requirements of the university, Communication Studies
majors must take:
25.103 Pubhc Speaking
Core requirements: A total of 9 semester hours are required
from the following:
25.104 Interpersonal
25.207 Invesdgadng
25.220 Intercultural
Communicadon
Communicadon
Communicadon (diversity)
Areas of Concentration: All majors are required to take five
of six courses in their chosen area of concentration, which
must include the appropriate required course for that area,
plus a minimum of one course from each of the other two
areas of concentration, for a total of 21 semester hours.
Students
may
take additional courses as free electives.
Interpersonal Relationship
Management
25.215 Communication Theoi^ (required)
25.309 Gender Issues in Communication (diversity)
25.313 Communication and Conflict
25.419 Communication in the Family
25.425 Communication in Relationships
25.426 Leadership and
Team
Building
25.206 Oral Interpretation
25.218 Discussion
25.470 Independent Study
25.492, 25.493, 25.495
Advanced Studies in Commimication
25.494 Advanced Studies in Communication (diversity)
IViinor in
Communication Studies
who hold a minimum 3.0 cumulative grade point
minimum of 15 semester hours are eligible for
admission to the minor. Students must maintain the minimum
Students
average on a
3.0 cumulative grade point average to continue study for a
Communication Studies minor. Students who do not maintain
the required grade point average will be put on probation
for one semester during which they must regain the required
grade point average.
General Education Requirement:
25.103 Public Speaking
Core Course Requirements: A total of 9 semester hours are
required from the following:
25.104 Interpersonal Communication
25.207 Investigating Communication
25.220 Intercultural Communication (diversity)
Areas of Concentration: Choose one course from each of
three areas of concentration.
Leadership and Social Influence
25.205 Understanding Social Influence (required)
25.315 Persuasion
25.321 Argumentation
25.406 Evaluating Communication
25.413
Community Leadership
25.417 Evaluating Media Influence
Applied Communication
25.210 Organizational Communication (required)
25.306 Computer Applications for Professional
Communicators
25.307 Communication for Business Professionals
25.407 Interviewing
25.423 Communication Training in Organizations
25.424 Corporate Communication
Capstone Experience: The capstone experience is required
all students in the major regardless of the area of
concentration. After completing 80 or more semester hours,
students with a minimum 2.5 cumulative grade point average
are eligible to register for an internship that will serve as their
capstone experience. Students may register for 3 to 12
internship semester hours. Additional internship credit
beyond the required 3 hours cannot be substituted for other
coursework, but would be considered as electives. Students
academically ineligible for Internship in Communication
should consult their academic advisor to arrange a suitable
alternative experience, such as additional specialized
of
coursework.
25.497 Internship in Communication
Elective Courses:
25.108 Forensics Practicum
Interpersonal Relationship
Management
25.215 Commimication Theory
25.309 Gender Issues in Communication (diversity)
25.313 Communication and Conflict
25.419 Commimication in the Family
25.425 Communication in Relationships
25.426 Leadership and Team Building
Leadership and Social Influence
25.205 Understanding Social Influence
25.315 Persuasion
25.321 Argumentation
25.406 Evaluating Communication
25.413 Communit)' Leadership
25.417 Evaluating Media Influence
Applied Communication
25.210 Organizational Communication
25.306 Computer Applications for
Communicators
25.307 Communication
Professional
for Business Professionals
25.407 Interviewing
25.423 Communication Training
in
Organizations
25.424 Corporate Communication
Tlieatre Arts
General Education
The following course
is
required for inclusion
student's course of study as part of the
distribution requirement:
26.102 Introduction to Theatre
Group
.\
in the
32- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
The following courses from the University's general
education requirements are strongly recommended for
and execution
inclusion in the student's course of study:
25.103 Public Speaking
the student
20.363 Shakespeare
critical
20.377
Modern Drama
is
for stage production. 'With these explorations,
encouraged
to
develop independently
artist.
26.211 Theatre Production
35.101 Music Listening
26.277 Costume Construction
26.311 Scene Design
Core Requirements For
All
The
designed as a sequence of courses
core curriculum
is
Majors
26.314 Stage Light-Theoi7
which introduce and investigate the theories and
history of theatre and dramatic literature providing a solid
background for advanced studies in the student's
area of emphasis. It also provides a vehicle for planning and
assessing each individual's progress as an
artist, scholar, and technician. These courses are required
all
26.101 Career Seminar.
A Theatre
Life in
Bloom
26.215 History of Theatre
who
-
Integrated Theatre Studies
is
wish to continue the
who may wish
to
is
especially appropriate for
pursue careers in
management, educational
theatre, or theatre
for youth. This curriculum offers courses which
A
Life in the Theatre
all
areas of
26.219 Children's Theatre
-
curriculum offers a sequence of courses which guide the
student to augment his or her
require theoretical and practical experience in
the discipline.
The Performance area of emphasis is
provided for students who wish to pursue advanced
undergraduate studies as an actor or director. The
own
abilities
by examining
and applying techniques and methods of past and
current masters. With these explorations, the student is
encouraged to develop independendy as a critical
thinker and risk-taker and as a collaborative creative artist.
26.112 Fundamentals of Acting
Movement
26.312 Intermediate Acting
Play Directing
26.412 Advanced Acting
26.492 Seminar in Performance
One additional course from the Technical/Design Emphasis
listed
provided for students
stage or theatre
11
Areas Of Emphasis
26.41
above
Computer Aided Design and Engineering Graphics
54.180
students
Modern Theatre
26.200 Voice and
listed
32.111 Draviing
area of production. This option
26.270 Fundamentals of Theatre Design
Performance
and one other design course
One additional course from the Performance Emphasis
who wish
26.202 Understanding Plays: Script Analysis
26.401 Career Seminar:
26.491 Seminar in Tech. Theatre and Design
broader course of studies begmi in the core curriculum and
to pursue advanced studies in each
26.108 Theatre Practicum
26.325 History of Theatre
26.377 Costume Design
Integrated Theatre Studies
majors, regardless of area of emphasis.
26.416
as a
thinker and risk-taker and as a collaborative creative
30.101 Introduction to Art
46.200 Principles of Cultural Anthropology
of
sequence of courses which examines and applies techniques
of design concepts in each major area as well as construction
below
05.225 Beginning Ballet
35.203 Class Voice
Design Technology - The Design Technology area of
emphasis is provided for students who wish to pursue
advanced undergraduate studies as scenic, costume, and
lighting designers and technicians. The curriculum offers a
26.321 Theatre and Stage
Two
Management
additional courses each from the Performance
Design/Technical Emphases
One upper
either
Minor
level
listed
course (300 or 400
and
above
level) selected
from
Performance or Design
In
Theatre Arts
Preparation for a minor in Theatre Arts requires a total of
22 credits, including study in each basic category of the
discipline: theory/criticism, history, performance, technical
crafts,
design,
and practical
application.
The student may also
own choosing. All
study in additional areas of his or her
required courses are currently offered in the division's
program of study. The requirements are as follows:
26.102 Introduction to Theatre
26.108 Theatre Practicum
26.112 Fundamentals of Acting or 26.411 Play Directing
26.211 Theatre Production or 26.277 Costume
Construction
26.215 History of Theatre
26.341 Fundamentals of Theatre Design
Two other
courses selected from Division's cuniculum
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
-
33
Department of Developmental Instruction
The Department of Developmental Instruction provides
courses and supportive services available to all students of
the University. These services and programs are designed
Courses Offered
01.001; Reading
1
01.025; Reading
II
to assist students in achieving their full potential.
01.041
The developmental
01.060; Writing
improve
Wridng
I
(summer
only)
only)
II
reading, writing, mathematics, study skills,
01.080; Introductory Algebra
ESOL. Content courses carry graduation
01.090: Intermediate Algebra
skills in
science and
courses are designed to help students
(summer
and developmental courses earn institutional credit.
The Act 101 /EOF Program provides access and support
for students who have traditionally been under-
01.095: Introductory Science
represented in higher education. Approximately half of
the students enrolled in this program are minority group
01.120;
credit
members;
sixty
percent are
women and
20 percent are
older than the traditional college student.
University Tutorial Settees offers free peer tutoring in a
variety of courses
and
is
open
enrolled at the University.
to all
undergraduate students
01.099: Intensive Seminar in
(summer
only)
ESOL (summer
only)
(summer only)
College Reading and Study Skills (carries
01.100 College Study
Skills
credits toward graduation)
3 elective
34- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
Department of Early Childhood
and Elementary Education
30.205 Children's Art
Early Childhood Education
35.320 Music in Elementary School
(B.S.Ed.)
60.427 Classroom
In addition to 54 semester hours of general education
requirements, early childhood education majors must take
74 hours of professional education and early childhood
education specialization courses to
satisfy
the university's 128-
hour requirement for a bachelor's degree. Requirements for
Early Childhood Education (N-K-3) develop knowledge of
the nature of the child, the nature of the school and center,
the learning process, general
methods of teaching and
methods of teaching particular subjects and
teaching experience.
required courses.
to provide student
A total of 65 semester hours is
None may be
area of concentration
is
taken on a pass/fail
No
optional.
program.
60.201 Field Studies in Education
35.320 Music in the Elementary School
62.496 Practicum in Early Childhood and Elementary
Education
62.376 Language Experiences for Children
79.312 Internship in Education
(1 to
3 semester hours only
in this
area)
basis.
An
Elementary Education (B.S.Ed.)
free electives are
In addition to 54 semester hours of general education
requirements, elementary education majors take 62 semester
I
60.204 Educational Computing and Technology
60.251 Psychological Foundations of Education or 48.251
Psychological Foundations
60.291 Principles of Teaching
II
Measurement and Assessment or 79.301
Teaching, Learning and Assessment in Elementary
60.311 Classroom
School
60.393 Social Foundations of Education or 60.406
Multicultural
Education
60.494 Student Teaching (first experience)
60.495 Student Teaching (second experience
62.121 Introduction to Early Childhood Education
62.302 Teaching Science in the Elementary School
62.304 Teaching Environmental Education in the
Elementaiy School
62.310 Teaching Fine Arts in the Elementary School
62.322 Seminar in Learning Experiences with Young
Children
62.371 Teaching Reading in the Elementary School
62.373 Diagnostic and Inclusionary Practices for Literacy
62.390 Teaching Social Studies in the Elementary School
62.391 Teaching Language Arts in the Elementary School
62.398 Teaching Mathematics in the Elementary School
62.410 Methods and Materials in Early Childhood
Education I
62.420 Methods and Materials in Early Childhood
Education II
60.393 Social Foundations of Education or 60.406
Multicultural Education
Elective Courses - A minimum of 6 semester hours is taken
in elective courses. None of these courses may be taken on a
pass/fail basis.
05.311 Methods and Materials in Elementary School
Physical Education
05.320 Health and Safety in the Elementary School
20.384 Literature for Children
Effective Discipline
taken in
available for this
60.301 Field Studies in Education
Management and
35.204 Class Piano
hours of professional education. The balance of the
128-hour requirement for a bachelor's degree
elective courses. The courses required for the
major are intended to develop knowledge of the nature of
the child, the nature of the school, the learning process,
general methods of teaching and methods of teaching
particular subjects and to provide student teaching
experience. A total of 53 semester hours is taken in required
courses and nine in education electives. None may be taken
on a pass/fail basis. An area of concentration is optional.
60.201 Field Studies in Education I
60.204 Educational Computing and Technology
60.251 Psychological Foundations of Education or 48.251
Psychological Foundations
60.291 Principles of Teaching
60.301 Field Studies in Education II
60.311 Classroom Measurements and Assessment
60.393 Social Foundations of Education or 60.406
Multicultural Education
62.494 Student Teaching: First Experience
university's
comes from
60.495 Student Teaching: Second Experience
62.302 Teaching Science in the Elementary School
62.304 Environmental Education for the Elementary
School Teacher
62.371 Teaching Reading in the Elementary School
62.373 Diagnostic and Inclusionary Practices for Literacy
62.390 Teaching Social Studies in the Elementary School
62.391 Teaching Language Arts in the Elementary School
62.398 Teaching Mathematics in the Elementary School
60.393 Social Foundations of Education or 60.304
Multicultural Education
Elective Courses - No elective courses may be taken on a
minimum of 12 semester
hours from the following courses:
05.311 Methods and Materials in Elementary School
Physical Education
05.320 Health and Safety in the Elementary School
35.320 Music in the Elementary School
20.384 Literature for Children
pass/fail basis. Students select a
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
Elective Courses
30.205 Children's Art
60.427 Classroom Management and Effective Discipline
62.121 Introduction to Early Childhood Education
62.322 Seminar in Learning Experiences with Young
Children
62.410 Methods and Materials in Early Childhood
Education I
62.420 Methods and Materials in Early Childhood
Education II
62.496 Practicum in Early Childhood Education/
Elementary Education
79.312 Internship in Education (1 to 3 semester hours
only in this area)
and Elementary Education
In addition to a total of 54 semester hours in general
education courses, 65 hours of course requirements for dual
certification develop knowledge of the nature of the child,
the nature of the school, the learning process, general
methods of teaching, methods of teaching particular subjects
and to provide student teaching experience. None may be
taken on a pass/fail basis. An area of concentration is
optional. The balance of the university's 128-hour
requirement for a bachelor's degree come from elective
courses.
60.201 Field Studies in Education
I
60.204 Educational Computing and Technology
60.251 Psychological Foundations of Education or 48.251
Psychological Foundations of Education
60.291 Principles of Teaching
60.301 Field Studies in Education
A minimum of 9
to 12
35
semester hours
None of these courses may be
is
taken
05.311 Methods and Materials in Elementary School
Physical Education
05.320 Healdi and Safety in the Elementary School
20.384 Literature for Children
30.205 Children's Art
35.320 Music in the Elementary School
60.427 Classroom Management and Effective Discipline
62.496 Practicum in Early Childhood and Elementary
Education
79.312 Internship in Education
only in this area)
(1
to 3
semester hours
Early Childhood Education (M.S.)
Dual Certification
Early Childhood
-
taken in elective courses.
on a pass/fail basis.
-
II
Measurement and Assessment or 79.301
Teaching, Learningand Assessment in Elementary
60.31 1 Classroom
School
60.393 Social Foundations of Education or 60.406
Multicultural Education
60.494 Student Teaching: First Experience
60.495 Student Teaching: Second Experience
62.121 Introduction to Early Childhood Education
62.302 Teaching Science in the Elementary School
62.304 Environmental Education in the Elementary
School
62.310 Teaching Fine Arts in the Elementary School
62.322 Seminar in Learning Experiences with Young
Children
62.371 Teaching Reading in the Elementary School
62.373 Diagnostic and Inclusionary Practices
62.390 Teaching Social Studies in the Elementary School
62.391 Teaching Language Arts in the Elementary School
62.398 Teaching Mathematics in the Elementary School
62.410 Methods and Materials in Early Childhood
Education I
62.420 Methods and Materials in Early Childhood
Education II
62.497 Teaching Literacy and Literature in Diverse
Classrooms
60.497 Teaching in Education: First Experience
60.498 Teaching in Educaiton: Second Experience
Admission. The following admission requirements, which
apply to both the Master of Science in Early Childhood
Education program and
to the master's
program with an
met in
Early Childhood Education Certification, must be
addition to the general admission requirements for the
School of Graduate Studies. Undergraduate work need not
be in a specific field of study.
An
interview
and a review of academic
required. Applicants
who
credentials are
lack an undergraduate
QPA
be admitted on a provisional basis.
All applicants will take the Miller Analogies Test. A
minimum score of 30 is required. Waivers may be
granted to graduate students that score lower btit have
excellent academic records.
Certification Requirements.
Three recommendations from any of the followng persons:
undergraduate or graduate faculty, direct-line supervisors,
administrators, and other individuals who are familiar i\itii
the applicant's academic abilities and personal qualities.
of 2.5
will
Recommendation forms
are available from the program
coordinator for early childhood education.
Written completion of a 10-day field experience. Forms
are available from the observation/program
coordinator.
Written completion of a 14-day participation
experience. Forms are available from tlie program
coordinator.
Passing and/or remediation of speech and hearing
and
vision tests.
available
TB
tests,
required. Forms are
tests are
from the program coordinator.
Passing the National Teacher Examination core batten
and the specialty area of early childhood education.
Retention. Students must maintain a
QPA of 3.0 tliroughout
program. Courses in which a grade of B- or lower is
obtained must be repeated with a grade of B or higher. Nine
graduate credits may be transferred into the program.
State Police checks (Criminal, Act 34 and Abuse, Act 151)
required by the Department of Health and Welfare and die
Bureau of Certification must be obtained prior to sUidcnl
teaching in private and public schools. Head Start programs,
their
and day care centers
in Pennsyh-ania.
students will take and pass a comprehensive
examination, which is administered when they have
completed 12 to 15 semester hours of graduate work. The
examination consists of written and oral requirements. .\n
appointment is made witit the program coordinator.
All
36- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
Graduation. The Master of Science in Early Childiiood
consists of 30 semester hours; 12 additional
semester hours in course work and pracdcum are required
for the Level I Certification, N, K-3. Students must complete
6 semester hours in foundation courses, 18 to 30 semester
hours in early childhood education core courses, and 6
semester hours in related studies courses.
program
one semester
Related Courses (6 credits required)
60.534 Creativity for Teachers
III
62.510 Methods and Materials in Early Childhood
Education
Education
62.524 Knowledge and the Curriculum
Students seeking a Master of Science in Early Childhood
62.525 Current Practices in Elementai7 School Science
Education must complete 30 semester hours with a 3.0 QPA.
Students seeking a Master of Science in Early Childhood
Education witii N, K-3 certification must complete 42 semester
hours with a QPA of 3.0.
A departmental paper, thesis, comprehensive project, or the
comprehensive examination is required for completion of
62.526 Methods and Materials in Elementary School
Science and Mathematics
62.527 Social Studies in the Elementary School
62.528 Language Arts in the Modern School
62.529 Literature for Children in Elementary Grades
62.530 Awareness of En\'ironmental Education Problems
for the Elementary School
62.531 Environmental Education -Activities and Materials
for the Elementary School
62.533 Values Clarification in the Elementary School
62.537 Methods and Materials in Elementary School
the degree program. Specific guidelines are available from
the program coordinator. All papers must be \vritten following
the y^jnerican Psychological Association (APA) style guide.
All
chapter format
is
11
62.251 Elementary School Curriculum
Required Courses
five
1
62.520 Methods and Materials in Early Childhood
A
preferred.
program requirements must be completed within
six
years after admission into the program. Students are required
Language Arts and
complete their programs widiin four years after passing
their comprehensive exam. Extensions may be granted in
certain situations. Students who fail to enroll and complete a
course within a two-year period are placed in an inactive file.
Inactive students must reapply for admission, retake the
comprehensive examination. Courses older dian six years will
not meet the degree requirements. All deficiencies, tests, if
applicable, monetary and academics, must be satisfied before
the degree can be granted.
I. Foundation Courses (6 credits required)
60.501. Major Philosophies of Education
60.502 School and Society
60.512 Educational Media and Software (required by all
N, K-3 - other computer courses may be substituted based
to
upoon the graduate student's skills and interests.)
Home, School and Communit)' Relations
60.527 Classroom Management and Effective Discipline
Social Studies
62.539 Current Topics in Elementary Education
62.581 Independent Topics in Elementary Education
62.583 Seminar in Elementary Education
62.595 Individualized Instruction: Principles and Practices
for the Classroom
63.540 Introduction to the Teaching of Reading
63.541 Diagnosis and Prescription in Reading
63.543 Reading Clinic
I
63.548 Reading Instruction for the At-Risk Student
63.549 Teaching Reading to the Hearing Impaired/
Language Handicapped Child
63.550 Literature, Literacy and Culture
79.599 Thesis (3-6 credits)
60.514
Elementary Education (M.Ed.)
79.501 Teaching, Learning and Assessment in Elementary
Admission. Applicants must satisfy the general admission
requirements for the School of Graduate Studies as well as
Classrooms
the following additional requirements:
Other courses may be selected based upon the needs,
educational background or deficiencies of each individual
student. Approval of the coordinator for ECE and the dean
of the graduate school
II.
is
required.)
Early Childhood Education Studies (18 credits required
for M.S. in Early
Childhood Education; 30
for M.S. in Early
credits required
Childhood Education with N, K-3
Certification)
62.510 Methods and Materials in Early Childhood
Education I
62.520 Methods and Materials in Early Childhood
Education 11
62.522 Curriculum Trends in Early Childhood Education
62.523 Practices in Teaching the Young Child
62.590 Current Research and Development in Early
Childhood Education
Young Child
62.592 Identification and Prescription of the Needs of
Young Children
62.593 Organization and Administration of Educational
Programs for Young Children
62.594 Practicum in Early Childhood Education - 6 credits.
62.591 Learning and Development of the
Meet with the program coordiator
to clarify
program
requirements, review academic records and outiine a plan
for completing degree work. Students must take the Miller
Analogies Test (minimum score of 30). Waivers may be
granted to students who score lower but have excellent
academic records. Students will be required to complete five
days of classroom observation and 14 days of on-site, in-theclassroom participation working with a teacher(s). Students
will also complete and pass a screening examination, ahve
three letters of recommendation on file, complete Act 34
and 151 clearances and possess recent TB test results.
Retention. Students must mainteain a minimum QPA of
3.0 throughout their program. Courses in which a B- or lower
are obtained must be repeated with a grade of B or higher.
Nine graduate credits may be transferred into the program.
Students must complete at least six to nine credits per
calendar year (July 1 to June 30 of die precedign year) for
retention in the master's program.
Graduation.
to
complete
A minimum
this master's
of 51 semester hours
program.
is
required
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
Required Courses
Instructional Level
I
levels of expertise
Teaching Certificate in Elementary
Education (K-6)
Core courses (15 credits)
60.501 Major Philosophies of Education or 60.584
Curriculum Theory, Design and Development
Choose one of the following four courses:
60.504 Technology for Teachers
60.522 Internet for Teachers
60.506 Multicultural Education or 79.593
Human Diversity
Home, School and Community Relations or 60.502
School and Society
79.590 Research in Education or 62.590 Current Research
in
ECE
program.
seeking a master's degree in elementary
education with instructional level I teaching certificate (K6) are required to demonstrate competency in writing skills
by completing an in-depth research paper. This may take
the form of a departmental paper or thesis. The research
paper must follow the st}'le format of the publication manual
of the American Psychological Association (APA).
is preferred.
A
five-
chapter format
Specialty Core (30 credits)
62.521 Elementary School Curriculum or 62.524
Knowledge and the Curriculum
the undergraduate level if student teaching has not been
previously taken. In either situation, the graduate student
must prepare a plan for the practice of teaching portion of
All students
60.516 Computers and Curriculum
and Development
or certification. This may result in one
eight-week experience or two eight-week experiences. Each
student will develop a practicum proposal and have it
reviewed by the program coordinator a semester prior to
student teaching. A student may elect to take 12 credits at
their
60.512 Educational Media and Software
60.514
-37
in the
Elementary
School
62.530 Awareness of Environmental Education
Departmental papers must be read and approved bv the
and one other member of the graduate
faculty. A thesis may be completed as a six-credit elective
option or additional course work beyond the 51 -credit
sutdent's adviser
minimum, making
62.527 Social Studies in the Elemental^ School
the candidate's total graduate program
equal 57 ciedits. All theses must meet the requirements of
the School of Graduate Studies.
62.528 Language Arts in the Modern Elementary School
62.537 Methods and Materials in Language Arts and Social
The Pennsylvania Department of Education requires all
certification applicants to pass the Praxis Series of
62.526 Methods and Materials in Science and Mathematics
Studies
60.533 Measurement and Evaluation in the Elementary
School or 79.501 Teaching, Learning, Assessment
63.540 Introduction to the Teaching of Reading
70.506 Introduction to Early Intervention or Introduction
to Exceptional Individuals
on
tlie
All
examinations.
program requirements are
tests if
(6 credits)
62.594 Practicum
-
Students
may have one or two teaching
experiences: primary and intermediate, depending on their
to
be completed within
six
years after admission into the program, Courses older dian
six years will
Elective
Practicum
Examinations (NTEs) for certification. The Praxis exams are
given three times a year. It is the graduate student's
responsibility to register, complete and earn a passing score
not meet degree requirements.
applicable,
msut be
satisfied
All deficiencies,
monetary and academic requirements
before the degree can be granted.
38- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
Department of Educational Studies
and Secondary Education
Secondary Education (B.S.Ed.)
Some courses which satisfy the university's general
education requirement are included in the course listings
for the individual areas of specialization under secondary
education.
Schedule an interview with the program coordinator. Dr.
Mary Harris, to clarify program requirements, discuss goals,
evaluate academic records, and outline a long-range
program.
Retention. Graduate students must take a
semester hours per calendar year and a
Requirements for the Major Secondary Education
(7-12)
semester hours per calendar year
plus courses specified for various specializations. Students
after two years.
take six credits of
math and
Department of Education
six credits
to
of English literature
as part of their general education requirements. Students
should consult their adviser to plan a course of study. The
balance of courses to satisfy the university's 128-hour
requirement for a bachelor's degree, come from free
electives.
I
60.204 Educational Computing and Technology or an
advanced undergraduate course
in
educational
technology
60.251 Psychological Foundations of Education or 48.251
Psychological Foundations of Education
60.291 Principles of Teaching
60.301 Field Studies in Education
be considered inactive
Only courses with a minimum grade of C are considered
applicable to this program.
Transfer Credits.
Up
nine semester hours from
to
accredited institutions, other than Bloomsburg University
may, upon approval, be accepted toward completing the
degree requirements of this program. However, no courses
be transferred in which a grade less than a B was earned.
Pass/fail grades are not acceptable. How to Apply
Graduation. Graduate students complete 30 semester hours
of approved course work, complete 6 semester hours for the
thesis or 36 semester hours of approved course work and a
departmental paper or an instructional project, and apply
for graduation. All deficiencies, monetary and academic,
must be satisfied before the degree can be granted.
II
60.311 Classroom Measures and Assessment
60.393 Social Foundations of Education or 60.406
Multicultural Education
60.497 Teaching in Education: First Experience
60.498 Teaching in Education: Second E.xperience
65.374 Teaching Reading in the Academic Subjects
Students are required to take a secondary methods course
corresponding to their major from the following:
65.351 Teaching Communication in the Secondary School
65.352 Teaching Mathematics in the Secondary School
65.353 Teaching Science in the Secondary School
65.355 Teaching Social Studies in the Secondary School
65.358 Teaching Foreign Language in the Secondary
School
Curriculum and Instruction (M.Ed.)
Administered by Educational Studies and Secondary
Education Effective Fall, 2002
Admission -Applicants must satisfy the general admission
requirements for the School of Graduate Studies. In
addition, applicants to this degree program must:
Have a 3.0 undergraduate QPA.
Submit scores on the PRAXIS in your subject matter
field or
GRE
or
MAT scores.
not meet the minimum requirements for
admission may be admitted non-degree upon the approval
of the Graduate Advisory Board. The non-degree designation
must be eliminated after completion of 12 semester hours
who do
which a QPA of 3.0 or better
earned during this period.
in
will
will
60.201 Field Studies in Education
Students
of 9
must be maintained. Students not taking a minimum of 9
include a total of 35 semester hours in required core courses,
are required by Pennsylvania
minimum
QPA of 3.0 or higher
is
earned.
No
C's
may be
Program Completion and Graduation
A candidate for a master's degree must complete
the
student portion of the Application for Graduation, sign the
form and submit
it
to
your program coordinator for
verification of degree requirements. After approval, the
application
is
submitted to the Registrar by the following
deadlines for each graduation:
May graduation - March
August graduation
-
15
April
1
December graduation - October 15
The form must be received in the Registrar's Office on or
before those dates. After the deadlines, names will not appear
in the commencement program and the diploma may be
delayed. The form is available in the Office of Graduate
Studies, Registrar's Office, or the office of your program
coordinator.
Registration for Classes
You may register for classes by emailing your program
coordinator at mharris@bloomu.edu or you may complete
the Graduate Scheduling Form found in the back of the
School of Graduate Studies Class Schedule booklet and
it to your program coordinator.
submitting
Graduate Assistantships
A limited number of graduate assistantships
are available
each academic year. The application for a graduate assistant
can be obtained in the Office of Graduate Studies.
Required courses
Program
of Study: (no certification)
79.593 Studies in
Human
Diversity
60.565 Advanced Foundations of Education
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
60.584 Curriculum and Instructional Theory, Design and
Development
It is the student's responsibility to attend signup
meetings held in January and September. Meeting dates will
be posted in the Student Teaching Placement Office located
Individualized Curriculum (12 credits)
OR
a departmental paper and
79.599 Thesis (6 credits)
six additional credits of course work
of Study: (Certification Tracl<)
of 36 credits are required for the certification
track of the M.Ed, in Curriculum
and
Instruction.
The
following courses are required;
Management and Effective Discipline
Measurement and and Evaluation in Secondary
60.527 Classroom
60.561
Student Teaching Practicum
advance.
Liberal Arts Curriculum (6 credits)
A minimum
39
Students need to sign up for student teaching one year in
79.591 Research in Education
Program
-
Schools
60.565 Advanced Foundations of Education
60.584 Curriculum and Instruction Theory, Design and
Development
65.538 Curriculum Development and Instructional
Strategies in the Middle and Junior High Schools
in 121
will
1
McCormick.
be discussed
Student Teaching packets
order to register for the
semester of student teaching, you
Eligibility for
at that time. In
required practicum, a
full
must have completed
all
the requirements for admission to
certification.
Supervisory Certificate Programs
Administered by: Department of Educational Studies and
Secondary Education
Effective Fall, 2000
Admission
Candidates must provide proof of a valid Pennsylvania
teaching certificate and must provide evidence of at least
five years of satisfactory teaching experience. (Experience
on an emergency certificate or an intern certificate is not
65.597 Practicum (6 credits)
70.516 Psychology of Exceptional Individuals
acceptable.)
79.591 Research in Education
Supervisory (N, K-12). This program is designed for the
person with primary responsibility supervising and directing
Requirements
79.593 Studies in Diversity
Any 500
level
Educational Technology course such
as:
the activities of professional
and non-professional employees
in given fields.
60.504 Computers and Teaching
60.515 Integrating Technology in Teaching
minimum of 36 semester hours
graduate level from seven areas of competency:
Candidates must complete a
at the
60.516 Computers and the Curriculum
60.512 Computer Media
Curriculum and instruction-theory, design and
60.522 Internet for Teachers
development
Curriculum and early childhood, elementary, middle
and secondary education
Research Supenision, management and administration
Group dynamics
School law and finance
Practicum - field experience
Elective
Admission
to Certification
Students are required to
Take the PRAXIS test in their subject matter field, and
the Core Battery tests before registering for more than
12 credits in the program.
Possess a cumulative grade point average of 3.0.
Obtain current Pennsylvania Qualifying Scores for the
Praxis
1:
Academic
Skills
Assessments:
Session/Test Code:
10710 PPST Reading
20720 PPST Writing
10730 PPST Mathematics (calculators prohibited)
Submit the results from a current Tuberculosis Screening
administered within the last two years.
Possess professional liability insurance.
be a
minimum
The
policy shall
of $1,000,000 per claim and $3,000,000
aggregate. This
is
a state requirement which can be
through membership
PSEA.
Obtain current ACT 34 (Request for Criminal Record
Check) and ACT 151 (Child Abuse History Check)
clearances. Clearances are valid for one year from date
issued on the form.
satisfied
Subject Specialist:
Curriculum and Instruction
Early Childhood Education
Elementary Education
Reading
School Health Service
Secondary Education
36
30
30
30
30
30
Communication
30 semester hours
Foreign Languages
30
30
30
30
Mathematics
Science
semester hours
semester hours
semester hours
semester hours
semester hours
semester hours
semester hours
semester hours
semester hours
semester hours
21 semester hours
Social Studies
Special Education
in
Prerequisites for Admission:
which supcmson' certification
sought. At least five years of satisfactory teaching
experience in the field for which certification is sought.
Certification in die area for
is
(Valid certificate in the field
is
required)
40- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
Department of English
British Literature
English (B.A.)
Choose one course from the following nine
A
total
of 42 semester hours
is
courses:
required for a major in
No course may be used to satisfy more than one
requirement. With the addition of general education
requirements and elective courses of at least 32 semester
hours, the 128-hour requirement for a baccalaureate degree
is satisfied. Requirements are:
English.
20.341 Medieval Literature
20.342
20.344
The Renaissance
The Neoclassical Age
20.345 Romantic and Victorian Literature
20.346 Studies in British Literature
20.347 Studies in British Literature
Core
20.364 Chaucer
20.203 Approaches to Literary Study
20.370
20.226 European Literature
I
20.375 Renaissance
20.236 American Literature
I
20.246 British Literature
I
or 20.247 British Literature
20.256 Non-Western Literature
Literature
I
II
or 20.257 Non-Western
The English Novel
Drama
Writing Genre
Choose one course from the following
1 1
courses:
II
20.363 Shakespeare
20.301 Creative Writing: Fiction
20.488 Seminar or 20.489 Seminar
20.302 Creative Writing: Non-Ficdon Prose
20.492 Literary Theory and Criticism or 20.493
Bibliography and Literary Research
Choose one course from the following four courses:
20.303 Creative Writing: Poetry
20.306 Theory and Practice of Writing
20.370
20.372
The English Novel
Modern Novel
20.311 Structure of English
20.374 Short Story
20.312 History of the English Language
20.375 Renaissance
20.411
Modern
Theory
American Society
Linguistic
20.413 Language in
Drama
Modern Drama
20.379 Modern Poetry
20.377
20.391 Literature and Film
American Literature
Choose two courses from the following seven courses:
Electives
Choose two other 300-400
level courses.
20.334 Studies in American Literature
20.335 Studies in American Literature
20.431 American Romanticism
20.432 American Realism
20.433 American Modernism
20.434 Contemporary American Literature
20.436 African-American Literature
Minor
in
English
The minor in English consists of 18 semester hours: 9 hours
from courses on the 100 or 200 level except
20.101, 20.104, 20.200 and 20.201; 9 hours from courses on
the 300 or 400 level and approval of the
department chair.
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
-
41
Department of Exceptionality Programs
Interpreting (B.S.)
n addition to 54 semester hours in general education
requirements, the major in interpreting requires 18 semester
hours in American Sign Language training and 36 semester
hours in interpreting; the remaining 20 semester hours
required for a bachelor's degree come from elective courses.
The following course sequence (titles and content) is in the
process of revision. A full description may be received by
contacting the program coordinator.
Area of Concentration in Education of Deaf/Hard of
Hearing -Interpreting students may choose to take an area
of concentration in education of the deaf/hard of hearing.
The undergraduate curriculum in education of the deaf/
hard of hearing lays the foundation for the training and
education needed to prepare classroom teachers and
itinerant hearing therapists to work in educational settings
with deaf/hard of hearing children and adults. Students
supplement the curriculum for their majors with an area of
concentration in education of the deaf/hard of hearing that
requires a
American Sign Language
75.153 Introduction to Sign Language
75.154 American Sign Language I
75.155 American Sign Language
75.254
minimum
of 18 semester hours.
training:
Special Education (B.S.Ed.)
General Education Requirements - The university requires
53 hours of general education requirements, some of which
are specifically required for this major. Core courses
designated by the department as
applicable to the general education requirements may be
elected in partial fulfillment of that requirement. The
following general education courses are required for
II
The Deaf Culture
75.255 American Sign Language
III
75.256 American Sign Language IV
Interpreting requirements:
25.103 Public Speaking
25.215 Communication Theory
72.152 Introduction to Communication Disorders
completion of the program:
20.101 Composition I and 20.201 Composition
II
(or any
72.200 Introduction to Audiology
75.201 Interpreting in the Educational Setting
of the writing intensive literature courses) Those testing
out of 20.101 or 20.201 will schedule 20.104 Honors
75.301 Introduction to Interpreting for the Deaf
75.302 Interpreting Engish to American Sign Language
Composition and are required to take only six of the
nine hours required under Communication 25.103
Interpersonal
25.104
Speaking
or
Public
75.303 Transliterating English to Sign Language
Communication
75.304 Oral Interpreting/Transliterating
75.401 Sign to Voice Interpreting
48.101 General Psychology
48.210 Life-Span Psychology
75.415 Practicum in Interpreting
one additional course from
tlie
Code 25 course
50.101 General Biology^
listing.
I
05.321 First Aid and Safety
be chosen with the approval of an
meet the university's graduation
requirement of 128 semester hours. Students may choose
from the following free electives:
53.141 Introduction to Statistics or 48.160 Basic Statistics
Elective Courses are to
adviser
and
as required to
To meet state certification requirements, special education
majors must have six credits of mathematics, composition
and an American or English literature course.
20.111 Language and Social Interaction
20.411
Modern
Linguistic
Theory
Requirements for the Major - A total of 75 semester hoin s
required for a major in special education including
26.112 Fundamentals of Acting
is
28.220 Ethics
professional education courses, those required for special
28.290 Medical Ethics
education and
electives.
45.211 Principles of Sociology
45.213 Contemporary Social Problems
45.231 Marriage and Family
46.101 Introduction to Anthropology
46.200 Principles of Cultural Anthropology
46.440 Language and Culture
48.101 General P.sychology
Professional Education courses include:
60.251 Psychological Foundations in Education or
48.251 Psychological Foundations in Education
60.393 Social Foundations of Education or 60.406
Multicultural Education
62.302 Teaching of Science
in the
Elemeniarx School or
Social Studies in ihc Elenu-nUuT School
48.321 Psychological Tests and Measurements
62.390 Teaching
62.371 Teaching Reading in the Elementary School
62.398 Teaching Mathematics in the Elementary School
70.101 Introdviction to the Exceptional Individual
Choose one of die following four
48.160 Basic
Statistics
48.211 Child Psychology
courses:
72.460 Psycholinguistics
74.260 Interpreting in the Educational Setting
62.373 Diagnostic and Inclusive Practices
42- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
74.305 Introduction to Instructional Methods for the
Deaf/Hard of Hearing (reserved for Deaf/Hard of
Hearing area of concentration only)
60.375 Teaching the Reluctant Reader
65.374 Teaching Reading in Academic Subjects
Required Courses
The following
required in
this
is
a suggested time sequence for courses
program of study.
Freshman Year
70.101 Introduction to Exceptional Individuals
Special Education Courses include:
74.201 History, Education and Guidance of the Deaf/Hard
of Hearing
70.101 Introduction to Exceptional Individual
74.153 Introduction to Sign Language
70.202 Technology for Exceptionalities
Sophomore Year
70.206 Introduction to Early Intervention
70.240 Foundations in Special Education
72.200 Introduction to Audiology
70.250 Behavior Disorders
75.154 American Sign Language
70.340 Educating Individuals with Moderate/Severe
I
Junior Year
Disabilities
A statistics
70.353 Assessment and Planning
course
75.305 Introduction to Instructional Methods for the
70.357 Vocational Programming
Deaf/Hard of Hearing
70.401 Student Teaching With Exceptional Individuals
75.155 American Sign Language
II
70.433 Language Arts for Students with Special Needs
Senior Year
70.450 Methods for Elementary Special Education
70.451 Methods for Secondary Special Education
72.450 Clinical Observation
70.461 Problems in Special Education
Elective Courses
Elective Courses
A
-
total
of 12 semester hours
may be
taken as
electives for this major.
These courses include:
70.255 Experience with Exceptional Individuals
70.375 Individual Project
72.152 Introduction to Communication Disorders
A total of 12 semester hours is taken in elective courses.
Courses include:
75.155 American Sign Language II
75.254 The Deaf Culture
75.255 American Sign Language III
75.256 American Sign Language IV
74.153 Introduction to Sign Language
Students
may opt
to take
any four hours of electives to
complete the requirements for a bachelor's degree.
Area of Concentration
in
Education of the
Deaf/Hard of Hearing
Special education students
may choose
to take
an area of
concentration in education of the deaf/hard of hearing.
The
Elementary Education and Special
Education (Dual Certification)
General Education Requirements - The university requires
53 hours of general education requirements, some of which
are specifically required for this major. Core courses
designated by the department as applicable to the general
education requirements maybe elected in partial fulfillment
of that requirement. The following general education
courses are required:
imdergraduate curriculum in education of the deaf/hard
of hearing lays the foundation for the
training and education needed to prepare classroom
teachers and itinerant hearing therapists to work in
educational settings with deaf/hard of hearing children and
adults. Students supplement the curriculum for their majors
with an area of concentration in education of the deaf/hard
of hearing diat requires a minimum of 24 semester hours.
20.101 Composition
of Education
program.
is
II
(or any
will
schedule 20.104 Honors
Composition and are required to take only six of the
nine hours reqinred under Communication 25.103
Public
Speaking
or
25.104
Interpersonal
Communication
48.101 General Psychology
48.210 Life-Span Psychology
45.211 Sociology or 46.200 Anthropology
granted by die Pennsylvania Department
a related graduate
70.101 Introduction to Exceptional Individuals
upon completion of
53.141 Introduction to Statistics or 48.160 Basic Statistics
Any American history course
Any literature course
All applicants to the graduate program in Education of the
Deaf/Hard of Hearing must have completed the courses
50.101 General Biology
54.103 Physical Science
Students without an education background will
need to take five education courses agreed upon by the
curriculum coordinator in education of the deaf/hard of
listed below.
hearing.
and 20.201 Composition
out of 20.101 and 20.201
Certification to teach deaf/hard of hearing students in
school programs
I
of the writing intensive literature courses) Those testing
53.201 Theoiy of Arithmetic
05.321 First Aid and Safety
Requirements for the Major
is
-
A
total
of 77 semester hours
required
for dual certification in elementary education and special
education
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
Professional Education courses include:
60.251 Psychological Foundations of Education or
48.251Psychological Foundations of Education
60.393 Social Foundations of Education or 60.406
Multicultural Education
62.302 Teaching of Science in the Elementary School
62.390 Teaching Social Studies in the Elementary School
62.371 Teaching Reading in the Elementary School
62.398 Teaching Mathematics in the Elementary School
62.373 Diagnostic and Inclusive Practices
05.311 Methods and Materials in Elementary School
-
43
All applicants to the graduate program in education of the
deaf/hard of hearing are encouraged to complete an
introductory course in statistics or its equivalent and the
following: (Students
may
some
take these,
as general
education electives)
A bachelor's degree with a QPA of 2.8 in the education of
the deaf/hard of hearing area of concentration and an
overall
QPA of 2.8
are required. If either
QPA
is
below
2.8,
may be admitted on a provisional basis and must
earn a QPA of 3.0 or better upon completion of 9 to 12
semester hours in graduate-level courses. No Cs may be
the student
70.206 Introduction to Early Intervention
70.240 Foundations of Special Education
earned during the provisional period.
Applicants must submit a one-page, handwritten letter,
stating professional background, experience and rationale
for wanting to be admitted to this master's program. Three
letters of reference from individuals who have knowledge
of the applicant's academic and teaching background are
required. For confirmation purposes, the letters must
contain the name, address, position and telephone number
70.250 Behavior Disorders
of the writer.
Physical Education or 05.320 Health
and
Safety in
Elementary School
60.291 Principles of Teaching
62.310 Teaching Fine Arts
70.202 Technology for Exceptional Individuals
70.340 Educating Individuals with Moderate/Severe
Applicants must
make arrangements
with the program
coordinator for an interview.
Disabilities
70.353 Assessment and Planning
70.357 Vocational Programming
70.401 Student Teaching with Exceptional Individuals
70.433 Language Arts for Students with Special Needs
70.450 Methods for Elementary Special Education
70.451 Methods for Secondary Special Education
70.461 Problems in Special Education
The National Teacher Examination or the Graduate Record
Examination will be required of all applicants.
There is one entry point for full-time enrollment in this
graduate program - summer semester. The application
deadline for summer enrollment is March 15 Application
for admission as a part-time student is not restricted and
may be made at any time. There is no quota for students
interested in entering the
Education of the Deaf/Hard of
Hearing (IVI.S.)
Admission. Applicants with bachelor's degrees in early
childhood education, elementary education, secondary
education and special education have appropriate
educational backgrounds for entry into the program. Those
students without education courses in their background are
required to take 15 core credits of education courses.
Prerequisite coursework in the following areas must be
completed either before or during the graduate program.
program on a part-time
basis. Part-
time students are required to meet with the program
coordinator to design a curriculum sequence and time line.
Retention. Graduate students are required to earn a QPA
of 3.0 with a maximum of two Cs for retention in this master's
program. If a C is earned in a practicum course, the course
must be repeated and a grade of B or better earned.
Required Courses
must complete a departmental paper
and successftilly pass a comprehensi\'e
All graduate students
(thesis or non-thesis)
70.101 Introduction to Exceptional Individuals
examination administered during the semester the student
plans to graduate. Upon graduation, students are
academically prepared to apply for licensure in Penns) hania
and to pursue state and national certification as a teacher of
the deaf/hard of hearing. Additionally, students are granted
a provisional national certification by the Council on
72.200 Introduction to Audiology
Education of the Deaf (CED) upon formal application.
Undergraduate area of concentration in education of the
deaf/hard of hearing:
72.450 Clinical Observation
74.153 Introduction to Sign Language
74.154 American Sign Language
I
74.155 American Sign Language
II
74.201 History, Education, and Guidance of the Deaf/
Hard of Hearing
74.305 Introduction to Instructional Methods for the
Deaf/Hard of Hearing
Students who anticipate applying for admission to the
graduate program in education of the deaf/ hard of hearing
are strongly urged to elect the following elective cotirses:
74.254
The Deaf Culture
74.255 American Sign Language III
74.256 American Sign Langtiage IV
The
following
is
an example of a full-time curriculum
sequence:
Summer
Session (total of 12 weeks)
72.522 Aural Rehabilitation: Theory and Practice
74.560 Practicum with the Deaf/Hard of Hearing
74.566 Language for the Deaf/Hard of Hearing
74.567 Language for the Deaf/Hard of Hearing
Fall
I
II
Semester
74.564 Speech for the Deaf/Hard of Hearing
74.565 Problems and Trends in Education of the Deaf/
Hard of Hearing
74.568 Advanced American Sign Language
74.569 Curricular Subjects for the Deaf /Hard of Hearing
Spring Semester
44- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
63.548 Reading Instruction for the At-Risk Learner
63.550 Literature, Literacy, and Culture
74.570 Student Teaching with the Deaf/Hard of Hearing
Summer
Session (total of 6 weeks)
74.575 Counseling Needs of Communicatively Disordered
Required Courses for M.Ed, in Reading (36
and Their Families
74.584 Research in Education of the Deaf/Hard of
Hearing
All of the
credits)
Individuals
above courses
plus:
60.584 Curriculum and Instructional Theory, Design, and
Development
Reading (M.Ed.)
Either 79.591 Research in Education, or 70.565 Reading
Admission: Applicants must satisfy the general admission
requirements for the School of Graduate Studies. In
addiuon, applicants to this degree program must:
Two
Hold
and a Level I teaching
from an accredited college or university.
Have a 2.5 undergraduate QPA.
Submit a one to two page, typed letter of intent stating
professional background, experience, and rationale
for wanting to be admitted to the program
Submit two letters of recommendation from
professionals who can attest to the candidate's
promise as a graduate student and professional leader.
Students with a QPA under 3.0 must complete the GRE
(recommended scores of 400 on each subtest) or the
a baccalaureate degree
certificate
Millers Analogies Test (recommended score of 35).
Schedule an interview with the program coordinator to
clarify
program requirements,
discuss goals, evaluate
academic records, and outline a long-range program.
Retention: Students must maintain a QPA of 3.0 to remain
in the program.
Transfer credits: A maximum of nine semester hours of
graduate-level coursework may be transferred from an
accredited institution; a maximum of 12 semester hours may
be transferred from graduate courses completed at
Bloomsburg University. Transfer courses must carry a grade
of B or higher and must be completed no more than six
years from the date of graduation. Transfer credits may be
requested or submitted at any time during the student's sixyear program, but require prior approval from the student's
advisor and the assistant vice president and dean of graduate
studies
Required Courses
Special Education
(l\/I.S.)
Admission. Applicants seeking admission to the master's
degree programs must satisfy the general admission
requirements for the School of Graduate Studies. The
following additional criteria are also required:
A one-page,
handwritten letter of intent stating profes-
sional background, experience
and rationale for want-
ing to be admitted to the department
Two letters of recommendation
Resume
An
interview with the chair or
program coordinator An
undergraduate cumulative QPA of 2.8. If average is
below 2.8, the student may be admitted provisionally.
No Cs may be earned during a probationary period.
Retention. Students must complete the criteria listed in
the Teacher Education - Special Education packet proior to
the completion of 12 graduate credits. Required GPA,
licensing exams, field experience and liability information
is
described within the packet.
Graduation. Students seeking the M.S. in Special Education
or the M.S. in Exceptionalities without certification must
complete requirements
as listed below.
Required courses
(Prerequisite: B.S. in Special Education
and
certification)
six
credits for thesis
Students seeking an M.Ed, in Reading must complete 36
semester hours with a cumulative QPA of 3.0. All
requirements must be completed within six years from the
date of admission into the program. Students must reenroll
for all courses that exceed the six-year program completion
deadline oudined in the Graduate catalog section. Students
seeking reading specialist certification must earn a minimum
score of 570 on the Praxis specialty area test for reading
specialists.
Required Courses for Reading Specialist Certification (24
credits)
63.540 Introduction to the Teaching of Reading
63.541 Reading Assessment and Intervention
63.543 Reading Practicum
I
63.544 Reading Practicum
II
63.545 Organization and Administration of Reading
in the
by the faculty adviser.
Graduation requirements
Choice A: Thesis option - 24 hours of course work plus
and research.
Programs
63.546 Reading
and Interpreting Research in Special Education
elective courses from a related field that are approved
Content Areas
Choice B: Department paper option - 30 hours of course
work plus department paper
Choice C: Course work option - 36 hours of course work.
Core requirements (9 credits)
70.565 Reading and Interpreting Research in Special
Education or 79.591 Research in Education
70.575 Seminar in Current Issues in Special Education
70.591 Practicum in Special Education
Electives (a minimum of 1 2 credits must be taken in special
education):
70.501 Administration and Supervision in Special
Education
70.502 Principles of Special Education Law
70.503 Curricular Design and Instruction for Inclusive
Education
70.506 Introduction to Early Intervention
70.516 Psychology of Exceptional Individuals
70.522 Mathematics for Students with Special Needs
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
70.526 Transition Services for Individuals with Special
Needs
70.533 Language Arts
for Students with Special
Needs
70.544 Diagnostic and Remedial Techniques
70.547 Technology and Exceptional Indixiduals
Disabilities
70.551 Secondary Methods for Individuals with Mild
Disabilities
Diagnostic
(recommended
45
70.550 Elementary Methods for Individuals with Mild
70.540 Education of Individuals with Moderate/Severe
70.544
-
if
and
Remedial
Techniques
previous assessment course
is
older
than five years)
70.547 Technology and Exceptional Individuals
70.550 Elementary Methods for Individuals with Mild
Disabihties
70.552 Project in Special Education
70.559 Seminar in Special Education
70.570 Foundations of Behavior Disorders
70.572 Seminar in Behavior Disorders
70.595 Internship
Disabiliues
70.551 Secondary Methods for Individuals with Mild
70.596 Special Workshop
I
(1-6 credits)
70.597 Special Workshop 2 (1-6 credits)
70.598 Special Workshop 3 (1-6 credits)
70.599 Master's Research Paper
Disabilities
70.552 Project in Special Education
70.559 Seminar in Special Educadon
70.570 Foundations of Behavior Disorders
72.572 Augmentative Communication
70.572 Seminar in Behavior Disorders
74.501 Introduction to Sign Language
70.595 Internship
70.596 Special Workshop
1
With adviser approval, students may
(1-6 credits)
also
choose additional
70.597 Special Workshop 2 (1-6 credits)
elective graduate courses in related fields such as reading,
70.598 Special Workshop 3 (1-6 credits)
early childhood, elementary
70.599 Master's Research Paper
psychology and sociology.
and secondary education,
72.572 Augmentative Communication
74.501 Introduction to Sign Language
With adviser approval, students may
Exceptionalities (M.S.)
With Certification
Handicapped
Teaching the
Men tally/ Physically
choose additional
such as reading,
early childhood, elementary and secondary education,
psychology and sociology. Coursework for a special education
supervisory certificate may be incorporated into the M.S. in
certification requires two separate applications. Students are
special education.
required to complete a
also
elective graduate courses in related fields
in
Graduation Requirements. The M.S. and teacher
maximum
minimum
of 36 credits (M.S.) and a
of 45 credits or 42 credits plus student teaching
(M.S. plus certification).
Exceptionalities
(This
program does
(IVI.S.)
not lead to certification in
Core Requirements
Teaching
Graduation requirements
Choice A: Thesis option - 24 hours course work plus
70.516 Psychology of Exceptional Individuals
70.565 Reading and Interpreting Research in Special
Education or 79.591 Research in Education
the Mentally/Physically Handicapped)
six
60.501 Major Philosophies of Education
credits for thesis
Choice B: Department paper option - 30 hours of course
work plus department paper
Choice C: Course work option - 36 hours course work
Core requirements
(9 credits)
70.516 Psychology of Exceptional Individuals
70.565 Reading and Interpreting Research in Special
Education or 79.591 Research in Education
70.575 Seminar in Current Issues in Special Education
Electives (a
minimum
of 12 credits must be taken in special
education)
70.501 Administration and Supervision in Special
Education
70.502 Principles of Special Education Law
70.503 Curricular Design and Instruction for Inclusive
Education
70.506 Introduction to Early Intervention
70.522 Mathematics for Students with Special Needs
70.526 Transition Services for Individuals with Special
Needs
70.533 Language Arts
for Students with Special Needs
70.540 Education of Individuals with Moderate/Severe
Disabilities
Certification Courses
(equivalent courses
may be
considered)
70.506 Introduction to Early Inter\ention
70.522 Mathematics for Students with Special Needs
70.526 Transition Services for Individuals with Special
Needs
70.533 Language Arts for Students with Special Needs
70.540 Education of Indi\iduals with Moderate/Severe
Disabilities
70.544 Diagnostic and Remedial Techniques
70.547 Technology' and Exceptional Indixiduals
70.550 Elementary Methods for Individuals with Mild
Disabilities
70.551 Secondary Methods for Individuals with Mild
Disabilities
70.559 Seminar
in Special
Education
70.570 Foundations of Behaxior Disorders
70.591 Practicum in Special Education: OR 70.401 Student
Teaching with Exceptional Individuals: and
70.461 Problems in Special Education
Electives
46- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
70.501 Administration and Supervision in Special
Education
70.502 Principles of Special Education Law
70.503 Curricular Design and Instruction for Inclusive
Education
70.552 Project in Special Education
70.572 Seminar in Behavior Disorders
70.575 Seminar in Current Issues in Special Education
70.596 Special Workshop
1
(1-6 credits)
70.597 Special Workshop 2 (1-6 credits)
70.598 Special Workshop 3 (1-6 credits)
72.572 Augmentative Communication
74.575 Counseling Needs of Communicatively Disordered
Individuals
and Their Families
74.501 Introduction to Sign Language
With adviser approval, students may
choose additional
such as reading,
early childhood, elementary and secondary education,
psychology and sociology.
also
elective graduate courses in related fields
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
-
47
Department of Finance and Legal Studies
These courses may
Finance (B.S.B.A.)
In addition to 68 semester hours of general education
requirements, the program in finance requires 24 hours of
core business courses, 15 hours of courses specific to finance,
plus 21 hours of business electives to
requirement for
a
meet the
university
bachelor of science in business
be applied
to
completing majors
diversity courses.
Elective credits include:
40.433 International Economics
40.434 Economic Growth of Underdeveloped Areas
44.280 International Relations
Or
administration degree.
Among general education courses specifically required are:
20.101 English Composition
also
or minors in business as requirements, electives and/or
other 300/400 level courses in economics or political
science with the approval of the adviser.
Or an
I
20.102 English Composition II (or 20.104 Honors
Composition)
25.103 Public Speaking
40.121 Principles of Economics I
40.122 Principles of Economics II
53.118 Applied Matrix Algebra
40.256 Business and Economics Statistics
Choose one of the following two courses:
40.156 Business and Economics Math
53.123 Essentials of Calculus
internship experience and/or course work while
participating in a foreign exchange program, with the
approval of the advisor or appropriate department chair.
Language competancy: a student must satisfy a
foreignlanguage competency to the intermediate level,
either by completing up to a Level IV in course work or
demonstrating proficiency by examination in the foreign
language.
Any
courses taken are in addition to the 18 credit hours in
the concentration
and may
also
count toward the
students humanities general education requirement.
Business Core:
91.220 Financial Accoimting
Minor
91.223 Managerial Accounting
92.150 Introduction to Computer and Information
Management
93.481 Business Polices and Strategies
Take
Law and Legal Environment
Finance Specialization
96.323 Financial Markets and Institudons
96.343 Investment Management
96.454 Advanced Corporate Finance
96.413 Internadonal Finance
Plus
one upper-level finance elective
- Students must choose 21 semester hours
Electives
Law and
at least
Humanities:
20.152 Literature and Society (when focussed on law and
legal issues)
98.349
Law and
Literature
20.481 Special Topics in English
98.499 Special Topics in
in
elective courses
Law
Social sciences:
44.244 Introduction to Criminal Justice
from General Business, Accounting, Computer and
Information Systems,
Management, Office Systems, Finance, Marketing and
44.446 Constitutional Law
I
44.447 Constitutional Law II
44.448 The Judicial Process
44.487 International Law and Organization
Business Law.
Some
in Legal Studies consists of 21 semester hours,
the Legal Environment
one course from each of the following four
groups: law and the humanities, law and the social sciences,
rhetoric and theory, and legal regulation doctrine.
98.331
96.313 Introduction to Corporate Finance
97.310 Marketing: Principles and PracUce
98.331
The minor
Legal Studies
15 of which must be taken at Bloomsburg University.
Required, but not a prerequisite for other courses, is:
Science
93.344 Principles of
in
additional courses are available as well; students
should consult
45.342 Penolog)'
48.254 Psychological Aspects of Social Issues
and jurisprudence:
their adviser.
Rhetoric, theory
25.321 Argumentation
Career Concentration
International
in
Business
Administered by Department of Finance and Legal Studiesw
Effective Fall, 2002
Required courses include:
93.456 International Management
96.413 International Finance
97.380 International Marketing
98.407 International Legal Environment
28.292 Contemporary Moral Problems
28.305 Philosophy of Law
28.307 Contemporary Political Philosophy
Legal environment, regulation and doctrine:
27.310 Media
Law
Management
Management
98.332 Business and Commercial Law
41.301 Water Resources
41.302 Land Business
98.407 International Legal Environment
98.450 Legal Emaronment
48- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
98.460 Employment and Discrimination
48.499 Special Topics in
Law
Law
- Two courses from the following options, totaling
semester hours:
Any two additional courses from t\vo of the four categories
above; An independent study course, internship in legal
Electives
six
honor seminar or international exchange course or
program, with the approval of the Legal Studies Minor
studies,
coordinator.
Two
courses in the
first
Widener School of Law, Harrisburg,
year of law school at
a participant in the
"3+3" B.A./J.D. program. See coordinator for details.
if
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
-
49
Department of Geography and Geosciences
52.216 Chemical Principles and Measurements (highly
Earth Science (B.S)
In addition to 53 semester hours of general education
total of 59 semester hours is required for a
major in earth science. The balance of the university's 128semester hour requirement for a bachelor's degree come from
electives. Required courses are:
51.101 Physical Geology
51.102 Historical Geology
requirements, a
54.110 Introduction to Astronomy
51.111 Physical Geology Laboratory
51.112 Historical Geology Laboratory
51.255 Meteorology
51.259 Oceanography
51.260 Earth Materials
Choose four from the following 13
courses:
recommended as the second course)
Choose one of the following two combinations:
54.111 Introductoi-y Physics I and
54.112 Introductory Physics
II
Environmental Science Option
The option in Environmental Science requires a total 66 to
68 credits in addition to General Education requirements,
depending on choices of electives. Required couress include:
51.100 Environmental Geology
51.101 Physical Geology
51.111 Physical Geology Lab
51.255 Meteorology
51.259 Environmental Issues and Choices
50.114 Concepts in Biology I
50.115 Concepts in Biology II
Choose
from the following:
at least 15 credits
51.261 Mineralogy
51.260 Earth Materials
51.262 Petrology
51.265 Geomorphology
51.265 Geomorphology
51.320 Remote Sensing of the Earth
51.320 Remote Sensing of the Earth
51.360 Paleontology
51.355 Synoptic Meteorology
51.369 Structural Geology
51.360 Introduction to Paleontology
51.370 Surface Hydrology
51.369 Structural Geology
51.460 Aqueous Geochemistry
51.370 Hydrology
51.468 Stratification and Sedimentation
51.460 Aqueous Geochemistry
51.470 Groundwater Hydrology
51.468 Stratigraphy and Sedimentation
51.480 Applied Geophysics
51.470 Groundwater Hydrology
51.496 Internship in Earth Science
51.475 Independent Study
or
51.480 Geophysics
up
to nine credits
from approved Marine Science
courses
51.493 Bibliography and Research
51.496 Internship in Earth Science
Approved courses offered by the Marine Science Center,
Wallops Island, Va. (Courses in marine science are
offered during the summer by the Marine Science
consortium. The consortium
is a joint program
sponsored by several Pennsylvania state
universities. A maximum of 9 semester hours from the
Marine
Science Consortium may be applied toward this bachelor's
degree.)
Choose two courses from the
51.242
Map
follo\\ing:
Skills
41.258 Environmental Consen'ation
41.301 Water Resources
41.302 Land Resources
Management
Management
41.304 Environmental Valuation
41.342 Geographical Information Systems
41.462 Techiques of Geographic Measurement
Choose one of the following two courses:
50.351 General Ecology
50.451 Conservation Biolog}'
Choose one from the following two
courses:
56.110 Introduction to Computer Science
92.150 Introduction to Computer and Information
Science
Or a higher-level course in programming
Choose two from the following six courses:
53.113 Pre-Calculus
53.123 Essentials of Calculus
53.124 Essentials of Calculus
53.125 Analysis
I
53.126 Analysis
II
Choose two from the following three courses:
52.115 Fundamentals of Inorganic Chemistry
52.116 Chemical Principles and Measurements
52.230 Funamentals of Organic Chemistry
54.111 Introductory Physics
I
Choose a maximum of one of the following two
53.112 Trigonometry
courses:
53.114 College Algebra
II
53.141 Introducdon to StatisUcs
Choose two from the following three courses:
52.115 Fundamentals of Inorganic Chemistry
52.131 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry
Choose
a
minimimi of one course from (both may be
chosen from
this group)
53.113 Pre-Calculus
53.123 Essentials of Calculus
53.125 Analysis
1
53.126 Analysis
II
50- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
51.320 Remote Sensing of the Earth
Special Topic: Tide changes depending on topic
53.141 Introduction to Statistics
Geography
-
Minor
The minor in geography constitutes 18 semester hours and
must include the following courses:
41.105 Environmental Issues and Choices
41.250 Elements of Planning
41.258 Environmental Conservation
41.301 Water Resources Management
Land Resources Management
41.302
Map
Skills
41.264 Applied Cartography
Geography
(B.A.)
General Geography Option
Also
Environmental Planning Option
In addition to 54 semester hours of general education
requirements, a
of 30 to 60 semester hours
required for a major in
is
(B.A.)
Also
see...
General Geography Option
Environmental Planning Option
In addition to 54 semester hours of general education
requirements, a total of 30 to 60 semester hours is required
for a major in geography. The balance of hours toward the
university requirement for a bachelor's degree is made up of
Core Courses:
41.101 World Physical Geography
41.221 Economic Geography
41.250 Elements of Planning
41.350 Advanced Planning
41.497 Internship in Planning
41.498 Applied Planning Seminar
geography.
The balance
Geography
elective courses
see...
Urban and Regional Planning Option
total
required elective credits.
Urban and Regional Planning Option
Choose one from the following three courses:
41.315 Geography of Recreation, Tourism and Sport
41.242
Optional Elective: 41.496 Internship in Geography
Upon departmental approval a student may choose to
undertake an internship of 3 to 12 semester hours of which a
maxiumum of 3 semester hours may be applied to the
of hours toward the 128-hour university
requirement for a
bachelor's degree
Core Courses:
Electives (choose 3
from the following
six courses)
41.258 Environmental Conservation
is
made up
of elective courses
41.302 Land Resources
Management
41.304 Environmental Valuation
41.101 World Physical Geography
41.315 Geography of Recreation, Tourism and Sport
41.102 World Cultural Geography
41.363 Urban Geography
41.221 Economic Geography
Map
41.242
51.100 Environmental Geology
Skills
Skills
and Tools
41.462 Techniques of Geographic Measurement
09.231 Technical Writing
41.492 Geography Seminar
25.103 Public Speaking
18 semester hours to be selected from electives.
The elective
courses are divided into areas of specialization for your
information. A minimum of 9 semester hours are to be
selected
from 300- and
Computer Science
Choose two from the following four courses:
56.110 Introduction to
41.242
400-Ievel courses.
Map
Skills
41 .264 Applied Cartography
Physical:
41.125 Weather and Climate
41.303 Soil Resources
41.342 Geographic Information Systems
Management
51.320 Remote Sensing of the Earth
Human:
Cognate Areas
Economics (choose
41.250 Elements of Planning
41.310 Populadon Geography
41.363 Urban Geography
41.200 Geography of the United States and Canada
41.203 Geography of Australia
may be
offered
Management
Management
41.304 Environmental Valuadon
41.315 Geography of Recreation
40.211 Principles of Economics
I
40.212 Principles of Economics
II
40.316 Urban Economics
Political
Environmental:
41.105 Environmental Issues and Choices
41.258 Environmental Conservation
41.302 Land Resources
one from the following four
40.410 Public Finance
41.204 Geography of South Asia
or any regional geography course that
41.301 Water Resources
at least
courses)
Regional:
Science
44.120 United States Government
44.452 State and Local Government
Also
recommended
are:
44.438 Public Personnel Administration
44.452 Public Policy
Sociology (choose at least one from the following
courses)
,
Tourism, Sport
41.305 Enviornmental Risks and Hazards
Techniques:
41.264
53.141 Introduction to Statistics
Apphed Cartography
41.342 Geographic Informadon Systems
45.211 Principles of Sociology
45.213 Contemporary Social Problems
45.316 Urban Sociology
45.457 Sociology of
Community
five
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
45.468 Social Service Planning
-
31
51.111 Physical Geology Laboratory
51.112 Historical Geology Laboratory
Geography
51.261 Mineralogy
(B.A.)
51.262 Petrology
Environmental Planning Option
Administered by Geography and Geosciences
Effective Fall, 2002
Also
see...
Urban and Regional Planning Option
General Geography Option
In addition to 54 semester hours of general education
requirements, a total of 30 to 60 semester hours is required
for a major in geography. The balance of hours toward the
128-hour university requirement for a bachelor's degree is
made up
of elecdve courses
Core Courses:
41.101 World Physical Geography
41.105 Environmental Issues and Choices
41.250 Elements of Planning
41.258 Environmental Conservation
41.301 Water Resources Management
41.302 Land Resources
Management
41.350 Advanced Planning
41.497 Internship in Planning
41.498
AppHed Planning Seminar
Electives (choose a
minimum
of three from the following
51.360 Introduction to Paleontology
51.265 Geomorphology
51.369 Structural Geology
51.468 Stratigraphy and Sedimentation
51.470 Groundwater Hydrology
51.493 Bibliography and Research
51.460 Aqueous Chemistry
51.480 Geophysics (highly recommended)
51.451 Field Techniques in Earth Science or equivalent 4
to 6
semester hours field course
Choose one of the following two
sets
of courses:
53.123 Essentials of Calculus and 53.141 Introduction
to Statistics
I and 53.126 Analysis II
Choose two of the following three courses:
52.115 Fundamentals of Inorganic Chemistry
52.131 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry
52.216 Chemical Principles and Measurements (highly
or 53.125 Analysis
recommended
as the
second course)
Choose one of the following two
54.111 Introductory Physics
Physics
sets
I
of courses:
and 54.112 Introductory
II
or 54.211 General Physics
I
and 54.212 General Physics
five
II
courses)
41.303 Soil Resources
Management
41.304 Environmental Valuation
Note: 51.480 Geophysics may be substituted for the
second semester of physics.
41.315 Geography of Recreation, Tourism and Sport
41.305 Environmental Risks and Hazards
51.100 Environmental Geology
51.370 Hydrology
Skills
and Tools
09.231 Technical Writing
25.103 Public Speaking
44.452 State and Local Government
53.141 Introduction to Statistics
92.150 Introduction to Computer and Information Science
44.120 United States Government (strongly recommended)
Choose two from the following four courses
41.242
Map
Geology
-
Minor
Administered by Geography and Geosciences
Effective Fall, 2002
A total of 20 semester hours is required for a minor
geology.
A minor
program
in
geology requires the following:
51.101 Physical Geology
51.102 Historical Geology
51.111 Physical Geology Laboratory
51.112 Historical Geology Laboratory
12 hours selected from the following 11 courses:
Skills
41.264 Applied Cartography
41.342 Geographic Information Systems
51.320 Remote Sensing of the Earth
51.261 Mineralogy
51.262 Petrology
51.320 Remote Sensing of the Eartii
51.355 Synoptic Meteorology
51.360 Introduction to Paleontology
Geology
(B.S.)
General Education Requirements - In addition to 54
semester hours of general education requirements, 72
semester hours is required for a msyor in geology. The balance
of the university's 128-hour requirement for an undergraduate
degree comes from elective courses. The degree program in
geology requires the following courses:
51.101 Physical Geology
51.102 Historical Geology
51.265 Geomorphology
51.369 Structural Geology
51.370 Hydrology
51.468 Stratigraphy and Sedimentation
51.470 Groundwater Hydrology
51.475 Independent Study
51.460 Aqueous Chemistry
51.480 Geophysics (highly recommended)
in
52- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
Department of History
civilization or
History (B.A.)
Administered by History
Effective Fall, 2002
In addition to 54 semester hours of general education
requirements, a total of 36 semester hours is required for a
major in history with at least 15 semester hours drawn from
300 and 400 level courses. It is strongly
recommended that students take 42.398 Research and
Writing Skills as early as possible in their program.
42.1 12 Origins of the
42.113
Modern World
The Modern World
European history covering the period
through 1815
Any course, 3 semester hours,
is
from upperEuropean history
selected
division (300-400 level) offerings in
covering the period since 1789
Electives in history:
Minor
in
any two 300 or 400-level history courses.
History
Administered by History
Effective Fall, 2002
This program requires 18 semester hours of history courses
42.121 United States Histoi^ Survey: Colonial Period to
1877
with at least 6 semester hours in 300 or 400 level courses.
minor
The
includes:
42.122 United States History Survey: 1877 to the Present
6 semester hours, any two 100 level history courses
The Ancient and Medieval Worlds
42.398 Research and Wridng Skills
6 semester hours, any two 200 or 300 level history courses
42.133
3 semester hours, any of the 300 or 400 level history courses
Choose one from the following four courses:
42.141 Modern China and Japan
42.142 Latin America: From European Colonization
42.398 Research and Wridng
The program
to
the Present
42.143 Black Africa
42.144 Islamic and Hindu Worlds: Middle East, India
and Malaysia
Any
course, 3 semester hours,
is
selected from upper-
division (300-400 level) offerings in
Any
course, 3 semester hours,
is
American
history.
selected from upper-
division course (300-400 level) offerings in
Western
for the history
Skills
minor provides
one directed exercise
tlie
following
independent
historical research (42.398); a minimal background in those
courses at the 100 level that are basic to and required of history
majors; flexibility in framing a minor pertinent to the student's
academic interest; and at least one course, in addition to
42.398, at an advanced level.
features: at least
in
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
-
53
Honors Program
honors upper division seminars and two semesters of honors
independent sttidy culminating in an honors thesis.
About the Honors Program
The Bloomsburg
University
Honors Program
offers
opportunities for an enriched college experience to students
seeking academic challenge.
The Honors Program's goals are:
to challenge students to
perform
Honors Courses
The student can
at the highest level of
excellence
encourage independent thinking and learning
environment that encourages the
aspirations and achievements of students and fosters
their dignity, self esteem and sense of initiative
to encourage creativity, intellectual independence,
take
up
to 34
hours of honors work but
only 25 are required and courses (except the senior honors
independent study) can be taken at any time during the
to
student's enrollment at Bloomsburg.
to create a supportive
To graduate with honors, the student must take at least
one honors humanities, one honors math/science class with
a laboratory component, one honors social science class and
one 300-level honors seminar plus 08.300 Introduction to
Honors Research, plus two semesters of honors independent
analytical thinking
and problem solving and the
growth of communication skills through a strong
emphasis on reading, writing and research
to provide opportunities for students to develop a
broader perspective on national and global issues to
provide forums for symposia, experiential learning
and independent study
to create a meaningful learning community to develop
study.
Freshmen entering the program will automatically be
placed in 20.104 Honors Composition for fall semester of
their
freshman
year.
Honors curriculum
-
The student
v«ll
be required
to take
25 hours of honors credit distributed among the following
classes, with additional requirements as indicated: Choose
to fulfill general
education
students' leadership potential
one of the following two courses
engage in a rigorous, coherent,
integrated academic experience with a high degree
requirements for humanities courses:
08.101 Honors Humanities 1
08.201 Honors Humanities II
Choose one of the following two courses, with a laboratory
component that may be exempted by the director:
08.110 Honors Matii/Science I
to
enable students
to
of student-faculty interaction
The Honors Program encourages students
to
explore
opportunities for post-graduate work and professional study.
The Honors Program is proud of the high rate of acceptance
of Bloomsburg honors students to professional and graduate
programs.
Typically,
honors
classes are smaller, offering students
opportunities to discuss in greater depth the subject being
taught.
Honors
classes are often
enriched through
field trips,
guest speakers, films and special projects.
New freshmen applying for admission to the program must
minimum of 1 100 SAT and rank in the top 20 percent
have a
Admittance to the program for
is based on academic
performance at Bloomsburg University.
The Honors Program awards merit scholarships on a
competitive basis to entering freshmen. Some upper-level
competitive merit scholarships are also available each year.
Many honors students also qualify for other merit
of their high school
class.
students already at Bloomsburg
and Presidential awards.
Honors students at Bloomsburg take 25 hours of honors
courses that include honors general education courses,
scholarships, such as the Mitrani
08.210 Honors Math/Science II
Choose one of the following two courses
to fulfill general
education requirements for social science courses:
08.130 Honors Social Science I
08.230 Honors Social Science
II
08.300 Introduction to Honors Research
Choose one of the following four courses to
fulfill
general
education requirements in these areas:
08.301 Honors Seminar on Values
08.302 Honors Seminar on Diversity
08.303 Honors Seminar, Quantitative and Analytical
Reasoning
08.304 Honors Seminar, Interdisciplinary Studies
Course numbers for the followng two courses depend on
the program in which the student is completing a degree.
Business, Humanities and Social Sciences independent
studies are scheduled
under Code
09, while Biology,
Chemistry, Geology, Mathematics and Professional Studies
use their ovrei course numbers. Consult an adviser.
54- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
Department of Health, Physical
Education and Athletics
Exercise Science (B.S.)
In addition to general education requirements totaling 54
semester hours, a minimum of 44 semester hours are
required for a major in exercise science, with the remaining
26 semester hours required for a bachelor's degree coming
from elective courses.
48.101 General Psychology
45.211 Principles of Sociology
50.173 Anatomy and Physiology
I
Graduation
Applied exercise physiology track - A total of 40 semester
hours of which 3-6 semester hours of thesis are required to
graduate.
Clinical exercise physiology
A minimum
-
of 33 semester
hours, of which 3-6 semester hours in a practicum experience
are required to graduate.
Required courses
Applied Physiology
tracl<
50.174 Anatomy and Physiology II
50.205 Introduction to Nutrition
05.500 Instrumentation and Laboratory Techniques
05.510 Research Methods in Exercise Science
50.231 Biology of Aging
05.511
52.101 Introduction to Chemistry
05.512 Current Research in Exercise Science
Choose one of the following three courses:
05.270 Exercise and You
09.230
Human
Sexuality
ECG
Interpretation
05.551 Mechanics of
05.305 Aquatic Fitness Programming
05.321 First Aid Safety
and
Clinical Exercise Testing
Human Movement
50.576 Neuromuscular Physiology
05.595 Pracdcvim in Exercise Science
05.476 Exercise Physiology
05.557 Sciendfic Evaluadon of the Elite Athlete
05.477 Methods and Materials in Adult Physical Education
05.575 Exercise Physiology
I
59.498 Internship in Exercise Science
05.576 Exercise Physiology
II
Choose one of the following two
05.599 Master's Thesis
courses:
05.411 Exercise Prescription and Programming for
Special Populations
05.370 Measurement and Evaluation of Human
Performance
Choose one of the foUowdng two courses:
93.344 Principles of
Management
91.498 Introduction to Health Care Administrauon
Choose one of the following four
courses:
48.253 Social Psychology
48.311 Adulthood and Aging
48.380 Physiological Psychology
48.476 Principles of Behavior Modification
Choose one of the following two courses:
05.430 Current Issues in Health Education
28.290 Alcohol Use and Abuse
50.474 Vertebrate Systems Physiology
Thesis Requirement. Graduate students admitted to
candidacy for the Master of Science degree are required to
complete a thesis. The student must confer with the assigned
graduate adviser to select a thesis adviser. The thesis adviser
serves as chairperson of the thesis committee. A second
faculty member is selected from either the Health, Physical
Education and Athletics or the Biological and Allied Health
Sciences departments. The third faculty member may be
selected from any discipline within the university as
appropriate to the thesis topic. The thesis topic must be
approved by the thesis adviser and the graduate program
coordinator. Students
may
select either the thesis or the
The completed thesis will
be presented to the thesis committee, peers, and the
publishable manuscript option.
university communitv'.
IVIinor in
Exercise Science
Students are required to complete a minor or area
concentration. Contact a department adviser for details.
Clinical Exercise
05.511
Exercise Science and Adult
Fitness (l\/I.S.)
Admission. A bachelor's degree in the biological or allied
health sciences or a related field is recommended.
Undergraduate deficiencies may be addressed while working
towards the master's degree (without credit earned toward
the degree). Additionally, applicants must have an
undergraduate QPA of at least 2.5, provide Miller Analogy
Test or Graduate Record Examination scores, three letters
of recommendation and a statement describing goals and
objectives of their graduate study.
Physiology
05.500 Instrumentation and Laboratory Techniques
05.510 Research Methods in Exercise Science
ECG
Interpretation
and
Clinical Exercise Testing
The Physiology of Training
05.551 Mechanics of Human Movement
05.535
05.553 Exercise in Chronic Disease Rehabilitation
05.561 Exercise and Aging
05.575 Exercise Physiology
I
05.577 Worksite Programming
05.595 Practicum in Exercise Science
Practicum Requirement. Graduate students in the clinical
exercise physiology track must complete a practicum
experience approved by the advisor and the graduate
program coordinator. This capstone experience will typically
occur in the final semester of study during the summer.
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
-
55
Department of Instructional Technology
Instructional
57.572 Authoring Tools for Cross Platforms
Technology (M.S.)
57.573 Authoring Tools for Windows
Admission - An individual with a bachelor's degree from
accredited four-year college, who earned an
undergraduate grade point average of at least 2.8 on a 4.0
scale, may apply for admission to the MSIT program.
Admission requirements
A completed application form for graduate studies at
an
Bloomsburg University
The
all
application fee paid in
letters
essay
of recommendation
describing the
(fall,
spring)
spring)
57.574 Authoring Tools for Networks (spring, summer)
Communications
(at least
one from the
following):
93.566 Organizational Behavior (fall)
93.556 International Management (summer)
93.583
Human
Resource Development
(fall)
94.540 Training and Development
(minimum of 9 semester hours):
57.556 Applying Theories of Learning to Interactive
Technologies (summer)
57.560 Multimedia Productions (fall, spring, summer)
57.584 eTraining Strategies (fall, spring)
32.595 Directed Study in Studio Art (fall, summer)
Final Requirement (one of the following two courses):
57.590 Graduate Internship (3 semester hours)
57.599 Graduate Thesis (6 semester hours)
Elective Courses
full Official transcripts
from
undergraduate institutions attended
Three
(fall,
A
one
applicant's
to two-page
interest
in
instrucdonal technology
A
personal interview, scheduled after the above
been processed
International applicants must complete a separate
application from the Office of Graduate Studies and
Research and must take the Test of English as a
Foreign Language (TOEFL) A minimum score of 570
on the paper-based TOEFL test or 213 on the
computer-based test is required for admission to the
program.
An individual may begin taking courses in the MSIT
program on a part-time basis prior to admission, but
completion of such courses does not guarantee admission.
materials have
Required Courses for Education Option
The Master of Science in Instructional Technology requires
.
33 semester hours. Parentheses indicate the semesters the
courses are offered.
Required Courses (15 semester hours):
57.540 Technology Planning Across the Curriculum
(fall,
summer)
57.542 Technology Applications for the Classroom
(fall,
spring)
Graduation
57.550 Instructional Design
who hold a bachelor's degree in any discipline from
an accredited college or university may become degree
57.570 Introduction to Interactive Technologies
candidates and proceed to the master's degree by completing
57.580 Instructional Applications of Internet (spring,
Persons
a
minimum
of 33 semester hours of coursework concluding
an internship or master's thesis. All courses are 3
semester hours unless otherwise indicated.
in either
33 semester hours. Parentheses indicate the semesters the
courses are offered.
Required Courses (12 semester hours):
57.550 Instructional Design (fall, spring)
57.551 Advanced Instructional Design
(fall,
spring,
summer)
Elective courses (18 semester hours):
57.546 Research in Instructional Technology
57.556 Applying Theories of Learning for Interactive
Technologies (summer)
57.574 Authoring Tools for Networks (spring, summer)
57.584 eTraining Strategies (fall, spring)
32.595 Directed Study in Studio Art (fall, summer)
56.576 Networks: Configuration and Implementation
(fall)
Final
summer)
57.570 Introduction to Interactive Technologies
(fall,
summer)
57.575 Managing Multimedia Projects
Computing
(fall,
summer)
57.560 Multimedia Productions
Required Courses for Corporate Option
The Master of Science in Instructional Technology requires
Instructional
spring)
57.551 Advanced Institictional Design
Required courses
courses):
(fall,
(at least
(fall,
spring)
two of the following three
Requirement (one course):
57.590 Graduate Internship (3 semester hours)
57.599 Graduate Thesis (6 semester hours)
Note: The Instructional Technology Specialist Certification
from the Pennsylvania Department of Education, requires
the following courses:
56- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
Department of Languages and Cultures
Career Concentration
Studies
The concentration program
in
Chinese
requires 18 credit hours of
and 6 credits in elective
courses. Bloomsburg University maintains academic
study, with 12 credits in core courses
relationships with several universities in China. Currently,
QingHai Normal University, Northeast Normal University
and ShenYang Teacher's College offer study-abroad
programs to our students. Students taking courses through
programs with these universities may have credits applied to
the concentration.
Required Courses:
16.105 Chinese I
16.106 Chinese II
16.211 Foundations of Chinese Civilization
16.212 China Today
Elective Courses:
42.141
The Modern Far
East
31.346 Art History of the Far East
44.160 Nations, States and Governments
Frencli (B.A.)
French students to Bloomsburg University. It affords
Bloomsburg University' students in French, regardless of their
major, to study at Nancy. French majors, minors and/or
business majors with a strong concentration in French, are
especially
encouraged
to take part in this
program.
Required Courses
A total of 36 semester hours is required for a major in
French in addition to 54 semester hours of general education
requirements. Other than the General Education
distribution requirements, the department does not restrict
the choice of courses in this area, however, students are
encouraged to choose general education courses in
consultation with their advisers. The balance of courses to
meet the university's 128-semester hour requirement for a
bachelor's degree come from elective courses. Required
courses for the major include:
10.203 French III
10.204 French IV
10.205 Applied Phonetics and Pronunciation
10.206 Structure of the French Language
10.207 Conversation: French Daily Life and Customs
10.211 Foundations of French Culture and Civilization
10.401 Advanced French Language
10.402 Contemporary Issues in Francophone Media
Students
who have
studied a language elsewhere should
consult the department chairperson for appropriate
placement. Generally, the student should schedule courses
as follows:
10.422 Masterpieces of French Literature
10.423 Black Francophone Writers and Culture
Students mil choose 6 credits of electives by advisement to
fulfill the requirement.
With one year of high school study or equivalent,
schedule 10.101
With two years of high school study or equivalent,
schedule 10.102
With three years of high school study or equivalent,
schedule 10.203
With four years of high school study or equivalent,
schedule 10.204
With no previous language
Education Majors - Students majoring in early childhood
education and elementary education may elect an area of
concentration in French. Students should consult their
advisers in the Department of Languages and Cultures about
and
It is
recommended
that courses in culture
civilization oral expression, literature,
phonetics and
foreign language in elementary school be taken to complete
the area of concentration. Students are required to take the
methods course, 16.350 Foreign Language Teaching
Methods and Research.
Requirements for a major leading to the Bachelor of
Science in Education are found in the section on Secondary
Education. Students should inquire in the department about
changes
in the requirements.
Programs Abroad
-
All
language students are luged to seek
opportunities to study abroad.
French
Requirements for the minor in French total 21 credit hours
10.203 French III
10.204 French IV
10.206 Structure of the French Language
Plus 12 credits in French above the level of French II.
study, schedule special
sections of 10.100 for beginners in French.
course selection.
IVlinor in
An exchange and
internship
program with the University of Nancy's Faculte des Lettres
and the Commercial Institute in Nancy, France, brings
German
(B.A.)
Administered by Languages and Cultures
Effective Fall, 2002
A minimum of 36 credit hours is required for the major,
beginning with German III (11.203). Students need
German
II
(11.102) or the equivalent before entering the
major sequence.
Students majoring
in Education may elect an area of
concentration in German. Students should consult their
advisers in the Department of Languages and Cultures about
course selection. It is recommended that courses in culture
and
civilization oral expression, literature,
phonetics and
foreign language in elementary school be taken to complete
the area of concentration.
Area concentration in German is offered to Education
who should check wth their adviser to develop a
plan of study. Requirements for a major leading to the
Bachelor of Science in Education are found in the section
majors,
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
-57
in the
courses in culture and civilization oral expression, literature,
department about changes in the requirements.
Study Abroad in Jena, Germany - Bloomsburg University
offers an exchange program with the
Friedrich-Schiller-Universitat in Jena, Germany. The Jena
program is open to all Bloomsburg University students who
have had at least two years of college German or the
equivalent. Jena offers a broad range of courses for exchange
students, such as German Language, Culture, Literature,
Intercultural Business and Communication. Students are
placed in courses after taking a placement test in Jena. The
exchange usually takes place in spring semester. Students
are encouraged to participate in their sophomore or junior
phonetics and foreign language in elementary school be
taken to complete the area of concentration.
on Secondary Education. Students should inquire
years.
Required Courses:
11.203
11.204
11.206 Structure of the
German Language
11.207 Conversation: Daily Life and Ctistoms
and
Civilization
I
11.331 Selected Twentieth Century Writers
11.402 Contemporary Issues in the
11.422 Masterpieces of
German
German Media
because they enter the sequence with a course above 1 1.203,
an equal number of credits from the electives by
advisement.
German
A total of 21 credit hours is required for a minor in German:
11.204
German III
German rV
German Language
German above the level of German
11.206 Structure of the
Plus 12 credits in
language-related service to the department and the
university, and is recommended by the majority of the faculty
Internship Opportunities: Students can enroll in 38.498
substitute
11.203
Internship in the Humanities, transferred as an elective in
the Spanish program. Internships in Spanish require total
immersion and must be designed to take place in a
Spanish-speaking country. Internships are tailored to the
cultural
and according to the skills gained in the
language. Interns have both an on-site and a faculty
supervisor to oversee and guide their work.
Career Opportiuiities: A student interested in a teaching
career can elect Spanish as an area of specialization leading
to a Bachelor of Science in Secondary Education or as a
Career Concentration in Elementary Education. Students
wishing to combine proficiency in Spanish with another
major may elect 21 semester credit hours to complete a
minor in Spanish. Other career opportunities exist in
business administration, commerce, banking, public
students' interest
relations, translation
III
ser^dces, publishing,
is
spoken around the world, highly qualified
demand by the international
business community, the Foreign Service and by
international agencies such as the World Bank, the World
Health Organization and the United Nations.
Requirements for the Major - Besides meeting the general
education requirements, the student \vill take a total of 36
semester credit hours above the 100-level to complete his/
her major. Along with foundational coinse work to develop
proficiency in the language in the four skills and tiie learning
of technical tools to approach literary works, the program
bilingual graduates are in
(B.A.)
Students who have studied a language elsewhere should
consult the department chairperson for appropriate
placement. Generally, the student should schedule courses
as follows:
With no backgroimd in the language, schedule 12.100
With one year of high school study or equivalent,
schedule 12.101
With two years of high school study or equivalent,
schedule 12.102
also offers courses in culture
With three years of high school study or equivalent,
schedule 12.203
and
civilization taught in
English to support the goals of global-ctiltural awareness and
international education.
With four years of high school study or equivalent,
schedule 12.204
With no previous language
and interpretation
journalism, the tourist industry and hotel management.
Since Spanish
Spanish
presented to
trips to different cultural sites.
Literature
Choose one of the following two courses:
20.311 Structure of the English Language
20.411 Modern Linguistics Theory
Students choose six credits minimum of electives by
advisement. Students who are exempted from any of the
above through credit by examination or equivalency or
in
is
Study Abroad Opportunities: The department offers an
exchange program with the University of Puerto Rico, Cayey
Campus. The UPR is open to all university students who have
had at least two years of college Spanish. A Summer Abroad
program is also offered, the first seven days at Bloomsburg
University and then four weeks at the Universidad Pontificia
of Salamanca, Salamanca, Spain. The program also includes
11.205 Applied Phonetics and Pronunciation
Minor
Annual Spanish Section Award - This award
a senior who: excels in the Spanish language, has rendered
in the Spanish section
German III
German IV
11.211 Culture
The area of concentration for students in early childhood
education and elementary education is under revision and
students should inquire about new requirements.
Requirements for a major leading to the Bachelor of
Science in Education are found in the section on Secondary
Education. Students should inquire in the department about
changes in the requirements.
Required courses include:
12.203 Spanish
study, schedule special
III
12.204 Spanish IV
sections of 12.100 for beginners in Spanish.
Education Majors - Students majoring in Education may
elect an area of concentration in Spanish. Students should
12.206 Structure of the Spanish Language
consult their advisers in the Department of Languages
and
12.211 Spanish Culture
that
12.214
Cultures about course selection.
It is
recommended
12.205 Phonetics: Theory and Practice
12.207 Conversation: Hispanic Daily Life and Customs
and
Civilization
The Hispanic World Today
58- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
12.306 Structure and Composition
MlDOr
12.331 Selected 20th Century Writers
12.402 Issues in the Hispanic Media
12.421 Hispanic Prose
The
following two courses
may count
as required courses
with the chair's approval:
12.250 Spanish for Spanish Speakers
12.212 Spanish American Culture and Civilization
ElecUves should be chosen from Spanish courses numbered
above 12.204 with advisement.
in
SD3nish
^
Atotalof21 credit hours
12.203 Spanish III
12.204 Spanish Fv
is
required for a minor in Spanish:
12.206 Structure of the Spanish Language
Plus 12 credits in Spanish above the level of Spanish
III
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
-
59
Department of Mathematics, Computer
Science and Statistics
Computer Science
A
total
of 54 semester hours
computer
(B.S.)
is
required for a major in
science, as well as 54 hours of general education
requirements, toinclude:
25.103 Public Speaking
Requirements for the major:
53.125 Calculus
I
56.122
56.221
56.240
56.250
Computer Science 1
Computer Science II
Computer Science III
Assembly Language Programming
Programming Language Paradigms
56.330 Digital Design
I
Bachelor of Arts in Mathematics - Required courses:
At least one 3-semester-hours computer science course
numbered 56.122 or above.
At least three 3-semester-hours mathematics courses at the
300 level, including at least one from the classical core
consisting
53.126 Calculus II
53.185 Discrete MathemaUcs
56.121
53.314 Linear Algebra
56.121 Computer Science
of:
53.322 Differential Equations
53.331
Modern Geometry
53.341 Statistical Methods
53.360
Number Theory
53.411 Introduction to
Group Theory
53.421 Advanced Calculus
53.422
Complex
Variables
53.451 Introduction to Topology
56.350 Organization of Programming Languages
56.355 Analysis of Algorithms and Data Structures
56.386 Concurrent Programming and Foundations of
Operating Systems
Specialized Requirements
Select five courses totaling 15 semester hours from the
following 11 courses:
56.356 Windows Programming
53.361 Coding and Signal Processing
56.373 Numerical Methods in Computing
In addition, at least 6 semester hours in a disciphne to which
mathematics is traditionally applied (as approved by the
adNiser). Courses 53.311 and 56.305 may not be counted as
requirements for the major.
B.A. Statistics Track - The Statistics track prepares students
for a variety of careers in stadsdcs in research, industry and
government and provides a base for work at the graduate
level. Students planning to conunue with graduate studies
should take 53.225, 53.236 and 53.462 The track provides a
foundation in mathematics as well as courses in statistical
53.374 Introduction to Discrete Systems Simulation
methodology, computer programming and
56.471 Numerical Analysis
software.
56.472 Matrix Computation
56.491 Special Topics in
Computer Science
Required courses:
53.141 Introduction to Statistics
56.323 Artificial Intelligence
56.121
56.357 Principles of Database Design
56.450 Compiler Construction
56.375 Local Area Networks
56.122 Computer Science
56.497 Internship in Computer Science
53.185 Discrete Mathematics
At most, one of the following three courses:
53.241 Probability and Statistics
53.225 Analysis
III
least
Computer Science
53.125 Calculus
I
53.126 Calculus
II
52.240
Statistical
I
II
Methods
53.241 Probability and Statistics
53.314 Linear Algebra
53.314 Linear Algebra
At
53.340
one of the following three courses:
Statistical
Software
53.342 Design and Calculus of Experiements
56.410 Computer Graphics
53.343 Applied Regression Calculus
56.430 Computer Architecture
Select two courses
56.444 Parallel Processing
(B.A.)
from Mathematics numbered 53.225
or above
Recommended
Mathematics
statistical
choices for electives:
53.225 Calculus
III
53.226 Calculus IV
Advisement should be considered before selecting general
education courses in this major.
Core Courses
majors)
(all
53.125 Calculus
53.243 Nonparametric
Statistics
53.373 Numerical Methods
53.374 Introduction to Discrete Systems Simulation
53.441 Mathematics and Sports
I
53.126 Calculus II
53.185 Discrete Mathematics
53.225 Calculus III
53.461 Probabilit)' Models and Applications
53.226 Calculus IV
53.241 Probability and
Select two courses
Statistics
53.310 Introduction to Abstract Algebra
53.462 Mathematical
Statistics
53.491 Special Topics in Mathematics
from one area
in
which
statistics is
applied, with advisor's approval (Biology, Economics,
Geography, Geology, Psychology)
60- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
Mathematics
53.310 Introduction to Abstract Algebra
(B.S.)
Advisement should be considered before selecting general
education courses in this major. A 9-semester-hours
concentration in a special interest area within mathematics
53.314 Linear Algebra
53.322 Differential Equations
53.331
Modern Geometry
53.341 Statistical Methods
Number Theory
or in a related discipline; areas of concentration available
53.360
upon
53.361 Coding and Signal Processing
request.
Core Courses
53.381 Introduction to Operations Research
majors)
(all
53.125 Calculus
I
53.126 Calculus
II
53.421 Advanced Calculus
53.422 Complex Variables
53.185 Discrete Mathematics
53.451 Introduction to Topology
53.225 Calculus III
53.226 Calculus IV
Minor
53.241 Probability and Statistics
This program requires 18 semester hours of credit, at least
15 of which must be in the Department of Mathematics,
53.310 Introduction to Abstract Algebra
53.314 Linear Algebra
56.121 Computer Science
54.211 General Physics
I
I
54.212 General Physics II
Bachelor of Science in Mathematics - Required courses: At
least one 3-semester-hours computer science course
numbered 56.122 or above. At least three 3-semester-hours
mathematics courses at the 300 level including at least one
from the
classical
core consisting
Modern Geometry
Number Theory
53.41
Introduction to
1
Complex
53.342 Design and Analysis of Experiments
53.343 Applied Regression Analysis
53.461 Probability Models and Applications
Group Theory
Department of Mathematics, Computer Science and
Variables
53.451 Introduction to Topology
Statistics;
Courses 53.311 and 56.305 may not be counted
as
requirements for the major.
or select courses from the following
in
48.160 Basic
53.125 Analysis
53.126 Calculus
at least 2.0
one
Statistics
Statistics
40.346 Business and Economic
The program requires 21 hours of mathematics courses.
The quality point average of all courses applied to the minor
Mathematics must be
Required courses are:
(select
53.141 Introduction to Statistics
Mathematics
in
list
of):
45.260 Basic Social
Minor
Statistics
departments, with approval of adviser.
Students from departments other than mathematics and
computer science may apply the following courses to the
minor: 53.241 and courses listed above for students with the
53.421 Advanced Calculus
53.422
53.341 Statistical Methods
53.491 Special Topics in Mathematics
One course related to applications of statistics from other
53.341 Statistical Methods
53.360
Computer Science and Statistics. Students within the
Department of Mathematics, Computer Science and
Statistics may apply the following courses toward the minor:
53.462 Introduction to Mathematical
of:
53.322 Differential Equations
53.331
in Statistics
based on a 4.0 system.
Statistics
53.123 Essentials of Calculus
53.125 Analysis
I
53.342 Design and Analysis of Experiments
53.343 Applied Regression Analysis
53.491 Special Topics in Mathematics
I
53.492 Independent Study in Mathematics
Courses outside the department recommended for the
II
53.185 Discrete Mathematics
53.225 Calculus III
least three courses (9 semester hours) chosen a
At
minor
list
of
are:
40.400 Introduction to Econometrics
40.446 Business and Economic
upper-level
Statistics II
48.464 Advanced Experimental Design
courses:
53.231 College Geometi7
50.351 General Ecology
53.226 Calculus IV
53.241 ProbabiUty and
82.306 Methods of Inquiry
45.466 Social Research
Statistics
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
Department of Mass Communications
Mass Communications
(B.A.)
27.340 Feature Writing
27.352 Publicity' and Public Relations
In addition to general education requirements, a total of
27.366 Design in Advertising
36 semester hours is required for a major in Mass
Communications. The balance of the university's 128semester hour requirement for a bachelor's degree comes
from elective courses. The department's curriculum ensures
better preparation for today's changing communications
27.371 Broadcast Journalism
industry. Graduates are broadly trained for careers in public
relations, advertising,
journalism and telecommunications.
27.440 Public Affairs Reporting
27.485 RTF Authorship Theory and Practice
Choose three from the following eleven courses:
27.251 PR Theory and Practice
27.261 Principles of Advertising
27.297 Mass Communications Practicum
organized around three competency areas: theoretical
knowledge, writing proficiency and professional
27.367
development.
Required courses include:
27.110 Mass Communications and the Popular Arts
27.230 Newswriting
27.241 Media Graphics or 27.271 Media Operations
27.390 Film and Video Production
It is
27.310 Media
Law
27.315 Social Foundations of the Mass Media
27.360 Mass Media Processes and Effects
Choose two from the following six courses:
27.334 Editing
TV Acting and
Directing
27.375 Broadcast Programming and
Management
27.435 Journalism Workshop
27.446 Magazine Editing and Production
27.455 Public Relations Cases and Problems
27.466 Advertising Media and Campaigns
27.480 Telecommunications Workshop
Choose one from the following three courses:
27.420 Audience Analysis
27.482 Mass Communications Seminar
27.497 Internship
-
61
62- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
Department of Management
Management
93.432 Internship in
(B.S.B.A.)
The four year (128 credit hours) bachelor's degree consists
of 65 semester hours of General Education requirements,
24 hours of Business Core, 24 hours of specialized
Management requirements, and 15 hours of Elective Courses
allowed
in Business. Students are
8-1 1
hours of Free Electives
while meeting communication, natural, and social sciences,
humanities, physical education, values and ethics, and
cultural diversity requirements of General Education.
While some flexibility exists in the selection of courses, the
management program requires students to complete the
follovong courses as part of general education requirements.:
20.101 Enghsh Composition I
20.201 English Composition II (or 20.104 Honors
Composition)
25.103 Public Speaking
40.121 Principles of Economics I
40.122 Principles of Economics II
40.256 Business and Economic Statistics
Choose one of the following two courses:
40.246 Business and Economics Mathematics
53.123 Essentials of Calculus
Business Core:
92.150 Introduction to Information Technology
(subject to
change
due to continuous improvement of curriculum. Check with
department chair)
93.345 Human Resource Management
Management
93.445 Managerial Communications
93.449 Organizational Behavior
electives
minimum
of
when
selecting
and
scheduling courses.
a
Official transcripts
an earned baccalaureate degree.
from
all
institutions
where the
applicant earned undergraduate or graduate college
must be provided. Degrees earned from nonUnited States universities will be judged individually.
Official Graduate Management Admission Test (GMAT)
credit
letters
of recommendation.
current resume.
International applicants whose native language
63 semester hours. Courses designated with a 91, 92,
93, 96, 97 or 98 prefix are business electives. Students
Students with
Dean
from an accredited academic
institution indicating
A
Select five courses in business to complete a
Human Resources
advanced study,
and motivation to succeed.
Complete applications include the following
Official transcripts
Three
Elective Courses in Business
their advisors
students based on an evaluation of
scores within the 5 prior years.
93.457 Business and Society
93.456 International Management
must consult with
Admission
The program admits
items:
93.481 Business Policies and Strategies
management
500 alumni pursuing careers around the world.
applications.
96.313 Introduction to Corporate Finance
Plus two
Graduate faculty are dedicated teachers with
who have demonstrated subject area
expertise by extensive experience and/or scholarship. MBA
faculty provide an active learning experience with a variety
of teaching methods, such as, case studies, applied research,
problem solving, and team projects.
One of the strengths of the MBA program is the high quality
of students enrolled. Recent graduates scored an average of
500 on the GMAT. Most bring considerable business
experience to the classroom. As of Spring 2001, the 70 active
students were comprised of 3 1 percent female and 69 percent
male, with an average age of 36 About 10 percent of the
MBA students are foreign nationals. The program has about
faculty.
doctoral degrees
of Graduate Studies and Research (570) 389-4015. The MBA
Coordinator will evaluate MBA applicants vnth complete
Management
Law and Legal Elements
93.348 Operations
MBA program courses are taught by College of Business
Applicants must provide a completed application to the
93.344 Principles of
Management Requirements
All
graduate
professional accomplishments,
91.223 Managerial Accounting
97.310 Marketing: Principles and Practice
Specialized
Master of Business Administration
past academic achievement, aptitude for
91.220 Financial Accounting
98.331
Management
Choose one of the following two courses:
93.346 Labor and Industrial Relations
94.405 Training and Development in Office Systems
is not
English must provide official Test of English as a
Foreign Language (TOEFL) score within the prior
year as well as current evidence of financial capability.
International applications must be complete at leaset
four months prior to the start of the semester of
application
Concentration
Human
Resources Management
Concentration are required to take the following courses;
93.345 Human Resource Management
98.460 Employment Discrimination and Affirmative
Action
93.463 Employee Staffing
93.464 Compensation Management
Required courses
The curriculum consists of 36 graduate credit hours
delivered in eight required and four elective courses.
Students without sufficient preparation also complete
prerequisite foundation courses.
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
Foundation Courses
body of knowledge
Students must possess the
-
essential for the
common
advanced study
in
-
63
overview of the workings of a firm, the program provides
students the opportunity to take their four elective courses
business. Students with an undergraduate degree in business
in a single area, thus "concentrating" their studies in that
have taken courses covering those areas. Students
with non-business undergraduate degrees will usually be
lacking at least some of these courses and therefore must
take foundation courses to make up for this deficit.
Foundation courses are not included in the 36 hours of
field.
will likely
credit required for the
The following chart
MBA degree.
The
provision of a concentration thus allows a student
depth in a particular area. Concentrations
include Leadership and Managerial Skills, Management
Science/Operations Management, and Accounting.
Leadership and Managerial Skills - Many of the students
to develop greater
enrolled in the
foundation courses and their
undergraduate equivalents. Students who have earned a C
or better in an undergraduate equivalent course are
exempted from taking the foundation course
lists
management
40.512 Economic Theory: Micro Economics and Mac-
these fields.
skills is
The concentration
ro Economics
91.504 Introduction to Financial Accounting: Principles
Management
program seek to become managers,
program directors in their
chosen professions, such as advertising, banking, finance,
health, hotels, manufacturing, restaurants, transportation
and utilities. The possession of strong leadership and people
Foundation Course, Undergraduate Equivalent
of
MBA
executives, administrators or
a crucial prerequisite for success in
consists of four required courses:
93.584 Seminar in Leadership
93.567 People Management Skills
HR Skills
93.500 Managerial Principles: Principles of Management
93.582
93.511 StatisUcal Analysis and Design: Inferendal Sta-
93.532 Professional Development
tistics
and a
college-level
math course
97.510 Marketing Foundations: Principles of Marketing
Core Courses - All students are required to take the eight
core courses. These courses cover the core of knowledge of
a business education in the basic function areas of
accounting, finance, management and marketing and the
supporting field of management information systems.
Strategic
management
is
the capstone course of a business
for
Managers
Skills
Seminar on Leadership introduces the students to
leadership theory and its application to business
management. Specifically the course covers theories of
leadership and sources and uses of power in the organization.
People Management
Skills
and
HR Skills
for
Managers are
experiential type courses that focus on developing the
interpersonal skills needed by managers, such as
communication, motivation, conflict management, leading
education program and
teams, employee staffing, employee development and
MBA program.
performance appraisal. Professional Development Skills, also
an experiential course, focuses on developing the students'
It is
functional areas
is
is the major integrative force in an
here that specific information from the
put together to address the concerns of
personal
the total firm.
92.554
Management Information Systems
93.558 Social Responsibility and Business Ethics
93.560 Operations
Management
93.566 Organizational Behavior
Management
Management
Marketing Management
93.581 Strategic
96.535 Financial
97.551
Elective Courses
-
select four courses
from the following
list:
91.501 Financial Accounting
91.502 Advanced Financial Accounting
91.503 Government and Fund Accoimting
91.521 Advanced Cost Accounting
91.522 Advanced Auditing Theory
91.523 Advanced Tax Accounting
91.551 International Accounting
91.552 ControUership
93.540 Small Business Institute Seminar
93.545 Human Resource Management
93.556 International
Management
93.562 Organizational Theory
93.547 Quantitative Models for
Management
Human
Resources Development
96.540 International Finance
96.550 Security Analysis and Portfolio Management
93.583
skills
that are necessary for effective leadership, like
developing self-awareness and confidence, effective decision-
91.524 Managerial Accounting
97.552 Marketing Research
98.507 International Legal Environment of Business
Special Topics
Concentrations - While the MBA is a generalist degree,
preparing graduates to be able to understand a broad
making, business etiquette and stress and time management.
Management Science/Operations Management - This
concentration is designed to develop the quantitative and
decision-making skills necessary for managers working in a
manufacturing setting. The courses are designed to enhance
the students' competencies in the areas of database decision
making.
The concentration consists of four required courses:
93.520 Business Research Methods
93.547 Quantitative Models for Management
93.548 Decision Models for Managers
93.549 Quality
Management
These courses build significantiy on the foundation courses
of 93.500 Managerial Principles and 93.511 Statistical
Analysis and Design, and the core course of 93.560
Operations Management. Each course brings a unique and
different blend of management theory and applied
mathematical models to the students.
Accounting - This concentration is designed to enhance
the MBA student's ability to move into and advance in the
accounting/finance area.
Students with an accounting concentration
following courses:
Required:
91.521 Advanced Cost Accounting
91.523 Advanced Tax Accounting
91.522 ControUership
Elective
-
Choose one of die
following:
91.551 International Accounting
91.522 Advanced Auditing Theor)'
will
take the
64- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
91.501 Financial Accounting
These courses provide the student with advanced
knowledge of accounting processes within organizations,
including cost systems, tax policies and finance/accounting
department management. The elective option provides
students with advanced knowledge of a particular area of
interest.
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
-
65
Department of Marketing
97.490 Contemporary Problems and Issues
Marketing (B.S.B.A)
Electives in Business - Select courses in business to complete
Among
64 semester hours of general education
a
minimum 64
semester hours. In selecting an elective, the
to have the proper prerequisites.
requirements, English 20.101 and 20.201 and 25.103 Public
student
Speaking are required. A total of 64 semester hours is
required for a major in marketing under the business
administration degree program.
Required general education courses for the Marketing
prefix are business courses. Additional courses permitted as
curriculum include:
allowed for credit as a business elective once a student has
is
reminded
Courses designated with a 90, 91, 92, 93, 94 96, 97 or 98
electives include:
90.101 Introduction to Business (Note: 90.101
40.121 Principles of Economics
1
completed 6 semester hours
40.122 Principles of Economics
II
courses.)
40.256 Business and Economic
Statistics I
General education electives
vidll
not be
in business administration
-
Select general education
48.101 General Psychology
courses needed to
53.118 Applied Matrix Algebra
requirement.
Choose one of the following two courses:
40.246 Business and Economics Mathematics
semester hours required for graduation.
meet the 128-semester hour graduation
Select free elective courses as
needed
to
meet the 128
53.123 Essentials of Calculus
Minor
College of Business Core
91.220 Financial Accounting
91.223 Managerial Accounting
The minor in marketing provides students both within and
marketing theory and technique. The minor
Management
major
96.313 Introduction to Corporate Finance
discipline.
The minor
Bloomsburg
Law and Legal Environment
97.330
Consumer Motivation and Behawor
Consumer Motivation and Behavior
97.370 Sales Management
97.440 Marketing Research
97.380 Internadonal Marketing
Choose two from the following eight
97.330
97.460 Marketing
97.440 Marketing Research
Management
courses:
97.320 Marketing for Nonprofit Organizations
Management
Management
97.340 Advertising
97.340 Advertising
97.460 Markeung
97.350 Retail
may
as a business elective:
also
be
97.370 Sales
Management
Management Concepts
Management
97.380 International Marketing
97.320 Marketing for Nonprofit Organizations
97.432 Internship in Marketing
Management Concepts
97.432 Internship in MarkeUng
97.480 Industrial Marketing Strategy
97.350 Retail
97.480 Industrial Marketing Strategy
University.
Required courses include:
97.310 Marketing Principles and Practices
Marketing Requirements
used
designed for
consists of 18 semester hours,
12 of which must be taken at
97.310 Marketing Principles and Practice
3 semester hours of a marketing elective that
is
students to apply marketing practices successfully to their
93.481 Business Policies and Strategies
98.331
Marketing
outside of the College of Business with a broad exposure to
92.150 Introduction to Information Technology
93.344 Principles of
in
97.490 Contemporary Problems and Issues
66- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog
2002-2003 Advisers Edition
Department of Music
Music
(B.A.)
Music Education
Certification, K-12, Tracl<
In addition to 53 credits of general education requirements
and requirements of the major, students select elective
courses to complete the university requirement for a
bachelor of
arts
degree.
Students with a concentration in Music Education
Certification K-12 will:
comprehend
the principles of music theory
and
apply voice, strings, brass, percussion and woodwinds
pedagogical methodologies
diverse learners
to all tracks:
Maroon and Gold Band (Marching
in fall.
Concert
in spring)
35.107 University-Community Orchestra
35.108 Concert Choir
35.109
Women's Choral Ensemble
35.111
Chamber
Singers
35.112 Jazz Ensemble
60.204 Educational Computing and Technology
60.311 Educational Measurements and Evaluation
critique
and thematic
units in
preparation for the teaching profession
Assessment Criteria and Procedures: The culmination of
the Music Education Certification, K-12 track is one semester
of student teaching experience. Because the certification is
K-12, the student teaching experience will include both
elementary and secondary assignments.
The student will be evaluated by the cooperating teacher,
the music content specialist, and the luiiversity supervisor.
Required courses include:
Content Area:
35.101 Music Listening
35.201 Sight Singing
65.374 Teaching of Reading in Academic Subjects
Choose one from the following two courses:
60.393 Social Foundations of Education
60.406 Multicultural Education
35.319 Secondary Methods and Curriculum in Music
35.331 Elementary Methods and Curriculum in Music
60.497 Student Teaching
60.498 Student Teaching
Piano proficiency examination - All Music Education
students must exit
with an acceptable level of keyboard proficiency. Course
35.302 Piano
Proficiency
may be
elected and repeated to aid in the
passage of the
35.203 Voice Methods
exam, but election of 35.302 may not be sufficient
35.206 String Methods
in itself
to guarantee
35.207 Brass Methods
passage of the exam. See your adviser for details.
35.209 Percussion Methods
II
35.106
35.170/370 Chamber Orchestra
use music technology
I
Ensembles available
Professional Teacher Education: 30 credits
present a recital
35.210 Music Theory
(at least 3 at 1 credit)
skills
conduct choral and instrumental ensembles
35.211 Music Theory
one at 2 credits. A half-hour recital
on the same instrument. 10 semesters
of ensemble participation.
credit,
35.110 Husky Singers (male choiois)
develop a music curriculum including strategies for
write daily lesson plans
1
display
understand the historial period contribution to music
in both cultural and artistic context
participate in ensembles
meet the performance requirements of applied study
compose and
instrument; six at
in the seventh semester
aural acuity
display functional keyboard
The list above includes three of the 53 credits of General
Education requirements; others are specifically listed on the
Checklist of requirements for the Music Education track.
Students should consult with their advisors to plan their
course of study. Students will take courses for Profession
Teacher Education in conjunction with the Department of
Educational Studies and Secondary Education as listed below.
Seven semesters of applied instruction on the same
Music
(B.A.)
35.231 General Conducting
Woodwind Methods I
Woodwind Mediods II
35.300 Music Theory III: Form and
Music History and Literature Track
35.232
In addition to 53 credits of general education requirements,
35.233
Analysis
and requirements of the major,
sufficient elective courses
35.301 Music Theory TV: Twentieth Century Practice
are selected by the student to reach the university's 128-credit
35.321 Music History to 1750
requirement for a bachelor of arts degree.
35.322 Music History 1750 to Present
Assesment
Choose one from the following two courses:
35.328 Choral Conducting and Methods
35.329 Instrumental Conducting and Methods
35.410 Music Theory V: Counterpoint
35.411 Music Theory VI: Orchestration
Through
Criteria
and Procedures
their work in two music histoiy seminars, students
They will prepare a written paper,
which will be delivered on
presentation day to department faculty and students. The
professor and audience will provide feedback and ask for
will select a
research topic.
as well as a presentation,
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
which are not fully illuminated in the
written paper will be judgeed for its
suitability for publication in scholarly journals, which publich
undergraduate student research in music history and
clarification of issues,
lecture or paper.
The
literature.
-
67
preview, which will consist of the repertoire from the
student's recital
program and
will
be presented in the same
manner in which it is intended to be presented at the final
recital. The results of this recital preview will determine if
the student may proceed vrith the recital.
Required courses include:
35.101 Music Listening
Required courses include:
35.101 Music Listening
35.201 Sight Singing
35.201 Sight Singing
35.210 Music Theory
I
35.210 Music Theory
I
35.211 Music Theory
II
35.211 Music Theory
II
35.300 Music Theory
III:
35.300 Music Theory
III:
Form and
Analysis
Form and
Analysis
35.301 Music Theory IV: Twentieth Century Practice
35.301 Music Theory IV: Twentieth Century Practice
35.321 Music History to 1750
35.321 Music History to 1750
35.322 Music History 1750 to Present
35.322 Music History 1750 to Present
35.324 American Music
35.410 Music Theory V: Eighteenth Century Counterpoint
35.325 Opera and Music Theater
35.411 Music Theory VI: Orchestration
35.327 Survey of Popular Music
6 semesters of the student's choice of vocal or instrumental
35.410 Music Theory V: Counterpoint
ensemble, four
35.411 Music Theory VI: Orchestration
semesters
35.430 Seminar in Music History
I
to
35.431 Seminar in Music History
II
4 semester hours of applied instrument or voice study at 1
credit each; need not be the same voice or instrument.
6 semesters (at least 4 at 1 credit) of ensemble
Ensembles available to all tracks:
35.106 Maroon and Gold Band (Marching in
Concert in spring)
35.107 University-Community Orchestra
35.108 Concert Choir
35.109 Women's Choral Ensemble
35.110 Husky Singers (male chorus)
participation.
35.111
Chamber
35.1 12 Jazz
fall,
Singers
Ensemble
35.170/370 Chamber Orchestra
Piano proficiency examination - All Music History and
Literature track students must exit with an acceptable
level of keyboard proficiency. Course 35.302 Piano
Proficiency may be elected and repeated to aid in the
passage of the exam, but election of 35.302 may not be
sufficient in itself to guarantee passage of the exam.
See your adviser for details.
Music
(B.A.)
Applied Music Tracl<
In addition to 53 hours of general education requirements
and requirements of the major, students choose electives to
complete the 128-credit requirement for a bachelor of arts
degree. Students with a concentration in applied music will
be capable of presenting a full-length recital reflective of
their progress in applied music studies (technique and
interpretation). This performance should also exhibit a
synthesis of the cognate areas of music history and music
theory.
Assessment Criteria and Procedures: A committee of three
members from the department of music will evaluate
these presentations according to the procedures and criteria
for assessment of the recital projects as delineated in Music
Department Pohcy 5. The student will be evaluated at a recital
faculty
all
at
one
minimum
and two
Ensembles available
credit per semester
at zero credit.
tracks:
35.106 Maroon and Gold Band (Marching in
Concert in spring)
35.107 University-Community Orchestra
35.108 Concert Choir
35.109 Women's Choral Ensemble
35.110 Husky Singers (male chorus)
35.111
Chamber
fall.
Singers
35.112Jazz Ensemble
35.170/370 Chamber Orchestra
8 semesters of the same instrument or voice (one hour of
lessons per week for two credits per semester) for a total
of 16 credits. Choices include violin, viola, violoncello,
double bass, organ, voice, piano, trumpet, horn,
trombone, baritone, tuba,
flute,
oboe, clarinet, bassoon
and saxophone.
Applied music students must perform a public recital in
and senior years at zero credit. A faculty
committee screens recital programs.
Piano proficiency examination - All Applied track students
must exit with an acceptable level of keyboard proficiency.
Course 35.302 Piano Proficiency may be elected and
repeated to aid in the passage of the exam, but election of
35.302 may not be sufficient in itself to guarantee passage of
the exam. See your adviser for details.
Instrumental majors are encouraged to elect acoustics,
their junior
54.105
The Science of Sound
to
meet the natural sciences
general education requirement.
Special requirements for voice students: Listed below are
the required 15 credits of free electives from Languages and
Other course levels may be recommended instead,
demonstrated language proficiency. Voice
majors are also encouraged to take 35.325 Opera/Music
Cultures.
as appropriate for
Theater.
10.100 French
I
10.101 French
II
11.100
11.101
German
German
14.101 Italian
1
I
I
68- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
Department of Nursing
45.211 Principles of Sociology
Nursing (B.S.N.)
A
total of
63 semester hours
is
nursing. In addition to the major,
all
students must satisfy
53 semester hours of general education requirements; a
bachelor's degree at Bloomsburg requires a total of 128
semester hours of study. A number of the prescribed courses
in the physical sciences and social sciences, required as
prerequisites for the nursing curriculum, may also apply
toward general education requirements.
Requirements for the Major
-
45.213 Contemporary Social Problems
46.200 Principles of Cultural Anthropology
required for a major in
Professional Courses:
82.214 Health Assessment
82.215 Pathophysiology for Nursing Practice
82.305 Role Development for the Nurse Generalist (RN)
82.306 Introduction to Nursing Research (a statistics
course, either 48. 1 60 Statistics or 53. 1 41 Introduction
to Satistics
Generic Students
is
prerequisite)
82.310 Family Nursing
Prerequisite courses
82.410
48.101 General Psychology
Community Health Nursing
82.414 Nursing Management/Leadership in Nursing
Elective Courses - Additional courses must be taken as
48.210 Life-Span Psychology
50.173 Anatomy and Physiology
I
necessary to complete the
50.174 Anatomy and Physiology
II
of 128 semester hours.
minimum graduation requirement
50.240 Introductory Microbiology
52.101 Introductory Chemistry
Nursing
52.108 Physiological Chemistry
Choose one of the following three
courses:
45.211 Principles of Sociology
Admission - All admission requirements must be fulfilled
later than 3 credits or one semester of study into the
program. All application materials should be submitted to
the Office of Graduate Studies.
I. B.S.N. -M.S.N. Program: In addition to meeting the
general admission requirements for the School of Graduate
no
45.213 Contemporary Social Problems
46.200 Principles of Cultural Anthropology
Professional Courses
82.200 Psychomotor Skills for Sophomores
82.210 Professional Nursing
A
82.212 Pharmacology
82.213 Foundations of Nursing Practice
82.214 Health Assessment
82.215 Pathophysiology for Nursing Practice
Skills for Juniors
is
A license
I
82.312 Maternal and Child Healtii Nursing
A minimum
Community Health Nursing
selected clinical specialty area (for the adult nurse
II
years of application to the
least 3.0
on
program
quality point average
(QPA) of
at
a 4.0 scale
Satisfactory completion of the following
courses: statistics, research
undergraduate
and health assessment
(as
a separate course or integrated concept)
of 128 semester hours.
-
R.N. Students
Prerequisite courses:
48.101 General Psychology
48.210 Life-Span Psychology
Anatomy and Physiology
50.174 Anatomy and Physiology
50.173
must
be in adult health)
Graduate Record Examination (GRE) scores of at least
400 on each section (verbal, quantitative and
analytical); the test must have been taken within five
An undergraduate
82.414 Nursing Management/Leadership
Elective Courses - Additional courses must be taken as
necessary to complete the minimum graduation requirement
Requirements for the Major
of one year of direct care clinical practice
(post baccalaureate) within the past two years in the
82.411 Psychiatric/Mental Health Nursing
82.412 Adult Health
nursing in the state of
practitioner option, this direct care experience
82.310 Family Nursing
82.410
to practice professional
Pennsylvania
prerequisite)
82.311 Adult Health
baccalaureate degree in nursing from a nationallyaccredited school program
82.306 Introduction to Nursing Research (a statistics
course, either 48.160 Statisdcs or 53.141 Introduction
to Statistics
must comply with the
Studies, applicants with a B.S.N,
following criteria:
82.211 Nutrition
82.300 Psychomotor
(l\/I.S.N.)
Three current letters of professional and/or academic
recommendation
A resume which includes description of professional
nursing or clinical experience
A
I
II
50.240 Introductory Microbiology
52.101 Introductory Chemistry
52.108 Physiological Chemistry
Choose one of the following three courses:
and professional goals
and goals for the
selected area of advanced practice must be included)
narrative describing personal
for graduate education (rationale
Personal interview following submission of admission
materials with option adviser and/or program
coordinator.
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
The Nursing Department also
an R.N.-M.S.N. program. Applicants with an R.N. must
meet criteria 2-4 and 7-10 above and must also meet the
II.
R.N.-M.S.N. Program:
offers
69
Performance Standards for Admission and Progression
as
stated in the preceding section or who are
to
Bloomsburg University
Association
Submission of an application that includes an official
secondary school transcript and official college
transcript from each school attended, regardless of
whether credit was earned at the other institution (s)
III. M.S.N, to N.P. Program: Post master's applicants may
apply to the nurse practitioner program in one of the
M.S.N, is from Bloomsburg University, write a letter
requesting reactivation as a student. A narrative
explaining the student's goals
is
required.
M.S.N, is from another university, follow admissions
requirements for B.S.N.-M.S.N. applicant; however,
GRE's are not required.
C.R.N.A., C.R.N. P., C.N.M. to M.S.N. Program:
C.R.N.A.'s, C.R.N.R's and C.N.M. 's may apply to the M.S.N.
program by meeting all of the criteria stated under the B.S.N,
to M.S.N, program above. Additionally, documentation of
successful completion of a nurse anesthetist, nurse
practitioner or nurse midwifery program must be submitted.
Applicants to the MSN/MBA option should submit
application materials to both nursing and business
IV.
simultaneously.
Applicants who have not fulfilled the identified
requirements for admission will be considered on an
individual basis. Applicants may be admitted on a provisional
basis until potential abilities for
for Nurses.
American Nurses'
Examples of nursing
activities
include the following:
Demonstrates personal responsibility, accountability,
integrity and honesty;
Demonstrates respect for clients and their rights;
Avoids behavior inconsistent with professional standards
such as chemical dependency and abuse or engaging
in or supporting criminal behavior.
following ways:
If
Code
reflecting expected personal behaviors (not inclusive)
articulation model.
If
deemed unsuitable
for personal reasons. Personal behaviors expected of students
are based on standards from the
following criteria:
Placement according
-
graduate education are
demonstrated. After students have been notified of
admission to the graduate program, they are required to
schedule a program planning session with their assigned
graduate faculty adviser
Progression and Retention. In order to progress within the
program, students must receive a minimum grade of B in
advanced clinical courses and maintain the QPA of 3.0
specified by the university. The department retention policy
is the same as that of the university except any grade of C in
a clinical course must be repeated.
Transfer of Credit. A maximum of nine semester hours in
graduate courses taken at other approved colleges or
universities may be transferred and credited toward the
program if they are applicable to the requirements and are
approved by the specialty area adviser and the assistant vice
president and dean for graduate studies and research.
Courses being transferred must have been taken in
residence; must have been assigned a grade of B or higher;
and must have covered content which is required for a
particular program option or recommended by the clinical
adviser for elective credit.
Graduate students must request permission for transfer of
credit from the assistant vice president and dean for graduate
studies and research once written approval has been obtained
from the clinical option adviser.
Dismissal from the nursing program. The graduate faculty
reserve the right to counsel or dismiss any student who, in
their judgment, does not satisfy the requirements of
scholarship, health, and personal suitability for advanced
practice musing. Students unable to continue in the program
are those who do not meet the Department of Nursing's
Graduation Requirements. Upon fulfillment of the
is awarded a master of science in
following, the student
nursing degree:
Completion of all coursework, attaining the grades required
a minimum cumulative QPA of 3.0
Completion of a comprehensive examination offered at the
and maintaining
conclusion of the final clinical course in each of the specialty
The exam is not included as part of any course grade
and meets university guidelines. Completion of a
areas.
comprehensive program assessment exit interview held with
the program coordinator for the purposes of providing
student input for program evaluation.
Required courses
Students may select either full-time or part-time study
their indiwdual needs. Classes are scheduled
in late afternoon and evening to facilitate progression in
either type of study. In addition, many courses are offered
online. Clinical courses usually require experiences held
during the day as dictated by the work schedules of the
clinical preceptors and the hours of operation of the clinical
depending on
facility.
Core courses are required for
all
areas of specialization.
This reflects the philosophy that advanced nursing practice
shares
a
common
theoretical
basis
of
regardless
specialization.
Core courses for all program options (12 credits)
82.501 Theoretical Bases for Role Development in
Advanced Nursing Practice - 3
82.502 Epidemiology: Concepts for Advanced Niusing
Practice
-
3
82.503 Bases of Research for Advanced Nursing Practice
-
3
82.520 Community Assessment and Planning - 3
Sequence for Adult and Family Nurse Practitioner
Specialization (30-41 additional credits)
Additional Core Courses for Adult and Family
NP
(12
credits)
82.504 Pathophysiology for Advanced Nursing Practice
-
3
82.507 Pharmacology for Advanced Nursing Practice
82.508 Adult Health Assessment and Promotion
-
3
(clinical)
-6
Clinical
Sequence for Adult and Family Nurse Practitioner
(18 credits)
82.515 Diagnosis and
Management of Health Problems
- 6
82.516 Diagnosis and Management of Health Problems
in Adults II (clinical) - 6
in Adults
I
(clinical)
70- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog
2002-2003 Advisers Edition
82.534 Adult Nurse Practitioner Practicum and Seminar
(clinical)
-
Elective
Additional courses for Family Nurse Practitioner (11
credits)
:
Required for Public Health Administration:
91.524 Managerial Accounting - 3
93.545 Human Resource Management - 3
Required for School Health:
70.516 Psychology of Exceptional Individuals
-
-
3
91.504 Introduction to Financial Accounting
93.500 Managerial Principles - 3
-
3
Management - 3
Management Management - 3
97.551 Marketing
93.560 Operauonal
AND:
96.535 Financial
I
-3
Administration (15 additional credits)
3
-3
Community Health Nursing
Community Health Nursing
under the
3
40.512 Economic Theory - 3
93.566 Organizational Behavior
82.521 Nurse as Health Educator Within School System
82.531
-
Nursing Administration (clinical) - 6
82.533 Management and Organizational Behavior in
Health Care Delivery Systems (clinical) - 6
Optional Completion of Master's in Business
OR:
82.509 Theory in School Nursing
specialization
91.524 Managerial Accounting - 3
92.554 Management Information Systems - 3
Clinical Practicum (12 credits):
82.513 Management and Organizational Behavior in
additional credits)
82.511
Elective requirements are as described
Nursing Administration Specialization (30 credits)
Business Courses (18 credits):
82.517 Diagnosis and Management of Children and
Pregnant Women (clinical) - 8
82.522 Family Health Nursing Theory - 3
Sequence for Community Health Specialization (27
EITHER
-
community health
6
(clinical)
II (clinical)
-
93.558 Business Ethics
6
-
3
-
Management - 3
Options for Certified Nurse Anesthetists, Nurse
93.581 Strategic
6
Elective - Graduate-level courses to fulfill elective
requirements are chosen by the student and an adviser based
on career needs, clinical requirements and role development
of a clinical nurse specialist. Electives may be selected from
graduate courses in psychology, political science, business,
communication disorders, speech communication,
education and nursing. (6-9)
Adult Health and Illness Specialization (15 additional
credits)
Additional Core Courses for Adult Health and Illness
3
CNS
Practitioners
or
(30 credits total)
awarded
to those
and practicing as a CRNA, CRNP,
CNM.
Completion of the
MSN
requires 30 credits as described
below.
82.501 Theoretical Bases for Role Development in
Advanced Nursing Practice - 3
82.502 Epidemiology: Concepts for Advanced Nursing
Practice
-
-
credits are
individuals already certified
(12 credits)
82.504 Pathophysiology for Advanced Nursing Practice
and Nurse Midwives
Advanced placement
-
3
82.503 Bases of Research for Advanced Nursing Practice
3
-
3
82.507 Pharmacology for Advanced Nursing Practice
-
3
82.508 Adult Health Assessment and Promotion (clinical)
-6
Clinical Courses (12 credits)
82.520 Community Assessment and Planning
Education/Management Electives - 9
Independent Study, Clinical Project(s) /Thesis
Electives
82.512 Adult Health and Illness
I
82.532 Adult Health and Illness
II (clinical)
(clinical)
6
-
6
the
-
-
-
3
3-6
Elective requirements are as described
community health
specialization.
-
3-6
under
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
-
71
Department of Philosophy
Philosophy (B.A.)
28.405 Philosophy of Law
28.406 Philosophy of Religion
In addition to 54 semester hours of general education
requirements, a total of 30 semester hours is required for a
major in philosophy. The balance of the university's 128-
28.407 Contemporary Polidcal Philosophy
28.408 Feminist Philosophy
hour requirement for a bachelor's degree comes from
28.419 Theory of Knowledge
elecdve courses.
The
following courses are required:
Logic requirement
28.270 Logic
Historical requirement
28.321 Plato and Aristode
28.324 Descartes to Kant
Choose one of the following two courses:
28.328 Existentialism
28.329 20th Century Philosophy
Elective Courses - Six elective courses must also be selected
degree program.
Two courses must be from the 300 or above level sequence:
28.110 Critical Thinking
28.111 Introduction to Philosophy
28.290 Medical Ethics
28.292 Contemporary Moral Problems
in addition to the required courses for this
28.418 Contemporary Philosophy of
Mind
28.420 Metaphysics
28.477 Philosophy of Ecology
Minor
A
total
in
Phiiosophy
of 18 semester hours
is
required for a minor in
philosophy. Required courses are:
28.111 Introduction to Philosophy
28.297 Ethics
Choose one of the following
courses:
28.270 Logic
28.110 Critical Thinking
Choose three
elective courses, including
one from:
28.321 Plato and Aristode
28.324 Descartes to Kant
28.328 Existentialism
28.295 Business Ethics
28.329 20th Century Philosophy
28.297 Ethics
or one systematic course (a 300 level or above course)
28.403 Philosophy of Science
28.404 Philosophy of the Social Sciences
72- Undergraduate, Graduate
Catahg 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
Department of Physics and
Engineering TecJinalogy
Physics (B.A.)
The bachelor of arts program requires 54 semester hours
and the bachelor of science program requires 71 semester
hours for a major in physics. In each case, 15 of the required
semester hours count toward general education
requirements. Thus, in addition to the above program
requirements, students must complete 39 semester hours in
gerneral education.
Bachelor of Arts required courses include:
54.211 General Physics
I
54.212 General Physics
II
54.302 Mechanics: Dynamics
54.310
Modern Atomic
Physics
54.314 Electricity and Magnetism
54.400 Advanced Physics Laboratory
12 semester hours chosen from other physics courses
numbered above 300
53.125 Calculus
53.126 Calculus
53.225 Calculus
and Electronic
Engineering Technology
Electrical
(B.S.)
In addition to 39 semester hours of general education
requirements of the university, the following courses are
required:
52.115 Fundamentals of Inorganic Chemistry
53.113 Precalculus
53.125 Calculus
I
53.126 Calculus
II
53.225 Calculus
III
(if
needed)
53.322 Differential Equations
54.211 General Physics
I
54.212 General Physics
II
54.315 Electronics
54.316 Digital Electronics
54.317 Microprocessor Electronics
56.121
Computer Science
I
58.101 Introduction to
EEET
II
58.141 Circuit Analysis
III
53.322 Differential Equations
56.116 Algorithmic Processes for Computers
52.115 Fundamentals of Inorganic Chemistry
52.216 Chemical Principles and Measurements
58.180 Computer Aided Design and Engineering Graphics
58.231 Electric Power and Machinei^
58.241 Electronic Instrumentation and Data Acquisition
58.300 Career Orientation
58.321 Manufacturing Processes
58.331 Linear Signals and Systems
Physics (B.S.)
58.380 Cooperative Education in Industry
Bachelor of Science required courses include:
54.211 General Physics I
54.212 General Physics II
54.302 Mechanics: Dynamics
54.310
Modern Atomic
Physics
I
58.431 Industrial Process Control
58.441 Communications Systems
58.451 Digital Signal Processing
58.461 Radio Frequency Effects and Measurements
58.480 Cooperative Education in Industry
II
54.314 Electricity and Magnetism
Engineering Science 3+2 (B.A.)
54.315 Electronics
54.318 Optics
54.400 Advanced Physics Laboratory
54.422 Thermodynamics
54.450 Introduction to
Quantum Mechanics
12 semester hours chosen from other physics courses
numbered above 300
52.115 Fundamentals of Inorganic Chemistry
52.216 Chemical Principles and Measurements
53.125 Calculus
I
53.126 Calculus
II
53.225 Calculus
III
53.322 Differential Equations
56.116 Algorithmic Processes for Computers
3 semester hours chosen from the following diree courses:
53.226 Analysis IV
53.314 Linear Algebra
56.373 Numerical Methods in Computing
General Education Requirements - All candidates must
the General Education requirements of Bloomsburg
University and the specific requirements for the B.A. degree
in either chemistry, physics or mathematics. Students should
consult the program coordinator each semester as they plan
their schedules. With careful planning, it is possible to satisfy
all of the requirements indicated during the student's threesatisfy
year residence at Bloomsburg University
Requirements for the Major
54.211 General Physics 1
54.212 General Physics II
54.310 Modern Atomic Physics
52.115 Fundamentals of Inorganic Chemistry
52.116 Chemical Principles and Measurements
53.125 Calculus
I
53.126 Calculus
II
53.225 Calculus HI
53.226 Calculus IV
53.322 Differential Equations
53.314 Linear Algebra
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
56.116A]gorithmic Processes or 56.1 21 Computer Science
54.320 Nuclear Radiation
73
I
54.330 Radiation Physics
I
54.301 Mechanics: Statics
54.360 Health Physics
54.302 Mechanics: Dynamics
58.180 Computer Aided Design and Engineering Graphics
54.420 Nuclear Radiation
For a few particular engineering degree options, additional
may also be required while the
discipline-specific courses
student
-
is
at
Bloomsburg
University.
II
54.460 Applied Health Physics
59.498 Internship in Natural Sciences and Mathematics
53.125 Analysis
1
53.126 Analysis
II
53.225 Analysis
III
Health Physics (B.S.)
53.241 Probability and Statistics
The bachelor of science program in health physics requires
68 semester hours, 15 of which count toward general
education requirements. Thus in addition to program
52.115 Fundamentals of Inorganic Chemistry
requirements, students must complete 39 semester of hours
50.120 Biology of Plants
of general education requirements.
50.411 Radiation Biology
Required courses:
54.211 General Physics I
54.212 General Physics II
54.310 Modern Atomic Physics
54.315 Electronics
56.116 Algorithmic Processes for Computers
52.216 Chemical Principles and Measurements
50.110 Biology of Animals
74- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog
Department of
Political
2002-2003 Advisers Edition
Political
Science
Science (B.A.)
Administered by Political Science
Effective Fall, 2001
In addition to the 54 semester hours of general education
requirements, a total of 30 semester hours is required for a
major in political science; the balance of the university's 128semester hour requirement for a bachelor's degree come
from elective courses. Required courses total 12 semester
hours and include the following four courses
in political
science:
44.120 United States Government
44.160 Nations, States and Governments
44.447 Constitutional Law II
44.448 Judicial Process
44.452 State and Local Government
44.456 Public Policy
44.487 International Law and Organization
44.497 Internship in a legal or judicial setting (only 3 hours
count toward the option)
Requirements for the career concentration in public
administration - A total of 27 hours (nine courses) is
required. A student must take one course in each of the
following areas: organization theory, policy, social
psychology, communication, computer science, statistics,
personnel, bvidgeting and planning.
44.210 Introduction to Political Theory
44.280 Introduction to International Relations
Elective Courses: 18 semester hours in Political Science,
12 semester hours of which must be chosen from upper
i.e., at the 300 level or above.
division courses,
Requirements for Law option - a
is
required for
this option. In
total
of 30 semester hours
addition to the core courses
above, 18 hours are taken from the following eight courses:
44.440 President and Congress
44.446 Constitutional
Law
I
Minor
in Political
Science
Atotal of 18 semester hours (six coures)
is
required for a
There is one required course:
44.160 Nations, States, Government. Students should
consider building a minor around one the fields of political
science; namely, American politics, comparative government,
international politics, political theory and law.
minor
in political science.
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
-
75
Department of Psychology
Psychology
(B.A.)
Choose one from the following seven courses:
48.321 Psychological Tests and Measurements
In addition to 54 semester hours of university general
education requirements, the program of study in psychology
requires a minimum of 36 semester hours from the courses
48.340
specified below:
48.453 Organizational Psychology
Freshman/Sophomore years: core courses (18 semester
hours) (Note: 48.281 and 48.282 must be taken sequentially.
A
grade of
C
or higher
is
required in 48.101, 48.160 and
48.281)
Community Psychology
48.350 Psychology of Sex and Gender
48.451 Laboratory Training in Group Processes
48.476 Principles of Behavior Modification
- capstone courses (6 semester hours)
Senior year
-
select
two
courses from the following six courses:
48.101 General Psychology
48.341 Theory and Pracdce of Academic Psychology
48.160 Basic
48.356 Psychology of Motivation
Statistics
48.281 Experimental Psychology: Methodology
48.401 History of Psychology
48.282 Experimental Psychology: Applications
48.406 Psychology Seminar
Choose two from the following four courses:
48.464 Advanced Experimental Design
48.211 Child Psychology or 48.212 Adolescence
48.466 Independent Study in Psychology
48.253 Social Psychology
48.497 Practicum in Psychology
48.311 Adulthood and Aging
Junior/Senior years - content courses (12 semester hours)
Choose two from the following three courses:
48.360 Cognitive Psychology
48.375 Psychology of Learning
48.380 Behavioral Neuroscience
Choose one of the following two courses:
48.335 Abnormal Psychology
48.436 Theories of Personality
Minor
Psychology
in
A minimum of 18 semester hours in psychology is required
for the
minor
in Psychology, as specified:
48.101 General Psychology
48.160 Basic
Statistics
48.281 Experimental Psychology: Methodology
9 semester hours of Psychology courses, 6 of which must
be
at the
300 or 400
level.
Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
76- Undergraduate,
Department of Sociology, Social Work
and Criminal Justice
45.450 Social
Sociology (B.A.)
Work Practice with Small Groups
Work Practice With Organizations and
45.452 Social
In addition to 54 semester hours of general education
requirements, a total of 36 semester hours
is
required for a
Communities
45.453 Social W^ork Policy and Services
major in sociology. The balance of the university's 128semester hour requirement for a bachelor's degree comes
45.462 Sociological Theory
from
45.498 Integrative Seminar in Social
Welfare
elective courses.
Core courses:
Work
Internship
Work and
Social
48.101 General Psychology
45.211 Principles of Sociology
48.210 Life-Span Psychology
45.255 Research Methods for Social Inquiry
45.260 Basic Social
45.497 Social
One
additional three credit course in psychology.
Statistics
50.101 General Biolog)'
45.462 Sociological Theory
I
Sociology Major Students also must select eight additional
-
from Sociology courses; four of
must be drawn from 300 and 400 level courses. The
sociology internship and social work courses may not be
counted as part of these eight courses.
courses, 24 semester hours,
these
Applied Sociology option
Criminal Justice (B.A.)
In addition to 54 semester hours of general education
requirements, a total of 42 semester hours
major
in criminal justice.
in electives
An
is
required for a
additional 32 semester hours
completes the 128-hour university degree
The Sociology Internship Program (45.496)
45.211 Principles of Sociology
requirement.
45.255 Research Methods for Social Inquiry
accounts for 6 to 15 semester hours. Internships provide
45.260 Basic Social
hand experience
Statistics
in the field
and can be
federal agencies or private institutions. Required courses are:
45.462 Sociological Theory
Core courses
45.316 Urban Sociology
45.461 Social Problems of Urban/Rural Communities
45.211 Principles of Sociology
Choose three from the following six courses:
45.213 Contemporary Social Problems
45.490 Sociology of Aging
45.255 Research Methods for Social Inquiry
45.260 Basic Social
Statistics
45.462 Sociological Theory
Criminal Justice sequence
45.244 Introduction to Criminal Justice (prerequisite to
all other courses in the sequence)
45.242 Juvenile Delinquency
45.345 Medical Sociology
45.465 Computer Applications
45.468 Social Service Planning
45.441 Social Indicators
Three additional courses within the department, one of
which must be a sociolog)' course
An
first-
at local, state or
45.341 Criminology
45.342 Penology
45.343 Victimolog)'
internship (6-15 semester hours)
45.495 Criminal Justice Internship Program
Social
Work
(B.A.)
In addition to 54 semester hours of general education
requirements, a
for a major
total
of 46 to 54 semester hours
in social work.
The balance of
is
bachelor's degree come from elective courses. For
information about admission criteria and details on the
course sequence, see Charles Laudermilch, director of the
social work program. Required courses for this degree
program include:
40.121 Principles of Economics
Work and
Diversit)'
45.255 Research Methods
45.260 Basic Social
A
in
student
Sociology
required to take 18 credit hours from the
Social Work and Criminal Justice
for the minor. All students are required to take one course
(45.21 1 Principles of Sociology) and then select five additional
courses, according to areas of interest of the student and with
is
Department of Sociology,
and consent of his or her adviser
Social Wefare
45.211 Principles of Sociology
45.221 Social
Minor
the advise
44.120 United States Government
Work and
the 300 level.
required
the university's
128-semester hour requirement for a
45.133 Introduction to Social
Choose three departmental courses (Code 45) excluding
courses listed above and excluding 45.297, 45.497 and
45.498, but including at least one course at or above
for Social Inquiry
Statistics
45.297 Introductory Practice in Social Work
45.334 Social Work Practice with Individuals and Families
Required:
45.211 Principles of Sociology
Choose
five from the folloviing list of courses:
45.213 Contemporary Social Problems
45.215 Racial and Etimic Minority Groups
45.217 Sociology of Sport
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
45.231 Marriage and Family
Minor
in
-
77
Women's Studies
45.242 Juvenile Delinquency
45.244 Introduction to Criminal Justice
45.255 Research Methods of Social Inquiry
45.260 Basic Social
Statistics
45.316 Urban Sociology
Courses vary by semester and may be offered in the
Departments of Anthropology; Biological and Allied Health
Sciences; Communication Studies and Theatre Arts; English;
Health and Physical Education; History; Philosophy; PoUtical
45.318 Social Stratification
Science; Psychology; Sociology, Social Welfare
45.319 Religion and Society
Justice
45.320 Sociolog)' of Women
and those
Courses that count toward the Women's Studies Minor
include;
45.341 Criminology
Human Sexuality
Women Writers
45.342 Penolog)'
09.230
45.343 Victimology
20.287 Black
45.345 Medical Sociology
20.288 Feminist Reading of Culture
45.375 Science and Society
20.388 Gender, Race and Class
45.400 Sociolog)' of Mass Communication
25.494 Gender Issues in Communication
45.441 Social Indicators
25.492 Feminist Discourse
45.443 Sociology of Deviant Behavior
45.457 Sociology of
Community
45.461 Social Problems in Rural/Urban Communities
45.462 Sociological Theor)'
28.308 Feminist Philosophy
42.329
42.469
The American Woman
Women and Gender
History
in
44.377 Feminist Political Theory
45.467 Population Problems
44.470
45.468 Social Service Planning
Women and Gender
History
45.231 Marriage and Family
45.474 Contemporary Environmental Issues
45.320 Sociology of Women
Community Land Use Planning
45.490 Sociology of Aging
Intellectual
in
European
Intellectual
II
45.470 Senior Seminar
45.478 Sociology of Work
European
I
45.465 Computer Applications in the Social Sciences
45.477
and Criminal
identified as interdisciplinary studies.
48.350 Psychology of Sex and Gender
78- Undergraduate,
Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
Course Descriptions
DVS
Developmental
(01)
Instruction
Administered by Department of Developmental Instruction
01.011 Reading
I
(Summer)
(3)
-
Designed to improve a
where he/she can
student's reading ability to a level
compete
tory and
at the
next
level.
Instruction given in a labora-
Weekly contacts provide individualized prescriptions. Three semester hours toward
full-load status; grade counted in GPA. Does not apply
lecture format.
toward graduation.
01.025 Reading II (3) - Course presents major components
of the reading process and emphasizes basic reading
skills. A prerequisite for College Reading and Study
Skills for
students scoring below the established cutoffs
on the Nelson Denny Reading
Three semester
grade counted in GPA.
Test.
hours towards full-load status;
Does not apply toward graduation.
(Summer)
Fundamentals of standard
written English for students who test extremely low on
SAT-V and whose writing samples confirm need. Emphasis on language activities such as conferencing, revising and editing of papers and reading response journals to improve basic skills in context and reduce anxiety about writing. Numerous and varied short writing
assignments. Three semester hours towards full-load
status; grade counted in the GPA. Does not apply toward graduation.
01.041 Writing
I
(3)
II (3) - Required of students whose SAT-V
below a standard set by the university and
whose writing samples confirm need. Students refine
fall
basic writing skills in context of varied writing assign-
ments
ments
that address given rhetorical situations. Assign-
evidence and responsible generfrom that evidence. Classwork may include
call for specific
alization
conferencing, collaborative work, student presentations,
reading and discussion as well as writing. Three semester
hours towards
full-load status;
and polynomials, factoring, ratioand quadratic equations. Provides concepts and skills necessaiy for college-level math courses
that build on a limited algebraic background. Three
semester hours toward full-load status; grade counted
in GPA. Does not apply toward graduation.
functions, exponents
nal expressions
01.095 Introductory Science (Summer) (3) -Acquaints the
student with scientific terminology and methodology;
familiarizes the student with the study skills
unique
to
the mastei7 of science; prepares the student for subse-
quent courses
in science;
and makes the student more
comfortable with the nature and characteristics of science. Three semester hours toward full-load status;
grade counted in GPA. Does not apply toward graduation.
01.099 Intensive English Seminar (Summer) (6) - Designed
for entering international students who score at least at
the
ACTFL
level 1+
on a departmentally-administered
placement test, but who have low TOEFL scores or
who wish to improve English skills prepatory to enrollment in other classes. Provides 90 hours of conversation and acculturation in the company of native English
oral
speakers, together vrith
some
practice in writing
and
grammar. Credit does not apply toward graduation.
Skills (1) - Designed to provide, formulate and apply the methods and models of learning
strategies. Principle focus on content area reading and
study skills. Outside readings and discussion focus on
the nature of learning and the individual's responsibility to learning. Product and process discussed and compared to various approaches to learning. Applies toward
01.100 College Study
graduation. Usually restricted to the
program or offered upon
summer freshmen
special request.
grade counted in GPA.
Does not apply toward graduation.
01.071 Pre Algebra (Summer) (3) -Geared for students with
inadequate arithmetic skills. Study skill techniques and
problem-solving strategies explored. Emphasizes basic
computer literacy and uses computer-assisted instruction. Three semester hours toward full-load status; grade
counted in GPA. Does not apply toward graduation.
01.080 Introductory Algebra (3) - Recommended for students with minimal algebraic skills as evidenced by student preparation and results obtained in diagnostic
tests. A program designed for each student may include
operations of rational numbers, ratio, proportion, percent, geometric concepts, basic algebraic concepts and
skills.
01.090 Intermediate Algebra (3) - Emphasizes intermediate
algebraic skills necessary if success is to be obtained in
College Algebra. Topics include linear equations and
-
01.060 Writing
scores
Three semester hours toward full-load status; grade
counted in GPA. Does not apply toward graduation.
Concepts may include beginning linear equations.
01.120 College Reading and Study Skills (3) - Develops the
complex reading and study skills essential for college
on content area reading and study
flexibility and critical reading skills.
Outside readings focus on the nature of learning and
learning. Focuses
strategies,
reading
the individual's responsibility to learning. Students
be required
may
reading lab for computerized
vocabulary lessons and speed reading exercises. Applies
toward graduation.
HPE
to use the
(05) Health, Physical
Education and Athletics
Administered by Department of Health, Physical Education
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
and
physical activity (jogging/walking) to the
Athletics.
05.112 Varsity Athletics
member
in
Course
05.113 Varsity Athletics
in
(1)
Open
to any student
of wellness and healthy
who
is
a
good standing of a Bloomsburg University
athletic team.
member
-
II
is
(1)
graded
-
Open
Course
05.149 Aquatics (1)
make
is
graded
to
any student who
is
a
University
pass/fail.
Provides an opportunity for non-swim-
-
and mental adjustment
to water Introduces basic skills as provided by the American Red Cross with specific emphasis on becoming safe
in, on or about a body of water.
mers
to
a proper physical
Contains same content as 05.149 but
adapted for beginning skills.
05.150 Aquatics
(1)
CPR and Safety (1) Designed for compledon of Red
Cross CPR certification and to develop a safety aware-
05.200
-
ness expertise for accident prevention. Fee
may be
re-
quired.
05.220 International Folk Dance (1) - Teaches the basic elements of folk dancing that can be combined to form
will
numbers of dances.
A
wide variety of dances
be taught incorporating these elements.
exercise principles for successful, personalized fitness
programs.
05.228 Gymnastics (1) - A co-ed introductory course that
works primarily on floor exercise and includes instruction on a variety of apparatus including: the balance
beam, pommel horse, parallel bars.
05.229 Water Polo
rules of the sport
and
Emphasis on
(encompassing prac-
safety procedures.
learning and practicing the
skills
tals
and
clists
who have
touring
is
-An
introductory course for novice
cy-
access to a variable speed bicycle. Local
part of the course. Must provide bicycle
and
helmet.
05.219 Tennis
(1)
-
A
beginning course that teaches basic
stroke execution, strategy
and court
numbers of dances. A wide variety of dances
be taught incorporating these elements.
limidess
05. 221 Jazz
Dance
(1)
-
Develops fundamentals ofjazz dance.
05.222 Creative Dance (1)
Develops the individual's capability for communication of thoughts, feelings and ideas
through the medium of dance. Acquaints students with
the basic elements of dance and guides them toward
technique mastery with emphasis on expressive or creative
-
movement.
edge,
team concept. Rec-
swimming
for students with basic
ability.
-Attempts to provide a mediod of
cardiovascular endurance in a particular interest area.
(1)
05.225 Beginning Ballet (1) - Develops the fundamentals of
beginning ballet dancing. Elements, skills and the language of ballet will be introduced. This history and pop-
form along with the personal and
benefits from ballet are included.
ularity of this art
05.226 Jogging/Walking
(
1
)
-
skill
-
(1)
Develops knowl-
and appreciation of weight training and con-
ditioning programs.
05.231 Archery (1) - Course develops knowledge of, skill in
and appreciation of target archery as a recreational pursuit.
05.232 Bowling
(1) - Students learn the mechanics of bowling in this beginner's course that meets off-campus. Students begin with appropriate ball selection, learn acstyles, practice proper etiquette and bowl under the instructor's close supervision. Fee required.
ceptable
game
(
1
) -
Deals with the strokes, strategies and
of badminton from a beginner's viewpoint. Also
valuable to the intermediate player.
05.234 Golf
(1)
-An introductory course
Rules, techniques, etiquette
(1)
-
Develops the
that develops basic
and an emphasis on
may be
practice are stressed. Fee
05.235 Riflery
required.
skills, safety,
understand-
ing and appreciation of riflery as a recreational pursuit.
05.236 Volleyball (1) - Develops the skills, understanding
and appreciation of volleyball as a recreational activity
as well as a vigorous, competitive sport.
05.238 Racquetball-Handball
cre-
Explores the relationship of
(1)
-
An
introductory course
that teaches history, etiquette, strokes, serves
and
strat-
egy in singles and doubles.
05.239 Square Dancing (1) - Develops skill in square and
folk dances. Covers the sociological, physiological and
psychological values of square dancing. Students acquire
a repertoire of western square dance moves and dance
techniques.
05.240 Slimnastics and Fitness
(1)
-
Develops an awareness
and understanding of physical
how
self
and
capabilities;
improve their physical condiIncludes exercise and body mechanics.
teaches students
tion.
05.224 Fitness Dance
ative
understanding and
skills,
etiquette.
05.220 International Folk Dance (1) Teaches the basic elements of folk dancing that can be combined to form
will
Develops
05.230 Weight Training and Fitness
skill
(1)
-
their incorporation into a
ommended
skills.
bouts) and a tournament.
05.217 Bicycling
(1)
appreciation of water polo as recreational aquatic sport.
Provides activity and instruction in individual fundamen-
05.233 Badminton
05.214 Fencing (1) - Lecture aspect covers a study of the
history of fencing, the weapons and equipment involved,
tice
components
provides sound
-
05.155 Svnmnastics (1) -Assists students to attain and maintain physical fitness through water activities.
limidess
Mso
79
pass/fail.
good standing of a Bloomsburg
athletic team.
lifestyles.
-
05.241 Judo Self-Defense
(
to
1
)
-
Provides a better understand-
ing of the sport and a competency of judo and self-defense techniques. Should be used as an elective within
the physical education
05.243 Backpacking
(1)
-
semce program
requirements.
Reviews backpacking equipment
how to select trails,
menus and cooking methods; teaches safet)' procedures:
discusses how to adjust to die seasons and hovv to proand
first
aid procedures; includes
80- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog
tect the
2002-2003 Advisers Edition
environment.
05.244 Orienteering
edge and
skills
-
(1)
plications
to satisfactorily follow a desig-
through programmed exer-
practical application
cise.
Successful completion of course
Practical application of the knowl-
needed
and fitness measurement. Reviews procedures
and
fulfills
two credits
of physical education requirement. (3 contact hours).
nated course through the wilderness with use of a watch,
05.271 Intermediate Archery (1)
and a map.
a compass
-
Provides the opportunity
for the student to develop shooting
05.245 Canoeing (1) - Offers instruction in the basics of canoeing, including skills that can be used recreationally
Lake and
in one's lifetime.
river
canoeing will be taught
and experienced.
(1)
-
Provides rock climbing experi-
ences for the beginning rock climbing enthusiast. Introduces basic knowledge,
skills
and
05.248 Basic Sailing
area of recreation.
-
(1)
A
beginning course that includes
weather conditions, seamanship, boating and
(2)
-
taught as part of
Certificate.
CPR
this course.
05.251 Techniques of Coaching and Officiating Baseball (3)
- Classroom-laboratory provides an overview of baseball
administration organization, fundamental
relationship,
team
strategy,
program organization and
Provides instruction in the
vidual
skills
of the student. Fee
05.274 Intermediate Tennis
(1)
-
may be
required.
Focuses on improving ten-
05.275 Intermediate Volleyball
and
(
1
) -
Studies the development
improve fundateam play and strategy through participa-
history of volleyball. Attempts to
mental
skills,
05.253 Techniques of Coaching and Officiating Football
05.277 Advanced Sailing (1) - Intended for students who
have sailing experience. Includes maneuvering, race tactics, sail
tune, severe weather conditions, docking
and
anchoring. Prerequisites: Sailing and swimming ability
05.290 Special Topics
(
T3) - Topics announced in the sched-
uling bulletin prior to each semester.
05.298 Fitness and Wellness (3)
files,
(3)
Instruction in techniques of coaching, player-coach
relationship,
05.276 Intermediate Judo (1) - Provides an opportunity to
develop higher levels of skill competencies in judo.
-
Provides learners with the
tools for lifelong healthful living. Personal health pro-
officiating.
program organization and administration
mental health, personal
management,
officiating.
05.254 Techniques of Coaching and Officiating Field HockInstruction in techniques of coaching
and
programs,
stress
one credit of the physical education requirement.
05.305 Aquatic Fitness Programming (2) - Develops fitness
management leadership skills in an aquatic setting; covers physiological principles of exercise applied to
ming and other water
05.256 Techniques of Coaching and Officiating Cross Country, Track and Field (3) - Analysis of technique and the
development of personal skills. Knowledge provided for
development of a track program. Discusses rules, start-
and
fitness
and environmental health
offi-
the phases of field hockey.
ing, officiating, scoring
nutritional
topics are explored. Successful completion of course
fiilfiUs
all
-
required.
05.252 Techniques of Coaching and Officiating Basketball
(3) -Instruction in techniques of coaching, player-coach
ciating
(1)
techniques and strategy involved in improving the indi-
skills, drills
and techniques of umpiring.
ey (3)
develop ad-
safety.
Provides an opportunity to attain
an American Red Cross Lifegtiarding
-
to
ability required.
05.250 Lifeguarding
and
-Attempts
tion.
Swimming
-
(1)
and knowledge of bowling. Fee required.
nis skills.
terminology, maneuvering under normal and severe
is
skill
practical applica-
tion of climbing. Serves as a foundation for further exthis
vanced
05.273 Intermediate Golf
05.247 Rock Climbing
periences in
05.272 Intermediate Bowling
skills.
facility use.
activities.
No
prior
swim-
swimming
experience necessary.
05.306 Psychology of Sport (3) -Aims to familiarize the student with psychological components of human perfor-
mance
and exercise. Focuses on sport
and includes psychological assessment, intervention techniques and a brief introduction to the
predominant research methods used in sport psycholorelated to sport
participation
05.257 Techniques of Coaching and Officiating Wrestling
(3) - Gives prospective coaches an insight into problems and situations that may be encountered; prepares
the individual to teach as well as coach wresding.
05.260 Techniques of Coaching and Officiating Swimming
(3) - Presents techniques of coaching, swimming, diving; covers rule interpretations
05.265 Basketball
(1)
-
and duties of
officials.
Provides activity and instruction in
the development of individual offensive and defensive
fundamentals and their incorporation into a team concept. Reviews basic strategy and current trends at all
competition levels.
05.270 Exercise and
You
(2)
-
Studies appropriate physio-
logical functions, exercise physiology,
mechanical im-
gy.
Course has particular value to coaches, teachers,
chologists
and exercise
specialists
and other
psy-
sport-affil-
iated professions.
05.308 Exercise and Mental Health (3) - Provides a strong
base of knowledge of theory, research and practice in
and mental health. Also provides prospective
and exercise professionals (exercise science) with
essential information and suggestions of practical valexercise
fitness
ue in leadership roles in exercise, wellness, health promotion, corporate fitness, cardiac rehabilitation and
other areas.
05.309 Decisions for Healthy Behavior (3) - Focuses on personal health issues, the consequences of decisions made
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
about health choices and the
and
eral
education requirement.
globally,
societal implications, lo-
of those decisions. Approved for gen-
cally
05.311 Methods, Materials in Elementary School Physical
Education (3) - Provides principles and procedures to
meet the needs and interests of elementary-age children
in the area of physical education.
al
programs
to teach in
-
81
corporate or similar fitness
ar-
eas.
05.414 Exercise Prescription and Programming for Special
Populations (3) - Provides students mth a basic overview of theoretical, scientific and applied perspectives
of exercise prescriptions of special populations. Practical experience, physical fitness programs and modified
programs will be introduced and incorported in
working with special populations. Prerequisites: 05.278,
fitness
05.320 Health and Safety in the Elementary School (3) Covers health knowledge, training and health appraisal techniques for teaching elementary school health;
the elementary school health program; and safety edu-
05.321 First Aid Safety (3) - Provides training in first aid and
safety. Red Cross standard, advanced and cardiopulmo-
nary resuscitation certifications may be earned. One
credit may be applied to the Fitness and Recreational
05.330 Introduction to Coaching
(3)
An
-
and coaching applications
sport psychology, sport pedagogy,
in sport philosophy,
first
aid
and sport
Program
drugs, sexually transmitted diseases, pollution, alcohol
and
05.450
ground situations. Emphasizes techniques of leadership,
recreation planning, legal liability and trends in recreation programming.
Camping and Outdoor Education
(3)
-
Ac-
quaints students with the scope of organized camping
and the acquisition of and practices
in the basic skills
required of individuals involved in camping and out-
door education
training. Requires field experiences.
in
Sport
(3)
and contemporary
cal
Surveys aspects of the histori-
-
role of
women
in sport. Encour-
ages an awareness in students regarding the differences
between sport for
texts,
men and women
in various con-
including social, psychological and biophysical,
by examining the past and current practices and cultural norms in light of evolving research findings, students are expected to increase their understanding of
issues
ty
ECG
Interpretation/Exercise Testing (3)
-
Pro\'ides
students with both theoretical and practical knowledge
in-
and the diseased heart. A
survey of cardiorespiratory structure and function will
terpretation for the normal
be provided. Prerequisite: 50.174 or equivalent or permission of the instructor.
The Analysis of Human Motion (3) Introduces students to the fundamentals of human
movement. After a survey of the musculoskeletal system, students will engage in a detailed analysis of the
primary articulations. The fundamentals of biomechanics vnll be examined to-provide students with an appreciation of movement. Prerequisites: 50.173 and 50.174.
05.451 Kinesiology:
05.452 Cardiac Rehabilitation (3) - Provides student \vith
both a theoretical and practical knowledge of cardiac
rehabilitation. Students study the etiology, epidemiology,
Women
suicide.
Certificate.
05.331 Recreation Education (3) - Presents discussion of and
practice in, recreation activities used in school and play-
05.334
7\ssesses
Students gain knowledge in basic electrocardiogram
overview of basic
management resulting in American Coaching Effective-
05.333 School
-
of exercise testing in a research/clinical environment.
Skills area.
ness
05.430 Current Issues in Health Promotion (3)
major problems which concern communities today:
cation in the elementary school.
theories
05.476.
germane
to sport.
Approved
as a cultural diversi-
course.
Human Performance
-Acquaints future exercise science majors with techniques of evaluating and measuring the progress of
(3)
and exercise testing components. Instatistics, knowledge tests, grading,
performance tests and tests of sport skills. Pre-
and administrative con-
cardiac patient.
05.476 Exercise Physiology
(4)
-
Study of the physiological
functions of the organ systems during exercise
stress.
Development of a working knowledge of assessments,
motor characteristics and physical performance. Prerequisites: 50.173 and 50.178.
05.477 Methods and Materials in Adult Physical Education
(3)
05.370 Measurement and Evaluation in
patient differences, logistical
siderations, treatments, as well as the education of the
-
Emphasizes the academic and technical knowledge
necessary to conduct health and fitness programs in
public and private agencies. Students are prepared to
assume leadership and management positions within
the health and fitness industries. Prerequisite: 05.476.
physical fitness
cludes descriptive
physical
requisite: 53.1 14 College
Algebra or consent of the
in-
structor.
05.397 Adult Health Development Program (3) - An intergenerational and multicultural health program that
trains students to work one-on-one with older adults to
promote
healtlt
05.401 Methods
and
05.498 Internship in Exercise Science (6-15) - Prorides the
student with a practical on-site work experience in which
technical
skills
and
abilities are applied. Site is selected
by the student vnth the appro\al of tiie major director.
Required experience is designed to be the culminating
experience of undergraduate course work and facilitates
the transition from the role of student to employee. Prerequisites: 50.173, 50.174, 05.476, 05.477.
well-being.
in Fitness
Dance
(3)
-
Introduces exercise
science majors to the teaching principles and current
techniques involved in aerobic-dance and step dancing.
Includes methods of designing physical and motivation-
05.500 Instrumentation and Laboratoiy Techniques (3) Provides experiences in the use of conventional technology and piocedines in the measurement and assessment of physiological functioning and the maintenance
82- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog
and
2002-2003 Advisers Edition
05.500, 05.576, 05.575 or permission of the instructor.
calibration of such equipment.
05.510 Research Methods in Exercise Science
(3)
a complete overview of the research process
in exercise science. Specific
emphasis
-
Provides
employed
given to con-
is
05.561 Exercise Science and Aging (3) - This course is designed to provide students with both a theoretical and
practical
knowledge of the relationship between exerand the aging process. Following classroom
ceptualization of the research problem, hypothesis de-
cise sicence
velopment, literature review and basic statistical procedures. Alternative research paradigms and methodolo-
instruction students will
gies (qualitative, survey) are also discussed.
older adults. Prerequisite 05.575, 05.576 or permission
05.511
ECG
and Exercise Testing (3) - Intheoi7 and interpretation as well as
to
work
directly with
of instructor.
Interpretation
cludes basic
ECG
05.575 Exercise Physiology
I
-
(3)
Provides a continuation
test-
of basic and advanced exercise physiology principles.
Laboratory experience includes the administra-
Focuses on energy metabolism, the structure and func-
the application of applied physiology to exercise
ing.
selected senior citizen fa-
visit
and have an opportunity
cilities
tion/interpretation of the electrocardiogram at rest and
tion of skeletal muscles
exercise.
during exercise.
05.512 Current Research in Exercise Science (3) - Sharpens
students' critical thinking and writing skills while interpreting and analyzing recent research in exercise
sci-
Intended
of
to
and cardiovascular dynamics
develop student's knowledge of the physiology
the effects of ergogenic aids,
human performance,
aging,
and the environment on
ence. Students critically analyze the most recent research
in the area of exercise science
and
05.576 Exercise Physiology
subdisciplines,
its
including exercise physiology, epidemiology and biochemistry.
05.551 Mechanics of
Human Movement
(3)
-
A quantitative
approach to movement analysis. The mechanical principles and laws that govern motion will be reviewed, studied and applied to the human body as it engages in exercise, sport performance and daily living tasks. Prerequisite:
05-451.
05.553 Exercise in Chronic Disease
Management
(3)
Examand
ines the use of exercise as a diagnostic, evaluative
iological responses
and
11
-
(4)
physical performance.
Concentrates on the phys-
and adaptations
that result during
after exercise. This course addresses the acute
and
chronic adaptations following exercise on the body system. Laboratory experience mirrors lecture material.
05.577 Worksite Health and Fitness Programming
(3)
-
De-
and expertise pertainassessment and exercise program-
tailed study of the information
ing to health fitness
ming, in accordance with requirements for nationally
accredited certification examinations (e.g., American
College of Sports Medicine Health Fitness Instructor
certification).
rehabilitative tool for individuals with chronic diseases
or
disabilities.
ious diseases
The underlying physiologic
causes of var-
and the identification of clinical symptoms
be examined, as well as the utility of exercise training to monitor and evaluate clinical progress. Prerequisites: 05.575, 05.576 or permission of the instructor.
will
05.555 Physiology' of Training
(3)
-Examines the physiolog-
adaptations associated with increased maximal oxygen consumption (V02 max) and submaximal, prolonged exercise performance. Emphasis will be placed
on an examination of potential mechanisms associated
ic
with exercise-induced adaptations.
The physiology of
mechanism will
strength development and associated
also
be explored. Prerequisites: 05.575, 05.576 or per-
mission of the instructor
Examines
ethical
and
legal issues that
(3)
may emerge
during die process of conducting research in Exercise
Science. A historial view of the development of ethical
codes will be studied which relate to the formation, conduct, analysis and presentation of research problems.
Prerequisite: 05.510 or permission of the instructor.
05.559 Scientific Evaluation of the Ehte Athlete (3) - This
course is designed to provide students with both a the-
and practical knowledge of the evaluation procedures used to profile the elite athlete. Students will
have the opportunity to visit the various laboratories
located within an Olympic Training Center and discuss
specific testing and training procedures v«th the Cenoretical
ter's professionals. Prerequisites:
HON
50.173, 50.174,05.510,
(08)
Honors Courses
Administered by Honors Advisory Committee, Academic
Affairs
08.101 Honors Humanities
omore
I
(3)
-Allows freshmen and soph-
level students to focus
on a
specific topic or re-
lated topics in the humanities for in-depth study
and
Topics vary from semester to semester. Requires
extensive reading on a chosen topic, the development
analysis.
of the students'
own
ideas
on the topic and the expresand oral form. Fulfills gen-
sion of those ideas in written
eral
05.557 Ethical and Legal Issues in Conducting Research
-
05.595 Practicum (3)
education requirement for humanities.
08.110 Honors Math and Science I (3-4) -Allows students to
focus on a specific topic or related topics in math or
science for in-depth study and analysis, including labo-
from semester to semesRequires extensive reading on a chosen topic, the
development of the students' own ideas on the topic
and the expression of those ideas in written and oral
form. Fulfills general education requirement for math/
ratory experience. Topics vary
ter.
natural science.
08.130 Honors Social Science 1 (3) - Allows students to focus on a specific topic or related topics in the social
sciences for in-depth study and analysis. Topics vary from
semester to semester. Requires extensive reading on a
chosen
ideas
topic, the
on the
topic
development of the students' own
and the expression of those ideas in
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
written
and
oral form. Fulfills general education require-
ment for social
and approved
(3)
-
on a
level students to focus
specific topic or re-
and
Topics vary from semester to semester. Requires
on a chosen topic, the development
own ideas on the topic and the expres-
extensive reading
of the students'
sion of those ideas in written
eral
and
08.210 Honors Math and Science
on a
II (3-4)
-Allows students
specific topic or related topics in
science for in-depth study
and
Administered by College of Liberal Arts
09.100 University Seminar
(I)
sition to college life for
-
Promotes a successful
new freshmen through
tran-
the pre-
sentation of critical information about the university's
academic program.
oral form. Fulfills gen-
education requirement for humanities.
to focus
divisions.
Allows freshmen and soph-
lated topics in the humanities for in-depth study
analysis.
and Sciences
IDS (09) Interdisciplinary Studies
Honors Humanities II
omore
Arts
83
as a diver-
course.
sity
08.201
science science
-
analysis,
math or
including labo-
from semester to semesten Requires extensive reading on a chosen topic, the
development of the students' own ideas on the topic
and the expression of those ideas in written and oral
form. Fulfills general education requirement for math/
09.111 Introduction to the Peoples of the Third World (3) Examines the peoples of the Far and Middle East, Africa
and Latin America; their art, literature, philosophy,
geography and history, sketching their impor-
cultural
tance in the world.
ratory experience. Topics vary
09.211 History of Natural Scientific
08.230 Honors Social Science
II (3) -
Allows students to
fo-
(3)
-
Reviews
and
mathematics, the nature of scientific and mathematical
thought and methods, characteristics of these disciplines
and
natural science.
Thought
the historical development of the natural sciences
their significance to
human
09.213 Science, Technology and
progress.
Human
Values (3)
-
Com-
cus on a specific topic or related topics in the social
pares the interaction of science and technology with
sciences for in-depth study and analysis. Topics vary from
human values.
semester to semester. Requires extensive reading on a
chosen topic, the development of the students' own
ideas on the topic and the expression of those ideas in
logical
written
ment
and oral form.
Fulfills
general education require-
Studies past, present and future technodevelopments and their impact on personal and
social values.
09.230
Human
Sexuality (3)
-
Presents a two (2) gender
life of hu-
perspective of the roles of sexuality in the
for social science.
08.300 Introduction to Honors Research
(1)
-
Serves as an
introduction to research and includes guest lectures
from library staff, university faculty across the disciplines
and from other university personnel concerned with undergraduate research. Required of all honors students
before beginning honors research. The student chooses an honors mentor and begins planning research. In
the pass/fail course, the student must produce a proposal for honors thesis research that meets the approval of the Honors Advisory Committee.
08.301 Honors Seminar on Values (3) - Features study of a
selected topic that will change with each offering. Up-
per division seminar focuses on values and ethical issues and may be taught by professors from any of the
colleges or Arts and Sciences divisions. Seminar fulfills
the general education requirement for values courses.
08.302 Honors Seminar on Diversity (3) - Features study of
a selected topic that changes with each offering. Upper
mans. Considered are anthropological, biological, psychological and sociological aspects of sexuality and their
relation to popular culture and diversity. Addresses current public health issues, ethics, responsible decision-
making and
values.
09.231 Technical Writing (3) - Presents the principles of technical writing in the physical, natural and social sciences
and in technology and industry. Promotes effectiveness
in communicating technical information to specialized
and general audiences. Uses seminar approach involving class participation and indiridualized instruction.
09.311 Seminar in American Studies
I
(3)
-
Pro\'ides a thor-
ough appreciation of our varied heritage and research
materials and resources available for deepening the
knowledge of
this
growdng area of
09.312 Seminar in American Studies
inqtiiry.
II (3) -
continuation of
09.311.
09.487
THIS
Internship Experience (9)
-
Internship pro-
and may be
vides outstanding students with enriching academic
taught by professors from any of the colleges or Arts
experience as an intern in the executive or legislative
branches of state government or with state boards, agencies or commissions.
division seminar focuses
and Sciences
divisions.
on
diversity issues
Seminar
fulfills
the general ed-
ucation requirement for diversity courses.
08.303 Honors Seminar on Quantitative and 7\nalytical Rea-
soning
es with
(3)
-
Features study of a selected topic that chang-
each offering. Upper division seminar focuses
and may be taught by professors from
any of the colleges or Arts and Sciences divisions.
on
diversity issues
09.488
stantial analysis
Upper division seminar focuses on diversity issues and
may be taught by professors from any of the colleges or
Project (3)
-
The student
intern
com-
and
research.
The
project
is
related to
the internship experience.
THIS Academic Seminar
(3) - Student interns parseminar coordinated by die resident director. The seminar is structured to integrate the student's
work experience with a rigorous academic component
and an exposure to multiple facets of state government.
09.489
08.304 Honors Interdisciplinary Seminar (3) - Features study
of a selected topic that changes with each offering.
THIS Research
pletes an individualized directed project invohing sub-
ticipate in a
84- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
09.491 Honors Independent Study in Humanities
An independent study course
in wliich,
I
(1-3)
-
under the guid-
ance of a faculty mentor, the student completes the initial project(s) in the first stage of his/her proposed
honors work.
09.492 Honors Seminar in the Humanities (3) - Allows for
continued in-depth study of a particular research project
FRE
French
(10)
Administered by Department of Languages and Cultures
10.100 Foundations of French Language and Culture (3) Seeks to develop novice proficiency with emphasis on
communication in the context of the Francophone world. Language laboratory activities required.
intercultural
of the student's choice and provides honor students the
opportunity to discuss with peers and interested faculty
10.101 French
I
(3)
Seeks to develop the four language
-
major field. Seminars organized around
and acquaint students with elements of francophone culture. For students with no more than two years
general themes selected by the humanities honors com-
of French. Practice in the language laboratory required.
concepts in the humanities related to the project and
to the student's
mittee and
announced
in advance.
10.102 French
09.493 Honors Independent Study in the Humanities
3)
-
Independent study
in
II (I-
an area previously approved
honors program.
as part of the student's overall
09.495 Honors Seminar in the Natural Sciences and Mathematics (1)
-
Offers a cross-disciplinary perspective to
students in the honors program with emphasis on stu-
dent presentation and discussion of important topics
in a student's area of expertise.
09.496 Honors Independent Study in the Social Sciences
(1-3)
viser
-
I
Involves the student's selection of an honors ad-
and
project, initial exploratory reading
and a pro-
Honors Independent Study Project.
Reserved for students who qualify for and wish to pursue an honors course of study in their last two years.
Usually taken in the junior year.
posal for a major
09.497 Honors Seminar in the Social Sciences (3) - Allows
for continued in-depth study of a particular research
project and provides honor students the opportunity
and interested faculty concepts in
sciences which relate to the research project
to discuss with peers
the social
and the student's major
field.
Focus of the seminar
is
interdisciplinary.
09.498 Honors Independent Study in Social Sciences
-
an opportunity to apply theoretical and descriptive knowledge acquired in multiple humanities disciplines. Requires approval of the internship coordinator and the dean of
Arts
- Provides an opportunity
from any graduate program to
knowledge from a previously learned ex-
09.580-589 Special Topics (1-3)
for graduate students
their
perience or to explore a
to
new
learning experience not
from 1
3 semester hours. Prerequisites are determined by
offered
on
Continuation of lO.IOI. Prerequisite:
-
Continuation of development of the
Emphasis on reading. Study of francophone culture. Practice in the language laboratory.
10.203 French
III (3)
four language
-
skills.
Prerequisite: 10.102 or equivalent. Diversity course.
10.204 French IV
(Fall)
(3)
-
Continuation of 10.203. Em-
phasis
on culture and
tice in
the language laboratory. Prerequisite: 10.203 or
oral
communication
skills.
Prac-
equivalent. Diversity course
10.205 Applied Phonetics and Pronunciation (3) -Analyzes
French sound system. Drills on pronunciation and intonation. Selections of prose, poetry
tation.
Not offered every semester.
and songs for
imi-
Prerequisite: 10.102
or equivalent.
10.206 Structure of the French Language (3) - Thorough
study of grammar and syntax and use of idioms through
applied exercises. Introduction to French morphology.
Not offered every semester.
Prerequisite: 10.204 or
equivalent.
10.207 Conversation: French Daily Life and Customs (3) Prepared and free speaking activities about everyday life
in
francophone countries. Not offered
every semester Prerequisite: 10.204 or equivalent or concurrently with 10.204 with consent of the chairperson.
to give selected interns
and Sciences.
expand
II (3)
10.101 or equivalent.
and customs
II (3)
Provides for an on-site work experience and training
program designed
skills
a regular basis.
Each course
carries
the instructor.
09.590 Graduate Internship (1-6) - Provides a work-study
experience initially administrated by an academic faculty member and a sponsoring employer. Provides the
opportunity for an internship experience across
plines at a graduate level.
09.599 Master's Thesis (3-6)
disci-
Foundations of French Culture and Civilization (Fall)
- Reviews major developments of French culture
from an historical point of view. Taught in English;
knowledge of French unnecessary. Special projects for
French majors. Approved as a diversity course.
10.21
(3)
10.212 France Today (3)
-
Presents major aspects of
life
in
France today. Taught in English; knowledge of French
unnecessary. Special projects for French majors. Not
offered every semester. Approved as a diversity course.
- 10.289 Special Topics (1-3) - Provides knowledge
and training in fields usually not covered in regular
courses. Content determined by instructor and varies
each time course is offered. Topics may include French
for travelers, French gastronomy, Quebec culture. Not
10.281
offered every semester.
10.290 French Studies Abroad (1-6) -Prerequisite: Minimum
two semesters of French or equivalent or consent of the
chairperson.
10.295 Art and Culture of France (3) - Provides a study-tour
of France with attention to French art as seen in rela-
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
and cultural environment. Visits to placand cultural interest in and around Paris
and the provinces. Not offered every semester. Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor.
tion to
es
of
its
social
artistic
10.309 Commercial French (3) -Acquisition of French business language and terminology in reading, writing and
speaking. Includes cultural content of francophone culture. Provides an introduction to business correspondence. Not offered every semester. Prerequisite: 10.204
or equivalent.
cultures.
-
Students
study French for reading and cultural knowledge; selected
modern
works. Prerequisite: 10.204 or equiva-
lent.
10.401
11.102
(3)
-
Presents a thorough
review of phonology, morphology, syntax and semaning activities
Not
German
advanced speaking includvAxh development of cultural proficiency.
offered every semester. Prerequisite: 10.206 or con-
sent of the chairperson.
10.402 Contemporary Issues in Francophone Media (3) Presents further development of language fluency
through discussion of current topics and issues selected from francophone newspapers and magazines. Not
offered every semester. Prerequisite: 10.207 or equiva-
II
(3)
-Continuation of 11.101. Reading and
or equivalent.
11.121
German Authors
of the 20th Century
ines works of major
Brecht,
Mann, Kafka, Durenmatt and
German
German and special
-
(3)
I
German authors such
English; knowledge of
Boll.
Exam-
as Hesse,
Taught in
unnecessary. Readings
projects for
German
majors.
Not
offered every semester.
11.122
German Audiors of die 20th Century
II (3) -
Contin-
uation of 11.121. Taught in English; knowledge of Ger-
German and special
Not offered every semes-
unnecessary. Readings in
projects for
German
majors.
ter.
Practical application in
tics.
For students with no more than two years of
practice in the language laboratory.
writing given additional emphasis. Prerequisite: 11.101
man
Advanced French Language
85
German. Requires
in
10.331 Selected 20th Century Writers (Fall) (3)
-
11.203
German
III (3)
Basic
skills.
-
Development of the four language
grammar reviewed and new grammatical
concepts presented. Reading and study of the culture
given additional emphasis. Not offered every semester.
Prerequisite: 11.102 or equivalent. Diversity course.
11.204
German fV
es culture
(3)
-
Continuation of 11.203. Emphasiz-
and communication. Not offered every
se-
mester. Prerequisite: 11.203 or equivalent. Diversity
course.
lent.
10.409 Commercial French
II
(3)
-
Studies French business
aiming at preparing students for internships in busiQuebec or a branch of a French company in the U.S. Reviews business correspondence and
life
ness in France,
Not offered every
cultural content.
site:
semester. Prerequi-
10.309.
11.205 Applied Phonetics and Pronunciation (3) - Analysis
of the German sound systems. Drills on pronunciation
and intonation. Selections of prose, poetry and songs
for imitation. Prerequisite: 11.102 or two years of high
school German. Not offered every semester.
Grammar and Composition (3) - In-depth study of
German grammar. Stresses application of grammatical
11.206
10.422 Masterpieces of French Literature (3) - Studies the
most significant writers and playwrights of France. Not
offered every semester. Prerequisite: 10.206 or consent
and free written composition.
Not offered every semester. Prerequisite: 11.204 or
principles in controlled
equivalent.
of the chairperson.
10.423 Black Francophone Writers and Culture (3) - Presents major aspects of life in Black francophone coun-
and major writers in those countries. Taught in
French. Not offered every semester. Prerequisite: 10.204
11.207 Conversation: Daily Life and Customs in GermanSpeaking Countries (3) - Emphasizes student participalife
in
oral reports assigned.
or consent of the chairperson.
sary.
10.490 Independent Study in French (1-9)
-
Provides for
individual study of a particular aspect of French
zation,
civili-
language or literature under faculty supervision.
Consent of the instructor and the chair-
Prerequisites:
person.
GER
(11)
prepared and free-speaking actiNities on daily
German-speaking cultures. Outside readings and
tion in
tries
German
11.100 Foundations in
German Language and
Culture (3)
-
required. Special projects for
11.212
German Culture and
man
Develops the four language
skills
and
as a di-
Civilization II (3)
-
Continua-
Taught in English; knowledge of Gernot required. Not offered every semester. Approved
as a diversity course.
-
German
Approved
versity course.
quired.
(3)
1.204 with consent
German Culture and Civilization I (3) - Pro\ides an
imderstanding of the geography, government, customs,
education, arts and history of the German-speaking
countries, as well as a vivid sense of the current scenes
in these countries. Taught in English; knowledge of
tion of 11.211.
I
1
11.211
commimication in the context of the German-speaking world. Language laboratory activities re-
German
neces-
of the chairperson.
intercultural
acquaints students with elements of German-speaking
when
Prerequisite: 11.204
majors. Not offered every semester.
Seeks to develop novice proficiency with emphasis on
11.101
reviewed
or equivalent or concurrendy with
German not
Administered by Department of Languages and Cultures
Grammar
Not offered every semester.
11.281-11.289 Special Topics (1-3)
-
Provides knowledge and
training in fields not usually covered in regular coure-
86- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition.
es.
Content
determined by instmctor and
is
varies.
Not
offered every semester.
11.290
German
mum
Studies
Abroad
of two semesters of
(1-6)
Prerequisite: Mini-
-
German
or consent of the
chairperson.
Diversity course.
12.204 Spanish IV (3) - Continuation of 12.203. Prerequisite: 12.203 or equivalent. Diversity course.
12.205 Phonetics: Theory and Practice (3)
student's ability to
German
communicate
-
Seeks to improve
effectively in
spoken
German
Spanish. Provides a detailed study of Spanish sound and
commercial language and terminology in reading, writing and speaking. Background of business life in Ger-
intonation patterns through group and individual prac-
many
offered every semester. Prerequisite: 12.102 or equiva-
11.309 Commercial
today, in
German
Acquisition of
-
(3)
culture
and
society.
Not offered
every semester. Prerequisite: 11.206 or equivalent.
11.331 Selected 20th Century Writers (3)
writers for reading
ment of the four
and
skills
-
Current German
Not offered every
se-
German Media (3) - Further
language development, especially of conversation,
through discussion of current topics and issues selected from German language newspapers and magazines.
11.402 Contemporary Issues in
11.420 Seminar: Mass Culture and High Culture (3) - Readings and discussion of cultural issues from 1870 to 1933.
Background in culture, society and methods of cultural
critique. Not offered every semester. Prerequisite: 300
German
or consent of the instructor.
German Literature (3) - Examines
masterpieces of German literature from the
11.422 Masterpieces of
Middle Ages
to the present with excursions in historic
socio-cultural contexts. Prerequisite: 11.206 or per-
mission of the instructor. Not offered every semester.
11.490 Independent Study in
German
(1-9)
individual study of a particular aspect of
-
Pro\'ides for
German
civili-
language or literature under supervision of a
faculty member. Prerequisite: Consent of the instruczation,
12.207 Conversation: Hispanic Daily Life and Customs (3) Emphasizes student participation in prepared and free-
speaking
acti\'ities
about everyday
life
and customs
in
and the chairperson.
communication with Spanish-speaking health care clients. For health services students and other interested
persons. Not offered every semester. Prerequisite: 12.204
or equivalent.
12.209 Spanish for Social Services (3) - Emphasizes development of speaking and comprehension for communication with Spanish-speaking clients in social services.
Prerequisite: 12.102 or permission of the instructor.
Diversity course.
12.211 Spanish Culture
(12)
and
Spanish majors. Approved as a diversity course.
12.212 Spanish-American Culture and Civilization (Spring)
(3) - Provides an understanding and appreciation of
and
past
life
publics. Studies Aztec,
Spanish
films
Administered by Departments of Language and Cultures
CiNdlization (Fall) (3) -Pro\'ides
an understanding of Spain through geography, education, customs, fine arts and history. Taught in English;
knowledge of Spanish not required. Special projects for
the present
SPN
Spanish morphology. Not offered
12.208 Conversation for Health Professionals (3) - Emphasizes development of speaking and comprehension for
11.206 or 11.207 or consent of the instructor.
tor
to
Workshop (3) - Presents selected materials for
on demand only. Prerequisite:
practical use. Offered
and
and introduction
Prerequisite: 11.207 or
equivalent.
selected
es
Spanish-speaking countries. Not offered every semester Prerequisite: 12.204 or equivalent or concurrentiy
with 12.204 with consent of the chairperson.
Not offered every semester.
level
12.206 Structure of the Spanish Language (3) - Study of
Spanish grammar and syntax through applied exercisevery semester. Prerequisite: 12.204 or equivalent.
mester. Prerequisite: 11.204 or equivalent.
11.403, 11.503
Attends to individual pronunciation problems. Not
lent.
cultural knowledge. Develop-
continues.
tice.
of the Spanish-American Re-
Maya and Inca
and outside readings. Taught
cultures using
in English; knowl-
edge of Spanish language not required. Approved
as a
diversity course.
12.100 Foundations in Spanish Language and Culture (3) Seeks to develop novice proficiency with emphasis on
intercultural
communication
in the context of the Span-
ish-speaking world. Language laboratory activities required.
12.101 Spanish
United
States. Diversity course.
The Hispanic World Today (3) - Provides an understanding and appreciation of the present Spanish-speaking world, in both Spain, Spanish-American countries
12.214
1
(3)
-
Develops the four language
skills; ac-
quaints students with elements of Hispanic culture. For
more than two
students with no
years of Spanish. Re-
quires practice in language lab.
12.102 Spanish
12.213 U.S. Hispanic Culture and Literature (3) - Studies
the literature and cultures of Hispanic grouips in the
11 (3)
-
Continuation of 12.101. Reading and
writing given additional emphasis. Prerequisite: 12.101
or equivalent.
12.203 Spanish III (3) - Continued development of skills and
culture. Increased emphasis on reading and writing.
and Spanish-speaking groups
in the U.S. dirough geography, history, economics, politics, education, customs
and fine arts. Taught in Spanish for Spanish majors and
other interested people. Not offered every semester. Prerequisite: 12.204 or consent of instructor.
12.250 Spanish for Heritage Speakers I (3) - Studies suncture and usage of oral and written speaker (native or
near native speakers who have learned the language
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
without formal training). Develops linguistic and cultural literacy through actualized authentic materials
(both literary and audiovisual). Prerequisite: 12.206.
12.281-12.289 Special Topics (1-3)
-
Provides knowledge and
training in fields not usually covered in regular courses.
determined by instructor and varies. Topmay include Spanish for Travelers and Women in
Content
ics
is
Spanish Literature. Not offered every semester. Prerequisite: Varies according to the nature of the topic.
12.290 Spanish Studies Abroad (1-6)
mum
- Prerequisite: Minitwo semesters of Spanish or consent of the chair-
-
87
12.420 Spanish Literature (3) - Surveys Spanish literature
from the earliest lyics (XI Century) to the present, in-
cluding historic and socio-cultural contexts. Prerequi12.306 or 12.250 or permission of the instructor.
sites:
12.421 Hispanic Prose (3) - Reading and discussion of prose
works by selected Spanish and Spanish American writ-
concentrating on 20th century authors. Taught in
Spanish. Not offered every semester. Prerequisite:
12.207 or an equivalent proficiency.
ers,
12.422 Hispanic Theater and Poetry (3) - Reading and discussion of plays and poetry by selected Spanish and
Spanish American writers, concentrating on 20th cen-
person.
12.306 Structure and Composition (3) - Review of syntax
and structure with applicadon in composition. Not of-
tury authors. Taught in Spanish.
Not offered every
se-
mester. Prerequisite: 12.207 or an equivalent proficiency.
fered every semester. Prerequisite: 12.206 or consent of
instructor.
12.309 Commercial Spanish (3) - Acquaints students with
basic skills in Spanish trade correspondence and commercial reading. Emphasizes vocabulary and
cial
commer-
idioms. Stresses elementary knowledge of commer-
and methods. For business students and others
who desire to enhance their knowledge of Spanish. Not
offered every semester Prerequisite: 12.204 or an equiv-
12.430 Short Story (3) - Acquaints students with the short
story as an expression of culture by Spanish, Spanish
American, Chicano and Puerto Rican authors and sensitizes students to cultural values in the Hispanic world.
Not offered every semester. Prerequisite: 12.207 or an
equivalent proficiency.
cial life
12.490 Independent Study in Spanish (1-9)
-
Provides for
individual study of a particular aspect of Hispanic
civili-
under die supervision of
member. Prerequisites: Consent of the instruc-
zation, language or literature
alent proficiency.
12.325 Spanish for Educators (3) - For educators and other
students interested in reviewring their proficiency in
Spanish. Prerequisite: 12.102 or permission of the
in-
structor.
12.331 Selected 20th Century Writers (3)
cussion of selected modern works.
-
Reading and
a faculty
tor
and the chairperson. SPN
12.100 Foundations in Spanish Language and Culture (3) Seeks to develop novice proficiency with emphasis on
intercultural
dis-
Not offered every
semester. Prerequisite: 12.207 or an equivalent profi-
communication
in the context of the Span-
ish-speaking world. Language laboratory activities required.
12.101 Spanish
ciency.
(12) Spanish
I (3) -
Develops the four language
skills;
ac-
quaints students with elements of Hispanic culture. For
12.350 Spanish for Heritage Speakers
II
(3)
-
Studies ad-
vanced structure and usage Spanish for heritage speakers (native or near native speakers who have learned
the language without formal training) Develops linguistic and cultural literacy through actualized authentic
materials (both hterary and audiovisual). Prerequisite:
.
12.250 or permission of the instructor.
12.390 Internship in Spanish (3-9)
-
complement their academic
program. Participation in the university's internship
adds and important dimension to student's educational experience and future career plans. Prerequisite:
ule these experiences to
12.204 or permission of the instructor.
12.402 Issues in the Hispanic Media (3) - Provides for further development of language fluency through discus-
and current issues in Hispanic
media. Practice in advanced conversation emphasized.
sion of a variety of topics
Prerequisite: 12.207 or
an
equivalent proficiency.
12.403 Advanced Structure and Composition (3) - Review
of syntax and structure with application in composition.
Prerequisites: 12.306 or 12.350 or permission of the instructor.
more than two
years of Spanish. Re-
quires practice in language lab.
12.102 Spanish
II (3)
-Continuation of 12.101. Reading and
writing given additional emphasis. Prerequisite: 12.101
or equivalent.
12.203 Spanish
Students apply the the-
ory learned in the classroom to situations occurring in
the workplace. Careful planning with the department's
internship coordinator enables the students to sched-
Not offered every semester.
students with no
III (3)
-
Continued development of skills and
on reading and \vriting.
culture. Increased emphasis
12.204 Spanish FV (3) - Continuation of 12.203. Prerequisite: 12.203 or equivalent.
12.205 Phonetics: Theor)' and Practice (3)
student's ability to
communicate
-
Seeks to improve
effectively in
spoken
Spanish. Provides a detailed study of Spanish sound and
intonation patterns through group and indi\'idual practice. Attends to individual pronimciation problems. Not
offered every semester. Prerequisite: 12.102 or equi\'alent.
12.206 Structure of the Spanish Language (3) - Study of
Spanish grammar and s^Titax Uirough applied exercis-
and introduction to Spanish morpholog). Not offered
every semester. Prerequisite: 12.204 or equi\alent.
es
12.207 Conversation: Hispanic Daily Life and Customs (3)
-
Emphasizes student participation in prepared and freespeaking activities about everyday life and customs in
88- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
Not offered every
Spanish-speaking countries. Not offered every semesor equivalent or concurrently
ter Prerequisite: 12.204
with 12.204 with consent of the chairperson.
semester. Prerequisite: 12.207 or an
equivalent proficiency.
- Reading and discussion of prose
works by selected Spanish and Spanish American writers, concentrating on 20th century authors. Taught in
Spanish. Not offered every semester. Prerequisite:
12.207 or an equivalent proficiency.
12.421 Hispanic Prose (3)
12.208 Conversation for Health Professionals (3) - Emphasizes development of speaking and comprehension for
communication with Spanish-speaking health care clients. For health services students and other interested
persons. Not offered every semester. Prerequisite: 12.204
or equivalent.
12.422 Hispanic Theater and Poetry (3) - Reading and discussion of plays and poetry by selected Spanish and
12.211 Spanish Culture and Civilization (Fall) (3) -Provides
an understanding of Spain through geography, educa-
Spanish American writers, concentrating on 20th cen-
and
mester. Prerequisite: 12.207 or an equivalent proficien-
tion, customs, fine arts
Taught
history.
tury authors. Taught in Spanish.
in English;
knowledge of Spanish not required. Special projects for
Spanish majors. Approved as a diversity course.
12.212 Spanish-American Culture and Civilization (Spring)
Prowdes an understanding and appreciation of
and past life of the Spanish-American Republics. Studies Aztec, Maya and Inca cultures using
films and outside readings. Taught in English; knowledge of Spanish language not required. Approved as a
12.430 Short Story (3) - Acquaints students with the short
story as an expression of culture by Spanish, Spanish
American. Chicano and Puerto Rican authors and sensitizes students to cultural values in the Hispanic world.
Not offered every semester. Prerequisite: 12.207 or an
the present
diversity course.
equivalent proficiency.
12.490 Independent Study in Spanish (1-9)
-
Provides for
individual study of a particular aspect of Hispanic
The Hispanic World Today
se-
cy.
-
(3)
Not offered every
civili-
standing and appreciation of the present Spanish-speak-
language or literature under the supervision of
a faculty member. Prerequisites: Consent of tiie instruc-
ing world, in both Spain, Spanish-American countries
tor
12.214
and Spanish-speaking groups
(3)
-
Provides an under-
through geography, history, economics, politics, education, customs
and fine arts. Taught in Spanish for Spanish majors and
consent of instructor.
12.281-12.289 Special Topics (1-3)
and the chairperson.
in the U.S.
other interested people. Not offered every semester. Prerequisite: 12.204 or
zation,
-
Provides knowledge and
RUS
Administered by Department of Languages and Cultures
13.101 Russian
and
training in fields not usually covered in regular courses.
Content is determined by instructor and varies. Top-
ics
may include Spanish
for Travelers
and
Women
-
Prerequisite: Mini-
mum
two semesters of Spanish or consent of the chairperson.
12.306 Structure and Composition
and structure with application
(3)
Review of syntax
-
in composition.
Not
(Fall) (3)
I
-Develops the four language
skills
studies elements of Russian culture. Requires prac-
tice in the
language laboratory. Also offered in spring
on demand.
in
Spanish Literature. Not offered every semester. Prerequisite: Varies according to the nattue of the topic.
12.290 Spanish Studies Abroad (1-6)
Russian
(13)
of-
13.
102 Russian
II
(Spring) (3) -Continuation of 13.101. Pre-
requisite: 13.101 or equivalent.
III (3) - Continued development of four skills.
Emphasis on reading and culture. Not offered every
13.103 Russian
semester. Prerequisite: 13.102.
13.104 Russian IV
-
(3)
Continuation of 13.103. Not offered
every semester. Prerequisite: 13.103.
fered every semester. Prerequisite: 12.206 or consent of
13.290 Independent Study in Russian (1-9) - Indiwdual study
of a particular aspect of Russian civilization, language
instructor.
12.309 Commercial Spanish (3) - Acquaints students with
basic skills in Spanish trade correspondence and commercial reading. Emphasizes vocabulary and
cial
commer-
idioms. Stresses elementary knowledge of commer-
and methods. For business students and others
who desire to enhance their knowledge of Spanish. Not
offered every semester. Prerequisite: 12.204 or an equivcial life
ITL (14) Italian
Administered by Department of Languages and Cultures
14.101 Italian
alent proficiency.
12.331 Selected 20th Century Writers (3)
cussion of selected
or literature under faculty supervision. Prerequisite:
Consent of the instructor and the chairperson.
modern
works.
-
Reading and
dis-
Not offered every
semester. Prerequisite: 12.207 or an equivalent proficiency.
12.402 Issues in the Hispanic Media (3) - Provides for further development of language fluency through discus-
and current issues in Hispanic
media. Practice in advanced conversation emphasized.
sion of a variety of topics
I
(3)
-
Develops the four language
studies the Italian culture. Stresses basic
skills
and
grammar. Not
offered every semester.
14.102 Italian
II (3) - Continuation of 14.101. Emphasizes
reading and writing. Not offered every semester.
14.203 Italian
Continuation of the development of
skills in Italian, including speaking,
listening, reading, and writing, together with the study
III (3)
-
the four language
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
of Italian culture. The third course in the sequence of
Italian courses continues to develop communicative
proficiency in the Italian language at the intermediate
understand and
appreciate Italian-speaking clutures. Taught in Italian.
level, as well as
develop the
ability to
Diversity course.
20.112 Practical
Grammar and Usage
(3)
-
-
89
A study of gram-
matical forms, rules and accepted usage of current writ-
ten standard English, with practical application to improve diction, sentence structure and style.
The
Bible as Literature (3) -Examination of literary
found in the Old and New Testaments and their
profound influence on Western culture.
20.131
types
CHI
Chinese
(16)
20.151 Introduction to Literature (3) - Exploration of literature as experience and the techniques by which it com-
Administered by Languages and Cultures
16.105 Chinese
municates
Basic elements of Mandarin Chinese,
-
(3)
I
on spoken language. Introduces the Chi-
with emphasis
nese culture. Requires practice sessions in language
lab.
Continuation of 16.105. Begin study
of the Chinese characters. Requires practice sessions in
language laboratory. Prerequisite: 16.105 or equivalent.
16.106 Chinese
-
II (3)
in short story, novel,
drama and
poetry.
20.152 Literature and Society (3) - Readings selected for
consideration of purposes, characteristics, issues and val-
ues of specific areas (such as business, psychology or
science) from a humanistic perspective.
20.153 Folklore (3)
-
A
survey of such traditional forms of
oral literature as epic, ballad, folksong, folktale
16.211 Foundations of Chinese Civilization (Fall) (3)
-
Chi-
nese culture and civilization in historical perspective,
with emphasis on art and philosophy. Taught in English.
Approved
as a diversity course.
16.212 China Today (Spring) (3) - Chinese culture and civilization today, with focus on art, political philosophy,
customs and new directions. Taught in English. Approved as a diversity course.
examined in terms of
and influence on literature.
perstitions
and
su-
origin, transmission
20.154 Folklore of the American West (3) - A study of folklore genres, including legends, tall tales, ballads and
customs of Native Americans, English, French and Spanish of the Trans-Mississippi West.
20.156 Popular Literature
(3)
-
Study of one type of popular
literature (such as detective fiction, science fiction,
lit-
16.350 Foreign Language Teaching Methodology and Re-
erature of terror or popular drama) and examination
Covers evolution of methodology, new
of its forms, conventions and ideas. Course content var-
search (3)
-
trends and theories, latest quantitative
and
qualitative
reasearch. Rquired for foreign language education
majors. Not offered every semester.
16.400 Study Abroad (1-8)
-
by consent of the chairperson.
ies
with each presentation of the course.
20.200 Writing Proficiency Examination (3) - A series of
compositions written under examination conditions on
topics provided by the
staff. Facult)'
consultations
and a
writing laboratory are available for students in the
LAT
course.
(18) Latin
Not
for English majors. Prerequisite: 20.101.
20.201 Composition
Adminlsted by Language and Cultures
18.101 Latin
(3)
I
-
Develops reading and writing
skills;
em-
phasizes correct classical pronunciation. Introduction
to
Roman
culture
and
civilization.
Not offered every se-
mester.
18.102 Latin
Continuation of 18.101. Develops read-
II (3) -
ing and translation
skills;
teaches classical references
through selected readings. Not offered every semester.
Prerequisite; 18.101 or equivalent.
basic writing
and
(20) English
20.203
is
course
I
(3)
-
may be
any 100-level or 200-
substituted as the prereq-
Study and practice of the princi-
ples of composition to
skills.
Instruction in short
and expanding
and long essays
20.203 Approaches to Literary Study (3) - An introduction
to writing about literatiue; a consideration of research
techniques and types of literary analysis. Satisfies reII. Required for all English
quirement for Composition
majors. Prerequisite: 20.101 or 20.104;
When
20.203
is
open
to all stu-
listed as a prerequisite,
or 200-level literature course
may be
any 100-
substituted
20.204 Introduction to Creative Writing (3) - An introductory course that covers theory and methods of creastive
uisite.
20.101 Composition
Intermediate-level study and
as the prerequisite.
listed as a prerequisite,
level literature
-
in research-supported writing. Prerequisite: 20.101
level
Administered by Department of English
When
(3)
or consent of department chairperson.
dents.
ENG
II
practice in composition, reinforcing
improve proficiency
in writing
skills.
20.111 Language and Social Interaction (3) -A study of varieties of language, verbal and non-verbal and their com-
municative and social functions.
and poetry forms. Students create and
imaginative works using models by established writers, exercises and peer and instructor com-
writing in prose
revise their
own
ments. Prerequisite: 20.101 or permission of the instructor.
20.205 Honors Composition (3)
-
Similar to 20.101 biu of-
fered only to freshmen exempted from 20.101 on die
basis of admission criteria. Stud)' and practice in short
and long
dents
essays
and
in
research-supported writing. Stu-
who successfullv complete 20.1 04 are exempt from
2002-2003 Advisers Edition
90- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog
new
a second writing course requirement.
20.226 European Literature
I (3) - Major Continental literfrom the classical Greek period
through the Renaissance, including Biblical back-
ary works in translation
grounds.
in-
Recommended
theories require.
tion students in English, but
ested in advanced
work
for secondary educa-
open
to all students inter-
in writing. Prerequisite:
45
se-
mester hours.
20.227 European Literature
Major Continental
-
II (3)
liter-
ary works in translation from the 17th century to the
present.
tics
20.236 American Literature
its
Survey of American litercolonial beginnings through the Civil War.
I
20.237 American Literature
erature from the Civil
20.246 British Literature
I
-
(3)
II (3) -
Survey of American
War through
(3)
the
modern
lit-
era.
Survey of Bridsh literature
-
from Beowulf through Samuel Johnson.
- Study of the sound patmorphology, word formation processes, seman-
20.311 Structure of English (3)
terns,
ature from
and the teaching of writing
theories of writing
cluding both study of and practice in the methods the
and syntax of modern English and of children's
quisition of their
first
ac-
language. Prerequisite: 45 semes-
ter hours.
20.312 History of the English Language (3) - Survey of the
major developments in the English language from its
Anglo-Saxon origins to the present. Prerequisite: 60
mester hours or consent of the instructor.
se-
American Literature (3) - Major
American writers instrumental in shaping and interpreting the American experience. Writers vary with each
20.334, 20.335 Studies in
20.247 British Literature
II
(3)
Survey of British literature
-
from the Romantics through the modern
20.256 Non-Western Literature
I
(3)
-
era.
Study of a literature
or literatures outside the traditions of European-American cultures.
Approved
for diversity requirement.
20.257 Non-Western Literature
presentation of the course. Prerequisite: 20.203.
20.341 Medieval Literature (3) - Major works of the Old and
Middle English periods (the former in translation) that
common
theme, period or genre (such
II (3) - Study of a literature
or literatures outside the traditions of European-Amer-
relate to a
ican cultures, differing from 20.256 by either the
literature (s) or the works studied. Approved for diver-
works of Chaucer. Prerequisite: 20.203.
sity
requirement.
20.280 Poetry (3) - Exploration of the nature of poetry in
terms of its aims, forms and substance.
20.287 Black
Women
Writers (3)
Introduces students to a
-
wide range of black women writers from the United
States, Caribbean and Africa. Approved for diversity
requirement.
20.288 Feminist Reading of Culture
to "read" culture
(3) - Teaches students
through a wide range of "texts," in-
cluding television and film and to analyze sexism, racism, classism
and homophobia. Approved for
diversity
drama or metrical romance), generally excluding
as
the
The Renaissance (3) - The poetry and nondramatic
prose of the 16th and 17th centuries (to 1660), exclud-
20.342
ing the works of Milton. Prerequisite: 20.203.
20.344 Restoration and Eighteenth Century
(3)
-
The
prose,
poetry and drama of the period from 1660 through the
end of the I8th century.
20.345 Romantic and Victorian Literature (3) - The poetry
and prose of the late 18th and 19th centuries.
20.346, 20.347 Studies in British Literature (3)
- Major writshaping and interpreting the British experience. Writers vary with each presentation of
ers instrumental in
the course. Prerequisite: 20.203.
requirement.
-Approaches to and
writing children's books for publication.
20.300 Writing Children's Literature
practice in
(3)
Consideration of various literary types and techniques
with discussion of field research in writing nonfiction,
fiction
and poetry
for children. Prerequisite: 20.384 or
attention to conditions of the Elizabethan theater and
history of the Shakespearean text. Prerequisite: 20.203.
20.364 Chaucer
20.301 Creative Writing: Fiction (3) - Original creative work
in fiction; critical analysis by the instructor and the class
group discussion. Prerequisite: permission of the
in-
structor.
texts
60 semester hours.
20.303 Creative Writing: Poetry (3) - Lecture and discussion
concerning the fundamental theory and techniques of
poetry writing together with writing and evaluation of
poems in a workshop situation.
Prerequisite: permission
of the instructor.
20.306 Theory and Practice of Writing
Chaucer's major poetry (with practice
of his work. Prerequisite: 20.203.
his learning. Prerequisite: 20.203.
The English Novel (3) - History and development of
the novel in England from its inception to the end of
the I9th centuiy Prerequisite: 20.203.
20.370
20.372
Modern Novel
phasis
-
Introduction to
(3)
-
on developments
Major modern novels, with emin fictional art. Writers vary with
each presentation of the course. Prerequisite: 20.203.
20.374 Short Story
(3)
-
20.365 Milton (3) - The poetiy and prose of John Milton
considered in the contexts of his age, his puritanism
and
20.302 Creative Writing: Non-fiction (3) - Advanced study
of writing nonfiction prose: form, style, audience, editing, evaluation. Prerequisite;
(3)
and reading Middle English) including consideration of the medieval social and intellectual conin speaking
20.385 or consent of the instructor.
in
20.363 Shakespeare (3) - Study of Shakespeare's plays with
emphasis on Shakespeare as poet and playwright and
(3)
-
The
history, characteristics
niques of the modern short
and tech-
story. Prerequisite: 20.203.
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
20.375 Renaissance
Drama
-
(3)
The
plays of Shakespeare's
predecessors and contemporaries and those of later Ja-
Modern Drama
(3)
Major Continental, English and
-
American plays from Ibsen to the present with emphasis on contemporary attitudes, themes and style. Pre-
ry
Modem
Poetry (3)
-
A survey of contemporary poet-
and poetic movements.
Prerequisite: 20.203.
texts reflecting the social, political, intellectual
tistic
diversity of the period. Prerequisite:
classroom and
library and methods for presenting literary works in an
elementary classroom. Prerequisite: 60 semester hours.
criteria for selecting literature for the
Young Adults (3) - Critical discussion
of literature aimed at young adult readers or popular
with them, by such writers as S.E. Hinton, Robert Cormier, Judy Blume and Paul Zindel. Consideration of liter-
20.385 Literature for
ary works for the secondary classroom with attention to
the subject of censorship. Prerequisite: 60 semester
hours.
20.386, 20.387 Studies in
Contemporary Literature
Study of a topic, author or
movement significant in
World War
Course content
literatures.
(3)
-
post-
will vary. Pre-
20.388 Gender/Race/Class (3) - Analyzes identity-construction and cultural processes in constructing categories
ar-
(3)
-
Consider-
drama and poetry since
emphasis on writers and texts re-
ation of significant fiction,
World War
II,
with
versity of the period. Prerequisite:
and
artistic di-
45 semester hours,
including 20.203.
20.436 African-American Literature
one of the three major areas
(3)
-
A detailed study of
in African-American liter-
Harlem Renaissance or African-American Writers. Prerequisite: 45 semester hours, including 20.203.
ature: the African-American novel, the
20.480 Special Topics (3) - Study of a topic in literature;
topic varies with each presentation of the course.
20.481 Special Topics (3) - Study of a topic in literature;
topic varies with each presentation of the course.
20.488, 20.489 Seminar (3)
an advanced
level,
-
An
opportunity to explore, at
a literary or linguistic subject not
offered in regularly scheduled courses. Content deter-
mined by the instructor.
requisite: 20.203.
and
45 semester
hours, including 20.203.
flecting the social, political, intellectual
20.384 Literature for Children (3) - Studies the development
of literature for children, including consideration of
II
20.433 American Modernism (1914-1945) (3) - Consideration of significant fiction, drama and poetry written
20.434 Contemporary American Literature
requisite: 20.203.
20.379
91
between 1914 and 1945, with emphasis on writers and
cobean and Caroline dramatists. Prerequisite: 20.203.
20.377
-
Prerequisite: 60 semester hours.
20.492 Literary Theory and Criticism (3)
-
Study of
tradi-
ment. Prerequisite: 20.203 or permission of instructor.
from Aristotie to the present, as
well ais of contemporary trends in literary theory, at an
advanced level. Prerequisite: 60 semester hours.
20.391 Literature and Film (3) -Film translations of literary
texts, focusing on cinematic techniques, genre construc-
20.493 Bibliography and Literary Research (3) - Investigation of methods of literary scholarship and study of book
of gender, race and
tions, the
critical
20.411
class.
Approved for diversity require-
formal codes and conventions of film, and
Linguistic
developments in
al-generative
Theory
linguistics,
(3)
-
A survey of modem
including transformation-
grammar; applications of theory
to pat-
terns of language acquisition; current adaptations of
theory for presentation as
uisite:
grammar
in schools. Prereq-
60 semester hours.
20.413 Language in American Society (3) - Review of social,
political and philosophical perspectives on the historical
development and current status of English and othAmerican society. Prerequisite: 60 se-
er languages in
mester hours.
20.431 American Romanticism (1820-1865) (3) - An advanced course in the significant literary and cultural
movements and
writers of the period 1820-1865. Spe-
emphasis given to the works of Irving, Cooper,
Emerson, Hawthorne, Poe, Thoreau, Melville, Douglass,
Whitman and Dickinson. Prerequisite: 45 semester
cial
hours, including 20.203.
20.432 American Realism (1865-1914) (3) - Study of American literature between the Civil War and 1914. Content
ton,
but
will
include Twain, Howells, James, Wlrar-
Crane and
Dreiser. Prerequisite: 45 semester hours,
varies,
including 20.203.
history
and production with practice in preparing speand planning scholarly projects.
cialized bibliographies
vocabulary.
Modern
tional literary criticism
Prerequisite: 60 semester hours.
(3) - Study of major rhetorical
and range of rhetorical designs; identification of these language devices in drama, prose and
poetry; and discussion of their effects on the reading
20.494 Rhetoric of Literature
devices, the nature
audience. Prerequisite: 60 semester hours.
20.495 Independent Study in English (3-6)
-
Prerequisite:
60 semester hours.
20.496 Literary Study Abroad (3) - A travel-study course for
English majors and non-majors, concentrating on a
writer or literary problem in the perspective of die relevant disciplines. Includes meetings with writers and
and the use of on-site resources. Area of em-
scholars
phasis determined by die instructor.
20.497 English Internship (1-12) - A work-study program.
Open to English majors; others by departmental consent. Prerequisite: 60 semester hours completed.
COM
(25)
Communication Studies
Administered by Department of Coniiuunication Studies and
Theatre Arts
25.103 Public Speaking
(3)
-
Introduces students to
tlie es-
92- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog
2002-2003 Advisers Edition
communication and techniques
and provides practical experience wherethese principles and techniques may be applied.
one of
sentials of effective oral
viewing. Prerequisites: 25.103 or 25.104; at least
for acquiring
25.205, 25.210, 25.215 or permission of the instructor.
in
it
25.104 Interpersonal Communication (3) - Introduces students to the process of interpersonal communication.
Students explore the role of conversations and relationships to
and
enhance
their participating in daily interactions
their critical awareness of the process.
25.309 Gender Issues in Communication
(3)
-
Presents a
broad range of theories concerning the nature of differences in communication behavior between the sexes and the presumed origins of such differences. Examines communication theories about relationships be-
and other intimate associaand in society at large. Primary
on contemporary U.S. society, but some histor-
t\veen the se.xes in families
tions, in business roles
25.108 Forensic Practicum{0-1)
-
Participation in forensics:
debate or individual speaking events. Grades are award-
ed each semester. May be repeated for maximum of 3
semester hours of credit. First semester register for
25.108.01. Second semester register for 25.108.02. Participation for two semesters for one semester hour of
credit.
25.205 Understanding Social Influence (3) - Highlights
major trends in the study and practice of influence-seeking communication from the ancient Greek sophists to
the contemporaries
and the post modern.
25.206 Oral Interpretation of Literature (3) - Provides practice in skills necessary for conveying intellectual and
emotional meanings in poetry and prose read to an au-
focus
ical
be explored. Preone of 25.205,
25.210, 25.215 or permission of the instructor.
25.313 Communication and Conflict (3) -Analyzes the role
of communication in the generation, process and man-
agement of destructive and constructive conflict on interpersonal, small group organizational and societal levels. Prerequisites: 25.103 or 25.104; at least one of
25.205, 25.210, 25.215 or permission of the instructor.
25.315 Persuasion (3) - Examines the way people use symbols to influence other people. Provides practice in presenting and evaluating persuasive messages. Prerequi-
25.103 or 25.104; at least one of 25.205, 25.210,
25.215 or permission of the instructor.
25.207 Investigating Communication (3) - Introduces students to topics that communication scholars study, research questions that are typically posed, planning and
design of studies, various methodologies, analysis of results
cross-cultural contrasts will
requisites: 25.103 or 25.104; at least
sites:
dience.
is
and
and how
to report these results in a
meaningful
25.321 Argumentation (3) - Examines basic principles of
argument and evidence. Provides practice through presentation and refutation of arguments in debates
one of 25.205, 25.210, 25.215 or permission of the
least
manner.
on
controversial issues. Prerequisites: 25.103 or 25.104; at
instructor.
25.210 Organizational Communication
theoretical
and the
(3)
practical aspects of
-
Explores the
how communi-
cation patterns develop in organizations
and what
sive
(3) - Provides an intenexamination of the philosophy, theory and prac-
tice
of rhetorical criticism
ef-
have on various organizational processes and outcomes.
fect these patterns
25.215 Communication Theory (3) - SurA'eys the dominant
theories of interpersonal relationship management,
both general theories and those specific
25.406 Evaluating Communication
to particular
interests.
-
the analysis, interpretation
and evaluation of communication designed to influence
human thought and/or action. Prerequisites: 25.103 or
25.104; at least one of 25.205, 25.210, 25.215 or permission of the instructor.
25.407 Interviewing (3)
-
Students explore the interview as
communication event, with its own rules, procedures and strategies. Acquaints students vrith a varia specific
- Presents a survey of and practice in
and patterns of public discussion and study of informal discussion characteristics and application.
25.218 Discussion (3)
types
.
25.220 Intercultural Communication (3) - Explores communicating in cultural contexts and general principles for
communication across cultures with the goal of becoming competent communicators. Approved for diversity
requirement.
-
used in the
Commimi-
how computers are
field of communication. Students learn how
Introduces students to
and present effective electronic presentations,
the theory and procedures of desktop publishing and
to design
how to use the Internet.
at least
Prerequisites: 25.103 or 25.104;
one of 25.205, 25.210, 25.215 or permission of
the instructor.
25.307 Communication for Business Professionals
ies
business
such as selection, perfor-
appraisal, informational, helping, sales
and
health care, by blending current theory and research
with practical skills and applications. Students prepare
and conduct interviews and receive feedback on oral
and written performances. Prerequisites: 25.103 or
25.104; at least one of 25.205, 25.210, 25.215 or permis-
25.413
Community Leadership
nication
skills
that leaders
(3)
(3)
-
Stud-
-
need
Identifies the
commu-
to influence the infor-
mation environment and the collective action of organizational members. Special attention is given to the
flexibility
verse
necessary for functional leadership in a diby developing communication skills, stu-
societ)?.
dents are
empowered
to accept leadership positions in
personal, business, community,
and professional communication, salesmanskills and methods), conference and inter-
ship (selling
mance
sion of the instructor.
25.306 Computer Applications for Professional
cators (3)
ety of interviewing contexts,
government and media
contexts. Prerequisites: 25.103 or 25.104; at least one
of 25.205, 25.210, 25.215 or permission of the instructor.
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
(3) - Develops and aptmedia perspective for criticism. Examines the
ways in which the structural and formatting tendencies
of communication technologies privilege different perceptual modes, behaviors and lifestyles. Students explore and examine the ways in which each medium of
communication structures and formats experiences and
25.417 Evaluating Media Influence
plies a
understandings. Prerequisites: 25.103 or 25.104; at least
one of 25.205, 25.210, 25.215 or permission of die in-
er in small
-
93
group contexts. Prerequisites: 25.103 or
one of 25.205, 25.210, 25.215 or permis-
25.104; at least
sion of the instructor.
25.470 Independent Study (1-3)
work and study
in
-
Provides for individual
one of the areas of rhetoric and com-
munication. Student finds a facult}' sponsor, prepares a
vmtten proposal that requires departmental recommendation and the dean's approval, arranged through the
chairperson. See section on Independent Study.
structor.
25.419 Communication in the Family (3) - by promoting
awareness of family communication issues and practices and providing training in relationship enhancement,
the course offers students the knowledge and
essary to build, adjust
skills
nec-
and maintain more functional
family interaction processes. Considers the
communi-
cation processes within the family as well as the extent
25.492 / 25.493 / 25.495 Advanced Studies in Communication (3) Investigates significant aspects of communica-
cultural
and include nonand
foundations of the information society. Con-
sult the
schedule booklet or the
tion studies. Topics vary by semester
verbal communication, political communication
least
to
which they influence or are influenced by larger
cial systems.
one of 25.205, 25.210, 25.215 or permission of the
so-
Special attention given to the diversity of
family experience. Prerequisites: 25.103 or 25.104; at
least
one of 25.205, 25.210, 25.215 or permission of the
instructor.
25.494 Advanced Studies in Communication: Diversity Focus (3)
-
Investigates significant aspects of
tions studies. Topics are
instructor.
25.423 Communication Training in Organizations (3) - Advanced presentation skills for students exploring career
opportunities as communication trainers in an organization or as independent training consultants. Includes
information about such topics as needs assessment and
task analysis, theories of adult learning, systems for developing instructional objectives, preparation and pre-
and evaluation of out25.103 or 25.104; at least one of
sentation of workshop sessions
comes. Prerequisites:
25.205, 25.210, 25.215 or permission of the instructor.
25.424 Corporate Communication (3) - Advanced writing
skills for students exploring career opportunities as a
publicist or corporate writer in
an organization or
as
listed instructor for
further information. Prerequisites: 25.103 or 25.104; at
an
independent communication consultant. Includes information about organizational planning, audience
approved
communica-
as diversity courses.
Consult the schedule booklet or the
listed instructor
for further information. Prerequisites: 25.103 or 25.104;
at least
one of 25.205, 25.210, 25.215 or permission of
the instructor.
25.497 Internship in Communication (3-12) -Integrates
room experience
class-
with practical work experience in in-
or government work settings. Students
academic integrity of their proposed experience and its relevance to coursework in the major.
Contact departmental internship coordinator to obtain
detailed information and forms.
dustrial, business
must
establish
25.585 Special Topics in Communication (3) - Specialized
study by the class. Subjects vary by semester.
25.586 Special Topics in Communication (3)
and writing standards,
and quantitative research, design and layout
of publications and use of computers in publication and
25.587 Special Topics in Communication (3)
presentation. Prerequisites: 25.103
25.597 Internship in Communication - Graduate (3) - Integrates classroom experience with practical work expe-
analysis, professional guidelines
qualitative
or 25.104; at least
one of 25.205, 25.210, 25.215 or permission of die
in-
structor.
25.425 Communication in Relationships (3) -Acquaints students with the theories and methods used to examine
the processes of
commimication
in interpersonal rela-
tionships. Students rcNnew general principles of
human
communication, address communication skills considered important for effective communication in relationships, analyze communication behavior in the formation, maintenance and dissolution of interpersonal relationships, explore interpersonal commimication die-
25.590 Master's Research Paper
rience in industrial, business or government work setting. Students must achieve academic integrity' of their
proposed experience and its relevance to course work
in the major. Contact departmental internship coordinator to obtain detailed information and forms.
THE
(26) Theatre Arts
Administered by DeparUuent of Communication Studies and
Theatre Arts
ory in specific settings and discuss several philosophical orientations to interpersonal
communication. Pre-
requisites: 25.103 or 25.104; at least
one of 25.205,
25.210, 25.215 or permission of the instructor.
26.101 Career Seminar:
required to become a productive participant and lead-
A Theatie
Life in
Bloom
(2)
sents an introduction tothe theater professions
-
Pre-
and
to
general theater practice. Indixidual goal-setting for participation in the
25.426 Leadership and Team Biulding (3) - An intensive
survey of theor) and research pertaining to working in
small groups. Includes a focus on practical knowledge
(3)
major and
in the profession.
Required
for theater majors.
26.102 Introduction to Theatre Arts (3) - Present-s a sur\'ey
of tiie literature, production and criticism of tlie theater.
Required for theater majors.
r
94- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
ing or technical work. Grade awarded each semester.
nation of structure, production practices, plays and the
theater's funciton in societies from the Renaissance to
semester hour of
of 3 semester
jors as well as a course for others interested in the art
26.108 Theatre Practicum (0-1)
-
Participation in plays: act-
Participation for two semesters for
credit.
May be repeated
for
1
maximum
mid 19th
century. Required course for theater
form of the theater and
hours.
26.112 Fundamentals of Acting (3) - Introduces the theories and techniques of acting. Provides for individual
and group
Movement
(3)
-Second
-
history. Prerequisite: 26.215.
Studies dramatic structure, types
and styles of drama. Students are required
and vocal interpetarion of text.
Makeup (3) - Studio course covering aspects of
maekup from basic modeling with paint to creat-
26.370 Stage
stage
understanding plays. Provides the basis for
and for an aesthetic appreciation of
theater through development of the critical skills of
script analysis expressed in both written and oral form.
ing knowledge of the design and application of make-
up
for the stage. For theater majors
ed students.
Prereqviisite:
26.209 Theatre Appreciation (3) - Presents a survey of all
aspects of theater: acting, criticism, design, directing,
and production.
crewing of a show. Laboratory work required.
26.215 Theatre History
I
(Spring) (3)
-
Surveys structures,
production practices, plays and the theater's function
in societies from ritual beginnings through the 19th
26.377 Costuming for the Stage (3) - The study and application of costume design for the theater including meth-
and
ods, tools, materials
26.401 Career Seminar:
tion for the
A
visual concepts.
Life in the Theatre (2)
move from
26.219 Children's Theatre (3) - A survey of history, theory
and production of theater for young audiences.
26.270 Fundamentals of Theatre Design (3) - An introduction to the elements and design for theatrical producincluding scenery, costumes, make-up, lighting and
First in a series
of courses designed for training
in design technology for theater.
For theater majors and
other interested students.
26.277 Costume Construction (3) - Introductory studio
course in the tools and techniques of producing costumes for the stage. Provides a basic working knowledge
of the construction of costumes. For theater majors and
other interested students.
26.311 Screen Design (3) - An introduction to basic movements and the methods, approaches, tools, materials
visual concepts of scene design.
26.312 Intermediate Acting (3) - Explores the relationship
between the personalized actor, his/her ensemble of
fellow artists
and the
script. Prerequisite:
26.314 Theory of Stage Lighting and Design
26.112
(3)
-
Provides
and design of lighting of a
production supplemented by applied work on producfor intensive study of theory
Management
(3)
-
Prepares
professional goals to the theater. Required for theater
majors. Prerequisite: 26.101, senior standing, permission of the instructor.
26.411 Play Directing (3) -An overviewof the principles and
techniques of directing and the collaborative process
with an introduction to script analysis
management of a
theater company.
II (3)
-
for con-
One
Prerequisites: 26.112 or 26.270
and one other design
course in theater.
or performance course.
26.416
Modern Theatre
history
(3)
-
Continues the study of theater
from 19th century through the theater of today.
Prerequisite: 26.215 or consent of instructor.
26.412 Advanced Acting (3) - Character analysis based on
scriptwork. Students begin to focus on particular areas
of development. Prerequisites 26.112, 26.312
26.470 Independent Study (1-3) - Provides for individual
work and study in one of the areas of theater. Student
finds faculty sponsor and prepares a vmtten proposal,
which requires departmental recommendation and
dean's approval, arranged through the chairperson. See
Independent Study.
26.490 Seminar: Theatre (3) - Provides for a concentrated
study of an individual artist, a period or a movement in
theater. Offered on demand. Prerequisite: 9 semester
hours in theater or consent of the instructor.
26.491 Seminar in Technical Theatre and Design (3) - Provides opportunities for advanced studies and application of special topics as selected by the instructor. Examples might include advanced studies in lighting, cos-
tume or scene design or technical theater management.
and one other design or technical course and permission of the instructor.
26.492 Seminar in Performance Studies (3)
Provides an intensive exami-
-
Provides op-
portunities for advance studies
cial topics as
26.325 Theatre History
needed
cept development. Prerequisite:
stu-
dents for professionalism in production of plays and
the
Pepara-
Prerequisites: 26.270
Laboratory hours required.
26.321 Theatre and Stage
-
college to the professional the-
century.
tions.
interest-
ater environment. Portfolio presentation. Evaluation of
26.211 Theatre Production/Stagecraft (3) - Studies basic
stagecraft: scene construction, painting, drafting and
and
and other
26.270
to
theatrical criticism
sound.
One writ-
ing complex characterizations. Provides a basic work-
26.202 Understanding Plays: Script Analysis (3) - An introduction to the tools and methods used to develop an
tion,
to write scripts
in a series of cours-
designed for performance training. Explores theconcepts of kinesthetic awareness, proper use of the voice
approach
(3)
ma-
ing course or consent of the instructor.
es
for the state
26.340 Scriptwriting
its
for stage, film, radio or television. Prerequisite:
exercises.
26.200 Voice and
history
the
and application of speselected by the instructor. Examples might
include advanced studies in audition techniques, act-
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
ing styles or performance theory. Prerequisites: 26.112,
26.312 and permission of the instructor.
MSC
(27)
criminal
free
trial,
instructor subject
concurrence of the departmental chairperson.
27.110 Mass Communications and the Popular Arts (3) - A
comprehensive overview of mass communicadons and
on society and culture. Covers magmotion pictures, radio, television,
advertising, ethical codes and media
their relative impacts
azines, newspapers,
public relations,
regulations.
27.190 History of Film (Spring) (3) - An overview of the
history and growth of the motion picture. Studies film
genres, historical figures, technicians
Surveys legal restraints that influ-
libel, sedition,
and performers.
Students must view approximately 15 films during the
course in laboratory showings.
27.230 Newswriting (3) - Outlines the "theory" and techniques of news reporting; the historical development
defamation, privacy, copyright,
freedom of information,
free press-
unique broadcast policies, advertising and an-
problems.
titrust
to the
-
obscenity, shield law,
Administered by Department of Mass Communications
may be waived by an
(3)
95
ence the nature and content of mass media messages
and business practices. Covers historical developments,
Mass Communications
Note: Prerequisites
Law
27.310 Media
-
27.315 Social Foundations of Mass Communications (3) An interdisciplinary study of the historical, philosophi-
economic and legal foundations of American mass media as a base for study of contemporary
mass media. Examines media from the perspective of
journalists, owners, audience and government.
cal, social,
27.334 Editing
-
(3)
Designed
to
improve writing for news-
and brochures. Indicates
most used; emphasizes good,
papers, magazines
particular
types of styles
tight
copy
news stories; offers practice in headline writing and
some elementary layout and design including photo
editing. Suggests some defenses to possible defamation
and libel problems for copy editors. Prerequisite: 27.230.
in
27.340 Feature Writing
(3)
-
Outlines basic requirements
for feature-type articles for newspapers
and magazines.
and principles and the organizational patterns of news stories and gathering of news.
An elementary outline of defamation and libel is included. Student should be able to type 30 to 40 words per
minute before enrolling in this course.
Studies various techniques used to gather information
27.241 Mediagraphics (3) - Computer-generated design and
layout problems and applications for printed and visu-
27.352 Publicity and Public Relations (3) - Comprehensive
study of various publicit)' techniques used in public re-
of reporting,
al
its
practices
and magazine pages
material including newspaper
as well as advertising layouts
for video
and
and
visual presentations
and organizational implement.
communication process, publicity,
community relations and public affairs practice.
relations as a social
Looks
briefly at the
27.261 Principles of Advertising (3) - Introduces students to
the basic objectives and procedures of advertising in a
modern economy. Examines
the variety of components
and methods used to achieve specific objectives in advertising campaigns and the type of instruments used
27.271 Media Operations (3) - Concentrates on the knowledge and physical use of technical requirements that
operate the growing range of equipment needed to pro-
duce contemporary radio,
television
and video pro-
grams.
Cinema Appreciation
(Fall) (3)
to
develop a range of feature
work
-
Examines
film form,
theory and criticism to bring about a better understanding and greater appreciation of the motion picture.
Enhances the visual appreciation required
media. Approximately 15 films viewed.
in
modern
as well as the study
lished articles
lations efforts of business,
other departments on campus having similar needs
evant to mass communications.
rel-
Includes prac-
strategies. Prerequisite:
government and nonprofit
organizations. Students prepare press releases, public
announcements, speeches,
slide
programs or
other appropriate communication vehicles. Prerequisite:
27.251.
27.360 Mass Media Processes and Effects (3) Locates specific issues in mass media exposure, identifying various
ways in which individuals and the whole body of society
depend on information provided by the mass media.
Prerequisite: junior standing.
27.366 Design in Advertising
layout
and design
(3)
-
Principles of advertising
and broadcasting. Includes
layoiu, typography and paste-
in print
hands-on experience in
in addition to theory. Prerequisite: 27.261
27.367 Television Acting and Directing
tion in acting
and directing
(3)
-
Provides insuoic-
for television. Includes lab-
oratory hours. Prerequisite: 27.271.
27.371 Broadcastjournalism (3) -Studies technical elements
of broadcast writing, script formats and nondramauc
and announce news, commercials and other broadcast material. Prerequisite: 27.271 and 27.230.
material; provides opportimities to study, wTite
27.375 Broadcast Programming and
Management
(3)
-
Stud-
and radio management and programming;
examines each niediimi as a business and the elements
of success or failure. Studies some basic economics of
media and methods of handling this material as well as
codes, laws and conimunitv interests. Prerequisite: Junies television
27.297 Mass Communications Practicum (3) - Requires participation in film, television, radio or print productions
in any of the sequences offered in the department or
and marketing
articles.
and discussion of pub-
27.230.
up
for advertising.
27.275
tical
service
television material.
27.251 PR: Theory and Practice (3) -An introduction to the
development, principles, theories and practice of public
and
ior standing.
96- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
27.390 Film and Video Production
(3)
-
Reviews the basic
processes of filmmaking in an introductory but com-
prehensive manner. Concentrates on making short
si-
and requires laboratory hours and field work
by arrangement. Students prowde their own film stock
for shooting and pay film processing costs. Prerequilent films
27.271.
site:
27.420 Audience Analysis (3) - Explores the theoretical distinction between the social world of actual audiences
and the
discursive constructs of mass
media audiences.
Charts the development of an ethnographic understanding of mass media audiences that focuses on the diverse,
and unpredictable in everyday life. Stressand construction of various research methods on mass media audiences. Prerequisites: junior
the particular
es design
standing.
communications majors undertake specific instruction
on the technical aspects of their major. Topics may
change from semester to semester and students may be
required to work on specific projects, such as telethons
or television news, as part of their workshop programs.
Workshops may be repeated provided topics change.
Instructor's and department chairperson's approvals
required.
27.482 Mass Communications Seminar (3)
27.485
RTF Authorship Theoiy and
the construction of
27.435 Journalism Seminar: Special Topics (3) - Studies a
variety of ethical and practical problems in journalism.
may
Topics
vary each semester.
different topics to a
maximum
May be repeated
with
of three seminars with
approvals of adviser and chairperson. Prerequisite:
27.230.
27.440 Public Affairs Reporting (4) - An advanced reporting course on the role of public affairs in news reporting in mass media. Concentrates
on
ernmental "beats" most susceptible
Students learn basic
to
a
number of
gov-
news generation.
abilities consistent
with entry-level
professional reporting requirements in public affairs
coverage, including courts, police
and government.
Pre-
requisite: 27.340.
duction including manuscript selection and editing,
advertising, design, production, circulation, promotion
and various business operations. Study of the nature of
magazines as part of a mass communications system.
Each semester students produce a community/regional consumer magazine. Prerequisites: 27.334, 27.340 or
consent of the instructor.
27.455 Public Relations Cases and Problems (3) - A study of
the use of publicity as a particular element of public
practical
Examines
specific publicity cases
and requires
hands-on production of written material. Pre-
requisite: 27.352.
27.466 Advertising Media and Campaigns
(3)
-
Study of the
use of advertising media, methods of selection and the
skills
and background required
traffic
for
media buying and
planning. Basic principles and applications of
and campaign planning, preparaand presentation are taught in a problem-solving
advertising research
tion
format. Prerequisite: 27.366.
27.478 Independent Study (1-3) - Provides for individual
work and study in an area of mass communications concentration. Students find a faculty sponsor/ adviser and
prepare a written proposal, which must have departmental approval and approval of the dean. College of Arts
and
A seminar
pro-
Practice (3)
-
A study of
documentary and dramatic materi-
terms of telecommunications/film semiotics with
an overall survey of production and business problems.
A project course designed primarily for film, television
and radio majors moving into mass communications
production seminars. Prerequisite: 27.271.
al in
27.497 Mass Communications Internship (3-9) - Open to
junior and senior majors with a GPA of 2.75 in the major, although consideration will be given for other prac-
experience students may have. May include on-campus or off-campus study of a particular project arranged
by the student, adviser and department chairperson.
tical
Interns are expected to have completed several of their
basic specialist courses prior to applying for internships.
must be submitted in writing at least a month
before the project is expected to begin and must be
approved by the student's adviser and department chairperson. Course may be repeated within catalog regulaProjects
27.446 Magazine Editing and Production (4) -Acquaints students with principles and techniques of magazine pro-
relations.
-
gram that studies ethical and social problems resulting
from the pervasiveness of new technologies. Topics may
change from semester to semester Students may repeat
seminars, subject to a change in topic and with the approvals of the instructor and department chairperson.
for internships. Special arrangements
summer
27.480 Telecommunications Production Workshop: Special
tele-
must be made for
internships.
27.511 Television Production and Design (3) - Focuses on
tile practical aspects of planning and producing video
tapes for specific instructional purposes. Covers pre-
production planning, production
production editing.
PHL
(28)
activities,
and
post-
Philosophy
Administered by Department of Philosophy
28.1 10 Critical
how
Thinking
- Designed for students to learn
Emphasis is on the construction
(3)
to think critically.
and evaluation of arguments. Sun'eys several forms of
argument including inductive, deductive, analogical and
legal reasoning.
28.111 Introduction to Philosophy (3) - Presents reflective
inquiry into selected problems of general philosophic
interest. Considers the types of knowledge, individual
and
Sciences.
Topics (3) -A practical workshop program in which
become a compulsory part of the
mass communications program. Credit is based on 3
semester hours for each 10 hours of work undertaken
per week per semester. Limit is 9 total semester hours
tions. Internships will
social values, the nature of reality
and the
exist-
ence of God.
28.270 Logic (3)
-
The
study of formal deductive reasoning.
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
course covers the nature of argument, Aristotelian term
logic, stentential logic, predicate logic
and
quantifica-
las.
and proof theory. Students constiTict formal proofs
from natural language into logical formuStudents must have completed 24 credit hours in
any
field or
tion
and
translate
-
97
Examines the theoretical background of the law and
legal systems. Encourages students to develop their o^vn
views about the proper use of the law. Topics include
the concepts of "law" and "legal system", limits of the
law and justification of punishment.
have permission of the instructor to take
28.406 Philosophy of Religion
this course.
(3)
-
Presents a critical analy-
of the origins and nature of faith. Emphasizes types
of religion, evidence supporting religious belief and
sis
28.290 Medical Ethics (3) - Investigates moral issues that arise
in such medical contexts as human experimentation,
death and dying, medical care and its distribution, genetic engineering and the definition of health and ill-
problems
in
and challenges
28.407 Contemporary Political Philosophy (Fall/odd-num-
bered years)
ness.
-
(3)
Studies the nature of the
just state, the limits
28.292 Contemporary Moral Problems (3) - Investigates some
of the major contemporary (and perennial) moral problems: abortion
and
and the
control; crime
its
to laws; discrimination
pornography
punishment; obedience
to religion.
and powers of the
good and
state. Investigates
competing theories of neo-Aristotelianism, utilitarianMarxism and an-
ism, contractarianism, libertarianism,
rights of the fetus;
archism. Addresses questions concerning the obligations
and
of an individual citizen to the
its
state.
based on race and sex; decision-
making procedures; social justice; drugs, suicide and
euthanasia; freedom and its limits.
28.408 Feminist Philosophy
(3)
-
Explores the major trends
in feminist philosophy including liberal, Marxist, social-
radical and psychoanalytic approaches. Explores
such questions as whether women's experience differs
from men's and the extent to which male domination
informs woman's experience. Considers recent feminist
attempts to articulate an emancipating standpoint.
ist,
28.295 Business Ethics (Spring) (3) - Review of moral canons in relation to business practice. Moral concepts are
applied in analyzing situations. Utilitarianism, Kantian-
ism and contemporary Egalitarianism are introduced
making. General principles and con-
as aids in decision
crete cases considered.
28.418 Contemporary Philosophy of the Mind (Fall/evennumbered years) (3) - Explores the philosophical foun-
on such
dations of the interdisciplinary field of cognitive science.
branch of knowledge, egoism vs.
altruism and role of intentions and consequences in
moral judgments. Reviews theories such as relativism,
Topics discussed include contemporary scientific solu-
28.297 Ethics
-
(3)
Studies ethical theory focusing
issues as ethics as a
utilitarianism
"rights"
and
and Kantianism.
Investigates concepts of
explanations in psychology.
tive
28.419 Theory of Knowledge (Spring/odd-numbered years)
philosophical writings in light of pre-Socratic spec-
ulation
mind-body problem, the possibility of artiand the nature and success of cogni-
intelligence
"justice.".
28.321 Plato and Aristotle (Fall) (3) - Studies the origins of
Western philosophy in ancient Greece. Examines Plato's
tions to the
ficial
on one hand and
in terms of Aristotle's criti-
(3) - Inquires into the problem of knowledge,
and skepticism. Reviews theory of perception;
concepts of meaning and truth.
certaint\'
discusses
(3) - Introduces the main themes and
contemporary metaphysics. Issues explored
include why there is something rather than nothing?
Are there properties, numbers, propositions and sets?
'What are holes, surfaces and boimdaries? Can an object change its parts and remain the same? Prerequisite: any philosophy course other than 28.110, 28.212
28.420 Metaphysics
cisms and developments on the other.
literature in
28.324 Descartes to Kant (Spring) (3) - Examines the writings of the 1 7th and 18th century philosophers: Descartes,
ers.
Hobbes, Locke, Berkeley, Hume, Kant and oth-
Topics include: the nature of
reality,
the sources
and limits of knowledge, the relation between mind and
body and the possibility of a rational basis for religious
or 28.213 or permission of the instructor.
belief.
28.470 Independent Study in Philosophy (3-6)
28.328 Existentialism (Spring/ even-numbered years) (3) Studies the writings of philosophers and theologians
such as Kierkegaard, Nietzsche, Husserl, Sartre and Tillich. Major themes include human subjectivity, human
freedom, alienation and meaning.
28.329 20th Century Philosophy (Fall/odd-numbered years)
(3) - Examines 20th century philosophical movements.
Emphasizes the relation between language and philosophy, particularly views about truth, free will, the nature of morality and religion and the nature of mind.
28.404 Philosophy of the Social Sciences (3)
-
philosophical problems in the social sciences including
explanation, the nature of laws
and the nature of social
facts.
problem
under the guidance of the staff. Emphasizes independent research on topics selected by the student and die
faculty member. Course may be taken twice. Prerequisite: 6 semester hours of philosophy. See section on Independent Study.
28.471 Seminar (3)
-
Studies selected problems in philoso-
phy.
ART
(30) Art
Administered by Department of Art
- Examines major works of
and architecture and the cultural forces that shaped
them from ancient times to the present, from a global
30.101 Introduction to Art (3)
art
Law (Fall/even-numbered
Provides for
Examines
objecti\it)', classification,
28.405 Philosophy of
-
individual study of a particular philosophical
years) (3)
-
98- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog
2002-2003 Advisers Edition
tions by and of women, and the means by which images
framed attitudes about femininity.
perspective.
30.205 Children's Art (3) - Provides encounters with the art
of children and ways to promote attitudes of discovery
and invention, with emphasis on growth of expression.
30.385 Philosophy and Psychology of Art (3) - Studies major
philosophical points of view governing an understanding and criticism of the
arts,
past
and present.
ticed in
American schools with an emphasis on eventu-
application.
A
research paper or research project
is
required.
30.591 Advanced Visual Arts for Exceptional Children (3) Stresses importance of art activity as a means of enrich-
ing and stimulating special children's awareness of themselves
and
their world.
Emphasis
is
placed on those pos-
aspects for creative activity which the
itive
handicapped
child possesses.
30.595 Master's Thesis (3-6)
ARH
age and theory.
to the history
during the period termed "The Renaisin painting, manuscript
illumination, sculpture, printmaking and architecture
in France, the Netherlands and Germany and explores
the social and cultural factors that shaped the arts of
c.
Studies the history of
31 .373
Romanesque and Gothic Art
and including the Late Gothic.
31.236 Art from the Renaissance Through Impressionism
Studies the history of the visual arts beginning with
up
and including French
to
painting of the 19th century.
31.324 History of Photography (3) - Surveys the history of
photography from its invention in 1839 to the present.
Includes developinent of photography as a
medium
of
asethetic expression, technical evolution of photogra-
phy and photography's impact on both culture and
so-
ciety.
31.345 Art History of the Near East (3) - Studies the history
of the visual arts of the Islamic and the Mesopotamian
worlds.
Italy,
31.355 History of Modern Art (3) - Examines movements in
art from mid-19th century France to the contemporary
States.
Women,
Art and Society (3)
-
Introduces students to
women and the production
and reception of the visual arts in Europe and America
from the Middle Ages to the present. Themes include
the relationships between
the contributions of women artists to the history of art,
the social
and
cultural forces that
resulting in
(3)
-
An examination
of
reference to its physical and historic context,
through studying original works of art in Italy, on site
whenever
shaped representa-
Summer
possible.
31.395 Visual Aesthetics
relationships
(3)
-
A
only.
seminar emphasizing
and theories of aesthetics and
artis-
art criti-
cism.
Museums
31.450 Perspectives on
(3)
-Addresses the social
and cultural history of art museums from the late Middle Ages through the present. Introduces the basic purposes and responsibilities of museum - collecting, preserving and interpreting - and the duties of museum
staff. Explores museum ethics, training, exhibitions and
technology.
The Museum Exhibition (3) - Provides hands-on experience by organizing and installing an exhibition in
Haas Gallery of Art. Trains students in gallery design,
handling and assessing physical conditions for works of
31.451
art,
31.346 Art History of the Far East (3) - Studies the history of
the visual arts of India, China, Japan and Southeast Asia.
31.360
member,
particularly the Renaissance, with spe-
writing educational materials, providing public func-
tions such as tours
United
faculty
The Art and Culture of Italy
the art of
tic
the Italian Renaissance
Introduces students
-
northern Europe from
c. 1050 to c. 1400 during the periods termed "Romanesque" and "Gothic." Examines major trends in
painting, architecture, sculpture, drawing, manuscript
illumination, metal and ivory work, stained glass and
cial
31.235 Ancient and Medieval Art (3) - Studies the history of
the visual arts on the European continent from the pre-
-
(3)
to the history of the wsual arts in
a publishable paper.
including examples of both East and West.
(3)
Examines major trends
the period.
31.390
to
to 1575,
vi-
31.225 History of Architecture (3) - Presents a study-survey
of great architectural works of the past and the present
up
1375
sance."
under the supervision of a
-
Introduces students
-
(3)
of the visual arts in Northern Europe from
31.375 Independent Study in Art History (3) - Research and
scholarship on a selected, approved topic in art history
Administered by Department of Art
historic era
,
tapestry and explores the social and cultural factors that
shaped the arts of these periods.
(31) Art History
31.215 American Art History (3)
sual arts in America.
with a view toward historical and social context, patron-
31.366 Northern Renaissance Art
30.590 Current Theories of Art and Art Education (3) - Focuses on current theories of art and art education pracal
31.365 Italian Renaissance Art (3) -Addresses the painting,
sculpture and architecture of the Renaissance in Italy
in other
and
critically
evaluating installations
museums.
31.460 Research and Writing in Ait History (3) - Sharpens
research and writing skills for students by preparing an
art history research
paper that
and length,
on primary
reliant
is
substantial in content
and textural maconsistent with current art historical methodologies, and professionally crafted and presented. Oral
visual
terial,
presentations address research problems
and
their pos-
sible solutions.
31.560 Readings and Research in Contemporary Art History (3) - Detailed study of contemporary movements in
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
art
from the late 19th century to the present with readand research for advanced students.
ings
31.565 Readings and Research in American Art History (3)
- Advanced study of the history of visual art in America.
31.570 Readings and Research in European Art History (3)
- Research focuses on specific topics relating to visual
arts in
Europe.
31.575 Readings and Research in Oriental Art History (3) Advanced survey of Oriental Art in the broadest sense
art, and architecture of the ancient
Japan, China, and India. Exposes advanced
students to basic problems in chronology, style, and research methodology.
of the word, the
Near
East,
31.580 Readings and Research in Architectural Art History
Advanced survey of the evolution of architecture
in the Western World from the Pharaonic Egyptian period through the contemporary 20th century. Typical
and outstanding examples of each period are discussed
and researched. Imperative to an understanding of the
(3)
-
an analysis of the type of
society and the rationale for the creation of such an
physical structures studied
ceramic objects.
32.202 Ceramics
Advanced study of images and
viable aesthetic
positions in the plastic arts emphasizing artistic
and
perceptual awareness and concern with environmental
involved by selecting their
own methods
of work. Prerequisite: 32.201.
32.210 Life Drawing (3)
- Examines various approaches to
drawing the figure. Students study anatomy and continue to develop technical facility with a variety of media. Contemporary and historical figurative concerns
are examined.
32.212 Drawing
II
-
(3)
Continues exploration of attitudes
and materials stressing composition and form. Includes
work from the human skeleton and linear perspective.
Prerequisite: 32.111.
32.221 Fabric Design
(Fall) (3)
I
-
Introduction to a variety
of methods, approaches, tools, materials and visual concepts in designing with fibers.
32.222 Fabric Design
II (Fall)
(3)
-
Continuation of 32.221
with limited areas of concentration selected by each student. Professional methods, approaches
and
attitudes
discussed. Prerequisite: 32.221.
I
31.595 Directed Study in Art History (3-6) -Advanced study
of a topic in the area of art history. Intensive review of
the scholarly literature in the
field.
A paper is
required
faculty adviser.
(3)
-
Introduction to the methods, materi-
and concepts of painting. Provides exploration of
and increased sensitivity to one's environment through
als
color. Prerequisite: 32.111
32.232 Painting
II
ment of the
relationships.
under the direction of a
-Affords students the opportunity to
II (3)
become more
32.231 Painting
31.592 Readings and Research in Advanced Visual Aesthet-
firing
99
is
architecture.
ics (3)
and
-
Devotes attention to the developskill inherent in the formation of
-
(3)
technical
images. Includes the study of the landscape as a con-
cept in painting. Prerequisite: 32.231.
32.241 Sculpture
I
-
(3)
Explores three-dimensional
artistic
expression with an emphasis on introducing students
to basic sculptural materials.
ARS
(32) Art Studio
32.242 Sculpture
11 (3) -
Promotes continued development
and processes; strives for unique
in the use of materials
Administered by Department of Art
Level
I
courses are
open
to all students.
I (3) - Examines various approaches toward
drawing and explores the use of a variety of drawing
materials. Studio practice and class critiques address
each person's power of observation, craftsmanship, self-
32.111 Drawing
expression and growth.
ganization of visual elements and color, with emphasis
on three-dimensional design.
32.152 Two-Dimensional Design (3) -An introduction to the
basic elements and principles of design such as the organization of visual elements and color, with an empha-
on two-dimensional design.
Computer Art Graphics
-An introductory course
exploring the potential of the computer as a tool to
create fine art. Stresses images based on current computer technologies and use of software and computers
to create new kinds of images. Emphasis on using tech-
32.195
32.251 Weaving
I (Spring) (3) - Provides an introduction to
weaving including foot-powered looms and off-loom
techniques. Weaves, fibers, spinning and looms will be
part of the studio experience. Prerequisite: 32.152 or
consent of instructor.
32.252 Weaving
32.151 Three-Dimensional Design (3) - Introduction to the
basic elements and principles of design such as the or-
sis
individual expression. Prerequisite: 32.241.
II (3) -
Requires a loom-controlled sampler
plus continued experience in weaving techniques
artistic
I: Printmaking (3) - Introduction to the
methods, materials and concepts of graphic art through
exploration of basic printmaking techniques.
32.261 Graphics
32.262 Graphics II: Printmaking (3) - Emphasis on color
printmaking and color registration procedures. Pro\ ides
a concentration in serigraphy and intaglio techniques.
Prerequisite: 32.261.
(3)
nologies with a fine arts approach.
32.275 Crafts
methods,
I
(3)
-
Introduction to a varied array of
tools, materials,
techniques and
I
(3)
-
Introduces the processes of making
crafts,
artistic
con-
cepts.
32.276 Crafts
II
(3)
-
Pro\ides a continued exploration of
selected in-depth crafts processes
32.201 Ceramics
and
decision dealing with fibers. Prerequisite: 32.251.
more
and concepts on
professional basis. Prerequisite: 32.275.
a
.
100- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
32.281 Photography
Introduction to black and white
-
(3)
I
photography as a medium of visual expression. Technical emphasis on fundamental camera and exposure
controls and introduction to darkroom printing techniques. Photographic style, composition and theory discussed. Students must have a 35mm camera and provide their own film and paper.
32.282 Photography II (3) - Continues exploration of black
and white fine art photography. Emphasis on refining
exposure and printing skills. Introduces zone system metering, medium format photography and alternative
photographic processes. Students must have a camera
and provide their own film and paper. Prerequisite:
32.281.
32.283 Introductory Color Photography (3) - Introduces students to color photography as a significant medium of
communication and aesthetic expression and to the theory and processes involved in producing color photographs. Introduction to alternative color photographic
processes will also be taught. Prerequisite: 32.281
tor.
32.353 Weaving
III
(Spring) (3)
-
Provides continued expe-
rience in weaving techniques with emphasis on in-depth
production, two-dimensional or three-dimensional. Prerequisite: 32.252.
(3) - Develops an individualisweaving with emphasis on in-depth production. Prerequisite: 32.353 and permission of the in-
32.354 Weaving IV (Spring)
tic
approach
to
structor.
III: Printmaking (3) - Exploration of mixed
media printmaking metliods and concepts. Emphasizes photographic and lithographic techniques. Prereq-
32.363 Graphics
uisite:
32.262.
32.364 Graphics FV: Printmaking (3) - Exploration of experimental printmaking. Emphasis on personal expression.
and permission of the
Prerequisite: 32.363
32.383 Photography
III
-
(3)
instructor.
Requires students to develop
Provides student an opportunity to
personal photographic projects to produce during the
through the pursuit of making an art object.
semester. Emphasizes individual exploration of black
32.303 Ceramics
specialize
work toward a maturing, personal expression in sculpture. Prerequisite: 32.343 and permission of the instruc-
III (3) -
Prerequisite: 32.202.
32.304 Ceramics FV
-
(3)
Requires students to be responsi-
and showing their own wares.
32.303 and permission of the instructor.
ble for making, firing
Prerequisite:
32.313 Drawing
-
III (3)
Entails studio practice, outside as-
signments and critiques in pursuit of self-discovery and
personal expression. Each student completes an indi-
and white photographic materials and processes. Students must provide a 35 mm camera, film and paper.
Prerequisite: 32.282.
32.384 Photography IV (3) - Requires students to produce
personal photographic projects resulting in final portfolios
and an exhibition of fine
Students must provide a
Prerequisite: 32.383
vidual project. Prerequisite: 32.212.
art
photographic
35mm camera, film
and permission of the
prints.
and paper.
instructor.
32.395 Art and Culture of France (3) Provides a study-tour
of France witli specific attention to French art seen in
-
32.314 Drawing IV
Continues studio practice and out-
-
(3)
side assignments Critiques stress individuality
and deep
involvement of personal expression. Each student pursues an individual project. Prerequisite: 32.313 and permission of the instructor.
32.323 Fabric Design
III (Fall) (3)
of Fabric Design
-
Provides a continuation
with concentration in one area
II
se-
is on refining one's craft,
and professional attitude. Prerequi-
lected by the student. Focus
visual perception
site:
32.222.
32.324 Fabric Design IV
of Fabric Design III
its social and cultural environment. Features
new theme and visits to related areas each time course
is offered. Past themes include "The Age of Francis I,"
"The Art of Provence," and "The Normandy Influence.".
relation to
a
32.475 Independent Study in Studio Arts
I
(1-3)
-
Allows
individuahzed independent study in a selected studio
area.
Amount
of course credit awarded
is
determined
by the instructor on the basis of the substance and depth
of the project to be undertaken. Prerequisite: Satisfac-
(Fall) (3)
tory completion of four levels of a studio area or
witli
equivalent.
- Presents a continuation
each student functioning in a
highly independent and professional manner in one
area. Prerequisite: 32.323 and permission of the instruc-
its
32.476 Independent Study in Studio Arts II (1-3) - Extension of 32.475 Independent Study in Studio Arts I.
tor.
32.333 Painting 111(3)
rity
as a
-
Provides development toward matu-
of study and statement. Includes study of the figure
concept in painting. Prerequisite: 32.232.
32.334 Painting IV (3) - Provides advanced work planned
for individual needs. Paintings are structured from experiences based on previous development. Prerequisite:
32.333 and permission of the instructor.
32.343 Sculpture
pression and
III (3)
its
-
Focuses on the expansion of ex-
relationship to sculptural processes. Pre-
ences in practical work situations outside the regular
courses prescribed by art curriculum (e.g., museum curator, designers,
merchandising operations,
artists)
32.490 Art Gallery (3) - Provides involvement with the collection, preservation and exhibition of art work. Experience concludes with planning and hanging an exhibition in Haas Gallery of Art. Visits to museums and art
galleries familiarize students with the varied nature
and
philosophy of exhibition today.
requisite: 32.242.
32.344 Sculpture FV (3)
32.480 Internship in Art (3-6) - Provides upper-level art majors with an opportunity to acquire meaningful experi-
-
Enables advanced, independent
32.500 Advanced Ceramics
I
(3)
-
Requires students to de-
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
fine in writing their level of
knowledge and competen-
then prepare a plan of study that will allow for a
direction of work. Students are responsible for making
and firing their own work.
cy,
32.501 Advanced Ceramics
II (3)
-
Students intensify their
study of selecting a specialized problem relating to the
experiences gained in Advanced Ceramics
-101
tion procedures.
32.532 Advanced Graphics
III (3) - Focuses on personalized
forms for potential thesis statement. Students are expected to be innovative and proficient in technology of
printmaking.
32.533 Advanced Graphics IV
-
(3)
Concentration on the
I.
32.502 Advanced Ceramics
III (3) - Students continue to
pursue an advanced and refined level of study in the
discipline of creating an art object. A specialized problem relating to the experiences gained in the first two
levels facilitates continuity in learning.
32.503 Advanced Ceramics FV (3) - Focuses on professional
and philosophical attitude reflected in students' work.
Students are required to have an exhibition of their
work.
selected forms for a unified thesis statement.
32.540 Advanced Painting
Searches into purpose of
-
(3)
I
painting with specific attention to traditional methods,
i.e.,
glazing,
egg tempera, and underpainting.
32.541 Advanced Painting
II (3)
Exploration and different
-
approaches of painting for individual expression. Emphasis
on achieving
in representational painting.
32.542 Advanced Painting
III (3)
Continued development
on mural
-
into maturity of individual style - with emphasis
32.510 Advanced Dra^ving
Explores advanced drawing techniques and involvement of personal expression
I
(3)
and imagery.
32.543 Advanced Painting fV
(3)
Mature fulfillment of per-
-
sonal expression. Painting should reflect continuity of
32.511 Advanced Drawing
Emphasis on the development of individual themes and projects.
II (3)
intent
-
Focuses on personal expression and imagery for potential thesis statement -
32.512 Advanced Dravring
self-direction
painting designed into architectural space.
-
III (3) -
and style. A selection of work
and thesis.
32.550 Advanced Sculpture
(3)
I
fine in writing their level of
ical direction,
and innovation.
is
prepared for ex-
hibition
Requires students to de-
-
knowledge and philosoph-
then prepare a plan of study that allows
for a direction of work. Students are responsible for
32.513 Advanced Drawing IV (3) - Concentration and production of drawings for a unified thesis statement.
32.520 Advanced Crafts 1(3)- Advanced levels of experi-
mentation with contemporary idioms in crafts design.
Emphasis on highly professional concepts of form and
methods and on investigation and refinement of techniques as a means of realizing significant visual statements in crafts. Individualized instruction and independent planning for each student on all four levels.
the completion of
show
quality pieces.
32.551 Advanced Sculpture
II (3) - Emphasis on student
experimentation while still being concerned vnxh the
concept form. Focus on growth and development of
more
positive philosophical ideas.
32.552 Advanced Sculpture
to a
more
Students' work should
from experimentations
technique and aesthetic
-
III (3)
reflect a significant transition
definite direction in
opinion.
32.521 Advanced Crafts
II (3) - Individual concentration on
media and related techniques. Intense involvement with refined design schemes, systems, and variations that are oriented toward an increasingly more
specific
defined singular direction in
32.553 Advanced Sculpture IV
ly
Students produce high-
ty is fulfilled
by an exhibition of each student work for
crafts.
32.522 Advanced Crafts
III (3) - Highly independent and
mature involvement with advanced concepts, methods,
and processes in a specific crafts direction. Students
should begin to develop a thesis presentation which
should emerge from studio experiences, independent
research, and from a wide, highly selective exposure to
craft objects in museums, galleries, and private studios.
32.523 Advanced Crafts FV (3) - Continued involvement with
advanced concepts in crafts. Concentration on completing final works for a one-man or a one-woman show. A
phy
-
ness of their responsibility to society. This responsibili-
a
definitive position
(3)
professional pieces of art while maintaining an aware-
paper reflecting a personal philoso-
in crafts should be developed.
thesis.
32.580 Advanced Photography
I (3) - Focuses on foundaand white photography for the advanced
student. Emphasis on the technical controls of exposure and printing, research on historical and contemporary photographers and issues, and active participation in class critiques and lectures.
tions of black
32.581 Advanced Photography
nical
will
II (3)
-Students identify tech-
and conceptual problems and goals which they
pursue during the course. Written statement of
in-
and a final portfolio
lectures and critiques is re-
tentions, self-evaluation of work,
required. Attendance at
quired.
32.530 Advanced Graphics 1(3)- Advanced level exploration of tiaditional and/or experimental printmaking
methods. Emphasis on personalized imagery and technical proficiency.
32.531 Advanced Graphics
level
II (3) - Exploration of advanced
printmaking including color and color registra-
32.582 Advanced Photography
in black
-
Stresses proficiency
and white exposure and
printing. Students
III (3)
design a semester photographic project with a finished
portfolio and exhibition as final goals. C^onlinued class
participation
ed.
and development of technical skills expect-
102- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
32.583 Advanced Photography IV (3)
ment oudining
their thesis
ing the course.
A final
work
Students write a
-
state-
be carried out dur-
to
thesis, exhibition,
and
portfolio
are required.
32.595 Directed Study in Studio Art (3 or 6)
-
Continued
development of a student's involvement in a studio area
after satisfactory completion of four levels of advanced
study in that area or in a related area of relevance. Consent of the instructor and the department chairperson
are required.
MUS
35.101 Music Listening (3) - Provides an approach to music
listening through study of basic vocal and instrumental
Analysis of various masterpieces, composers
and
musical forms. Requires no previous musical experi-
Recommended first-course
in non-applied music.
35.103 Fundamental Musicianship (Spring) (3)
-
Explores
personal music understanding and development
through elementary terminology, symbols, theory, music reading, singing, playing and chording of simple
instruments and bodily movement to music. Suggested
for students with little musical background as preparation for applied study and courses 35.201, 35.210 and
35.320.
Recommended
necessary.
36.170/ 35.370 University Chamber Orchestra (0-1) - The
University Chamber Orchestra performs music appropriate to the
chamber
orchestra. Requires 2 hours per
week. Rehearses Monday evening and one 50-minute
class period. Election for wind an percussion players
requires permission of the instructor.
first-course in
apphed music.
35.203 Voice Methods (Fall) (1) - Provides group voice instruction for the beginner. Emphasizes fundamental
singing techniques and solo performance. Requires 3
hours per week. For Music and Theatre Arts majors only.
35.204 Class Piano
35.104 Jazz in America (3) - Provides an approach to jazz
listening through the study ofjazz vocal and instrumen-
from diverse origins
to the present
(2)
I
-
Provides group piano instruction
for the beginner. Emphasizes solo playing, sight-read-
ing and creative accompaniment. Requires 3 hours per
week. Limited seating.
35.205 Class Piano
(Spring) (2) - Develops independence
and accompanying. Continuation of
II
in solo playing
35.204 or students with demonstrated
abilities.
Requires
3 hours per week. Consent of instructor.
35.206 Class Strings
string skills
tal styles
may be
of the instructor. Audition
of the instructor.
Courses are offered each semester unless otherwise noted.
ence.
Re-
majors or as a single course by non-music majors. Requires 3 hours. Prerequisites: 35.103, 35.210 or consent
Administered by Department of Music
styles.
style.
quires 3 hours per week. Election requires permission
35.201 Sight Singing (Fall) (2) - Development of the musical ear through progressive training. Elected by music
Music
(35)
and other forms representing the big band
(2)
-
Provides learning of fundamental
and information related
to string instru-
ments. Requires 3 hours per week. Prerequisite: 35.103
or consent of instructor.
and be-
yond. Analysis of various masterpieces, composers, per-
formers and musical forms.
35.207 Class Brass (Fall/ even-numbered years) (2) -Provides
group brass instruction for the beginner or the brass
who wishes to double. Emphasizes fundamental
technique and elementary performance. Requires two
hours per week. Prerequisite: 35.103 or consent of inplayer
35.106/ 35.306 Maroon and Gold Band (0-1) - Performs
music of varied styles and periods. Marching band each
fall, concert band each spring. Requires 5 hours per
week each fall and 4 hours per week each spring.
35.107/ 35.307 University-Community Orchesura (0-1) Performs music appropriate to the symphony orchestra.
Requires 3 hours per week. Rehearses Monday evenings.
Election for wind and percussion players requires per-
mission of the instructor.
structor.
35.209 Percussion Methods (1) - Fundamental percussion
techniques and teaching methodology. Prerequisite: music
major or permission of the
35.210 Music Theory
I
(Fall)
(3)
instructor.
-
Studies harmony, voice
leading and written harmonization. Requires 3 hours
per week. Prerequisite: 35.103 or consent of instructor.
35.108/ 35.308 Concert Choir (0-1) - Performs choral music of varied styles and periods. Membership by audition only. Requires 4 hours per week.
35.109/ 35.309
Women's Choral Ensemble
(0-1)
-
Performs
varied styles from popular to masterworks. Requires 3
hours per week.
No
tion required.
I
II
(Spring) (3)
-
Continues Music The-
with the study of seventh chords and
common-
chord and chromatic modulations. Includes melodic
and rhythmic dictation and keyboard realization. Requires 3 hours per week. Prerequisite: 35.210.
Chamber
35.213/ 35.313 Violin (1) - Private instruction for students
with demonstrated ability or potential. One-half hour
per week. May be repeated at one semester hour each
election.
Singers (0-1)
-
Performs music of
and periods, Renais.sance to present. Open
to singers from other university vocal ensembles. Requires 3 hours per week. Membership by audition only.
many
ory
audition required.
35.110/ 35.310 Husky Singers (0-1) - Performs varied music
for men's chorus. Requires 2 hovirs per week. No audi-
35.111/ 35.311
35.211 Music Theory
styles
35.112/ 35.312 Jazz Ensemble
(0-1)
-
Performs
jazz,
swing
Consent of
instructor.
35.214/ 35.314 Viola
(1) - Private instruction for students
with demonstrated ability or potential. One-half hour
per week. May be repeated at one semester hour each
election.
Consent of
instructor.
35.215/ 35.315 Violoncello
(1) -Private instruction for stu-
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
dents with demonstrated ability or potential. One-half
hour per week. May be repeated at 1 semester hour each
election.
Consent of
35.243/ 35.343 Baritone
v«th demonstrated
(
1
)
-
Private instraction for students
ability
or potential. One-half hour
per week. May be repeated at
tion. Consent of instructor.
instructor.
35.216/ 35.316 Double Bass (1) - Private instruction for students with demonstrated ability or potential. One-half
hour per week. May be repeated at 1 semester hour each
election. Consent of instructor.
35.217/ 35.317 Organ (1) Private instruction for those who
have previously studied organ or who have strong piano backgrounds. One-half hour per week. May be repeated at 1 semester hour each election. Consent of
-103
1
semester hour each elec-
35.244/ 35.344 Tuba (1) - Private instruction for students
with demonstrated ability or potential. One-half hour
per week. May be repeated at
tion.
Consent of
1
semester hour each elec-
instructor.
-
35.251/ 35.351 Flute (1) - Private instruction for students
with demonstrated ability or potential. One-half hour
per week. May be repeated
tion.
instructor.
35.219 Basic Audio Recording (3)
-
Provides a theoretical
and practical approach to audio recording. Studies
equipment and procedures used in professional recording studios. Reserved for music majors and minors in
the audio/video recording track and/or permission of
the instructor.
35.252/ 35.352
Oboe
at
1
semester hour each elec-
instructor.
-
(1)
Private instruction for students
with demonstrated ability or potential. One-half hour
May be repeated at
Consent of instructor.
per week.
tion.
35.253/ 35.353 Clarinet
(1
) -
1
semester hour each elec-
Private instruction for students
with demonstrated ability or potential. One-half hour
35.230/ 35.330 Voice (1) - Private instruction for students
with demonstrated vocal abilities. One-half hour per
week. May be repeated at 1 semester hour each election. Prerequisite: 35.203 except music majors and declared music minors.
May be repeated at
Consent of instructor.
per week.
tion.
35.254/ 35.354 Bassoon
(
damentals of choral and instrumental conducting. It
will also begin training in the physical motion required
of the conductor. These physical attributes include beat
patterns, cueing gestures, steady tempo, accelarndo,
ritard and face as an expressive tool, for example. In
addition, the students will study foreign musical terms
(Italian, French, German), score preparation and techniques, rhythmic patterns and rehearsal techniques.
35.232 Woodwinds Methods 1(1)- Fundamental woodwind
oboe, and bassoon and methods for teach-
1
)
-
1
semester hour each elec-
Private instruction for students
with demonstrated ability or potential. One-half hour
May be repeated at
Consent of instructor.
per week.
35.231 General Conducting (1) - General conducting is designed to give students a basic understanding of the fun-
skills in flute,
Consent of
tion.
1
semester hour each elec-
35.255/ 35.355 Saxophone (1) - Private instruction for students with demonstrated ability or potential. One-half
hour per week. May be repeated at 1 semester hour each
election.
Consent of
instructor.
35.256/ 35.356 Percussion (1) - Private instruction with
snare, timpani and mallets for students with demonstrated ability or potential. One-half hour per week. May be
repeated at 1 semester hour each election. Consent of
instructor.
35.270/ 35.470 Violin for Music Majors
(2)
-
Two weekly
ing these instruments. Prerequisite: music major or per-
half-hour lessons for students electing the applied spe-
mission of the instructor.
cialization within the
35.233
Woodwinds Methods II (1) -Fundamental woodwind
clarinet and saxophone and methods for teach-
Bachelor of Arts in Music program.
semester hours each election for a
of 16 semester hours.
May be repeated
maximum
at 2
skills in
ing these instruments. Prerequisite: music major or
permission of the instructor.
35.235/ 35.335 Piano
(1)
-
Private instruction for students
with previous piano study. One-half hour per week.
be repeated
at
1
May
semester hour each election. Consent
of instructor.
Consent of
instructor.
35.241/ 35.341 Horn (1) - Private instruction for students
with demonstrated ability or potential. One-half hour
per week. May be repeated at 1 semester hour each election.
Consent of
hour lessons
(2)
-
instructor.
Music program.
semester hours each election for a
ization within the Bachelor of Arts in
May be repeated
maximum
at 2
of 16 semester hours.
(2)
-Two weekly
half-hour lessons for students electing the applied specialization within the
May be repeated
maximum
at 2
in Music program.
semester hoius each election for a
Bachelor of Arts
of 16 semester hours.
35.273/ 35.473 Double Bass for Music Majors (2) - Two weekly half-hour lessons for students electing the applied
specialization within the Bachelor of Arts in Music program. May be repeated at 2 semester hours each election for a
35.242/ 35.342 Trombone (1) - Private instruction for students with demonstrated ability or potential. One-half
hour per week. May be repeated at 1 semester hour each
election. Consent of instnictor.
Two weekly half-
for students electing the applied special-
35.272/ 35.472 Violoncello for Music Majors
35.240/ 35.340 Trumpet (1) - Private instructions for students with demonstrated ability or potential. One-half
hour per week. May be repeated at 1 semester hour each
election.
35.271/ 35.471 Viola for Music Majors
maximimi of 16 semester hoius.
35.274/ 35.474 Organ for Music Majors
(2)
-
Two weekly
half-hour lessons for studenls electing the applied specialization within the
Bachelor of .\iLs
in
Music program.
104- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
May be repeated
maximum
at 2
semester hours each election for a
of 16 semester hours.
35.275/ 35.475 Voice for Music Majors
hour lessons
-
(2)
Two weekly half-
for students electing the applied voice spe-
Bachelor of Arts in Music program.
May be repeated at 2 semester hours each election for a
maximum of 16 semester hours.
35.286/ 35.486 Saxophone for Music Majors (2) -Two weekly
half-hour lessons for students electing the applied spe-
Bachelor of Arts in Music program.
semester hours each election for a
of 16 semester hours.
cialization within the
May be repeated
maximum
at 2
cialization within the
35.276/ 35.476 Piano for Music Majors
-
(2)
Two weekly half-
hour lessons for students electing the applied specialization within the Bachelor of Arts in Music program.
May be repeated
maximum
at 2
semester hours each election for a
of 16 semester hours.
35.277/ 35.477 Trumpet for Music Majors
-
(2)
Two weekly
35.300 Music Theory
III
(Fall/odd-numbered years)
(3)
-
Continuation of music theory. Includes formal analysis, design original composition, harmonic dictation and
perception skills. Requires 3 hours per week. Prerequi35.211.
site:
35.301 Music Theory IV (Spring/ even-numbered years) (3)
- Continuation of music theory. Reviews 20th century
compositional practice. Includes analysis and composition.
Requires 3 hours per week. Prerequisite: 35.211.
half-hour lessons for students electing the applied specialization within the
May be repeated
maximum
at 2
Bachelor of Aits in Music program.
semester hours each election for a
be repeated.
of 16 semester hours.
Horn for Music Majors (2) - Two weekly halfhour lessons for students electing the applied special-
35.278/ 35.478
Music program.
2 semester hours each election for a
ization within the Bachelor of Arts in
May be repeated
maximum
at
of 16 semester hours.
35.279/ 35.479 Trombone for Music Majors (2) - Two weekly half-hour lessons for students electing the applied
Music program. May be repeated at 2 semester hours each election for a maximum of 16 semester hours.
specialization within the Bachelor of Arts in
35.280/ 35.480 Baritone for Music Majors
-
(2)
Two weekly
half-hour lessons for students electing the applied specialization within the
May be repeated
maximum
at 2
Bachelor of Ai'ts in Music program.
semester hours each election for a
of 16 semester hours.
35.281/ 35.481 Tuba for Music Majors
hour lessons
(2)
-
Two weekly
half-
for students electing the applied special-
May be repeated at 2 semester hours each
program.
election for a
of 16 semester hours.
35.282/ 35.482 Flute for Music Majors
(2)
-
Two weekly half-
hour lessons for students electing applied
specialization
within the Bachelor of Arts in Music program.
May be
repeated at 2 semester hours each election for a maximum of 16 semester hours.
35.283/ 35.483
Oboe for Music Majors
(2)
-
Two weekly half-
hour lessons for students electing the applied specialization within the Bachelor of Arts in Music program.
May be repeated at 2 semester hours each election for a
maximum
of 16 semester hours.
35.284/ 35.484 Clarinet for Music Majors
(2)
-
Two weekly
half-hour lessons for students electing the applied spe-
Bachelor of Arts in Music program.
May be repeated at 2 semester hours each election for a
maximum of 16 semester hours.
cialization within the
35.285/ 35.485 Bassoon for Music Majors
(2)
half-hour lessons for students electing the
-
Two weekly
apphed
spe-
Bachelor of Arts in Music program.
May be repeated at 2 semester hours each election for a
maximum of 16 semester hours.
cialization within the
35.303 Seminar in Piano Accompanying
(2)
-
struction, coaching, systematic score study
Provides in-
and
critical
performing experience for pianists. Requires 3 hours
per week and includes performing. Offered as needed.
Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor.
35.304 Special Topics in Music Performance
(3)
-
Provides a
unique experience in performance or the study of performance practice. Instructor develops a one-time-only
study. Information is available by contacting the Department of Music. Offered as needed.
35.305 Special Topics in Music Appreciation (3) - Provides a
study of music beyond currently available course topics.
Instructor develops a one-time-only study. Informa-
tion
sic.
ization within the Bachelor of Arts in Music
maximum
35.302 Piano Proficiency (1) - Provides opportunity for majors in music to gain proficiency at the keyboard. May
is available by contacting the Department of MuOffered as needed.
35.318Jazz Improvisation (3) - Offers the student beginning
concepts in jazz improvisation through a practical ap-
proach
melody creation, jazz theory, listening and
from such jazz legends as
Charlie Parker, Dizzy Gillespie, Joe Pass, J.J. Johnson,
Herbie Hancock and Charles Mingus. Prerequisite: instrumental or vocal training suggested as performance
to
transcription of examples
is
an integral part of the course.
35.319 Secondary Methods and Curriculum in Music (3) This course will provide the knowledge and skills necessary to teach music successfully in secondary schools.
Education theories must be applied in practical situations such as the creation of lesson plans and the teaching of those lesson plans. Familiarity with computer-as-
music software, familiarity with the legal aspects
of teaching music in high schools, and required high
school observations will be included. Prerequisite: 48
sisted
hours credit.
35.320 Music in the Elementary School (3) - Provides students with practical skills, theoretical background and
musical knowledge that
will
enable them to teach gen-
music effectively in the elementary classroom.
Course designed primarily for elementary education
eral
majors. Limited seating.
35.321 Music History to 1750 (Fall) (3) - Emphasizes understanding and appreciation of music from antiquity to
Undergraduate, Graduate Catahg 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
1750 through listening and development of a technical
35.322 Music History-1750 to Present (Spring) (3) - Provides
an overview of music history from the Classical era to
the present time. Includes discussion of composers
significant persons,
and genres during
and
works and development of forms
this period.
35.324 American Music (Fall/even-numbered years) (3) Studies works of selected American composers with ref-
erence to characteristics indigenous to American music.
Prerequisite: 35.101.
35.325 Opera and Music Theater (Spring/ even-numbered
years) (3)
-
Studies major works of the lyric stage.
Em-
phasizes listening to and reading works of opera, operetta
and the popular
I (2) - Emphasizes develindependent research in areas of
music history for majors in music electing the music
history specialization. Offered fall, even-numbered
-Analyzes factors and elements of American popumusic with emphasis on developments in the 20th
century. Includes a chronological study of jazz, balladry, spiritual, country-western, theater, film and rock in
comparative listening situations. Prerequisite: 35.101.
(3)
Ijir
35.328 Choral Conducting and Methods (Spring/ even-num-
Examines the development of techniques and abilities for participating in and supervising
choral ensembles. Stresses tone production, proper
breathing, choral conducting and reading of appropriate literature. Prerequisite: Music major or permission
bered years)
(2)
skill in
years. Prerequisite: 35.321, 35.322.
35.431 Seminar in Music History
II (1) - Continuation of
35.430 with emphasis on academic research and musicology for majors in music electing the music history
specialization. Offered spring,
odd-numbered
years.
Prerequisite: 35.430.
35.497 Internships in Music (3-15) - Provides for extended
off-campus field experience to be arranged by the major in music, a faculty adviser and an off-campus agency.
Requires consent of music deparUnent during pre-
scheduling. Offered as needed.
theater. Prerequisite: 35.101.
35.327 Survey of Popular Music (Fall/odd-numbered years)
35.498 Independent Study in Music (1-3) - Provides for a
student project of a creative nature in music history,
education or performance. Requires consent of music
department during prescheduling. 30.
ECN
(40)
Economics
Administered by Department of Economics
-
of instructor.
35.329 Instrumental Conducting
(2)
-
Develops
skills in
ba-
ton technique and score reading with emphasis on prac-
40.121 Principles of Economics
I (3) - Studies macroeconomics: nature of the economic problem; economic
concepts; institutional framework; supply, demand and
the price system; national income accounting; determination of output and employment levels; consumption,
saving and investment behavior; inflation and unemployment; business cycles; monetar}' and fiscal institu-
tions
and
theory;
economic growth.
application in instrumental organizations. Labo-
tical
ratory course with three 50-minute sessions per week.
Offered as needed. Prerequisites: music major and
35.331 Elementary Methods and Curriculum in Music (3) This course will provide the knowledge and skills necessary to teach music successfully in elementary schools.
Education theories must be applied in practical situations such as the creation of lesson plans and the teaching of those lesson plans. Familiarity with computer assisted music software, familiarity with the legal aspects
of teaching music in elementary schools, and required
elementary school observations will be included.
35.350 Seminar in Music Theater (3) - Studies the Broadway musical with special emphasis on works currendy
in production.
Offered in conjtmction with music theater productions during spring and summer semesters.
Prerequisite: 35.101.
lodic
wridng
in two and three voices using 18th century
Requires 2 hours per week. Prerequisite: 35.211.
35.411 Music Theory VI, Orchestration (Spring/odd-num-
bered years)
(2)
-Continuadon of music
theory.
Exam-
ines instrimiental transposition, idioms, score writing
analysis.
35.211.
II
(3)
-
Studies microeco-
nomics: supply, demand, the price system; cost and pro-
and price determination, resource allocaand determination of factor incomes under perfect and imperfect markets; current economic problems
and international economics. Prerequisite: 40.121.
firm; output
tion
40.156 Business and Economic Mathematics (3) - Presents
an introduction to basic mathematical tools most frequentiy employed in economics and business,
Requires 3 hours per week. Prerequisite:
e.g., sys-
tems of linear equations, inequalities, elements of linear programming, matrix algebra, logarithms, mathematics of finance and differential and integral calculus.
40.221 Intermediate Macroeconomic Theory (3) - Stresses
the national income analysis; tiieory of income deter-
mination, employment and price
fiscal institutions;
35.410 Music Theory V, Counterpoint (Fall/even-numbered
years) (2) - Continuation of music theory. Studies mestyle.
40.122 Principles of Economics
ductions analysis, theory of consumer behavior and the
35.211.
and
35.430 Seminar in Music History
opment of
vocabulary.
-105
levels;
monetary and
theon' and policy; investment, inter-
est and demand for money; business cycles: inflation
and unemployment; national debt; macroeconomic
equilibrium; prices, wages and aggregate supply, economic growth, foreign trade and balance of payments;
economic policy. Prerequisites: 40.121, 40.122, 40.156.
40.222 Intermediate Micro-TheotT and Managerial Economics (3) - Rericws the theon' of consumer behavior and
the firm; output and price determination under dilTcrent market systems; pure competition, pure monopoly,
oligopoly and monopolistic competition: production
106- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
and distribucomparison of behaviors of competitive, monopolistic and oligopolistic product and resource markets; constrained and nonconstrained optimization techniques and their applications to business
decisions and business practices; welfare economics.
and
cost analysis; allocation of resource
tion of income;
Prerequisites: 40.121, 40.122, 40.156.
sampling distributions, estimation and hypothesis
test-
and Chi-square, introduction
to regression and correlation as applied to business and
economic problems. Prerequisite: 40.122.
ing, analysis of variance
40.313 Labor Economics (3) - Presents the economics of
the labor market, the supply of and demand for labor,
the nature of theory and wages, productivity and inflative
unionism, theories of the labor movement, collec-
A
bargaining and public policy.
major focus is the
and gender and
relationship between labor markets
For each of the economic issues, the imgender and race will be exam-
racial issues.
plications with respect to
ined.
The economic
sented in the course
and gender.
analysis
will
and empirical data pre-
emphasize differences by race
40.315 Business and Government (3) - Surveys government
policies for maintaining competition, for substitution
regulation in place of competition
policies in light of
tests
and
for substituting
of various government
economic theory and
historical ex-
perience. Prerequisite: 40.122.
40.316 Urban Economics
(3)
-
Applies economic theory and
recent empirical findings to urban resource use. Analyzes
problems of unemployment, housing, education,
transportation, pollution
the United States and Europe with particular attention
to the interplay of
changes in business, financial and
labor institutions, products and production, adaptations
and conflicting economic doc-
trines. Prerequisite: 40.122.
-Analyzes revenues and expendiand national government in light of
micro and macrotheory; criteria and models of govern-
40.326 Public Finance
(3)
tures of local, state
ment services;
subsidies, etc., tlie principles of taxation,
management; impact
and budgetary policy on resource and income
allocation, internal price and employment stability; the
rate of growth and world economy. Prerequisite: 40.122.
public borrowing and public debt
of
fiscal
Money and Banking (3) - Reviews the historical background and the development of monetary practices and
principles of banking; special attention given to commercial banking and credit regulations and current
monetary and banking development. Prerequisite:
40.327
40.122.
40.329 Environmental Economics
and equal opportunity. Pre-
requisite: 40.122.
40.317 Population and Resource Problems
(3)
-
A
study of the eco-
Examines environmental facts and social circumstances with particular emphasis on market and non-market solutions to the environmental problems. Topics include the private market and its efficiency, externalities, environmental quality as a public good, income distribution effects of government environmental quality as a public good, income distribution effects of government environmental programs; water resources and water quality, problem of air quality and quality of life and other environmental problems; prohibitions on and regulation of
polluting activities, taxes, subsidies and effluent charges; population, economic growth and environmental
nomics of environmental
Prerequisite: 40.122.
public for private enterprise;
40.324 Economic History of the Western World (3) - Presents a comparative analysis of the economic theory of
to resource differences
40.256 Business and Economics Statistics 1 (3) - Organizing
and presenting data, descriptive statistics, elements of
probability and probability distributions, sampling and
tion,
40.122.
quality.
quality. Prerequisite: 40.122.
(3)
-
Reviews
clas-
of population growth; recent economic
models of population correlating natural resources; capital accumulation and technological change; and population problems in North America, European and de-
sical theories
40.333 International Economics (3) - Addresses the pure
theory of international trade. Outlines the gains from
trade; free trade
and protection; balance of payments;
foreign exchange and capital movements; the dollar and
veloping countries. Analyzes recent trends in birth and
the international
death rates as factors in population growth. Studies
measures of population and labor force, their distribu-
hquidity shortage. Prerequisite: 40.122.
tion by age, sex, occupation, regions; techniques for
projecting population levels. Course
is
not offered on a
regular basis. Prerequisite: 40.122.
40.322 Contrasting Economics (3) - Outlines theories of
capitalism and socialism with a special emphasis on
Marxian theory. Compares theoretical and actual performance of capitalism, socialism and communism. Pre-
monetary system and international
40.334 Economic Growth of Underdeveloped Areas (3) Presents studies of stagnating economies; theories of
underdevelopment; operative resistances
in
development
economic
settings. Prerequisite: 40.122.
40.356 Business and Economic
distributions; regression
requisite: 40.122.
to
growth; the role of capital, labor, population growth and
technological advance; development planning and trade
Statistics 11 (3)
and correlation
-
Probability
analysis; anal-
of variance and designs of experiments; time series
and index numbers, non-parametric methods;
modern decision theoiy and Bayesian statistics; computer application. Prerequisites: 40.122, 40.256.
ysis
40.323 History of Economic Thought
ic
theories
propounded
(3)
in the past
-
Surveys econom-
and
their effect
on
present-day thinking about economic, business and
political systems.
The
surplus value theory; economic
planning as part of government responsibility; relation
of family budgets to Engel's Law; government responsibility for
analysis
employment and rent
control. Prerequisite:
40.456 Introduction to Econometrics
methods
(3)
-
Applies
modern
economic problems; time series
and cross-sectional analysis of measurements of demand
and costs; macroeconomics models; income distribustatistical
to
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
and growth model.
tion
40.460 Advanced Political
Prerequisites: 40.122, 40.256.
Economy
-
(3)
political
the 20th centuries. Prerequisite: 40.122.
GBOOTdDhV
Administered by Department of Geography and Geosciences
41.101 World Physical Geography (3) - Studies Earth-sun
relationships, land masses, oceans, landforms, weather
and climate and natural resources as elements and con-
40.470 Senior Seminar (3) - Discusses the current literature
on economic theory and economic policy. Students read
one journal article a week on which they write a report
and make a seminar presentation.
(41)
107
Applies economic
models of social decision making to historical problems from local through international levels. Presents an evaluation of market; political and mixed
techniques in particular areas from the 18th through
and
GEO
-
Prerequisite: Senior
standing or consent of the instructor.
the adjustments
trols related to
humans make
to their
environment.
41.102 World Cultural Geography (3) - Demonstrates the
relationship of humankind, land, culture and economic activities.
40.490 Independent Study in Economics (1-3)
dents with an opportunity to receive individualized
-
Provides stuin-
struction as they pursue in-depth inquiries into previ-
41.105 Environmental Issues and Choices
(3) - Examines
contemporary environmental resource issues within a
values, ethics and decision-making framework.
ously specified subject matter of special interest within
the field of economics. Topic and outline must be developed with a faculty sponsor and approved by the
department during the preceding semester of residence.
40.513 Origin and Development of Capitalism (3) - Covers
transition from feudalism to capitalism and the subse-
quent influence of leading
dustry, agriculture,
capitalist institutions
commerce, banking, and the
on
in-
social
movement.
40.514 Labor Economic Theory (3) - Emphasizes labor economic theory and its application in analyzing the issues
of employment and inflation. Topics include growth of
the labor force and
wage
composition, wage theories and
its
unionism and income
structures, trade
don, economics of poverty,
and
minimum
distribu-
wage, and hour
Occupational choices, job
search, labor mobility, and human capital formation
included. Students are exposed to research and measurement methodology to meet the research requirements of the course.
laws,
civil legislation.
40.515 Pubhc Policy and Business (3)
policies affecting the
cal,
and
economy:
-
Focuses on public
historical, philosophi-
legal basis of regulation; the rationale of free
41.125 Weather and Climate
(3)
-
Studies the interrelation-
between the elements of weather and climate; elaborates on the functional application of these elements
through a study of climatic realms.
ships
41.200 Geography of United States and Canada (3) - Presents a spatial analysis of the United States and Canada
emphasizing such concepts as environmental perception and sequent occupancy; considers salient problems
within geographic regions in terms of genesis and potential for solution.
41.201 Geography of Europe (3) - Studies Europe's physical
characteristics, topography, transportation systems, resources, populations
and
trade.
41.202 Geography of Latin America
(3) - Examines Latin
major geographic region in terms of those
economic, racial and cultural forms that have provided
America
as a
regional unity
and
diversity.
41.203 Geography of Australia (3) - A regional and spatial
analysis of Australia within a physical, cultural, economic
and environmental context. Examines Australia's historic and contemporary role within the Asian-Pacific
sphere.
enterprise. Intensive analysis of selected areas of eco-
nomic
policy related to
government
41.204 Geography of South Asia
action.
40.531 Current Economic Problems (3) - Examines economic problems of current interest and concern to our society.
Basic
economic principles and theories and the
thinking of recognized economists of the past and
present as revealed in their published works.
the physical and
(3)
-
Provides a survey of
human geography
of South Asia, par-
Bangladesh, Nepal and Sri Lanka. Examines the major environmental, economic and
ticularly India, Pakisan,
cultural
geography patterns, processes and
issues.
Economic Geography (3) - Reviews major economic
focuses on significant characteristics, location
theory and spatial patterns.
41.221
activities;
40.532 Comparative Economic Systems
ings
(3) - Compares workand performance of the major forms of economic
organization: capitalist systems; the
states; state capitalism;
modern
communism; and
welfare
socialism.
41.242
cal
40.533 International Economic Policies and Relations (3) Applies modern international economic and financial
analyses to
emerging contemporary problems of nations
one another. Selected topics include: cus-
trading with
toms unions; optimum currency area; international cartels; and flexible exchange rates. Focuses on impact of
governmental and intergovernmental reladons and regulations.
Map
Skills (3)
-
Uses a variety of published maps for
interpreting and interrelating past and present physi-
and
cultural
phenomena
witii a
view toward the fu-
ture.
41.250 Elements of Planning (3) - Acquaints students vvith
the philosophy of planning, the roles of the planner
and planning
objectives.
41.258 Environmental Conservation (3) - Identifies resource
management and environmenlal problems and offers
possible alternative solutions for tiicse problems.
1 08-
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
41.264 Applied Cartography
ciples,
-
(4)
Studies fundamental prin-
use of graphic media, methods of construction,
41.462 Techniques of Geographic Measurement (3) - Data
handling and map symbolizatioon emphasized in this
and
an emphasis on
use and interpretation of maps, models, charts and dia-
spatial analysis course. Topics in descriptive
infer-
grams, utilized in geography and in urban and regional
ential statistics are explored with
appli-
cations to problems vnth spatial dimensions. Prerequi-
planning.
site:
41.281-289 Special Topics in Geography (3) - Presents areas
of geographic interest to a general audience.
41.301 Water Resources
Management
-An examination
(3)
of contemporary water resource issues related to envi-
ronmental planning and management.
41.302 Land Resources
Management
-
(3)
An examination
of selected land-related issues and problems with the
objecdve of identifying appropriate management tech-
41.242 or consent of the instructor.
41.475 Independent Study in Geography (1-3)
41.496 Internship in Geography (3-12)
work experience
tions, projects
ough background
Management
to the
(4)
-
Provides a thor-
geoenvironmental aspects of
such as its nature and properties, factors of soil formation, classification and geographical distribution.
soil
Examines the interpretation of soil surveys and their
role in land use and resource planning, conservation
and management and environmental quality.
41.304 Environmental Valuadon
(3)
-
Provides a conceptual
and methodological framework for evaluating environmental resources. Emphsisis is on quantitative valuation
techniques that help separate facts from emotion in
complex environmental problems. Prerequisite: 41.105
and management of
risks
and hazards
fail-
Contemporary public policy issues at the local,
national and international levels are reviewed with an
emphasis on geographic themes in hazards and emerg-
ures.
management
technologies. Prerequisites: 41.101 or
51.107.
41.310 Population Geography
(3)
-
Analyzes physical, hu-
man and economic factors that influence the
pattern of the political map of the world.
changing
41.315 Geography of Recreation, Tourism and Sport (3) Explores the array of contemporary issues involving
land, leisure
ternship
tion
1,
site.
and
responsibilities available at the in-
Prerequisites:
Major
in
Geography, Op-
appropriate completion of course requirements
in the option
and consent of the
instructor.
41.497 Internship in Planning (12) - Involves the placement
of a student who is enrolled in the course of study in
urban/ regional planning or environmental planning
into a planning office for twelve weeks during a summer.
and
The student
activities
is
actively involved in the functions
of that planning office during
tliat
time.
41.498 Applied Planning Seminar (3) Provides an opportunity for reporting and analyzing experiences in in-
and
utilizes practice in
the devel-
Taken in coordination with the internship
planning (41.497) or geography (41.496).
perspective.
in
originat-
ing from extreme natural events and technological
ing
Provides for on-site
opment of land use from an urban or environmental
41.305 Environmental Risks and Hazards (3) - Explores the
human and environmental contributions to the generation
-
in
ternship. Integrates
or permission of the instructor.
Provides
an appropriate agency or business.
Internship is intended to integrate classroom learning
with practical work experience emphasizing the func-
niques.
41.303 Soil Resources
-
independent, investigative research oriented to studies
of specific geographical problems. Prerequisite: Open
to juniors and seniors majoring in geography.
and recreational planning.
41.342 Geographic Information Systems (3) - Presents an
introduction to computer-assisted analysis of geographic
Emphasizes CIS applications in management of
natural resources, environmental assessment and urban
and regional planning. Laboratory projects provide opportunities to develop computer expertise. Prerequisite:
41.242 or 41.264 or consent of the instructor.
data.
HIS (42) History
Administered by Department of History
Prerequisites are subject to modification by the instructor
42.100 Transadantic World in the 20th Century (3) - Represents an analysis comparing and contrasting the experiences of Americans and Western Europeans in the 20th
century. Focuses
on
dilemma of the
society and the
individual in an increasingly
rise
the decay of Western traditions, the
of "technocratic"
complex
civilization. Pro-
vides insight into roots of cuiTent events,
promotes sense
of historic awareness beyond the national level and enhances appreciation of basic similarities and differences
among Americans and Western Europeans.
42.112 Origins of the Modern World (3) - Describes the
political, economic, social, intellectual and militai7 developments that shaped the story of mankind from the
early Renaissance to the early 19th century.
The Modern World (3) - Reviews the political, economic, social, intellectual and technological elements
of 19th and 20th century history, showing the progress
of the Western tradition and the growing importance
of the non-Western world.
42.113
41.350 Advanced Planning
-
(3)
Presents the development
and techniques used in analysis, plan preparaand implementation of urban and regional planning processes and activities. Prerequisite:
of
skills
tion, goal setting
41.250 or consent of instructor.
41.363 Urban Geography
(3)
-
Provides a conceptual and
methodological framework in which
cess of urbanization.
to view the pro-
42.121 United States History Survey: Colonial Period to 1877
(3) - Presents a chronological history to 1877 with emphasis on foreign affairs and the evolution of politics,
economs, society and culture.
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 200Z-2003 Advisers Edition
42.122 United States History Survey: 1877 to the Present
(3)
-
Presents political, social, cultural, intellectual, eco-
nomic and foreign affairs developments of the United
from Reconstruction to the present.
States
Asia.
West
Asia,
South
Asia, East Asia:
intellectual.cultural, social
and
emphasis on the
development
political
of the Muslim, Hindu and Chinese civilizations and the
influence of these civilizations on Korea, Japan, Vietnam and the rest of Southeast Asia. Central Asia: em-
on the development of the Mongol empire and
and
the European and African continents. Diversity course.
phasis
the interchange this empire allowed between Asia
42.133
The Ancient and Medieval Worlds
the Ancient Near East to the
fall
(3)
-
Surveys from
Roman Empire
Rome and the rise of
of the
emphasizing Greece,
people and countries of the
West that emerged after the fall of the Roman Empire,
with emphasis on feudalism, manorialism and the mein the West,
Christianity; a study of the
dieval church.
42.141
Modern China and Japan
China and Japan and
(3)
-
Focuses on
modem
closely studies the value system of
and com-
these peoples as reflected in their politics, arts
munications in the 19th and 20th centuries. Particular
attention paid to the interaction between the old models provided by Confucianism and Buddhism vnxh the
models provided by the West during modernization. Not
offered every semester.
Approved
for diversity require-
ment.
42.142 Latin America:
Present (3)
American
-
A
from 1492
ty
Not offered every
semester.
evolu-
its
Approved for
diversi-
requirement.
42.143 Black Africa
mation of the
(3)
-
Presents a survey of the transfor-
societies of
Sub-Saharan Africa from co-
lonialism to national independence.
weapons are
underdeveloped
illustrative
of some of the issues that will
will
be given
to defining values
as related to these issues.
42.222 Business History of the United States (3) - Focuses
on the evolution of business from 1600 to the present,
entrepreneurial leadership of major businessmen and
the history of major modern industries.
42.223 Economic Histor)' of the United States
on
the changing nature of the
(3)
-
Focuses
American economy. This
course covers three time periods: the commercial-agri-
and the modern manaExamines agriculture, banking, business administration, commerce, labor, manufacturing, mining
and transportation, social and political factors that contributed to changing economic relationships in the
United States.
cultural age, the industrial age
gerial age.
42.224 The Immigrant Experience (3) - Provides an overview of cultural diversity in American society by focusing on the history of immigration from the colonial
period to the present. Students examine ethnicity in
America through the study of political, economic, religious and social issues; industrialization and urbanization; attitudes of nativism, discrimination and racism;
and powerful influences of immigrant kinship networks,
ethnic community associations, cultural traditions, religious institutions and ethnic group identity. Lectures
new
relationships
historical intei^pretations of cross-cultural
and new assimilation
theories.
Not offered
every semester. Approved for diversity requirement.
Approved
42.226 Popular Culture in America
(3) - Review of major
forms of popular culture in America from colonial beginnings to the present, telescoped to permit fullest presentation of the period since 1920. Course blends continuity of values and ideas in American culture with
dynamics of change to which the culture constantiy ad-
for di-
Not offered
evei-y semester.
requirement.
42.144 Islamic and Hindu Worlds: Middle East, India and
Malaysia (3) - Introductory course surveying the reli-
economic and political history of the
Middle East, North Africa, the Indian subcontinent, the
Malay Archipelago and their bearing on contemporary
Third World problems. Not offered every semester.
gious, cultural,
42.208 Contemporary Issues in U.S. History (3)
selected issues of social, political or foreign
-
Examines
affairs with-
in a historical context, describing the origin, evolution,
current significance and importance in American society.
in the
terrorism and the spread of nucle-
be examined. Attention
justs.
versity
crisis,
to the present, stressing
the significant economic and social factors in
tion.
to the
concise introductory survey of Latin
history
Population explosion, famine
es.
world, energy
include
From European Colonization
109
Introduces the historical and global nature of many of
today's critical issues that have far reaching consequenc-
ar
42.131 Asian Civilization to 1500 (3) - Surveys ths history
and culture of West, South, East, Southeast and Central
-
The
issues
may vary each
semester.
42.210 Values in Conflict in 20th Century History
sents select
American
(3)
-
Pre-
conflicts in the 1960s involving
and the civilization; resolutions
achieved are reviewed and evaluated. The selection of
conflicts varies each semester. Approved for diversity
values of the individual
requirement.
42.215 Global Issues in History:
A
Conflict of Values (3)
-
42.228 African-American History (3) - Examines the nature
and meaningof the African-American experience in the
United States surveyed from
its
beginnings
to the
present. Reviews black creative expressions in the \isual arts,
music, literature, philosophic thought and so-
cial history.
42.229
Approved
for diversity requirement.
Modern World Leaders
(3)
-
Studies significant world
leaders in religion, politics, war
and culture and
their
impact on world histor)'. Focuses on different leaders
each time offered and covers a selected period from
the Renaissance to the present. Analyzes the conditions
which helped produce the.se leaders and ends by discussing reasons for dieir success or failure. Includes only
leaders
who have made
a significant contribution out-
side their national boundaries.
42.250 History of Science(3) -Studies historical development
of the sciences and the nature of scientific thought and
method; provides understanding of the characteristics
of the sciences as well as their significance to human
110- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
progress from antiquity to the present. Not offered ev-
fought
ery semester.
and the peace
42.260 Sport and Society in America (3) - Presents a cultural approach to organized sport in the United States;
proceeds from the premise that sport mirrors the values, states of technology and the conditions of society.
Emphasizes the rise of the institution of sport and its
impact on business, commercialism, leisure, affluence,
urbanism, nationalism and the problems of governance
and
Not offered every semester.
law.
its
campaign of Napoleon I, concenon strategy and tactics. Examines moral and soproblems raised by warfare. Not offered every se-
origins to the last
trating
cial
Mussolini, Stalin, Hitler
and the
lesser dictators
along
with the international crises that finally culminated in
the outbreak of World
War
II.
Course
stresses ideologi-
and global pattern developments. Not offered every
cal
semester.
42.328 Cold
War Europe,
- Surveys Euroemphasis on the forcleading to war; military and diplomatic developments
pean powers
es
42.281 Military History 1(3)- Studies organized warfare from
diplomacy, military strategy, tactics of the war
treaties of 1918-1920, plus the rise of
it,
of World
1945-Present (3)
in the late 1930s with
War
II
and the causes of the East-West rift; the
reconstruction of democratic Europe and formation of
the Soviet bloc;
European integration and
political
trends in both power systems. Not offered every semester.
mester.
42.329
42.282 Military History
II
(3)
-
Studies organized warfare
and the theory of war from the Napoleonic age to the
present, concentrating on strategy and tactics. Examines the socio-political background, especially of the two
world wars and the age of guerrilla warfare. Not offered
The American Woman
women
(3)
-
Studies the history of
America from colonial times to the present;
topics include women's work, family life, politics, sexuality, education, feminism and reactions against it and
the many facets of women's public and private roles in
the nation's history. Approved for diversity requirement.
in
every semester.
42.315 Origins of Civihzation:
The Ancient Near
42.335 History of Christianity
East (3)
-
known origins of civilization in the Neolithic,
Bronze and Iron ages in Mesopotamia, Egypt, Anatolia
and Syria-Palestine, with some attention to India and
Surveys
China. Not offered every semester. Prerequisite: 42.133
or consent of the instructor.
sis
Reviews
political,
England
The Making of an
economic,
social
Island State (3)
-
and cultural life in
Not offered every
to the Glorious Revolution.
semester.
Modern England: The First Industrial Empire (3) Examines political, social, economic and cultural development in England from the Glorious Revolution to
the present with emphasis on the development of democracy, the Industrial Revolution and the growth and
decline of the British Empire. Not offered every semes-
42.319
ter.
(3)
-Analyzes 1789-
1815 era in France and assesses its significance for the
history of France and the world. Not offered every semester. Prerequisite: 42.112 or consent of the instructor.
42.324 Revolutionary Europe and the Rise of Modern Traditions, 1600-1789 (3) - Discusses the rise of the modern
state;
the political, intellectual, social,
economic and
cultural aspects of the eras of the Scientific Revolution
and Enlightenment; the establishment of European
world hegemony and a world economy; the diplomatic
and military interaction of the European states. Not
offered every semester.
42.326 Europe 1789-1914 (3) - Analysis of Europe's "long
nineteenth century." with particular emphasis on the
nexus of political and social history. Not offered every
semester.. Prerequisite: 42.113 or consent of the instructor.
42.327 Europe in the Age of Total War, 19I4-I945 (3) - Examines origins of World War I and alliance systems that
Promotes student analy-
modern
roots of con-
Prerequisite:
Any course
consent
in history or
of the instructor.
(3) -An analysis of European histofrom 300 to 1400, focusing on political, social, religious and intellectual trends during the period. Feudalism, church history and commercial relations receive
particular emphasis. Examines the status of women in
42.336 Medieval Europe
ry
medieval
society. Prerequisite: 42.112.
42.337 Europe in the Renaissance and Reformation (3) - A
detailed analysis of European history from 1300 to 1650,
focusing upon the intellectual and artistic movement
known
42.320 French Revolution and Napoleon
-
temporary Christian denominations and movements.
Primary and secondary historical sources are discussed
seminar-style in order to critically examine important
ideas, personalities and historical conditions of Christianity.
42.318 Early England:
(3)
of the ancient, medieval and
as the Renaissance
and the
religious upheaval
and "Counterreformation." Political, social, intellectual and religious
trends are highlighted. Prerequisite: 42.112.
associated with the terms "Reformation"
42.346
Modern European
Intellectual History (3)
-
Relates
changes in currents of thought during the period to
political, economic and social developments. Special attention given to interpretations of major intellectual
movements. Not offered every semester.
42.347 History of the Holocaust (3) - Focuses upon the major theme-the genesis and implementation of the
planned destruction of European Jewry from 1933 to
1945; briefly traces the history of anti-Semitism and evaluates scope of prejudice, discrimination and genocide
in
contemporary
civilization.
Includes an analysis of lit-
erature of the Holocaust
and evaluation of the Holocaust's impact on modern-day Israel or the world Jewish community. Not offered every semester.
42.356 Russia to 1917
(3) -Analysis of Russian pohtical and
from the ninth century to 1917, with emphasis on the 18th and 19th centimes. Not offered ev-
social history
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
ery semester.
42.372 Colonial America and the
-
War of Independence
(3)
Reviews European colonization in North America with
and development
of England's colonies, an emerging American society
and problems which created conflict between the Americans and the British resulting in the vVmerican War of
Independence. Not offered every semester.
major attention
to the establishment
42.374 U.S. Social History (3) - Focuses on everyday life in
the past and how ordinary people made history and were
affected by historical change. Emphasis on family life,
way of exploring
as a
42.379
gender and
and/or 42.122.
issues of race,
Prerequisites: 42.121
ity.
The New
Nation: United States, 1781-1845 (3)
views the impact of the democratic experiment
ernment, the economy, culture and
society.
anti-slavery.
Not offered every
-
Re-
on gov-
Among sub-
jects studied are political parties, railroads,
music and
ethnic-
popular
semester.
ed
States,
1845-1896
War, the war
itself,
Topics include
and
(3)
-
Surveys the causes of the
Ci\'il
reconstruction and industrialization.
politics, ideology, military
technology
and gender issues, the economy, labor,
immigration and popular culture. Prerequisite: 42.121.
tactics,
race
42.383 Shaping of Contemporary America, 1896-1941 (3) Examines during these years major changes: imperialistic adventures, rehictant but expectant involvement
in
World War
I,
the "flaming "20s," and the nation's
greatest depression.
Out of
mass-centered welfare
these emerges the
state.
modern
Not offered every semes-
ter.
42.385 Recent American History: 1941 to the Present (3) Examines the major political, economic, social-cultural
and
intellectual
developments in the United States from
1941 to the present. Cold War, Korea and Vietnam, turmoil of the 1960s, nuclear concerns and the role of the
individual in an increasingly complex, technological
society are
some of
the major themes examined.
Not
offered every semester.
42.388 Pennsylvania (3) - Examines major contributions of
Pennsylvania to national life, relations between state and
national
movement. Not offered every semester.
42.391 Diplomatic History of the United States to 1898 (3) Presents a critical analysis of United States foreign relations
from the Colonial Period to the 1898 war with
Not offered every semester.
Spain.
42.392 Diplomatic History of the United States Since 1898
(3)
-
Presents a critical analysis of United States foreign
from the war vnth Spain
Not offered every semester.
relations
in
1898
42.397 Independent Study in History (1-4) - The topic selected must be approved by a committee appointed by
the chairperson. Independent reading and/or research
related to
some aspect of
is supervised by an
department. A student may
register for this course no more than twice and credits
may not exceed 4 semester hours. See the section on
appropriate
to present.
42.395 African-American Radicalism in the 20th Centui^ (3)
- Examines the major black radicals and their philosophies and movements in 20th Century America. Special emphasis will be be placed on the following figures:
W.E.B.DuBois, Marcus Garvey, Malcolm X, Stokely Car-
michacl (Kwame Toure), Angela Davis, Amiri Baraka,
the Black Panther Party and Louis Farahkhan of the
Nation of Islam. Approved for diversity requirement.
history
member of the
Independent Study. Prerequisite: 60 semester hours.
42.398 Research and Writing
Skills (3) - Focuses on the development of proficient research and writing skills. Students learn to fully utilize library and research facilities; develop skills in analyzing and interpreting original/primary research documents; and produce a clear,
concise and well-written lengthy formal paper In addition, students develop an imderstanding of how and
why history is written and revised.
42.404 Topics in 7\jnerican History (3) - Seminar allows students to focus on a specific topic or related topics in
American history
42.381 Civil War, Reconstruction and Industrialization: Unit-
-111
for in-depth study
and
analysis. In-
cludes historiography of the chosen topic, discussion
of problems associated with the topic and production
of a research paper Topics vary from semester to semester.
42.405 / 42.505 - The Jews of Europe: 1450 to Present (3) Analysis of European Jewish history from 1450 to the
present, with particular atatention to the problem of
Jews' legal status; social
and economic
relatioOns be-
tween Jews and dominant communities; Jewish
partici-
pation in national politics; Jewish political self-organization and communal organization; Jewish family life
and gender relations; and the demographics of Jewish
communities. Not offered every semester. Prerequisites:
42.112 or 42.113 if enrolling in 42.405; none if enroll-
ing in 42.505.
42.416 / 42.516
Rome
and
(3)
-
The
Classical
World: Ancient Greece and
Covers ancient Greek and
Roman
history
emphasis on Aegean civilizations,
the age of Pericles and the Hellenistic age after Alexander the Great. Rome: emphasis on early monarchy
and republic, imperial expansion, the Pax Romana and
the decline and fall of the empire; concluding with the
Barbarian age and the rise of byzantium. Not offered
every semester. Prerequisite:42.133 or consent of the
instructor for 42.416; graduate status for 42.516.
culture. Greece:
42.452 Soviet Russia (3)
-
Presents a critical analysis of the
economic and cultural evolution of the
Soviet Union and a study of Soviet foreign policy. Not
political, social,
offered every semester. Prerequisite: 42.113.
42.453 Problems of Contemporary Latin America
lyzes recent events or
movements
that
mav
(3)
-Ana-
indicate re-
currence of historical problems or major developments
of international significance in selected countries of
Latin America.
Not offered every semester.
European History (3) - Investigates
European history. Seminar-style course
studies variety of problems in European histon', in the
medieval, early modern and modern periods. Discu.sses
and analvzes secondary materials on the liislon'. philosophy, politics, science and art of a chosen period. Re-
42.460, 42.461 Topics in
select topics in
112- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
search paper required. Topics vary from semester to
semester. Prerequisite: 42.112 or 42.133.
42.469
ry
Women
I
in
European
tion of such critical
Intellectual Histo-
women, of fecondidon and the view of
viewfs concerning that
males concerning women, over the course of western
history. Women and Gender I covers the ancient, medieval and early-modern periods (c.650 BC - 1650 AD).
Prerequisite: two 100-level courses in history or consent
of the instructor. Approved for diversity requirement.
male
42.470
ry
Women
II
(3)
problems
as
war and peace, nation-
building, revolution, ethnic conflict
and democratiza-
Investigates the condition of
-
(3)
and Gender
44.181 Contemporary Issues in World Politics (3) - An introduction to international politics through an examina-
-
and Gender
in
European
women, of
employed by
-
Examination
and policymakers
politicians
in confront-
ing issues of responsibility and choice in public programs and policies. Focuses on ethical problems and
tives
civic life
impact on
and emphasizes the ways
alterna-
society.
fe-
1550-1995). Prerequisite: two
100-level courses in history or consent of the instructor.
Approved for
(3)
of normative, descriptive and metaethical approaches
responses in
Investigates the condition of
(c.
44.207 Ethics, Politics and Public Policy
Intellectual Histo-
male views concerning that condition and the view of
males concerning women, over the course of western
history. Women and Gender II covers the Scientific Revolution to the present
tion.
diversity requirement.
44.210 Introduction to Political Theory (3) - An introduction to fundamental political concepts such as liberty,
justice, equality,
power and
authority, as well as the
ideas of some representative political philosophers
main
from
Socrates to the present.
Women and Politics (3) - Emphasizes political systems and the broad range of issues that find women as
the recipients of and makers of public action and poli-
44.222
42.472 History of Labor in the United States (3) - Surveys
the emergence and development of organized labor
War period to the present. A third
devoted to an analysis of contemporary
labor-management problems and labor's changing role
from the
post-Civil
of the course
in
is
our increasingly technological
society. Prerequisite:
3 semester hours in history.
- Provides a work-study
experience jointly administered by an academic faculty
member and a sponsoring employer, with about 40
hours of supervised work generating each semester
hour. Prerequisite: For history majors, 15 semester hours
of history, including 42.398. Other majors
may
more than 3 semester hours of
more than
in other nations
internship toward the
may
3 semester hours of 42.497.
(44) Political
explored. Approved as a
44.280 Introduction to International Relations (3) - Examines sources of international conflict and cooperation,
power
politics in the international arena,
problems of
collective security, the settlement of disputes,
cy
and international
diploma-
law.
44.303 Politics and the Arts (3) - Surveys painting, music,
films, poetry and novels to show the relationship be-
tween these media and
and problems.
44.322 Political Violence
PLS
is
enroll
A student may not apply
fulfillment of the history major, although a student
enroll for
and
States
diversity course.
42.497 Internship in History (3-12)
with consent of advisers. Note:
Examines issues that unify and divide women as they
attempt to understand the problems of becoming equal
in an unequal society. The role of women in the United
cy.
mass
Science
political concepts, philosophies
(3)
political violence,
-
Surveys individual, group and
concentrating on causes and
manifestations. Studies positive
and negative
effective-
ness of political violence with the object of placing the
Administered by Department of Political Science
phenomena in meaningful
44.101 Elements of Political Science (3) - Uses the procedures of political science to study power and examines
the processes of politics and the practices of govern-
ments, the performance of and the pressures on the
For non-majors.
political system.
historical
and contemporary
contexts.
44.326 Parties, Groups and Public Opinion (3) - Examines
the development of political parties in the United States;
elections, voter behavior
and political participation; and
and political propaganda.
the role of interest groups
44.108 Contemporary Political Ideologies
(3)
tion to those political beliefs that shape
politics:
-An
introduc-
contemporary
nationalism, liberalism, conservatism, socialism,
feminism, religious fundamentalism, populism.
44.336 Public Administration Theory (3) - Introductory
course to the study of the "management of government
business."
Examines the multi-dimensional nature of
Public Administration by exploring the political, social
44.120 United States Government
(3)
-
Introduces govern-
United States, emphasizing
constitutional development, political development, civil
ment and
politics in the
rights, parties, elections, pressure groups, the
Congress,
and contemporary problems, such
defense, unemployment and poverty.
and economic
factors influencing the public sector administration in the United States. Areas of emphasis include principles of public administration organization
theory, personnel
the president, courts
lic
as foreign affairs,
tive
44.160 Nations, States and Governments (3) - Presents a
comparative study of the governance of countries or
nation-states in selected developed and less developed
regions of the world.
management, public budgeting, puband implementation and collec-
policy formulation
bargaining in the public sector.
44.366 Political Systems of Western Europe
(3) - Examines
democracy as practiced in Western Europe; the politics
and governments of Great Britain, France and Germany.
-113
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
44.371 Political Systems
-
Africa (3)
-
Examines problems of
newly independent states, the struggle for independence, attempts to create national unity and create political stability, economic and political development, the
role of the military in politics and pohucs in the Republic of South Africa.
and the government, concentrating on nationalization
Bill of Rights, rights of persons accused of crimes,
equal protection and voting rights. Offered spring se-
of the
mester only.
44.448 Judicial Process
(3)
-
Studies policy-making by the
Supreme Court. Analyzes
nature of the policy-making function as well as the im-
federal courts, primarily the
44.375 Multiculturalist Theory (3) - Treats the issues of concern generated from an attention to and appreciation
of, our diverse cultural identities. As a theory course, it
new attempt
to re-
to the challenges that difference poses in
demo-
approaches multictilturalism
spond
as a
pact of policy-making on American society.
44.452 State and Local Government and Politics (3) - Presents a description and analysis of state and local legislatures, executives
cratic theory.
ties
44.376 Government and Politics of the Middle East
(3)
-
In-
troduces the political history and governments of particular states in the region
and considers
Iranian revolution, the Iraqi wars.
44.377 Feminist Political Theory (3) - Explores various
strands of feminist political thought and approaches to
philosophical critique. The primary aim of the course
is
to familiarize students with the contributions
made
by feminists to the field of political theory and to provide students with the basic tools with which to read,
understand, critique and write in acknowledgement of
these contributions.
44.405 Development of Political Thought (3) - A chronological survey from the ancient Greeks to the present.
Examines the ideas of seminal
political thinkers as they
grapple with perennial problems.
44.409 American Political Thought
(3)
Analyzes the rela-
thought to modern pomodels are used in a historical, chronological way but are reworked to show their
relation and relevance to contempoary actions and issues. Covers the main ideas of the leading political thinkers in America from the colonial period to the present.
tionship of
American
political
44.437 Public Administration Applications
(3)
-
Examines
major theories of public management and their application in the workplace to enhance productivity. Uses
readings, cases
and simulations.
44.438 Public Personnel Administration
lic
and
- Examines pubneeds of national,
(3)
service as a career, the personnel
governments; civil service law, personnel systems; collective bargaining in the public sector
and current problems in the public service.
state
local
44.440 The President and Congress
tial
current policies and problems. Offered
44.456 Public Policy
ical
and congressional
(3)
-
Reviews presiden-
politics, public
policy-making
roles, executive-legislative relationships, constitutional
Explores the constitutional limitations, citizen
expectations and myths surrounding these institutions.
issues.
44.446 Constitutional
Law
I
(3)
-
rela-
fall se-
(3)
Analyzes the evolution,
and function of the Supreme Court, concentrating on a case study approach of the court's interpretations of the powers of the president. Congress and
-
Studies the institutional
and
polit-
context of policy formation and implementation;
the process for designing and administering govern-
ment programs; and
the techniques of analysis and eval-
uation that are or could be employed in formulating
from among alternatives and
The approach is pragmatic, ap-
policy objectives, choosing
assessing performance.
plied
and
interdisciplinary.
44.458 U.S. Foreign Policy (3) - Analyzes the substance,
methods and purposes of U.S. foreign policy, including
the determinants of policy, policymaking machinery and
implementation matters.
44.464 Government and Politics of Ireland
toric, social, cultural
and
religious
(3)
-
Sur\'eys his-
developments in
Ire-
land with concentration on a study of the government
lic.
and
politics of Northern Ireland and the Irish RepubExamines contemporary literature, drama, music
art.
theory. Traditional
litical
reali-
intergovernmental
mester only.
and
-
politics;
their interac-
and internationally. Considers in parthe importance of Islam in politics, the Arab-
Israeli conflict, the
of state and local
tions;
tions regionally
ticular
and judiciaries; the myths and
.
44.487 International
Law and Organizations
(3)
-
Examines
the nature of international law and politics and surveys
basic issues in
contemporary international
law.
The
course also examines the development of international
organizations and selected issues.
44.490 Independent Study in Political Science (3) - Provides
for individualized reading, research and reporting un-
der conditions of minimal supervision. Projects must
have departmental approval and be under xvay by the
end of the
first
week of a
session.
44.492 Seminar in Government and Politics
(3) - Examines
government and politics in an attempt to
review and unify theories and methods of political science. Emphasizes indixddual research projects.
problems
in
44.497 Internship in Political Science (1-15) - ProNides for
on-site work experience and training designed to give
an opportimit)' to apply tiie theoretical and descriptive
knowledge acquired in the classroom. The student is
supervised by an instructor and an on-site person. A
paper is required.
structure
federal-state relationships. Offered
44.447 Constitutional Law
the
Supreme Court
II
(3)
-
fall
semester only.
Studies the decisions of
as they are related to the individual
SOC
(45) Sociology, Social
Work
and Criminal Justice
Administered by Department of Sociolog\-, Social Work and
116- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
Prerequisites: 45.211, 45.260 or consent of the instructor.
AbA&l Population Problems
(3)
-
Studies
human
stitutional field
popula-
major theories, distributions composition,
changes and future developments of population and
impacts of population problems on society as influenced
tion,
by
45.496 Sociology Internship Program (1-15) - Designed primarily for the junior or senior working in a specific in-
its
vital
processes. Prerequisite: 45.211.
45.468 Social Service Planning (3) - Provides an advanced
consideration of the social context of the development
of social policy, planning and implementation of social
and/or human
services at federal, state
of organization.
A
critical analysis
and
local levels
Prerequisites:
chosen professional field.
Consent of the instnactor and department
chairperson.
45.497 Social work Internship (10-15) - Provides the social
work major with the opportunity to integrate and apply
knowledge, theory and understanding extracted from
The student engages
the foundation courses.
vised, direct service activities to
professional generalist social
of the social effects
of social policy, planning and services on people in a
and/or college-approved, off-campus
activities related to student's
in super-
develop competancy as
work practitioner Prereq-
45.133, 45.297, 45.255, 45.260, 45.215, 45.334,
uisites:
45.450, 45.452
and
45.453.
service-oriented, post-industrial society.
45.470 Senior Seminar (3)
projects
and reports
Provides for individual research
with-in selected areas of interest
such as the family, criminology, social services and special
populations. Usually offered in the spring semes-
ter.
Prerequisites: Senior status; 18 semester hours of
sociology
tor
and
Work and Social WelTaken concurrently with 45.497 for integration of theory and practice. Internship work issues and
assignments are discussed and evaluated in relation to
relevant research and to the sixteen program objectives
and corresponding seven internship course objectives.
45.498 Integrative Seminar in Social
-
social work;
and consent of the
fare (3)
-
instruc-
Prerequisites: 45.133, 45.297, 45.255, 45.260, 45.215,
.
45.334, 45.450, 45.452
45.471 Independent Study in Sociology (3) - Allows student
to pursue individualized instruction in-depth with a faculty
member
in a specific area of the field not covered
in current courses. Prerequisites: 45.211
of instructor, chairperson and
and consent
members of
the depart-
ment.
Examines
some major human problems that lead to environmental deterioration, parti-cularly water, air and noise polludon, energy and other resource depletion and increas(3)
-
ing population density. Prerequisite: 45.211.
Community Land Use Planning (3) - Introduces the
community planning process and the theoretical perspectives relevant to community land use planning.
Examines selected substantive planning problem areas
45.477
in the local
community. Students formulate, develop
and present a community land use plan.
formal and informal work organizations, job
In-depth
dis-
on audiences, the social struccommunications industry, particularly its influence on media content and the political use of mass
dia, especially television,
ture of
latest
research articles in
the field.
45.511 Social Institutions (3)
major
institutions in the
Sociological examination of
United States cross-culturally
-
compared with those in other societies. Specific institutions selected depending on the interest of students and
faculty.
45.513 Adolescents in American Society
role of adolescents in
special emphasis
in groups
and
(3)
-
Studies the
contemporary U.S. society with
on the
adolescent's social interactions
institutions.
The Contemporary American Community (3) - An
advanced examination of the social dynamics of community life, its institutions, organizations, and people
within the context of the development of post-industri-
satisfac-
and organization of
industrial and post-industrial societies and relationship
between work organizations within communities and
al society.
dissatisfaction, strticture
society. Prerequisite: 45.211.
45.490 Sociology of Aging (3) - Studies aging, its major theoretical themes, patterns of living, socio-psychological
consequences of aging. Examines the conproblems and programs of the aging.
Prerequisite: 45.211 or consent of instructor. Offered
in spring semester only.
cultural
temporary
issues,
45.495 Criminal Justice Internship (1-15) -An on-thejob
apprenticeship in which students are exposed to the
responsibilities, skills and activities necessary to accomplish jobs in criminal justice agencies, including pubUc
and
-
45.523
45.478 Sociology of Work (3) - Presents a sociological examination of work and the milieu of the worker. Studies
and
(3)
cussion of cognitive and behavioral effects of mass me-
Prerequisite:
45.211.
and
45.500 Sociology of Mass Communication
media. Students critique the
45.474 Contemporary Environmental Issues
tion
and 45.453.
private, local, state
and
federal, investigatory
correctional agencies. Prerequisite: 45.244.
and
45.525 Current Social Issues
(3)
-
Analyzes current social
and solutions offered to solve them. Explores issues and solutions within the broad framework of the
social sciences and specific framework of sociological
and anthropological data.
issues
Work (3) - Focuses on structure and
organization of industrial and post-industrial societies
and the relationship between work organizations vrith-
45.578 Sociology of
communities and society. Presents a sociological examination of work and the milieu of the worker. Course
focuses on formal and informal work organizations,
worker job satisfaction, and dissatisfaction.
in
ANT
(46)
Anthropology
Administered by Department of 7\ntiiropology
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Editio7i
46.101 Introduction to Anthropology (3) - A beginning
course for students with no background in anthropology. Provides an overview of peoples and cultures of the
world today and of the past as well as the fossil evidence
for human evolution. Topics may include living primates, magic and religion and kinship, marriage and
sex roles. Not for students
who have
taken 46.200, 46.210
or 46.220.
-117
46.311 Archaeology of Northeastern North America (3) Surveys the prehistoric cultures of the area from arrival
of the
first
inhabitants through early historic times. Pro-
vides a laboratory for the study of broader issues of socio-cultural processes. Prerequisite: 46.210 or consent
of the instructor.
46.312 South American Archaeology
(3)
A
-
survey of pre-
46.102 Anthropology and World Problems (3) - Explores the
origins of global problems and evaluates the variety of
South America. Emphasizes the civilizations of the Andean zone and the role played by
the Amazonian region in the development of Andean
cultural solutions to those problems. Investigates cul-
Cultures. Prerequisites: 46.101 or 46.200 or 46.210 or
and solutions of tribal peoples holistically
and compares them to those of industrialized nations
in terms of their consequences and implications. Ap-
consent of the instructor. Approved as a diversity course.
historic cultures of
tural values
proved
46.320 Contemporary World Cultures
parative analysis of selected
as a diversity course.
(3)
-
Presents a com-
non-European
societies in
and natural areas. Indicates stresses on the natural and social environment; national character; religion and world view; and literary, artistic and
musical expression. Approved as a diversity course.
contrasting cultural
46.200 Principles of Cultural 7\jithropology (3) - Provides a
cross-cultural study of all human behaviors in contem-
porary cultures. Topics surveyed include socialization;
language; sex, age and kinship roles; religion and mag-
marriage and the family; political and economic behavior; cultural change; and the arts. Anthropological
methodology and the concept of culture also are
46.333 Ethnic Identity in the United States
(3)
-
Explores
ic;
stressed.
Approved
examination of
humankind to
es on regional
human
(3)
-
Provides a worldwide
prehistory from the origins of
the development of early writing. Focusdifferences
and
similarities in
key evolu-
tionary transitions including sedentary lifeways, urban
origins
and the
rise
of
states. Field
methods are
also
discussed.
Human Origins (3) - Studies the emergence and
development of humans, the biological basis of human
culture and society and the origin of the social units of
fossil humans. A review of non-human primates and
46.220
their behavior
is
A uniquely anthropological perspective is utilized to give
also addressed.
Men and Women: An
(3)
-
A
cross-cultural
Anthropological Perspective
and evolutionary perspective on
a cultural-ethnic identity
sity
course.
46.340 Native North America (3)
-
American population.
Prerequisites: 46.200, 46.210,
46.220 or consent of the instructor. Approved as a
46.350 Medical Anthropology
(3)
illness
of anthropology. Approved as a diversity course.
46.300 Archaeological
the
modern
Method and Theory
(3)
-
Explores
theoretical foundations of archaeology. Stu-
dents read and discuss original contributions to the field
and learn methods
in preparation for actual fieldwork.
Prerequisite: 46.210 or consent of the instructor.
46.301 Field Archaeology (3-6)
- Provides field investigation
of various prehistoric cultures in northeastern United
States.
Students learn excavation and recording tech-
important sites during field trips and become part of a unique community that studies our past.
niques,
visit
46.310 Aztecs and Mayans
and
diagnosis, sorcery
-
Surveys the prehistoric cul-
tures of Mexico and Central America. Emphasis on the
development of Aztec and Mayan civilizations. Approved
as a diversity course.
46.360 Pseudoscience (3)
-
Sharpens
critical
thinking
skills
and deepens understanding of human belief systems
and ethics by examining how science operates and e\aluating extraordinary ideas that claim to be scientific.
Investigates scientific-creationism, ESP, UFOs, fantastic
archeology, dowsing and others.
46.370 Indigenous Cultures of Modern Mexico (3) - Presents an introduction to the indigenous cultures of
modern Mexico, including Nahua, Otomi, Purepecha,
Huastec, Zapotec, Mixtec and Maya. Focus is both historical and contemporary. Treats such subjects as religion, sacred
and secular
rituals,
customs, folk
art, so-
economics and culture change
from an anthropological perspective. Prerequisite:
ciopolitical organization,
46. 101 or 46. 102 or 46.200 or 46.31
(3)
as well as health
and witchand preventive medicine,
alcoholism and drug use and the medical knowledge of
tribal and peasant societies. Approved as a diversity
topics of divination
course.
ries
Studies of cross-cultural
care delivery in industrialized cultures. Includes the
indtis-
Covers genetic and environmental theoof sex role behavior Prerequisite: 3 semester hours
-
and curing
Examines sex roles in nonhi:man primates and humans.
Examines sex roles in hunting and gathering, horticultural, pastoralist, peasant and other preindustrial socitrial societies.
di-
versity course.
craft in healing, public health
modern
Surveys native cultures of
North America in prehistoric and early historic periods
with emphasis placed on issues facing today's Native
sex role behavior in past and contemporary cultures.
eties are described as well as sex roles in
is
formed and maintained in our socien-. Special attention paid to Italians and Latinos (including Puerto
Ricans) as examples of extremely different immigrant
experiences. Prerequisite: 46.200. Approved as a diver-
concepts of health,
46.260
how
students a sense of
as a diversity course.
46.210 Prehistoric Archaeology
the varieties of ethnic experience in the United States.
or 46.430 or 46.333
or 46.340 or consent of insuiictor
46.385 Anthropology Research and Writing Skills (3) - Familiarizes students with information sources in anthro-
120- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
may be repeated
with change in topic. Prerequisites:
48.101 and consent of
tlie instrtictor.
48.436 Theories of Personality (3) - A critical study of theories explaining development, structure and dynamics
of personality. Considers personality from psychoanalytic, social, trait, self and learning points of view. Prerequisite: 48.101, 48.160, 48.281 (minimum grade of C
in each), 48.282.
48.439 Introduction to Clinical Psychology (3) - Surveys clinical psychology and the role of the clinical psychologist
in
community and
clinical
hospital mental health programs,
assessment and diagnosis. Examines concepts
and models of psychotherapy. Prerequisites: 48.101,
48.335 or 48.436 or consent of the instructor.
in
48.451 Laboratory Training in
Group Processes
(3)
-
Offers
on-going experience on topics including norm-setting,
leadership, problem solving, role playing cooperation/
competition and decision making. Class size limited to
20 students. Prerequisite: 48.101 and consent of the instructor. Offered fall semester only.
48.453 Organizational Psychology
(3)
-
Describes the appli-
and research to the study
of industrial, business, profit and nonprofit service,
military and governmental organizations. Emphasizes
the interaction of individual perceptions, group dynamics and organizational climate and strategies to maximize the satisfaction and effectiveness of each component within and between complex organizations. Precation of psychological theory
requisite: 48.101, 48.253 or
consent of instructor. Of-
48.464 Advanced Experimental Design (Spring, odd-num(3)
-
Presents an advanced consideration
of the planning, conduct and evaluation of research in
the behavioral
and biological
metric and nonparametric
employing paraEmphasizes inferinterpretation and com-
sciences,
statistics.
ential statistics, design, analysis,
puter utilization. Prerequisites: 48.101, 48.160, 48.281,
48.282 or consent of the instructor.
in
both individual and group
under supervision of a psychology faculty member. Requires written report on results of study. Prerequisites: Consent of the instructor,
departmental approval and approval by the dean of the
in the field or laboratory
BIO
(50) Biology
Administered by Department of Biological and Allied Health
Sciences
50.100 Cells, Genes and Molecules (3) - General principles
of biology studied from the cellular, genetic and molecular levels. Discusses
(3)
-
Studies the
application of learning principles to change behavior
both individual and group
50.101
Human
48.497 Practicum in Psychology (3-15) - Provides application of psychological knowledge through study, observation and practice in a community. May be repeated
for a total of 15 semester hours. Prerequisites: 90 credit
hours and completion of 48.101, 48.160, 48.281 (minimum grade of C in each) and consent of the instructor.
Human
Biology (3)
Presents major concepts and
-
principles of biology relating to
humans. Not applica-
ble to biology major.
50.102 Ecolog}' and Evolution (3) - Studies biology from the
ecological, evolutionary and behavioral perspective with
emphasis on humankind. Not applicable
to biology
major.
50.107 Medical Terminology (1) - Studies roots, prefixes and
suffixes of medical terms \ia programmed instruction.
Recommended for students in
fail
credit only.
the health sciences. Pass/
Not applicable
50.114 Concepts in Biology
(4)
I
-
to biology major.
Introductory course pro-
framework of key biological concepts and unifying themes. Topics include the nature and process of
science, the unity and diversity of living things, the chemical basis of life, cell structure and function, principles
of inheritance and animal form and function. Laboratory work emphasizes application of biological princiexperimental design, obsei'vation, data collection,
and interpretation. Three hours lecture/three
hours laboratory per week.
ples,
analysis
11
(4)
-
Continuation of Con-
Introductory course that presents key
biological concepts in an evolutionary framework. Topcepts in Biology
1.
include: plant form and function, population, community and ecosystem ecology, evolution, systematics
ics
and a survey of key phyla of plants, animals and microorganisms. Laboratory work emphasizes application of
biological principles, experimental design, observation,
and
oral
communication
skills.
Three hours of
lecture/ three hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisite: 50.114 or permission of the instructor.
settings. Prerequisites:
48.101 or consent of the instructor.
torical
techniques in biolo-
data collection, analysis and interpretation as well as
Ajrts.
48.476 Principles of Behavior Modification
48.576 Theories of
how modern
gy shape and affect our lives. Not applicable to biology
major. Three hours of lecture per week.
written
in
settings. Prerequisites:
48.101 or consent of the instructor.
50.115 Concepts in Biolog)'
48.466 Independent Study in Psychology (3) - Studies a topic via either review and research of technical psychological literature or empirical manipulation of variables
College of Liberal
48.577 Principles of Behavior Modification (3) - Studies the
application of learning principles to change behavior
vides a
fered spring semester only.
bered years)
which yield principles for practical application.
Learning
(3)
-
Studies the his-
and contemporary learning systems and models
50.173 Anatomy and Physiology 1 (4) - An introductory
course integrating die structure and function of the human body. Covers fundamental principles of anatomy
and physiology, the chemical basis of life, cell structure
and function, tissues, integumentary system, skeletal
system, muscular system, nervous system and special
senses. Three hours of lecture/3 hours of laboratoiy
per week. Not applicable to biology major.
50.174 Anatomy and Physiology
integrating the structure
II (4)
-
Introductory course
and function of the human
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
body. Covers blood and defense mechanisms, cardiovascular system, lymphatic system, respiratory system,
digestive system, metabolism, nutrition, urinary system,
fluid
and
endocrine system, repro-
electrolyte balance,
ductive system, growth
and development and human
Three hours lecture/3 hours laboratory per
genetics.
week. Prerequisite: 50.173 or consent of the instructor.
Not applicable
to biology major.
50.200 Dendrology (Summer) (3) - Covers the basic principles of dendrology: the identification, biology and eco-
nomic
significance of trees
and shrubs. Emphasis
is
placed on tree species of eastern North American forests. Two hours of lecture and 10 hours of laboratory
per week.
Summer
session only. Prerequisite: 50.115.
50.205 Introduction to Nutrition (3) - A foundation of nutritional concepts and practices that can be applied to
personal
lives
and incorporated
into careers. Concepts
-
121
and other microorganisms with conand
various industrial processes. Three hours lecture and 2
hours laboratory per week. Not applicable to biology
bacteria, viruses
sideration of their relationship to public health
major.
50.242 Biology of Microorganisms
(4)
-
Introduces the fun-
damental principles of nomenclature, classification,
microscopy, cytology and anatomy, cultivation, growth,
metabolism and genetics of the microbial world. Microbial interrelationships and control are integrated into
a systematic approach to classical microbiology as it relates to humans and the environment. Three hours of
lecture/3 hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisites:
50.115 and 52.115.
50.252 Field Zoology (Summer)
(3)
vertebrates) with emphasis
recognition and
some
Studies animals (mainly
-
on
field observation
and
collections. Also the class visits
include nutritional requirements for optimal health and
various field zoologists' study sites to learn about this
span, making food
profession. Field trip to Wallops Island at additional student cost. Two hours of lecture/3 hours of laboratory
per week. Prerequisite: 50.115 or consent of the instruc-
performance throughout the
life
choices in the marketplace, analyzing nutritional infor-
mation in the media and controversial issues in nutrition and health. Not applicable to biology major.
50.211 Invertebrate Zoology (3)
la
-
Studies the principal phy-
of invertebrate animals in relation to their anatomy,
classification
and behaviors
they participate. Field trip
which
Marine Sci-
tor.
50.253 Freshwater Biology (Summer)
(3)
-
Emphasizes the
chemical, physical and biological aspects of freshwater
Two hours
in the ecosystems in
environments.
component
tory per week. Prerequisites: 50.115 or consent of the
at
ence Consortium, Wallops Island, Va., includes additional student costs. Three hours lecture/2 hours laboratory per week. Prerequisite 50.115.
of lecture/3 hours of labora-
instructor.
50.254 Social Implications of Biology
(3)
-
Explores the so-
:
of current thought in biology. Ad-
cietal implications
50.212 Vertebrate Zoology (3) - Studies the biology of vertebrate animals, emphasizing natural history, physiology,
morphology, taxonomy and behavior. Reviews evolutionary and ecological aspects of each class. Includes laboratory work with living and preserved specimens to familiarize students with representative individuals of the
major classes of this group. Field trip component at the
Marine Science Consortium, Wallops Island, Va., includes additional student costs.
Two hours
of lecture/3
hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisite: 50.115.
velopment, structure, reproduction and selected ecological and paleobotanical aspects. Two hours of lecture/3 hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisite:
50.115.
50.231 Biology of Aging (3) - The biological mechanisms of
the aging process are discussed with special emphasis
humans. Discussions include studcellular, systems and organism levels of organizations. Three hours lecture per
week. Not applicable to biology major
ies
applicable to biology major.
50.263 Field Botany (Summer)
in
of aging at the molecular,
Human
human
Genetics (3)
genetics
anthropology,
and
and
-
Explores the principles of
their application to
biolog)',
special education.
problems
in
medicine, psychology, sociology
Three hours of lecture/discus-
sion per week. Prerequisite: 50.100, 50.101, 50.114 or
consent of the instructor.
50.240 Introductory Microbiology
(3)
-
Presents elementaiy
aspects of morphology, metabolism
and
cultivation of
-
Field identification of
ogy and evolution. Two hours of lecture/3 hours laboratory per week. Prerequisite: 50.1 15 or consent of the
instructor.
Examines the structure and funcorganelles. Emphasis on general
principles and processes by which all cells function.
Three hours of lecture/3 hours of laboratory per week.
Prerequisites: 50.115 and 52.115 or 52.118.
tion of the cell
-
and
its
50.275 Drugs in America (3) - Examines die basic mechanism of drug action for legal and illegal, prescription
and over the counter (OTC) medications. Introducdon
covers terminolog)', drug sources, federal h«vs and principles of drug action. More specific mechanisms will be
discussed for the following categories: narcotic analgesics,
stimulants, barbituates, tranqtiilizers, marijuana,
OTC pain relievmedications and anubiodcs.
hallucinogens, antiovulatoi7 agentes,
ers,
50.233
(3)
local vascular plants, principles of plant systemics, ecol-
50.271 Cell Biology (4)
50.222 Comparative Biology of Plants (3) - Provides a phylogenetic study of land plants with emphasis on their de-
on these processes
dresses values, ethics and responsible decision making.
Three hours of lecture and discussion per week. Not
other
common OTC
Not applicable
to the biolog)' major.
50.331 Embryology (3)
-
Re\iews the patterns, processes and
principles of animal development. Laboratory studies
emphasize descripti\e embryology of a nmnber of representative vertebrates with emphasis on amphibian,
avian and mammalian development. Field trip component at Marine Science Consoruuni. Wallops Island, Va.,
includes additional student costs. Two hours oflecture/
122- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
and
from various body
3 hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisite: 50.115 or
function of vertebrate
consent of the instructor.
systems. Laboratory studies include the use of prepared
50.332 Genetics (3) - Addresses mechanisms of heredity in
animals and plants; Mendelian inheritance, linkage,
chromosomal modifications,
and gene action. Three hours of lecture/
cells
tissues
microscope slides and color photomicrographs. Two
hours lecture/3 hours laboratory per week. Prerequisite:
50.271 or consent of instructor.
probability, crossing over,
nucleic acids
2
hours of laboratory per week. Laboratory hours
will
vary. Prerequisite: 50.271.
50.333 Molecular Biology (3) - Investigates the practical and
theoretical aspects of molecular biology and gives students an opportunity to explore otogenic and develop-
mental problems from a molecular perspective. Topics
include information processing from DNA to proteins,
regulation of gene expression, DNA mutability and repair and genetic engineering. Two hours lecture/discussion, three hours of lab per week. Prerequisites:
50.271, 50.242
and 52.131.
50.366 Anatomy and Physiology: Head, Neck and Thorax
(Spring) (3) - Focuses on the anatomy, physiology and
development of the head, neck and thorax. Emphasizes the organ systems that relate to the hearing and
speech mechanisms. Three hours lecture/2 hours laboratory per week. Preference given to students in communication disorders. Not applicable to biology major.
50.380 Biology Seminar
(1)
-
Emphasizes preparation and
presentation of biological topics in both oral and written formats. Prerequisite: junior standing or
minimum
of 64 semester hours completed.
50.390 Undergraduate Resarch in Biology 1(1-3)- Acquaints
50.342 Medical Bacteriology (4) - Provides a study of bacteria capable of causing disease in humans. Emphasizes
students with techniques of scientific research, data
laboratory aspects of bacterial disease but includes
search with the aid of a faculty member. Research cul-
and
minates in a scholarly paper written by the student that
presents findings of the laboratory or field investiga-
pathogenicity, identification, diagnosis, treatment
prevention. Three hours of lecture/3 hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisites: 50.242
50.343 Immunolog)'
functions of
(3)
-
and 50.271.
Introduction to components and
human immune
to infectious disease, blood transfusion organ transplantation and cancer; consideration of conditions involving the immune system such as immuno-
and autoimmune diseases. Prerequisites: 50.271; and a background in genetics
organic/biochemistry and/or infectious diseases recommended.
deficiencies (AIDS), allergies
lar plant diseases, the
the impact of diseases
disease
program of re-
tion in a form suitable for publication. Refer to section
on cooperative education, internship and independent
study Prerequisite: junior standing.
50.391 Undergraduate Research in Biology
II (3)
-
Continu-
ation of 50.390.
50.411 Radiation Biology (3)
-
Studies effects of radiation
on living organisms and nuclear structure; studies fundamental properties of radiation, including physical,
chemical and genetic effects on plants and animals from
cells to whole organisms; studies application of radio-
50.332. 53.141 or consent of the instructor.
affairs.
Lecture
stress-
and pathogen
to
control. Laboratory stresses identipathogens and disease symptoms, his-
tology of diseased tissues and research techniques.
Three hours of lecture/2 hours of laboratory per week.
Prerequisites: 50.242 and 50.271; or consent of the instructor.
50.351 Ecology (3) - Investigates the interactions of organisms and their environment. Includes behavior, popu-
community interactions and ecosystem
function. Field-based labs are an integral part of the
course.
in a
on human
Examines the nature of vascu-
and disease
lation dynamics,
engaging
chemicals in biological studies. Minimum of 4 hours
per week including laboratory. Prerequisite: 50.233 or
-
modes of pathogenesis, host response
fication of plant
analysis by
biology of plant pathogens and
es principles of plant pathology: disease
classification,
and
system; application of im-
munology
50.350 Plant Pathology (3)
collection
Two hours lecture/3 hours
laboratory per week.
Prerequisite: 50.115 or consent of the instructor.
50.430 Evolution (3) - Studies the major concerns of the
theory of evolution and contributions toward their solutions
made by
genetics, paleontology, systematics and
Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites:
ecology.
50.332 or 50.351 or permission of the instructor.
50.432 Microbial and Molecular Genetics (3) - A study of
macromolecules, macromolecular complexes, protein
and gene regulation using viruses, bacteria and
lower eukaryotes. Topics include DNA/chromosome
structure, genetic recombination, plasmids, transposons, recombinant DNA and genetic analysis. Three
hours of lecture and tsvo hours of laboratory per week.
syntliesis
The
laboratory hours will vary. Prerequisites:
Two of the
following: 50.242, 50.332, 52.341; or permission of in-
50.361 Comparative Vertebrate
Anatomy
(3)
-
Presents a
comparative study of the chordates emphasizing the vertebrate classes. Attention given to structure, morphogenesis, functional adaptations
and evolutionary trends.
placed on the lamprey, shark
and cat. Field trip component at Marine Science Consortium, Wallops Island, Va., includes additional student
costs. Two hours of lecture/3 hours of laboratory per
Laboratory emphasis
is
week. Prerequisite: 50.115 or consent of the instructor.
50.364 Vertebrate Histology
(3)
-
Studies the structure and
structor.
50.441 Cytogenetics (3) - Examines structure and behavior
of chromosomes and their effects on development. Describes
human
chromosome
genetic syndromes and the effects of
abnormalities. Explores relationships be-
tween chromosomes, oncogenes and cancer. Laboratory studies include cell culture methods, microscopic
techniques and karyotype preparation. Two hours of
lecture/2 hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisites:
50.233 or 50.332 and 50.271; or consent of die instruc-
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
-123
and animals and ^vith
each other in natural air, water and soil habitats. The
roles of microbes in biogeochemical cycling, pollution
and waste management are reviewed. Lab experience
in sampling, counting and monitoring microbes in the
environment. Four hours per week. Additional time may
be required. Prerequisite: 50.242 or consent of instrucactions of microbes with plants
50.442 Virology of Mammals (3)
-
Introduces
viral structure,
and pathogenesis.
prevention and treatment
classification, replication, genetics
Studies entail the diagnosis,
of viral infection and families of viruses that cause
dis-
humans and other mammals. Includes such current topics as AIDS and rumor virology. Prerequisites:
At least one course from 50.332, 50.342, 50.343, Chemistry 52.341; background in microbiology recommendease in
ed.
tor.
50.457 Entomology
gy,
insects.
50.444 Plant and Animal Tissue Culture
practical
and
(
1
)
-
Explores the
and animal
theoretical aspects of plant
Primary focus wiU be on the development
skills to a level sufficient to enable the
student to gain an entry-level position in a cell culture
laboratory. Topics include: regeneration of plants from
tissue culture, hybridoma technology, animal tissues
culture techniques, establishing primary cell cultures
and maintenance and storage of cell cultures. One hour
of lecture/discussion per week, three hours lab. Intended for biotechnology students. Prerequisites: 50.271;
52.230 or 52.231
(3)
-
Studies the physiolog)', morpholo-
and general biology of the
behavior, classification
A collecting period provides an opportunity for
mount and properly display insects
Taxonomic emphasis limited to order and famEquivalent to 5 hours per week including laborato-
students to collect,
for study.
tissue culture.
ily.
of laboratory
50.450 Mycology (3) - A critical survey of the kingdom Fungi, with emphasis on the Ascomycota, Basidiomycota and
ry-
50.459 Ornithology
(3)
-
Studies the biology of birds includ-
ing bird identification in the field by song and sight,
anatomy, physiology, behavior, ecology and other aspects. Two hours of lecture/3 hours of laboratory per
week. Some study off-campus may be required. The field
trip component at Marine Science Consortium, Wallops
Island, Va., includes additional student costs. Prerequisite: 50.115 or consent of the instructor.
50.460 Population Biology
(3)
-
Presents selected themes in
Deuteromycota. Lectures cover the topics of morphol-
the biology of animal, plant and fungal populations.
ogy, physiology, biochemistry, cytology, genetics, system-
Topics include: population structure and d)'namics, pop-
atics,
ecology and evolution. Laboratory stresses com-
morphology of higher fungi, laboratory techniques and field mycology. Two hours of lecture/3 hours
of laboratory per week. Prerequisites: 50.271; one course
in genetics recommended; or consent of the instructor.
parative
and speciation.
Fundamental principles and current models and hyulation genetics, population ecology
potheses
will
be stressed, along with treatments of
re-
search techniques, computer modeling and potential
for future research.
Three hours of lecture/discussion
per week.
50.451 Conservation Biology (3) - Presents the science of
preserving biodiversity and sustaining the earth. Draws
on and
synthesizes information
from the
fields
of ecol-
economics, sociology and political science. Emphasis on the development
of strategies for preserving populations, species, biological communities and entire ecosystems in the face of
growing human populations and their impact on the
environment. Brings scientific principles and theory to
bear on problems of management for preserving the
richness of life on earth. Three hours of seminar per
week. Prerequisites: 50.115; 50.351; 41.105 or consent
of the instructor.
ogy, evolution, genetics, philosophy,
50.542 Limnology (summer) (3) - Chemical, biological and
physical aspects of freshwater lakes, ponds and streams.
Includes laboratory and field investigations. Prerequisite:
50.351.
50.453 Neotropical Biology (3) - Stvidies the biology of the
neotropics with an emphasis on the Central or South
American neotropics. Students vnW deliver a seminar,
50.461 Animal Behavior (3) - In depth introduction to modern ethology. Emphasizes current models of animal
behavior and theoretical foundations of etholog)'. Research and project oriented. Students may incur additional cost
due
to the field trip
component
at
Marine
Science Consortium, Wallops Island, Va. Three hours
of lecture/2 hours of laborator)' per week.
50.462 Plant Anatomy
anatomy and
(3)
-Outiines recent concepts of plant
historical consideration of classical re-
searchers. Reviews the structure, function, growth
and
morphogenesis of the vascular plants. Addresses composition and growth of meristems and the phenomena
of subsequent tissue differentiation. Describes anatomical organization by developmental and comparative
methods in order to explain important cell, tissue and
organ relationships. Two hours of lecture/3 hours of
laboratory per week. Prerequisite: 50.115.
50.470 Medical Parasitolog)' (3) - Presents life history, physiology, taxonomy and morpholog)' of parasites of med-
humankind. Special attention given
write a term paper, participate in class discussions, turn
ical
notebook and study selected readings in
neotropical biology. A one to two week trip to the neotropics is required and students will incur travel expenses exclusive of tuition and fees of approximately $2,000.
such as pathology-, symptomolog)-, diagnosis, prevention and treatment. Laboratory work
stresses identification of parasitic disease through liv-
in a field trip
importance
to
to clinical aspects
Prerequisites: 50.115; 50.351; 41.105 or consent of the
ing and preserved material, die proper handling of specimens and methods of professional patient inter\iew-
instructor.
ing. Five
50.455 Environmental Microbiolog)'
(3)
-
Studies the inter-
hours per week. Prerequisite: 52.230 or 52.231
or 52.116 or consent of the instructor. Completion of
additional coursework in biolog)' reconuiiended.
124- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
50.472 Animal Cell Physiology (3) - Examines the principles
of physics and chemistry as they relate to biological processes of animal cells. Relates the structure
ties
and proper-
of certain organic molecules to the structure of
membranes and
ological
bi-
the functions of different or-
Emphasizes the role of membrane transport
processes to the maintenance of the cell's physiochemical environment. Uses intermediary metabolism and
bioenergetics to present the role of chemical messenganelles.
gers in the regulation of cell processes. Prerequisites:
52.230 or 52.231 or 52.116 or permission of the instruc-
cal
problems and reinforces awareness of the unity of
Emphasizes the application of the scien-
living systems.
tific method and provides opportunities for independent investigation. Four hours laboratory per week, including one hour discussion. Offered each semester.
Prerequisites: 50.271, 52.116, and52.230 or 52.231 or
permission of the instructor. Students need an under-
standing of college algebra. Pre or Co-requisite: 50.472,
50.474, 50.478, or 50.477.
50.481 Senior Biology Seminar (1) - Addresses the practice
of critical reading and of the scientific literature in bi-
tor.
ology, preparing written
Examines how normal body
function is maintained by the precise control and integration of the specialized activities of the various organ
systems. Three hours of lecture/ 2 hours of laboratory
50.473 Systemic Physiology
(3)
-
per week. Prerequisites: 50.271 52. 1 1 6, 50.472 or 50.474
research,
and engaging
and
oral analyses of original
in critical discussion. Prerequi-
senior standing in biology.
site:
50.484 Methods in Biotechnology (3) - An investigationbased course in which students undertake a project of
,
their
or 50.174.
own design employing methods used
in biotech-
nology. Students will be required to submit project pro-
50.474 Vertebrate Systems Physiology (3) - Studies the major organ systems and how they work together to main-
Uses human
systems to explain function, but includes examples from
other vertebrates to broaden students' understanding
of the variety of mechanisms used to maintain homeostasis. Mechanisms by which the systems' functions are
integrated in the whole organism are emphasized. Three
hours lecture and discussion per week. Prerequisites:52.230 or 52.231, or permission of the instructor.
tain
body conditions compatible with
Competence
life.
Examines normal physiology
of the nervous and skeletal muscular systems; specifition,
be allowed to register for the course on approval of
meet as a research group for
the project. Students will
three hours/week with the instructor. Prerequisites:
50.333 or 52.422.
50.490 Internship in Biology and Biology Research (3-15) A work-study program open only to juniors and seniors
majoring in biology and allied health sciences. No more
than 15 semester hours in Cooperative Education and/
or internship may be taken.
.
in college algebra.
50.476 Neurophysiology
cally
posals prior to the semester that they enroll. Students
will
(3)
studying cellular neurophysiology, muscle contrac-
sensory physiology, motor control and their inte-
Three hours lecture and discussion per week.
Background in mammalian or systemic physiology, biochemistry and anatomy recommended. Prerequisites:
gration.
50.472, 50.473 or 50.474.
50.477 Plant Physiology (3)-
50.493 Honors Independent Study
I -
Biological Research
-
An
introduction to plant func-
tion including discussions of water relations, carbohy-
drate metabolism and translocation, photosynthesis,
mineral nutrition, plant growth hormones and growth
and development. Three hours lecture per week. Prerequisites: 50.230 or 52.231 or
permission of the instruc-
(3)
-
Consists of a laboratoiy or field investigation of a
particular
problem or topic
in biology.
The
be conducted under the supervision of a
ty
member. The course
is
open
study
will
biolog)' facul-
to students enrolled in
the B.A. and B.S. in biology degree programs. Refer to
on cooperative education, internship and independent study. Prerequisite: 50.380 and admission to
the Honors Program.
section
50.494 Honors Independent Study
(3)
-
II -
Biological Research
Consists of a laboratory or field investigation of a
problem or topic in biology. The study will be
conducted under the supervision of a biology faculty
member. This course completes the requirements for
selected
Biology Honors research. Prerequisite: 50.493.
tor.
50.478 Microbial Physiology (3) - Studies life processes of
microorganisms, including how they maintain homeostasis in
response to changing environmental conditions.
Examines general similarities as well as significant differences between microbial groups. Covers principles
of nutrition and growth, substrake uptake and transport systems. Discussion of energy-yielding metabolism
in
microorganisms will highlight the
diversity of systems.
Outlines precursor and macromolecule synthetic path-
ways and their regulation, with emphasis on industrial
applications. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites:
50.242, 50.271, 52.116.
50.479 Integrated Physiology Laboratory (1) - Provides
hands-on investigations of physiological principles
across taxonomic groups and all organizational levels.
Investigates evolutionary adaptations to various physi-
50.530 Evolution (3) - Examines major events in die history
of life on Earth. Examines theoretical models of evolutionary processes and the evidence of evolutionary
change from studies of fossil and extant species. Three
hours lecture per week.
50.531 Developmental Biology (3) - Study of progressive
changes and transformations diat occur during the ex-
model organisms. Morphogenesis, difand genetic control are discussed. Laboratoi7 studies use amphibian eggs collected locally and other selected embryologic and microscopic material. Four hours per week. Offered in spring
istence of various
ferentiation, metabolism,
semester.
- Microbial and Molecular Genetics
(3) - A study of
macromolecules, macromolecular complexes, protein
synthesis and gene regulation using viruses, bacteria and
50.532
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
lower eukaryotes. Topics include
DNA/chromosome
structure, genetic recombination, plasmids, trans-
posons, recombinant DNA and genetic analysis. Three
hours of lecture and two hours of laboratory per week.
The laboratory hours will vary. Prerequisites: Admission
to the M.S. or M.Ed. Program in Biology, or permission
of instructor.
50.550 Mycology (3) - A critical survey of the kingdom Fungi with emphasis on the Ascomycota, Basidiomycota, and
Deuteromycota. Lectures cover morphology, physiology,
125
50.561 Animal Beha%ior (3) - An in-depth introduction to
modern behavioral biology, ecology and evolution. Emphasizes current models of animal behavior
and theo-
foundations of ethology. Project oriented. Students master appropriate theory, familiarize themselves
with appropriate literature and apply principles in
retical
under the direction of
commitments and costs
project designed by the students
the professor. Additional time
be incurred for reqiured off-campus field trips.
Three hours of lecture discussion, two hours laboratowill
ry
per week.
biochemistry, cytology, genetics, systematics, ecolo-
and evolution. Laboratory sessions stress comparamorphology of higher fungi, laboratory techniques,
and field mycology. Two hours lecture/3 hours laboragy,
tive
tory per week.
50.570 Medical Parasitology
on and
synthesizes information
from the
fields
of ecol-
ogy, evolution, genetics, philosophy, economics, sociol-
ogy and political science. Emphasis on the development
of strategies for preserving populations, species, biological communities and entire ecosystems in the face of
growing human populations and our impact on the
environment. Brings scientific principles and theory to
the problems of management for preserving the richness of life on Earth. Three hours of seminar per week.
50.552 Limnology (summer)
(3)
-
Chemical, biological and
physical aspects of freshwater lakes,
ponds and streams.
Includes laboratory and field investigations. Prerequi-
50.35L
site:
50.553 Neotropical Biology
(3)
-
Studies the biology of the
neotropics. Students will deliver a seminar, wTite a term
paper, participate in class discussions, turn in a field
notebook and study selected readings in neotropiA one to two-week trip to the neotropics is a
(3)
-
Presents
life history,
phys-
taxonomy, and morphology of parasites of medical importance to humankind. Special attention given
to clinical aspects such as pathology, symptomolog)', diiology,
agnosis, prevention,
50.551 Conservation Biology (3) - Presents the science of
preserving biodiversity and sustaining the Earth. Draws
trip
-
and treatment. Laboratory work
stresses identification of parasitic disease tiirough
liv-
ing and preserved material, proper handling of specimens, and methods of professional patient interviewing.
50.571 Endocrinology (3) - Studies the individual glands of
the endocrine system with respect to their development,
morphology, function, regulation, and significance in
integrating physiological activities of higher vertebrates.
Three hours lecture per week.
50.572 Comparative Animal Physiology
(3)
-
Compares high-
er vertebrate adaptations to various environments with
respect to regulation of body fluid volume
and compo-
core temperature, and nitrogen metabolism.
Four hours per week.
sition,
(4) - Examines hov/ normal body
maintained by the precise control and integration of the specialized activities of various organ systems. Three hours lecture, 3 hours laboratory per week.
50.573 Systemic Physiology
function
is
cal biology.
required part of
sive of tuition
this course,
and
with travel expenses exclu-
fees of approximately 12,000.
50.575 Cell Physiology (3) - Explores cellular function in
molecular terms. Topics include: membrane physiology,
50.559 Ornithology
(3)
-
Presents the biology of birds along
with bird identification in the field and from
museum
interactions between cells
and
their en\ironment,
aerobic respiration, photosynthesis, cytoplasmic
brane systems, cytoskeleton and
cell motilit)',
collections along with a review of ornithological litera-
pression and
Emphasis on bird vocalizations, behavior and
morphology in making identifications. Students deliver a presentation on an ornithological topic and partic-
in cell and molecular
Three hours lecture/discussion per week..
ture.
ipate in class discussions. Field trips to study birds of
the area also include an extended trip to an area such
Wallops Island, Va. Extra costs of approximately $75
be incurred for the extended trip. Two hours lecture, three hours laboratory per week. Off-campus field
as
will
tiips are required.
50.560 Population Biology
ment of the
(3)
-
Provides a rigorous treat-
characteristics of natural populations of
animals, plants
and
fungi. Introduces students to cur-
rent concepts in speciation, ecological models of population structure
and dynamics and principles of popu-
lation genetics. Stresses current research, theoretical
and computational mathematical models and current
techniques in the study of populations. Additional time
commitments and
costs will
extended off-campus field
discussion per week.
be incurred for required
trips.
Three hoius of lecture/
nalling
its
mem-
gene ex-
control, cellular reporduction, cell sig-
and techniques
50.576 Neurophysiology
(3)
-
biology.
Examines normal physiology
of the nervous and skeletal muscular systems; specifically studying cellular neurophysiology, muscle contrac-
motor control and their inteThree hours lecture and discussion per week.
Background in mammalian or systemic physiology, biochemistry and anatomy recommended. Prerequisites:
50.474 or 50.573 or equivalent and knowledge of chemistiT and electrical circuitry.
tion, sensory physiolog)',
gration.
50.590 Current Topics in Biology
(3)
-
Critically
examines a
specialized topic in biologv' in a lecture/seminar for-
mat. Topic varies each semester offered. Ma)' be repeat-
ed once, provided that the topic
is
different.
Three
hours of lecture/seminar per week.
50.591 Directed Study in Biolog)' (3) - An independent investigation, conducted inider the direction of a member of the Department of Biological and Allied Health
126- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
Sciences, in an area of biology in which the student has
terpretation of Earth's history through the identifica-
a particular interest. Student encouraged to identify a
and evolution of the rock and fossil record and
through the interpretation of geologic maps. Two laboratory hours per week. It is recommended that course
be taken concurrently with 51.102.
problem, employ an experimental design, and analyze
collected data. Study of pertinent literature is required.
50.592 Master of Education Thesis (1-6)
Independent
-
re-
search and the preparation of a formal thesis in partial
fulfillment of the requirements for the degree of mas-
of education in biology.
ter
the requirements for the degree of master of
es
(3) -Application of geologenvironmental concerns. Emphasizes
energy, soil, mineral and water resources along with
Earth processes that are hazardous to humans. An afternoon field trip with a nominal fee is required.
knowledge
to
51.103 Dinosaurs (3) - Designed to use a single broad topic
of current popular interest as the basis for exploration
of important concepts and/or themes in Earth's histo-
Dinosaurs and their relatives
be used to illustrate origination and extinction of species through time
as well as interaction of organisms with each other and
the environment.
Planets (3)
will
-
Introduces students to the origin,
evolution and geology of the solar system, paying par-
and
ticular attention to the terrestrial planets
icy satel-
of the outer planets. Emphasis on results return-
lites
ing from recent and current planetary missions.
51.107 Natural Disasters (3) - Principles of Earth's internal
and external processes are explored through an examination of their manifestations as naturally-occurring
and the
disasters
resultant impact
on human
life
and
property.
phasis
to
on
change landforms;
field trip
One
is
airfare.
classification
and interpretation
semester hour optional
lab;
an afternoon
required.
51.121 Physical Geology Laboratory (1) - Presents an introduction to the practice of fundamental geology laboratory techniques including qualitative
and
quantitative
(4)
-
Explores the origin, occurence
common
materials
and of
ig-
means of recognition. Three hours
hours laboratory per week. Prerequisite:
practical
51.111.
51.261 Mineralogy (Fall) (4) - Reviews the origin, occurrence
and identifying characteristics of common minerals.
megascopic and microscopic techniques. Three
hours of class, 2 hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisite: 51.101 and 51.111 or permission of the instrucStresses
tor.
51.262 Petrology (Spring) (4) - Presents megascopic and
petrographic analysis and identification of rocks with
emphasis on field occurrences and associations. Three
hours of class, 2 hours of laboratory per week. Prereq51.261.
51.265 Geomorphology
(Fall) (4) - Study of the origin of
emphasis on the geologic processes and
structures that generate the landforms and applications
of landform analysis. Two-day weekend field trip is required. Three hours of class, 2 hours of laboratory per
week. Prerequisites: 51.101 and 51.111 or consent of
landforms
vvdth
instructor.
51.320 Remote Sensing of the Earth
remote sensing technology
manage
51.120 Physical Geology (3) - Studies the landscape in relation to the structure of the earth's crust; agents at work
of rocks.
$20 for
neous, sedimentary and metamorphic rocks, with em-
uisite:
The
component incurs an additional
identification of the
lecture, two
51.100 Environmental Geology
51.106
field trip
51.259 Oceanography (3) - Provides an introduction to the
geologic, chemical and physical aspects of the ocean
and
Administered by Department of Geography and Geoscienc-
ry.
change. The
cost to students of approximately
51.260 Earth Materials
Science
ic
Studies the atmosphere via the use
basins.
Geology and Earth
(51)
-
of gas laws and the underlying principles of atmospher-
Emphasizes wave motion, topographic features,
ocean basin structure, current circulation and methods
of investigation. A weekend field trip is encouraged.
science in biology.
ESS
51.255 Meteorology (3)
ic
50.593 Master of Science Thesis ( 1-6) - Independent research
and the preparation of a formal thesis in partial fulfill-
ment of
tion
to
(3)
-
Studies the use of
explore
Earth's natural resources.
for,
monitor and
Two hours of class,
2
hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisite: 53.112 or
higher or consent of the instructor.
51.355 Synoptic Meteorology (3) - Presents observation and
analysis of data for understanding and predicting the
complexities of the atmosphere. Prerequisite: 51.255 or
consent of instructor.
51.360 Introduction to Paleontology (4) - Introduces students to modern concepts and methods in paleobiolo-
analysis.
Two hours
mended
that course be taken concurrently with 51.101.
gy using examples from various groups of organisms
important in the fossil record. Field trips and laborato-
Examines the evolution of
from rock and
ry work are an integral part of this course. Prerequisite:
51.102, 51.112 or 50.211 or consent of the instructor.
of laboratory per week.
51.130 Historical Geology
earth
fossil
and
life
(3)
on earth
evidence; particular emphasis
afternoon field
trip
recom-
as interpreted
history of North America.
lab;
-
It is
is
One
on
is
the geologic
semester hour optional
required.
51.131 Historical Geology Laboratory (1)
-
Provides an in-
51.369 Structural Geology (Spring) (4) - Analyzes rock deformation based upon the principles of rock mechanics and the utilization of data from field investigations.
Three hours of class, 2 hours of laboratory per week.
Prerequisites: 51.101 and 51.111 or consent of instruc-
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
tor.
51.370 Surface Hydrology
ment upon and
(Fall) (3)
-
Study of water move-
within the Earth with emphasis on cal-
culations used in flood forecasting, surface water supply
and groundwater
supply.
Two hours of class,
2 hours
of laboratory per week. Prerequisite: 51.101 or 51.105.
51.410 Volcanoes (1) - Explores the composition and processes of the Earth as it relates to the occurrence and
of volcanoes around the world. Considers styles
and hazards of eruptions, the state of prediction and
activity
the formation of lava and volcanic rocks.
ed for
isfy
in-service
and
pre-service teachers.
general education requirements.
RecommendDoes not
Summer
sat-
only,
area of earth science. Topic chosen through
interests of the instructor and each student.
-127
common
.
51.493 Senior Research in Geosciences (3) - Provides for
librai"y and/or field research in geology. Prerequisites:
51.261, 51.262, 51.468 or consent of the instructor.
51.511 Volcanoes (1) - Explores the composition and processes of the Earth as it relates to the occurrence and
of volcanoes around the world. Considers styles
and hazards of eruptions, the state of prediction and
the formation of lava and volcanic rocks. Recommended for in-service and pre-service teachers. Does not satactivity
isfy
general education requirements.
Summer
only,
three hour class per day for one week.
three hour class per day for one week.
51.451 Field Techniques in Earth Science (Summer) (6) Provides intensive field and laboratory training in the
CHM
Chemistry
(52)
use of equipment and techniques in geology, hydrology and cartography. Field trips are integral, vital parts
of the course. Prerequisite: 15 semester hours in earth
Administered by Department of Chemistrj'
science courses or consent of the instructor.
52.100 Chemistry and the Citizen
51.460 Aqueous Geochemistry (4) - Introduces students to
basic geochemical properties of surface and groundwater as well as controls
waters.
An emphasis
is
on
the geochemistry of natural
placed on the methods of sam-
pling and analysis of natural waters for chemical spe-
Effective Fall 2001
ical principles,
(3)
-
Discussion of chem-
the importance of chemistn; the use of
chemicals and their impact on society and the environ-
ment. Three hours of class per week.
52.101 Introductory Chemistry (3) - Presents an introduction to chemistry for students with little or no back-
cies pertinent to environmental and pollution studies.
Three hours lecture and two hours laboratory. Prerequisite: 51.261 and 51.216 or permission of the instruc-
ground
tor.
of class per week. Not intended as a beginning course
51.468 Stratigraphy and Sedimentation
(4)
-
and agents which erode, transport and deand the geologic interpretation of the
resulting rocks. Three hours of class, 2 hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisite: 51.101 and 51.111, 51.102,
51.112 or permission of the instructor.
51.470 Groundwater Hydrology (Spring)
physical
measurements and
calculations.
(3)
-
Covers well
development of groundwater supplies and prevention or correction of groundwater pollution. A onetheory,
Two hours of class,
2 hours
nomenclature organic functional group
and metabolism of biomolecules. Three hours
ing, structure,
reactions
two hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisite:
52.101.
52-115 Fundamentals of Inorganic Chemistry (4) - Introduces descriptive inorganic chemistry and the chemical
principles necessary to understand the descriptive
of laboratory per week. Prerequisites: 51.101 and 51.1 11
science or mathematics majors. Partially
quirement
51.475 Independent Study in Earth Science (1-3)
ma-
half of two-semester sequence for natural
terial. First
and 51.365.
in inorganic chemistry for
fulfills
core
re-
American Chem-
Three hours of lecture/3 hours of laboraHigh school chemistry or
equivalent recommended.
ical Society.
-
Provides
an opportunity for student research in various areas of
earth science. Research is conducted under the supervision of a faculty member. See subsection of the catalog on Independent Study. Prerequisite: 21 semester
horns in earth science.
Examines the theory and
methods for exploring the
Earth's subsurface environment. Emphasis on those
tools used by agencies or companies involved in resource
and environmental assessment. Three hours of lecture
and two hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisites:
51.101, 53.123 and 54.111 or permission of the instruc(4)
Three hours
52.108 Physiological Chemistry (Spring) (4) - Surveys the
essentials of organic and biochemistry. Includes bond-
class,
hydraulics exploration techniques, groundwater flow
51.480 Applied Geophysics
of chemis-
Studies
posit sediments
trip required.
in chemistry. Surveys the principles
with emphasis on the fundamentals of chemical and
for science majors.
(Fall)
processes
or two-day field
try
-
application of geophysical
tor.
51.490 Special Topics in Geolog)' (3) - Study of a particular
concept, problem or special topic or new ideas in any
tory per week. Prerequisite:
52.116 Chemical Principles and Measurements (4) -Second
semester of introductory chemistry for natural science
and mathematics majors. Surveys principles of chemical stoichiometry, intermolecular forces, kinetics and
thermodynamics as they apply to phase, electrochemical and acid-base phenomena. Laboratory work illustrates chemical principles and emphasizes common
chemical measurements. Three hours of lecture and 3
hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisite: 52.115 plus
high school Algebra II or equivalent.
52.230 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistr)' (4) - Emphasizes structure, stereochemisuy, finictional group organization, physical properties and classical reacti\it)' of organic compounds. Three hours of lecture and 3 hours
128- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
of laboratoiy per week. Prerequisite: 52.116.
ties.
I (4) - Emphasizes structure and
bonding, sterochemistry, nomenclature, physical and
chemical properties and modern spectroscopy of alkanes, haloalkanes, alcohols and ethers. Three hours
of lecture and four hoins of lab per week. Prerequisite:
52.231 Organic Chemistry
52.116
52.232 Organic Chemistry II (4)
topics, building on 52.231,
-A continuation
witli
of organic
emphasis on
tlie
Prerequisite: 52.232 or 52.230.
52.442 Biochemistry
lism, repHcation, transcription, translation, control of
gene expression, molecular physiology. Laboratory to
emphasize enzyme isolation and molecular biology techniques. Three hours of lecture and 3 hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisites: 52.341 or equivalent or consent of the instructor.
52.452 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry (Spring) (4) - Theories and principles of inorganic chemistry; coordination
chemistry organometallic chemistry, systematic analyof periodic relationships and properties of impor-
sis
tant elements.
52.281 Introduction to Scientific Literature (Spring) (1) Stresses the use of the library and scientific journals to
and presentations. Experience gained in using the
and to
make presentations to an audience of faculty and peers.
One hour class per week. Prerequisite: Advanced standals
current.
52.321 Analytical Chemistry
I
52.482 Advanced Topics in Chemistry (3) -Advanced course
dealing with specialized topics of interest to students in
ACS degree
-
(Fall) (3)
Introduces funda-
mental principles of chemical analysis utilizing classical wet chemistry and modern instrumental techniques.
Stresses laboratory skills in the analysis of common
mercial or environmental materials.
Two hours
and 4 hours of laboratory per week.
com-
of
52.491 Independent Study in Chemistry (1-3)
ods of instrumental analysis. Topics include spectrophotometry, chromatography, mass spectrometry, nuclear
magnetic resonance and electrochemistry. A laboratory centered course. Three hours of lecture and 4 hours
of laboratory per week. Prerequisites: 52.321 and 52.362
completed or concurrent.
52.341 Biochemistry (4)
Emphasizes structure, reactivity
and metabolic reactions of the naturally occurring bio-
molecules. Discusses selected topics from the various
metabolic pathways (both anabolic and catabolic). Introduces biochemical techniques encountered by the
biochemist. Three hours of lecture and 4 hoius
of laboratory per week. Prerequisites: 52.232 or 52.230.
(Fall)
(4)
-
Studies thermody-
namics; Gibbs free energy and equilibrium; kinetic the-
ory of gases and solutions; chemical kinetics. Three
hours of lecture and 4 hours of laboratory per week.
Prerequisites: 52.115, 52.116, 53.225, 54.212.
Continuation of
52.361; Schrodinger quantum mechanics, solid state,
molecular orbital theory; spectroscopy. Three hours of
lecture and 4 hours of laboratory per week. Prerequi-
52.362 Physical Chemistry
site:
II
may be
is
not
(Spring) (4)
-
Entails a di-
rected laboratory or libraiy oriented investigation of one
more
or
topics of mutual interest to student
and
instruc-
tor.
52.492 Chemical Research I (1-3) - Requires a search of
chemical literature and a written survey report of the
search.
52.322 Instrumental Analytical Chemistry (4) - Presents the
theory and laboratory applications of common meth-
I
matter varies. Course
lec-
Prerequisite:
52.116.
52.361 Physical Chemistry
track. Subject
taken more than once provided subject matter
repeated. Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor.
ing as a natural science major.
modern
Three hours of lecture and 4 hours of
laboratory per week. Prerequisites: 52.115; 52.362 con-
formulation of scientific research propos-
literature to design a senior research project
ture
Continuation of 52-341; amino
syn-
thesis and reactions of aromatics, aldehydes, ketones,
carboxyhc acids, their derivatives, amines, heterocycles
and alkaloids. Three hours of lecture, four hours of lab
per week. Prerequisite: 52.231
facilitate the
II (4) -
acid metabolism, photosynthesis, nucleotide metabo-
A detailed plan of research
in 52.493)
requisite:
(to be implemented
developed in a second written report. Preapproval of chemistiy department.
is
52.493 Chemical Research
II (3) - Investigations of selected
chemical problems for advanced students. Approximately 120 hours per semester. Prerequisites: 52.492, approv-
al
of chemistry department.
52.494 Advanced Chemical Research (3) - The third semester of a laboratory investigation of selected problems
under the supervision of a chemistry faculty member.
Approximately 120 hours per semester. Prerequisite: enrollment in the honors program.
52.498 Internship in Chemistiy (3-15) - A work-study program, this course is not applicable toward a major or
minor
try
MAT
in chemistry. Prerequisites: approval of chemisdepartment; junior or senior standing.
(53)
Mathematics
Administered by Department of Mathematics and Computer Science
-
52.361.
52.371 Introduction to Polymer Science (3) - An introduction in polymer chemistry, studying the different meth-
ods of polymer synthesis and characterization of macromolecules. Emphasis on the molecular structure of
these materials and how it relates to physical proper-
53.101 Mathematical Thinking (3) - Presents mathematical
topics and applications in a context designed to pro-
mote
quantitative reasoning
ics in
solving problems
and the use of mathematand making decisions. Suitable
for majors in humanities, education and others seeking a broad view of mathematics. No background in algebra required.
53.111 Finite Mathematics (3) - Presents an introductory
development of counting techniques, probability spac-
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
and game
es
theory. Prerequisite: two years of high
53.112 Trigonometry (3)
tions,
-
Studies elementary algebraic func-
and logarithmic funccircular functions and inverse functions and their
and
tions
school algebra or high school trigonometry or their
equivalent.
53.1 13 Pre-Calculus (3)
and
tions,
-
Studies elementary algebraic func-
and logarithmic funccircular functions and inverse functions and their
relations, exponential
applications. Prerequisite: 53.114 or two years of high
129
the four elementary operations through the real
Course
system and the elementary theoiy of numbers.
open only to majors in elementary education,
is
special education or
relations, exponential
applications. Prerequisite: 53.114 or two years of high
tions
sets,
number
school algebra or equivalent.
-
communication
disorders.
53.202 Geometry and
Statistics for Elementary Education
Majors (3) - Presents the content of geometry and beginning probability and statistics for the elementary
curriculum.
53.225 Calculus
III (3)
power
series,
ries,
-
Presents infinite sequences
and
se-
Taylor and Maclaurin series, three
dimensional vector analysis and partial derivatives. Prerequisite: 53.126.
school algebra or the equivalent.
53.226 Calculus IV
53.114 College Algebra (3) - Studies fundamental algebraic
concepts and develops the mathematical and computation skills necessary to apply algebraic techniques to
problems in business, economics, the social and natural sciences and the liberal arts. Prerequisite: 11/2 years
of high school algebra or the equivalent. Not open to
students with aC-or higher recorded for 53.1 13, 53,123
or 53.125.
53.118 Applied Matrix Algebra (3) - Introduces vectors,
matrices, linear equations and linear programming with
applications to the social
and biological sciences and
incidence in the plane and in space, congruence, inequality and similarity concepts. Studies properties of circles,
polygons and spheres. Prerequisite: High school
geometry, 53.185.
(3)
-
(3)
Presents the basic con-
cepts of elementary calculus in a nonrigorous approach
who are not mathematics majors. Pertinent
the real number system, analytic geometry,
dif-
53.231 College Geometry (Fall only) (3) - Presents elementary geometry from an advanced standpoint. Discusses
53.240
53.123 Essentials of Calculus
Presents an introduction to the
-
grals. Prerequisite: 53.225.
business. Prerequisite: two years of high school algebra
or equivalent.
(3)
and integration of real valued functions of
several variables. Presents curves and parametric equations, surfaces, Taylor's, Stoke 's and Green's theorems,
functions between Euclidean spaces and multiple inteferentiation
Statistical
-
Methods
Presents
phasis
tervals,
on
(Spring,
common
even-numbered
statistical
years)
techniques with em-
applications. Topics include: confidence in-
hypothesis
test,
regression analysis and analysis
for students
of variance. Strongly encourages use of
topics in
ware, especially SAS. Prerequisite: 53.141 or 53.241 or
functions and limits prepare the student for the study
of the basic techniques of applications of differentia-
and
integration. Course
not for chemistry, mathematics or physics majors. Prerequisite: At least two years
of high school algebra or 53.114 or consent of the intion
is
structor.
statistical soft-
consent of the instructor.
53.241 Probability and Statistics (3) - Calculus-based study
of probability and statistics. Topics covered include: descriptive statistics, probability, discrete
random
common
and continuous
sampling deprocedures and inferential statistics. A more rigorous course than 53.141. Prerequisites: 53.126 (or concurrent) and 53.185.
variables,
distributions,
stributions, estimation
1 (3) - Designed to meet part of the majormathematics requirement; first in the sequence of
53.125 Calculus
level
four calculus courses. Provides the basic tools for
dif-
and the beginnings of integration for funcof a single variable. Prerequisite: placement test
ferentiation
tions
or 53.113. Tl-89 graphical calculator
53.126 Calculus
II
(3)
-
is
required.
Studies techniques of integration,
functions, infinite series, Taylor's theorem,
cial differential
some
spe-
equations and polar coordinates. Pre-
requisite: 53.125. Tl-89 graphical calculator
is
required.
53.141 Introduction to Statistics (3) - Presents the concepts
necessary to use and understand basic statistical techniques. Topics include: descriptive
ty,
random
sis tests,
variables,
statistics,
probabili-
sampling distributions, hypothe-
confidence intervals and analysis of variance.
High school algebra.
Prerequisite:
53.185 Discrete Mathematics (3) - An introduction to set
theory, logic, combinatorics and graph theory for those
interested in mathematics or
ally
computer science. Not
usti-
taken during the freshman year. Prerequisite: 53.125
or consent of instructor.
53.201 Theory of Arithmetic (3)
53.243 Nonparametrics Statistics (3) - Presents standard
nonparametric statistical procedures. After a brief review of hypothesis testing fundamentals, topics such as
goodness-of-fit tests, one and two-sample procedures for
location parameter, tests of randomness
Presents the language of
association
and
53.141 or the equivalent.
53.303 Mathematical Problem Solving for Teachers (3) Examines mathematical problem soKing, nimiber sense,
pattern recognition and mathematical reasoning. Ba-
problem sohing. use of manipulatives and assessment
Games invohing mathematical problem
solving are examined and designed. Requires off-campus observations and testing. For elementan' and secondary education majors. Prerequisite: 53.201.
sic
are covered.
53.310 Introduction
to Abstract .\lgebra (3)
-
Provides an
introduction to the language and methods of abstract
mathematics. Subjects include
sets, relations, rings,
func-
groups and fields. Prerequisites: 53.185 with a
minimtim grade of C- and 53.225.
tions,
-
and
analysis are covered. Prerequisites: 53.123 or 53.125
130- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
53.311 Algebra for Secondary School Teachers (Fall/even-
numbered
years) (3)
-
Presents topics of elementary
al-
gebra from an advanced viewpoint. Considers topics of
contemporary school mathematics programs. Intended for students in secondary education majoring in
mathematics. Prerequisite: 53.310.
53.314 Linear Algebra (3) - Studies abstract vector spaces,
linear transformation, matrices, determinants, inner
product spaces and related topics. Prerequisites: 53.185
53.322 Differential Equadons (3) - Studies elementary ordinary differendal equations, infinite series and power
series solution,
some numerical methods of solution and
LaPlace transforms. Prerequisite: 53.225.
-
Modern Geometry (Spring/odd-numbered years)
(3)
Presents non-Euclidean geometries and their develop-
ment from
postulate systems
and a formal approach
Statistical
53.374 Introduction to Discrete Systems Simulation (Spring/
odd-numbered years) (3) - Studies the ways that systems
can be moduled for computer solution. Emphasizes stochastic behavior by discrete random processes and the
simulation tools for their solution. Prerequisites:
Software
(Fall,
software packages in
53.381 Introduction to Operations Research (Fall/odd-num-
bered years) (3) - A survey of the methods and models
used in applying mathematics to problems of business.
Topics drawn from decision making, linear and dynamic programming, networks, inventory models, Markov
processes and queuing theory. Prerequisites: 53.1 18 and
53.123 or 53.225.
Group Theory (3) - Continued and
advanced study of theorems and applications of group
53.411 Introduction to
even numbered years)
Provides an introducuon to the most widely-used
(3)
-
theory begun in abstract algebra. Prerequisite: 53.310.
statis-
government and industry.
Advanced Calculus (Spring, even numbered
Stu-
53.421, 53.521
dents gain practical experience by solving real-world
years) (3)
problems encountered by various government
agencies and private companies. Graphical and numerical descriptive procedures and inferential statistical
techniques will be discussed. Prerequisite: 53.240.
of functions of a single real variable. Topics include
tical
statistical
53.342 Design and Analysis of Experiments
bered years)
(Fall,
eve-num-
experimental
randomized and randomized complete block designs, factorial arrangements of treatments, linear regression and correlation analysis, covariance analysis and distribution-free methods. Prerequisite:
53.141 or 53.241 or consent of the instructor.
53.343 Applied Regression Ajialysis (Fall, odd-numbered
years) (3) - A basic course in multiple linear regression
methods including weighted least squares, stepwise regression, residual analysis and applications to mathematical models. Treats problems which involve the use
of computing equipment. Prerequisite: 53.141 or 53.241
or consent of the instructor.
53.360
Number Theory
(Spring only) (3)
-
Presents the die-
rithm, congruences, continued fractions, Gaussian in-
and Diophantine equations.
and 53.225.
Some
limit,
topics for
and
Complex Variables
odd numbered years) (3) numbers and an introduction to the theory of functions of a complex variable. Central topics are the complex number system,
analytic functions, harmonic functions and conformal
mappings. Additional topics may include power series,
contour integration, Cauchy's formula and applications.
(Fall,
rigorous treatment of complex
Prerequisites: 53.226, consent of instructor.
53.441 Mathematics and Sports
(3)
-
(Fall,
even numbered years)
Links between mathematics,
statistics
and
sports;
includes data analysis and modeling related to the vari-
ous facets and types of sports using certain mathematiand statistical techniques. Sports used as examples
include basketball, tennis, volleyball, track and weightcal
lifting.
ory of numbers. Includes the topics of Euclidean algotegers
integration.
sion of Instructor.
A
design, completely
and
multiple integration. Prerequisites: Analysis FV, Permis-
53.422
ysis-of-variance procedures, principles of
Presents a rigorous treatment of the study
multivariable calculus include partial differentiation
Basic experimental statistics includ-
(3)
-
continuity, derivative
ing methods of estimation and hypothesis testing, anal-
-
One
statistics.
to
projective geometry. Prerequisite: 53.231.
53.340
execute algorithms on the computer for specific numerical procedures. Prerequisites: 56.121 and 53.126.
course each in calculus, programming and
and 53.126.
53.331
proximation; numerical integration; approximation theory; and differential equations. Students design and
Prerequisites: 53.185
(3)
-
An
introduction to the concepts
and methods of advanced statisticsl techniques that arise
in health and life sciences vrith emphasis on problems
that are likely to be
encountered by graduate researchmethodologies for
ers in biological sciences. It includes
53.361 Coding and Signal Processing (Spring only) (3) - A
mathematical approach to codes and ciphers. Includes
security codes, coding for efficiency in
computer
stor-
age, error-correcting codes. Signal processing, includ-
ing the Fourier transform and digital
53.446 Biostatistics
filters.
projects required. Prerequisites: 53.126
Individual
and 56.116 or
56.122.
53.373 Numerical Methods in Computing (Fall) (3) -Analysis and application of various methods of numerically
solving problems in the areas of nonlinear equations;
systems of equations, interpolation and polynomial ap-
design and analysis of multivariate data. The use of statistical software to analyze data sets is stressed.
53.451 Introduction to Topology (3) - Introduces fundamentals of general topology; elementary set theory, topo-
mappings, connectedness, compactness,
completeness, product and metric spaces; nets and convergence. Prerequisites: 53.226, consent of instructor.
logical spaces,
and Applications (3) -An
introduction to the concepts and methods of probabi-
53.461, 53.561 Probability Models
modeling for random trials and occurrences. It
covers classical models, poisson processes, Markov
listic
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
chains,
Renewal and Braching processes and
their
ap
phenomena in engineering, manand social sciences. Prerequisite:
plications to various
agement, physical
53.241.
53.462 Introduction to Mathematical Statistics (Fall, evennumbered years) (3) -An introductory study of mathe-
-
131
(3) -An introduction to the
concepts and methods of mathematical modelling with
emphasis on the problems that arise in governmental
53.520 Mathematical Modeling
and industrial projects. It includes modelling process,
model construction including numerical considerations,
testing the appropriateness of the models, model analysis and model research. Prerequisites
Analysis I, II,
:
matical
statistics
including distributions of functions of
or permission of instructor
III
random variables,
eses, analysis
interval estimation, staUstical hypoth-
of variance and the multivariate normal
distribution. Prerequisite: 53.241.
53.471 Numerical Analysis (3) - Provides a computer-oriented analysis of algorithms of numerical analysis. Includes
the topics of non4inear equations, interpolation and
approximation, differentiation and integration, matrices and differential equations. Prerequisites: 53.322 and
53.373.
53.472 Matrix Computation (Spring/odd
(3)
-
years)
Presents a computer-oriented analysis of matrices.
Includes Gaussian reduction,
cial
numbered
LDU
reduction techniques for tridiagonal matrices,
iter-
53.491 Special Topics in Mathematics (3) - Presents an area
of mathematics vifhich is not available as a regular course
Consent of the
instructor.
53.492 Independent Study in Mathematics (1-3)
-
Provides
for directed study of a particular area of mathematics
mutually agreed upon by the student and the instruc-
tor.
tions. Prerequisite: Analysis III
53.541 Applied Statistics (3) A comprehensive treatment of
applications of statistical methodology in practice, and
development of statistical techniques for real world
problem solving. Prerequisite: A first course in statistics.
methods and a study of the matrix eigenvalue problem. Prerequisites: 53.225 and 53.373.
as
tems of linear differential equations, systems of nonlinear differential equations, and boundary value problems
and their solutions, asymptotic behavior and applica-
factorization, spe-
ative
offering. Prerequisite:
53.522 Applied Differential Equations (3) - Presents an advanced treatment of differential equations including sys-
Emphasizes individual scholarly activity of the highly
53.542 Design and Analysis of Experiments (3) - Basic experimental statistics including analysis-of variance procedures, principle of experimental design, completely
randomized and randomized complete block designs,
arrangements of treatments, linear regression
and correlation analysis, covariance analysis and distribution-free methods and the Taguchi approach to pafactorial
rameter design.
53.543 Regression
sis.
motivated student.
(3)
-
For students who have demonstrated a high level of interest and ability in mathematics and have mastered the
required course work. Students investigate research
problems selected under the supervision of a faculty
member of the Department of Mathematics and Computer Science. Prerequisite: Admission to the Honors
Program in natural sciences and mathematics.
53.497 Internship in Mathematics (2-12) - Provides mathematics majors with an opportunity to acquire meaning-
and professional
on-site training
and learning expe-
riences in mathematics at an industrial, private or busi-
ness workplace. Note: a student may, with departmental
approval, apply a
maximum
of 3 credits of intern-
ship toward the fulfillment of the mathematics major
Each academic credit requires 40 hours of supervised
work and the limit is 12 total semester hours for internships. Prerequisites: students must establish adequate
course preparation for the proposed internship. Internship applications must be submitted one month before
the internship begins and must be approved by the department chairperson.
53.500 Research and Communication in Applied Mathematics (3) - Practical information for scientists about research and technical writing.
A study of how
to
prepare
a manuscript and an introduction to certain basic com-
munication principles that are accepted
plines. Prerequisites: Analysis
Statistics
-
An
I,
II, III,
in
most
disci-
Probability
and
in-depth,
modern, applied ap-
Topics include simple linear regression, inferences
in regression analysis,
53.493 Honors in Independent Study in Mathematics
ful
(3)
proach to the study of multiple linear regression analyexamination of residuals, multi-
and model selection procedures.
Prerequisites:Analysis I, II, III, Probability and Statistics
ple regression,
53.544
Statistical
Quality Control (3)
-
Presents the
modem
practice of statistical quality control with a strong engi-
neering and management orientation. Prerequisite:
Probability and Statistics, Applied Statistics
53.545
Time
Series Analysis
and
Its
Application (3)
vey of time series models, their
applications.
It
-
A sur-
statistical analysis
and
includes investigation of trend, season-
dependency and stationarity, and
and identification techniques for stationary and nonstationary autoregressive,
moving average, and mixed models and related comal variations, serial
covers estimation, forecasting,
putational problems.
53.546 Biostatistics (3) - An introduction to the concepts
and methods of advanced statistics! techniques that arise
in health and life sciences with emphasis on problems
that are likely to be encountered by graduate researchers in biological sciences.
It
includes methodologies for
design and analysis of multivariate data.
tistical
software to analyze data sets
53.563 Nonparametric
Statistics (3)
-
is
The
use of sta-
stressed.
Presents a comprehen-
account of statistical inference using nonparametric approaches. Attempts to pro\ide modern nonparametric techniques for data analysis with a \iew towards
application. Prerequisite: Applied Statistics
sive
53.572 Operations Research (3)
-
Presents the principles of
132- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
mathematical modeling applied to man-machine systems. Special emphasis will be given to mathematical
programming models including linear and integer programming. Optimal decision models will be a focus of
the course Mathematical Software. Prerequisite: Graduate Standing
53.574 Advanced Discrete Mathematics (3) - hicludes discussion of topics such as combinatorial analysis (enumeration of various types of objects), discrete structitres
(for example, sets, relations, graphs, and finite state
machines), algorithmic thinking (development, imple-
mentation, and verification of algorithms) and applications of these ideas to diverse fields (such as business,
linguistics
and the
puter Science
1),
sciences) Prerequisites:56.121
.
53.125 (Analysis
1),
(Com-
53.185 (Introduc-
tion to Discrete Mathematics), 53.310 or 53.314 or
ines present national
in
fects.
Surveys
fossil fuels
and sound are examined and applied to the
development of instructional computing programs.
graphics,
ef-
nuclear, solar, geothermal
to availability
and prom-
for the future.
ise
Sound (3) - Provides an introduction
sound and its reproduction for students in nonphysical science disciplines. Knowledge of
basic algebra required, but no experience in physics or
54.106
The Science
of
to the principles of
electronics necessary.
54.107 Applied Physics for Health Sciences
(4)
-
Studies se-
lected principles of physics with applications to the pro-
and instrumentation of medical technology. Examines mechanics, fluids, kinetic energy and heat, optics, electricity and magnetism, electronics, atomic struccesses
and data
hours per week: 3
53.576 Computer Graphics for Instructional ApplicaUons (3)
- Sequel to 53.375 where techniques for creating color,
and
and other energies with respect
ture, radiation
53.360
and international energy situations
regard to sources, utilization and environmental
acquisition
and readout. Six
classes, 3 laboratories.
54.110 Introduction to Astronomy (3) - Surveys the physical
state of the universe and the variety of objects it comprises: solar system, stars
and
galaxies. Provides a de-
account of the present state of our knowledge
of the cosmos and an understanding of how such knowledge is obtained. Intended for nonscience majors.
scriptive
53.592 Special Topics (3)
53.471, 56.571 Numerical Analysis (3)
-
A
graduate level
course in numerical analysis in the areas of nonlinear
54.111 Introductoi7 Physics
I
(4)
-
Presents an approach to
equation and systems of equations, interpolation theo-
selected topics such as mechanics, heat, kinetic theory,
numerical integration, differential equations, numersolution of linear systems, and the matrix eigenvalue problems. The original problems to be solved and
the numerical methods will be studied, including the
derivation of the method, error analysis, convergence
analysis, and computational implementations. Prerequisites: Calculus III, Fortran, and an elementary numerical method course (or permission of instructor)
molecular theory of gases, wave motion and sound. Not
intended for students specializing in physics or chemistry. Six hours per week: 3 classes, 3 laboratories.
ry,
ical
54.112 Introductory Physics
netism, light,
structure of matter,
Studies electricity, mag-
quantum and atomic theory,
nuclear physics and particle phys-
Continuation of 54. 1 1 1 Six hours per week: 3
ics.
.
class-
3 laboratories. Prerequisite: 54.111 or consent of in-
es,
PHY
II (4) -
relativity,
structor.
(54)
Physics
Administered by Department of Physics and Engineering
integra-
the interpretation of astronomical measurements, including the students' own telescopic observations of
stars, planets, nebulae and other objects. Open to non-
and principles from chemistry, physics
science majors. Prerequisite: 54.110 or consent of in-
Technolog)'
54.101 Basic Physical Science (3)
tion of concepts
54.210 Observational Astronomy (3) - Provides hands-on
experience in observations of the night sky. Focuses on
-An introductory
and astronomy, with consideration for the nature of
scientific thought and the interaction of science with
human and community concerns. For nonscientists.
54.103 Principles of Physical Science (3) - An integrated
physical science course emphasizing laboratory experience. Provides an introduction to the basic concepts of
physical science by studying such topics as the struc-
and properties of matter, motion and forces, enerand sound, electricity and magnetism and astronomy. For elementary and special education majors.
Four hours class/laboratory per week.
structor.
I (4) - An introduction to physics
using calculus. Studies mechanics, the physics of fluids,
54.211 General Physics
kinetic tiieory, heat
and thermodynamics. Appropriate
for physical science or mathematics majors. Six hours
per week: 3 classes, 3 laboratories. Prerequisite: 53.125
or concurrent registration.
ture
gy, light
54.212 General Physics
II (4) - Studies wave motion, sound,
geometrical and physical optics, electricity and magnetism. Continuation of 54.21 1. Six hours per week: 3 class-
es,
54.104 Elementary Electronics (3)
sic
-An
introduction to ba-
electronics that gives students in nonphysical science
areas
some
theoretical
and
tronic circuits, instruments
practical
and
3 laboratories. Prerequisites: 53.126 or concurrent
registration;. 54. 211 or 54.111 with
consent of instruc-
tor.
knowledge of elec-
devices.
No
experience
of physics or electronics required.
54.105 Energy: Sources and Environmental Effects (3) - Explains energy in elementary scientific terms and exam-
54.301 Mechanics: Statics (3) - Introduces the fundamentals of statics, with an emphasis on vector methods, at a
level appropriate for physical science majors and for
students considering a career in the engineering field.
Prerequisites: 53. 126 or concurrent registration;. 54. 21
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
133
mological models. Prerequisites: 53.126 and 54.112 or
or 54.111 with consent of instructor.
54.302 Mechanics: Dynamics (3) - Introduces the fundamentals of dynamics, with an emphasis on vector methods,
at a level appropriate for physical science majors and
for students considering a career in
-
an engineering field.
54.212.
54.360 Health Physics (3) - Presents a study of the principles
of health physics, including biological effects of radia-
measurement and radiation
tion, dosimetry, radiation
Prerequisites: 53.225 or concurrent registration; 54.212
protection. Prerequisite: 54.310 or concurrent registra-
or 54.112 with consent of the instructor.
tion.
54.310
Modern Atomic
basic concepts
some of the
modern
54.400 Advanced Physics Laboratory (2) - Presents the basic
tenets of lab work in physics, involving considerations
quantum nature of ra-
spectra. X-rays, relativity,
of experimental error, proper research and preparation
of an experiment. Includes experiments primarily from
and a
the areas of atomic physics, electricity, magnetism and
Physics (3)
and phenomena
-
physics, including studies of the
and
diation, atomic structure
Presents
that constitute
wave-particle duality, the uncertainty principle
brief introduction to nuclear physics
and
radioactivity.
Prerequisite: 54.212 or 54.112 with consent of instruc-
53.126.
tor,
Four hours per week: one
fields
and
(3)
-
Studies electric
and
and magnetic
electrodynamics and electromag-
potentials, electric
properties of matter,
II (2) -
A laboratory course which
measurement
and includes applications involving enxironment monitoring and health physics. Four hours per week: one
three laboratories. Prerequisite: 54.320 or consent
netic waves. Prerequisites: 54.212 or 54.112 with con-
class,
of instructor.
54.421 Solid State Physics (3)
ties of matter in the solid
-
Examines physical properReviews basic quantum
state.
concepts, crystal structure, electrons in metals, electri-
semiconductors, band theory and the
the gathering, processing and display of scientific data
cal conductivity,
in any discipline. Six hours per week: 3 classes, 3 labo-
p-n junction. Studies dielectric
ratories. Prerequisite:
54.316 Digital Electronics
54.112 or 54.212 or 58.141.
ties
site:
-An
(3)
experience of the building and testing of digital
circuits. Supplies the background necessary for the untical
derstanding of microprocessors and computer circuits.
Prerequisite: junior standing or consent of instructor.
54.317 Computer Electronics (3) - An introduction to the
electronics and operation of digital computers. Intend-
ed for students with a background
in digital circuitry.
Includes practical experience of the operation and
uisite:
and other
in-
devices. Prereq-
54.316 or consent of instructor.
54.318 Optics
(4)
-
and magnetic proper-
of matter. Three hours of class per week. Prerequi54.310, 54.314; Matiiematics 53.225.
introduction to the tech-
niques and devices of digital electronics. Includes prac-
terfacing of microprocessors
3 laboratories.
presents advanced techniques of nuclear
sent of instructor, 53.225.
54.315 Electronics (4) - Presents the theory and application
of semiconductors with special emphasis on circuitry.
Studies basic electronic instrumentation as related to
class,
Prerequisites: 54.310.
54.420 Nuclear Radiation
54.314 Electricity and Magnetism
magnetic
optics.
Presents a combination of geometrical
54.422 Thermodynamics
(3)
-
and princithermodynamics of
kinetic theory and sta-
Presents coricepts
ples of classical thermodynamics,
simple systems, introduction to
tistical
thermodynamics. Three hours of class per week.
Prerequisite: 54.212 or 54.112 with consent of instructor;
Mathematics 53.225.
Quantum Mechanics (3) - Examines
and interpretation of Schroedinger's
wave mechanics, its mathematiccd formalism and die
results and predictions of this quantum theory as applied to one-dimensional systems, the hydrogen atom
and multi-electron atoms. Three hours class per week.
54.450 Introduction to
the development
Prerequisite: 54.310; Mathematics 53.225.
optics including lens theory with physical (wave) optics
including diffraction, interference, polarization, lasers
54.460 Applied Health Physics
(3)
-
Presents advanced
tof)-
involving health physics principles and radiation
protection standards as applied to science, industry and
hours per week - 3 classes, 3
laboratory. Prerequisite: 54.212 or 54.112 with consent
ics
of the instructor.
medicine. Prerequisite: 54.360 or consent of instructor.
and coherent
light. Six
54.320 Nuclear Radiation
I
(2)
-
Presents a laboratory-ori-
54.490 Seminar in Physics
(
1
)
-
A selected
topic in physics
is
ented course using modern nuclear electronics and detectors for measuring and analyzing nuclear radiation.
Four hours per week: one class, 3 laboratories. Prerequisite; 54.310 or concurrent registration.
studied and prepared in a form suitable for presentation. Student attends and participates in physics semi-
mod-
54.491 Independent Study in Physics (1-3) - Investigates an
area of special interest and value to the student, under
54.330 Radiation Physics
els
(3)
-
Presents properties and
of nuclei, radioactive decay, radiation and
action with matter
site:
and nuclear
its
inter-
applications. Prerequi-
54.310 or concurrent registration.
54.341 Astrophysics: Galaxies and Cosmology (3) - Focuses
on objects outside of our own galaxy, discusses emission
mechanisms from other
types of galaxies includ-
nars and
makes a presentation
enrollment
in the
same semester of
in the coiuse.
the direction of a faculty member, following a plan approved in advance by the department chairperson. May
be partiy interdisciplinary and may involve limited experimental work.
54.493 Independent Research
(1-3)
-
Prox-ides for
an appli-
ing normal spirals, seyferts and quasars. Structure of
cation of theoretical and/or experimental research
the universe as a whole
methods
is
described using various cos-
to a special
problem. Mav be interdisciplinary.
134- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
Requires the preparation of a report and a plan, approved in advance by the department chairperson,
which is acceptable to the student and the supervising
faculty member.
54.494 Honors Independent Study in Physics
(3)
-
Provides
the qualified student with an opportunity to participate
an advanced experimental or theoretical investigaproblem in physics, under the supervision of a physics faculty member having expertise in
the student's proposed research area.
in
tion of a current
MRS
structure
restoration. Laboratory consists of field exercises in the
study of wetlands. Prerequisite: 50.110, 50.120.
55.260 Marine Ecology
(55)
Marine Science
55.270
SCUBA Diving
trol
majors, for earth science majors
and
for general educa-
requirements for the MaOther courses provide
earth science majors experiences which are not available on the main campus. For more information, contact the Marine Science coordinators in the Departments of Biological and Allied Health Sciences and Geography and Earth Sciences.
tion. Specific courses satisfy
rine Biology Option in Biology.
55.110 Introduction to Oceanography (3) -An introduction
to the marine sciences with an emphasis on physiogra-
phy of ocean
basins,
wave motion,
current circu-
tides,
lation patterns, near-shore processes, physical
and chem-
nature of sea-water and methods of investigation.
55.211 Field Methods in Oceanography (3) - Famiharizes
students with the dynamic marine environment and with
work on board a research vessel. Introduces the use and
application of standard oceanographic instruments and
sampling devices. Independent research is promoted
and encouraged. Prerequisite: 51.259 or 55.110.
among
ani-
SCUBA diving coupled with
(3) -Basic
Swimming
of fitness for
to
open-water certification.
Proficiency
SCUBA are
and physicians
cer-
required.
55.300 Behavior of Marine Organisms (3) -Concepts of ethology; discussion and observation of the influence of external
Marine Science Courses are offered during the summer at
the Marine Science Center in Wallops Island, Virginia.
Bloomsburg University and other institutions are members of the consortium that operates the center. Courses are offered which satisfy requirements for biology
Interrelationships
-
advanced techniques. Leads
tification
ence
(3)
and physical and chemical aspects of the
environment studied, with stress on adaptations for survival that are unique to the marine environment.
mals, plants
Prerequisite:
Administered by Department of Biological and Allied Health
Sciences and Department of Geography and Earth Sci-
ical
and function of wetlands, human impacts on
wedand management and
wetiands and approaches for
al
and internal
factors
on the
regulation;
and con-
of behavior of organisms living in the marine coast-
environment. Prerequisite: 50.110.
55.320 Marine Microbiology
(3)
-
A
survey of methods and
concepts of marine microbiology. Focus on the technical aspects of sample collection, microbial ecology of
the marine environment, enrichment culturing and
methods of enumeration and identification with emphasis on marine bacteria. Prerequisite: 50.110, 50.120.
55.330 Tropical Invertebrates
(3)
-
Introduction to tropical
and observamethods to sample nearshore and reef areas. Emphasis on systematics and ecology using the communities approach. One week at Wallops Island, Va., for intensive review of general systematics and ecology of
marine invertebrates; then two weeks in Florida sampling and identifying species and describing ecological
communities. Course is a sequel to marine invertebrates
invertebrates, using a variety of collection
tion
or a landlocked invertebrate zoology course or a thor-
ough landlocked zoology
course. Prerequisites: 55.221
or 50.211.
55.331 Chemical Oceanography (3) - A field-based study of
ocean, bay and estuarine environmental chemistry. Develops and awareness of the relationships between chem-
and biological environments. Investiand substraand biogeochemical processes and cycles. Prerequigeological
ical,
gates the chemical compositions of waters
55.221 Marine Invertebrates (3)
-
A study of the life,
habits origin, development, physiology,
taxonomy of the main phyla of
genetic sequence
is
history,
anatomy and
invertebrates.
A
among
the phyla. Special emphasis is given to the Atmarine invertebrates. Laboratory and field work
deal with collection, preservaUon and identification of
lantic
consent of
- A study of plant and animal life
marine environment. Emphasis on physical and
chemical environmental factors affecting the biota in
55.241 Marine Biology (3)
in the
the intertidal,
open water and benthic
habitats.
Com-
biota characteristics of each habitat will be investi-
gated in terms of their natural history, morphology and
ecological relationships. Prerequisite: 50.110, 50.120 or
consent of the instructor.
55.250
55.342 Marine Botany
(3) - Taxonomy, physiology, ecology
and economic importance of marine and coastal plants
as exemplified by those found on the Delmarva Peninsula.
Laboratory techniques include collecting, preserv-
and analyzing plants and plant materiappropriate instrumentation to be used. Emphasis
on in-the-field studies and laboratory analyses. Prereqing, identifying
als,
the instructor.
mon
52.215.
phylo-
followed to show interrelationships
local species. Prerequisite: 50.110, 50.120 or
ta
site:
Wedands Ecology
(3)
-
Biological, chemical
and geo-
logical characteristics of coastal wetlands. Considers the
uisite:
50.110, 50.120.
(3) - A study of the internal and
external structure of fishes, their systematic and ecological relationships and their distribution in time and
55.343 Marine Ichthyology
space. Prerequisite: 50.110, 50.120.
55.345 Ornithology (3) - Introduces avian fauna of the sea
coast and enables comparison with inland species. Field
work provides visual and vocal identification; lecture material
includes information on distribution, behavior,
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition.
-
135
physiology and anatomy of birds. Prerequisite: 50.110,
Pleistocene sea
50.120.
world-vride glaciation. Students participate in field stud-
55.362 Marine Geology
(3)
-
Structure and sedimentology
of ocean basins and shores. Presents methods of geological exploration in the marine environment, features
of ocean basins and theories of ocean basin evolution.
Prerequisite: 51.101, 51.102, 51.111, 51.112
and 51.259
55.364 Physical Oceanography (3) - A study of the physical
properties of the oceans including: mass and energy
budgets; theory of the distribution of variables; cause,
nature, measurement, analysis
and waves; and
and prediction of
tides,
basic instrumentation in field
work. Prerequisite: 51.259 or 55.110 or 53.125 and
54.112 or permission of instructor.
55.394 Comparative Physiology of Marine Organisms
This course
will
(3)
-
provide an introduction to the physiol-
ogy of marine organisms utilizing a comparative approach.
The
lecture will introduce the topics of respira-
metabolism, osmoregulation, thermoregulation, locomotion and sensory systems by drawing comparisons between the mechanisms and strategies utilized by a wide range of marine organisms. Labtion, circulation,
oratory and field work will focus on the physiological
responses of marine plants and animals to common
environmental stresses such as salt load, temperature
oxygen and tidal flux.
be accomplished through measurements and
observations in the field, as well as through experimental manipulations in a laboratory setting. Prerequisite:
50.110, 52.115, 52.131, 55.241 or permission of instruc-
variation, depletion of dissolved
This
of Pleistocene deposits and the weathering and ero-
51.111,51.112
.
55.464 Biological Oceanography (3) - Interdisciplinary study
of the interactions between biological communities and
al
plankton, fish and benthic invertebrates. Projects
volve boat trips to sample populations
and
in-
to quantita-
document environmental variables with state-ofequipment, laboratory and field experiments to
determine rate processes and visits to nearby field and
tively
the-art
government laboratories. Examples of project
topics in-
clude transport of plankton at bariier island passes, effect of submarine banks on fish populations, ground
truth data for satellite imagery
ics in
and other current
top-
biological oceanography. Prerequisite: 50.110,
50.120, 50.242.
Recommended: 51.259
55.470 Research Diver Methods
(3)
-
aquatic research methods using
or 55.110.
Study and practice of
SCUBA
as a tool. Advanced research diving topics include areas such as navigation, search and recovery, undenvater photography,
survey methods, estimating population parameters and
data acquisition while under water. Specific research
techniques
will
be presented in the context of specific
aquatic research projects conducted by students under
the direction of the instructor. Prerequisite: 50.110 and
SCUBA Certification
Basic
55.490 Marine Aquaculture
(NAUI, PADI,
(3)
-
SSI).
This course includes the
theory and practice of raising organisms for food and
aquarium trade. Techniques of raising economimportant organisms from the egg stage to marketable size and their food supplies are studied.
for the
tor.
55.430 Coastal Sedimentation (3) - A study of depositional
environments of marine dominated shorelines, sedi-
ments, sedimentation processes, sedimentary facies,
models of rock record growth, barrier island dynamics
anddevelopmentof tidal
deltas. 51.101,51.102,51.111,
51.112 or permission of instructor.
55.431 Ecology of Marine Plankton (3) - Studies phytoplankton and zooplankton in marine and brackish environ-
ments. Qualitative and quantitative comparisons made
between the plankton populations of various types of
habitats in relation to primary and secondary producPrerequisites: 50.110, 50.120.
55.432 Marine Evolutionary Ecology (3) - The study of the
ecological mechanisms underlying evolutionary processes. This course is broad in scope and requires that students synthesize both evolutionary and ecological concepts
changes in response to
sion of these deposits. Prerequisite: 51.101, 51.102,
will
tivity.
lake-level
the ocean environment as seen by distributions of coast-
or 55.110.
currents
ies
and
and theory
into an understanding of
how
55.491 Coral Reef Ecology (3) - A study of coral reef structure, formation, types and the relationships of reef or-
ganisms
to their
environment. Emphasis
cies diversity, identification, symbiosis
perature,
salinity, light,
is
and
given to spe-
effects
of tem-
nutrient concentration, preda-
tion and competition on the abundance and the distribution of coral reef organisms. Prerequisite: 50.110,
50.120 and SCUBA and/or snorkeling experience.
55.492 Marine
Mammals
(3)
-
A
study of the distribution,
population ecology, behavior, physiolog) and adpatations of marine mammals. Student projects entail col-
and behavioral data at field sites
marine mammals. Prerequi50.110, 50.120, 50.212 or 50.361 recommended;
lecting physiological
and
site:
at facilities studying
preferences given to undergraduate senior students in
organ-
isms adapt to their environment. Marine, estuarine and
maritime organisms are used as model systems and processes which affect marine populations are emphasized.
55.441 Biology of Molluscs (3) -An evolutionaiy functional
and ecologic approach to studying the second largest
group of animals and perhaps the most diverse in terms
of morphological, ecological and behavioral variations.
Prerequisites: 50.110, 50.211
ically
recommended.
55.459 Coastal Geomorphology (3) - Study of coastal geomorphology with an emphasis on Late Cenozoic and
registering.
55.500 Problems in Marine Science (3) - Graduate students
may pursue one of the following options: Option A Enroll in 200, 300, or 400 level course offered at the
Marine Science Center in which they desire advfanced
work and complete,
in addition to the regular course
requirements, an approved project in the area under
the direction of die instructor. Written permission from
is required. OR- Option B - Enroll in an
Independent Research Project. To be admitted, a student must submit a research proposal to die academic
the instructor
136- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
committee of the Marine Science Consortium. The proposal must include the scope and duration of the proposed research, equipment and facilities required, and
a recommendation and approval from the student's
academic adviser. Requires written permission for graduate credit acceptability from the chairperson of the
graduate committee of the Department of Biological
and Allied Health Sciences before registering. Copies
of this approval and the instructor's permission must
be forwarded to the vice president for research of the
Marine Science Center before the student arrives on
station to take the course.
(3)
-
Field-orient-
environmental education with special
emphasis upon coastal zones. Students relate their own
disciplines to education for quality environments. Consideration will be given to sources, facilities, methods,
techniques, and concepts used in environmental eduto
cation.
55.541 Biology of Mollusca (3) - The Mollusca is the second
largest group of animals and perhaps the most diverse
in terms of morphological, ecological
and behavioral
an evolutionary, functional and ecological approach to studying this important
group of organisms.
variations. This coiu'se offers
55.570 Research Cruise
-
involving planning
Biology (3)
-
A
three-week session
and preparations for an oceano-
graphic research cruise of approximately eight days,
actual execuuon of the cruise plan on board an ocean
research vessel. Introduces data-processing techniques
and instrumentation used by biological oceanographers.
Prerequisite: 55.241 or
its
equivalent, or permission of
the instructor.
55.593 Behavioral Ecology (3) - Designed to present animal
behavior within an ecological and evolutionary context.
Presents mathematical and theoretical framework of behavioral ecology.
An
in-depth exploration of the ways
which the behavior of animals is influenced by the
environment, especially with regard to resource distri-
in
bution.
CPS
56.121
Computer Science I (4) -A programming course for
no prior programming experience. Teach-
students with
es students
how
programs to solve problems
Problem solving methods are pre-
to write
visingjava language.
sented and some basic object-oriented programming
design issues are discussed. Students given extensive
"hands-on" experience with guidance from the instructor Prerequisite: 56.110 or the equivalent.
55.540 Environmental Science Education
ed approach
ming, extended modes of arithmetic, character strings
and program development and execution. May not be
used toward the Computer Science major. Prerequisite:
Programming experience or consent of the instructor.
II (4) - A condnuation of ComEmphasizes software engineering principles in the context of programming. Elementary program performance analysis is performed. Class covers
searching and sorting algorithms. Pointers and dynamic structures: linked lists, stacks, queues and binary trees
will also be studied. Advanced object oriented design
methodologies and recursion will be introdticed. Pre-
56.122 Computer Science
puter Science
I.
requisite: 56.121.
56.221
Computer Science
breadth and
III
flexibility as
Increases the students
is
a pre-
most 300 and 400 level courses in computer science. Covers C and C++ languages as well as editing, compiling and debugging in a Unix environment.
Introduces nonlinear data structures and hashing and
emphasizes object oriented programming and design.
Prerequisite: 56.122.
56.240 Assembly Language Programming
(Fall) (3) - Advanced topics in programming with a microcomputer,
introductory concepts of microcomputer architecture,
operating systems and machine and assembly language
for microprocessors. Prerequisite: 56.122.
56.250 Programming Language Paradigms (3) (Spring) Gives an introduction to the functional, logical and
object oriented programming language paradigms.
Entering students should already have at least one year
of experience with a block structiued procedural language. Course gives students a better understanding of
Computer Science
Science and
56.110 Introduction to Computer Science
(3)
-
Presents an
Introduction to computers and data processing
how
general and
how
will specifically
to use a specific lan-
guage from three different programming language paradigms to solve programming problems. Prerequisite:
56.221.
Statistics
they function,
and how they are used
in
lead to an understanding of
Administered by Department of Mathematics, Computer
they are,
-
programmer and
requisite for
programming languages
(56)
(4)
a
in
how
-
what
they are controlled
problem
solving. Basic con-
I/O systems, data communicaand storage, flow charting and programming in
BASIC on a microcomputer. Hands on experience with
word processing, spreadsheets and data base software
is required. Not appropriate and credit for 56.110 will
not be given to a student who has taken Computer and
cepts include hardware,
56.305 Computer Applications in Secondary School Mathematics (Spring) (3) - Studies the theoi7, design and us-
age of a computer as an instructional or training tool.
Uses microcomputer to demonstrate and develop soft-
ware applications. Prerequisite: 56.121.
tion
Information Systems 92.150.
56.116 Algorithmic Processes for Computers (3) - Emphasizes concepts of FORTRAN 77; input and output, pro-
gram documentation and
control, structured
56.323 Artificial Intelligence (3) (Fall, even numbered years)
- Provides an understanding of the philosophy, content,
methods, successes and failures of artificial intelligence.
Course includes history of artificial intelligence, knowledge representation, game playing, expert systems, logic
and theorem proving, search strategies, natural language processing, neural networks, genetic algorithms
and problem
solving. Prerequisite: 56.221
program56.330 Digital Design (Spring)
(3)
-Design of combination-
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
al
and sequential
circuits.
Coding, various instruction
formats and representation of data. Memory, central
processors, input-output devices. Introduction to com-
puter architecture. Characteristics and features of some
computer systems.
existing
Prerequisites: 56.122,53.185,
56.350 Organization of Programming Languages
-An introduction
es: syntax,
(Fall) (3)
to the issues of programming languag-
semantics, parsing, language specification
and
Emphasis on the run-time behavior of programming language constructs. Prerequisite: 56.250.
analysis.
56.355 Analysis of Algorithms and Data Structures (Spring)
A
-
(3)
detailed analysis of algorithms
and data
struc-
Examination of theoretical and experimental performance of algorithms and data structures. Particular
tures.
attention to algorithms for searching
and
and
sorting
techniques for implementing and manipulating various
data structures: stacks, queues, trees, graphs and
files.
Prerequisites: 56.221, 53.185, 53.126.
Windows Programming (Spring) (3)
object oriented programming including
56.356
-
Introduces
the concepts
of objects, windows environment, inheritance, encap-
polymorphism and event driven programming.
development of a large scale appli-
sulation,
137
erating Systems (3) (Fall) - Studies the foundation of
modern operating systems and concurrent program-
ming problems
associated with these systems. Students
and test their solutions to problems. Covers problems and possible solutions encountered in the devel-
write
opment of all modern
56.240
-
systems. Prerequisite: 56.221.
56.410 Computer Graphics (Spring/ even-numbered years)
(3) - Presents the basic principles for design, use and
understanding of graphics systems. Hardware and software components of graphics systems examined with a
major emphasis on creating and manipulating graphusing a software graphics package; the package includes standard computer graphics algorithms.
Two and three dimensional graphics, animation, color,
ics displays
hidden
line
and hidden surface algorithms studied
in
depth. Prerequisites: 56.221; 53.225 or 53.314 recom-
mended.
56.430 Computer Architecture (Spring/ odd-numbered
years (3) - Examines design issues for modern, high-per-
formance computer systems. Topics include bus structures, memory heirarchies, RISC and CISC instructionset paradigms, pipelining and superscalar processor designs, microprogrammed control and input/output and
bandvndth issues. Prerequisite: 56.330.
Participation in the
cation project
is
required. Prerequisite: 56.221 or
56.250.
56.357 Principles of Database Design
years) (3)
base
-
(Fall,
even-numbered
Considers the principal functions of a datasystem. Basic concepts used by all
management
database models
be taught. Details of the hierarchical, network and relational database models will be
studied in detail. Course examines query languages in
general and uses a data manipulation language (DML)
and
studies
its
management system
implement a
rela-
that involves exe-
cution of operations such as an intersection, union,
ference, join
dif-
and multijoins of relations. Study of a com-
mercially available
DML prepares students for a career
dealing with database systems. Prerequisite: 56.221.
56.373 Numerical Methods in Computing
analysis
(Fall)
(3)
-
An
and application of various methods of numeri-
cally solving
and analysis of
on the development and
performance evaluation of parallel algorithms on parcessing, parallel architectures, design
parallel algorithms. Focuses
allel architectures. Prerequisite:
problems
in the areas of nonlinear equa-
tions; systems of equations, interpolation
and polyno-
56.450 Compiler Construction (Spring/odd-numbered
years) (3)
pilers
and
-An introduction to tlie construction of cominterpreters. The compiler is broken down
into phases of scanning, parsing, semantic analysis, op-
timization
and code generation. Studies the relevant
theory in the phases as students program a compiler.
Prerequisites: 56.350
and
differential equations. Students use a
computer
to design and execute algorithms for specific
numerical procedures. Prerequisites: 56.121 or 56.116,
analysis.
Topics include nonlinear equations, interpo-
and approximation, differentiation and integramatrices and differential equations. Prerequisites:
lation
tion,
56.373, 53.322.
56.375 Local Aj-ea Networks (3) (Fall, odd-numbered years)
- Examines in detail key local area network standards
and the fundamental concepts of local area network
(LAN) technology. Provides an understanding of network architecture, data transmission methods and ma-
LANs
56.491 Special Topics in
Computer Science
an area of computer science which
(3)
-
Presents
not available as a
regular course offering. Prerequisite: Consent of tlie
is
instructor.
53.126.
jor
and 56.221.
56.471 Numerical Analysis (Alternate years) (3) - Proxides a
computer-oriented analysis of algorithms of numerical
mial approximation; numerical integration; approximation theory;
56.221.
will
applications. Students
tional database
56.444 Introduction to Parallel Processing (Fall/odd-numbered years) (3) - Provides an overview of parallel pro-
currentiy in use. Investigation of
LAN
proto-
and network operating systems includes
hands on experience in installing and demonstrating
peer-to-peer and client-server LANs. Prerequisite: 56.240
cols, topologies
or permission of the instructor.
56.386 Concurrent Programming and Foundations of Op-
56.497 Internship in Computer Science (2-12) - Prorides
computer science majors wth an opportunity' to acquire
meaningful and professional on-site training and learning in computer science at an industrial, private or business workplace. Note: a student may, with departmental approval, apply a maximum of 3 credits of internship toward the fulfillment of the computer science
major. Each 1 academic credit requires 40 hours of super\'ised work and the limit is 12 total credit hours for
internships. Prerequisites: students must establish adequate course preparation for the proposed internship.
Internship applications must be submitted one month
138- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
before the internship begins and must be approved by
instructional materials. Topics include behaviorism, in-
the department chairperson.
formation processing models, cognitive science, memory models, constructivism, cognitive strategies, and the
learning theories of a number of influential theorists.
In addition, the course emphasizes learning theory,
cognitive and behavioral approaches to instruction, a
56.576 Networks: Configuration and Implementation
-
(3)
Introduces students to terminology, concepts, hardware
and software related to the establishment of a local network and provides hands-on experience in the procedure necessary to install both a PC and Macintosh-based
local area network.
Instructional
Technology
57.540 Technology Planning Across the Curriculum (3) Examines a systematic process for the identification, selection, use, and evaluation of technology within the
curriculum. Students create technology plans for the
classroom, building and district
number of issues
levels.
Consideration
is
procurement
and use of technology in schools. Students also choose
a specific technology in which they will develop expertise
that affect the
57.542 Technology Applications for the Classroom (3) - Explores the role of technology in the classroom. Special
is
placed on the use of technology as a mind
tool to create a constructi\'ist, higher-order thinking
learning environment. Students
become
and
proficient in
a wide range of technologies and apply the instructional
systems design process to
all
projects.
57.546 Research in Instrucdonal Technology
students to evaluate
57.560 Multimedia Productions
(3)
-
Provides a survey of
the major aspects of multimedia production from the
user perspective. Included are hands-on experiences
file manipulation. Examand theories of multimedia as well as
guidelines for the development of instructional multimedia. A course where users create and integrate me-
with hardware, software and
ines research
dia into software appHcations.
57.570 Introduction to Interactive Technologies
(3)
-
Exam-
fundamental concepts of computer-based learning and information systems. Specific emphasis is placed
on the design, development, and authoring of interactive courseware using software such as Macromedia
Dreamweaver, Javascript and HTML. Emerging technologies and their potential impact upon education and
ines the
for use in curriculum planning.
emphasis
re-
tices. Students critique commercial software and design
two brief instructional modules incorporating specific
principles of cognitive science.
Administered by Department of Instructional Technology
given to a
comparison of instructional design models, and
search evidence that supports instructional design prac-
(3)
and conduct research
-
Prepares
in instruc-
tional technology. Students analyze research literature
in instructional technology, evaluate the various
meth-
odologies used in the research process, conduct a
re-
search project, and write a research paper using a
sys-
tematic approach.
training are also studied.
57.572 Authoring Tools for Cross Platforms (3) - Acquaints
students with authoring tools that may be implement-
ed on Macintosh and PC platforms. Writing code for
multimedia and hypermedia applications is emphasized.
Software, such as Macromedia Authorware and Macromedia Director, is used to develop computer presenta-
and for training
and developed with emphasis on good
design and programming techniques.
tions. Applications for use in kiosks
are reviewed
57.550 Instructional Design (3) - Examines the systems approach for the design, development, and evaluation of
57.573 Authoring Tools for Windows (3) - Provides a careful, in-depth study of various authoring systems and
and training materials. Students conduct a
needs assessment and instructional analysis, write objectives, develop instructional strategies, and develop a
teacher's guide and student materials. Specific empha-
authoring tools in a Windows environment. Software
packages, such as Toolbook, are used to develop computer projects. Specific areas of emphasis include types
of authoring software, generalized authoring options,
specific techniques for planning and creating instruction using the authoring tools, and principles of effective design of computer-based instruction.
instruction
sis is
given to applying instructional design techniques
to the design
and development of
instructional prod-
ucts in print form.
57.551 Advanced Instructional Design (3)
-
Serves as a se-
quel to Instructional Design (57.550) by providing additional information and practice concerning the de-
beyond the
on the design of in-
57.574 Authoring Tools for Networks (3) - Provides study of
software and systems for web environments. Sofware
such as Cold Fusion is used to develop database web
sign of effective instruction. Course goes
projects.
introductory course by elaborating
tabase software
structional strategies for specific learning outcomes,
techniques for writing effective
test items,
and proce-
dures for formative and summative evaluation. In addition, the course emphasizes learning theoiy, cognitive
and behavioral approaches to instruction, a compari-
son of instructional design models, and research
dence that supports instrucdonal design practices.
evi-
57.556 Applying Theories of Learning to Interactive Technologies (3) -Focuses on the application of theoretical
principles of learning and instruction to the design of
Areas of emphasis include types networks, daand database design.
57.575 Managing Multimedia Projects (3) - Provides a culminating experience in the Instructional Technology
curriculum. Students are teamed together to apply concepts
and
skills
learned in previous courses to simulate
a hypothetical business environment. Student teams use
a systems approach to design, develop,
and evaluate a
comprehensive interactive computer-based multimedia
project.
57.580 Instructional Applications of Internet (3)
-
Helps
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
educators integrate the Internet into the curriculum to
improve teaching and learning. Students learn basic and
advanced concepts of the World Wide Web and the tools
used to access Web sites, construct a web page, learn
the educational applications of web
sites,
and web
-
139
(3) - Provides hands-on introduction to computer-aided design with an emphasis on basic engineering graphics. Culmination of course is a team design and con-
struction project.
site
management. Students learn techniques for gathering,
organizing and managing Internet information, apply
Internet multimedia applications to the classroom, and
explore emerging Internet technologies, issues and
58.141 Electric Circuit Analysis (4) - Electric circuit analysis
including computer simulation and hands-on laboratory
experience using modern electronic equipment. Reinductance and capacitance. Analysis of dc and
sistance,
and R-C
and R-L-C resonance. AC power, power facand three-phase power. Three hours lecture and
ac circuits including network theorems, R-L
trends.
transients,
57.584 eTraining Strategies (3) - Prepares students with
knowledge, skills, and tools in the area of distance communicadons. Topics covered include communications,
technology, delivery systems, instructional development
for distance education,
and program
quality assessment.
tor
three hours lab per week.
58.321 Manufacturing Processes (3) - Studies the various
types of manufacturing processes and the design of pjirts
and assemblies
57.585 eLearning Concepts and Techniques (3) - Provides
students with knowledge and experiences in designing,
cludes
developing and delivering e-learning courses. This
ability
course teaches
how
to design corporate-based
web
in-
struction for delivery over a corporate intranet or inter-
experience participating in an instructional event as an on-line learning. Students will also
identify the fundamental elements that make web-based
net. Students will
evaluation using
-Allows students to put into
practice the theories that they have learned in previous
courses.
Each internship must
last at least
6-12 weeks in
duration, be directly related to the general content of
the master's program,
sional in die
and be supervised by a
multimedia
57.599 Master's Thesis (6)
arly investigation in
profes-
field.
to
and
visits
reli-
to area
er systems.
phase
DC generators and
motors, ac power, three-
and three-phase transform-
circuits, single-phase
three-phase induction motors, synchronous gener-
and motors, single-phase motors, stepper motioand electric utility power generation, trnsmission and distribution. Three hours
lecture and two hours lab per week.
ators
rs,
electronic control of motors,
58.300 Career Orientation
(1)
-
Studies
all
aspects of seek-
ing employment including interviewing, resume writ-
- Consists of an independent scholwhich the student designs, devel-
and evaluates a brief instructional
address a specific audience. Under the di-
ops, implements,
module
process design and
techniques, quality control,
58.231 Electrical Machines and Power Systems (4) - Fundamentals of electrical machines, transformers and pow-
ers,
(3)
SPC
manufacturing facilities. Two
hours lecture and three hours lab per week.
instruction effective.
57.590 Graduate Internship
to insure their manufacturabiliry. In-
PCB artwork and fabrication,
rection of a faculty committee, the student identifies a
performance problem in an audience of interest, and
works v«th a subject matter expert to design and produce instruction on a particular topic. The instruction
is later implemented with the target audience and evaluated for its effectiveness. The student then makes the
necessary revisions based on the evaluation data.
ing and choosing appropriate jobs fo the cooperative
education experience.
One hour
lecture per week.
58.331 Linear Signals and Systems (2)
-
Introduces the the-
ory of linear signals and systems, including functional
representations, spectra, linear
tal
filters,
sampling, discrete signals, digital
variables.
Two hours
transforms, digifilters
and
state
lecture per week.
58.241 Electronic Instrumentation and Data Aquisition (3)
- Design and application of electronic instrumentation
The course is centered on understanding senand transducers, signal conditioning and transmission methods and application of sensors and transducers to real world situations. Use of microcomputer systems for data acquisition, processing and control. Two
hours lecture and three hours lab per week.
systems.
sors
and Electronic
Engineering Technology
(58) Electrical
Administered by Department of Physics and Engineering
Technology
58.101 Introduction to Electrical and Electronics Engineering Technology (EEET) (1) - History of engineering
and technology, electrical and electronic engineering
technology (EEET) as a career, technology areas within
EEET, organizational structure of industries, oral and
communication skills, review of mathematical
written
skills,
ic
graphical representations of data, use of scientif-
calculator
and personal computer, electronic
instru-
ments, industrial automation, seminars by engineering
technologists,
and
visits to local
industries.
One hour
lecture per week.
58.180 Computer Aided Design and Engineering Graphics
58.380 Cooperative Education in Industiy I (0) - Prorides
an on-the-job professional experience in an industrial
setting.
58.431 Industrial Process Control (3) - Fundamentals of
open-loop and closed-loop control, feedback control
concepts, controller design, process cotrol using micro-
computers, PLCs, sensors and transducers, instrument
control and supenisor)' control. Two hours lecture and
three hours lab per week.
58.441 Communications Systems (3)
-
Presents the theory
and application of modern communications systems,
in-
cluding types of modulation, noise, multiplexing, multiple access and digital signaling. Use of modern soft-
140- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
ware package for communication systems design and
analysis. Two hours lecture and three hours lab per week.
58.451 Digital Signal Processing (3)
-
60.302 Research Literacy (3) - Provides an introduction to
research methods and techniques. Gives the student the
princito
ples associated with the processing of discrete-time signals.
Common
applications such as waveform genera-
tion, FIR and IIR digital filtering, and DFT and FFTbased spectral analysis and filtering. Architecture, instruction set and hardware and software development
tools associated with a fixed-point general-purpose DSP
VLSI processor. Two hours lecture and two hours lab
per week.
58.461 Radio Frequency Effects and Measurements (4)
tronic instrumentation
ment
such quantities
as power,
impedence, standing wave ratio, frequency, voltage and
and antenna measurenaents. Smith
charts, impedance matching and radio frequency shielding. Two hours lecture and two hours lab per week.
II
(0)
-
Provides
on-the^ob professional experience in an industrial
set-
60.311 Classroom Measures and Assessment (3) - Reviews
principles of evaluation; grading; representative stan-
dardized
struction
surement
areas and
tests;
and
in the cognitive, affective
Uses hands-on experiences, virtual meetings, web-based
resources to develop classroom activities to create a virtual learning
community. Prerequisite: 30
(60) Educational Studies
Administered by Department of Educational Studies and
Secondary Education
60.201 Field Studies in Education 1(1)- Fifteen hour field
instructional designers. Uses hands-on experienc-
lationships
(3)
-
Intro-
duction to computer technology and the school setting
that utilizes computers. Prerequisite: 45 semester hours.
60.205 Career Development and Life Planning (3) - Provides
students with career information, values clarification
ty
skills
needed
to
develop
sensitivi-
to these issues in light of the increasing complexity
of the occupational experience.
to the teaching-learn-
ing process. Psychological systems are compared and
evaluated in terms of their philosophical bases, ideological
commitments and as criteria for the development
of models for educational policy and practice.
60.291 Principles of Teaching (3) - An introduction to the
teaching process. Various instructional techniques,
methodologies and approaches are explored. Topics include: developing instructional objectives, sequencing
learning acti\T[ties, applying the various taxonomies, con-
ducting micro-teaching, discipline strategies, questioning techniques and mastery teaching. Class term project
includes unit lesson plan and evaluative instrument.
Prerequisites: 60.201, 60.251.
60.301 Field Studies in Education
II (I)
-
Thirty hour field
experience with involvement in a school setting. Develop lesson plans and teach two lessons under supervision. Produce reflective journal. Remaining time spent
in weekly
campus
class seminars.
better designed for
among
social conditions, social values
The course
and problems of society
that
and
focuses on those
need
to
as-
be taken into
account in determining educational policy, especially
concerns the social role of the school.
as this policy
60.406 Multicultural Education
(3)
-
Studies school situa-
tions that reflect the cultural diversity of the nation
and
the world in their social and school goals and curricular
and
instructional aims
accommodating
and
practices. Offers strate-
norms, values,
language and learning styles of students and for teaching all students to understand and
respect their ovm and other cultures.
gies for
to the cultural
attitudes, behavior,
60.251 Psychological Foundations of Education (3) - A systematic analysis of theories of human motivation, de-
velopment and learning related
class-
know and
60.393 Social Foundations of Education (3) -An integrated
multidisciplinary study of education focusing on the re-
educational policies.
60.204 Educational Computing and Technology
students
learning. Prerequisite: 30 credits.
pects
and decision-making
of cognitive strategies to develop
situa-
Weekly on-campus seminars.
credits.
60.351 Virtual Learning Communities (3) - For preser\dce
teachers and others who will act as learning mentors
room activities that promote how
how instructional planning can be
experience to observe various teaching-learning
con-
test
and formal meaand psychomotor
alternative forms of assessment. Prerequisite:
es with the aid
tions.
vocabulary of measurement,
interpretation; informal
60.350 Instructional Design Systems (3) - For preservice
teachers and others who will create a community of
learners integrating technology into the K-1 2 classroom.
and
ting.
EDF
projects.
Elec-
current. Receiver
58.480 Cooperative Education in Industry
can7 out beginning-level research
able to
45 semester hours, 60.291.
-
and techniques for measure-
at radio frequencies of
be a better consumer of research,
be more aware of the value of research and to be
basic understanding to
Fundamental
60.416 Computers in the Curriculum
course
-
(3)
The
goal of this
reforms that emphasize
technology as an integral component of instruction.
This instruction is supported by technology tools helps
is
to provide curricula
students construct knowledge and helps teachers create opportunities for
more
effective,
meaningful, inte-
grated learning. This course provides the resources to
locate relevant instructional materials to design a cur-
riculum rich in emerging technologies.
60.427 Classroom
Management and
Effective Discipline (3)
Focus on strategies for effective discipline and classroom management. Methods of planning for the beginning of the year and for establishing an effective classroom atmosphere that promotes learning throughout
the year are reviewed. Current models and major theories of discipline are reviewed and evaluated. Prerequi-
-
sites:
60.251, 60.291, 60.201, 60.301
60.431 Independent Study (1-3)
department chairperson
-
.
Requires consent of the
to schedule.
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
60.441, 60.442, 60.443
ies selected areas
Workshop
Education
in
(1-6)
-
Stud-
of education including research by
individual students in a special teaching field.
disadvantaged youngster, in-depth examination of current research findings in areas stud-
mentary and secondary schools; school attendance,
school health programs, pupil transportation, psychoservices.
Experience (6) - The
secondary student teaching assignment is determined
by the student's area of specialization. Pro\'ides oppor-
60.497 Teaching in Education:
and resources and approaches
major problems. Discussion of polarization
problem areas.
ied, teaching strategies,
60.451 Pupil Personnel Services in the Public School (3) Comprehensive view of pupil personnel services in ele-
guidance
in critical
60.507 Using Newspapers in the Classroom (3) - Activitycentered course that provides an orientation to the use
of the newspaper in various subject areas. Provides opportunities for the development of learning experienc-
First
tunities for direct participating experiences. Places stu-
es.
60.512 Educational Media and Software (3) -Advanced study
of the role of media in the education process. Includes
assessment of that role, selection of equipment
dents in classrooms with public or private school teachers. The student's major determines their assignment:
critical
one experience in a primary level and one experience in an intermediate level of a public school; N-K-3 one experience in a preschool situation and one in a
porary literature in the
K-6
-
primary
primary
level
and materials for optimum
60.514
60.498 Teaching in Education: Second Experience (6)
secondary student teaching assignment
by the student's area of specialization.
is
-
The
determined
60.501 Major Philosophies of Education (3) - Interprets
modern educational problems and trends in the light
of philosophical viewpoints; study of primary sources
of concepts and philosophies which have influenced and
are influencing education.
60.502 School and Society (3)
- Examines effects of social
and community pressures and changing
patterns and standards of life in our society on the school
program. Fosters understanding of these pressures and
patterns so that the teacher can work effectively to encourage the good and reduce the harmful impacts of
class, family,
social forces in relationships of children.
60.503 History of American Educational Theory (3) - Historical foundations of American educational theory with
emphasis on individuals and schools of thought which
have influenced and are influencing education in America.
a review of contem-
utility,
and a production component involving advanced work in television, U'ansparencies, slide-tape, and computer-assisted instruction.
of a public school or two experiences in a
level of a public school.
field,
Home, School and Community
Relations (3)
-
Intro-
ductoi7 course in public relations vvitii special reference
to elementary school. Develops a philosophy of partnership between home, school, and community. Con-
and techniques to encourage community sharing in the planning of and assum-
siders principles, attitudes,
ing responsibility for good schools.
60.516 Computers in the Curriculum (3) - The goal of this
course is to provide curricula reforms that emphasize
technology as an integral component of instruction.
is supported by technology tools helps
This instruction
students construct knowledge and helps teachers create opportunities for
more
effective,
meaningful, inte-
grated learning. This course provides the resources to
locate relevant instructional materials to design a cur-
riculum rich in emerging technologies.
60.520 Guidance and Counseling for Exceptional Children
-
(3)
Studies needs of exceptional children in public
schools (including the academically talented); guidance
and counseling techniques for teachers and guidance
counselors in meeting those needs; guidance and counseling for exceptional children related to the total guid-
ance counseling program.
60.504 Technology for Teachers
-
(3)
A
hands-on introduc-
tion to the use of technology in the public school class-
room. Teachers
will
be introduced to the computer,
computer-related technologies, communication technologies, and new and emerging audio-visual technologies in creating technology learning environments.
Consideration
141
sensitivity to the
to resolve
logical services,
-
will
be given to the use of technology as
communication medium. Teachers will learn to use
Instructional Systems Design models in the planning,
delivery and evaluation of technology practices in the
a
schools.
60.505 Comparative Education (3) - Educational ideas and
practices of various countries are examined for their
impact upon our culture and education. Particular attention is given to the relationship of European educational programs to the American philosophy and practice of public education.
60.506 Multicultural Education
(3)
-
Examines problems of
the luban educational system. Emphasizes growUi of
60.522 Internet for Teachers (3)
Internet course for educators
-
This
is
an introductory
who would
like to
sue the
Internet as a resource for the classroom. Students will
be introduced to the fundamental concepts of the World
Wide Web and to the tools to access web sites. Prticipants will become actively involved as tliev' explore the
Internet and share ideas for practical applications in
the classroom. Students will create a portfolio of Iner-
net and share ideas for practical applications in die classroom. Students will create a porttblio of Internet resources and materials for subsequent use in the classroom. Other activities include: techniques for naviga-
and on-line searches; evaluating Internet resourcmaking and managing "hodists;" and downloading
and maintaining Internet software and graphics resourction
es;
es.
Teachers
will
have the opportunity
to
customize the
knowledge in this course to meet their particular needs
and the needs of their students. Prerequisites for Uiis
course are one introductory computer course at the
undergraduate or graduate level. This course v\ill be
142- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
taught on Macintosh computers. In order to complete
onhne assignments, students arre expected to have personal access to the Internet or be able to use the University
Macintosh labs outside of normal
GO.SSV Classroom
Management and
class hours.
teaching and learning process. Students will investigate
and evaluate psychological principles and theories and
their implications for classroom decision making,
themes underlying effective educational practices will
be addressed, including interaction, cognitive processEffective Discipline (3)
Focuses on theories of effective discipline and classroom management. Methods of planning for the be-
relevance, classroom climate, challenge, expectations
es,
-
and
diversity.
ginning of the year and for establishing an effective classroom organization to promote appropriate behavior
60.573 Introduction to Educational Administration (3) Focuses on examination of the functions and tasks of
throughout the year are reviewed. Current models and
major theories of discipline are reviewed and evaluat-
educational administration. Issues include the evolving
ed.
school administrators; educational systems analysis;
school personnel administration; administrative and or-
60.530 Guidance in the Elementary Schools (3) - Covers
concepts and techniques of the guidance process in the
school setting; the meaning, development, and work of
ganizational behavior;
al
elementary school, behavioral and developmental problems, and releasing creative capacities of children.
60.532 Adapting Teaching Strategies to Learning Styles and
Multiple Intelligences (3) - This course provides students with ideas, techniques and approaches to using
different learning styles
and Multiple
The
60.550 Problems in Guidance and Counseling
(3) - Covers
philosophy of guidance; history of the guidance move-
ment; guidance needs of children and adolescents;
methods of gathering data; nature of school records;
interpretation of test results and inventories; use of occupational information and data; interviewing and counseling techniques.
60.551 Techniques in Counseling (3) - Focuses on theories,
principles, and practices of counseling; development
results, ed-
materials.
60.552 Organization and Supervision of Guidance (3) - Examines types of guidance organizations used in schools
their effectiveness in providing for
60.553 Group Processes in Guidance
good guidance.
(Experimental)
cation in groups.
will
be explored.
ers learn
strategies for facilitating
communi-
The nature and function of groups
Through theory and practice, teach-
and practice
skills in
leading groups, empath-
and decision-making. Teachers
also learn to enhance students' self-awareness and self
esteem in a group setting.
ic listening,
-
Considers limitations
laws relating to
changes resulting from judicial decisions.
control of education with emphasis on lobudgetary problems.
to recent
Covers
fiscal
60.577 Educational Research for Supervision (3) - Considers development of ability to read and interpret educational research
discussion
60.561 Measurement and Evaluation in the Secondary
Schools (3) - Examines construction, administration,
and interpretation of group tests in intelligence, achievement, aptitude, and personality in secondary schools.
60.565 Advanced Foundations of Education (3) -This course
will provide a systematic analysis of theories of human
development, learning and motivation related
and apply
it
Conand teaching
to a school situation.
clusions concerning curricuhmi content
strategies
designed for the improvement of the educaemphasized.
tional process are
60.578 Group Processes in Supervision (3)
group processes, communication
-
Emphasis on
group, and organizational goals related to educational supervision.
in the
Focuses on knowledge of and practice in laboratory experiences in group processes and applicability to supervision.
Experiences provide opportunities for experi-
menting with and evaluating leadership
moting creativity and initiative.
skills
and pro-
60.579 Supervision of Curriculum and Instruction (3) - Examines objectives, techniques, and materials of staff supervision; defines the supervisory function directed to-
ward the improvement of instruction with emphasis on
the interrelationships between the humanistic aspects
of education and democratic administrative behavior;
studies roles of contemporary supervision with respect
to educational quality assessment, interpersonal rela-
and the
catalytic role
of the supervisor.
-
Enables learners to acquire a working knowledge of the
group process and
(3)
and federal
the interactions of school personnel. Special attention
tions,
(3)
Law and Finance
established by local, state,
cal
60.533 Measurement and Evaluation in the Elementary
School (3) - Emphasizes construction, administration,
and interpretation of group tests of intelligence, achievement, aptitude, and personality in elementary schools.
and use of counseling materials such as test
ucational information, and other pertinent
in education-
scope, se-
quence and substance of the course emphasizes handson activities, problem solving, class sidscussion, group
activities and web-based research.
and
60.576 School
Intelligences The-
ory in the teaching/learning processes.
and career ladders
administration.
to the
60.580 Practicum in Supervision of Curriculum and Instruction (3)
-
Field-based practicum experience that places
the candidate for a Curriculum
and Instruction N-12
Supervisory Certificate in a cooperative relationship with
an individual in a school setting responsible for the overall planning, coordination, implementation, and evaluation of a curricular and instructional program. Competency-based experiences discussed in a weekly seminar. Evaluation of the candidate's performance based
on achievement of specified competencies.
60.581 Independent Study in Education (1-6) - Provides an
opportunity for public school teachers to pursue in-service projects in cooperation with a faculty adviser.
The
teacher submits a "learning contract" to an adviser designated by the department chairperson. Contract in-
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
eludes details of the academic goals, descriptions of the
its relation to the goals and of a proposal for
project in
a final report, a reading
list,
and the proposed
credit.
Permission to register for the course granted upon approval of the contract. Evaluation based
on the
written
report and an examinadon by a committee appointed
by the adviser and/or department chairperson. Students
may
register at any suitable time; the duration of the
experience
is
service project to use the resources of the university
faculty.
and
A "learning contract" similar to that of 60.581
submitted by the group as a basis for permission to
register. Papers relate to aspects of the project and to
the literature designated in the contract. Discussion and
cridcism in seminar meedngs under the direcdon of a
member. Evaluation is based on the seminar reand a final comprehensive written report by the
faculty
student.
60.584 Curriculum and Instructional Theory, Design and
Development (3) - Competency-based course consisting of elements that provide a base in relevant theory
associated with the activity of curriculum development.
A
and evaluation of current theoretiand design methodology are an integral
review, critique,
cal positions
62.304 Environmental Education for the Elementary School
Teacher (3) - Provides learning experiences for the ele-
mentary school
level in
environmental education pro-
grams.
62.310 Teaching Fine
Ai^ts in
the Elementary School (3)
-
Provides competencies in the selection and implemenary, visual
children.
of fine
and procedures for teaching literand performing arts to elementary school
Emphasizes comprehension and integration
arts into all areas
of the school curriculum. Pre-
45 semester hours.
requisite:
is
ports
hours.
tation of materials
flexible.
60.583 Seminar in Education (1-6) - Provides the opportunity for a group of teachers engaged in a common in-
its
143
-
62.322 Seminar in Learning Experiences with
dren
(3)
-
Young
Chil-
Outlines physical, mental, emotional and so-
cial levels
of children from birth to age
8,
with atten-
tion to environmental factors that foster child growth.
Examines prenatal, infant-toddler, preschool and kindergarten programs to meet the needs of this age child
and to provide the background of experience needed
for later ventures into reading,
art,
arithmetic, science,
social studies, music, literature, physical
education and
health and safety. Prerequisites: Psychology 48.101,
48.211.
62.371 Teaching Reading in the Elementary School (3)
-
Examines developmental reading from readiness
through sixth grade. Prerequisite: 45 semester hours.
part of the course.
60.585 Curriculum and Instructional Evaluation (3) - Competency-based course consisting of elements providing
62.373 Diagnostic and Inclusionary Practices (3) - Presents
diagnostic and remedial procedures emphasizing both
a base for the student in current theory and practice in
standardized and informal techniques. Prerequisite:
the evaluation of school curriculum
and
instruction.
and application of current thinking
curriculum evaluation are an integral
Reviews, critiques,
and practice
in
part of the course.
ELE
Childhood and
Elementary Education
for children. Prerequisite: 45 semester hoius.
Administered by Department of Early Childhood and Elementary Education
60.522 Internet for Teachers (3) - An introductory course
for teachers who would like to use the Internet as a re-
source for the classroom. Covers fundamental concepts
of access to and using the World Wide Web, sharing
ideas for practical classroom applications, evaluating
and downloading and maintaining
Prerequisite is an introductory com-
Internet resources,
puter course at the undergraduate or graduate
level.
Taught on Macintosh computers and completing online assignments requires personal access to the Inter-
net or ability to use university Macintosh labs outside of
normal
class hours.
62.121 Introduction to Early Childhood Education (3) Examines die historical and philosophical foundations
of early childhood education. Analyzes current trends
and
practices for teaching children
from
62.376 Language Experiences for Children (3) - Explores
the language development of children and factors that
influence skill in effective communication development
from nursery school through sixth grade. Provides a
backgroimd for students in language arts and literature
(62) Early
Internet software.
62.371.
birth to age 6.
62.389 Individualized Instruction Activities in the Elementary School (3) - Emphasizes procedures for helping
individuals learn the informal school concept
and
rear-
ranging the elementary classroom into an efficient and
effective learning area viith emphasis on a language arts
center,
mathematics center, science centers and
social
studies centers. Prerequisite: 45 semester hoins.
62.390 Teaching Social Studies in the ElementaiT School
(3) - Emphasizes methods and materials appropriate
for teaching elementary school social studies in con-
temporary
society. Prerequisite:
64 semester hours.
62.391 Teaching Language Arts in the Elementary School
(3) - Emphasizes methods and materials designed to
help elementai7 school children develop communication skills for today's complex societ\-. Includes all areas
of a modern language
semester hours.
arts
cvnriculum. Prerequisite: 64
62.398 Teaching Mathematics in the Elementai7 School
(3)
Oudines mathematical methods, materials, understandings and attitudes essential in the leaching of con-
-
62.302 Teaching of Science in the Elementary School (3)
-
Emphasizes the major methods and materials used in
elementary school science. Prerequisite: 64 semester
temporai7 programs in the elementai7 school. Prereq64 semester hours.
uisite:
144- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
62.400 Workshop in Teaching Mathematics in Early Childhood and Elementary Education (1-6) - Presents a work-
shop format to provide individual or group study of
problems concerned with teaching mathematics at early childhood and elementary levels.
62.410 Methods and Materials in Early Childhood Education I (3) - Provides teachers with a workshop experience in infant daycare centers and nursery schools. Pro-
methods and materials that teachers can use and
construct in their centers and classrooms. Examines theories of Bruner, Piaget, Froebel, Montessori and Vy-
vides
Individual or group study of subjects of interest or con-
cern in teaching.
62.516 Computers in the Curricultim (3) - Provides curricula reforms that emphasize technology as an Integral
component of instruction. Helps teachers create opportunities for more effective, meaningful, integrated learning and provides resources to locate relevant instructional materials to design a curriculum rich in
emerg-
ing technologies.
62.520 Methods and Materials in Early Childhood Education II (3) - See course description for 62.510.
gotsky Prerequisites: 62.121, 62.322.
62.420 Methods and Materials in Early Childhood Education II (3) - Provides teachers with a workshop experi-
ence in infant daycare centers and nursery schools. Provides methods and materials that teachers can use and
construct in their centers and classrooms. Examines theories of Bruner, Piaget, Froebel, Montessori and Vygotsky Prerequisites; 62.121, 62.322.
62.431 Independent Study in Elementary and Early Childhood Education (1-3) - Individual projects in education.
Requires consent of the department chairperson.
62.450 Methods of Teaching Foreign Languages in the Elementary School (3) - Examines factors influencing sec-
ond language acquisition and addresses a variety of strategies designed to teach foreign languages in the ele-
mentary school. Special focus on integrating the
for-
eign language syllabus within the elementary school cur-
music and dance included. Pre60.291, 200-level foreign language or equiv-
riculum. Culture,
requisites:
art,
alent.
62.494 Teaching in Education: First Experience (6) - The
student teaching assignment is determined by the student's area of specialization. Provides opportunities for
62.521 Elementary School Curriculum (3) - Studies problems related to development, experimentation, and
improvement of curriculum
practices in the elementa-
ry school.
62.522 Curriculum Trends in Early Childhood Education
(3) - Studies die changing goals and the developing pro-
grams children birth through age eight required to meet
the needs of children who enter school with a variety of
experiential backgrounds.
62.523 Practices in Teaching the Young Child (3) - Examination of current practices in teaching the young child
with emphasis on the developmental aspects of child-
hood
as they relate to the school
62.524 Knowledge and Curriculum
(3)
program.
-A study of the place
The empha-
of knowledge in developing a ciuriculum.
on content as it is influenced by the Pennsylvania
Content Standards and innovative practices in teaching and learning.
sis is
62.525 Current Practices in Elementary School Science (3)
- Studies the problems resulting from the increased in-
and the need for science
methods and manurturing these interests and for implement-
terest of children in science
instruction in the elementary grades;
direct participating experiences. Places students in class-
terials for
rooms with public or private school teachers. The student's major determines their assignment: K-6 - one
experience in a primary level and one experience in an
intermediate level of a public school; N-K-3 - one experience in a preschool situation and one in a primary
ing science instruction within the limits of the interests
level of a public school,
or two experiences in a prima-
ry level of a public school.
of children are presented and evaluated.
62.526 Methods and Materials in Science and Mathematics
(3)
-
Offers an approach to curriculum in which math-
ematics and science content,
creative, integrated activities
62.495 Teaching in Education; Second Experience (6) - see
62.494
62.496 Practicum in Early Childhood Education, Elementary Education II ( 1-6) - Individually prescribed course of
program.
Explores literacy development to create a
positive literacy learning environment for diverse learn(3)
and learning situations that
to group interactions.
disciplines of the social sciences as a basis for develop-
ment of
rooms
in-
62.527 Social Studies in the Elementary School (3) - Examines contemporary trends and current research in the
Previous experience and academic achievement reviewed. Consent of program coordinataor and department chairperson required. Prerequisite: 64 credits and
62.497 Teaching Literacy and Literature in Diverse Class-
and methods of
range from individual inquiry
study and actiwty-based learning and practice teaching.
complete packet.
skills
struction are integrated. Particular attention given to
a conceptual
framework for a
social studies
Modern School (3) - Studies
problems related to instruction in various aspects of the
language arts; place of the language arts in the curricu-
62.528 Language Arts in the
lum; current research and
its
practical application.
-
ers.
62.510 Methods and Materials in Early Childhood Education 1(3)- For in-service teachers and graduate students.
Study of selected areas in early childhood education.
62.529 Literature for Children in the Elementary Grades
(3) - Surveys ways children may encounter literature and
methods
that are effective in the encounter. Students
become acquainted
with children's books, work with
children in a storytelling experience, discover ways other
than through reading by which children
may
experi-
-145
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
ence
literature.
62.530 Awareness of Environmental Education Problems for
the Elementary Grades (3) - Helps classroom teacher
organize environmental education activities. Areas of
content include problem-solving activities, material
sources, the use of resources, curriculum building, de-
velopment of an awareness of environmental problems,
and possible solutions to them. Camping and a camp
fee are required.
62.531 Environmental Education Awareness Activities and
Materials for the Elementary School (1-3)
ty
for students to
broaden
-
Opportuni-
their experiences in environ-
mental education. Camping and a camp fee are
re-
62.533 Values Clarification in the Elementary School (3) Primarily for elementary education students. Emphasizes the
philosophy and composition of values
cation as
it
clarifi-
applies to the elementary school child. Prac-
and theoretical aspects stressed
Emphasis on methods which aid
the teacher in becoming aware of the emotional needs
of children, humanizing of the education process, and
improvement of working and learning relationships wdth
learning and practice teaching. Previous experience and
academic achievement reviewed. Practicum proposal reand consent of program coordinator and department chairperson required.
quired,
62.595 Individualized Instruction
for the Classroom (3)
-
-
Principles
and
Practices
Analyzes practices, principles,
for individualizing instruction. Experiences include procedures for adapting conventional in-
structional
modes
to individualized settings.
62.596 Practicum in Early Childhood Education
(3)
-
see
62.594.
(63)
Reading
live.
others.
Administered by Exceptionality Programs
63.540 Introduction to the Teaching of Reading
(3)
-
Focus-
on components of a balanced literacy program; designed to develop a knowledge base and instructional
competence with literacy instruction for inclusive classes
62.537 Methods and Materials in Language Arts and Social
Studies (3)
62.594 Practicum in Early Childhood Education (6) - Individually prescribed course of study and activity-based
as well as tech-
niques for helping children build a value system by
which they can
propriate subjects.
and procedures
quired. Prerequisite: 62.530
tical
grams in early childhood education \vith emphasis on
the expansion and administradon with regard to the
selection of personnel, evaluative techniques, and curriculum procedures, school law, finance, and other ap
-
Offers an approach in curriculum in which
social studies
and language
arts content, skills
and meth-
ods of instruction are integrated. Particular attention
given to creative, integrated activities and learning situations that range
from individual inquiry
to
group
in-
teractions.
62.539 Current Topics in Elementary Education (3) - Investigates current thinking and research in aspects of ele-
mentary education.
63.541 Reading Assessment and Intei"vention (3) - Focuses
on informal and formal assessment techniques wth an
emphasis on using assessment to design appropriate intervention programs and techniques; topics include miscue analysis, running records, informal reading inventories,
and standardized
63.543 Reading Practicum
62.581 Independent Study in Elementary Education (1-6)
Comparable
rooms.
readers
-
to 60.583.
I
testing.
(3)
-
Students tutor struggling
who experience problems
in
one or more of
the following areas: decoding, fluency, comprehension,
skills. Parent involvement and parent training
included as part of the tutoring process. Prerequisites: 63.540, 63.541, 63.548 plus consent of program
or study
62.583 Seminar in Elementary Education (1-6)
-
Compara-
ble to 60.583.
is
coordinator.
62.590 Current Research and Development in Early Child-
hood Education
(3)
-
Examines recent
literature
and
63.544 Reading Practicimi
II
(3)
-
Students work in teams to
research in early childhood education, prenatal through
teach small groups of struggling readers in an inten-
age 8, characteristics of the learner, learning environment, learning materials, and innovative programs. De-
sive,
partmental paper and/or curriculum projects are
initi-
ated in this course.
62.591 Learning and Development of the Young Child (3) Surveys child development and its relationship to the
development of the young child
from prenatal through age eight.
early school years; the
62.592 Idendfication and Prescripdon of the Needs of Young
Children (3) - Focuses on techniques of identifying the
physical, emotional, social, and mental needs of young
children and in developing appropriate prescriptive
procedures.
62.593 Organizauon and Administration of Educational Programs for Young Children (3) - Studies the various pro-
3-week
summer
tutorial
program. Focuses on de-
signing instruction and developing materials to match
children's reading levels and learning styles. Prerequisites:
63.540, 63.541, 63.543, 63.548, plus consent of
program
director.
63.545 Organization and Administration of Reading Programs (K-12) - (3) - For classroom teachers, reading
specialists,
and resoince room
volved with a school
district's
specialists
who
are in-
reading program; emplta-
sizes a working knowledge of certification requiremenLs,
job descriptions, guidelines for programs funded
through federal or state agencies, resources for exemplary reading programs, program cxalualion. and par-
ent invohemenl.
63.546 Reading in the Content ,\rcas (3) - Presents iheoiT
and related teaching strategics lor content area insinic-
146- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
don
in grades 4-12; topics include the reading process,
textbook evaluations, and strategies for improving comprehension, vocabulary, and study skills.
63.548 Reading Instruction for the At-Risk Learner (3) Emphasizes methodology related to improving the reading skills of at-risk learners; focuses on developmentally
appropriate practices, developmental stages of word
knowledge, adapting instruction for diverse learners,
and teaching ESL children.
impaired/language handicapped individuals; awareness
of research and clinic practices which can be applied to
classroom setting.
63.550 Literature, Literacy and Culture
(3) - Explores the
improving students' reading, wxiting, and language growth in grades K-12. Focuses on
the role of multicultural literature in promoting crosscultural understandings in a student-centered language
arts program. Specific topics include selecting literature,
developing thematic units, organizing the classroom,
implementing literature circles, and evaluating students'
role of literature in
63.551 Early Literacy Learning (3) - Inservdce teachers learn
how to implement principles and practices of guided
reading in K-3 classrooms. Focuses on conducting ongoing literacy assessments, organizing instruction, developing literacy centers, using leveled texts, and meetall
learners in the classroom.
(Fall) (3) -Prerequisites: 60.201, 60.251, 60.291, 60.301,
60.393; junior standing in an area of concentration in
secondary education
65.358 Teaching Foreign Language in the Secondary School
(Spring) (3)
-
Prerequisites:60.201, 60.251, 60.291,
tion in secondary education.
65.374 Teaching Reading in Academic Subjects
(3)
-
Under-
standing techniques for developing reading skills applicable to the secondary school. Emphasis on readi-
comprehension, silent reading and oral reading
through secondary school academic subjects. Prerequisite: 45 semester hours.
ness,
Seminar in Secondary Education (3) - Activities cenaround concerns and problems encountered in secondary education. The range of activities is determined
by individual need and by levels of professional competency including diagnosis, mutual development of objectives and self evaluation.
65.41
1
ter
theory and practice in integrating
ternship in Education (1-15) -A work study program in
an education-related setting applicable to fulfilling free
electives in teacher
education degree.
65.530 Curriculum Development and Instructional Strate-
Middle and Junior High Schools
(3)
-
In-
quires into the role of early secondary education by analyzing historical trends, cunicular patterns, instruction-
and personnel structure of this organization
Emphasis on teacher behavior, student values and
attitudes, and instructional designs peculiar to junior
high, middle, and intermediate schools.
al designs,
lit-
eracy instruction across the curriculum. Topics include
designing a curriculum framework for integrated instruction, fostering discussion in a reading-wriung classroom, connecting reading and writing to the content
areas, designing assessments with learners in
-
Requires consent of department chairperson 79.312 In-
gies in the
63.552 Reading and Writing Across the Curriculum (3) -This
course is designed to provide classroom teachers (grades
meeting
65.355 Teaching Social Studies in the Secondary School
65.431 Independent Study in Secondary Education (1-3)
literacy growth.
4-8) with current
tion in secondary education.
60.301, 60.393; junior standing in an area of concentra-
63.549 Teaching Reading to the Hearing Impaired/Language Handicapped Child (3) - Principles, practices,
methods, and materials of teaching reading to hearing
ing the needs of
60.301, 60.343,junior standing in an area of concentra-
mind and
state standards.
unit.
65.560 Development of the Secondary School Curriculum
(3)
-
tion,
Problems related to development, experimentaand improvement of curriculum practices in the
secondary school.
TCH
(65)
Secondary Education
Administered by Department of Educational Studies and
Secondary Education
65.351 Teaching Communication in the Secondary School
(Fall) (3) -Prerequisites: 60.201, 60.251, 60.291, 60.301,
60.393; junior standing in an area of concentration in
secondary education.
65.352 Teaching Mathematics in the Secondary School
(Spring) (3) - Prerequisites: Prerequisites: 60.201,
60.251, 60.291, 60.301, 60.393; junior standing in an
area of concentration in secondary education.
65.353 Teaching Science in the Secondary School
-
(Fall) (3)
Prerequisites: 60.201. 60.251, 60.291, 60.301, 60.393;
junior standing in an area of concentration in secondary education.
65.358 Teaching Foreign Language in the Secondary School
(Spring) (3) - Prerequisites; 60.201, 60.251, 60.291,
65.571 Evaluating Teaching in Middle and Secondary
Schools (3) - Improvement of instruction through self
analysis. Micro-teaching techniques, planning dimensions, self-appraisal techniques. Designed for teachers
with special reference to the work of cooperating teachers.
65.581 Independent Study in Secondary Education (1-6)
-
Provides an opportunity for public school teachers to
pursue in-service projects in cooperation with a faculty
The teacher submits a "learning contract" to
an adviser designated by the department chairperson.
Contract includes details of the academic goals, descriptions of the project in its relation to the goals and of a
proposal for a final report, a reading list, and the proposed credit. Permission to register for the course granted upon approval of the contract. Evaluation based on
the written report and an examination by a committee
appointed by the adviser and/or department chairperson. Students may register at any suitable time; the duadviser.
-147
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
ration of the experience
flexible.
is
65.583 Seminar in Secondary Education (1-6) - Provides the
opportunity for a group of teachers engaged in a common in-service project to use the resources of the uni-
and
versity
faculty.
its
A
"learning contract" similar to
submitted by the group as a basis for
permission to register. Papers relate to aspects of the
project and to the literature designated in the contract.
Discussion and criticism in seminar meetings under the
that of 60.581
is
member. Evaluation is based on
the seminar reports and a final comprehensive written
direction of a faculty
report by the student.
65.597 Graduate Practicum (6) - This is a six-credit, 16 week
student teaching experience thatis part of the second-
and
ary certification track of the curriculum
tion master's program.
includes
It
instruc-
of the required
all
INTASC standards and the framework for teaching and
learning now required by both the National Coimcil of
Accreditation of Teacher and the Pennsylvania Depart-
ment of Education. Required
for teacher certification.
skills
tary customs,
-
Provides an
ROTC program.
In-
One hour
class
per week, 12
hours laboratory time per semester.
67.120 Introduction to Military Issues (1)
to
Militar)'
Team
apply planning and
management
properly in conjunction with small unit
hour
class
-
(3)
Prac-
learned in 67.310. Smdents
tactics.
skills
One
per week, 12 hours laboratory time per
3-
se-
mester.
67.330
ROTC Advanced Camp
(6)
-A 35-day
practical appli-
and evaluation phase required of each cadet prior to commissioning. Advanced camp places cadets in
leadership positions where they must put into practice
the techniques learned on campus in both tactical and
cation
nontactical situations.
67.410 Advanced Leadership and
sents
Management
I
advanced leadership and management
(3)
-
Pre-
skills re-
quired of a manager in a military environment. Students
perform
roles in
management
of a military organiza-
tion using skills in administration, training, conduct of
meetings, briefings, and
logistics.
Management
II (3) -
Ac-
basic procedures of military law
and
their application
environment. Students continue to perform roles in management of a military organization,
using skills developed in prior military science courses.
One 3-hour class per week, 12 hours laboratory time
in a military
per semester.
-
Provides a back-
ground in basic skills essential to leaders. Skills may include marksmanship, tactical movement, first aid, and
communication skills. *One hour class per week, 12
hours laboratory time per semester.
67.210 Applied Leadership and
how
learn
skills
required of a manager and leader. Students learn the
(1)
such as rappelling, marksmanship, milipreparing military correspondence, and
practical field training.
application of the
role playing simulations with the high ethical standards
67.110 Introduction to Military Science
troduces
tical
per
class
quaints students through a series of case studies and
Administered by Academic Affairs
overview of the organization of the
67.320 Theory and Dynamics of the
67.420 Advanced Leadership and
Science
(67) Military
problems of small unit leadership. One 3-hour
week, 12 hours laboratory time per semester.
SPE
(70) Special
Education
Administered by Department of Exceptionality Programs
70.101 Introduction to Exceptional Individuals (3) -Reviews
Management 1(1)- Provides
within that rank structure. Practical training consists
major areas of exceptionality (visually impairments,
mental retardation, hearing impairments, communication disorders, behavior disorders, learning disabilities)
and acquaints the student with social, sociological, psy-
primarily of advanced land navigation
chological, medical, historical, legal,
an overview of the Army rank structure and a
specific
survey of the junior officer's duties and responsibilities
rappelling
and
practical field training.
well as
skills as
Two hour
class
Management
ingful interactions with these individuals.
-
Pre-
sents the fundamentals of small unit leadership
and
II
(1)
mission planning techniques, to include the reverse
planning process and problem-solving techniques. Students learn through case studies how to evaluate different leadership styles and techniques. Two hour class per
week, 12 hours laboratory time per semester.
67.230
ROTC
ter
Basic
Camp
(4)
-
Sophomore summer semes-
course offered in lieu of the Basic
dents
who want
camp
is
six
Comse
the rate of half the basic pay for a second lieutenant.
67.310 Advanced Military Science I (3) - Provides a detailed
study of the leadership techniques and the principles
introduced in 67.220. Course places students in role
model
70.202 Technology for Exceptionalities (3) - Provides die
special education major with an introduction to tech-
nology as
it is
being applied
viduals with disabilities
Computers,
as well as
and
to
meet the needs of indi-
special education teachers.
other technological devices, are
studied in relation to use as prosthetics, instructional
tools, administrative tools
and environmenlal
inlerfac-
for stu-
Advanced Program. The
duration and students are paid at
to enter the
weeks in
economic and pro-
fessional aspects of these conditions. Reviews current
research and the latest techniques for facilitating mean-
per week, 12 hours laboratory time per semester.
67.220 Applied Leadership and
all
situations to provide first-hand experience in
70.206 Introduction to Early Intervention (3) -.\n overview
of the field of early intervention (EI) including historical perspectives, philosophies of EI, influences of dis,
on the development of young children, early
intervention models and inteiTention strategies.
abilities
70.240 Foundations of Special Education (3) -An introduction to tiie history, causes and characteristics of mental
148- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
retardation, physical disabilities
A
ties.
and learning
disabili-
presentation of diagnostic materials and tech-
niques as well as various approaches, programs and
ser-
be given.
vices will
70.250 Behavior Disorders
(3)
may be used
strategies that
Provides techniques and
-
to
support the behavior of
communication and collaboration, observaand assessment, inclusion and adaptations. Prereq-
practices,
tion
uisite: 70.206.
70.408 Experiences in Early Intervention (1-6) - Provides
students with the opportunity to apply theory, best practices
and knowledge
environments
in early intervention
students with disabilities. Covers psychological disorders,
with identified families and children, ages birth-6, with
research related to aggressive and wididrawn behavior
and techniques and materials used in social curriculum.
Examines group and individual problems at all school
disabihties. Prerequisites: 70.206, 70.407.
levels
view of skills, assessment and strategies for teaching
ities (3)
-
The course
presents an orientation to the
nature and needs of educating individuals with moder-
Theory and techniques for
individual assessment, curriculum development and
instructional strategies are provided. Content will focus on the dynamics of including students into the
home, school and community. The course will provide
students with an opportunity to appoy knowledge
and severe
disabilities.
70.353 Assessment and Planning (3) - Provides information
and experience with formal and informal assessment
devices
and procedures,
their usages
and appropriate-
Covers gathering information about the learner
prior to instruction concerning appropriate instructionness.
al tasks,
sensory channels, interest areas and social
dents
will
teaching language arts to students with special
tices for
needs.
70.450 Elementary Methods for Individuals with Mild Disabilities (3)
acteristics
-
Provides a
skills.
70.357 Vocational Programming (3) - Develop a philosophy
of vocational education for indiNdduals with disabilities,
acquire knowledge of programs and strategies to devel-
and vocational
skills,
learn
information about and gain experience with curriculum materials and assessment procedures and develop
disabilities.
Learning theory,
classroom
the following suggested areas: library research, curricuin special aspects of education-
programs.
experiment with educational theory. The student teachsemester to complete.
Two
assignments of eight to nine weeks are required. These
assignments include two different excepUonalities,
dis-
-
ities (3)
Familiarizes students vnth a variety of instruc-
used to enhance the learning process
at the secondary level.
Covers information pertaining to current issues in secondary special education and their impact on service
tional techniques
70.461 Problems in Special Education (3) - Presents instruction in the development of effective teaching individu-
with exceptionalities. Focuses
als
education of
to
this
teaching as each problem
ture teacher
on problems
population. Discusses
is
its
in the
relationship
defined. Helps the fu-
meet pracdcal problems
in
guiding the
Concurrent with 70.401.
70.496/70.497/70.498 Special Workshop I, II, III (1-6) -Temporary special workshop seminars designed to focus on
contemporary trends and problems
in the field of spe-
education. Lecturers, resource speakers, team teach-
experience and practicum, new media tech-
nology-related techniques are utilized. Workshops usually
are
funded
projects.
70.501 Administration and Supervision in Special Education
(3)
-
This course presents an examination of the func-
and responsibilities of the Administrator of SpeEducation. This includes functions in the areas of
tions
if
and two different chronological age groups.
Placements may be in full-time, part-time or inclusionary settings. Students are responsible to perform in the
possible,
following areas: diagnosing, planning, teaching, evalu-
and clerical tasks. The student
assume the role of the cooperating
teacher. Prerequisite: Concurrent with 70.461.
ating pupils' progress
will systemactically
70.407 Family-Centered and Inclusive Practices in Early Intervention (3) -Provides students with information, strat-
and
be
70.451 Secondary Methods for Individuals with Mild Disabil-
ing, field
70.401 Student Teaching With Exceptional Individuals (12)
- Provides opportunities for each student to test and
egies
will
cussed.
cial
full
interaction with par-
and professionals
es at school. Prerequisite:
70.375 Individual Project (3) - Project planned according to
interests and needs of the indiwdual student, in any of
ing progrm requires one
effective teaching strate-
management and
individual with exceptionaliues in learning experienc-
strategies in transition planning.
lum study or internship
learning char-
delivery.
for instruction.
students' prevocational
summary of the
and instructional needs of students with mild
of individuals with disabilities
Covers ways of developing informal assessments, gathering observational information, storing information
and planning
lis-
and written expression. Stuprepare a portfolio of resources and best prac-
ents, paraprofessionals
al
-
tening, speaking, reading
gies,
through a field-based experience.
op
(3)
Provides preservice teachers with a comprehensive over-
.
70.340 Educating Individuals with Moderate/Severe Disabil-
ate
70.433 Language Arts for Students with Special Needs
practical application of best practices in early
intervention, specifically with regard to family-centered
cial
and management of spedical education programs and services within
leadership, guidance, control, direction
educational organizations. Understanding administtative theoi7 and its application to current issues within
tiie domain of special education will provide a framework for this course. School law, teacher recmimient,
professional development, organization and integration
of special education and ancillary services, evaluation
of instruction, public relations and special education
finance
will
be addressed.
70.502 Principles of Special Education
Law
(3)
-
Will pro-
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
eral school law.
and
The
70.540 Educating Indi\'iduals with Moderate/ Severe Disabilities - (3) Presents an orientation to the nature and chal-
and
lenge of educating individuals with moderate/severe
practical application of federal
mandates for educating student with disabilities,
as well as relevant case law, will be highlighted. The provision of current core knowledge dating to special education legal requirements and strategies for organizational compliance will be addressed.
state
70.503 Curricular Design and Instruction for Inclusive Education (3)
gram and
-
This course presents an overview of pro-
on
curricular design with an emphasis
stan-
dards-based models used in providing access to the gen-
education for
eral
all
students. Within the context of
this course, a unified system of education will be examined from a structural perspective an inclusive education practices will be analyzed based on effective school
models, collaborative processes and strategies for making students with disabilities within the general education classroom. Differentiated instruction will
be ex-
plored including developing learning profiles, understanding content, process and product differentiation,
and using
(3) - Presents an
overview of the field of early intervention, including
historical perspectives, philosophies of early intervention, influences
of disabilities on the development of
tervention (3)
structures that facilitate the successful transition
-
from
school to adult living for individuals with special needs.
Examination of the key aspects of transition ivill be highlighted.
70.533 Language Arts for Students with Special Needs
(3)
-
Provides preservice teachers with a comprehensive over-
view of skills, assessment, and strategies for teaching
lis-
and written expression. A hophilosophy for teaching language arts will be
tening, speaking, reading,
listic
prepare a portfolio of resources
"best practices" for teaching language arts to stu-
dents with special needs.
70.544 Diagnostic and Remedial Techniques
tic
(3)
-
Diagnos-
and remedial techniques and instruments used with
ation of applicability of each to the child in relation to
Provides students with information,
strat-
practical application of best practices in early
intervention, specifically with regard to family-centered
communication and collaboration, observaand assessment, inclusion and adaptations. Prereq-
practices,
tion
70.526 Transition Services for Individuals with Special Needs
(3) - Presents an overview of methodology and service
children in special education programs. Critical evalu-
early intervention models.
70.507 Family-Centered and Inclusive Practices in Early In-
and
home, school and community
environments. Pro\'ides students with an opportunit)'
to apply knowledge through a field-based experience.
integrating students into
and
70.506 Introduction to Early Intervention
egies
Theory and techniques for individual assessment, curriculum development and instructional strategies are provided. Content focuses on the dynamics of
disabilities.
stressed. Students will
strategies for differentiating instruction.
young children and
149
services within the context of gen-
vide an overview of the legal foundation of special education programs
-
uisite: 70.506.
causes and conditions of exceptionality. Development
of
skills in
and writing case histories and
and application of remedial tech-
interpreting
reports, in selection
niques and evaluation of progress.
70.547 Technology and Exceptional Indixiduals (3) - Provides an introduction to technology as it is being af>-
with identified families and children, ages birth-6, with
meet the needs of individuals with exceptionalBoth simple and high technolog)' solutions are
explored as they relate to meeting die needs of individuals with mental, physical, sensory and communication
disabilities. Topics include instructional tools and ad-
disabilities. Prerequisites: 70.506, 70.507.
aptations, environmental interfaces, prosthetics, as well
plied to
70.508 Experiences in Early Intervention (1-6)
-
Provides
students with the opportunity to apply theory, best practices
and knowledge
-Symptompersonalty formation and developmental and
70.516 Psychology of Exceptional Individuals
atology,
environments
in early intervention
ceptionalities.
70.522 Assessment and Remediation of Mathematics for
Special Needs Students (3) - Provides an overwew of
skills,
computation, and
application of addition, subtraction, multiplication, division, fractions, decimals, time,
dents
will
and measurement.
and
productiviC)' tools.
70.550 Elementary Methods for Individuals with Mild Disabilities (3) - Provides students with an understanding
of learning theoi^, classroom and behavior management
and effective teaching strategies in a variety of curricular areas.
Students
will also discuss
current issues deal-
ing with the education of elementary students witii mild
disabilities. Strategies for interaction
with parents
and
professionals will be covered.
Stu-
administer and interpret achievement, diag-
and ciuriculum-based mathematics assessment.
Emphasis on development of remedial madi programs,
adaptations of math curriculum for special needs students and design of a functional mathematics curriculum for students with moderate disabilities. Students
evaluate, design, and implement a math program for
elementary, middle school and/or secondary students
based upon Pennsylvania academic standards for mathematics. Math education software, manipulatives, games,
and materials will be evakiated and utilized.
nostic
as data
(3)
therapeutic consideration for the individual with ex-
the concepts of hierarchy of
ities.
70.551 Secondary Methods for Individuals with Mild Disabilities (3) - Familiarizes studenLs with a variety of instructional techniques used to enhance the learning process
of individuals with disabilities at the secondary level.
Information pertaining to current issues in secondary
special education and their impact on service delivery
will also be discussed.
70.552 Special Project (3)
own
interest
-
Designed to further a student's
in an area of special edu-
and competency
cation for the individual with exceptionalities. Library
research or individual project involving service to the
150- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
individual with exceptionalities may be agreed upon and
conducted under supervision of a faculty member.
70.559 Seminar in Special Education (3) - Facilitates an indepth study of the research pertaining to the fields of
thology
72.200 Introduction to Audiology (3) - Introduces the causes, evaluation techniques and rehabilitative procedures
for various types of hearing problems; related auditory,
mental retardation and learning disabilities, including
the study of psychosocial retardaUon and brain injury.
speech, psychological and educational factors; the roles
Includes detailed study of behavioral and cognitive de-
program. Presents hearing conservation procedures
used in schools and industry.
velopment of individuals with mental retardation and
of parent, educator and specialist in the rehabilitation
learning disabilities.
72.220 Phonetics
70.565 Reading and Interpreting Research in Special Education (3)
-
Aids the student in reading, understand-
results of statistical and behavout by others. Covers a working
knowledge of basic statistical terms, an introduction to
vides a base of
the type of research questions that can be answered by
cation.
various statistical procedures, a knowledge of the basic
and comparison of
excellent and poor research designs, and the developsteps of hypothesis testing, analysis
ment of an
ability to detect
acteristics
(3)
-
Covers char-
of children with behavior disorders, approach-
es to remediation, general principles of classroom
man-
agement, simulated problem solving, ideal academic
models for children with behavior disorders, research
findings,
and sources of information.
70.572 Seminar on Behavior Disorders (3) - Seminar group
composed of those who wish to read and discuss current material related to the area of behavior disorders.
Group reads new research and
discusses implications
for applications, as well as future directions, moral
sues,
is-
and more advanced systems of management and
instruction.
70.575 Seminar in Current Issues in Special Education (3) Will provide students with a forum to review and analyze current trends
and
content of the course
issues emerge.
issues in special education.
will
change
as
The
current trends and
70.591 Practicum in Special Education (3) Graduate experience for students in a setting with individuals with
-
exceptionalities. Student spends a
minimum
classification
72.240 Normal Language Acquisition (3) - Focuses on current information and theory regarding normal language
acquisition. Prerequisite: 20.112
misuse of statistics.
70.570 Foundations of Behavior Disorders
Studies of the physiological, acousti-
-
and transcription of speech sounds. Proknowledge for diagnosis and treatment
of phonetic and phonological disorders of communi-
ioral research carried
ing,
and evaluating the
(3)
perceptual and descriptive aspects of speech and
sound production. Primary emphasis on description,
cal,
of eight
hours per week in practicum and meets regularly
seminar fashionwith the university instructor.
in a
72.300 Auditory Training and Speech Reading (3) - Presents
current teaching methods for educating children and
adults with
uisite;
moderate and severe hearing
losses.
Prereq-
72.200.
72.310 Speech Science (3) - Speech science is the study of
the physiology of speech production, the acoustical characteristics of
speech and the processes by which
listen-
ers perceive speech. Prerequisites; 72.220, 50.366.
72.320 Assessment and Remediation of Language Disorders
(3) - Prepares students for the clinical application of
language analysis procedures drawn from linguistics,
and sociolinguistics and to apply
knowledge from these areas to the management of language disorders. Studies various intervention models.
psycholinguistics
Prerequisites; 72.152, 72.220, 72.240.
72.330 Assessment and Remediation of Speech Disorders
(3) - Considers the major theoretical approaches to as-
sessment and treatment of speech disorders. Students
engage in clinical observation, examination of standardized tests and procedures used in the differential diagnosis of disorders in the areas of articulation, phonology,
fluency and voice. Provides training in the adminis-
tration of therapy programs. Prerequisites: 72.152,
72.220, 20.112.
70.595 Internship (3-6)
-
Internship in special education.
Supervision to take place in schools or educational
sit-
uations under supervision of the local supervisor and
graduate
faculty.
Workshop I (1-6) - Temporary speworkshop seminars designed to focus on contemporary trends, topics, and problems in the field of special education. Lecturers, resource speakers, team teaching, field experience and practicum, new media, and
related techniques. Usually workshops are funded
70.596, 597, 598 Special
cial
projects.
72.340 Applied Behavioral Analysis for Speech and Language
(3) -Applies the psychology of learning to communicative behavior and clinical problems. Presents current
educational and therapeutic trends and practices.
72.350 Diagnosis and Evaluation in Speech-Language Pathology (3) - Provides a foundation for diagnosis and evalu-
and language disorders. Focuses on the
psychometric issues of tests and interpretation of test
scores. Critical evaluation of tests, particularly with diverse populations, will be addressed. Students will acation of speech
quire
SPA
skills in test
Audiology and Speech
Pathology
(72)
Administered by Department of Audiology and Speech Pa-
and interpreand conferencing skills.
administration, scoring
tation, clinical report writing
72.410 Applied Speech Science (3) -Applied speech science
is the study of acoustic phonetics, speech physiology and
the processes by which listeners perceive speech. In
particular, this course will
emphasize the application of
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
this knowledge to the clinical evaluation of both normal and disordered speech via the use of various types
of speech analysis instrumentation. Prerequisites:
54.106, 72.220, 50.366.
72.430 Fundamentals of Audiology (3) - Presents a synopsis
of primary concepts in diagnostic and rehabilitative audiology. Relates the possible implications of audiologi-
speech pathology, education of the hear-
cal topics to
ing impaired, reading, nursing and special education.
72.450 Clinical Observation (3) - Students develop the skills
of a trained observer and participate in observations of
the practice of audiology
ogy. Observations are
and speech-language pathol-
conducted on and off campus.
72.460 Psycholinguistics (3) - Presents the study of language
as a psychological phenomenon. Areas of study include
language acquisition, meaning, biology of language,
sociolinguistics, nonverbal communication, animal communication and application of psycholinguistics to communication disorders. Prerequisites: 72.152, 72.240,
20.112.
72.468 Speech Habilitation in the Schools (3) - Examines
the profession of speech/language pathology in a school
interfaces with the other school-related dis-
setting as
it
ciplines.
Emphasizes
among
facilitation of
commimication
72.480 Internship in Speech-Language Pathology (3-6)
72.500 Measurement of Hearing Loss (3) - Studies anatomy
and physiology of the hearing mechanisms. Covers eti-
ology of hearing
evaluations,
and
losses, interpretation
of audiometric
available rehabilitative procedures.
Lab
experience in the administration of clinical audiometric evaluaUon is provided. Prereqviisite: 72.200, 72.300.
72.502 Physiological Methods in Audiology: Brainstem
Evoked Response Audiometry and Electronystagmography (3) - Study of the electrophysiologic techniques
used to assess cochlear and retrocochlear function.
Review of theories and clinical applications of vestibular tests, auditory brainstem evoked responses, and electrocochleography.
72.504 Hearing Aids and Auditory Training (3) - Theoretical and clinical analyses of literature in relation to educational
and other
rehabilitative
measures available to
and nonorganic hearing problems. Study, interpretation, and evaluation of
modern instruments and tests included.
individuals with serious organic
72.506 Externship: Clinical Practicum in Audiology
I
(6)
-
Hearing losses and deafness affecting the personal and
socio-economic adjustment of indi\'iduals evaluated and
ternships
-
151
technologies and related techniques and methodologies are included.
treated through supervised study
the disciplines.
-
and experience. Ex-
may be arranged in approved private and pub-
Stulic
institutions.
dents gain practical experience by working in clinical
or school settings as observers and aides to CCC-certi-
who
engaged in
assessment and/or remediation of communication disfied speech-language pathologists
are
orders. Students select sites with the collaboration of
the course instructor and contract to complete a vari-
72.508 Externship: Clinical Practicum in Audiology
(6)
-
72.510 Research in Audiology (3) - Apphcation of clinical
and non-clinical research literature to the solution of
diagnostic
ety of learning activities while at site.
II
See course description for 72.506
and treatment problems encountered
in the
general practice of audiology.
72.482 Undergraduate Audiology Internship (3-6) -Students
gain practical experience in audiology by observing and
helping certified audiologists engaged in providing
ical sei-vices.
Students select
sites
clin-
with the collaboration
of the course instructor and contract to complete a variety
of learning
fields.
Focus on contemporary trends, topics
speech pathology. Guest lecturers, resource speakers, team teaching, field experience and practicum, new media and
technologies and related techniques and methodolothology (1-6)
in the fields of audiology or
Workshop
in Audiology and/or Speech PaFocus on contemporary trends, topics
and problems in the fields of audiology or speech pathology. Guest lecturers, resource speakers, team teaching, field experience and practicum, new media and
technologies and related techniques and methodolo-
thology (1-6)
servation in public institutions
and industries examined
with special emphasis on legislation and medico-legal
questions.
Examines
role
and function of the public
health and industrial audiologist.
72.516 Seminar in Audiolog)': Auditory Problems in Children (3) - Congenital and acquired hearing impairment
in children examined witii special emphasis on prob-
-
gies are included.
Workshop
Audiology and/or Speech Pathology (1-6)
Focus on contemporary trends, topics
and problems in the fields of audiology or speech pathology. Guest lecturers, resource speakers, team teaching, field experience and practicum, new media and
72.494, 72.594
72.514 Seminar in Audiology: Industrial and Public Health
Audiology (3) - Problems and programs of hearing con-
-
gies are included.
72.493, 72.593
audiology and related disciplines that may include education, psychology, otology, rehabilitation, and other
activities at the site.
72.492 72.592 Workshop in Audiology and/or Speech Pa-
and problems
72.512 Seminar in Audiology: Special Problems (3) - Analysis, interpretation, and study of selected problems in
in
lems of differential diagnosis. Educational and social
implication of hearing impairment in children discussed
in conjimction with appropriate habilitative procedures.
72.518 Seminar in Audiolog)-: Theoretical and Clinical Masking (3) - Neurophysiological and acoustic basis of prol>
lems of masking in audiloiy measurement explored and
training offered in clinical masking procedures.
-
72.520 Educational Audiology (3) - Deals with die diagnostic and rehabilitative aspects of audiology in die educational setting. Examines the effects of hearing loss on
152- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
speech and language development, the use of amplification in tlie schools, and educational audiology alternatives
and models.
72.522 Aural Rehabilitation: Theory and Practice (3) - Habilitation/rehabilitation of the hearing impaired includ-
ing auditory training, speech reading, hearing aids,
as-
communication strategies, and
counseling. Emphasis on the sensory capabilities (auditory, visual, tactile, and auditory-visual training) - of the
sistive listening devices,
hearing impaired
\vith
practicum
lab.
Methods and
Practicum in Audiology (3) - Emphasizes the Speech,
Hearing, and Language Clinic as an integral part of the
teaching-training program of the Department of Comclinic provides oiUpatient
and therapeutic services for persons of all
ages with speech, hearing, and language problems, including students, other members of the university community, and residents of the Bloomsburg area; serves as
diagnostic
an extension of the classroom vfhere students can apply and study evaluation procedures, therapeutic methods, techniques and materials, and the classification and
etiology of speech and hearing disorders; gives students
an opportunity to relate text and lecture information
to actual clinical cases
under the
certified staff. Students gain
of remediation
report \vriting
-
-
close supervision of
experience in
all
aspects
diagnosis, therapy, counseling,
and
with a wide variety of clients.
72.530 Fundamentals of Audiology (3) - Designed for graduate students who are not audiology majors such as, but
to, students in speech pathology, education
of the hearing impaired, reading, nursing, or special
education. Presents a synopsis of the primary concepts
not limited
in diagnostic
and
rehabilitative audiology.
Attempts
to
relate the possible implications of the audiological topics to
each of the
fields
of study listed above.
72.532 Instrumentation and Electronics: Chnical and Hearing Science (3) - Emphasis on solving practical equip-
ment problems and understanding
equipment used
in clinical practice
aphasia, evaluation of language
and current
functions,
the operation of
and hearing senic-
72.552 Preschool Language (3) - Reviews normal language
acquisition with primary emphasis on the application
of developmental information to the diagnosis and habilitation of
language disorders in children.
72.554 Stuttering
(3)
-
Studies the development, diagnosis,
and treatment of stuttering disorders with equal emphasis on academic understanding and clinical man-
72.556 Phonology (3) - Examines language-based disorders
of articulation. Emphasis on identification, description,
and remediation of phonological disorders. Generative
and natural phonological processes are discussed.
72.558 Clinic
72.534 Central Auditory Processing Disorders (3) Describes
the various aspects of central auditory processing an
-
I
(3)
-
Prepares speech pathology graduate
students for serving individuals with communication dis-
orders in
all
aspects of clinical
management
cies in
preparation for culminating experience (extern-
ship prior to graduation) in the professional
ty.
Students earn a
communi-
minimum of 150 hours of direct con-
tact time with children and adults having various communication disorders over the three consecutive semesters.
72.560 Voice Disorders (3) - Studies diagnosis and clinical
management of functional and organic voice disorders.
72.562 Language Disorders of School
Aged Children
(3)
-
Explores disorders of later language acquisition and the
interaction of language disorders with academic achieve-
ment, especially in the acquisition of literacy skills. Diagnostic assessments and treatment approaches are developed.
72.565 Disorders of Speech in Children and Adults
(3)
-
Considers the neuromuscular and structural disorders
that
may
affect the
speech process
as
mechanism. Special emphasis on the
palsy, cleft palate and dysarthrias.
II (3)
-
an aerodynamic
adult, cerebral
See course description for 72.558.
72.568 Speech Habilitation in the Schools (3) - Examines
the profession of speech and language pathology in a
disorders. Students learn about the underlying processes
school setting as
of auditory processing in the central nervous system,
including a review of several evaluation and remedia-
ed disciplines. Emphasis is placed on
munication among the disciplines.
it
interacts with the other school-relatfacilitating
of com-
management of clients with
central auditoi^y disorders.
72.535 Chnical Physiological Methods in Audiology: ABR,
EcochG (3) - Study of the electrophysiology techniques
used to assess and diagnose cochleare and retrocochlear pathology and brainstem, spinal and nerve integrity.
Review of theories and clinical applications of auditory
brainstem-evoked potentials, electrocohleaography,
SSEP and
in the
Bloomsburg University speech, Hearing and Language
Clinic. Allows students to develop necessary competan-
72.566 Clinic
es.
tion approaches used in the
and non-language
rehabilitative procedures.
agement.
72.524, 72.525, 72.526, 72.527, 72.528 Clinical
munication Disorders. The
and
VER
72.550 Adult Aphasia (3) - Studies language disorders in
brain-injured adults. Areas of concentration include history of aphasia, neurological basis for aphasia, symptomatology of aphasia, associated problems, intelligence
II - Secondary Language Disorders (3) - Study
of secondary disorders of language in adults. Special
72.570 Adult
emphasis on disorders of right hemisphere damage, dementia, and schizophrenia.
72.572 Augmentative Communication (3) - Explores the field
of augmentative communication and non-speaking persons. Topics include candidacy issues, assessment, vo-
cabulary configuration, symbol selection, and communication interaction training for language board and
Examines current research praccommunication interaction patterns
electronic device users.
tices
and
studies in
of non-speaking individuals.
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
72.574 Clinical Instrumentation in Speecii Pathology (1) Provides the student with background information and
experience with advanced clinical instrumentationn
used in the assessment and treatment of patients with
speech, voice and swallowing disorders. In addition, clin-
experiences applying clinical instrumentation
ical
cussed in the lectures
will also
be implemented
ricula for education of the
cusses
and demonstrates
deaf/hard of hearing. Dis-
traditional
and innovative
ap
proaches to teaching.
74.380 Phonetics
(3)
-
Studies of the physiological, acousti-
perceptual and descriptive aspects of speech and
sound production. Primary emphasis on the descripy-
dis-
as pos-
tion, classification
and
transcription of speech sounds.
Provides a base of knowledge for the diagnosis and treat-
72.576 Clinic
III (3)
-
See course description for 72.558.
72.580 Commimication Disorders of the Traumatically Head
Injured (3) - Studies the nature of traumatic head inju-
emphasizing assessment and treatment of
result-
ant cognitive communication disorders.
72.582 Research in Speech and Language Pathology (3) Application of clinical and non-clinical research literature to the solution of treatment problems encountered
in
153
cal,
sible.
ries,
-
speech and language pathology.
72.584 Field Experiences
I
(3)
-
Considers special clinical
through advanced study and expeapproved institutions or schools.
Problem areas and student practicum must be approved
by a graduate adwser.
problems of
clients
ment of phonemic and phonological
disorders of communication. Prerequisites: 74.153, 74.201, 72.200, Junior or senior standing.
74.390 Directed Project in Communication Disorders (3) Gives students the opportunity to carry out special inresidence or field projects in professional service pro-
grams under the direction of the
practitioners.
A
faculty or designated
detailed project plan must be submit-
ted for faculty approval prior to registration.
74.400 Communication Disorders Workshop (3) - Specialized study of communicatively handicapped persons,
new technology
in the field of
communication
disor-
rience. Externships in
72.586 Field Experiences
II (3) -
See course description for
72.584.
study of specified areas or on individual research
projects when particular needs cannot be met by registration in regularly scheduled courses.
72.591 Independent Study and Research (3)
description for 72.590.
-
See course
Temporary workshops/seminars designed to focus on contemporary trends, topics and problems in
-
the fields of audiology or speech pathology. Guest lecturers, resource speakers, team teaching, field experience and practicum, new media and technologies and
related techniques and methodologies are concepts that
might be incorporated into one of the workshops/seminars.
74.469 Experience in Education of the Deaf/Hard of Hearing (1-3)
-
Provides experience working under supeni-
sion with deaf
and hard of hearing children
onstration classroom or field
facility.
demCon-
sent of the instructor.
74.480 Independent Study and Research (1-3)
-
Permits
when
stu-
particular
needs cannot be met by regularly scheduled courses.
Learning experiences may include library research or
creative academic projects. Nature and scope of the
project determine semester hours awarded.
74.490 Counseling Needs of Communicatively Disordered
Individuals and Their Families (3) - Designed to help
students identify counseling needs of communicatively
disabled individuals and their families
and
to proride
introduced to
and group
and speech and hear-
various counseling strategies in individual
settings as appropriate to schools
See course description for 72.592.
in a
Prerequisite:
basic, short-term counseling. Students
72.593 Workshop in Audiology and/or Speech Pathology
-
ing (3) -Addresses the educational problem of hearing
loss and the function of teachers in public and private
dents to work under faculty guidance
72.592 Workshop in Audiology and/or Speech Pathology
(3)
74.462 Problems in Education of the Deaf/Hard of Hear-
educational settings.
72.590 Independent Study and Research (3) - Permits students to work under close faculty guidance on library
(3)
ders.
ing
clinics.
72.594 Workshop in Audiology and/or Speech Pathology
(3)
HRL
-
74.560 Practicum with the Deaf/Hard of Hearing (3) - Provides an opportunity to work \vith deaf/hard of hear-
See course description for 72.592
(74) Studies in
Hearing Loss
Administered by Department of Exceptionality Programs
74.201 History, Education and Guidance of the
of Hearing
Deaf/Hard
Explores hearing loss with emphasis
on the history of educational procedures and guidance
in communicative, psychological and vocational habili(3)
-
tation.
74.305 Introduction to Instructional Methods for tire Deaf/
Hard of Hearing (3) - Introduces the design of instructional
procedures and methods of implementing cur-
ing children and/or adults. Emphasis on speech and
language remediation of deal/hard of hearing individuals. Prerequisites: 74.564, 74.566,
and 74.567 (concur-
rently)
74.564 Speech for the Deaf/Hard of Hearing (3) - Study of
the principles and techniques used in development and
formation of English speech sounds by dte synthetic
and analytic methods with special consideration given
to production, classification, and iransmission of speech
sounds. Supervised demonstrations and practica are an
integral part oi the coiuse.
74.565 Problems and Trends in Education of the Deaf/Hard
154- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
of Hearing (3) -Focuses on current practices and trends
and welfare of desif/hard of hearing indi-
74.599 Master's Thesis (3
-
6)
in education
viduals.
Concerned with psychology,
social adjustment,
educational achievement, political and social viewpoints,
learning problems, and vocational competence of the
deaf/hard of hearing.
New techniques and
methodolo-
gies.
74.566 Language for the Deaf/Hard of Hearing
I
-
(3)
Study
ITR (75) Interpreter Training
Administered by Exceptionality Programs
75.153 Introduction to Sign Language (3) - A study of sign
language vocabulary and fingerspelling techniques used
in
of the principles and techniques used in the develop-
ment and
communication with members of the deaf commuEmphasizes developing expressive and receptive
nity.
correction of language for deaf/hard of hear-
skills.
ing individuals. Student
is
familiarized with leading sys-
tems of natural language development designed for the
deaf/hard of hearing. The step-by-step development of
at least one language system is required for each student. Supervised demonstrations are an integral part
75.155 American Sign Language
74.567 Language for the Deaf/Hard of Hearing
ten language, of language assessment devices
its
recognition as a language. Focuses on development
of expressive and receptive conversational
-
and ap-
75.226 American Sign Language
ASL
I
with emphasis placed
matical structures
and presentations are an
uisite:
integral part of this course.
74.568 Advanced American Sign Language (3) - Study of
the expressive and receptive components of American
75.254
members
74.569 Ciu'ricular Subjects for the Deaf/Hard of Hearing
and methods of teach-
II (3) -
of the deaf community.
75.257 American Sign Language
ASL II. Major focus on
III (3)
building expressive and receptive
\'iduals
through supervised observation, classroom prac-
site:
-
Continuation of
the study of ASL sign principles
and
communicaand vocational adjustment of indi-
fluency. Prereq-
Involves study
-
emphasis on content and methods rather than theory.
Evaluates hearing losses affecting the
of
and analysis of
on research and discuspsychological and personal aspects of the
(3)
ing school subjects to the deaf/hard of hearing with
74.570 Student Teaching with the Deaf/Hard of Hearing
A continuation
on more complex gram-
and conversational
The Deaf Culture
sion of social,
-
skills.
the deaf community. Emphasis
Sign Language with an emphasis on communicating
(6)
ASL
instructor per-
75.154.
with the deaf.
tional, educational,
skills;
Study
propriate lesson planning. Supervised demonstrations
practices, content,
A study of American
mission required.
II (3)
of structured approaches to teaching spoken and writ-
-Examines
-
(3)
Prerequisite: 74.153 or equivalent
of the course.
(3)
I
Sign Language (ASL) including the history of ASL and
linguistic structure of the
language to continue
ASL
skills.
Prerequi-
75.155.
75.327 American Sign Language IV (3) - A continuation of
ASL II. Focuses on more advanced linguistic aspects of
ASL and
a synthesis of
all
concepts previously learned.
and practicum experience. Students are assigned
to approved private and public programs for the deaf/
hard of hearing and work with selected professionals in
Prerequisite: 75.255.75.260 Interpreting in the Educa-
education of the deaf/hard of hearing, following the
ondary and elementary
recent legislation on the
tice,
same schedules and responsibilities similar as professionals. Arrangements relating to student interest must
be approved by program adviser. Permission of curriculum coordinator required.
74.575 Counseling Needs of Communicatively Disordered
Individuals
and Their Families
(3)
-
Designed
to
help
students identify counseling needs of communicatively
disabled individuals
and
their families
and
basic, short-term counseling. Students
to
provide
introduced to
and group
and speech and hear-
various counseling strategies in individual
settings as appropriate to schools
ing
tional Setting (3)
-
Study of interpreting within a
vari-
ety of educational settings including postsecondary, sec-
teristics
areas. Topical areas include:
status of interpreters, charac-
of various ineetings and visually coded English
Sign Systems.
75.301 Introduction to Interpreting for the Deaf (3) - Focuses on topics such as the Registry of Interpreters for
the Deaf, various kinds of certification, establishing the
and the mental processes involved
Emphasis on ethical behavior. Prerequisite: to be taken concurrendy with
interpreting situation
in interpreting
and
transliteration.
75.256.
75.302 Interpreting English to American Sign Language (3)
- Focuses on building expressive interpreting skills. Ex-
clinics.
74.580 Independent Study and Research (3)
Permits
stu-
perience gained through laboratory work and classroom
dents to work under close faculty guidance on library
study of specified areas or individual research projects
discussions when interpreting situations for observation
when
particular needs cannot be
met by
-
registration in
mission of the instructor.
regularly scheduled courses.
74.581 Independent Study and Research (3)
-
See course
description for 74.580.
74.584 Research in Education of the Deaf/Hard of Hearing
(3)
and practice are presented. Emphasizes professionalism, principles and ethics. Prerequisite: 75.301 or per-
75.303 Transliterating English to Sign Language (3) - Focuses on building transliteration skills. Experience
gained through laboratory work and classroom discus-
when transliteration situations for observation and
practice are presented. Emphasizes professionalism,
sions
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
and
principles
ethics. Prerequisite: 75.301
or permis-
sion of the instructor.
75.304 Oral Interpreting/Transliterating (3) - Identifies information and techniques and the utilization of skills
required for effective oral interpreting and transliterat-
155
-
accepted methods of educational research in the solution or intensive study of some problem area of interest
or concern. The problem area selected for the research
project must be related to the curriculum that the student is pursuing.
ing. Includes use of personal characteristics to facilitate speech reading and the identification of the needs
of the hearing impaired individual during interpretation. Prerequisites:
75.153 and 75.301.
75.401 Sign to Voice Interpreting (3) - Emphasis on classroom discussion and laboratory work developing skills
of comprehending the signed message, forming syntactically and contextually correct English interpretations
and the proper use of the voice. Prerequisite: 75.301 or
permission of the instructor.
75.415 Practicum in Interpreting (3) - Involves the placement of the student in interpreting situations on and
off
campus
minimum
PRS
to gain "on-the-job" experience.
A
79.301 Teaching, Learning and Assessment (3) study of
how teaching, learning and assment are used collectively
and elementary classroom
settings.
The emphasis is on how teaching, learning and assessment are impacted by the Pennsylvania Content Standards and effectively used by the teaching professional.
Field opportunities are available in this course.
-
A
work study pro-
an education-related setting applicable to fulfree electives in teacher education degree pro-
in
filling
grams.
management and teaching strategies
to inclusive school
Topics include building home/school partner-
ships, environmental/curricular adaptations, instructional support teams, collaboration, cooperative learning,
propriately credentialed preceptor.
mastery learning, classroom management, whole
language, curricvilum-based assessments, peer coaching.
Prerequisite: junior or senior status.
79.591 Research in Education (3) - Studies methods and
techniques used in educational research; development
and interpretation of statistical data and application
80.500 Health Sciences Internship (3-6) - Provides students
in the multidisciplinai-y health sciences an opportunity
to apply acquired knowledge in an on-site practicum
experience under the supervision of an appropriately
credentialed preceptor.
(82)
Nursing
Courses within the nursing curriculum are restricted to students in the B.S.N, program except for 82.217 Alcohol:
Use and Abuse and 82.100 Personal Health: A Multi
Dimensional Perspective which are values or free electives
open
to all students.
82.100 Personal Health:
-
This course
and
wdll
A Multidimensional Perspective
provide the student
portunities to integrate
new learning and classroom
periences in these areas;
human development, language
ex-
and culture, learning modes and styles, multicultiual
and exceptional studies, and an understanding of the
social and cultural milieu.
-
Suident demonstrates
ability to
writh
(3)
information
improve their personal health through acand decision making.
Three major themes will evolve: 1) the relevance of
personal health decisions to Health People 2010 objectives; 2) current health issues within contemporary society; and 3) emphasis on holistic health - psychologitools to
countability for health habits
cal, physical, social,
environmental and spiritual - with-
and
82.200 Psychomotor
Skills for
cultural context.
Sophomores
(1)
-
Students
demonstrate psychomotor skills under simulated conditions. Skills reflect concepts appropriate to tiie sophomore level clinical experiences taught in 82.213. Concurrent with 82.213.
82.204 Critical Evaluation of Research in Nursing (1) - Introduces research methods and techniques. Focuses on
the student as a consumer of research v/'wh emphasis
and the
critiquing research studies for application
of research with
lating RNs.
ics
human
subjects.
82.205 Research Application in Nursing
79.593 Studies in Human Diversit)' (3) - Designed for teachers seeking an advanced degree in education. Broadly
based and field-based oriented. Provides additional op-
(6)
to students
eth-
For Non-Matricu-
to
professional problems.
79.599 Thesis
Open
in the health sciences. Prerequisite: senior standing.
in a legal, ethical, political
79.320 Field-Based Inclusion Practicum (6) - Provides application of theories in learning, assessment, classroom
settings.
practicum experience under the supervision of an ap-
Administered by Department of Nursing
Administered by the Departments of Early Childhood and
Elementary Education, Educational Studies and Secondary Education and Exceptionality Programs
gram
Sciences
80.400 Health Sciences Internship (3-6) - Provides the opportunity to apply acquired knowledge in an on-site
NUR
(79) Professional Studies
79.312 Internship in Education (1-15)
(80) Health
Requires a
of 120 interpreting hours.
in early childhiood
HLT
employ
(1)
-
Focuses on
the contribution of research to the discipline
and the
consumer's role
in applying research findings.
Empha-
sizes identifj'ing
researchable problems and improxing
practice through application of research findings. Prerequisites: 82.204, Statistics course.
For non-Matriculat-
ing RNs.
82.206 Proposal Writing in Nursing (1) - Focuses on tlie research process in identifying a researchable problem
and formulating a beginning level research prospectus.
156- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
Emphasizes conceptualization of a design
to study a re-
ological disruptions to system functioning are present-
The impact of these
on the indiNddual
search problem. Prerequisite: 82.204, 82.205, Statistics
ed.
course or consent of instructor. For Non-Matriculating
discussed. Students wA\ develop an understanding of
RNs.
signs
disruptions
and symptoms associated with selected pathophys-
iological disruptions as a basis for
82.210 Professional Nursing
-
Introduces the student to the
Bloomsburg University undergraduate nursing program
and the concepts and processes of professional nursing. The mission, philosophy, and conceptual model of
the curriculum are discussed. Major concepts of the
program are integrated into all aspects of the course.
Students develop the view of person as a holistic opensystem
who
is
growing and developing across the
span. Exploration of the person's environment
is
life
includ-
ed as related to nursing practice. Nursing roles are examined. Laboratory activities furnish opportunities to
develop skills in group dynamics, communication and
teaching. Assessment skills are applied as the student
demonstrates the teaching role with clients in the community. Prerequisites: 45.211 or 213 or 46.200, 48.101,
48.210, 50.173, 50.174, 52.101, 52.108.
82.211 Nutrition (3) - Introduces the principles of nutrition
and ways in which these principles are applied to pro-
mote an optimal
level
of functioning for
all
ing health and development throughout the
and
determining nursing
care needs. Prerequisites: Prior to or concurrent vAxh
82.213 Foundations of Nursing Practice, 82.210 Profes-
and 50.240.
sional Nursing
82.217 Alcohol: Use and Abuse (General Education)
(3)
-
comprehensive overview of alcohol
use and misuse in the American population. Because
alcohol is a leading public health problem in the U.S.
today, this course is intended for students of all disciplines. The nature of alcohol problems will be examined as well as socio-cultural attitudes toward drinking.
Alcohol's effects on the body will be explored. The imElective: Provides a
pact of alcoholism on adolescents, professional workers, vvoinen,
the elderly,
and the family will be
Prevention, intervention, and referrals
discussed.
be examined.
An overview of treatment and rehabilitation will include
spiritual, moral, and legal aspects. This is not a clinical
course; it is a free elective and an approved general
education values course. Prerequisites: None
will
individuals.
Topics include nutritional requirements for maintainas well as factors affecting
is
82.300 Psychomotor
span
strate
food choices of individuals
concurrent 82.213
Skills
life
society. Perquisites: 50.240;
82.212 Pharmacology (3)
Provides a foundation in pharmacology for pharmacologic content integration
-
Skills for Juniors (1)
-
Students demon-
under simulated conditions.
reflect concepts taught in 82.31 1 and 82.312. Conpsychomotor
skills
current with 83.311 or 83.312.
82.305 Role Development for the Nurse Generalist (RNs)
(3)
This course
-
is
designed to advance the role devel-
throughout the curriculum. Explores the legal, social,
ethical, historical, and political dimensions of pharmacotherapeutics. Prerequisites: 45.211 or 45.213 or
opment of the
46.200, 48.101, 48.210, 50.173, 50.174, 52.101, 52.108;
sion, philosophy, objectives,
concurrent 50.240, 82.210, 82.214
of the Bloomsburg University Department of Nursing.
Focuses on the
application of assessment skills to promote optimal levels of functioning of the adult and older adult. Students
82.213 Foundations of Nursing Practice
(5)
tice as
registered nurse into professional prac-
espoused by baccalaureate education
Students
will
begin to assume the nursing roles of practitioner, teach-
apply concepts, principles and a variety of
leader/manager and consumer of research. Students
expand their knowledge and application of major nurs-
from nursing and related disciplines
developing their professional roles as practitioner,
teacher, leader/manager, and consumer of research.
Insights derived from values clarification and self-awareness activities will be applied as students explore legal,
theories derived
in
er,
ing concepts as they provide health care to clients in
non life-threatening situations. Laboratory simulations
and computer instruction enable the student to develop psychomotor skills basic to nursing practice. Instructional strategies include clinical experiences with
and long term care
cli-
settings.
Prerequisites: 82.210, 82.212, 82.214, 50.240; concur-
rent 82.200, 82.211,82.215
82.214 Health Assessment
(3)
-
and organizing framework
-
apply tiieory to the care of the individual client as they
ents in community, acute,
in nursing.
In this course, students will be introduced to the mis-
ethical, political
and technological
issues in their
work
independentiy and/or in collaboration with others. Students will be expected to apply principles and strategies of effective communication and group process as
they work independentiy and/or in collaboration with
others. Students will also be expected to articulate their
own philosophy of professional nursing practice and to
explore, at a basic level, the relatedness of their philos-
ophy
to a
model of nursing
practice. Prerequisites: Cur-
rent state licensure as a RN, 45.211 or 45.213 or 46.200,
Introduces techniques and
principles of health assessment for adult clients.
munication and interviewing
skills
Com-
are reinforced
throughout the course. Health patterns of adults are
assessed. Validation of health histories
and
review of systems and basic assessment
skills will
practice of
occur
in the simulated learning laboratory. Prerequisites: pri-
or to or concurrent with 82.210 or 82.305 (RNs only).
82.215 Pathophysiology for Nursing Practice (3) -Assists the
student to apply the physiological principles as a means
of understanding pathological conditions. Pathophysi-
48.101, 48.160 (or 53.141), 48.210, 50.173, 50.174,
50.240, 52.101, 52.108;
and requirements under the
articulation model.
82.306 Introduction to Nursing Research (3) - Introduces
students to the concepts, skills and processes of research
in nursing.
The
contributions of selected nursing theo-
frameworks for nursing inquiry. Students evaluate research critically and examine its importance to the discipline of nursing. Prerequisite:
48.160 or 53.141; junior standing; 82.305 (if RN) or
rists
re explored as
consent of instructor. (Spring semester only)
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
82.307 Geriatric Nursing (3) - Focuses on the physiological,
psychological and social aspects of aging with emphasis
on the assessment of problems and appropriate nursing intervention. Prerequisite: junior or senior stand-
82.310 Family Nursing (2) - Focuses on the concept of family as a open system and use of the nursing process to
assess and promote family health across its lifespan. Students analyze the structures and functions of the family
determining
health care needs. The role of the environment and
sociocultural factors are explored as they influence the
contemporary U.S. society
family's various factions.
as a basis for
The
the family assume responsibility for meeting the needs
82.311 Adult Health Nursing
1 -
Focuses on using assessment
diagnose, plan, deliver and evaluate care to
adults and their families. Emphasis is placed on knowledge of health promotion in addition to the manage-
skills to
of chronic illnesses. Students incorporate devel-
opmental theories
in
both health teaching and the pro-
independence occurs in the
nursing roles of practitioner, teacher, and consumer of
research as students provide care in acute care and re-
vision of care, increasing
storative settings.
Through collaboration with
the health
care team, students increase their awareness of the
roles of the professional nurse in today's
many
complex health
care setting. Prerequisites: 82.213
82.312 Maternal and Child Health Nursing - Focuses on family-centered nursing and the use of assessment findings
and evaluate quality care of
women, neonates, children, and their families. Students,
with guidance form faculty, integrate family and developmental theories into nursing practice with clients in
a variety of settings. As providers of care, students serve
as the patient advocate and educator as they focus on
health promotion, risk reduction, and illness and disease management. Clinical sites support the students'
to diagnose, plan, deliver,
increasing responsibility for collaboration with other
members of
communit)' as a whole. Role development is fostered
through independent and interdependent activities with
culturally diverse groups and organizations. Approved
as a cultural diversity course. Prerequisites: 82.306,
the interdisciplinary team. Prerequisites:
82.213
82.313 Special Topics (1-6)
-
Presents a diversity of topics
focusing on contemporary trends, issues and problems
relevant to the principles
and practice of professional
-
concepts and epidemiological principles to students' use
of nursing process to promote, maintain and restore
the health of a culturally diverse client population in a
variety of
mentNUR
(82)
Nursing
Administered by Department of Nursing
Courses within the nursing curriculum are restricted to students in the B.S.N, program except for 82.217 Alcohol:
Use and Abuse and 82.100 Personal Health: A Multi
Dimensional Perspective which are values or free
tives
open
82.100 Personal Health:
-
This course
and
elec-
to all students.
vrill
A Multidimensional Perspective
(3)
provide the student with information
improve their personal health through acand decision making.
Three major themes will evolve: 1) the relevance of
personal health decisions to Health People 2010 objectives; 2) current health issues within contemporary society; and 3) emphasis on holistic health - psychologitools to
countability for health habits
cal, physical, social,
enrironmental and
in a legal, ethical, political
and
spiritual
-with-
cultural context.
82.200 Psychomotor Skills for Sophomores (1) - Students
demonstrate psychomotor skills under simulated conditions. Skills reflect concepts appropriate to the soph-
omore
level clinical
experiences taught in 82.213. Con-
current with 82.213.
82.204 Critical Evaluation of Research in Nursing (1) - Introduces research methods and techniques. Focuses on
the student as a consumer of research with emphasis
critiquing research studies for application
ics
of research with
human
subjects.
and die
eth-
For Non-Matricu-
lating RNs.
82.205 Research Apphcation in Nursing (1) - Focuses on
the contribution of research to the discipline and the
consumer's role in applying research findings. Emphasizes identifying
researchable problems and improring
practice through application of research findings. Prerequisites: 82.204, Statistics course.
For non-Matriculat-
ing RNs.
nursing in the health care system.
82.405 Independent Study (1-6)
82.411 Psychiatric/Mental Health Nursing (5) - Focuses on
the application of diverse theories, psychobiological
nurse's role in assisting
of its members is stressed. Prerequisites: 82.213 Foundations of Nursing Practice; concurrent 82.311 or
82.312. Fall Semester Junior Year only.
ment
157
82.311, 82.312, (82.305-RNs only)
ing or RN.
in
-
Requires investigation of
an area of special interest and value to the student under the direction of a faculty member following a plan
approved by the department chairperson. Course may
be interdisciplinary. Prerequisite: junior or senior standing or consent by department.
82.206 Proposal Writing in Nursing
(1)
-
Focuses on die
re-
search process in identifying a researchable problem
and formulating a beginning level research prospectus.
Emphasizes conceptualization of a design to study a
research problem. Prerequisite: 82.204, 82.205, Statistics
course or consent of instructor. For Non-Matricu-
lating RNs.
82.410
Community Health Nursing
(5)
-
Focuses on the use
of demography, epidemiolog)', program planning and
evaluation to assist communities with the promotion,
and maintenance of health. The impact of
multiple systems on health and healthcare delivery is
restoration
identified as students collaborate with clients, support
systems, other providers, public health agencies
and the
82.210 Professional Nursing - Introduces die student lo the
Bloomsburg University undergraduate nursing program
and the concepts and processes of professional nursing. The mission, philosophv, and conceptual model of
the ciuriciduni are discussed. Major concepts of the
program are integrated into all aspects of the course.
158- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
Students develop the view of person as a holistic open-
who
growing and developing across the life
span. Exploration of the person's environment is included as related to nursing practice. Nursing roles are examined. Laboratory activities furnish opportunities to
develop skills in group dynamics, communication and
teaching. Assessment skills are applied as the student
demonstrates the teaching role with clients in the community. Prerequisites: 45.211 or 213 or 46.200, 48.101,
system
is
use and misuse in the American population. Because
alcohol
is
ers,
women,
of functioning for
all
ing health and development throughout the
and
life
span
food choices of individuals
concurrent 82.213
society. Perquisites: 50.240;
82.212 Pharmacology
(3)
-
and
referrals will
be examined.
course;
moral, and legal aspects. This
a free elective
it is
is
not a
clinical
and an approved general
education values course. Prerequisites:
None
individuals.
Topics include nutridonal requirements for maintainas well as factors affecting
in the U.S.
the elderly, and the family will be discussed.
Prevention, intervention,
spiritual,
82.211 Nutrition (3) - Introduces the principles of nturition
and ways in which these principles are applied to prolevel
problem
intended for students of all disciplines. The nature of alcohol problems will be examined as well as socio-cultural attitudes toward drinking.
Alcohol's effects on the body will be explored. The impact of alcoholism on adolescents, professional workis
An overview of treatment and rehabilitation will include
48.210, 50.173, 50.174, 52.101, 52.108.
mote an optimal
a leading public health
today, this course
Provides a foundation in phar-
- Students demonunder simulated conditions.
concepts taught in 82.311 and 82.312. Con-
82.300 Psychomotor
Skills for Juniors (1)
psychomotor
strate
Skills reflect
skills
current with 83.311 or 83.312.
82.305 Role Development for the Nurse Generalist (RNs)
macology for pharmacologic content integration
(3)
throughout the curriculmn. Explores the legal, social,
ethical, historical, and political dimensions of pharmacotherapeutics. Prerequisites: 45.211 or 45.213 or
opment of
46.200, 48.101, 48.210, 50.173, 50.174, 52.101, 52.108;
sion, philosophy, objectives,
concurrent 50.240, 82.210, 82.214
of the Bloomsburg University Department of Nursing.
82.213 Foundadons of Nursing Practice
application of assessment
els
skills to
(5)
-
Focuses on the
promote optimal
lev-
of functioning of the adult and older adult. Students
apply theory to the care of the individual client as they
begin to assume the nursing roles of practidoner, teacher, leader/manager and consumer of research. Students
expand their knowledge and application of major nursing concepts as they provide health care to clients in
non life-threatening situations. Laboratory simulations
and computer instruction enable the student to develop psychomotor skills basic to nursing practice. Instructional strategies include clinical experiences with clients in community, acute, and long term care settings.
Prerequisites: 82.210, 82.212, 82.214, 50.240; concurrent 82.200, 82.211, 82.215
82.214 Health Assessment (3) - Introduces techniques and
principles of health assessment for adult clients. Com-
munication and interviewing
skills
are reinforced
throughout the course. Health patterns of adults are
and practice of
review of systems and basic assessment skills will occur
assessed. Validation of health histories
in the simulated learning laboratory. Prerequisites: pri-
or to or concurrent with 82.210 or 82.305 (RNs only).
82.215 Pathophysiology for Nursing Practice (3) -Assists the
student to apply the physiological principles as a means
of understanding pathological conditions. Pathophysiological disruptions to system functioning are presented.
The impact of these
discussed. Students will
signs
on the individual is
develop an understanding of
disruptions
and symptoms associated with selected pathophys-
iological disruptions as a basis for
determining nursing
care needs. Prerequisites: Prior to or concurrent with
82.213 Foundations of Nursing Practice, 82.210 Professional Nursing
and
50.240.
82.217 Alcohol: Use and Abuse (General Education) (3) Elective: Provides a comprehensive overview of alcohol
This course
-
tice as
is
designed to advance the role devel-
the registered nurse into professional prac-
espoused by baccalaureate education in nursing.
In this course, students will be introduced to the mis-
Students
will
and organizing framework
apply concepts, principles and a variety of
from nursing and related disciplines
developing their professional roles as practitioner,
teacher, leader/manager, and consumer of research.
theories derived
in
Insights derived
from values
clarification
and self-aware-
ness activities will be applied as students explore legal,
ethical, political
and technological
issues in their
work
independentiy and/or in collaboration with others. Students will be expected to apply principles and strategies of effective
communication and group process
as
they work independentiy and/or in collaboration with
others. Students will also
be expected
to articulate their
own philosophy of professional nursing practice and
to
explore, at a basic level, the relatedness of their philos-
ophy
to a
model of nursing practice.
Prerequisites: Cur-
rent state licensure as a RN, 45.211 or 45.213 or 46.200,
48.101, 48.160 (or 53.141), 48.210, 50.173, 50.174,
50.240, 52.101, 52.108;
and requirements under the
articulation model.
82.306 Introduction to Nursing Research
students to the concepts,
skills
(3)
-
Introduces
and processes of research
The contributions of selected nursing theoexplored as frameworks for nursing inquiry. Students evaluate research critically and examine its importance to the discipline of nursing. Prerequisite:
48.160 or 53.141; junior standing; 82.305 (if RN) or
consent of instructor. (Spring semester only)
in nursing.
rists
re
82.307 Geriatric Nursing
psychological
and
(3)
-
Focuses on the physiological,
aging with emphasis
social aspects of
on the assessment of problems and appropriate nursing intervention. Prerequisite: junior or senior standing or RN.
82.310 Family Nursing (2) - Focuses on the concept of family as a open system and use of the nursing process to
and promote family health across its lifespan. Students analyze the structures and functions of the family
assess
1
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
in
contemporary U.S. society
health care needs.
The
determining
environment and
as a basis for
role of the
sociocultural factors are explored as they influence the
The
family's various factions.
nurse's role in assisting
the family assume responsibility for meeting the needs
of
its
members
stressed. Prerequisites: 82.213
is
Foun-
dations of Nursing Practice; concurrent 82.311 or
82.312. Fall Semester Junior Year only.
Adult Health Nursing I - Focuses on using assessment
skills to diagnose, plan, deliver and evaluate care to
adults and their families. Emphasis is placed on knowl-
82.31
manage-
edge of health promotion
in addition to the
ment of chronic
Students incorporate devel-
illnesses.
both health teaching and the provision of care, increasing independence occurs in the
nursing roles of practitioner, teacher, and consumer of
opmental theories
in
research as students provide care in acute care and restorative settings.
Through collaboration with
the health
care team, students increase their awareness of the
roles of the professional nurse in today's
many
complex health
care setting. Prerequisites: 82.213
82.312 Maternal and Child Health Nursing - Focuses on fam-
and the use of assessment findings
to diagnose, plan, deliver, and evaluate quality care of
women, neonates, children, and their families. Students,
with guidance form faculty, integrate family and developmental theories into nursing practice with clients in
a variety of settings. As providers of care, students serve
as the patient advocate and educator as they focus on
health promotion, risk reduction, and illness and disease management. Clinical sites support the students'
ily-centered nursing
increasing responsibility for collaboration with other
members of
the interdisciplinary team. Prerequisites:
82.213
-
159
the health of a culturally diverse client populauon in a
mental health care settings. Students employ
a "therapeutic use of self: and funcdon in independent
variety of
and interdependent
roles as they collaborate with
cli-
support systems and other providers to deliver holistic and humanistic care. Prerequisites: 82.306, 82.310,
ent,
82.311, 82.312. Concurrent witii 82.410.
Focuses on meeting the
ill adults with complex
needs. Students employ critical thinking skills in the
planning and delivery of health care to acutely ill adults
82.412 Adult Health Nursing
II
-
health care needs of acutely
and
their families. Students use assessment, technical
skills,
and information and health technologies
sisting these adults to attain
an optimal
in as-
level of func-
tioning. They communicate and collaborate rath clients
and the interdisciplinary team to promote, maintain,
and restore optimal health to a variety of clients. Learn-
ing experiences are provided in order for students to
continue to develop proficiency
as
a practitioner, teach-
leader/manager and consumer of research. The
course promotes integration of values into professional behaviors and accountability for personal and proer,
fessional growth. Prerequisites: 82.306, 82.310, 82.311,
82.312. Concurrent with 82.414.
82.414 Nursing Management/Leadership
(4) - Focuses on
management principles, including leadership theories
and concepts, decision-making processes, budgeting
guidelines and case management concepts. Content on
public policy and health care economics are integrated
into concurrent clinical courses to
enhance profession-
development. Prerequisites: 82.305(RNs), 82.306,
82.310, 82.311, 82.312, senior nursing major status.
al role
82.451, 82.551 Transcultural Health Issues (3)
-
This course
designed to provide students with a global perspective of transcultural health issues. Students will analyze
the cultural, social, educational, economic, political, and
environmental forces that contribute to health on an
international level. Major cultural and etiinic determiis
82.313 Special Topics (1-6)
-
Presents a diversity of topics
focusing on contemporary trends, issues and problems
relevant to the principles
and practice of professional
nursing in the health care system.
82.405 Independent Study (1-6)
nants of health in developed in various countries in solv-
Requires investigation of
an area of special interest and value to the student under the direction of a faculty member following a plan
approved by the department chairperson. Course may
be interdisciplinary. Prerequisite: junior or senior standing or consent by department.
82.410
Community Health Nursing
(5)
-
Focuses on the use
of demography, epidemiology, program planning and
evaluation to assist communities with the promotion,
and maintenance of health. The impact of
multiple systems on health and healthcare delivery is
restoration
identified as students collaborate with clients, support
systems, other providers, public health agencies
community
and the
Role development is fostered
through independent and interdependent activities with
culturally diverse groups and organizations. Approved
as a cultural diversity course. Prerequisites: 82.306,
as a whole.
82.311, 82.312, (82.305-RNs only)
82.411 Psychiatric/Mental Health Nursing (5) - Focuses on
the application of diverse theories, psychobiological
concepts and epidemiological principles to students' use
of nursing process to promote, maintain and restore
ing their health care problems
v\ill
be addressed. Re-
search on transcultural health organizations dealing
with cultural and ethical and ethical issues in world
health will be evaluated. Prerequisites: Junior/Senior
Undergraduate nursing major
status or Registered
Nurse (RN).
82.460 Health Concerns in the Classroom (3) - Focuses on
health problems of the school-age population and die
educators role in the classroom management of these
problems. Health mandates, acute and chronic health
conditions of childhood and adolescence, and strategies for maintaining a healthy classroom en\ironnient
are presented.
room
is
The
medically fragile child in the
class-
also discussed. Prerequisites: Senior standing;
Juniors with permission of faculty member.
82.500 Applied
Statistics for
plies principles
Health Professionals
and methods of statistical
(3)
-
Ap-
analysis of data
The course emphasizes statisconcepts as a set of principles and a way of thinking for health professionals. Course is not required.
Prerequisites: high school algebra, basic statistics course
in the health professions.
tical
160- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
or consent of the instructor.82.501 Theoretical Bases
Development in Advanced Nursing Practice
(3) - Examines theoretical formulations related to role
development in advanced nursing practice. Students use
concepts, principles and strategies inherent in a variety
for Role
of theories
systems, change, professional social-
(i.e.,
and role) to serve as a framework for the development and enrichment of their advanced practice
roles. Theory building, the relationship of models to
theories, and major conceptual and theoretical models
ization
drug interactions, legal, ethical and socio-cultural implications of drug therapy and patient teaching. Presents alternative "drug" therapies. Prerequisite: 82.504.
82.508 Adult Health Assessment and Promotion
sis
in nursing practice are also introduced. Students analyze
and apply
tenets of selected conceptual
model of
own philosophy of advanced nursing
Leadership principles are also incorporated
as students identify an actual or potential issue or problem related to their advanced practice role and design
a proposal for planned change.
on developing
competence
(6)
Focus-
-
performing health assessment of adults. Learning experiences
are provided for synthesizing cognitive knowledge with
psychomotor skills. Throughout the course, emphasis
is placed on health assessment, communication, analyes
the student's
in
of data, written and verbal presentation of data and
issues related to health
promotion and disease preven-
tion in adults. Prerequisite or corequisite: 82.504.
nursing to their
practice.
82.502 Epidemiology: Concepts and Principles for Advanced
Nursing Practice (3) - Focuses on conceptual orienta-
and knowledge of techniques from epidemiology
tion
as a basis for all aspects
of population-based practice in
advanced nursing. Epidemiological perspective presented as a framework for assessing the well-being of populations and designing, implementing, and evaluating
and health care
strategic nursing
interventions. Students
apply basic epidemiologic research designs in the
in-
and proposed solutions to obsei^ed
patterns of health states in contemporary populations.
vestigation, analysis,
82.503 Bases for Research for Advanced Nursing Practice
(3) - Builds on previous knowledge of research and statistics to enhance student application, use, and development of nursing research to improve the quality of
health and health care delivery. Principles and strate-
gies inherent in scientific inquiry, critical evaluation
the research process are applied. Focuses
tion of a researchable
problem
on
and
identifica-
in clinical nursing prac-
review and critique of relevant literature, selection
tice,
of a conceptual or theoretical framework and identification of an appropriate research design
and method-
ology to study the problem. Students plan, develop and
present a research prospectus using appropriate scholarly
format and
style.
82.504 Pathophysiology for Advanced Nursing Practice
(3)
major component
assessment and
in the
foundation for
management of individuals,
advanced nursing
practice.
Primary focus
clinical
in assessing
the pharmocologic
an
indi\'iduals
is
on
apply-
response to
management of illnesses. Major lab-
oratory studies useful for verifying abnormalities are
discussed. Builds
on knowledge from undergraduate
courses dirough pursuit of content in greater depth and
synthesizing
and applying research-based knowledge.
82.507 Pharmacology for Advanced Nursing Practice
(3)
-
Applies principles of pharmacology to advanced nursing practice of adults. Emphasis is on physiological
mechanisms of drug action and significant adverse reproper prescribing and monitoring
procedures for various drug regimens used to treat com-
actions. Presents
mon
82.511
Community Health Nursing
I
-
(6)
Focuses on the
development of the clinical nurse specialist in community health nursing. Students apply advanced knowledge, skills and critical thinking in the competent use
of die nursing process with populations and the community as a whole. Evaluation and refinement of a model
for advanced practice provide a framework for the student's development of the multifaceted roles of practitioner, educator, researcher, consultant and leader/
manager. Leadership principles and strategies are applied as students assess and analyze the health status
and determinants of health of populations and the total community. Students collaborate and coordinate with
role
other community health nurses, a variety of providers,
and
and develop
meet identified health
the community. Weekly
clients in a diversity of settings to plan
innovative programs designed to
needs of
risk
populations in
and enable the students to participate
community health issues, develop research skills, and understand the development
and operationalization of health policies within community health programs. Prerequisites: 82.501, 82.502,
83.503 and candidacy for MSN degree..
seminars
assist
in the analysis of current
82.512 Adult Health and Illness Nursing
1
(6)
-
Focuses on
the role development of the clinical nurse specialist in
and illness. Students apply advanced knowland critical thinking in the competent use
of nursing process, therapeutic interventions, and techadult health
essential for
ing pathophysiological mechanisms to explain illness
phenomena and
The focus is on the implementation of a coordinated school health program
based on local and state mandates and laws. Emphasis
is placed on the relationship between a coordinated
school health program and Healthy People objectives.
the role of the school nurse.
-
Presents padiologic mechanisms of disease that serve
as a
82.509 Theory of School Health Nursing (3) - Provides an
overview of coordinated school health programs and
disease states. Discusses self-medication, multiple
edge,
skills
nology to administer nursing services to a specific adult
population to facilitate optimal wellness and to impact
on the delivery of adult health
care. Evaluation
and
re-
finement of a model for advanced practice provide a
framework for holistic care of adult clients and one's
development of the multifaceted roles as practitioner,
educator, consultant and leader/manager. Leadership
principles
and
strategies are
employed
as students col-
laborate ^N\\h adult clients, support systems
and
variety
of providers in diverse settings to promote, restore and
maintain adult health. Through social, ethical and poactions, client advocacy and change process are
encouraged to affect the quahty of adult health care.
Weekly seminar affords student's participation in analitical
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
lyzing current adult health care problems, trends/issues
and formulating strategies for health
care reform. Research skills are enhanced through seminar presentations, clinical practicum and course assignments. Prerequisites: 82.501, 82.502, 83.503 and candiand
in evaluating
dacy for
82.513
MSN
Management and Organizational Behavior
and
in Nurs-
utilizadon of managerial principles, orga-
management information systems,
management and financial accounting in
nizational behavior,
operations
nursing administration for the delivery of effective
health care. Fall semester only. Prerequisites: 40.512,
91.504, 91.524, 93.501, 93.566, 82.501, 82.502, 83.503,
82.520.
Two hours/week, practicum
for 12 hours/week.
82.514 Independent Study (3) - Student works with a faculty
preceptor in conducting an individualized study relat-
ed
to a particular area of clinical interest.
Management
82.515 Diagnosis and
Adults
I
-
(6)
First
of Health Problems in
of two clinical courses that focuses
on diagnosis and management of health problems in
Emphasis on developing knowledge related to
the most common problems for adults in ambulatory
adults.
care, including but not limited to hypertension, cough,
chest pain, dyspnea,
edema and
is-
and
provides opportunities to discuss these as the student
this
advanced practice
role. Pre-
requisites: 82.502, 82.507, 82.508.
Management of Health Problems in
Second of a two-semester clinical sequence
that focuses on the diagnosis and management of health
problems in adults. Emphasis on developing knowledge
related to the most common problems for adults in
ambulatory care, including but not limited to sore
throat, abdominal pain, headache and arthritis. Address-
82.516 Diagnosis and
Adults
II (6)
-
es issues related to the role of the nurse practitioner
and provides opportunities
dent continues transition
to discuss these as the stu-
to this
advanced practice
role.
Prerequisite: 82.515.
Management of Children and Preg- Offered to students who have completed all courses for the Adult Nurse Practitioner Program and who desire preparation as a Family Nurse
Practitioner. Completion of this clinical course will prepare the student to function as a Family Nurse Practitioner and to be eligible to take a family nurse practi-
82.517 Diagnosis and
nant
Women
(8)
management of
a
com-
jor focus of the plan of action. Class format
and
collaborative
Theoretical content builds on learning theories appropriate to the school age child and families. This course
provides the information necessary for the school age
child
and
families. This course provides the informa-
tion necessary for the school nurse to assess the health
education needs of school students, families and school
personnel; to plan a specific health program; and, to
identify
mechanisms
role of the Family Nurse Practitioner and provide opportunity to discuss this as the student continues the
advanced practice
role.
implementation within a school
82.522 Family Health Nursing Theory
- Focuses on theadvanced
area of Family Nurse
(3)
oretical perspectives of the family as a basis for
practice nursing in the special!}'
Models and theories of family health and
family nursing are analyzed, compared, and contrasted. Strategies for using these theoretical bases to form
working partnerships with families across the life cycle
to advance their capacities are explored in depth. Use
of the clinical case study methodolog)' demonstrates the
levels and scope of information and interventions that
can be derived from using the various models and in-
stiuments.
The
implications for family practice, educa-
tion, family healtii policy,
82.531
and research are examined.
Community Health Nursing
II
-
(6)
Builds
upon
and concentrates on advanced professional nursing. There is an emphasis on the student's increasing independence and self-directed learning.
Through the assimilation of additional theory, students
continue to apply critical thinking, communication
skills, therapeutic interventions and values as they implement and evaluate communit)' health nursing programs and interventions for selected high-risk populations. They function independenUy and collaboratively
with others who influence die health care enxironment
Practicum
to
I
improve the health of the community. Students con-
tinue to engage in social, ethical and political actions
which
lic
addition, the course will address issues related to the
for
system.
common
women with
an emphasis on developmental stages and family social
and cultural influences. The student will increase clinical reasoning skills to manage acute and chronic illnesses as well as to promote the health of children, pregnant women and families in primary care settings. In
is seminar
group work. Prerequisite: 82.502.
82.521 Nurse as Health Educator Within School System (3)
- Focuses on the application of principles of health promotion and health education within the school system.
el.
the most
health problems of children and pregnant
transition to this
Provides
and research to identifi,' a community
need or problem, develop a proposed solution and plan
of action. Preparation of a grant proposal will be a ma-
on
tioner national certification examination. Focuses
the diagnosis and
-
(3)
perform
skills to
prehensive community assessment and develop a program for an identified health need or problem. Students
use concepts from nursing theory, epidemiology, cul-
Practitioner.
fatigue. Addresses
sues related to the role of the nurse practitioner
begins the transition to
Community Assessment and Planning
students with knowledge and
161
tural principles
degree..
ing Administration (6) - Applies managerial theories
and concepts to nursing administration. Focuses on the
synthesis
82.520
-
initiate
and
effect
Interventions that
change
assist in
at the
community
lev-
the development of pub-
on the assessed needs of populations
on the
analysis of current community health issues, leadership
in the development of health policy and research in
the advanced practice in community health nursing.
policy based
are stressed. Weekly seminars continue to focus
Prerequisite: 82.511.
82.532 Adult Health and
trates
Illness
Nursing
II
on advanced professional nursing
clinical
(6)
-
Concen-
practice as a
nurse specialist within a specialized area of adult
health and illness through independent, self-directed
learning. Through self-directed learning activities, the
162- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
student
is
facilitated to assimilate additional theory
and
research in advancing the student's knowledge, critical
thinking,
communication
skills,
therapeutic interven-
tions/technology and values in advanced clinical nurs-
MDT (86)
Medical Technology
Administered by Department of Biological and Allied Health
Sciences
ing practice for adult clients. Students enhance their
expertise in the multifaceted roles of the clinical nurse
and
specialist in adult health
illness
by assuming lead-
ership/management positions in a health care setting
and by functioning both independently and collaboratively with clients, support systems, other providers and
community in improving the quality of adult health care.
Social, ethical and political actions are employed in
order to initiate and affect change regarding the development of health care policy and its effect on health
care. Weekly student-conducted seminars focus on the
86.401 Clinical Microbiology (6-10)
A
and laboraand viruses which
clinical pathology and
-
lecture
tory study of bacteria, fungi, parasites
cause disease in humans, their
related diagnostic laboratory procedures.
86.402 Clinical Hematomology/ Coagulation (6-10)
ture
-
A lec-
and laboratory study of hematopoiesis and blood
coagulation. Students acquire an understanding of the
tests, skills in the performance
knowledge of blood disorders and insight
theory of hematological
of these
tests,
into the significance of test results.
analysis of current concepts, practices, trends, issues,
health policies and research in their role enactment as
nurse specialists in the advanced practice of
clinical
adult health
82.533
and
illness. Prerequisite:
(6)
-
Healtli
Seminar format that explores
advanced nursing practice. Organizational theory provides the framework for organizational structures for
and
al strategies
promoting
Lecture and laboratory study of enzymes, carbohy-
trolytes, acid-base
model building and the future directions of organiza-
tional characteristics
-
drates, lipids, proteins, nitrogenous
82.512.
Management and Organizational Behavior in
Care Delivery System
86.403 Clinical Chemistry for Medical Technologists (6-10)
and identifying the organization-
end products,
elec-
balance, body fluids, toxicology, en-
docrinology and urinalysis. Lecture series includes anatomy, physiology, methods of analysis and clinical significance of each biochemical determination. Laboratory
study includes standardization and quality control of
procedures using spectrophotometry, chromatography,
electrophoresis
and automated techniques.
structures with greatest potential for
effective
performance and organizational
growth. Focuses on organizational environments and
86.404 Clinical Immunohematology (3-6) - Lecture and laboratory study of blood grotips, genetics, antigens and
antibodies and their interaction as related to safe trans-
planned change in the health care delivery system.
Course may be taught in another country to provide
international aspects. Prerequisite; Consent of the in-
fusion, prediction of
structor.
blood component preparation and therapy
immune
probability of parentage.
Donor
incompatibilities
and
collection, processing,
also stud-
ied.
82.534 Adult Nurse Practitioner Practicum and Seminar
(6)
Culminating clinical course for the adult nurse practitioner program. Provides the student an opportunity
to apply knowledge gained throughout the program
-
while gaining entry-level competence in the clinical area
of the student's choosing. Addresses clinical and professional role issues, including
patients
management of complex
and assessment of organizations as practice setof care and risk management, and profes-
tings, quality
sional responsibilities of practice. Issues of professional
86.405 Clinical Immunology/Serology (2-4) - Lecture and
laboratory study of immunological concepts and theory
and
their relation to serologic reactions
and
clinical
interpretations.
86.406 Clinical Seminar (1-6) - Covers cotu-ses not included
above, such as orientation, laboratory management, education, clinical microscopy
individual hospital
and/or areas unique
to the
program
cy,
and on health policontinuing education, health education of the community and clinical research. Focuses on developing
BUS
confidence and competence as an adult nurse practi-
Administered by Department of Business Education and
responsibility include influence of
(90)
General Business
Office Information Systems
tioner Prerequisite: 82.516.
82.560 Health Concerns in the Classroom
(3)
-
Focuses on
health problems of the school-age population and the
management of these
problems. Health mandates, acute and chronic health
conditions of childhood and adolescence, and strateeducator's role in the classroom
gies for maintaining a healthy classroom
environment
90.101 Introduction to Business (3) - Provides a study of
business and its environment organization, operation
and interrelationships with government and society.
Business majors develop a broad base for further study
in a specific area in business, while other majors be-
come
American enterprise system and
and issues facing business today. PrereqNot open to business administration degree stu-
familiar with the
are presented, including the medically fragile child in
the functions
the classroom.
uisite:
dents
82.590 Thesis
clinical
(6) -Available as
option advisor.
an
vrith
6 or
elective. Prerequisite: see
more semester hours
in business.
90.333 Business Communications and Report Writing (3) Applies theories and principles of effective communication to solve
common
business problems. Psycholog-
and organizational strategies are used in writing
business reports and other documents. Prerequisite:
ical
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
junior or senior standing.
90.341 Principles of Selling (3) Includes a study of selling
as a profession, preparation for successful selling, steps
-163
90.498 Special Topics in Business Education and Office Systems (1-3) - A study of the aspects of business education
-
and procedures associated with the
sales process
special selling topics. Students apply sales principles
and
and
techniques while conducting sales presentations. Prerequisite:
junior standing.
90.350 Valuing Diversity in Business (3) - A study of the challenges and opportunities presented to businesses in the
United States by an emerging multicultural society. Explores cultural heritage, values, beliefs and prejudices
and the effects of privilege and oppression upon individuals organizations
and
businesses, as well as possible
90.402 Instructional Strategies and Assessment in Business,
Computer and Information Technology
(3)
This
-
course emphasizes a variety of instructional strategies
and assessment techniques for teaching business, computer and information technology courses. Prerequisenior level, schedule semester prior to student
BCIT Field Experience
an awareness of
the teaching and learning atmosphere of the profes(1)
-
portunities to undertake the responsibilities assigned
assuming some of the
teaching role competencies. Must be scheduled the semester prior to student teaching. Prerequisite: Admisto a classroom teacher, including
sion to teacher education.
90.404 Professional Semester in
BCIT
(12) -Includes orien-
tation experiences to observe the operation of a school
weeks of participatory
specific classes as well as 16
teaching experiences correlated with classroom studies
under
full-time supervision.
Must be scheduled concur-
to the development of business skills,
enhancement of business education as a profession, and
determination of a business and office personnel's responsibility and role in the business world.
Management and Demanagement and curric-
90.564 Business Education Program
(3)
-
Studies basic
ulum theory as it applies to business education program
administration and supervision. Course approached
from the perspectives of planning, organizing,
directing, and controlling.
staffing,
90.581 Seminar in Business Education (3) - Investigates and
evaluates completed research in business education on
90.406 Clinical Studies in
which are used
as the basis for class discussions.
90.590 Master's Thesis in Business Educadon
(6)
90.599 Special Topics in Business Educadon and Office Sys-
tems (3) - Studies current or advanced topics in the field
of business teacher education and/or office systems not
normally presented in other courses.
ACC
(91)
Accounting
Administered by Department of Accounting
91.120 Accounting for Small Business (3) - Familiarize students with accounting principles and practices applicable to small business organizations. For non-account-
rently with 90.406.
BCIT
(3)
-
Presents seminars
on
computer and
in-
principles of education for business,
formation technology teachers, instructional strategies
forf teaching business subjects, assessments and problems of classroom teaching. Classroom discussions closely
edge pertaining
Initiates
sional teacher in the classroom. Students provided op-
and
encourage, support, and guide participants to acquire
an increased understanding of the accumulated knowl-
particular topic area(s). Students submit written reports
teaching.
90.403
90.560 Business and Office Educadon Workshop (1-3) - Addresses those educational ideas and experiences that
velopment
solutions.
sites:
or office systems. Not available as a regular course offering.
correlated with the experiences of 90.404.
and the
four domains of the conceptural framework for profes-
ing majors.
91.220 Financial Accounting (3) - Familiarizes students with
a basic understanding of generally accepted accounting principles and their applications. Includes sole pro-
and corporate accounting.
General ledger and/or spreadsheet computerized accounting required. For non-accounting majors only.
prietorship, partnership
sional practice.
91.221 Principles of Accounting
90.431 Independent Study in Business (1-3) -Topic and outline of project
must be approved by the department
chairperson and dean of the college. Prerequisite:
Open
90.432 Internship in Business (1-6) - Provides students with
opportunities to acquire practical experiences in work
Approval by
of 2.50 and 80 semester
situations in office systems. Prerequisites:
department chairperson;
hours earned.
tivities
GPA
90.460 Business and Office Workshop (1-3) - Students acquire an awareness and understanding of the knowledge pertaining to the professional development and
improvement of business skills, the enhancement of
business and office education as a professional responsibility and their role in the business world.
-
(3)
Presents the account-
of a sole proprietorship; special journals and spe-
cial ledgers,
and
to seniors only.
I
ing cycle covering bodi service and merchandising ac-
accrued and deferred items and receivables
and/or spreadsheet
inventories. General ledger
computerized accounting
required.
is
91.222 Principles of Accounting
II
(3)
-
Further develops
the accounting cycle; recording, summarizing, interpret-
ing financial data for partnerships and corporations.
Includes cash flow, long-term liabilities, plant assets and
payroll accounting. A practice set and general ledger
and/or spreadsheet computerized accounung are
re-
quired.
Prerequisites: 91.220 or 91.221.
91.223 Managerial Accounting
(3)
-
Presents volume
profit analysis, special decisions, operational
and
finan-
164- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
budgeting, control and performance evaluation,
decision-making techniques, and analysis of financial
Advanced Accounting I (3) Applies accounting prinproblems in the consolidation and
merger of business enterprises. Includes consideration
statements. Students are expected to be proficient in
of
the general use of spreadsheets. Prerequisites: 91.220
ments on date of acquisition as well as at subsequent
dates with special emphasis on design, construction and
utilization of integrated microcompvUer-generated
worksheets and financial statements. Prerequisite:
cial
job-order, variance analysis, cost allocation, quantitative
or 91.221 and 92.150.
91.320 International Accounting (3) - Addresses needs of
accounting and finance students wishing to become
more
qualified in accounting
on a global perspecUve.
Provides an international accovmting
students
component
who have completed foundation
Meets cultural
requisites: 91.220 or 91.222.
for
courses. Prediversity
requirement.
91.321 Intermediate
Accoundng
(3)
-
Requires the use of spreadsheets to solve comput-
er assignments.
Prerequisite: 91.220 or 91.222.
(3)
-
in-
and lend-
formation of corporations and stockholders equity,
retained earnings, stock rights and options. Requires
word processing software
produce a research paper. Prerequisite:
students to use an approved
to
such combinations, consolidated
state-
91.322.
91.431 Advanced Accounting
- Focuses on accounting
governments and non-profit institutions. Includes partnerships, estates, trusts and
bankruptcy accounting. Prerequisite: 91 .322 or consent
principles
and
II (3)
practices of
91.432 Internship in Accoimting (6) - Provides work experience in the accounting profession. Prerequisites: 80
earned semester hours completed, a minimum cumulative grade point average of 2.50 and adequate course
preparation for the tasks to be performed.
91.448 Advanced Cost Accounting (3) - Continuation of
91.348, concentrating on standard cost and budgets.
Emphasis on methods used to analyze and interpret cost
Presents account-
tangible assets, long-term debts by borrower
package
basis for
data. Prerequisite: 91.348.
II
ing standards for property, plant, and equipment,
er,
tile
Presents the con-
ment and information processing system, financial statements and the accounting standards regarding present
and future value concepts, cash and receivables, temporary investments, inventories, and short-term liabili-
91.322 Intermediate Accounting
ciples to special
of the instructor.
I
ceptual framework of accounting, accoundng environ-
ties.
91 .430
CPA Problems (3) -Addresses the application of procedures for the solving of a cross section of complex
91.449
accounting problems and the discussion of theory and
practice. Prerequisites: 91.324, 91.342 and 91.348; senior standing or consent of the instructor.
91.498 Special Topics: Introduction to Healthcare
91.321.
(3)
-
In-
management and leadership skills for the
health professional, who by education and background
is prepared not to manage but to practice a profession,
but nevertheless finds her/himself in a management
troductoiy
91.323 Intermediate Accounting
III (3)
Presents account-
ing standards pertaining to statements of cash flows,
pension plans, leases, earnings per share, income taxes, accounting changes and error corrections and financial reporting and changing prices. Use of Lotus 1-2-3
to solve computer problems in each chapter is required.
Prerequisite: 91.321.
position.
91.501 Financial Accounting (3) - Emphasis on asset valuation, income determination, and financial accounting
from the cash flow statements and interpretation of financial statements. Preprinciples, with selected topics
91.324 Federal Tax Accounting (3) - Introduces basic tax
laws pertaining to preparation of individual federal tax
returns and supporting schedules. Emphasis on tax law
research using federal tax semces and contemporary
professional literature. Prerequisite: 91.321.
requisite: 91.321.
91.502 Advanced Financial Accounting
(3) -Advanced problems in consolidated statements, stockbroker's equity,
partnerships, fiduciary accounting,
91.342 Auditing Theory and Procedure (3) - Outlines principles, standards, procedures, and techniques applica-
and public auditing; consideration of
the audit report and development of working papers
ble to internal
for preparation of the report. 3 credit hours. Prerequisites:
91.322 and 40.346.
(3) - In-depdi study of the primary
accounting including, quality, process costing, and job order costing. Prerequisite: 91.321.
91.348 Cost Accounting
issues of cost
(3) Assigns group
and individual projects selected from the following areas of advanced tax accounting; partnerships and corporations, Pennsylvania corporate taxes, estates and
and selected
topics
dealing with government units and nonprofit service
organizations. Selected reference to professional
ature
uisite:
liter-
and uniform CPA examination problems. Prereq91.501
91.503 Government and Fund Accounting
(3)
-Accounting
and practices of governments and nonprofit
institutions. Comparisons between accounting principles and practices that apply to governments and nonprofit institutions and those which are generally accepted in business.
principles
91.424 Advanced Federal Tax Accounting
trusts,
reporting to governmental agencies. Includes lecof issues and practice in the solution
tures, discussion
of problems. Prerequisite: 91.324.
91.504 Foundations of Financial Accounting (3) - Introductory course in financial accounting for those who have
not had any formal accounting courses. Covers the cycle for both service and merchandising activities in corporate form of business. Emphasizes asset valuation,
income determination and cash
flows
under generally
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
accepted accounting principles. The effects on financial statements of accounting for the following topics
are studied: current assets and current liabilities, revenue and expense recognition, operating assets, intangible assets, long-term investment, long-term liabilities,
and operating leases, pensions and other postretirement benefits and financial statement disclosures.
capital
and interpretation are included. Actual financial statements, case studies and
current readings are used thorughout the course to aid
the students' undertanding of the topics covered.
Financial statement analysis
Course limited
MBA Level
to
1
students.
91.521 Advanced Cost Accounting (3)
-
In-depth study of
management accounting concepts and
strategic
the
implementation and maintenance of cost/
management accounting information systems that add
structure,
value to organizations.
91.522 Advanced Auditing Theory (3) - In-depth examination of the audit process, including compliance with
EDP
GAAS,
ethical considerations,
tistical
analyses, as well as current
auditing, use of sta-
problems facing the
auditing profession.
91.523 Advanced Tax Accounting
the choices
made by
(3)
-
This course explores
the government in creating the
methods of taxation and the
pros and cons of those methods will be explored and
-165
92.141 Introduction to Business Information System Development (3) - An introduction to the development of
business information systems emphasizing database
management. Key topics include basic system concepts,
the system development life cycle, rapid prototyping,
and database management principles. Students will
develop simple information systems using a database
management system and a web interfaces. Basic SQL
will be introduced. Prerequisite: 92.140.
92.150 Introduction to Information Technology (3) - Introduces computer-based systems and their use in problem solving and information processing. Includes a study
of hardware and software concepts, data management,
data communications and system development. Involves
hands-on experience with word processing, spreadsheet
file management softivare using networked microcomputers.
and
92.240 Introduction to Programming
I
(3)
-
An
introduc-
programming and problem solving. The course
focuses on how to write a structured, modular program
in a current programming language. Problem solving
methods are stressed. Examins data representation,
control structures, algorithmic development using a
high-level language on a UNIX platform. Prerequisite:
tion to
92.141.
taxation system. Various
91.524 Managerial Accounting (3) - This course is an introduction to the tools, techniques, procedures and processes
employed
to provide information for
manage-
ment decision-making.
91.551 International Accounting (3) -Addresses the global
nature of accounting in the current business environ-
ment. Prerequisite: 91.220 or 91.222.
91.552 Controllership Accounting (3) -An integrating course
dealing with administrative problems of the accounting function; internal control system design and main-
CPA firm, and
tenance; relations with audit committee,
and external
regulatory agencies pertaining to internal
reporting.
91.553 Special Topics In Accounting (3) This course addresses a variety of topics in accounting and allows the
instructor to focus
on appropriate current
topics in the
accounting profession. Students shovild contact the
in-
Computer and
Information Systems
(92)
92.140 Introduction to Computer and Information Science
An
continua-
ming. Students learn how to creat event-driven programs that involve a graphic user interface. The course
focuses on how to vmte object-oriented programs. Examines objects, inheritance, containers, file I/O and
exception handling using a high-level language on a
UNIX platform. The course includes a two-hour lab.
Prerequisite: 92.240.
92.351 Systems yVnalysis and Design (3) - Pro\'ides an opportunity to bring together experiences in CIS courses,
other business courses and life to create usable business information systems. Helps develop skills required
for successful business system development. Prerequisites:
92.252.
Management Information Systems (3) - A study of
how computer-based information systems pro\ide in-
introdution to information systems. Provides
an overview of curriculum and careers in
es capturing, storing
and
formation for effective decision making. Includes: structured analysis, design techniques, database concepts,
person-machine interaction, data retrievfal and telecom-
92.346 Advanced Programming (3) - Presents advanced concepts of programming in COBOL with major emphasis
Administered by Department of Computer and Information
Systems
-
A
-
(3)
munications. Focuses on the use of information technology in the modern business. Prerequisites: 92.150
or 56.110 or equivalent.
structor prior to enrollment.
(3)
II
Emphasizes object-oriented program-
92.254
-
CIS
92.241 Introduction to Programming
tion of 92.240.
discussed..
IS.
retrieving data,
Emphasiz-
web
site
de-
velopment and relational database concepts. Hands-on
component: html, UNIX, Access.
on indexed sequential
subroutine linkage,
gramming
files,
random
programming,
and SQL RDBMS pro-
interactive
files
concepts. Prerequisites: 92.252.
92.354 Data Base Processing Systems (3) - Details and examines data base terminology organization and models.
Analysis, design and administration of a relational compatible data base explored through applicable programming experiences. Prerequisite: 92.256 or 56.355.
92.356 Data and Information Structures (3)
-
Sludies stan-
166- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
dard data and file structures and algorithms for creation
and manipulation of these structures. Explores rationale for use of structures under varying circumstances
from both a practical and theoretical perspective. Involves computer exercises implementing selected algorithms in a suitable high-level language on a UNIX platform. Prerequisite: 92.177 and 92.252.
92.356 Operating Systems (3) - Presents an overview of operating systems including real and virtual operating sys-
tems and communications software and techniques. Includes diagnostic
facilities, utility
commands. Provides
and system
UNIX. Prereq-
routines
a detailed look at
uisite: 92.350.
92.358 Data Communication Systems (Spring) (3) - Data
communications terminology, technology and the func-
communications hardware and
and explored. Emphasizes systems and
programming considerations as related to a commertional characteristics of
software detailed
cial
environment. Prerequisite: 92.256 or 56.355.
implement the solution to a business problem. Prerequisite: 92.324 and senior standing.
92.461 Advanced Systems Development
will
COBOL
(3)
-
Detailed study of structured problem
solving in a business environment. Explores logical
and
modular deprogramming and documentation. Presents processing techniques for one and two-level tables, data validation, control break logic and sequenphysical structures, data representation,
sign, structured
tial file
processing. Students develop increasingly com-
plex programs using
COBOL in a UNIX
environment.
Prerequisite: 92.177 or 56.121.
92.364 Fundamentals of Electronic Commerce (3) - This
course explores the rapidly-growing field of Electronic
Commerce
(EC).
The communications
required to implement
the Internet.
The
EC
will
be studied, particularly
and privacy will be explored, consumer-oriented EC will
utilizing
EC
will
explore
how
businesses are
to gain a competitive advantage.
An
(6)
educational arrangement between the student and
an approved
industrial, business or
government agency
work experience in a profescomputer and information science. The
experience relates to the academic principles and theories upon which the Computer and Information Systems curriculum is based. Prerequisites: Grade point
average of 2.5 and 80 semester hours.
that provides a supervised
sional area of
92.450 Expert Systems and Artificial Intelligence
(Fall) (3)
-
A survey of basic concepts and techniques of expert systems and artificial intelligence applied to commercial
information systems. Examines knowledge acquisition,
representation, storage and inferencing methods used
in expert systems. Stresses applications
from the business environment.
and
illustrations
Prerequisite: 92.256 or
56.355.
92.460 Advanced Systems Development I (3) - First of a twosemester course sequence during which students will
work on teams to analyze a business problem and design and implement a computer-based solution, during
the first semester, project management techniques and
tools will be covered. Students will
work on teams
problem and
to analyze a business
dents
work
will
in teams to
implement the solution to a
The team will
project to a group of IS pro-
business problem developed in 92.460.
make
a presentaiton of its
fessionals. Prerequisite: 92.460.
Examines current or advanced
and information systems
not normally examined in depth in other courses.
92.498 Special Topics
(3)
-
issues in the field of computer
92.550 Information Processing
(3)
-
A comprehensive intro-
duction and basic orientation to the use of information
processing in the educational environment. Students
required to investigate the impact of the computer and
associated peripheral devices on the classroom.
on the
effective use of available
Empha-
computer resources.
92.554 Management Information Systems (3) - Studies information analysis and systems design from the user's
point of view. Students identify the basic concepts of
systems point of view organization as a system, informa-
and nature of management information sysand data base management systems
be investigated from the manager's perspective.
tion flows
tems. Data bases
will
MGT
(93)
Management
Administered by Department of Management
work
in
93.244 Principles of Management
(3)
-Administrative orga-
and behavioral theories and functions of
management, contributing to the effective and efficient
nizational
accomplishment of organizational
45 semester hours earned.
objectives. Prerequi-
sites:
92.432 Internship in Computer and Information Systems
-
Second of a
infrastructure
related issues of transaction security
be studied. Students
-
design and implement a computer-based solution. Stu-
sis
92.362
II (3)
two-semseter course sequence during which students
teams
to
93.345
Human Resource Management
(3)
with tools and procedures to address
issues
and problems.
-
Eqiups students
human
93.346 Labor and Industrial Relations
(3)
-
ministration of the relationship between
and the labor force, both where
erned by a
it is
not.
resource
Prerequisite: 93.344.
Describes ad-
management
that relationship
is
gov-
agreement and where
Includes development of the social and legal
collective bargaining
status of trade
unions organizing, negotiations,
strikes,
grievance procedure and union security. Prerequisite:
93.344.
93.347
Management Science
(3) -Covers quantitative
mod-
such as linear programming, goal programming,
inventory models, forecasting models, PERT/CPM in
dealing with the dynamics of manufacturing/service operations in an organization. Prerequisites: 53.141,
40.346, 93.344 and either 40.246 or 53.123.
els
93.348 Operations
Management
(3)
-
Educates and trains
students to deal with the operational issues and prob-
lems in manufacturing and services. Prerequisites:
53.141, 40.346, 40.246 or 53.123.
93.350 Quality
Management
(3)
-
Introduces students to the
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
major concepts and techniques used
ment and
in quality
manage-
control.
93.355 Managing Multicultural Organizations (3) - Studies
the impact of increasing diversity in terms of gender,
race, ethnicity
and
nationality
on management practice
of multicultural organizations through enhanced decision making. Examines ways in which diversity canb e
used to strengthen organizations through enhanced
and expanding
and ethnic markets. Examines strategies
for building and maintaining functional multicultural
organizations by reducing turnover, interpersonal and
conflict and communication barriers. The course emdecision making, creativity, innovation,
international
phasizes workplace equity. Prerequisite: 93.344.
93.362 Organizational Design
es
(3)
-
Discusses the differenc-
between micro and macro perspectives
in the study
of organization and provides a macro view in which the
organization is the unit of analyses as opposed to indi-
members. Provides students with an in-depth
understanding of how organizations are formed and
vidual
how
external as well as internal factors influence the
and design of the organizations. Also explores
variables for designing and managing organizations.
communication by providing
preparation in the process and structure of communication in a professional setting. Prerequisites: 20.101,
for effective managerial
20.201, 25.103
and 93.344.
93.449 Organizational Behavior (3) - Provides the tools and
theories regarding personal, interpersonal and group
processes within the organization at the micro
Management (3) - Introduces environment of small business in the United States. Describes types of small business and problems associated
93.391 Small Business
with each type. Covers ownership, start up, franchising,
management, inventory, advertising and marketing and production processes. Special emphasis is given to incentives and legal
finance, accounting, personnel, risk
requirements of Pennsylvania with regard
to small busi-
nesses. Prerequisites: 91.220, 91.223, 93.344, 96.313,
97.310 and 98.331.
93.400 Entrepreneurship
major
and
issues: 1)
(3)
how
to
- This course focuses on three
launch new ventures: creating
and the associated risks in
their right perspectives; 2) managing innovation and
entrepreneurship in an ongoing business; and 3) attractassessing opportunities
ing venture capital to
93.432 Internship in
new
business opportunities.
Management
Management (3) - Develops and understanding of the issues related to international business environment, refines this knowledge by the analysis of current economical, social and political issues that
93.456 International
can influience international and global companies and
prepares students to analyze international business issues as a manager of a multinational/global company.
Prerequisite: 93.344. Diversity course.
93.457 Business and Society
(3) - Prepares students to manage social responsibility and ethics issues related to business operations and the interests of multiple stakeholders. Prerequisites:
96 semester hours earned, 20.101,
20.201, 25.103, 93.344, 96.313, 97.310
room experience and
-
Integrates class-
work experience in industrial, business or government work situations. Allows
students to translate academic theories and principles
into action, to test career interests and to develop skills
and abilities through carefully planned and supervised
problems related to the field of management. Prerequisites:
practical
93.344 or approval of internship supervisor,
GPA
of 2.50, 80 semester hours and major or minor in business administration.
93.440 Small Business Institute Seminar (1-3) -Teams of students work with local businesses in a consultancy capacity to aid small businesses while applying business
Work includes analysis of a problem, determination of alternative solutions, recommendation of
the optimum course of action by means of an oral presentation to business owners. Prerequisite: GPA of 2.5,
principles.
91.220, 91.223, 93.344, 96.313, 97.310
93.445 Managerial Communications
(3)
-
and 98.331.
Prepares students
and 98.331.
93.463 Employee Staffing
(3) - Examins the procedures used
by companies to recruit and hire employees. Students
learn how organizations seek to improve effectiveness
by ensuring each job is legally staffed by a fully capable
individual. Topics covered include job analysis, employ-
ee recruitment, selection techniques, validation proce-
dures and legal restraints on employee selection practices. Prerequisite: 93.345
Management (3) - Examines how the
development of a firm's compensation system. Students
learn how companies design their compensation systems
in an effort to enhance their recruiting, motivation and
retention of employees. Topics covered include job eval-
93.464 Compensation
uation, salary surveys, pay-for-performance programs,
legal issues,
and the design and evaluation of employee
benefits packages. Prerequisite: 93.345
93.481 Business Policies and Strategies (3) - Prepares students in the area of strategic decision-making for the
total
(3-6)
level. Pre-
requisite: 93.344.
structure
Prerequisite: 93.344.
-167
organization through strategic formulation and ad-
and strategic planning and process. Prerequisites: 110 semester hours
earned, 91.220, 91.223, 93.344, 96.313, 97.310 and
ministration using integrative analysis
98.331.
93.498 Special Topics - Management (3) - Examines current
or advanced issues in the field of management not normally examined in depth in other courses. Prerequisite:
approval of the department chairperson.
93.500 Managerial Principles (3) - Focuses on the fundamentals of the practice of management, including administrative, organizational and behavioral theories.
Explores the functions of management and the aspects
of the organizational en\ironment. Prerequisite: graduate standing.
93.511 Statistical Analysis (3)
and its application to the
-
Covers
statistical
and decision
and managerial problems.
estimation, hypotheses testing, prediction
making
inference
commonly used methods of
relevant to business
168- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
Prerequisites: (All level
vance).
I
courses shall be taken in ad-
management programs,
activities and paradigms, and
understand and apply statistics-based process evaluation and improvement. The course includes opportunities to work on applied problems from the student's
own workplace and prepare results suitable for man-
to
.
93.512 Managerial Economics (3) - Covers economic analysis of the firm and its environment. Addresses issues of
input/ output, employment, capital markets, infrastructure, labor pool and resources in relation to organiza-
agement presentations.
es,
tional decisions. Prerequisites: (All level
be taken
I
Prerequisites: All Level
I
cours-
93.511.
courses shall
Management (3) - Focuses on dynamchanges in international business environment and
increased foreign competition that challenge managers. Addresses international issues and understanding
of their impact on markets, products and services. Develops understanding of international business environment and issues that have the potential of enhancing
an enterprise's survival and success. Prerequisites: (All
level I courses shall be taken in advance).
93.556 International
in advance).
93.520 Business Research Methods (3) - Assists students in
developing knowledge of business research methods,
suitable for workplace application, to enable solutions
and recommendations founded on legitimate and efficient data and information. Content includes research
process, research design, sources, collection and analysis of data, and presentation of results and recommendations. Prerequisites: All Level
93.532 Professional Development
ic
courses, 93.511.
I
Skills (3)
-
This course
will
help students examin themselves and discover strengths
and weaknesses, develop a personal mission statement
and career goals, and devellop skills and self-knowledge
essential to effective management. Bulk of class time
will focus on self-assessment or skill development and
provide a founation for enhanced success in the MBA
program and continued development in future careers.
93.558 Social Responsibility and Business Ethics (3) -Focuses on theories, concepts and tools for managing social
responsibility
and
ethics in different organizational set-
tings. Prerequisites: 91.524; 97.551; 96.535; (All level
93.560 Operations
Management
(3)
-Analyzes manufactur-
ing and service systems and application of managerial
decision-making in resolving operational policy problems. Prerequisites: 93.511. (All level
93.540 Small Business Institute Seminar
(3)
-
Provides expe-
I
courses shall be taken in advance).
I
courses shall be
taken in advance).
rience in applying theoretical concepts to practical de-
cision-making
businesses.
ers in the
activities for
The
entrepreneurs and small-
students work with small-business o\vn-
commimit}'
to
provide strategic planning and
93.562 Organizational Theory (3) - Provides a macro level
understanding of organizational structure, processes
and management of external organizational
necessary consulting in implementation of the plan. Pre-
ships. Prerequisites: (All level
requisites: 91.254; 97.551; 96.535. Prerequisites: (All
in advance).
level
I
courses shall be taken in advance).
93.545 Graduate
Human Resource Management
students with tools
and procedures
93.563 Quantitative Models
(3)
to address
models
relation-
courses shall be taken
iv Management
(3)
-Covers
dynamics of man-
Equips
quantitative
human
ufacturing/service operations in an organization. Pre-
-
resource issues and problems.
in dealing with the
requisites: 93.511. (All level
93.547 Qualitative Models for Management (3) - Assists students in developing working knowledge of operations
research models and methods so they can apply
in business environments. Specifically, desired
I
them
outcomes
I
courses shall be taken in
advance).
93.566 Organization Behavior (3) - Focuses on human aspects of an organization, groups and individuals. Addresses behavioral concepts
and theories
in leadership,
include the ability to translate business problems into
motivation, performance appraisal, stress, job satisfac-
the appropriate mathematical formulation, apply the
tion
correct quantitative
model and
and
inter-
interpret the results,
using sensitivity analysis to respond to "what
gerial challenges. Prerequisites: All Level
if"
mana-
93.567 People
tial,
I
coures,
93.511.
Management
(3)
-
Assists students
working knowledge of decision making
models and methods so they can apply them in business environments. Desired outcomes include the ability to translate business problems into appropriate dein developing
cision models, taking into accouint individual
and
ment
of interpersonal
ganizational preference structures
and environmental
uncertainty. Prerequisites: All level
I
93.550 Quality
courses, 93.511
Management (3) This course introduces
management philosophies that have
-
students to quality
developed over the past 20 years, including those of
Deming, Juran and Crosby. It provides students with op-
Skills (3)
-
is
an experien-
on
the develop-
skills.
Students en-
This
management
skilles in areas
of supportive commvmica-
tion, managing conflict, motivating employees, delegating responsibilities, developming and managing work
teams,
managing problem employees and
facihtating
change.
93.581 Strategic
or-
processes.
skill-building course that focuses
hance their
93.548 Decision Models for Managers
and intra-group
Management
(3)
-
Examines complex
in-
determine better strategies to ensure a firms long-run survival and growth in competitive markets. Emphasizes problem solving skills and
implementation of optimal decisions. Examines the factors that can result in performance differentials by understanding how a firm attains a superior performance.
dustrial situations to
portunities to learn
Analyzes and investigates strategic problem-solving processes that can enhance control of the firm over the
tools, to
market and competition. Prerequisites: Capstone
and apply various problem-solving
recognize strengths and weaknesses of various
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
course, to be taken in graduating semester; 91.524;
93.51
1
;
es shall
96.535; 97.551; 93.560; 93.566. (All level
I
cours-
HR Skills
-
skills
plinary procedures,
legal
and
vdthin the context of prevailing
all
ethical standards.
and development of human resources
training
in organization-
Emphasizes theories related
to motivation,
and development, leadership, behavior and
performance
in
student with an opportunity to develop application solutions for business office suites using Object Oriented
a programming language
supported by many popular business applicauons. The
use of OOML gready increases the productive value of
these office suites.
94.330 Telecommunications (Spring only) (3) - An introduction to telecommunications in the business environment. Emphasis on application of telecommunications
to facilitate
information interchange in whatever form
the information takes: data, voice, text
requisite:
and image.
Pre-
Junior standing.
94.340 Network Design and Administration (Spring Only)
93.583 Human Resources Development (3) - Focuses on
current research and theories related to management
al settings.
169
Macro Language (OOML),
be taken in advance).
for Managers (3) This course covers the
needed by managers to effectively implement practices to h elp an organization deal effectively vnth its
people during various phases of the employment process. Through experiential methods, such as case studies and role-plays, students learn how to perform such
HR tasks as interview job applicants, provide and communicate job performance ratings and carry out disci-
93.582
-
an organization.
93.584 Seminar on Leadership (3) - This course examins
theories of leadership and sources and uses of power in
the organization. Assumptions, beliefs
and styles of lead-
(3)
-
Provides a comprehensive and practical knowledge
of network
management and enhancement. Students
get practical experience working with software, hard-
ware, customizing user environments, implementing
technology security and enhancing and troubleshooting the computing environment Prerequisite: 92.150,
junior standing and permission of department.
94.405 Training and Development in Office Systems
only) (3)
-
(Fall
Application of theories of learning and in-
development
education and training
ership in the context of organizational culture, produc-
structional
performance and effectiveness will be examined
through case studies. Employee compliance, control as
of employees in office systems. Topics include instruc-
tivity,
well as satisfaction; stakeholders' support,
as well as satisfaction issues will
commitment
be addressed through
in-depth studies of effective leaders of select private,
public and
al vision,
human services organizations. Organization-
mission and social and ethical responisiblities,
and workforce
diversity will
be discussed in the context
of transformational leadership. Prerequisites:
Minimum
80 hours earned, English Composition 2 or Honors
Composition, Public Speaking, Principles of Management, Minimum QPA 3.3.
93.599 Special Topic
(3)
-
Addresses a variety of advanced
at the graduate level and per-
management
topics in
mits the instructor to focus
on
issues of particular im-
portance and interest to the discipline. Prerequisites:
Approval of the department curriculum Committee and
the chair. (All level I courses shall be taken in advance).
to the
and the implementation,
tional design, technology
uation and
management of training in an
eval-
organizational
environment. Prerequisite: Senior standing or 64 credits.
94.407 Information and Office Environment
(Fall only)
(3
)
-
Management
Provides acceptable practices in the
management of information and
the office environ-
ment. Students will develop an understanding of the
information life cycle, the importance of an ergonimically designed work environment and how information
serves as a critical organizational asset. Topics include:
records
fice
management
systems,
human
factors in the of-
environment (ergonomics), workflow and
spatial
design and layout Prerequisites: 94.221, 94.302, 90.333,
senior standing.
94.500 Office Systems and Information (3) - An oversiew of
office systems - people, technology, and procedures ^\d th-
and environmental contexts. Provides
an understanding of die evolving role of the office as a
in organizational
OIS
(94) Office Information
key information systems center.
Systems
Administered by Department of Business Education and
Office Information Systems
94.221 Office Systems Concepts (3) -An overview of office
systems-technology, people and procedures within organizational
and environmental contexts. Major
manipulation and distribution are covered.
94.222 End User Project
Management
dent with an opportunity
tools
and an
(3)
-
Presents the stu-
management
to use project
office suite to design,
implement and
eval-
uate end-user solutions for an office information
sys-
tems environment.
94.302
End User
Solutions Development (3)
employees from support personnel
managers. Hands-on experience includes comparative and selective techniques for hardware and soft\vare,
as well as an evaluation of appropriate training materiductivity of office
to
tech-
nologies that support information creation, storage,
retrieval,
94.510 Office Systems Applications (3) - Discusses applications of office automation technologies to enhance pro-
als for
support personnel.
94.520 Administrative Communications (3) - Proxides application of communication skills for those professionals who work in enxdronments with automated information and communication systems. Topics include: oral
and written
reports, systems-related
proposals, procedures)
-
,
documents
(reports,
research methods, and infor-
mation technology.
-
Presents the
94.530 Telecommunications
(3)
-
Introduction to telecom-
1 70- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog
2002-2003 Advisers Edition
munications in the business environment. Topics include; telephony, data codes, protocols, network architectures, local area networks, communications media,
hardware, and software. Management issues and practical applications are an integral part of the course.
Emphasizes the application of telecommunications to
facilitate information interchange in whatever form the
information takes: voice, data, text, and image.
94.540 Training and Development (3) Applies theories of
learning and instructional procedures to education and
-
96.413 International Finance (3) - Studies the principles and
practices relevant to understanding the nature of interits problems and its institutions. Dison sources and instruments of international export and import financing, balance-of-payments, exchange rates, governmental regulations and
policies, financial management, as well as accounting
national finance,
cussion centers
for international transactions. Prerequisite: 96.313.
96.423 Security Analysis and Portfolio Theoi-y
analysis of
major elements related
to
(3)
-
Detailed
determining the
training of employees in office systems. Topics include:
earnings and risk potential of securities and study of
and imple-
the underlying principles inherent to portfolio construc-
instructional design, strategies, technology,
mentation, evaluation, and
management of training with
tion. Prerequisite: 96.343.
the organizational structure.
96.432 Internship in Finance(l-6)
Capstone course of
systems curriculum. Includes a synthesis and an
94.550 Integrated Office Systems
office
(3)
-
application of concepts related to current office systems
Students should enroll in this course during the
semester of the degree program. Prerequisite:
94.500, 94.540 or consent of the instructor.
topics.
junior or senior standing and
-
Prerequisites: 96.313,
GPA
of 2.50.
96.440 Introduction to Options and Futures
analysis of
(3)
-
Detailed
major eleiuents affecting market prices of
options and futures contracts and analysis of optimal
last
96.454 Advanced Corporate Finance
FIN (96) Finance
(3)
(3)
-
Studies business
problems and the development of financial
decision-making tools and practices as used in the decision-making role of the financial manager. Prerequisite:
financial
Administered by Department of Finance and Legal Studies
96.120 Personal Finance
investment strategies involving these derivative instruments. Prerequisite: 96.343.
-
This course presents informa-
tion that the students of the course
\vill
find useful
96.313.
when
move through life, regardless of their respective
career choices. The general topics covered will be personal financial planning, consumer credit, insurance
(health, disability, liability, home, and automobile), inthey
and sources of capital, and retirement
planning and their impact upon individuals and small
vesting principles
business owners.
96.463 Seminar in Finance
-
(3)
Explores a wide range of
topics in finance, primarily focused in the area of
management. Designed primarily for senior
nance majors. Prerequisites: 96.313 and 96.343.
nancial
96.473 Seminar in Investments
(3)
-
Examines a wide
of topics in the field of investment
fifi-
variety
management and
portfolio theory. Designed primarily for Seniors major-
96.313 Introduction to Corporate Finance
(3)
-
Studies
management in the areas of asset valuation,
working capital management, capital budgeting,
nancial
ing in finance. Prerequisites: 96.313 and 96.343.
fi-
risk,
cost
of capital, financial structure, financing sources and
96.499 Special Topics (3) -May address a variety of advanced
topics in finance at the undergraduate level, and per-
dividend policy. Prerequisites: 91.223, 40.121, 40.122,
the instructor to focus on issues of particular importance and interest to the discipline. Students should
91.220.
contact the professor prior to enrollment.
96.323 Financial Markets and Institutions (3) - Studies shortterm money market and long-term capital market instruments, major financial institutions, the relationship
luits
96.535 Financial
agement
Management
activities
(3)
-
In-depth study of man-
involved in the financial aspects of
and security prices and the role
of the consumer and government in financial markets.
business enterprise. Theoretical knowledge gained
through exposure to financial management literature
is applied to problem situations through the use of case
Prerequisite: 96.313.
studies
between interest
rates
Management (3) - Leads to the
understanding of risk management in contemporary
banking by studying the historical and contemporary
impact of banking regulation, measures of bank performance and bank policy formation. Risk is shown to
be managed through Asset/Liability Management (by
the use of GAP Analysis) Investment Management, Li-
96.333 Commercial Bank
,
quidity
Management, Capital Management, and
Off-
Balance Sheet Management. Prerequisite: 96.313.
96.343 Investment
Management
(3)
-
Outlines principles of
security investments: descriptions of investments instru-
ments, investment planning, security valuation, portfolio theory and strategy and security markets. Prerequisite:
96.313.
and simulation techniques. Emphasis on the
development of perspective in the decision-making process with the acquisition of tools to facilitate effective
decision making. Prerequisites: 91.524, 93.511
96.540 International Finance
(3)
-
Studies the principles
and
practices relevant to understanding the nature of inter-
national finance,
its
problems and
its
institutions. Dis-
cussion centers on sources and instruments of international export
and import financing, exchange
rates,
balance-of-payments, governmental regulations and policies, financial
management,
as well as
accounting for
international transactions. Prerequisite: 96.313 Business
Finance.
96.550 Security Analysis and Portfolio Management (3) Advanced treatment of aspects involved in developing
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
a logical
and systematic approach
to analyzing
and
eval-
uating types of securities. Investment strategy and management of an investment portfolio. Theoretical aspects
of security analysis and problems involved in analyzing
securities within the context of the type
and evaluating
of industry issuing them.
on
issues of particular
importance
interest to the discipline. Students should contact
and
bution system. Consumer/marketing analysis, store location, store layout, merchandising, pricing, promotional issues and problems are considered. Prerequisites:
97.310, 40.122.
97.370 Sales
Management
(3)
-
Studies the personal selling
element of the marketing/ promotional program from
96.599 Special Topics (3) - May address a variety of advanced
topics in finance at the graduate level, and permits the
instructor to focus
the professor prior to enrollment.
a
management perspective.
Recruiting, selecting, train-
ing organizing, motivating, compensating, evaluating
and controlling the sales force are treated, as well as
management's planning responsibilities which include
designing intelligence systems, forecasting and establishing sales territories. Special consideration
MKT
(97)
Administered by Department of Marketing
field
A Primer
97.380 International Marketing
al
(1)
-
Introduces students to the
of marketing, the Department of Marketing and
careers available in the discipline. Marketing etiquette
and self-presentation skills are incorporated
resume writing and career preparation.
97.310 Marketing Principles and Practices (3)
-
as well as
97.320 Marketing for Nonprofit Organizations (3)
-
Hospi-
social service agencies, universities, fraternities
sororities, political candidates,
and
governments, churches
and libraries are some of the nonprofit organizations
which are challenged to effectively solve their marketing problems. Through understanding and by applying marketing theory and methods, students realize how
they can aid organizations in developing a better prod-
and promotion decisions for the
publics they seek to serve. Prerequisite: 97.310.
97.330 Consumer Motivation and Behavior (3) - Analyzes
the role of the consumer as the ultimate buyer of the
product and the strategy and forces directed at the consumer by the seller. Topics include models of consumer buying behavior, consumer motivation, interpersonal
and intrapersonal influence on the consumer as a
maker in the market place. Prerequisite:
decision
97.310, 48.101.
97.340 Advertising
Management
-
termination of objectives and methods of organization
including the execution of research, advertising and
dis-
tribution activities. Considers special problems of adopt-
conditions in different
fit
countries. Prerequisite: 97.310.
97.431 Independent Study in Marketing (3) - Develop research skills in an academic and experience-based setting through collaborative research with a faculty
ber.
tion or research objective.
mem-
an employment situaPrerequisite: Nine semester
Apply marketing theory
to
hours in marketing.
-
Develops
skills in
an
experiential setting that are not available in the aca-
demic classroom. Students learn to relate marketing
principles and practices to an employment situation.
Prerequisites: 97.310, 2.0 GPA, 80 semester hours and
junior or senior standing.
(3) - Develops the skills of the
marketing research procedure (problem def-
97.440 Marketing Research
scientific
inition, research design, data collection, analysis
and
interpretation). Applies recent developments in mar-
keting information systems to product planning, advertising research,
consumer and competitive
and 40.256.
analysis. Pre-
requisites: 97.310, 97.330
97.460 Marketing Management (3) - Presents an advanced
study of the marketing programs from the systems and
managerial viewpoint. Applies analytic, communicative
and problem-solving
skills to
evaluation and creative
planning in the marketing environment. Uses business
marketing cases as a vehicle for developing the marketabilities. Prerequisites:
97.310, 97.330,
Studies the advertis-
from a management perspective. Examines advertising's
role in business and society. Advertising's use of the
communication process is studied from a theoretical
and practitioner's perspective. Development of an ad
campaign is highlighted with emphasis on management
decisions involved in planning and execution. Special
attention given to budgeting, copywriting, media analysis and choice. Prerequisite: 97.310.
as a
Applies the manageri-
ing programs. Emphasizes the development and de-
ing executive's
(3)
ing element of the marketing/promotional program
Management Concepts (3) - Presents retailing
dynamic aspect of the marketing/channels distri-
97.350 Retail
-
(3)
97.432 Internship in Marketing (1-6)
40.122.
uct, price, distribution
given
process to the development of international market-
ing marketing principles to
Surveys the
fundamental features of contemporary marketing systems and the planning required to make available satisfying goods and services to customers at a profit. Explains the role of marketing in society and the institutions which compose the market system. Describes components of the marketing mix-product planning, distribution, pricing and promotion. Prerequisite: 40.121,
tals,
is
management's inputs and integration with marketing management. Prerequisite: 97.310.
to sales
Marketing
97. 110 Marketing:
-171
97.340.
97.480 Business-to-Business Marketing (3) - Strategies for
marketing products and sendees to industrial, commer-
and governmental markets. Changing industry and
marketing structures are analyzed. Prerequisite: 97.310.
cial
97.490 Contemporary Problems and Issues
(3)
-
Explores
major issues, trends and problems characterizing the
current marketing environment. Encourages students
to do extensive reading in current marketing and other related literature. Theoretical, environmental research and trade-off issues in marketing are assessed.
1 72-
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
Case
stxidy,
group projects and group dynamics are used.
and 6 semester hours in
Prerequisites; senior standing
marketing.
(3)
-
overview of the foundations for
This course provides an
modern marketing
the-
ory and practice, analyzing marketing from both the
societal as well as the managerial perspective. Compo-
nents of the marketing mix including products and
vices, pricing, distribution
ser-
systems and promotion mix-
emphasized. Prerequisite: graduate standing.
97.530 Strategic Buyer Behavior (3) - Covers concepts and
theories from the beharioral sciences as they relate to
marketing strategy formulation.
97.551 Marketing
Management
(3)
-
Develops the strategic
application of marketing in an organization through
the analysis of marketing
ysis
Law and
literature,
Literature (3)
both
-
An
introduction to law and
an approach to the reading of legal
as
and as a means of addressing issues in law, justice
and morality as portrayed in works of fiction and other
narratives. Modules include slavery, abortion, the death
penalty. Native American law and literature and international law and literature.
texts
97.510 Marketing Foundations
es are
98.340
activities.
keting research systems,
mix development.
and competitive strategy, marbuyer behavior and marketing
Prerequisite: 97.510 or 97.310
97.552 Marketing Research (3)
-
applied to the increasingly globalized business environ-
ment. Czises include: trade law; extraterritorial application of U.S. law; treaty law; U.S.Japan structural impediments talks; the GATT; the European Community: multinational corporations; and environmental regulation.
Prerequisite: 98.331 or consent of the instructor.
98.432 Internship In Legal Studies (3-6)
Integrates the anal-
of global marketing opportunities, segmentation of
target audiences, growth
98.407 International Legal Environment of Business (3) Introduction to public and private international law as
Advanced techniques of
98.450 Legal Environment of Business
(3)
-
Advanced
cov-
erage of topics in government regulation of business
through administrative
tervention.
May
law, legislation
and judicial
in-
include issues in the law of corporate
enwronmental regulations and oth-
securities, antitrust,
the scientific marketing research procedure (problem
er aspects of legal regulation of the competitive pro-
and
on an applied orientation for the
global users of marketing research. Qualitative and
quantitative research methods are developed with the
cess. Prerequisites:
definition, research design, data collection, analysis
interpretation). Focuses
statistical tools to
produce a marketing research report.
97.599 Special Topics
(3)
-
This course addresses a variety of
marketing and allows the instructor to focus
on appropriate current topics in the marketing profession. Students should contact the instructor prior to enrollment to learn the current focus.
topics in
98.331 and Economics 40.212.
98.460 Employment Discrimination and Affirmative Action
(3)
-
A
survey of major federal laws that address equal
opportunity in employment and focuses on types of job
discrimination outlawed by Tide VTI of the 1964 Civil
Rights Act. Legal and ethical issues relating to affirmative
action programs are discussed, as are state
cal laws
98.499 Special Topics
(3)
-
undergraduate
mits the instructor to focus
Business Law
(98)
Law and
ture of the
the Legal Environment (3)
American
ry system, the nature
ories of law
and the
-
Covers the struc-
legal, constitutional and regulatoand sources of law, competing the-
principles of law applicable to busi-
ness, including administrative law, contracts
and the
UCC Article 2, torts and products liability, property and
criminal law. Students must have earned 30 semester
hours before enrolling
on
level,
and
per-
issues of particular im-
portance and interest to the discipline. Students should
contact the professor prior to enrollment.
Administered by Department of Finance and Legal Studies
98.331
lo-
May address a variety of advanced
topics in finance at the
BSL
and
addressing employment discrimination.
98.507 International Legal Environment of Business (3) Introduction to public and private international law as
applied to the increasingly globalized business environ-
ment. Cases include: Trade law; extraterritorial application of U.S. law; treaty law; U.S.-Japan relations; NAFTA and the GATT; European Union; multinational corporations; human rights, labor, communications, and
environmental regulation in the international system.
in this course.
98.599 Special Topics
(3)
-
Addresses a variety of topics in
98.332 Business and Commercial Law (3) - Presents basic
principles of commercial law (UCC), agency and such
law and legal elements and allows the instructor to fo-
topics as debtor/creditor relations, business organiza-
Students should contact the instructor prior to enroll-
tions
and
ethics. Prerequisite: 98.331.
cus
on appropriate current
ment.
topics in lawn
and
business.
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
-173
Academic Policies
PRP 3050
required that the cooperating teacher conduct at
two formal observations of the student teacher per week
using appropriate observation instruments.
D.
It is
least
Teacher
Field Experiences for
Evaluation Form To The Bloomsburg University Teacher
Issued by: Dr. Betty D. Allamong, Provost and
Effective Date: Sept.
Number And
/.
A.
A
Quality
Of Field
87
Experiences.
all
teacher education students shall occur in the freshman year
or at the earliest possible time in case of transfer or nontraditional students. Departments shall review continually
and update the nature of this field experience.
B.
One
credit courses or equivalent experiences shall be
required in the sophomore and junior year or at the earliest
possible time in the case of transfer or non-traditional
These courses or experiences
by faculty members.
students.
C.
A full semester of student
shall
be supervised
teaching shall be required as
time in the case of transfer or non-traditional students.
D. Departments shall review continually graduate level field
experiences in regard to generic and specific competencies.
Supervision
level field
experiences shall
be supervised by a faculty member. The number of students
per faculty
field
B.
V.
member
shall
depend upon the design of the
Field Experience Centers.
strongly recommended that each teacher education
department establish field experience centers which
exemplify the teaching principles taught in teacher
education programs at Bloomsburg Universit)'.
VI.
The Nature Of Evaluating And Grading Field Experiences
And
Student Teaching/ Clinical Experiences.
Evaluation of students participating in field experiences
and student teaching/clinical experiences shall be
completed using formal instruments. All instruments shall
be based on the generic and specific competencies of
Bloomsburg University Teacher Education programs.
2. Each cooperating teacher shall be trained thoroughly in
Letter grades shall be used in
shall
develop formal devices such as
logs,
the assigning of letter grades.
Related Experiences.
Teaching
Of Student
Or
Clinical Experierwes.
Recognizing that the distance to be traveled and needs of
individual students will impact upon the specific
requirements placed on supervisors, the following are
minimum
criteria:
A. Supervisors of student teachers shall
make
a
minimum
of four visits per half semester, two of which should be formal
observations.
B.
A
visit is
defined as a discussion with the cooperating
teacher, student teacher,
and supervisor concerning the
An observation consists of
of the lesson plan, observation of the lesson,
progress of the student teacher.
at least a review
and post conference with appropriate feedback.
C. Documentation is required of all observations made by
the student teacher supervisors. Three copies of the
The student teacher and
cooperating teacher shall be given a copy of the observation
form, and the super\'isor shall retain a copy for the his/her
observation form should be made.
records.
Vn. The Function, Role,
And Form Of The
Each teacher education program
the student.
The
faculty
supervisor, however, shall have the final responsibilit)' for
provide documentation. The faculty supervisor and
cooperating teacher shall be required to evaluate formally
in. Supervision
experiences and
4. Based upon formal evaluation instruments, the supervisor
and cooperating teacher shall discuss mutually a letter grade
observation sheets, workbooks and evaluation forms, to
established as
all field
student teaching/clinical experiences.
for Student Teaching/Clinical Experiences.
experience.
Departments
Competencies In Teacher
It is
3.
The sophomore and junior
And Specific
the evaluation process.
Of The Sophomore AndJunior Field
Experiences.
A.
Generic
All teacher education departments shall develop evaluation
instruments based on the Bloomsburg Universit)' Teacher
Education Generic and Specific Competencies in each area
of teacher certification.
1.
the senior year field experience or at the earliest possible
II.
-
Education.
ten-day noncredit field experience for
five- to
Education
VPAA
BUCC, 9/3/87
Notes: Approved by
The Relationship Of The Student Teaching/Clinical
IV.
Education
Student Teaching
shall
develop course (s)
or equivalent experiences in conjunction with student
teaching which will (a) complement the student teaching
experience; (b) reinforce previously gained competencies;
(c)
bridge the gap between theory and practice; and (d)
the acquisition of new competencies.
facilitate
Vm. The Training Of Cooperating Teachers.
The teacher education faculty shall develop training
for cooperating teachers. Such programs shall
include sufficient content to meet the PDE Program
Approval Standards of developing observation and
evaluation skills as well as sharing and exchanging ideas.
Appropriate procedures shall be utilized to insure local
educational agency cooperation and collaboration.
Incentives should be developed to encourage cooperating
program (s)
teachers to participate.
Members of
the teacher education
faculty should instruct in such training
programs and be
granted appropriate compensation. A process for continual
renewal and updating cooperating teachers in obsen-ation
and evaluation methods shall be developed.
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
1 74-
PRP 3200
be indi-cated by underlining the
letter
not part of the
abbreviation.
4. The nomenclature indicated in column five, "Options
Within Major", have been approved by the internal approval
process. They are primarily for advisement purposes but also
appear on the student's academic record as information
Program Approval
Issued by: Joanne
S.
Growney
Acting Provost and
VPAA
Effective Date: June,
1984
items.
Notes: Approved by Council of Trustees, 6/13/84.
The Council of Trustees
shall review
and approve or
disapprove Program Development Proposals of the following
types:
(1)
The
footnotes give additional information in complex
6.
The
six-digit
code
column seven
in
is
the "Classification
of Instnicdonal Programs" code assigned to degree progi'ams
New
Mission*
-
Missions available to institutions
within the State System of Higher Education
include Teacher Education, Health Sciences,
Business, Technology,
(2)
5.
situations.
New Degree:* Both
-
and Liberal
Studies.
permission to plan and final
local approval for implementation
granted by the Council.
will
be
(3) New Area of Teacher Certification:*
Both permission to plan and final local approval for
implementation
be granted by the Council.
In addition, the Council of Trustees shall approve and
disapprove proposals to delete mission, degree programs or
areas of teacher certification.
The Council of Trustees also shall approve or disapprove
new "Schools" (i.e.. Colleges) within the organizational
structure of Academic Affairs.
*Policy 2220 (Program, Budget, and Facilities Planning in
Academic Affairs) and Policy 3232 (Procedures for
Submitting Category Il-Program Development Proposals)
shall be modified, as needed, to provide for the Council's
through the external approval process.
7.
The Provost and Vice President for Academic Affairs shall
determine which college shall offer a degree program and
which department(s) shall be re-sponsible for offering the
major. A special authorization shall be re-quired whenever
more than one college offers the same degree program.
8. The abbre\'iations used below are as follows:
Column two:
AS = Associate in Science
AAS = Associate in Applied
will
Science
BA = Bachelor of Arts
BSBA = Bachelor of Science
BS
in Business Administration
= Bachelor of Science in Nursing
BSOA =
Bachelor of Science
in Office
Administration
BSEd = Bachelor of Science in Education
Column three: A=Active, I=Inactive (la = Never
lb = Deactivated but with students
Ic
still
working
Activated;
in
them;
= Fully Deactivated.)
Column
seven: CIP
-
Classification of Instructional
Programs
role in these approvals.
PRP 3224
PRP 3222
Undergraduate Degree Programs
Growney, Acting Provost and VPAA
Effective Date: June, 1984
1. The only undergraduate degree programs that may be
offered by Bloomsburg University are those that have been
approved by the external and internal program approval
process (see 3230) The tabular listing below is the official
listing of approved degree programs. Only those programs
listed as active may have students admitted to them. Those
listed as inactive are of three types: (a) those which have
never been activated; (b) those which have been deactivated
but have students still working in them; (c) those which have
been deactivated and have no students working the them.
In order to be reactivated, a program must go through the
Issued by: JoAnne
Guidelines for Course Numbering
System
S.
Issued By: Betty D. Allamong,
Provost and Vice President for Academic Affairs
.
internal
2.
program approval
process.
Unless indicated otherwise in the footnotes, the
external approval for degree programs listed
the omnibus
list
is
official
based on
of programs at-tached to the letter from
James H.
McCormick, President of Bloomsburg State College, dated
September I, 1976.
3. The program nomenclature indicated below is the official
Bloomsburg University nomenclature which must be used
on the student's academic record and on all brochures,
catalogues, and other materials. When abbreviations are
developed, the official abbreviation of a nomenclature shall
John
C. Pittenger, Secretary of Education, to
May 1990
BUCC, February 21,
Effective Date:
Notes: Endorsed by
The
1990; endorsed
by the University Forum, April 25, 1990
number of a course should reflect the rigor and level
of expectation of that course.
The following system of course
numbering shall be used: 01 1-099 Non-credit developmental
courses not offered in regular curriculum but which count
toward definition of a student's full load.
100-299 Lower division courses: Service, introductory, or
basic courses in the discipline designed primarily for
freshmen and sophomores.
300-399 Upper division courses: Advanced courses in the
discipline
which may require successful completion of
open to students who have
prerequisite courses. Courses
earned a minimum of 60 credit hours or to others with
permission of the department chairperson and instructor.
400-499 Upper division courses: Advanced courses in the
discipline
which may require successful completion of
open to students who have
prerequisite courses. Courses
minimum of 75 credit hours or to others with
permission of the department chairperson and instructor.
500-599 Graduate division courses: Graduate courses which
earned a
are part of a graduate degree
program or
special graduate
-175
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
courses designed for specific non-degree offerings. Open to
graduate students and qualified seniors with permission of
the department chairperson
and the Assistant Vice President
Graduate Studies and Research.
Responsibility for implementation is the purview of the
deans and should be implemented by the fall of 1983.
Cooperative courses shall be numbered with the
department number followed by the digits 279 for the first
experience and 479 for the second experience.
for
Vice President for Academic Affairs or the BUCC
Chairperson. Forms and formats are available from the
Oflice of the Provost and Vice President for Academic Affairs.
The distribution of all documents is outiined in Instruction
8 below.
2.
Instructions for completing
Q-1: Identify' department and contact person.
Write a concise and common-sense description of
what
is
being proposed.
Q-2: Set forth the rationale for the proposed
PRP 3230
action.
Q-3: Include both departmental and extradepartmental cost estimates. If additional resource
requirements exceed $1, 000 for the first year and
$500 per year thereafter you must complete
Document T even if not required by the cover sheet.
Q-4: This inter-unit impact statement is the key
to streamlined procedures. Units should contact
Academic Computing and Library Resources when
necessary. The originating department is
accountable for the careful completion of the
statement, as indicated by the Chairperson's
signature. The statement need not include the
widely diffused impact of changes in general
education offerings or the impact of new programs
on the enrollments of existing programs.
If "understandings" cannot be worked out. the
originating department should seek the mediating
assistance of the Dean(s). If a total impasse occurs
the originating department may bring Q-4 to BUCC
Course and Program Development
Issued by: Wilson G. Bradshaw, Provost and
Effective Date:
Jan
1.
VPAA
1997
4.24.85. Revised by BUCC, 2/
approved by BUCC, 12/7/
88.This policy voids PRP 3231, 3232, and 3234. Revised by
BUCC, 11/20/96.
Notes: Approved by
BUCC,
20/87. Revision, page
2,
Policy:
1.
Document Q- Summary of
the Proposal
The development of academic programs
is
a crucial
aspect of the long-range well-being of the University.
New
programs must be mounted as student and societal needs
become known. Existing programs facing declining enrollments become subject to review so that adjustment steps may
be taken. In some cases a program may have to face the
possibility of discontinuation. Courses within programs go
through a similar evolutionary cycle.
2. It is the policy of Bloomsburg University that program
development be objective (based on demonstrable
evidence), orderly (done in conformance to a prescribed
procedure) timely (neither pre-mature nor overly delayed)
efficient (cost-effective in terms of the investment of both
,
time and energy), and in conformance with the overall
mission of the University. Program development must tap
the creative talents of all faculty and administrators.
Procedures must not stifle those creative talents.
3. Inasmuch as program development ranges from the
development of an entirely new mission for the University,
down through the development of new degree programs,
options, concentrations and minors to matters involving
individual courses and even the numbering of a course, it is
imperative that the complexity of procedures be correlated
with the complexity of the program developments. Differing
actions will involve different actors
and
for arbitration.
3.
Document R
Instructions for completing
Course
-
Syllabus:
See PRP Issuance 3233 for format,
The syllabus should be the working one for
classroom use, not a special edition for peers and
a.
b.
superiors.
4.
Instructions for completing
Document
S
-
a.
Include, but not be limited
A
to,
die following:
description of what is proposed
including required courses, total hours, special
featvires. Do not include information covered in
S-1:
full
other documents.
S-2:
A
full
rationale for what
is
proposed. How will the proposed action benefit tiie
University? Its students? S-3: Interunit impact.
different approval
how
the proposed change affects the rest
levels.
Explain
will
Inasmuch, however, as program changes in one area
likely have an impact on other areas, it is essential that
of the
all
changes be reviewed
been resolved with negatively affected imits. S-4:
Indicate how the qualit)' of the proposed change
will be guaranteed, both initially and in the long
organizational impact
is
in
such
way that
a
Full
Description and Rationale:
inter-
carefully considered.
Procedures:
Universit)'. Indicate
how
negative impact has
run. Qualit)' analysis should include references to
Introduction: All proposals for the addition, deactivation
the training and expertise of faculty and the
adequacy of support personnel, equipment,
facilities, and so forth.
or modification of an academic program, or element thereof,
must use the prescribed "Omnibus Course and Program
Development Cover Sheet" (Document P) This form clearly
indicates what additional documents must be prepared, and
where they are to be routed for approvals. For information
not included below and for clarification of the following
instructions, please contact the Office of the Provost and
b. For a course to be included in the general
education listing the major emphasis should be on
how well the course fulfills the objectives of general
.
education.
5.
Instructional for completing DociunenlT- Fiscal Impact:
T-1: Facult)' Requirements. Indicate the contact
hours (load factor) that will be needed to offer the
.
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
1 76-
proposed program. What would be the current CBA
cost of those contact hovirs? Explain
how
PRP 3233
the cost
be met. (Will new faculty be needed? Will
current faculty be used? If, so how will the
utilization of current faculty be altered?) T-2:
Support Personnel: Analyze in a manner similar to
will
Required Format for Course Syllabi
for BUCC Approval
Dn
Issued by:
Carol J. Matteson, Interim Provost and V.P.
T-1.
used indicate how its utilization will be altered by
the new program. Indicate what new equipment
will be needed and how much it will cost.
T-4: Facility Requirements; If existing facilities
are to be used, indicate
how the
current udlization
Effective Date:
University
and
6.
1
2.
3.
details
Document U
Instructions for completing
-
Needs
U-1 Describe the enrollment projection over the
:
and how you arrived
five years
at the
projection.
program
University or
if
will
-
Indicate
if
come from
the students
PRP #3224
Course Tide:
6.
Credit Hours:
7.
Prerequisites:
8.
Catalog Description: (Paragraph should
9.
within the
accommodate
Document
10:
Content Outline:
Methods: (Suggested approximate
12.
Evaluation Procedures: (Refer to
Information)
13.
Supporting Materials: (References for
student use. Style of entry should follow a manual
such
as
Turabian,
MLA, APA, or the accepted guide
in a specific discipline)
Compledon Plan
education courses (suggested or required general educaUon
courses may be given) Check that prerequisite requirements
class size)
PRP #3264
Student Course Requirements and Progress
Program
- With proper course selection, it should
be possible for a student to complete a degree in eight
semesters. Give an eight semester plan of courses that would
permit a student to complete a degree in the program.
Choices among courses are permitted. Allow for general
and nature of the course)
Objectives: (May be general
11.
10.
and employment
opportunides in the field with vahd documentaUon.
U-4: For items 21-24 list the institutions in the
region offering the same or similar programs.
Contact the VPAA to find out how
"communications with other appropriate
institutions" is to be conducted.
Instructions for completing
And/Or
other indications of the aims of the course)
program.
this
Goals
goals, specific objectives, behavioral objectives, or
the total student body must be
U-3: Describe the career
7.
to
5.
reflect general aims
U-2: Source of Students
increased to
Course Numbers: (Refer
Guidelines for Course Numbering System)
Analysis.
in this
much
Date Prepared:
Prepared by:
Department:
4.
costs.
next
Forum 4/19/95
space as needed.
their cost.
Other Resources Requirements: Give
28, 1995
Amended
Include in your syllabus items one through 14 using as
facilities will be impacted by the new
program. Indicate what new facilities will be needed
T-5:
Affairs
August
by the Bloomsburg University
Curriculum Committee November 14, 1990. Presented as
an information item to the University Forum January 30,
1991. Amended by BUCC 4/12/95. Presented to the
Notes:
of those same
and
Academic
for
Equipment Requirements: Indicate what
equipment will be used in implementing the
proposed program. If existing equipment is to be
T-3:
14. Text:
(Include author, tide, publisher, date
of publication, and an indication of whether or not
the text
is
required)
Note: Original syllabus shall be on
file
in the
department
and in the Office of the Provost and Vice President
Academic Affairs.
for
.
may not be offered every
should be possible for a student to obtain all necessary
courses in eight semesters. The program completion plan
should document that this is possible. It is understood that
are met. Although required courses
year,
it
not every student in a particular program will follow the
course selections in the program completion plan exactly.
Nor does the existence of a program completion plan
guarantee that all students in a program will complete their
degrees in eight semesters.
8. Other documentation: Attach,
9.
Distribution of copies:
The
Student Course Requirements and
Progress Information
Issued By: Wilson G. Bradshaw, Vice President and Provost
for
Academic
Affairs
Effective Date: Fall 1995
if
germane.
"original" should be routed
on the Cover Sheet. The initiating
department should distribute information copies as
indicated in the right hand column of Box 3. For swing and
sequentially as indicated
graduate courses the original goes to the College Curriculum
Committee with a copy to the Graduate Council. Contact
your Dean's secretary to find out how many copies to send
to that College's
PRP 3264
Curriculum Committee.
Notes: Approved by Representative Assembly, 2/4/81.
Amended by Vice President's Advisory Council, 3/1/84.
Amended by CCAA, 3/7/84. Accepted by RAX, 3/21/84.
Approved by RA, 4/4/84. Amended at BUCC 4/26/95.
Presented to the University Forum September 20, 1995.
Within the first week of classes each semester, teaching
1.
faculty
must distribute
in writing, at least the following
information:
a.
Procedures for determining each
letter grade.
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
Any
b.
relationship of class attendance to the
c.
Any other course requirements.
d.
Weighted average of requirements for grade
the responsibility of the applicant to arrange for the test
to request the forwarding of the scores directiy from
A photostatic copy of the test report on
high school transcript is also acceptable. No other standardized test will serve as a substitute for the SAT or
the Testing Service.
an
computation.
e. Procedures for making up tests or other work
missed through excused absence. (See policy
official
ACT.
Special Categories:
#3506-Class Attendance.)
may post student grades providing that a student
2. A
has given written permission. The grades must not identify
the student. Student confidentiality must be assured when
posting grades. Using Social Security Numbers or parts of
Social Security Numbers in illegal. If grades are posted, each
faculty
student should be given unique identifier which is not
consistent to student names listed in alphabetical order.
3. At any time during the semester, teaching faculty shall
be prepared to inform students of their academic progress,
should the student request this. At the end of a semester or
summer term, the final grade of each course is recorded on
the student's permanent record; a copy of the semester
grades is sent to the student at his/her home address or
another designated by the student.
PRP 3333
Early Admissions - Outstanding high school students may
apply for consideration for admission prior to completion
of high school. In addition to strong achievement and high
must have the unendorsement of the high school to receive consid-
aptitude, applicants for early admission
qualified
eration.
ACT
101 /Educational Opportunity Program (EOF)
Carol J. Matteson, Interim Provost
And
V.P.
Academic Affairs
Effective Date: August 28, 1995
Notes: Approved by BUCC, 3/19/86. Approved by
Council of Trustees, 6/11/86. Amended by BUCC 4/12/
for
95. Presented to University
Forum 4/19/95.
alency
is
Any
admission to the program.
eligible to apply for
Non-traditional criteria are applied in estimating
potential of an applicant
when
it
appears that the
environmental background may have adversely
affected grades and/or standardized test scores.
The Director of Admissions may require an
applicant for the ACT 101/EOP to file
supplementary information as needed for proper
Students admitted through die ACT 101/EOP
are expected to participate in a summer
enrichment experience prior to the first semester
of their attendance, where special assistance in
tutoring
and counseling
Admission to Bloomsburg University is determined by the
academic and personal qualifications. Decisions
are reached without regard to race, age, color, creed, naapplicant's
tional origin, sex or physical handicap.
Applicants other than those eligible for early admission
must be graduates of or seniors in accredited secondary
schools or must have secondary school equivalency as determined by the Credentials Evaluation Division of the Pennsylvania Department of Education.
Acceptance is determined by the Director of Admissions
upon
evaluation of secondary school preparation, achievement, scores on either the Scholastic Assessment Test (SAT)
or American College Test (ACT)
,
personal characteristics,
institutional capacity.
given to address specific
ACT 101/EOP
Transfer Students
-
An
applicant
who was
rolled, or at the time of application
is
is
previously en-
enrolled, in another
a transfer student.
The
criteria
ed.
was earned at the other institution (s).
For a transfer student to be considered for
admission, he/she must be certified as in good
standing academically and otherwise in the college
last attended and must have an overall qualit)' point
average of 2.0 or better on a 4.0 system for all
courses in which passing and/or failing grades were
Readmission of Former Students - Students, who, hawng
been formally admitted to degree study and attended
Bloomsburg University, fail to enroll or withdraw for any
academic semester, regardless of the reason, must apply for
readmission.
Procedures:
for admission,
and
procedures above apply to transfer applicants.
SAT or ACT results are not required from
applicants who have successfully completed 30 or
more semester hours of college credit.
Transfer applicants must supply an official
transcript from each college attended to the
Director of Admissions, regardless of whether credit
recorded.
Acceptances are tentative if based on evaluation of transcripts which show work in progress; final action is taken
after complete transcripts have been received and evaluat-
To be a candidate
is
academic, financial and/or social problems. This
requirement can only be altered by the Director of
college or university
Criteria:
and
-
individual with a high school diploma or certificate of equiv-
consideration.
Undergraduate (Degree and NonDegree) Admissions Policy
Dn
77
and
course.
Issued by:
1
-
one must complete and
submit an official application with the appropriate non-refundable application fee to the Office of Admissions. The
applicant is responsible for requesting the proper official of
his/her secondary school to submit a transcript and personal evaluation to the Director of Admissions.
An applicant must provide scores of the SAT or ACT. It is
Readmitted students are responsible for the
graduation requirements and academic policies
which exist at the time of reentrance.
The Director of Admissions may require an
applicant for readmission to file a letter containing
such supplementary information as needed for
proper consideration.
1 78- Undergraduate,
Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
Students under academic dismissal are ineligible
one calendar year. They should
present evidence of successful achievement at
another college or university as part of any
PRP 3343
for readmission for
application for readmission.
Readmitted students who were formerly
Evaluation of Undergraduate
Transfer Credits
Issued by: Dr. Wilson Bradshaw, Provost and
dismissed for academic deficiency have two final
grading periods in which to regain minimum
academic progress or good academic standing.
These students are not eligible for academic
probation and if dismissed the second time may
not attend the University for additional degree or
non-degree credit study.
Non-Degree Admission - Admission to the non-degree credit program is open to all high school graduates or those
holding GED credentials, standardized test scores are not
Effective Date:
Approved by the Faculty Senate, May
Notes:
Amended
VPAA
3/3/99
12, 1971.
BUCC
4/12/95. Presented to the University
4/19/95. Amended by BUCC 2/2/00. Presented to
the University Forum 2/9/00.
Eomm
by
Credit by Transfer:
Transfer students:
Evaluation of credit earned at other institutions
for transfer students
is
recommended by
the Ad-
missions office with final approval by the depart-
required.
Application forms may be obtained from the
Office of Admissions or the Office of Adult
Advisement. Non-degree categories with their
credential(s) requirement are as follows:
Adults who desire to enroll as part-time students
must submit to the Office of Adult Advisement:
ment
completed application for don-degree admission.
Must submit evidence of high school graduation
of GED completion prior to enrolling for a second
crediting agencies, are usually transferred for a
semester or session.
demic Passport
A
student approaching the final year of high
school who desires to combine imiversity work with
SAT or Act scores, a letter of recommendation
from the high school counselor, and letters of
recommendation from two high school instructors
in the academic area of intended pursuit, and
year
completed application for non-degree admission.
Students with an earned baccalaureate degree
who wish to complete the requirements for Level I
or Level II teacher certification. Credential
requirement: a transcript from the institution
granting the baccalaureate degree and a completed
application for non-degree admission
Senior citizens
who
are retired, over 60 years of
age, legal citizens of the U.S.
and residing
Commonwealth of Pennsylvania
in the
are eligible to
College level courses completed with a grade of
C
may be admitted
to classes
on
this
category
a seat available basis
only. Credential requirement:
proof of age,
retirement, United States Residency, and a
completed application for non-degree admission.
Must submit evidence of high school graduation
of GED completion prior to enrolling for a second
semester or session.
Students seeking enrollment in a certificate
program. Credential requirement: official high
school transcript of GED, a completed application
for non-degree admission, and the signature of the
Coordinator of Adult Advisement.
from a two-year or four-year
one of the regional ac-
(2.0/4.0) or above
institution, accredited by
degree student. With the exception of courses covered by the State System of Higher Education Acaof less than
burg
C
Policy, courses
taken with a grade
(2.0/4.0) will not transfer to Blooms-
University.
Transfer credit will be deleted
if
the student sub-
sequently registers for courses which substantially
duplicate the content of courses accepted for transfer.
When the substitution of transfer credit for a
required course is in question because the course
was taken in an unaccredited institution or because
the description of standards of the course are unclear,
a student
is
entitled to an opportunity to val-
idate the course by examination.
Correspondence courses are subject to acceptance to a total that does not exceed fifteen semeshours
ter
if
taken from a college or university ac-
credited by one of the regional accrediting agencies
and acceptable by
that institution toward grad-
uation in a baccalaureate degree curriculum.
Courses taken
apply for waiver of tuition fees through the School
of Extended Programs. Students in
and grade point
averages do not transfer.
the last year of high school must submit to the
Office of Admissions: high school transcript, junior
chairperson. Credits for acceptable courses
transfer. Grades, quality points,
in
another institutions on a pass-
basis are acceptable for transfer as free elec-
fail
tives, if
grades
they conform to the conditions for such
at
Bloomsburg University. (See Policy 3454)
Enrolled Students:
Degree students of Bloomsburg University may
and
take courses in other accredited institutions
submit the credit for
transfer,
provided the cours-
es satisfy the criteria stated above. (See Policy
3604
concerning Graduation Requirements).
Credit by Advanced Placement Examinations:
The University will award credit for Advanced
Placement Exams (AP exams) upon receipt of verification of a score of 3,4, or 5
by the Office of the
Registrar.
Credit by
CLEP Examinations:
The
Universit)' will
award credit for
CLEP
Ex-
aminations upon receipt of verification of a score
-179
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
above the 50th percentile by the Office of the
CLEP General Examinations must be tak-
at or
Registrar.
en before matriculating
CLEP
Bloomsburg
to
Subject examinations
University.
may be taken anytime
prior to graduation. Acceptance of credit for cer-
CLEP Examinations
tain
is
subject to departmen-
approval.
tal
Credit for Military Experience:
Bloomsburg University may award college credearned
while serving in the armed forces of the United
States. The registrar makes a recommendation to
the chairperson of the student's departmental
major based upon the American Council on Education's Guide to the Evaluation of Educational
it
for educational experiences of students
Experiences in the Armed Forces. Recommendations are made provided the credit applies to the
student's degree program.
The
be sent
is
II for English Composition I and
Introductory or Intermediate Algebra for all courses that
meet the quantitative-analytical reasoning general education
requirements). This requirement also apphes to summer
freshmen during their first academic year semester of attendance. Developmental courses will be provided for all identified ACT 101 /EOP freshmen and for other identified freshmen based upon the available seats in the Department of
Developmental Instruction courses.
PRP
3361
final decision for
Academic Renewal Policy
Issued by: Wilson G. Bradshaw, Provost and \T'AA
University will transfer two credits in Phys-
armed
Effective Date: Fall 1998
05-100 for completing basic training in
ical Fitness
forces of the United States.
Notes: Approved at
University
Placement Testing for
Developmental Courses
Issued by: Wilson G. Bradshaw, Provost and
An undergraduate
VPAA
BUCC March
Forum 3/18/98
2.
4,
1998.
for information
not a part of course
requirements.
Students
tests
man
man
vrill
be selected for and administered placement
prior to matriculation based
upon
their predicted fresh-
year grade point average (G.P.A.).
year G.P.A.
for each
is
predicted fresh-
calculated by the Office of Admissions
new freshman
at the
high school class rank,
New freshmen with
A
SAT
time of application using the
Verbal and
SAT Math
The
by the pattern of
scores.
SAT
placement
determined
specific area(s) of
testing (mathematics, reading, writing) will be
and high school achievement.
one of the admission testing ar-
scores
Students selectively low in
SAT Math of 470, SAT Verbal of 480) will
have placement testing in areas which are selectively weak.
eas (e.g., below
Depending on the
of the academic
an individualized program including a developmental course (s) may be prescribed. The guidelines for developmental course placement
are established by the Department of Developmental Instrucresults of the review
record and the placement
or she must have been academically
He or she must not have been
test scores,
Department of English and the Department of
Mathematics and Computer Science. The Director of Academic Advisement will provide each student who has been
tion, the
administered a placement test(s) with a report indicating
the prescribed program. A copy of this information will also
enrolled at the
more
calendar years.
He
or she must have been readmitted to the
University as a degree student.
An
application for academic renewal
may be made
at the
time of readmission and must be completed before die mid-
term day of the
first
semester of attendance after readmis-
sion as a degree student. This procedure
must be
initiated by the student.
It is
is
not automatic;
it
the advisor's or chair's
responsibility to ensure applicants' eligibility for
academic
Academic renewal is done
in consultation with the student's academic department and
requires the Dean of the College's approval.
Students who have been granted academic renewal ha\'e
renewal as well as
a predicted G.P.A. less than 2.25 will be
given placement testing.
He
University as a degree student for five or
3.
is
wishes to apply for
dismissed from the University.
purposes only.
This policy applies to testing that
who
criteria;
1.
President's Cabinet, 3/18/88. Presented to University
Presented to University
student
academic renewal must meet the following
BUCC, 2/1/88. Reviewed by
for information. Revised by
11/19/97. Presented to
for information purposes only.
to dismissal treated as transfer credits.
Effective Date: Fall, 1998
Notes: Approved by
BUCC
Forum 2/1 1/98
Academic renewal is a means to allow certain students who
have been dismissed from the University to return and not
be unduly encumbered by their prior academic record. Academic renewal allows students to have their courses prior
PRP 3360
Forum
is
sponding areas (Writing
person.
the
and
during the first
course (s) is considered a prerequisite before additional
courses for credit toward the degree can be taken in corre-
granting credit resides with the departmental chair-
The
academic department. If a student
placed in a developmental course (s)
semester (Fall or Spring) of attendance, the
to the student's
identified for
all
its advisability'.
courses taken prior to academic dismissal treated as
fol-
Those courses in which a grade of C (2.0) or better
were earned and are approved by die academic department
are treated as uansfer credits for degree completion and
not used in computing students' qualitv- point average. Those
courses which are not approved or in which a grade of C- or
less was earned are not used for degree completion. Students who have been granted academic renewal will have
their quality point average computed on die ba.sis of all courslows.
es taken after dismissal.
Students who have been granted academic renewal are permitted four course repeats after readmission.
Students who have been granted academic renewal are subject to the academic retention standards that apply to first
180- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
semester transfer students. If academically dismissed a second time, a renewal student may not attend the university
for additional degree or non-degree credit study.
The
transcripts of students
who have been granted academ-
will have all courses and grades listed. Courses set
under the academic renewal will be identified.
A student may be granted academic renewal only once.
Once granted, its conditions cannot be altered.
ic
renewal
aside
1995
The undergraduate
colleges; the College of Arts
and Sciences, the College of
and the College of Business. The
Professional Studies,
requirements for the curricula can be obtained from the
dean of the particular
When
college.
students are admitted they are admitted to a specific
major or area of study. They are admitted
houses that major.
When
PRP 3407
curricula are administered by three
to the college
which
a student makes a tentative choice of a major he/
she selects pre-liminary or prerequisite courses with the
advice of the major department. In curricula where
admission is selective or restrictive at the junior year entrylevel, as is the case in several programs, the university is not
obligated to admit the student.
Student Responsibility
Issued by: Dr. Wilson G. Bradshaw, Vice President and
Provost for Academic Affairs
Effective Date: Fall 1995
Notes: Accepted by the Representative Assembly, 5/5/82.
Amended
at
BUCC
PRP 3422
4/26/95. Presented to University Forum September
Double
20,1995.
It is
the responsibility of the student to
know and observe
and regulations of the
the academic policies
IVIajor
Across Colleges
Issued by: Wilson G. Bradshaw, Vice President and Provost
for
University; to
Academic
Affairs
confine registration to courses for which the prerequisites
Effective Date: Fall 1995
have been satisfied and to meet the requirements for
Notes: Approved by the Representative Assembly April 29,
graduation.
Amended
1981.
PRP 3415
Registration
Issued by: Larry W. Jones, Vice Pres. for Academic Affairs
Notes: Approved by the Coordination Committee on
Academic Affairs, 12/8/82. Approved by RAX 1/20/83.
Approved by Representative Assembly 2/2/83.
A student completes
versity
is
to
may
is
of his/her enrollment for the semester. Normally,
day of
register late until the close of business
classes.
on
of classes after a semester's registration or the
day following a
PRP 3424
registration before attending classes.
first
summer
session registration.
cial fee for late registration
it
Change
the sixth day
first
There
Wednesis
so at the
first
meeting of that
Effective Date:
Notes:
class.
August
28,
by
5,
1971.
BUCC
4/12/95. Presented to University
Forum 4/19/95.
Procedures
A student who wishes
another must
VPAA
1995
Approved by the Faculty Senate, November
Amended
a spe-
unless the student presents a
of Area of Study
Issued by: Dr. Carol J. Matteson Interim Provost and
Students
legitimate medical excuse. Students registering for an off-
campus course may do
at the
20, 1995.
Students electing to major in two departments must have a
major advisor in each department, meet all of the major
requirements of each department and all of the general
education requirements. Double majors in some
departments may require more than the minimum 128
the student's official notification to the uni-
be completed before the
4/26/95. Presented
Forum September
credits for graduation.
Effective Date: Fall 1983
Registration
BUCC
at
University
file
to
change from one area of study to
Academic Advisement Of-
a request in the
fice.
PRP 3420
Permission to enter the
new curriculum may
require ap-
proval of the dean of the college (or his/her designate) in
Choice of Curriculum/Declaration
of IVIajor
which
it is
depend on availand may depend on recommendations from ad-
offered. In this case, approval will
able space
visors.
Issued By: Wilson G. Bradshaw, Vice President and Provost
for
Academic
Affairs
PRP 3434
Effective Date: Fall 1995
Notes: Approved by
CCAA, March
26/95. Presented to the
31, 1982.
Accepted by
Amended at BUCC 4/
University Forum September 20,
Representative Assembly, 5/5/82.
Change
of Undergraduate
Schedule
Issued By: Wilson G. Bradshaw, Vice President and Provost
for
Academic
Affairs
Effective Date: Fall 1995
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
Approved by Faculty Senate, May 6, 1971. Amended
by the Representative Assembly, December 10, 1979.
Amended at BUCC 4/26/95. Presented at the University
Notes:
A
Forum September 20, 1995.
student may change his/her semester/summer
session
schedule prior to the close of the fifth/ third day of the semester/summer session. The consent of the advisor is not
prerequisite to a change of an undegraduate schedule.
Changes are subject
to available space in classes to
which
will
academic advisement and schedule changes
be available during orientation and also during
the
first
nity for
semester of enrollment.
Department Chairpersons will provide the Office of the
Registrar wdth a list of courses in their respective major programs that they feel such freshmen should have
during the
first
two (2) semesters in college.
Such block-scheduling of incoming freshmen for the
first semester will be done by the Office of the Regisorientadon sessions. Secwill be done just prior to the scheduling period for the next semester.
Both block-schedules will be prepared by the Office
of the Registrar. Changes to freshmen schedules will
only be authorized for extenuating circumstances (see
below)
Incoming transfer students are permitted to schedule
for their first semester of attendance at any time during the scheduling period.
Students shall not be required to be at co-curricular activities Monday through Friday until after 3:30 p.m.
Students off-campus (e.g. student teaching, internships,
etc) will prepare schedules that will be processed at the appointed time with those of their peers. Such students will
trar prior to the respective
the student proposes to transfer.
Schedule changes for all students in the Department of
Developmental Instruction, with fewer than 32 earned credits
require the approval of Department of Developmental Instruction. Schedule changes for students on academic probation, reinstatement, and minimal academic progress require the approval of the academic advisor.
PRP 3439
Student Scheduling Policy
Issued by: Patrick J. Schloss, Ph.D., Provost and Vice
President for Academic Affairs
Effective Date: Spring Semester
2002
ond semester block-scheduling
need the
Notes: Approved by the Coordinating Committee on
supervisor's signature
and must mail
Academic Affairs, 12/8/82. Approved by RAX, 1/20/83.
Approved by Representative Assembly, 2/2/83. Revised by
ules to the Office of the Registrar.
BUCC 3/4/98. Presented to University Forum for
information purposes only 3/18/98. Revised by BUCC 1/
ule Change:
30/2002
The normal course load
semester hours.
standing
is
is
16
limited to 18
semester hours, unless he or she receives permission for an
overload by his or her academic adviser.
erage (GPA) of 3.0 or higher
is
A quality
point av-
required of the student be-
fore permission can be granted for an overload. If the
less
is
son
A
is
than
3.0,
GPA
then approval of the department chairper-
making minimum progress toward academic good standing or who is on academic probation may
schedule no more than 16 semester hours. A student who
has been reinstated upon appeal of academic dismissal is
who
Extenuating Circumstances Justifying a Freshman Sched-
When a student repeats a course in which a grade of CD+, D or E has been recorded the previous term.
When a student has withdrawn from college and re-enters the following
When
od
to
When
When
term
a student has decided after the registration peri-
change the major or program of study.
a student has received an incomplete schedule.
changes are made in the master schedule
(e.g.
courses/sections deleted or added)
When
a student decides or
is
chosen to participate
in
legitimate co- curricular activities after the registra-
required.
student
their sched-
,
of a student in any semester
A student in good
181
-
tion period but before the
is
hmited to scheduling 13 semester hours.
A scheduled class always constitutes an obligadon. All scheduling and registradon procedures shall not conflict with this
end of the schedule change
do not constitute a valid
period. (Social obligations
reason for a schedule change.)
When
a student receives transfer of credit evaluation
after the previous registration period.
When
deemed valid by
other circumstances are
the
af)-
propriate chairperson.
obligation.
It is
highly desirable for students to complete English
Com-
and II (or their equivalent) by the end of their
sophomore year. Advisors and students should make every
position
PRP 3442
1
Definition of Full-Time Student
accomplish this goal.
will be scheduled first, followed by juniors, sophomores, and freshmen. During the initial scheduling period
Issued by: Wilson G. Bradshaw, Vice President and Provost
(period with assigned access times) students are limited to a
Effective Date: Fall 1995
effort to
Seniors
maximum of five (5) courses of three (3) or more credits.
Additional course(s) may be scheduled from the conclusion
of the
initial
scheduling period through the drop/add peri-
od. This limitation does not apply to students
who
are
eligi-
ble to graduate at the conclusion of said semester.
Incoming freshmen
be block-scheduled for their
first two semesters of attendance. The second semester block will include at least 12 credits. An opportuwill
for
Notes:
Academic
Affairs
Approved by CCAA, March
Accepted by
by BUCC 4/
die University Forum September 20,
Representative Assembly, 5/5/82.
26/95. Presented at
31, 1982.
Amended
1995.
An undergraduate/graduate who
is
enrolled for twelve/
nine or more semester credits is classified as a full-time
student throughout the semester. One who enrolled for
fewer then twelve/nine semester credits is a part-time
182- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
student.
Where
clarification either
the word "student" appears without
by word or context, "fiill-dme student" is
Academic Probation
An undergraduate student in
2.
any one of the following catpermitted to attend on academic probation for
one additional grading period (semester or summer) and is
impHed.
egories
PRP 3446
limited to a
is
a.
maximum
of 16 semester hours:
an entering freshman whose quality point
average after his/her
Undergraduate Satisfactory
Progress
but
less
b.
than
first
grading period
is
at 1.00
1.25;
a transfer student whose quality point average
after his/her first grading period
less
is
than but
within 0.25 of the cumulative quality point average
Issued By: Betty D. Allamong, Provost and Vice President
for
Academic
Effective Date:
Notes:
Amended
November
14,
c. a student who has been meeting the
requirement for at least two consecutive grading
periods immediately prior to a grading period in
which his/her cumulative quality point average
drops below but within 0.10 of the cumulative
quality point average required for minimal
1990
by the Bloomsburg University
Curriculum Committee November
14, 1990.
Undergraduate
Criteria For Evaluating
1.
required for minimal progress;
Affairs
Satisfactory Progress
Undergraduate sadsfactory progress
is
progress;
evaluated on the ba-
d. a full-time freshman or transfer student who
was making minimal progress toward good standing
at the end of the first grading period following
entrance but whose quality point average at the end
of the second grading period is below but within
0.10 of that required for minimal progress toward
of two criteria:
sis
a.
a student's ability to earn a
minimum number
of credit hours;
b.
a student's ability to maintain a
minimum
quality point average at the conclusion of each
grading period.
Earned Credit Hours
good standing;
e. a full-time student who failed to earn 24
semester hours within one 12-month period;
f. a part-time student who failed to earn the
Full-time continuously enrolled undergraduate degree students: to maintain satisfactory progress toward the comple-
must earn a minimum of 24 credit
hours in any given 12 month period (including credit hours
earned in developmental studies courses).
Part-time undergraduate degree students: to maintain satisfactory progress within any 12 month period, the student
must earn credit hours as prescribed below:
tion of degree, the student
Hours Attempted
Up
to eight credits
hours as prescribed
above within the given semester.
To be removed from academic probation, a student must
earn a minimum of eight semester hoins and a minimum
The record
marked "academic
quality average as described in the table above.
of a student in any of these categories
is
probation."
One-half of
all
credit
3.
hours attempted must be earned
Nine and above
minimum number of semester
Two-thirds of
all
credit
Duration Of Degree
their
hours attempted must be earned
Note: Hours earned for a repeated undergraduate course
Work
Full-time undergraduate students are expected to complete
programs of study within
five
calendar years of contin-
ual enrollment.
are not counted twice.
Quality Point Average
4.
undergraduate degree students: to maintain satisfactoprogress, the student must meet the following minimal
All
ry
requirements:
Total number of semester Cumulative quality point hours
earned including average required grades of "P" and transfer for minimal progress credits
1.25-1.99
1 - 16 semester hours
17-32 semester hours
33
-
48 semester hours
49
-
64 semester hours
65 or more semester hours
1.65-1.99
1
.85
-
1
.99
1.95-1.99
imdergraduate student who is not qualified to attend
on academic probation or who, upon reaching the end of the one probationai-y semester, does not meet
the minimal requirements of earned credit hours and/or
quality point average, is excluded from registration, and his/
her academic record is marked "academic dismissal." A student under academic dismissal in ineligible to attend coursfor a semester
es offered for a period of at least one calendar year. Readmission regulations are stated in the Undergraduate Catalog.
2.00
5.
While making minimal progress toward academic good
may schedule no more than 16 semester
standing, a student
hours.
A student whose record at any final grading period shows a
cumulative quality point average of 2.00 or better is considered in academic good standing.
Academic Dismissal
An
Procedures
Students failing to meet the minimal requirements of
earned credit hours and/or quality point average will be
notified by the Office of the Registrar.
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
PRP 3449
accredited colleges.
No
fee
is
-183
charged for examination to
may be based upon the
validate such credit. Examinations
Graduate Courses
in
Senior Year
Issued By: Larry W. Jones, Vice President for Academic
Affairs
syllabi
of the courses taken in the previous institution
or, in
case the student wishes to establish equivalency with courses in this university,
upon
the syllabi of courses offered in
this institution.
Effective Date: May, 1982
NOTES: Approved by CCAA,
April 14, 1982. Accepted by
PRP
the Representative Assembly 5/5/82.
3451
Seniors needing fewer than 18 semester hours of course work
to satisfy
requirements for the baccalaureate degree may, with
approval of their department chairperson, apply to the
Credit by Examination for RN's
Dean
Issued By: Wilson G. Bradshaw Vice President for
of Graduate Studies for permission to supplement their undergraduate courses with graduate courses. Graduate credit
completed will be awarded upon
cation of completion of the undergraduate degree.
for graduate courses
verifi-
Credit by Examination
Affairs
Effective Date: Fall 1995
Notes:
Affairs,
Approved by the Vice President
8/28/75.
Amended
at the University
at
BUCC
for
Academic
4/26/95. Presented
Forum September
20, 1995.
A student may petition for the privilege of establishing credin a course or courses listed in the undergraduate catalogue through a comprehensive examination instead of
through registration and class attendance or through independent study of the course content.
A student may not petition for an examination in a course
audited, nor in a course from a failing grade has been re-
it
corded.
A student must present evidence
if
of equivalent experience
the course involves laboratory or studio work.
The
must be approved in sequence by
and the dean of the college.
An examination committee must be appointed by the department chairperson and approved by the dean of the college. Unless the course is an advanced course which is taught
by only one member of the faculty, the examination committee must include at least two faculty members.
The examination must cover the course syllabus in a comstudent's petition
the department chairperson
prehensive manner. Suitable standardized examinations
1,
1997
Approved by the Coordinating Committee on
Academic Affairs, 1/26/83. Approved by RAX, 2/16/83.
Issued by: Wilson G. Bradshaw, Vice President and Provost
Academic
Affairs
Notes:
PRP 3450
for
Academic
Effective Date: July
may
be used. The examination must be written or, if oral, subWhere skill, as in keyboarding or use
of applications software is a course requirement, the written
Accepted by the Representative Assembly, 3/2/83. Re\ised
by BUCC October 1995.
The minimum credit requirement for a baccalaureate
degree at Bloomsburg University is 128 semester hours.
These credits may be attained through successful completion
of courses offered at Bloomsburg University, the transfer of
credit, and/or the successful completion of advanced
placement examinations. At least 32 of the last 64 semester
hours credited toward this degree must by taken in residence
at Bloomsburg University. This does not include the credits
earned through advanced placement.
A
registered nurse holding a current license
may
petition
for the privilege of establishing credit by examination in a
course or courses in the Department of Nursing at
Bloomsburg University. The Department of Nursing at
Bloomsburg University. The Department of Nursing adheres
to the policy for credit by examination established by the
parent institution (refer to BU imdergraduate catalog),
emphasizing several very significant factors:
The student must present *evidence of equivalent
experience if the course content either through experience
other than college attendance or through independent study
of the course content.
The student must present *evidence of equivalent
experience if the course involves laboratory or studio work.
In addition, the following regulations govern the
departmental policy for credit by examination:
1. Role Development for the Nurse Generalist
(82.305), Introduction to Nursing Research
(82.306), Community Health Nursing (82.410),
ject to transcription.
and Leadership and Management in Nursing
(82.413) are required courses and may not be
and
petioned for credit by examination.
2. A petition for credit by examination may be
filed on the dates designated by the department if
the RN demonstrates exidence of completing die
must be supplemented by demonstration
copy of the completed approval form must be
placed in the student's advisement file and the original forwarded to the Office of the Registrar.
A fee is charged for courses challenged by institutional examination taken for credit, regardless of the number of credits awarded for that course. Upon receipt of approval, this
fee is payable at the College of Business Office. Evidence of
payment must be presented to the department before the
examination can be administered.
If the student passes the examination, the grade of "P" is
assigned for the course. If he/she fails, no record is made.
This course does not count in the student's normal quota of
pass-fail courses. Suitable adaptations of the above procedures may be used to validate transfer courses taken in nonof
oral aspects
skill.
A
prerequisites to each course.
3.
A
petition
may be
filled
only once for each
course.
*Evidence of adequate experience/equivalent experience:
and supportive data submitted by the RN will be
reviewed on an individual basis to determine whether or not
previous theoretical and experiential learning has been
Transcripts
validated.
184- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
PRP 3452
requirements for majors (including required
cognate courses), minors, or general education.
3. The instructor is not informed that the course is
to satisfy
Course Repeat
Issued By: Wilson G. Bradshaw, Vice President and Provost
for
Academic
Effective Date:
Notes: Endorsed by
Affairs
6/3/97
BUCC April
3,
1991. Presented as
information item to University Forum April 24, 1991.
Revised by BUCC 10/25/95. Presented to University
Forum November
8,
1995. Revised by
Presented to University
Fonam
BUCC
2/12/97.
April 2,1997.
Undergraduate
A maximum of four courses numbered 100 and above in
which grades of C-,D+, D or E have been recorded may be
repeated. The initial grade remains on the transcript and is
part of the student's permanent record. Quality points are
awarded for the grade of the repeated course only. The grade
of the repeated course is part of the permanent record and
is used to calculate the student's quality point average. Multiple repeats
peat.
A
of the same course are considered as one
re-
course taken at Bloomsburg University in which a
grade of C-,D+, D or E has been earned and repeated at
another institution of higher education is included in the
permitted maximum number of repeats.
Note: The effective date of this policy is the
beginning of the 1991-1992 academic year for all
entering, re-entering, and transfer students. Other
students may choose to abide by these regulations
PRP 3454
Undergraduate Pass/Fail
Issued by: Patrick J. Schloss, Ph.D., Interim Provost
or the pall/fail regulations that prevailed at the time
and
Vice President for Academic Affairs
Effective Date: Fall 2001
BUCC November 28, 1990. Revised by
4/8/1998. Presented to University Forum April 15,
1998 for information purposes only. Revised by BUCC
January 17,2001. Presented to University Forum February
7, 2001 for information purposes only.
Introduction. There are two circumstances in which the
usual grading scheme (A, A-, B+, etc.) may be replaced by
Pass/Fail (P/F) The first is the Pass/Fail Option for Students
which may be elected by a student. The rules governing the
Pass/Fail Option are under 1. The second is Pass/Fail Only
Courses which allows a department to offer a course only
pass/fail when appropriately approved. Section II below
governs Pass/Fail Only courses.
Notes: Endorsed by
BUCC
.
Pass/Fail Option for Students
After attaining
may
being taken on a
Pass/Fail Option basis. Grades are translated later into
grades of "P" or "F" with the grade of "P" recorded for
a grade of "D" (1.0) or higher and the grade of "F"
recorded for "E."
4. A grade of "P" and "F" does not enter the
computation of a quality point average.
5. If, subsequent to the completion of a course on a
Pass/Fail Option basis, the student should change his/
her major to one in which the instructor's original
grade is required, he/she may request that the
chairperson of the academic department be notified
of the actual letter grade earned.
6. A student who has received a grade of "E" in a
course may not take it later on a Pass/Fail Option basis.
7. The student may revoke a decision to take a course
on a Pass/Fail Option basis. The revocation must be
completed by the close of the business day three weeks
after the middle day of the semester This will allow
the pass/fail option to be used again.
sophomore standing, a degree student
on a pass/fail basis until the final
elect courses
day of registration in accordance with the follov«ng
of their entrance into the university.
Pass/Fail Only Courses
1. A department may apply to have one (or more) of
its courses to be offered on a Pass/Fail Only basis.
(Approval must be given by the college curriculum
committee, college dean, university curriculum
committee and provost. See the Omnibus Course and
Program Development Cover Sheet.)
2. A course that is offered on a Pass/Fail Only basis is
exempt from all the restrictions except 14 listed under
Pass/Fail
Option for Students. In particular, such a course may
be used to meet general education requirements or
requirements of a major when appropriately
approved). Furthermore, a course which is offered on
a Pass/Fail Only basis shall not be included in the two
course maximum of the Pass/Fail Opdon for Students.
3. A grade of "P" and "F" does not enter the
computation of a quality point average.
rules:
1. A maximum of two courses (not more than eight
semester hours in total) may be included as part of
the minimum graduation requirement of 128 semester
No more than one Pass/Fail Option course may
be taken in any one semester.
2. Courses taken using the Pass/Fail Option must be
free electives. No required courses may be taken using
the Pass/Fail Option. Required courses are those used
PRP 3456
Auditing of Courses
hours.
Issued by: John A. Hoch,
Dean of Instruction
Effective Date: September, 1971
NOTES: Approved by
A full-time
student
the Faculty Senate,
who
May
6,
1971.
than seventeen hours of course work may, with consent of the
is
enrolled for
less
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
mid-term of the semester, the grade
W providing
Vice President for Academic Affairs and subject to attendance fees, register for one course as an auditor. If
after the
the registrant attends at least three-fourths of the regular class meetings the grade of V will be reported by
of the Registrar establishes the semester's mid-term.
the instructor and the course will be entered on the
academic record without credit. No assignments are
made to an auditor and no papers or examinations
are accepted by the instructor for grading or record
either during the period of enrollment or subsequent
PRP 3463
thereto.
An
may not participate in laboratory
such work is part of the course audit-
auditor
or studio work
if
the student
A
part-time student
may register as an auditor, subwhen computing the fee paid
by the student the course audited will be counted the
same as if it were taken for credit. Individuals who are
not enrolled as students may apply for audit privileges
through the Dean of Extended Programs. Acceptance
depends upon such factors as space in class and educational background.
passing the course, and
is
E otherwise. The Office
Graduate Course Withdrawal
Issued By:
Dr
Patrick J. Schloss, Interim Provost
and VPAA
Effective Date: Fall 2001
Notes: Endorsed by Graduate Council 12/1/00. Approved
by Bloomsburg University Curriculum Committee,
February 14, 2001.
ed.
ject to the provision that
is
-185
and Spring semesters, after the schedand continuing undl three weeks
past mid-term, if a student withdraws from a course, a
grade of "W" vdll be recorded. As a means of notificaDuring the
Fall
ule change period
tion to the instructor of the intent to withdraw, a stu-
dent
is
required to obtain the instructor's signature
and the signature of the program coordinator on the
No
withdrawals v\dll be permitted afworkday three weeks after the middle day of the semester. For summer sessions and cours-
withdrawal form.
ter the close of the
PRP 3462
es
not taught on a regular semester
basis, the Regis-
trar will prorate the date appropriately.
Withdrawal
Prior to the last
Issued by: Wilson G. Bradshaw, Provost and Vice President
1996
Effective Date: Fall
March 11,
1981. Amended by the approval of Policy #3439 Student
Scheduling Policy. Approved by CCAA, 3/7/84. Approved
by RAX 3/21/84. Approved by RA, 4/4/84. Approved by
BUCC 2/28/96. Presented to the University Forum April
Notes: Approved by Representative Assembly,
3,
1996.
course a grade of "W"
will
be recorded. As a means of
notification of the instructor to the intent to \vithdrawal, a
required to obtain his/her instructor's signature
is
W providing the student
shall
is
passing the course, and
No withdrawals will be permitted after the close of the work
day three weeks after the middle day of the semester
Prior to the last week of classes, in exceptional
circumstances, for compelling, justified and documented
reasons, the Dean of the College in which the course is being
taught may waive these restrictions. Poor academic
performance will not constitute grounds for late withdrawal.
A limit of four (4) withdrawals during the degree program
shall apply. (Withdrawal from the University is an exception).
Faculty are encouraged to include the University late
withdrawal policy on the syllabus distributed to students at
the beginning of the semester.
This policy will apply to all undergraduate students who
(2) withdrawals during the degree probe peiTnitted. Re-registration for withdrawn
from the university may
exceed the two cotirse withdrawal limit. Faculty are
encouraged to include the universit)' late withdrawal
nator. Students withdrawing
on
the syllabus distributed to students at the
beginning of the semester.
Refund of tuition for withdrawn courses are prorated based on week of withdrawal. The refund policy is
published annually by The State System of Higher Education.
PRP 3506
Class Attendance
Issued By: Betty D. Allamong, Provosl and \'ice President
for
Academic
Affairs
Effective Date: April 5, 1989
Notes: Approved by
are enrolled Fall 1996.
BUCC April
Regular classroom attendance
students. However, a student
Graduate
The graduate student must apply to the Assistant Vice
President for Graduate Studies and Research for permission
If this
E
courses requires the approval of the program coordi-
policy
on the withdrawal form.
withdraw.
cir-
A limit of two
After the schedule change period and condnuing until
if a student withdraws from a
to
exceptional
ed reasons, the Dean of Graduate Studies and Research
may waive these restrictions. Poor academic performance will not constitute grounds for late withdrawal.
If withdrawal is granted after the deadline, the grade
gram
three weeks past mid-term,
is
classes, in
otherwise.
Undergraduate
student
week of
cumstances, for compelling, jusdfied and document-
permission
is
midterm of the semester, the grade
requested before the
is
W.
If
the withdrawal
is
reasonable assistance by a
facult)'
5,
1989
expected of all
will be afforded
is
member when
class
work is missed as a result of extenuadng circumstances
beyond the student's control, such as but not limited
186- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
more than one course without prior
permission from the course instructors.
for credit in
to:
Personal illness
1.
Death or
2.
critical illness in the
immediate
(Mutually satisfactory
curricular activity
arrangements for assistance must be made by the
student when the activity is announced.)
encouraged
Instructors are
judgment
in
not one's own work without attributing
Fabrication: (a) Falsifying or inventing any
3.
information, data, or citation; (b) Presenting data
that
for collecting or generating data
deciding the legitimacy of each case and
may request
the
documentation
to verify the reasons for the absence.
were not gathered in accordance with standard
guidelines that defined the appropriate methods
to use their professional
student to provide
is
those same portions to their correct source.
Participation in a college-sponsored co-
3.
Plagiarism: Submitting material that in part
2.
or whole
family
and
failing to
include an accurate account of the method by
which the data were gathered or collected.
4. Misrepresenting Circumstances: (a) Lying;
(b) Presenting a professor (verbally or in writing)
official
The instructor is not required to give makeup
examinations or review other class work missed as a
result of unauthorized absences other than those
authorized by this policy.
A faculty member, with departmental approval, may
adopt a reasonable alternative policy if class members
are provided that policy in writing during the first week
with false or incomplete information.
5. Impersonation: (a) Representing oneself as
another student in an examination; (b) Signing
another's name on an attendance roster; (c) In
general doing the work required of another student
and/or allowing another to do your work.
6. Obtaining an Unfair Advantage:
(a) Stealing, reproducing, circulating or
otherwise gaining access to examination material
of classes.
PRP3512
prior to the time authorized by the instructor; (b)
Stealing, destroying, defacing or concealing library
Academic
materials with the purpose of depriving others of
Integrity Policy
Issued by: Wilson Bradshaw, Provost and
their use; (c) Unauthorized collaborating on an
academic assignment; (d) Retaining, processing,
using or circulating previously given examination
materials, where those materials are to be returned
to the instructor at the conclusion of the
examination; (e) Intentionally obstructing or
interfering with another student's academic work;
or (f) Otherwise undertaking activity with the
purpose of creating or obtaining an unfair
academic advantage over other students' academic
VP Academic
Affairs
Revised by
BUCC
4/22/98, Presented to Forum 4/29/98,
Effective date:
5/28/98
What
is Academic Integrity?
Academic integrity refers to the adherence to agreed upon
moral and ethical principles when engaging in academic or
scholarly pursuits.
cy
is
The
university's
part of an effort to nurture a
honesty,
and personal
academic integrity
community where
integrity guide
all
politrust,
work.
of our dealings with
Aiding and Abetting Academic Dishonesty:
Providing material, information, or other
assistance to another person with knowledge that
such aid could be used in any of the violations stated
above; or (b) Providing false information in
connection with any inquiry regarding academic
7.
one another. Personal integrity is vital to our pursuit of educating and becoming educated. This student academic integrity policy
only part
is
of,
not the entirety
(a)
of, efforts to
community of trust; trust is built first on our actions
toward each other. The responsibility to be honest, fair and
foster a
forthright with others
is
a responsibility that each
member
of the Bloomsburg University community must accept.
integrity.
The
8. Falsification of Records and Official
Documents: (a) Altering documents affecting
academic records; (b) Forging signatures of
authorization or falsifying information on an
conditions of an academic integrity policy spell out the nature of the expectations
we have of one another, and exup to these
plain the sanctions that follow the failure to live
expectations.
us to live
What
The
up
is
The
to
all
of
official
any other
Academic Dishonesty?
list is
not,
who are unsure if an
academic document, grade report,
letter
of
permission, petition, drop/add form, ID card, or
and cannot
act
is
be, exhaustive. Stu-
academically dishonest have
a duty to consult their professor before engaging in the act.
Cheating: (a) Using notes, study aids, or
information on an examination which are not
approved by faculty; (b) Altering graded work after
it has been returned and submitting the work for
regrading; (c) Allowing another person to do one's
University document.
dispensing information gained via unauthorized
access; or (d) Interfering with the use or availability
1.
work and submitting that work under one's own
name; (d) Submitting identical or similar papers
official
Unauthorized Access to Computerized
Academic or Administrative Records or Systems:
(a) Altering compiuer records; (b) Modifying
computer programs or systems; (c) Releasing or
9.
following types of behaviors are examples of academic
dishonesty. This
dents
following policy sets a standard for
and exceed.
of computer systems of information.
How can
It is
that
faculty
encourage Academic Integrity?
necessary for the administration and faculty to do
is
integrity.
all
encourage high standards of academic
Steps that could be taken include:
po.ssible to
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
The
Course Requirements: Have the syllabus
what is and is not acceptable in the
course. This may include a statement of an
individual or department's policy on what
1.
Option
on recycling
Integrity Policy
on the
day of
first
Examination
I,
Report Form
will
previous offense.
to, custody of, or any responsibility over
examinations prior to their administration.
lution by the
exam
formats,
Availability of Past
the penalty or (2) has
Examinations and
individual and/or
departmental policies for returning examinations
for students to keep, collecting and securing
examinations, and/or placing copies of old
examinations on reserve in the library.
6.
Student Responsibility: Faculty are
encouraged to state in all syllabi that students who
are unsure if an act is academically dishonest have
a duty to consult their professor before engaging
Establish
in the act.
What happens when
a student
is
suspected of Academic
Dishonesty?
first
the
Academic Grievance
had a previous
offense, the sanction
be determined by the Provost (or his/her designee) in
consultation with the Director of Student Standards.
If the student does not accept the charges, the case wiU be
arbitrated by the Academic Grievance Board. The faculty
member should fill out the Academic Integrity Formal Resolution Notification Form. Once it is determined that a case
will be heard by the Academic Grievance Board, the Director of Student Standards will notify all involved parties of
the need to convene the Board. The Office of Academic
Affairs will provide the student with written notification of
the time and place of the hearing and with a copy of any
written charges. The hearing will be recorded and a recommendation made to the Provost as to whether a policy violation occurred.
step in any alleged case of academic dishonesty
be for the faculty
dishonesty
fry
will
Assignments:
The
Academic Grievance Board.
the student accepts the charges (1) but does not accept
If
and reasonable proctorial
acUvities.
5.
the student has a record of a
or repeat offense requires reso-
if
Board
preventive techniques, such as alternate seating or
alternate
be void
A second
Option ni: Formal Resolution
Examination Environment: Consider
4.
member
inform the student that
suspected and that steps will be taken to re-
is
to
The
Provost will
make
the final determination as to wheth-
er academic dishonesty occurred. If the student
of the charges, the
initial
report form
is
cleared
be destroyed and
will
like to resolve the issue infor-
the student's record will be totally clear of the event. If it is
determined that a violation did occur, the Provost will de-
if the student accepts the charges and the penalthen the faculty member chooses bet-ween Options I and
termine the appropriate sanction in consultation with the
Director of Student Standards.
solve the issue.
If the faculty
member would
mally and
ty,
Informal Resolution with a Filed Report
examinations. In no event should the student be
given access
will
II:
and includes an acknowledgment by the student of the offense and penalty. The penalty agreed to on the Academic Integrity Policy Violation
Safeguard
Security:
keep that document and any
to
explains the offense and penalty
class,
orally or by reference to a syllabus.
3.
strongly encouraged to have this
faculty
Option
University Policy: Briefly review the university
2.
is
and
member may follow the guidelines given in
Informal Confidendal Resolution, and, in addition, file an Academic Integrity Policy Violation Report Form
with the Director of Student Standards. The Report Form
The
assignments and papers, and missed assignments
or exams.
Academic
member
in writing,
187
evidence in a secure location.
constitutes plagiarism, the scope of permitted
collaboration, testing behaviors, policy
faculty
agreement
clearly state
-
The
II.
Option
III is
required
when
the charges or the penalty, or the faculty
member
that a penalty greater than failing the course
If
ter,
dishonesty
is
is
believes
appropriate.
The
faculty
contact the student directly to set
I:
up
member may
will
ing any penalty that might follow; students
fairness of the charge or penalty
ter arbitrated
may
NOTES: Approved by CCAA, 12/26/83. Approved by
RAX, 1/18/84. Defeated by RA 2/1/84. Amended and
Amended and approved by
BUCC, 3/5/86.
approved by RA, 4/4/84.
and explain-
who
elect to
dispute the
have the mat-
by the Academic Grievance Board.
professor has a range of sanctions within the boimd-
aries of the covirse in
which the dishonesty occurred. Possiand written reprimand, an appropriate additional assignment, lowering the grade on the
assignment on which the dishonesty occurred, failing the
assignment on which the dishonesty occurred, lowering the
course grade, and failing the course.
ble sanctions include verbal
VTAA
Effective Date: May, 1986
resolve the charge confidentially
with the student, discussing the alleged offense
The
Issued By: Larry W. Jones, Provost and
the initial
Informal Confidential Resolution
faculty
final.
Academic Examination Policy
member
meeting or contact the Office of Academic Affairs who
notify the student of the need for such a meeting.
The
be
discovered at or after the end of the semes-
the student will receive an "X" grade.
Option
will
PRP 3516
the faculty will not enter a grade for that student; thus
will either
decision of the Provost
the student does not accept
1.
Faculty shall give examinations during the regularly
classes of the scheduled classes of the academic
scheduled
year as ovitiined by the approved Universit)' Calendar.
The
faculty are responsible for determining the length,
frequency, form and content of all examinations v\athin tlie
guidelines listed below. Final examinations shall be given,
where applicable, only during the designated Final
Examination Week after the end of regularly scheduled
and only at the designated time and place according
to the Final Examination Schedule.
classes
2. Facult)'
shall distribute in writing the
requirements for
188- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
each course within the
first
week of each academic term.
(See pohcy issuance 3264). In these requirements final
examinations shall be worth no less than twenty percent nor
more than forty percent of the course grade. No single exam,
paper, project, or assignment shall have greater emphasis
than the final examination. As a result of this condition,
every course must use at least three evaluations for grading
purposes.
Faculty shall give final examinations which are
in design, emphasizing subject matter
presented over the entire term.
4. Faculty shall return and/or permit students to review all
vmit tests, quizzes, and other types of evaluations by the last
regularly scheduled class in the term. In order to prevent an
excessive build-up in the number of unit tests for each
student during the last week of classes, faculty are advised to
refrain from testing during that week.
5. The Final Examination Schedule shall be prepared by
3.
comprehensive
the Office of the Registrar with consultation of the faculty,
if
and approved by the Provost and Vice President
for Academic Affairs. Regularly scheduled final examination
necessary,
periods shall be 120 minutes in length. Part of the final
examination week
shall include at least a
one-day interval
day of classes and the first day of
scheduled examinations. This time shall be designated as
the Reading Period.
6. The following restrictions are imposed on the scheduling
of activities during the Final Examination Week.
a. Faculty are not required to be available to
students for conference during the final
examination week.
b. No examinations shall be scheduled during
the Reading Period unless approved by the Provost
between the
last full
and Vice President for Academic
c.
No
Affairs.
extra-curricular activities or faculty-
Procedures
1. Faculty who
wish to schedule quizzes, tests or
examinations at other times than during their regularly
scheduled class periods during the term, may do so only if a
make-up opportunity is made available to students. This
opportunity must be scheduled at a time mutually acceptable
to both student and faculty and may not conflict with the
student's other scheduled classes. A faculty member shall
not give an examination at a time other than during a
regularly scheduled class period unless approval is first
obtained from the majority of the faculty members of his/
academic
her
department.
of the
first
week of
arrangement
classes. Notification
of
classes.
To change the requirement specifying that final
examinations shall be worth no less than twenty percent nor
more than forty percent of the course grade, there must be
agreement for the change by the
notification to students shall be
member
The Andruss Library
During
Summer
Sessions, the last class period of each
course shall be designated as the final examination period
with the time period for the examination not to exceed 80
minutes unless the arrangements have been worked out in
advance so that they can be announced at the first meeting
of the class. Except in unusual circumstances, classes in sixweek sessions shall have the final examination on the last
day of the course. Final examinations for courses scheduled
in three-week sessions shall be held during the last of the
two class periods scheduled for the last day. Classes in the
nine-week session shall hold final examinations on the last
faculty
member(s)
in
charge of the class, the majority of the members of his/her
academic department, and the appropriate college dean.
Except for abnormal circumstances, the approval and
until the course
policy issuance 3592.
this alternative
3.
for the faculty
will remain open and other
be made available during the Final
Examination Period with expanded hours when possible.
8. Unless returned to the student all graded final
examinations must be available for student review for at least
the next full semester following the final examination.
9. No student shall be required to take more than two final
examinations in one day. (See procedure outlined below for
rescheduling of final examinations.)
10. Any exceptions to any of the above matters must be
made on the basis of the procedures oudined below.
11. In case of non-compliance with the provisions of this
policy, a student has the recourse of proper grievance
procedures as established by the University and outlined in
of
be given to the appropriate college dean.
2. A faculty member who believes that the content of his/
her courses does not lend itself to a scheduled final
examination must obtain approval for an alternative
arrangement from the majority of the members of his/her
academic department and college dean. Notification of the
approved arrangement shall be given to the office of the
Registrar. Except for abnormal circumstances. This approval
and notification shall be made by the end of the first week
shall
with the consent of the indi\'idual involved.
will
Except for abnormal
circumstances, this approval should be granted by the end
If approved,
designated study areas
12.
day with the period extended to 80 minutes
class
for that class.
week of classes.
administrative activities shall be scheduled except
7.
scheduled
is
made by the end of the first
may remain in effect
the change
for the duration of this policy or
resubmitted for course content change.
and place scheduled for a
examination, there must be agreement for the change
by the faculty member(s) in charge of the class, 100% of the
4.
In order to change the time
final
class, and the appropriate College Dean. This
change must be made by the middle of the semester. Student
opinion in this matter shall be determined by secret ballot
students in the
with the faculty
member in charge of the vote. If for some
is made in the time and date of a final
reason a change
examination that results in a student conflict, the faculty
member shall arrange to provide a make-up opportunity
during the Final Examination Period. (See below)
5. If the student has a scheduling conflict during the final
examination period resulting in an excessive number of final
examinations scheduled for one day, the following procedure
for rescheduling the final examination shall apply and be
completed by at least two weeks before the end of regularly
scheduled classes.
The student should select two of the scheduled
examinations to be taken during the designated time
according to the following priority of choice:
1.
2.
courses offered by the major department;
additional required courses in the major
program;
3.
The
other courses.
additional final examination (s) should be rescheduled
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
with consultation of the relevant faculty on a mutually
convenient time. Assistance in the rescheduling of
examinations may come from such individuals as the
student's advisor, department chairperson or academic dean.
end of the next regular semester. When the plan
has been completed by the student, the instructor
shall recalculate the
course and submit
deadline of the plan on
to the
Grades, Quality Points and Quality
Point Averages
Issued By: Dr. Carol J. Matteson, Interim Provost
and
V.P.
Academic Affairs
Effective Date: August 28, 1995 and - August 26, 1996
Notes: This policy voids PRP 3524. Approved by BUCC, 4/
24/85. Amended and approved by Graduate Council 2/
15/94. Approved by BUCC, 4/27/94. Approved by Forum
for
Amended
by
BUCC
4/12/95. Presented to the
Forum 4/19/95.
Bloomsburg University with
University
The grades
given at
commensurate
their
quality points are defined as follows:
4.00 Superior Attainment
A- = 3.67
B+ = 3.33
3.00
documentation
suitable
to the instructor indicating that
new circumstances of
that nature have
be granted only upon approval
of the instructor and the Dean of the appropriate
persist or
developed.
It will
College.
P- Passed.
Registrar
It is
when
recorded by the Office of the
member assigned a
the faculty
passing grade to a student and
when
the student
Above Average Attainment
accordance with the provisions of the Pass-Fail
policy #3454. The grade of P is also recorded when
a student passes a course by proficiency
examination. This grade is not used in the
computation of a qualit)' point average.
F- Failed. It is recorded by the Office of the
when the faculty member assigned a
grade to a student and when the student
has elected to take a course on a pass-fail basis in
accordance with the Pass-Fail policy. This grade is
not used in the computation of a quality point
Registrar
C+ =
failing
2.33
= 2.00 Average Attainment
C-=1.67
D+ =
in the Office of
circumstances above and beyond his/her control
B- = 2.67
C
file
The student must present
the Registrar.
has elected to take a course on a pass-fail basis in
A=
B=
grade to be assigned for the
new grade to the Registrar
this
according to established procedures. A request for
an extension of time in the plan to complete course
requirements must be initiated by the student prior
PRP 3522
10/19/94.
-189
1.33
D
= 1.00 Minimum Attainment
E = 0.00 Failure
The grades given to each student for academic credit
average.
V- Audit. This grade
at
when
is
assigned by die instructor
the student has properly registered to audit
Bloomsburg University are assigned by those faculty who are
responsible for the courses in which the student is enrolled.
After a grade of A through E has been reported to die Office
of the Registrar, it may be changed only through the
grievance process (see policy #3592) through the
a course,
appropriate procedure to correct computational or clerical
course according to the requirements found in
policy #3462 Withdrawal from a Course.
R- Research in progress. This grade is assigned
by the instructor only when a student has been
unable to complete a research component of a
error (see policy #3636) or in accordance with University
on Pass-Fail grades (see policy #3454).
Other grades assigned to students not included
Policy
in the
computation of quality point averages are as follows:
I- Incomplete. This is a temporary grade to be
given only
when
the instructor believes that the
student has been unable to complete the course
requirements due to circumstances beyond his/her
control. Failure of a student to take a final
examination
complete
other course
requirements without prior arrangement with the
or
instructor of legitimate excuse
for a grade of
When
is
not a justification
I.
the instructor submits the grade of
I
to
must be accompanied with a formal,
written plan for the student to complete the course
requirements and the appropriate letter grade that
would be assigned if the plan were not completed
the Registrar,
it
by the student in the time specified.
The plan
for
the student to complete the course requirements
be drawn up by the instructor with the
acquiescence of the student. Unless specifically
stated in the written plan to the contrary, it is
assumed that work will be completed prior to the
shall
and the student has attended
at least
three-fourths to the regular class meetings. (See
policy #3456).
W- Withdrawal. This grade is recorded by the
when the student has withdrawn from a
Registrar
course because the length of time for the research
exceeds the end of the semester sand when a formal
plan for completion of the research is filed \\'itli
the instructor and department chairperson.
Provisions for removal of the grade are die
those for the giade of
same
as
I.
The instructor will submit the grade of R to the RegisU-ar
along with the formal plan for completion of the research
and the grade to be assigned to the student if the lesearch is
not completed satis-factorily in the time period stipulated.
The plan for the student to complete the research shall be
drawn up by the instructor with the acquiescence of the
student. Unless specifically stated in the written plan to the
contrary it is assumed that the work will be completed prior
to the end of the next regular semester. WTien the plan has
been completed by the student, the instructor shall
recalculate the grade to be assigned for the course and
submit this new grade to the registrar according to
established procedures.
X-
No
grade reported. This temporal")' grade
is
190- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
reported by the Office of the Registrar when the
instructor does not report any grade for the student.
The Quality Point Average (abbreviated QPA) is
computed from the record of courses taken
maintain the following standards for Academic
Standing to progress in the Department of Nursing.
A student must:
A. Attain a grade of "C" or above
at
Bloomsburg University using the assigned grades
of "A" through "E" as
is
listed above.
1.
The computation
number of semester hours
each course by the number of qualit)' points
Multiply the
the grade in the course,
2.
for
Anatomy and Physiology
50.174 Anatomy and Physiology
52.101 Introductory Chemistry
for
52.108 Physiological Chemistry
and add the products.
2.
"Semester QPA"
courses of a single
Bloomsburg
all
PRP 3536
or
46.200 Principles of Cultural Anthropology
(add)
3. all
B.
required 82. Departmental courses.
Obtain a cumulative
GPA
of 2.50 (after 32 earned
sophomore year nursing courses.
III. A student who does not meet the identified
requirements for Departmental Academic Good Standing
credits) to enroll in the
be required to eliminate the identified deficiencies
through a repetition of the course before progressing in the
Baccalaureate Nursing Program.
A student may fail only one 82. Departmental clinical
course. A second failure in any clinical course will result in
dismissal from the program. In addition, a student may
repeat non-clinical nursing courses only once. University
policy as to repetition of non-nursing courses applies to the
department of nursing.
IV. The Department reserves the right and the responsibility
to develop procedural guidelines for the implementation
of this Academic Good Standing policy.
Recommendations concerning academic progression and
retention are made to the Department of Nursing
Chairperson by the departmental Student Admission,
Progression, and Retention Committee. Based upon the
recommendations, students who do not meet the
requirements for academic good standing are placed on
departmental probation or are required to take
departmental leave of absence.
V. Departmental Academic Probation
A student who does not meet the identified
requirements for Departmental Good Standing will be
evaluated by the Committee on Student Admission,
Progression, and Retention and will be immediately
placed on Departmental Academic Probation.
B. The student will be notified of this decision by the
Chairperson of the Department of Nursing.
C. The student will be required to eliminate the
identified deficiencies through a repetition of the course
before progression in the Baccalaureate Nursing
Program.
D. A student may fail only one 82. Departmental clinical
course. A second failure in any clinical course will result
in dismissal from the program. In addition, a student may
will
Grade Change
Issued By: Dr. Carol J. Matteson, Interim Provost and V.P.
Academic Affairs
August 28, 1995
Notes: Approved by CCAA, October 13, 1982. Amended
by RAX, October 20, 1982. Accepted by Representative
Assembly, November 3, 1982. Amended by BUCC 4/12/
for
Effective Date:
95. Presented to University
Forum 4/19/95.
After a grade has been reported to the Registrar's Office,
may be changed
it
only through the grievance process or to
correct a computational or clerical error.
A
recommenda-
change of grade due to a computational, clerical
error, or to change a temporary grade to a final grade must
be made in writing by the instructor and approved by the
department chairperson and the dean of the appropriate
college. The change of "R" and "I" grades do not require
tion for
the dean's signature.
PRP 3540
Department of Nursing Academic
Good Standing
Issued by: Dr. Wilson G. Bradshaw, Provost and Vice
President for Academic Affairs
Effective Date: Fall 1999
NOTES: Approved by CCAA, 11/7/84. Approved by RAX,
11/14/84. Approved by RA, 11/28/84. Revised by BUCC
3/3/93. Revised by BUCC 2/8/95. Submitted to
University Forum for information purposes. Revised by
BUCC 4/28/99. Submitted to University Forum for
information purposes.
I. Students in the Baccalaureate Nursing Program abide by
the University's retention policies as outlined in the
undergraduate catalog.
A
45.213 contemporary Social Problems (add)
been successfully
repeated, the credits are counted only once in the
computation. If a course is success-fully repeated at another
accredited institution of higher education, the credits for
the course initially taken at Bloomsburg are deleted from
the computation.
II.
or
courses taken to date at
University. If a course has
prerequisite social science courses
48.210 Life Span Psychology
45.211 Principles of Sociology
computed by including only the
semester. The "Cumulative QPA" is that
is
computed by including
II
48.101 General Psychology
by the courses.
A
I
50.240 Introductory Microbiology
sum obtained in the first step by
number of semester hours represented
Divide the
the total
in:
prerequisite natural science courses
50.173
as follows:
1.
Good
student in the Baccalaureate Nursing Program must
repeat non-clinical nursing courses only once. Universit)'
policy as to repetition of non-nursing courses applies to
the department of nursing.
VI.
Departmental Academic Leave of Absence
-191
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
A.
A student who does not attain departmental academic
good standing after one academic period on probation
will be required to take departmental academic leave of
absence.
B. The student will be notified of such actions by the
Chairperson of the Department of Nursing.
C. A student on a departmental academic leave of
absence is ineligible to attend any course offered by the
Department of Nursing. When on departmental academic
leave, a position will be guaranteed for the student for
no more than one calendar year. If at the end of the
calendar year the student is not ready to return from
departmental leave of absence, that student will be
considered to be withdrawn from the program.
D. A student seeking reinstatement from a departmental
academic leave of absence must do so in accord with the
Departmental Transfer
Procedures:
Each student who
1.
The Academic Re\iew Board consists of all College Deans,
Dean of Admissions, the Registrar, the Coordinator of
Academic Advisement, a designee of the Vice President for
Student Life, and the Director of the Counseling Center.
3. A student who appeals must write and submit an appeal
2.
the
petition to the chairperson of the
Re\ised by Faculty
May 1996
begun the
first
b.
departmental course, all required 82. departmental courses
must be completed within five calendar years.
VIII. Appeal
A student placed on Departmental Academic Leave of
Absence may petition the Academic Review
Board
The
student's plan for meeting retention
requirements.
4.
required 82.
for reinstatement. (Refer to Policy 3557-
the student believes he/she
should be reinstated;
In
hood
a student has
The reasons why
a.
The
set forth:
its
evaluation of a petition for reinstatement, the Aca-
demic Review Board
Policy Statement
Once
must
petition
Policy.
Time Limitation
Academic Review Board
within the time frame stated in the dismissal notice.
January 20, 1984 Incorporated into BU Policies, Rules and Procedures
Manual as #3540 effective November 28, 1994.
VII. Statue of
academically
is
dismissed will receive a letter, outlining the
appeals process, from the Chairperson of the
Academic Review Board.
is
charged to
assess carefully the likeli-
that the petitioning student can
meet
successfully the
academic requirements that he/she will face during subsequent semesters. The Board may request additional information from the student, his/her advisor or other university officials. Non-academic, as well as academic, factors may
be considered if they are pertinent to the student's argu-
ment
5. If
for reinstatement.
the
Academic Review Board votes
to reinstate the stu-
dent, the Board will set forth the conditions that must be
Appeals.)
met by
6. If
PRP 3557
the student.
the
dismissal
Academic Dismissal and Appeals
Academic Review Board denies reinstatement, the
is
final.
PRP 3565
Procedure
Growney, Acting Provost and VPAA
1984
Notes: Approved by RA, 12/10/79. Amended by CCAA, 3/
7/84. Approved by Vice President's Advisory Council, 4/
5/84. Amended by RAX, 4/18/84. Approved by RA, 5/2/
Issued by: JoAnne
Graduate Academic Progress,
Probation, and Dismissal
S.
Effective Date: August,
for
1.
A
student
Affairs
6/3/97
Notes: Endorsed by Graduate Council
who
fails to
meet the minimum grade point
standards for retention (see Policy #3446 Undergraduate
is dismissed from the University, and
marked by the phrase "Academic Dismiss-
Satisfactory Progress)
his/her record
is
al".
2.
Academic
Effective Date:
84.
Policy:
A student who
has been dismissed
may not
November
5,
1990.
Endorsed by the Bloomsburg University' Curriculum
Committee November 14, 1990. Presented as an
information item to the Universit)' Forum Januaiy 30,
1991. Graduate Council voted to modify on October 19.
1994. Approved by BUCCJanuar)' 18, 1995. Presented to
Forum 2/1/95. Reviewed by BUCC February 12, 1997.
enroll in any
one calendar year. If the
resume academic work at the University,
and Vice President
Issued by: Wilson G. Bradshaw, Provost
Presented to Forum April
2,
1997.
university courses for a period of
sttident wishes to
he or she must go through a readmission process.
3. A student who has been dismissed may appeal the dismissal in accordance with the procedures below. If the student is reinstated, he/she must meet all the conditions attached to the reinstatement. These conditions include a limitation on the number of credits that may be taken and the
minimum grades that must by earned. Failure to meet the
conditions will again lead to academic dismissal for which
tliere is no appeal.
Procedures:
1.
Satisfactory Progress
Satisfactory
academic progress
at the
graduate
le\el
evaluated on the basis of several criteria:
a.
a
graduate student's
ability to
earn the
minimum
of credit hours necessary to the degree
program with a minimum qualit\' point average of
3.0. A grade of less than C (Q.R less than 2.0) must
be repeated.
b. a second grade less than C (Q.P. less than 2.0)
will result in automatic academic dismissal.
c. a graduate student's ability to successfully
is
792- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
meet the requirements at the appropriate time of
comprehensive examinations of the degree
program with acceptable grades.
all
graduate student's ability to complete the
requirement of the degree program with a
d. a
thesis
academic
advisor,
program coordinator, and department
chairperson. Students
who
over a two-year period
inactive category
The period
will
to register for
fail
any courses
automatically be placed in an
and must reapply to the graduate program.
for completion of a master's degree
may be
Non-degree students (Category 510), except for those in
Supervisory Certificate Programs, are excluded from
extended for sufficient reason. Written application for
extension must be made to the Assistant Vice President for
Graduate Studies and Research prior to the end of the six-
consideration for satisfactory progress.
year period.
passing grade.
Academic Probation
a. A graduate student
who
not maintaining an overall
quality point average of 3.0 in one of the following student
categories may request to attend on academic probation for
is
one additional grading period (semester or summer)
1)
regular graduate students (Category 540)
degree candidates (Category 550)
non-degree students (Category 510) in
Supervisory Certificate Programs
Enrollment is limited to a maximum of nine
semester hours for the grading period in
2)
3)
probationary status. A student on academic
probation is not eligible to hold a graduate
assistantship. To be removed from academic
probation, a graduate student with a quality point
average deficiency must attain the
minimum overall
quality point average of 3.0 as required by the
School of Graduate Studies for regular graduate
A student who
attains a 3.0 QPA or higher for the first grading
period in academic probationary status, but does
not attain the overall QPA as required, may be
recommended by his/her academic advisor, the
graduate program coordinator, and the department
chairperson to the Assistant Vice President for
Graduate Studies and Research for continuation
on probation for one additional grading period.
b. A graduate student who receives a failing or unacceptable
grade, as defined in advance by the department
administering the graduate program, in any Comprehensive
Examination will be placed on academic probation. Students
will be allowed a maximum of two reexaminations unless
the program requirements are more restrictive, in which case
the maximum permitted by the program will prevail. Prior
to re-examination, the student must meet with his/her
examination committee or its representatives to discuss
deficiencies and steps to be taken to correct them.
Reexamination normally would be only once during a term
or semester unless the student requests expedited
reexamination in order to meet a graduation deadline. A
stvident who passes a reexamination is automatically removed
from probationary status.
c. Graduate students who submit a master's thesis which
receives a failing grade may not attend on academic
students and degree candidates.
probation.
3.
Academic Dismissal
graduate student not maintaining satisfactory progress,
who is not permitted to enroll in probationary status, is
excluded from registration and his/her academic record is
marked "academic dismissal." Dismissal is automatic if the
overall QPA is below the minimum after two grading periods
in probationary status or after failing to pass the
Comprehensive Examination two times while n probationary
status. A graduate student under academic dismissal is not
eligible to attend courses offered in the School of Graduate
Studies for a period of at least one calendar year. A dismissed
graduate student may, after a period of one year, reapply to
the School of Graduate Studies in order to undertake studies
in a new degree program or to further his/her studies in a
non-degree status. A dismissed graduate student is not
permitted to register for any courses offered by the program
from which he/she was dismissed. Under exceptional
circumstances and with the approval of the Assistant Vice
President for Graduate Studies and Research, a program may
readmit a dismissed student. In the latter instance, the
normal six-year limitation for expired courses shall be
4.
2.
A
applied.
5.
Procedures
Graduate students who
to
meet the minimal standards
Office and/or the Assistant Vice President for Graduate
and Research. Failure
to request academic probation
academic dismissal (see above). Such students
may submit a request in writing to their academic advisors
to attend on academic probation. Upon recommendation
of the academic advisor, graduate program coordinator,
department chairperson, and approval by the Assistant Vice
President for Graduate Studies and Research, probationary
status will be granted. Exceptions to these procedures under
extraordinary circumstances will be by written request to the
Assistant Vice President for Graduate Studies and Research.
Studies
will result in
6.
Appeals
Graduate students dismissed for academic reasons may
appeal their dismissal within one year, in writing, to the
Graduate Council. The decision of the Council is final.
PRP
3581
Withdrawal from the University
Issued by: Wilson G. Bradshaw, Vice President and Provost
Duration Of Degree Work
for
Full-time graduate students are expected to complete their
programs of study within two calendar years of continuous
enrollment. However, all requirements for a master's degree,
including any courses accepted by transfer, must be
completed within six calendar years. A student who is unable
to complete degree requirements within six calendar years
may be dismissed upon recommendation to the Assistant
Vice President for Graduate Studies and Research by the
fail
for satisfactory progress will be notified by the Registrar's
Academic
Affairs
Effective Date: Fall 1995
Notes:
Approved by CCAA, March
Representative Assemble, 5//5/82.
26/95. Presented at the University
31, 1982.
Accepted by
Amended at BUCC 4/
Forum September 20,
1995.
A student may withdraw from
a withdrawal
form
the university by completing
available at the Office of the Registrar.
Undergraduate, Graduate Catahg 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
-193
Students withdrawing in absentia must submit a written re-
in.
quest to the Office of the Registrar.
When students withdraw during the semester, the grade of
who feel the informal consultations have
not satisfactorily resolved the matter may initiate a
formal grievance by filing an Academic Grievance Form
with an AGC of her/his choice. (See IV.A.)
W
is
recorded for each course on the student's schedule
if
the withdrawal occurs prior to the beginning of the final
examinadon period. Students may not withdraw during the
Formal Channels:
A. Students
The
AGC
the student signs the official withdrawal form in the Office
of the Registrar or the date on which the written request is
received by the Office of the Registrar for a student with-
determine that the Academic
proper order and shall contact
the person against whom the complaint has been filed.
That person will be supplied with a copy of the Form
and informed that the AGC will be called to hear the
drawing in absentia.
case
examination period.
The effective date of the withdrawal
final
is
the date on which
B.
shall
Grievance Form
if
is
in
the matter cannot be resolved within five (5)
class days.
five (5) class days,
Issued by: Wilson G. Bradshaw, Provost and
BUCC April
4,
VPAA
April 25, 1990; revisions endorsed by BUCC
September 15, 1993. Brought to Forum 11/10/93,
endorsed by Forum 2-2-94. Reviewed at Meet and Discuss
Forum
2-20-98. Revised at BUCC
4/8/98. Presented to University Forum 4/15/98 for
information purposes only.
to
and/or professional responsibilities as related
academic policies found in the Policies, Rules and
Procedures and the Pilot. This process is not a
disciplinary proceeding for any of the involved parties,
although the findings may lead to disciplinary
under a different university
The names of the Academic Grievance Coordinators
(AGC) will be advertised extensively through normal
communication avenues such as The Communique
and The Voice.
A. In an attempt to resolve a complaint on an informal
meet with the foUowdng
individuals to discuss the matter in the order listed:
Faculty
member
teaching the course
Department Chairperson in which course is offered
3. Dean of the College in which course is offered
In order for the matter to be resolved expeditiously,
the consultation (s) should take place as soon as
2.
possible after the alleged incident has occurred.
It is
assumed
that the department chairpersons and the
deans will make every effort to resolve the conflict by
meeting with all parties and by listening to the views
all
parties as they relate to the grievance.
B. If the
it
matter
is
resolved at one of the above levels,
need not go further
in the appeals process. Every
should be made to settle the alleged injustice
through informal consultation.
effort
serve
on the AGB. Either
(individual being
who may
may
(or both) party(ies)
request, with just cause, the disqualification of
members whom she/he
feels
may be made
may be
Board
biased or should
An appeal
to the Provost
for
and Vice
E.
The scope of the AGB's review and
recommendations shall be to the merit of the
complaint. The AGB, in Executive Session, shall
prepare a recommendation as to the merit of the
complaint and forward the recommendation to the
Provost and Vice President for Academic Affairs. This
shall
be submitted within three
(3) class
days after the
hearing. If recommendations go beyond the scope of
this policy,
the Provost will reject the
and direct the
AGB
its
to
recommendation
prepare recommendations
responsibilities.
Within ten (10)
class days of receiving the
recommendation, the Provost and Vice President for
Academic Affairs will take action and shall notify all
parties in the grievance of the decision and action
F.
taken. This action
n. Informal Consultation:
of
and respondent
within the scope of
policy.
first
day
President for Academic Affairs for a final decision.
to
1.
grievant
disqualification
to grades
student should
hear the case within
initial five (5) class
not be involved in the case.
provide students with a system by which to grieve
complaints of alleged academic injustice (s) relating
investigation or action
The
D.
is
will
grieved) will be informed of the individuals
1990; brought to
Procedures:
I. The purpose of the following procedures
AGB
period.
Effective Date: Fall 1988
Notes: Endorsed by
the
ten (10) class days (after the
Academic Grievance Procedure
basis, the
do not settle the complaint within
C. If the two parties
PRP 3592
G.
is
final.
The President has delegated
the resolution of
academic grievances covered under this policy to the
Provost and Vice President of Academic Affairs.
Resolutions that involve altering the ciuriculum of any
program shall be made with the involvement of the
affected department faculty (i.e. waiving major course
requirements).
The time
line outlined in this section pertains to
grievances filed during the academic year. Grievances
filed
during the
summer
sessions
may
take longer to
adjudicate due to faculty assignments and availability
of grievance board members. However, eveiT effort will
be made to process grievances filed during tiie summer
as quickly as possible.
IV. Structure
Of Formal
Channels:
Three (3) Academic Grievance Coordinators
(AGCs),one (1) from each College, shall be appointed
A.
)
.
194- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
by the Provost and Vice President for Academic Affairs
with the advice and consent of the Executive Board of
APSCUF. Both sexes should be represented among the
three AGCs. The individuals must have a reputation
for fairness and objectivity. An AGC v^fill be responsible
for ensuring that all procedural guidelines are met and
moderator for any formal hearing. It is
noteworthy that the role of an AGC is as a neutral party.
She/he does not have voting privileges, nor should
her/his opinions be part of the hearing. The
appointments should be made in such a way as to
insure that at least one (1) individual with prior
experience is retained.
B. An Academic Grievance Board (AGB) shall consist
of four (4) students and four (4) tenured faculty
members selected by the AGC (chosen by the grievant)
shall serve as
from a pool of
twenty-five (25) individuals: three (3)
students and three (3) faculty members from the
College of Business, three (3) students and three (3)
faculty members from the College of Professional
and six (6) faculty members
from the College of Arts and Sciences and one 1
Studies, six (6) students
(
member
faculty
from
the
Department
of
Developmental Instruction.
1 Faculty members for the AGB pool will be appointed
by the College Dean or appropriate
administrator of the academic area with the
advice and consent of the Executive Board of
Student members
4.
be appointed by the Vice
will
will
in the pool.
The College Dean or appropriate administrator
provide the President of
possible candidates for the
timely fashion.
with the
The
with a
and the
President of APSCUF
list
AGB
will
will
provide
if
its
necessary.
of
The Vice President
consult
APSCUF Executive
advice and consent of the
for Student Life will provide
CGA with a list of possible student
candidates for the AGB in a timely fashion. The
President of CGA will consult with the Vice President
the President of
for Student Life concerning the possible candidates
CGA members
will
provide
its
advice
make
to
a
or a
member
of the
AGB
pool has the
and obligation to disqualify herself/himself from
a case in which a personal interest, association,
affiliation, or attitude might cause bias or jeopardize
the AGB's objectivity.
V.
Academic Grievance Hearing:
A. In keeping with the
campus standards of due
and respondent have the
process, both the grievant
following rights: (1) to receive written notice of the
time and place of the hearing at least 48 hours prior
to the hearing; (2) to receive a written notice of the
complaint; (3) to be accompanied by an advisor of his
or her choice, other than an non faculty attorney; (4)
to present witnesses and other evidence; and (5) to
may not be present
at the
may be
academic
The hearing
B.
if
and
consent of the candidates in a timely fashion.
E. The AGB will select one (1) person to serve as a
voting moderator of the Executive Session. This
individual will be responsible for transmitting the
will
be open only
to the parties
involved in the case.
A
C.
tape recording
may be made
at
each hearing
with the consent of the grievant and the individual
being grieved. Said tape will be kept as a confidential
file in the Office of the Provost and Vice President for
Academic Affairs for a period of one (1) year.
The AGC will
D.
and
shall
sei've as
the neutral presiding officer,
conduct the hearing
in a fair
and orderly
fashion.
E.
candidates in a timely fashion.
necessary.
An AGC
G.
At
three
least six (6)
{3)
AGB members
(three
|3) faculty,
students) must be present for the entire
hearing and to prepare the AGB's recommendation.
If the complaint is on the graduate level, at least one
(1)
F.
D.
inability
right
in a
Dean or appropriate administrator concerning
the possible candidates
Board
APSCUF
AGC
AGB's
the
grievance hearing.
consent of the Community Government
Association. Appointees must be in academic
good standing and have earned at least 48
credits at Bloomsburg University. At least two (2)
must be enrolled as graduate students.
Members of the pool will be appointed to a one-year
term and may be considered for reappointment.
Whenever possible, a diversity in membership should
be maintained
C.
to
recommendation vvdll be submitted to the Provost and
Vice President for Academic Affairs also. This
information is intended to provide background for any
decision by the Provost and Vice President for
Academic Affairs.
consulted,
President for Student Life with the advice and
3.
relating
question witnesses. Attorneys, although they
APSCUR
2.
recommendation to the Provost and Vice President for
Academic Affairs following the formal hearing.
F. Should the AGB members become deadlocked in
preparing a recommenda-tion, the vodng moderator
will inform the Provost and Vice President for
Academic Affairs of such within three (3) class days of
the hearing. E\ddence and any reasons or arguments
graduate student must be present.
the respondent (individual being grieved)
If
to appear, testimony shall, nevertheless,
a
recommendation rendered.
If
fails
be heard and
the grievant
fails to
appear, the grievance will be dismissed.
G. If a claim lacks substantial evidence, the
dismiss the case
AGB will
and no further action concerning the
respondent (individual being grieved) will be taken
by the AGB or the Provost and vice President for
Academic Affairs.
H. No person shall suffer recrimination or
discrimination because of participation in this
procedure.
8
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
I.
A
majority of the twenty-five (25)
AGB
pool
members, along with the AGCs will determine any
other rules or procedures consistent with this
document, not in conflict with the CBA or state and
195
18/84. Approved by RA, 5/2/84.
candidate for graduation for the baccalaureate
degree must have earned a 2.00 or higher cumulative
quality point average, satisfied the residence
A
requirements, and completed
applicable requirements.
federal laws.
-
all
academic and other
Graduation from Bloomsburg University requires the
PRP 3602
successful completion of at least 128 semester hours,
to include:
Majors, Minors, Career
1) completion of the curriculum of an approved
major program;
completion of general education
2)
Concentrations and Teacher
Certification
requirements;
Issued by: Wilson G. Bradshaw, Vice President and Provost
for
Academic
CCAA, 10/26/83. Amended and
must be
accepted by RAX, 11/16/83. Accepted by Representative
Assembly, 11/30/83. Reviewed by BUCC 4/26/95.
Presented to University Forum September 20, 1995.
Major - Each student must complete a major field of study
for graduation. A major field of study is one of the approved
degree programs prescribed by the major department or
the college in which the student is enrolled. The specific
course requirements for the options vnthin each of the degree programs leading to the degrees as described in the
Catalogue.
Minor - A minor
field
of study consists of a
hours. While courses counting toward a
minimum
minor may
of
1
also ful-
General Education or Career Concentration requiremay not be in a student's major disci-
fill
ments, minor courses
pline
demic
and/or
certification area.
discipline
student
may have
may choose
to
A
minor offered
in a aca-
multiple advisement options.
pursue minors in more than one
A
ac-
ademic discipline.
Career Concentrations - Career concentrations are multidisciplinary advisement programs to help students select
course to develop appropriate skills and knowledge to prepare for entry and mobility in specific professions or careers.
For example, career advisory committees exist in areas such
as
community
services, public administration, gerontology,
and environmental management and planning.
Teacher Certifications - Certification is the result of completing a teacher education program approved by the Pennsylvania Department of Education as defined by Chapter 49
of the Regulations of the State Board of Education - Certification of Professional Personnel. Certificates are issues by
the Pennsylvania Department of Education upon the recommendation of the University, based on its approved teacher education programs. Certification does not apply to cer-
issued by the University for completion of a Univerprogram. Minors cannot lead to certification to teach or
tificates
sity
an average of 2.0
supervise in the public schools of Pennsylvania.
by
in courses taken in
an accredited four-year
last 64
semester hours credited toward a baccalaureate degree
must be taken at Bloomsburg University. Exceptions
to this policy will be made only by the college dean
with the recommendation of the appropriate
department chairperson.
A semester hour is ordinarily defined as the credit
for one weekly period of fifty minutes on lecture,
discussion, or recitation for one semester. In some
degree-granting institution. At least 32 of the
cases, as in laboratory, studio,
may not be
and internship, there
a one to one correspondence between
contact time and credit.
The approved course
syllabus
will specify that relationship.
All financial obligations to the university
must have
been cleared.
PRP 3608
Cliange in Graduation or
Curriculum Requirements
Issued By: Larry W.Jones, Vice Pres. for Academic
^Affairs
Effective Date: May, 1982
Notes: Approved by
CCAA, March
Accepted by
31, 1982.
Representative Assembly 5/5/82.
In case of changes by the universit)' in graduation or curriculum requirements, full-time students who attend without interruption may choose to satisfy either the requirements as they existed at the time of their entrance or the
new requirethem in toto. All students
who are readmitted to the university and part-time students
must apply to the Provost and Vice President for Academic
Affairs for permission to be graduated under the require-
new requirements;
if
they select to satish' the
ments they are responsible
ments existing
PRP 3604
for
at the time of their original
admission to
tiie
universit)'.
Graduation Requirements
Growney, Acting Provost and VPAA
Effective Date: August, 1984
Notes: Approved by CCAA, 12/8/82. Approved by RA, 2/
2/83. Amended by CCAA, 3/7/84. Accepted by RAX, 4/
Issued By: JoAnne
in all courses required
The last 64 semester hours of credit toward graduation
Effecdve Date: Fall 1995
Notes: Approved by
3)
the major program.
Affairs
PRP 3612
S.
General Education Requirements
Issued by:
Dr
PatrickJ. Schloss, Provosi
and \ice
196- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
President for Academic Affairs
topics related to gender, race, ethnicity, religion,
Effective Date: Fall 2001
language, and/or global perspectives that provide
an in-depth knowledge and understanding of
cultural diversity. Diversity courses may be aken in
all incoming freshmen; amended by the
Bloomsburg University Curriculum Committee,
September 19, 1990. Approved by BUCC 2/28/96.
NOTES: For
general education, in the major, or as free electives.
Presented to the University Forum April 3, 1996. Revised
by BUCC 11/19/97. Presented to the University Forum
February 11, 1998. Revised and approved by BUCC 4/18/
01. Presented to the University
The
Forum, May
goals of the present general education
2,
2001.
program
at
Bloomsburg University are to develop:
1. an ability to communicate effectively;
2. an ability to think analytically and quantitatively;
3. a facility to make independent and responsible value
judgments and decisions according to high ethical
values and life-long goals;
4. an appreciation of the need for fitness and life-long
recreation
5.
skills;
a capacity for assessing the validity of ideas and an
understanding of the approaches used to gain
knowledge through development of critical
thinking
6.
abilities:
a greater appreciation of literature, art, music,
and
theater through stimulation of one's creative
8.
9.
an understanding of our society and the relative
position of an individual in this society;
an understanding of the relationship between an
individual to her/his physical and biological
environments;
a familiarity with the major contributions of human
knowledge in the himianities, social sciences, and
mathematics;
10.
an awareness and global imderstanding of the
relative position of the individual in the world
community.
Specific Requirements:
1.
Communication {Goal One) Six or Nine Credits
a. English 104 (three credits) or two courses (six credits)
consisting of English 101 and one of the following
courses: English 200, 201, 203, or any other
approved course in English Literature with a
writing component, or any other approved course
centered on the teaching of writing in a specific
academic
b.
2.
discipline.
one additional course (three credits) from the
approved list of communication courses.
Quantitative/Analytical Reasoning (Goal Two) Three
Credits
in
credits
from the approved
list
of quantitative/
analytical reasoning courses.
3. Values, Ethics,
and Responsible Decision-Making (Goal
Three) Three Credits
Three credits from the approved list of values, ethics,
and responsible decision-making courses.
Fitness and Recreation Skills (Goal Four) Two Credits
Two credits from the approved list of fitness and lifelong
recreation
5. Diversity
and appreciation of
art, literature,
music, and theater
humanides (Goal Nine), and global awareness (Goal Ten).
least three different humanities departments must be
represented in these 12 credits with two or more credits taken
from each department selected. The humanities
departments include Art, Communication Studies and
Theatre Arts, English, History, Languages and Cultures, Mass
CommunicaUons, Music, and Philosophy.
Social Sciences, 12 Credits -Twelve credits from courses
developing and understanding of approaches to gain
knowledge in the social sciences (Goal Five), an
understanding of our own society and the place of an
individual in that society (Goal Seven), knowledge of the
major contributions in the social sciences (Goal Nine), and
global awareness (Goal Ten). At least three different
departments must be represented in these 12 credits with
two or more credits taken from each department selected.
Social sciences departments include Anthropology,
Economics, Geography and Earth Science (courses with "41"
numbers), Polidcal Science, Psychology, and Sociology and
Social Welfare and Criminal Justice.
Natural Sciences and Mathematics, 12 Credits- Twelve
credits from courses developing an understanding of
approaches to gain knowledge in the natural sciences (Goal
At
skill
courses.
Requirement (Goals seven and
ten) Six Credits
from different departments)
which are from an approved list of diversity focused
courses. Diversity courses are to focus wholly on
Six credits (two courses
an understanding of the relationship of the individual
her/his environment (Goal Eight), and knowledge of the
Five)
to
Three
4.
Thirty six (36) credits are required with 12 credits required
from each of the three general academic areas of humanides,
social sciences, and natural sciences and mathematics. No
more than three credits from a given academic major may
count toward this distribution requirement.
Courses which an individual uses to satisfy the specific
communication, quantitative/analytical reasoning, values/
ethics, and fitness and recreation requirements may not be
used to satisfy distribution requirements. The Bloomsburg
University Curriculum Committee (BUCC) or an individual
academic department with the approval of the BUCC may
exclude any of its courses from being counted as a
distribution requirement
Humanities, 12 Credits - Twelve credits from courses
developing an understanding of approaches to gain
knowledge in the humanities (Goal Five), creaUve interests
(Goal Six), knowledge of major contributions in the
interests;
7.
Distribution Requirements:
,
major contiibutions in the natural sciences and mathematics
(Goal Nine). At least three different natural sciences and
mathematics departments must be represented in these 12
credits with two or more credits taken from each departments
selected. Natural Science and Mathematic Department
include: Biological and Allied Health Sciences, Chemistry,
Geography and Earth Science (courses v^dth "51" numbers),
Mathematics and Computer Science (course with "53"
numbers), and Physics.
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
PRP 3627
-
197
3/23/83. Amended and approved by RA, 4/6/83.
by addition of #7 by CCAA, 2/22/84. Approved
by RA, 4/4/84. Amended by addition of #8 by Vice
President's Advisory Council. Amended at BUCC 4/26/
95. Presented at the University Forum September 20,
Amended
Second Baccalaureate Degree
Issued by: Dr. Patrick J. Schloss, Vice President and
Provost for Academic Affairs
1995.
Effective Date: Spring 2001
1.
Approved by CCAA, 3/31/82. Accepted by the
Representative Assembly, 5/5/82. Amended at BUCC 4/
26/95. Presented at the University Forum September
Notes:
20,1995. Revisions approved at
to University
BUCC
Forum May
4/18/01. Presented
2,
2001.
major requirements for the two programs of study. This can
be achieved in one of two ways:
by completing the two programs at Bloomsburg
University simultaneously.
degree at Bloomsburg
University or another accredited college or
university then adding at least 30 credits of
undergraduate courses at Bloomsburg University.
All requirements for the major curriculum in which
the second degree is earned must have been
satisfied and free elective credit must have been
taken if necessary to complete the additional 30
semester hours. If a particular course is required
in both degree programs, it cannot be credited as
part of the 30 semester hour requirement for
completion of the second degree.
first
PRP 3629
Multiple Degrees
Issued by: Wilson G. Bradshaw, Vice President and Provost
for
Academic
Effective Date: Fall 1995
Academic Affairs, 12/8/82. Approved by RAX, 1/20/83.
Approved by Representative Assembly, 2/2/83. Amended
BUCC
Cum Laude, and Cum
4/26/95. Presented at the University Forum
September 20, 1995.
A student can be awarded only one degree at a time. The
degree to be awarded must be selected prior to the last semester. A student completing an additional major in another degree program will have the fact noted on the transcript.
Distinction
Issued By: Wilson G. Bradshaw, Vice President
Academic
for identifying
laude".
those graduating seniors having cumulative quality
point averages between 3.75 and 3.94 will be designated as
3. All
"magna cum
laude".
All those graduating seniors
haNdng cumulative quality
point averages between 3.50 and 3.74 will be designated as
4.
"cum laude".
5. Honors for graduation
be
of the
last
previous
semester; while honors for transcript and diploma
wU be as
will
as
of the end of the final semester.
6.
Forty-eight credits must be taken at
Bloomsburg
University prior to the last semester in order to be considered
for academic honors at
commencement.
A full-time
degree student whose semester Q.P.A. is 3.5
or higher in 12 or more semester hours of course work for
which a grade or grades are received will be named to the
deans' list for that semester
8. At the spring commencement ceremony the graduate in
each college who has earned the highest academic average
of current spring graduates within the college, shall receive
a diploma on behalf of all graduates from that college. This
honored graduate must have earned (prior to the final
semester) at least 64 semester hours of credit at Bloomsburg
University. In the case of ties, all tied graduates will
7.
participate.
PRP 3670
Mid-Semester Grade Reports
Issued: Dr. Wilson G. Bradshaw, Vice President
and Provost
Affairs
Effecdve Date: Fall 1995
Approved by CCAA, 3/16/83. Approved by RAX,
and
Provost for Academic Affairs
Effective Date: Spring
Notes: Approved by
Academic
96
BUCC, 3/6/85. Approved by
Affairs Ad\'isory Council,
3/13/86. Approved by
Vice President's Adxisory Council, 3/6/87. Revised by
10/25/95. Presented to University Forimi
November
for
Laude, Magna
2. The graduating seniors having cumulative quality point
averages between 3.95 and 4.00 should be designated,
PRP 3640
Academic
Summa Cum
honor graduates.
BUCC
Notes:
-
Laude should be used
Affairs
Notes: Approved by the Coordination Committee on
at
Latin Designations
"summa cum
An individual can earn a second baccalaureate degree upon
earning a minimum of 158 credits and the completion of all
or by completing the
The
Policy:
Bloomsburg University
dents in good academic
is
8,
1995.
committed
standing.
To
to maintaining
assist witli
its
stu-
the accom-
plishment of this goal, mid-semester grade reports are issued to new students who are experiencing academic difficulty. Idendfied students are provided with academic support services and faculty advisors for file pinpose of insuring they have the maximum opportunity to be successful.
Procedures:
The Registrar prepares and distributes to instructors a MidSemester Grade List Form for each coinse offered by the
University. The form includes the name of each enrolled
student who has completed 32 credits or less. Instructors
198- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
indicate mid-semester grades of C-,D+,D or
E and return
the form to the Registrar within 96 hours of the close of
business of the middle day of the semester.
The
Registrar
grade report to each identified student and provides copies to the student's faculty ad\'isor and the Coordinator of Academic Advisement
issues a
PRP 3700
and that
situations
regarding what
is
if
there are any questions
acceptable behavior they should be
directed to the University administrators (vice
presidents
Is
and computer administrators).
my campus email or files I have
stored on University
computers secure?
Everyone needs to operate on the assumption that Eis not secure. A rule to follow is if it would bother
you to have it on the front page of the local newspaper,
you shouldn't send it through email. The same caution
should be applied to stored files.
Is my email private?
The University has the right to look at e-mail or the
content of files, but it will do this only if there is
reasonable cause and proper authorization is given.
mail
Computer and Network Use Policy
Issued by: Wilson G. Bradshaw, Provost and Vice President
for
Academic
Effective Date:
Affairs
November
1999
17,
NOTES: Approved by BUCC 11/17/99
The
Preamble
The
all
University seeks to maintain the security
and
integrity
of its computers, networks and related resources; to support
other codes and regulations regarding harassment and
abusive behavior; to protect itself from the legal
consequences of copyright violations and the posting
defamatory material and to ensure that the computer
facilides are used in accordance with rules and reguladon
of proper behavior and its educational mission.
and
University reserves the right to look at email
files if evidence
and codes or
indicates a violation of University rules
local, state
or federal laws. Appropriate
authorization comes from the president, vice president
its
The Policy
Access to the University's computing facilities and resources
is
a privilege granted solely to
registered students
Bloomsburg
and those with
faculty, staff
and
special accounts. All users
of the computing facilities mtist act responsibly and maintain
the integrity of these resources.
The
right to limit, restrict or extend
University reserves the
computing
privileges
and
resources and to remove or limit access to
material posted on the University computers or being sent
access to
over
its
its
network.
Like email on the University computers and network,
on the University equipment belongs to the
and can be accessed if there is reasonable
cause to do so and proper authorization is given. In
files
university
addition, supervisors in order to get material that
Violation of this policy could result in a user's access to
computers and network systems
being restricted or denied and being subject to procedures
and penalties under other University policies, rules, codes
of conduct as well as local, state and federal laws.
may be
seen.
No,
does not monitor content.
it
University's
Bloomsburg University understands
remove or
reserve the right to
It
is
sent over
its
does, however,
restrict material
when
applicable university policies or codes, or state, local
or federal laws are violated. For example, the university,
as necessary,
Note
is
needed for the normal work functions may access files.
For example, supervisors can get files stored on
subordinate's computers if needed as part of the
normal job functions and if the person is not present.
During normal administrative work of maintaining
systems, backing up files and other necessary work, files
Does the University monitor the content of what
network or posted on its computers?
Violations
Bloomsburg
and their designees.
Are my files stored on University computers private?
may remove
material that violates
that the rapidly
copyright laws or
is
potentially libelous.
changing computer environment requires that its computer
use policy be flexible and adaptable. Therefore, in order to
help educate the Bloomsburg University computer users and
to provide guidance as to rights and responsibilities
appended to this policy is a list of examples of behavior that
are restricted, and questions and answers that are intended
to help clarify rights and responsibilities. These are expected
to change over time to meet demands of the changing issues
we must confront.
Are there limitations
to
what I can say or post on
Appendix - Frequently asked Questions and
Answers (FAQ)
How
As with the examples, the FAQs are intended to help
educate and guide the computer user. They will
respond to changing issues and needs for clarification
and interpretation. It is very important to understand
that the examples and FAQs do not and cannot cover
computer administrators (x4821 /
x4099) You should gather as much information as you
can to help in the investigations of the incident. The
computer administrators will direct the complaint to
I
the university
computers and network?
The
university wdshes to support the free
exchange
of ideas and freedom of expression. However,
it
does
reserve the right to limit or restrict the distribution
and posting of material directed at classes of people
(hate speech) and other threatening or offensive
material if it believes this is creating a hostile
environment or is damaging to the university.
do I report a violation of the computer policy?
If you believe that
report
it
a violation has occurred you should
to the
.
other offices
if
needed.
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
In addition there
may be
situations
where you should
with components of a local area network (LAN) or the
For example:
high-speed backbone network otherwise blocking
communication lines, or interfering with the
operational readiness of a computer.
Running or installing on any of the University's
computer systems a program which could result in the
also report the incident to other offices.
you believe there
a violation that threatens
your safety or others, you should report it to the
Campus Police (x4168)
If it involves work-related activities, your
If
is
supervisor should be notified.
What are
An
eventual
copyright violations?
increasingly
common problem
the widespread use of personal
material that
the owner.
is
It is
that comes with
homepages is using
copyrighted without the permission of
important
to
remember
does not need to have the
that material
©
notice on it to be
copyrighted, and copyright protection extends beyond
text to such things as photos, art and video. If the
University is informed of copyright violations, it will
act to remove the material in compliance with law.
What are the consequences of violating the computer policies?
The consequences of violating computer policies can
range from a warning to formal actions by the
University's authorities to further action,
which might
lead to the legal system.
How
will xnolations be
handled?
For violations which are less serious and do not have
an immediate impact on the integrity of the systems
or threaten others, the alleged offender will be
requested to come to computing administrator's office
so information can be gathered and the allegation
discussed. If the situation
is
is
resolved,
no further action
taken. For cases that are not resolved at this meeting
more serious, violations will be handled like
other violations of University codes, regulations,
policies, rules and procedures. For students, this can
involve the judicial procedures explained in the
Student Handbook. For staff and faculty it may involve
their supervisor or Human Resources and Labor
or are
Relations.
Appendix
U
-
Specific
Examples Of Rights And Responsibilities
should be used as guidelines for
These examples
They are not to be considered all inclusive
as they do not cover all situations that would be
behavior.
violation of the general policy. As guidelines, these can
as issues and needs change.
Computer users should use only the computer ID
change
that
has been assigned. Obtaining or attempting to obtain
the computer ID and/or password that has not been
assigned to a user
is
a violation of this policy.
It is
also
a violation of this policy to disguise or attempt to
disguise the identity of the account or
machine being
The
damage
to a file or
the reproduction of itself
is
computer system and/or
prohibited. This includes,
is not limited to, those classes of programs known
computer viruses, Trojan Horses, and worms.
Circumventing or attempting to circumvent data
protection schemes or computer security measures is
but
as
prohibited.
Computer
users are required to abide by the terms
of all software licensing agreements and copyright laws.
it is prohibited to make copies of
copyrighted software, unless the University has a site
In particular,
license specifically allowing the copying of said
It is further prohibited to copy site-licensed
software for distribution to persons other than
Bloomsburg faculty, staff, and students, nor may you
copy site-licensed software for use at locations not
covered under the terms of the license agreement.
Computer users must not deliberately perform acts
which are wasteful of computing resources or which
unfairly monopolize resources to the exclusion of
others. Examples of abuse would include commercial
spam, derogatory remarks, chain letters, or creating
unnecessary multiplejobs or processes. Persons having
questions about a possible use should contact the
software.
computing administrators.
Using University computers
to
send threatening,
may be
harassing, libelous or offensive messages
contrary to University codes and or local, state or
federal laws.
Computer users are prohibited from monitoring or
attempting to monitor another user's data
communications or copy, change, or delete another
user's files or software, without permission of the
owner.
Using University computer and networked resources
for personal or financial gain is prohibited. (This does
not apply to any activities directly related to the
scholarly/professional pursuits of faculty, staff and/or
students. NOTE: Please refer to PRP #2910 Patents and
Copyrights.)
Any network
traffic
exiting the University
to the policies stipulated herein
and
network resources must not be used
attempt to gain unauthorized access to
remote computers.
Any action taken by computer users which deliberately
disrupts or disables the operation of computers,
terminals, peripherals, or networks is violation of this
policy. This includes, but is not limited to, tampering
University's
as the
is
subject
to the "acceptable
use policies" of the network through which
used.
to gain or
-199
it
flows such
SSHEnet.
The primary
use of computing facilities
is
for
Other non-restricted use
such as games are secondary and must yield to
academic use. Games playing and other secondaiT uses
may be restricted when they are found to interfere with
academic use.
academic-related
activities.
200- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
PRP3810
Possess professional liability insurance.
minimum
be a
Admission, IVIonitoring and Exit
Procedures for Teacher Education
Certification
Program
Issued by: Patrick J. Schloss, Ph.D.
The
policy shall
of $1,000,000.00 per claim and
$3,000,000.00 aggregate.
Submit a resume that follows the sample format
Obtain current ACT 34 (Request for Criminal Record
Check) and ACT 151 (Child Abuse History Check)
clearances. Clearances are valid for one year from date
issued on the form.
Provost and Vice President for Academic Affairs
Monitoring
Effective Fall, 2001
Notes: Approved by BUCC, 9/3/87. Revised by BUCC,
2/17/88, 3/31/93, 4/27/94. Approved by Forum 10/19/
94. Approved by BUCC 11/14/01. Presented to Forum
11/28/01
Successfully complete the following courses with a grade
of Cor better (The grade of C- (minus) does not meet
this criterion)
All professional education courses
Procedures:
The
All teacher education students must:
following are requirements for Admission, Monitor-
and courses
in area
of specialization
ing,
Communication Sequence
tion Certification
Study Guides)
Introduction to Individuals with Exceptionalities
and Exit procedures and requirements for all undergraduate students who will major in Teacher EducaPrograms
at
Bloomsburg
University.
In setting these requirements, attention was given to
all
standards and criteria for teacher candidates as man-
dated by the State Board of Education of Pennsylvania,
the Pennsylvania Department of Education, and the National Council for Accreditation of
Teacher Education.
Admission To Teacher Education
Students must submit a completed application packet to
no sooner than the completion of
48 credits and no later than the completion of 65 credits. Transfer students with 48 credits or more must submit a completed application packet during their second semester at Bloomsburg University. The faculty
the faculty advisor
advisor will review the packet, interview the student,
and
submit a recommendation to the department chairperson indicating that the student be admitted or not be
admitted to the program. Enrollment in upper division
teacher education coursework (300 and 400 level courses) is contingent upon admission to the teacher education program.
For admission to teacher education, students must:
Obtain current Pennsylvania Qualifying Scores for the
Praxis I: Academic Skills Assessments (See attachment
of Praxis requirements)
Possess an overall cumulative grade point average of:
Prior to Fall 2001 - 2.5
Fall 2001 - 2.6
Fall 2002 - 2.8
Fall 2003 and thereafter - 3.0
Possess a grade of
tion
and
C
or better in
professional educa-
all
specialization courses.
(The grade of C- (mi-
nus) does not meet this criterion)
Complete 6 semester hours in college
at least 6
and
position
hours in college
mathemat-
level English
Com-
literature
Successfully complete a five-day noncredit field experi-
ence by the end of the sophomore year or
liest
at the ear-
possible time in the case of transfer or non-tradi-
tional students
Submit two
(2)
results
Maintain an overall and area of specialization cumulative grade point average of:
Prior to Fall 2001 - 2.5
Fall 2001 - 2.6
Fall 2002 - 2.8
Fall 2003 and thereafter - 3.0
Any student falling below the appropriate criteria will
be placed on probation for one semester. Probationary students have
one semester
quired GPA, or they
to re-establish the re-
be dismissed from the certification program. Students will remain in the department for one additional semester after dismissal from
will
the certification program so that appropriate advise-
ment
is
available.
satisfactory performance as outiined in the
program of study and consistent with the Professional Competencies listed in PDF 345.33 and PDE Specific Program Guidelines, including:
Understands the central concepts, tools of inquiry, and
structures of the discipline the teacher teaches and
Demonstrate
can create learning experiences that make these aspects of subject matter meaningful for all students.
Understands how all children learn and develop, and
can provide learning opportunities that support their
intellectual, social, career and personal development.
Understands how students differ in their ability and
approaches to learning and creates opportunities that
foster
sive
achievement of diverse learners
in the inclu-
classroom.
Understands and uses a variety of instructional
gies,
strate-
including interdisciplinary learning experienc-
encourage students' development of critical
problem solving and performance skills.
Uses an understanding of individvial and group motivation and behavior to create a learning environment
that encourages positive social interaction, active
engagement in learning and self-motivation.
Uses knowledge of effective verbal, nonverbal and media commimication techniques supported by approthinking,
priate technology to foster active inquiry, collabora-
recommendations from teacher educa-
tion faculty
Submit the
on Program of
es, to
level
ics
Complete
(as specified
and supportive interaction in the classroom.
upon knowledge of subject
matter, students, the community and curriculum
tion
Plans instruction based
from a current Tuberculosis Screen-
ing administered within the
last
two years
goals.
.
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
Understands and uses formal and informal assessment
strategies to evaluate and ensure the continuous intellectual, social and physical development of the
Thinks systematically about practice, learns from experience, seeks the advice of others, draws upon educational research and scholarship and actively seeks out
opportunities to grow professionally.
Completed the prescribed teacher education curriculum with an overall and area of specialization cumulative
Fall
Fall
resources,
and by working
as
an advocate
to im-
prove opportunities for student learning.
(PDE Chapter 354.33)
Continue field and clinical experiences as outiined
in the curriculum and/or program of study
5. Maintain professional liability insurance. The policy
shall be a minimum of $1,000,000.00 per claim and
4.
$3,000,000.00 aggregate
Maintain contact with their advisors each semester
Maintain Act 34 (Request for Criminal Record Check)
and Act 151 (Child Abuse History Check) clearances. Clearances are valid for one year from date issued
on the form.
6.
For Student Teaching
Eligibility for
student teaching
will
be determined during
the scheduling period prior to the student teaching semesis contingent upon:
Completion of the admission to teacher education
Possess an overall cumulative and area of specializa-
ten Student teaching eligibility
1.
2.
tion grade point average of:
Prior to Fall 2001 - 2.5
2001 - 2.6
2002 - 2.8
Fall 2003 and thereafter - 3.0
3. A grade of C or better in all professional education
courses, specialty courses, and appropriate methods
courses specified by each teacher education certifiFall
Fall
cation
meet
4.
program (The grade of C- (minus) does not
this criterion)
Continuation of a professional
policy shall be a
cum
2.
liability
insurance.
2003 and thereafter - 3.0
Demonstrated competency in student teaching with
grades of C or better (The grade of C- (minus) does
this criterion)
Admission To Teacher Education For Second
Degree Students
Students with Bachelor's degrees enrolling in teacher cer-
programs must have the following overall GPA for
undergraduate degree OR, achieve the appropriate
GPA after at least 12 credits as a non-degree student. These
students must complete the admissions to candidacy packet
before they are admitted to Teacher Education.
Fall 2001 - 2.6
Fall 2002 - 2.8
tification
their
Fall 2003 and thereafter - 3.0
Requirement:
In order to receive Pennsylvania Department of Education Instructional Level I certification, candidates must
successfully complete the Praxis Series: Professional Assessment for Beginning Teachers. Praxis Qualifying
Scores are established by the Pennsylvania Secretary of
Education (See attachment).
The Pennsylvania Department of Education will recognize
the qualifying scores of any test identified as replaced for a
period of five years from the date of test administration, if
the test administration is prior to September 1, 2000.
Note: Students are provided with a system by which to
grieve complaints of alleged academic injustices through
the Teacher Education Admission, Progression, and Retention Board of the School of Education.
2/15/2000 - School of Education Admissions Task Force
1/29/2001- Re\'ised recommendations by Office of the
Dean to comply with Chapter 354 and NCATE Standards.
The
PRP 3820
Obtain Act 34 (Request for Criminal Record Check)
and Act 151 (Child Abuse History Check) clearances
Library Book and Materials
Selection Policy
that are valid for the duration of the student teach-
Issued by: Wilson G. Bradshaw, V.P. for Academic Affairs
or student teaching assignment.
Effective Date:
Obtain a Tuberculosis Screening (administered the
semester prior to the student teaching semester) that
will be valid through the student teaching semester
Competency
All teacher
In
Student Teaching
education students must have:
1.
Written evaluations by cooperating teachers
2.
Written evaluations by university supervisors
3.
2001 - 2.6
2002 - 2.8
not meet
ing semester
6.
of:
minimum of $1,000,000.00 per claim
and $3,000,000.00 aggregate. This policy must remain
in full force and eff'ect for the duration of the practi5.
grade point average
Fall
Contributes to school effectiveness by collaborating with
other professionals and parents, by using communi-
Eligibility
201
Prior to Fall 2001 - 2.5
learner.
ty
-
Grades of C or better (The grade of C- (minus) does
not meet
this criterion)
Exit Criteria
All teacher
November 1996
Notes: Approved by the Representative Assembly,
November
It is
17, 1977.
Updated 11/11/96.
the policy of Bloomsburg University
—
— through
the
to select, commensurate with
Harvey A. Andruss Library
budgetary, staff, and space allocations, books and non-book
materials which support:
1
Aims and objectives of the University.
2. Content of courses offered in the curricular
programs.
3. Teaching mediods of faculty members.
4. Research programs of graduate students at the
Master's level.
education students must have:
5.
Research programs of
facult)'
members.
202- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
and
Special needs of students
6.
faculty,
including
general enrichment and leisure reading.
Other University commitments.
7.
In the fulfillment of these objectives, selections of
books and materials
is
considered to be a cooperative
responsibility, with participation
and recommendations
of Library faculty, teaching faculty, administrative
faculty, non-instructional staff, and students. Ultimate
responsibility for overall selections
and
quality of
library materials rests, by virtue of the position, with
Dean of Library Services.
The University administration and those charged with
the
responsibility for selection hold to the tenet that
professional integrity and responsibility to the
academic community served by the library involves the
freedom to have access to a wide spectnam of significant
material available, as long as:
L The educational objectives of the University are
Ephemeral and superseded materials, such as newspapers,
pamphlets and various types of reference
publications, will continue to be discarded routinely as
unneeded items.
Books and materials which are judged to be beyond repair
will either be replaced, if possible, or discarded if no longer
needed. If a book is considered to be necessary and a
replacement copy is not available, the book will be retained
periodicals,
as a non-circulating copy.
Specific
not needed by the
library,
such
as obsolete,
on campus will be withdrawn from
and sent to those departments. All other
use by other departments
the library holdings
materials will be discarded per current state-wide policy
directives.
PRP 3870
Graduate Faculty Appointment
supported.
2.
titles
superseded, or unwanted dviplicate materials, requested for
Effective Date:
All sides of controversial or partisan issues are
Fall
2000
Notes: Endorsed by Graduate Council February 25, 1991.
represented.
The Collection Development
Library applies equally to
all
Policy of Andruss
book and non-book
whether acquired by purchase, gift or
exchange. Gift and exchange materials will be accepted
according to the guidelines in the Gift and Exchange
materials,
Endorsed by Bloomsburg University Curriculum Committee April 3, 1991. Presented as information item to Univer-
Forum April 24, 1991. Amended by Graduate Council
March 3, 2000. Amended by BUCC April 19, 2000. Presented to University Forum April 26, 2000 for information pui'-
sity
poses.
Policy of Andruss Library.
The
University subscribed to the purposes expressed
in the Library Bill of Rights
adopted by the American
Library Association.
PRP 3824
Book
Gift
and Exchange Policy
\T for Academic
November 17, 1977
Issued by: James V. Mitchell,
Effective Date:
Notes:
Affairs
Approved by the Representative by the
Representative Assembly,
November
17, 1977.
and other non-book materials
will be accepted by the Andruss Library only if the items
meet established criteria. They will be examined in terms of
the selection policy, and the material added will be those
that meet selection standards.
The Andruss Library participates in the State-Wide Institutional Exchange Program.
Gifts of books, periodicals,
PRP 3828
Library Boole and IVIaterials
Withdrawal
Issued By: James V. Mitchell,
VP
for
November
Academic
Affairs
1977
Notes: Approved by the Representative Assembly,
Effective Date:
November
17,
17, 1977.
Through the standard library practice of selective weeding,
books and materials which are no longer necessary will be
withdrawn from the Harvey A. Andruss Librai^y collection.
Definition
The Graduate
Facult)' is composed of indi\'iduals who have
earned terminal degrees in their discipline and are active
scholars as demonstrated through one of the following: peer
reviewed publications, peer reviewed regional/national presentations, juried exhibitions, and/or other activities that
bring their work under critical review by professionals in
their discipline. Individuals not possessing terminal degrees
to the Graduate Faculty only when their
record of scholarship and subject mastery, as evidenced
through peer review, is exceptional. Graduate Faculty is
uniquely qualified to teach graduate classes. They are equally
qualified to guide and evaluate research and creative activities of graduate students.
may be appointed
Appointment to
tlie
Graduate Faculty
Graduate Faculty members are appointed by the Assistant
Vice President and Dean of Graduate Studies and Research
upon die recommendation of the Graduate Council. Procedures for appointment are as follows:
The candidate's department chair and if appropriate, program coordinator, shall recommend the appointment
through the appropriate college dean to the yVssistant Vice
President and Dean of Graduate Studies and Research. In
addition to a letter of support, the recommendation should
include the candidate's curriculum vitae. The vitae should
contain current and sufficient detail to allow Council members to judge the candidate against standards identified in
Article
The
I.
and vitae shall be referred to the Gradrecommendation to the Assistant Vice President for Graduate Studies and
Research will act on the application.
letter of support
uate Council, who, by ballot, shall indicate a
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
Upon
considering the chair's letter of support, curricuhim
and recommendation of the Graduate Council, the
Assistant Vice President for Graduate Studies and Research
will act on the application.
Emergency appointments can be made to the Graduate
Faculty by the Assistant Vice President and Dean of Graduate Studies and Research for a period not to exceed one
semester. Emergency appointments are recommended to
the Assistant Vice President and Dean of Graduate Studies
and Research by the department chair in consultation with
the program coordinator. Course or committee assignments
may be limited by the Assistant Vice President and Dean of
Graduate Studies and Research during the emergency apvitae,
pointment. The Assistant Vice President for Graduate Studies and Research may limit the activities during the emergency appointment to specific courses or committee.
An individual who is not a member of the graduate faculty
but has the appropriate background and experience needed to teach a specific course may be approved to teach that
course by Assistant Vice President and Dean of Graduate
Studies and Research. Subsequent approvals for the same
faculty member and course must be reviewed by the graduate faculty prior to reappointment by the Assistant Vice President and Dean of Graduate Studies and Research.
Functions of the Graduate Faculty:
The Graduate
Faculty shall be listed in the Graduate
Catalog.
203
not to recommend a member for reappointment the member can request an independent review and recommendation from the Graduate Council upon considering the dean's
of support, candidate's curriculum vitae, and recommendation of the Graduate Council, the Assistant Vice President for Graduate Studies and Research will act on the ap-
letter
plication.
PRP 3880
Graduate Course Repeat
Issued by: Dr. Betty D. Allamong, Provost and Vice
President for Academic Affairs
Effective Date: April 3, 1991
Notes: Endorsed by Graduate Council February 25, 1991.
Endorsed by Bloomsburg University Curriculum
Committee April 3, 1991. Presented as information item
to University
Forum
April 24, 1991.
Graduate
A maximiuTi
of one course in which grades of "D" or E"
have been recorded or a maximum of two courses in which
a grade of "C" has been recorded (totaling not more than
six semester hours) may be repeated upon application to
the Assistant Vice President for Graduate Studies and Research.
The
application shall be approved
upon request
in
program coordinator and
department chairperson. The initial grade remains on tile
transcript as part of the student's permanent record. The
grade of the repeated course is part of the permanent record
and is used to calculate the student's quality grade point
writing by the student's graduate
Graduate courses
in a
department are taught
exclusively by Graduate Faculty appointed
through the department or those granted a
waiver under HE.
Graduate
-
and examination committees must be
thesis
chaired by a
member
The Graduate Council
is
of the graduate
faculty.
comprised exclusively of
from the
individuals elected or appointed
Graduate
Faculty.
average.
A course may be
repeated only once.
A course
tak-
Bloomsburg University in which a grade of "D" or "E"
has been earned must be repeated at Bloomsburg University. Individual departments or graduate programs may implement more stringent requirements than those shown
en
at
Adjunct Graduate Faculty
above.
who are not members of the Bloomsburg Unimay serve on thesis committees. They are
appointee by the Assistant Vice President and Dean of Graduate Studies and Research upon the recommendation of the
PRP 3920
Individuals
versity Faculty
Honorary Degrees
department chair in consultation with the program coordinator. Adjunct members of the Graduate Faculty cannot
chair a thesis committee and shall serve in addition to the
standard compliment of committee members.
Issued by: Larry W.Jones, Interim President
Effective Date: June, 1985
Approved by Committee for Recommending
Honorary Degree Recipients, 5/3/85. Approved by
Notes:
Periodic Review of Graduate Faculty
Council of Trustees, 6/12/85.
Graduate Faculty shall maintain a high level of scholarship
in graduate teaching, scholastic/creative activities, and professional service. Evidence of these activities are routinely
submitted through the tenure and/or five-year review stipulated in the Collective Bargaining Agreement. On the same
schedule as the five year re\'iew and using the five year review documentation, the candidate's department chair, in
collaboration with the appropriate program coordinator,
shall
recommend
the continue appointment through the
I.
Policy
Bloomsbiug Universit)' wishes to recognize the outstanding
achievements and contributions of individuals to the
institution, to the
serNdce.
Dean of Graduate
and women
letter of support, the
In addition to a
recommendation should include the
The members to judge the
candidate's curriculum vitae.
candidate against standards identified in Article
case of a decision of either the
I.
In the
dean or department chair
lo societw
Such degrees should be awarded onlv to those men
who.se life and works exemplify the concepts of
excellence, .ser\'ice and integrity.
appropriate college dean to the Assistant Vice President and
Studies and Research.
Commonwealth of Pennsylvania,
or to a particular academic discipline, by awarding an
honorai7 degree. An honorary degree is an academic AwaiA
which reflects the mission of Bloomsburg University in die
areas of intellectual pursuit, culture and the arts, or public
II.
Types Of And
Honorary Degrees
Criteria For
Awarding
204- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
Recipients of honorary degrees will have made noteworthy
contributions to Bloomsburg University, to the
Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, or to society in general and
will have demonstrated either meritorious achievement or
scholarship in the arts and humanities, science and
technology, the social sciences, education, the health
profession, commerce, trade or industry. The Committee
for Recommending Honorary Degree Recipients may from
time-to-time modify the existing criteria.
Bloomsburg University intends
honorary degrees:
Doctor of Law (L.L.D.)
-
to grant the following
Distinguished service
mankind
a service of superior character
-
-
Specific attainments
Doctor of Pedagogy (Pd.D.)
qualities,
-
Special
and
individuals to be considered for receipt of
honorary degrees may be submitted to the Committee for
Recommending Honoraiy Degree Recipients by any member
and
attainments contributions and
of the Bloomsburg University community including the
recognition as a creative and experienced educator
following:
Doctor of Commercial Science (D.C.Sc.)
commerce, trade, industry
or in the broad field of business.
Doctor of Fine Arts (D.F.A.) - Specific
attainments and creative contributions in the
-
a.
Creative leadership in
f.
criteria are
intended
to reflect the reciprocal
and the individual being
honored. This shared responsibility serves as the basis for
awarding honorary degrees. It is also expected that the
recipient, through deeds and performance, will have become
an exemplary model for graduates of this and other
institutions of higher education. Bloomsburg University will
consider any nominee who meets the guidelines without
regard to any consideration other than merit.
Composition Of Committee For
Recommending Honorary Degree Recipients
III.
The Committee
for
Recommending Honorary Degree
Recipients shall consist of a total of eleven individuals
among the following constituencies and selected
members - they will be chosen through a
nomination and election process determined by the
A. Four faculty
President of APSCUF from the group listed below:
One
faculty
member
One
One
One
the Unit
Following committee deliberation, no more than three
will be submitted to the President for his/her
names
The President will select from among those
names presented by the committee and present his/her
recommendation for consideration by the Council of
Trustees. The Council of Trustees will accept or reject the
names presented by the President.
consideration.
A nomination shall
remain in an
active file for a period of
three (3) years should it not receive the necessary support.
During that time, it may be selected by majority vote of the
faculty
member
faculty
member
I
faculty
and
member
gain the necessary support during the three-year period,
shall
it
be withdrawn.
Limitations
in
extraordinary
cases
meriting
special
consideration, honorary degrees will not be awarded to active
selected from the
selected from the
selected at-large from
II faculty.
Provost and Vice President for Academic Affairs
members
of the Council of Trustees, administrators, or
faculty of
Bloomsburg
University.
At
least
one year must
elapse following association with the University before
College of Professional Studies
The
consideration.
Except
College of Business
B.
Nominations must be submitted to the committee by
January 31 if the individual is to receive consideration for
the Spring Commencement of that year and by March I for
any other commencement. All nominations must be made
in writing and should be supported by complete biographical
information. Letters of nomination and biographical data
will be distributed to each committee member for his/her
VI.
selected from the
College of Arts and Sciences
4.
Staff
Students
Committee for reconsideration. Should the nomination not
as indicated:
3.
Adininistration
e.
responsibility of the University
2.
Alumni
c.
arts.
well-being.
1.
Council of trustees
b.
d. Faculty
Doctor of Humane Letters (L..H.D.) - Specific
attainments in the humanities and the social
sciences or noteworthy contributions the human
distributed
Procedure For Selecting Honorary Degree
Recipients:
The names of
originality.
The above
Term Of Service
V.
journalism and the drama, as a scholar,
creative artist or writer of great talent
musical
Chairman.
E. One student appointed by the President of the
Communit)' Government Association.
F. One alumnus/alumna of the university appointed by the
President of the Bloomsburg University Alumni Association.
G. One member of the non-instructional staff appointed
years.
(Litt.D) -Specific attainments,
contributions, and recognition in the field of
advanced
D.
Each member of the Committee for Recommending
Honorary Degree Recipients will serve for a period of two
in the field of science.
Doctor of Letters
literature,
The Vice President for University Advancement.
Two members of the Council of Trustees including the
Chairman and one other member appointed be the
C.
IV.
Doctor of Science (SC.D.)
permanent Chairperson of the
Recommending Honorary Degree
Recipients.
and
leadership.
and contributions
for
by the President of AFSCME.
of living or to
to the State, to learning, to the art
this individual shall serve as
Committee
-
former tmstees, administrators, or faculty may be considered
for an honorary doctorate.
In general, no more than two honorary degrees will be
awarded during any one academic year, except by petition
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
to the
Board of Governors under
VII.
Occasions For Awarding Honorary
special circumstances.
Degrees
Honorary degrees will be awarded during
ceremonies of Bloomsburg University.
VIM. Relationsiiip
Commencement
To The Commonwealth
procedures and guidelines contained herein
shall adhere in their entirety to the duly promulgated rules
and regulations of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania.
All policies,
205
Human Subject Research
Committees (HSRC) at the department, school, or college
level as an extension of the IRB for the purpose of reviewing and acting upon proposals in the "Exemption from Review" category. The dean, in consultation with department
chairs, will decide on which structure \vill be used within a
college. The HSRCs must comply with the procedures and
authorize the establishment of
requirements established by the IRB.
The chairperson of the HSRC will maintain a record of all
proposals that are exempted from further review, and for-
ward
to the
IRB
proposals which need further review.
all
The chairperson of the department school
PRP 3990
-
or college
HSRC
submit a list of all research approved for exempt status
the IRB chairperson by June 1 of each year.
shall
Review Board (IRB)
Human Subjects Research
to
Institutional
for
Issued by: Dr. Carol J. Matteson, Interim Provost and
VPAA
Effective Date:
Notes:
Amended
October
19,
1994
by Institutional Review Board
Fall,
1993.
Reviewed by Graduate Council, January, 1994. BUCC
approved April 13, 1994, Fomm approved October 19,
1994.
Bloomsburg University recognizes its ethical and legal responsibilities to provide a mechanism to protect individuals
involved as subjects in research conducted under the auspices of the University. Research, as defined by the Bloomsburg University Graduate Council Research Committee, is
the systematic inquiry/investigation of a specified problem
or set of problems with the goal of advancing the discipline.
Therefore, all research involving human subjects will be reviewed, prior to the initiation of the research, through the
procedures set forth by the University and directed by the
Institutional Review Board (IRB). Failure to submit research
for review and approval is a violation of Bloomsburg Univer-
IRB Membership
The IRB shall be appointed by the Provost and Vice President for Academic Affairs. Federal guidelines indicate that
members should possess a sufficient background to be able
to look at ethical issues and the committee should contain a
balance of males and females. An individual from outside
the institution must serve on the committee. Both scientific
and nonscientific expertise must be included and, at a minimum, one individual must be an ethicist. Members will be
appointed as follows: three from the College of Business,
three from the College of Professional Studies and three
from the College of Arts and Sciences. The term of office
will be staggered three years terms. The Assistant Vice President of Graduate Studies and Research and the Director of
Grants will serve as ex officio, non-voting, members. Depart-
HSRC chairpersons
ex officio and voting members on the IRB.
mental, school, or college
will serve as
Administration
The
university official responsible for carrying out or dele-
is the Provost and Vice President
Academic Affairs. The executive functions include development of policy and modification to conform with laws
and regulations; providing continuing educations for personnel with respect to policy; and providing administrative
support and legal assistance to the IRB.
gating executive functions
for
sity policy.
Rationale
The University policy entrusts
the investigator with the pri-
mary responsibility for protection of individual subjects. The
University assumes the responsibility for ensuring the conditions for protecting
human subjects as
required by the Na-
Law 93-348 and implemented
by the Department of Health and Human Services (Tide 45
CFR 46, Protecdon of Human Subjects, as amended and by
other Federal agencies with appropriate jurisdiction.) The
complete document can be reviewed in the Grants Office.
The University assumes responsibility for encouraging retional Research Act, Public
search activities to benefit advancement of knowledge of hu-
man
conditions and, at the same time, protecting the rights
and welfare of human
subjects, the investigators,
and the
University. This includes assuring the scientific validit)' of
the research methodology as
human
it
relates to the protection of
and students conducting human subject research are responsible to comply
m\h this policy and all federal regulations. The IRB reserves
subjects. University faculty, staff,
the authority to suspend or terminate approval of research
that is not being conducted in accordance widi the Bloomsburg University IRB policy #3990.
Structure
The IRB has
approve
all
Procedures
Researchers must describe their proposed research to the
in enough detail that the potential adverse effects and
IRB
human subjects can be evaluated. The IRB forms
and procedures provide a means for researchers, subjects,
the university, and community to communicate clearly and
responsibly about the risks and benefits of research for human subjects and informants.
Three principles guide the review process:
1. Subjects must give their informed consent to
benefits to
participate in research.
2.
Researchers must provide and protect subject
confidentiality'.
3.
Potential risks to subjects must be balanced
by potential benefits of die research. The review
process uses the concept of minimal risk to decide
the extent to which subject interests warrant formal
and extensive review of research proposals.
Minimum
in the
the responsibility
research invoKing
and authority
to review
and
human subjects. The IRB may
risk
is
proposed
defined as "the
activity,
risks
anticipated
are not greater than those
ordinarily encountered in daily life or during
performance of routine physical or psychological
.
206- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
tests." Risks to subjects are minimized (i) by using
procedures which are consistent with sound
research design and which do not unnecessarily
expose the subjects to risk, and (ii) whenever
pubhcly available beyond the course environment.
members overseeing student research activities to ensure that his or her students
or that
It is
meet the professional standards of the discipline and
conform to Policy 3990 and IRB procedures.
appropriate, by using procedures already being
performed on subjects for diagnostic purposes.
The IRB
classifies
research into three categories based on
need to ensure that research conforms to the above principles. These categories are Full Review, Expedited Review,
and Request for Exemption from Review. These review catetlie
gories are discussed in detail in the Guidelines for
Subject Research. Approval
is
by majority vote in
Human
all cases.
Review - A Full Review occurs when the IRB reviews
the proposed research and meets with the principal investigators to discuss and evaluate the impact on human subjects. After review IRB members vote to approve or disapprove the proposal. Full reviews are conducted for proposed
research that involves more than minimal risk or where very
careful evaluation of risks and benefits is appropriate, minors or vulnerable populations are subjects, or where adverse impact on subjects may occur due to research activities. For example, research exposing subjects to threats to
Full
Procedure for Appeal
In the event a proposal is not approved at the exempt or
expedited level, the researcher may request a full review of
the protocol by the IRB.
Procedures for Noncompliance
ished to
remember
-
Investigators are
admon-
that the university policy entrusts the
emotional injury or discomfort, legal liability or arrest, damage to financial or social standing, or
procedures in which subjects experience stress or have their
behavior, attitudes or beliefs manipulated by researchers
of individual subjects.
sponsibility to
full review.
Expedited Review - Expedited Review occurs when at least
two members of the IRB review the proposal and independently indicate their approval or disapproval. Researchers
meet with reviewers. Reviewers frequendy
comments advising the researcher on ways to
enhance the protection of human subjects. Reviewers may
ask for more information or require changes in procedures
are not required to
give written
enhance the provisions for informed consent, confidenand risk/benefit balance. Expedited research involves
minimal risk to subjects but involves procedures with potential impact on subjects; such as the collection of body samto
tiality
It is
the indiNddual investigator's re-
be in compliance with
in
The IRB
is
a researcher
is
this policy.
the only body authorized to take action
when
noncompliance with FRP #3990. Noncompliance includes
submit applicable research involving
and approval to the IRB
or department, school or college HSRC;
2. failure to conduct research according to the
approved protocol as it relates to the protection of
1
failure to
human
subjects for review
human
subjects.
3.
dignity, physical or
undergo
also
investigator with the primary responsibility for protection
Basic features of each category are:
inust
is
the responsibility of faculty
failure to
immediately notify the IRB when
research activity results in an unexpected adverse
impact on the subjects.
non compliance (either written or oral)
should be directed to the chair of the IRB. The IRB will
investigate allegations of noncompliance, maintaining conAllegations of
fidentiality in all matters.
Only voting members
will partici-
pate in the investigation. In the event that allegations are
IRB will terminate approval of the research
and recommend to the Assistant Vice President for Graduate Studies and Research that the research be terminated.
These decisions will be communicated to the researcher and
the appropriate federal agency or funding agency, if appropriate, by the Assistant Vice President of Graduate Studies
and Research. A decision to terminate research may be appealed to the IRB within 15 days of notification.
substantiated, the
ples or physiological data, video or voice recordings, or studies
involving \ailnerable populations or sensitive issues.
Exemption from Review - A Request for Exemption from
Review may be received by the IRB or an authorized HSRC.
Researchers must complete and submit the same forms and
documents required for the other review categories. These
forms provide reviewers with the information needed to evaluate whether the research qualifies for exemption from review. An IRB member must approve requests for exemption.
Exempted research involves research on effectiveness of or
the comparison among instixictional techniques, curricula,
or
management methods,
the use of educational
tests,
or
the study of existing data.
Student Research - Student research activities are governed
by both the requirements of good research and the regulations of the Bloomsburg IRB. Student research is any systematic data collection and recording process done by students that is subject to interpretation and dissemination to
solve a problem or advance understanding of a discipline.
Dissemination occurs whenever information goes beyond
registered students or assigned faculty or supervisors for the
course. Examples of student research include the collection
of data for a thesis, honors paper, or departmental paper or
data collected for publication, distribution, presen-tation.
PRP
3991
Course Assignments Involving
Human
Subjects
Issued By: Wilson G. Bradshaw, Provost and Vice President
for
Academic
Affairs
Effective Date:
Notes:Endorsed by Deans' Council, November
Endorsed by BUCC, January
31, 1996.
Approved
15, 1995.
at
Forum
2/5/97.
Student research conducted within an academic course may
be categorized as either a course assignment or disseminated
research. If the student research is categorized as a course
assignment, the data collection and interpretation is for
pedagogical purposes only and is contained wholly within
the course environment. Such data is gathered without the
intention of disseminating it beyond the instructor and
students of the course. Disseminated research occurs
whenever information is formally presented (eg. poster, oral
or written) to any audience beyond the course. Disseminated
research must be reviewed under Policy 3990. All research
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
-207
be planned and carried out
imal research in accordance with the National Institutes of
with a due consideration of the University's ethical and legal
Health Guide for the Care and Use of Laboratory Animals.
course assignments must
still
responsibility to protect individuals involved as the subjects
of these activiues, especially when exposed to more than a
minimal risk. Student research which involves specialized
populations as subjects (for example; pregnant women,
fetuses, abortuses, prisoners, individuals with physical or
mental disabilities, minors, economically or educationally
disadvantaged, or institutionalized individuals) is always
considered to be above minimal risk. (Minimal risk is defined
as "the risks, anticipated in the proposed activity, are not
greater than those ordinarily encountered in daily life or
during the performance of routine physical or psychological
examinations or test.") Suitable precautions must be taken
to ensure the confidentiality of the results of any procedure
pertaining to a particular person who is a participant in the
activity.
Role of faculty in supervising student research categorized
as a course assignment:
A.
It is
the responsibility of faculty to determine,
prior to giving an assignment, whether a project
within the area of course assignment or
disseminated research. Disseminated research must
be reviewed under Policy 3990. Student research
originally conducted as a course assignment may
not later become disseminated research. No IRB
(Institutional Review Board) approval will be given
falls
Responsibility of the lACUC
The members of the lACUC (a) review annually the institution's program for humane care and use of animals; (b)
inspect at least twice annually
of the institution's animal
all
review concerns involving the care and use of
animals; (d) review protocols of research conducted at the
facilities; (c)
university that involve animal subjects; (e) approve/require
modification in or withhold approval of those sections of
the protocol related to the care and use of animals as set
forth in the PHS Policy; (f) notify in writing the investiga-
and the institution of its decision to approve or withhold approval of research protocols; (g) make written rectors
ommendations to the Dean of the College of Arts and Sciences regarding any aspect of the institution's animal program, facilities, or personnel training; (h) maintain minutes
of the lACUC meetings, records of proposals, and proposed
changes in the care and use of animals.
Administration
The lACUC reports
directly to the Assistant Vice President
and Research who in turn reports to
and Vice President for Academic Affairs and the
for Graduate Studies
the Provost
President of the University.
pend
The lACUC
activities involving the
forth in the
PHS
care
is
authorized to sus-
and use of animals
as set
Policy
after the fact.
B. It
is
the responsibility of the faculty to discuss
research ethics with the class in the context of the
lACUC Membership
Members
of the
lACUC
shall
be appointed by the Provost
assignment prior to the initiation of data collection.
C. It is the responsibility of faculty to monitor
student projects from beginning to end for impact
on human subjects. Special attention should be
paid to maintaining confidentiality, minimal levels
of risk, the freedom to withdraw, and informed
and Vice President for Academic
consent.
veterinarian.
D.
It is
the responsibility of faculty to report
unexpected adverse affects on human subjects
the department chair.
to
and the President
lACUC must consist of at least five memone member must not be involved in animal
research. At least one member must not be associated formally with the university. At least one member must be a
require that the
bers.
At
least
The
veterinarian
may
also serve as the
will
serve for
one
year.
Applicability
Any individual conducting research employing
Animal Subjects Research
Issued by: Betty D. Allamong, Provost
for
Academic
and Vice President
Affairs
Effective Date: April 3, 1991
Notes: Endorsed by Institutional Animal Care and Use
Committee March 22, 1991.
Endorsed by Bloomsburg University Curriculum
Committee April 3, 1991. Presented as information item
to University
Forum
April 24, 1991.
Bloomsburg University recognizes its ethical and legal responsibility to provide a mechanism to protect animal subjects used in research under the auspices of the institution.
Since 1982 Bloomsburg University has maintained an Assurance of Compliance with the Public Health Semce (PHS)
Policy on Humane Care and Use of Laboratory Animals (Assurance #:A3043) As specified under this assurance, an Institutional Animal Care and Use Committee (lACUC) was
formed and maintains a program for activities involving an.
mem-
ber not affiliated with the university. The remaining members of the LACUC will be facult)' actively involved in animal
research. A chairperson will be elected by the members of
the committee and
PRP 3995
Affairs
of the University for a three-year term. Federal guidelines
vertebrate
animals as subjects must submit an Ajiimal Research Proto-
Form to the lACUC. A research project is any acti\ity
designed to uncover new information and should not be
confused with classroom demonstrations or projects \vhere
the sole purpose is to instruct students in methods of experimentation; however, all classroom demonstrations that involve surgical procedures, animal discomfort, anesthesia, or
euthanasia must submit an Animal Research Protocol. The
Protocol must be submitted whether or not the project is
funded by a federal grant. In order to assure tiiat research
col
activities
v^thout
do not imnecessarily duplicate previous research
or justification, a new Protocol
scientific rationale
must be submitted for eveiy research project or classroom
demonstration, even if an identical Protocol has been previously approved. The Animal Research Protocol Form will
ask each individual conducting animal research to include
the scientific rationale for any duplication of an activilv and
a description of the appropiiateness of the number of animals being used.
208- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
Protocol
An Animal Research
Protocol
Form may be obtained from
the Grants Office in Waller Administration Building. Five
copies of the Protocol should be submitted to the chairperson of the lACUC. The name of the chairperson of the
lACUC may be obtained by calling the Director of Grants at
extension 4129. An Animal Research Protocol will be reviewed by one or more committee members. If the Protocol
is not approved, it will be given a full committee review for
further consideration. If a full committee review is conducted, approval of the project may be granted only after approval vote of a majority of the
col
quorum
present.
The
Proto-
must be acted upon within two weeks of submission. The
purpose of the lACUC is to address concerns directly related to the health and welfare of animals such as the procedures used to avoid or minimize discomfort, the proper use
of sedation or methods of euthanasia. The purpose of the
review is not to evaluate the scientific merits of the proposal. Copies of reviewed Animal Research Protocols will be
maintained by the Grants Office.
Bloomsburg
iBto
UNIVERSITY
Academic Catalog
Graduate and Undergraduate Degree Programs
Undergraduate Minors
General Education Requirements
Course Descriptions
Academic
Policies
Bloomsburg University of Pennsylvania
The official university catalog
may be found at www.blooniu.edu/acadeniic
Contents of
this
summary
are effective
beginning Fall Semester, 2002
1
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
Table of Contents
General Education Requirements
9
Introduction
Credit, Semester
9
Hour
9
Distribution Requirements
9
Additional Information
9
Specific
Course Requirements
9
Quantitative-Analytical Reasoning (3 credits)
and Responsible Decision Making
and Recreational Skills (2 credits)
Distribution Requirements
Group A - Humanities and the Arts
Group B - Social and Behavioral Sciences
Group C - Natural Sciences and Mathematics
Values, Ethics
10
(3 credits)
Fitness
Cultural Diversity Requirement
10
10
10
1
11
1
11
Department of Accounting
13
Accounting (B.S.B.A.)
Minor in Accounting
Accounting (M.Ac.)
13
Required courses
Department of Anthropology
Anthropology
Minor
Minor
(B.A.)
American Studies
Anthropology
13
13
13
15
15
in Latin
15
in
15
Art Studio (B.A.)
16
Art History (B.A.)
16
Department of Art and Art History
Minor in Art History
Minor in Art Studio
Art History (M.A.)
Required Courses
Art Studio (M.A.)
Required Courses
Department of Audiology and Speech Pathology
Audiology and Speech Patholog)' (B.S.)
Minor in Audiology and Speech Pathology
Audiology (M.S.)
Required Courses
Elective Courses
Speech Pathology (M.S.)
16
16
16
16
17
17
17
18
18
18
18
18
19
19
Required Courses
1-^
Elective Courses
19
2- Undergraduate,
Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
Department of Biological and
Allied Health Preparatoi-y
Allied Health
Sciences
Programs
20
20
Biology (B.A.)
21
Biology (B.S.)
21
Marine Science Option
Microbiology Option
22
Minor
22
22
in Biology
Biology (M.Ed.)
Admission
Candidacy
Graduation
Required Courses
22
Biology (M.S.)
Admission
Candidacy
Graduation
Required Courses
24
22
23
23
23
24
24
24
24
Department of Business Education and Office Information Systems
Business, Computer and Information Technology (K-12)
Required Courses
Business BCIT requirements
Office Information Systems (B.S.B.A.)
Business Education (M.Ed.)
Department of Chemistry
ACS
28
28
Biochemistry Option
(B.S.)
Certification
Chemistry
Chemistry Minor
Clinical
28
Certification
Chemistry
26
27
27
28
Chemistry (B.A.)
Chemistry (B.S.)
-
26
26
26
Office Information Systems (B.S.B.A.)
ACS
26
(B.S.)
28
28
29
29
Department of Computer and Information Systems
Computer and Information Systems (B.S.)
Minor in Computer and Information Systems
30
Department of Communication Studies and Theatre Arts
Communication Studies (B.A.)
Minor in Communication Studies
31
Theatre Arts
Areas Of Emphasis
Minor In Theatre Arts
30
30
31
31
31
32
32
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
Department of Developmental Instruction
Courses Offered
-
3
33
33
Department of Early Childhood and Elementary Education
Early Childhood Education (B.S.Ed.)
Elementary Education (B.S.Ed.)
Dual Certification
Early Childhood Education (M.S.)
Required Courses
34
34
34
35
35
36
Elementary Education (M.Ed.)
36
37
Required Courses
Department of Educational Studies and Secondary Education
Secondary Education (B.S.Ed.)
Curriculum and Instruction (M.Ed.)
Program Completion and Graduation
38
38
38
.38
Registration for Classes
38
Graduate Assistantships
Required courses
Student Teaching Practicum
38
38
39
39
39
Subject Specialist:
Prerequisites for Admission:
40
Department of English
40
40
English (B.A.)
Minor
in English
Department of Exceptionality Programs
41
Interpreting (B.S.)
Special Education (B.S.Ed.)
Area of Concentration
41
in
Education of the Deaf/Hard of Hearing
Elementary Education and Special Education (Dual Certification)
Education of the Deaf/Hard of Hearing (M.S.)
Required Courses
Reading (M.Ed.)
Required Courses
Special Education (M.S.)
Required courses
41
42
42
43
43
44
44
44
44
Exceptionalities with certification (M.S.)
-VS
Exceptionalities (M.S.)
-li^
Department of Finance and Legal Studies
Finance (B.S.B.A.)
Career Concentration in International Business
Minor in Legal Studies
47
47
4/
47
4- Undergraduate,
Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
Department of Geography and
49
Geosciences...........
Eaith Science (B.S)
49
Geography Minor
Geography (B.A.)
Geography (B.A.)
Geography (B.A.)
Geology (B.S.)
Geology - Minor
50
-
50
50
51
51
51
Department of History
52
History (B.A.)
52
Minor
52
in History
Honors Program
53
About the Honors Program
Honors Courses
53
53
54
Exercise Science (B.S.)
Minor
54
54
in Exercise Science
Exercise Science and Adult Fitness (M.S.)
Department of Health, PhysicalEducation and Athletics
Required courses
54
Department of Instructional Technology
55
Instructional Technology (M.S.)
55
55
55
Graduation
Required courses
Department of Languages and Cultures
Career Concentration
French (B.A.)
in
56
Chinese Studies
56
56
56
Required Courses
Minor
in
French
German
(B.A.)
Minor
German
in
56
56
57
57
58
Spanish (B.A.)
Minor
in Spanish
Department of Mathematics, Computer Science and
Computer Science (B.S.)
Mathematics (B.A.)
Mathematics (B.S.)
Minor in Mathematics
Minor
54
in Statistics
Department of Mass Communications
Mass Communications (B.A.)
Statistics
59
59
59
60
60
60
61
61
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
Department of Management
Management (B.S.B.A.)
Human
62
62
Resources Concentration
62
Master of Business Administration
62
Department of Marketing
65
Marketing (B.S.B.A)
Minor in Marketing
65
65
Department of Music
66
Music (BA.)
66
Music Education Certification, K-12, Track
66
Music (BA.)
Music (BA.)
66
67
Department of Nursing
68
Nursing (B.S.N.)
Nursing (M.S.N.)
68
68
Required courses
69
Department of Philosopliy
71
Philosophy (B.A.)
71
Minor
71
in
Philosophy
Department of Physics and Engineering Teclinology
72
Physics (B.A.)
72
Physics (B.S.)
72
and Electronic Engineering Technology
Engineering Science 3+2 (B.A.)
Health Physics (B.S.)
Electrical
Department of
Political
(B.S.)
Science
72
72
73
74
in Political Science
74
74
Department of Psychology
75
Polidcal Science (B.A.)
Minor
Psychology (B.A.)
75
Minor
75
in Psychology
Department of Sociology, Social Work and Criminal Justice
Sociology (B.A.)
Applied Sociology option
Social
Work
in Sociology
in
Women's
76
76
76
(B.A.)
Criminal Jusdce (B.A.)
Minor
Minor
76
Studies
76
76
^"^
6-
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
78
Course Descriptions
DVS (01) Developmental Instruction
HPE (05) Health, Physical Education and Athletics
HON (08) Honors Courses
IDS (09) Interdisciplinary Studies
FRE (10) French
GER
(11)
SPN
(12) Spanish
RUS
ITL
German
(16) Chinese
ENG
(20) English
(18) Latin
COM
THE
MSC
PHL
(25)
Communication Studies
Mass Communications
ART
(28) Philosophy
(30) Art
ARH
(31) Art History
ARS
ECN
GEO
HIS
PES
(35)
(40)
(41)
83
84
85
86
91
93
95
96
97
98
99
102
105
107
(32) Art Studio
MUS
82
89
(26) Theatre Arts
(27)
78
88
88
89
89
(13) Russian
(14) Italian
CHI
LAT
78
Music
Economics
Geography
(42) History
108
(44) Political Science
112
SOC
(45) Sociology, Social
ANT
(46)
Work and Criminal Justice
Anthropology
113
116
PSY(48) Psychology
118
BIO
(50) Biology
ESS
(51)
120
126
Geology and Earth Science
CHM (52) Chemistry
MAT (53) Mathematics
PHY
MRS
CPS
(54) Physics
(55)
(56)
Marine Science
Computer Science
Instructional Technology
(58) Electrical
EDF
ELE
(63)
TCH
and Electronic Engineering Technology
(60) Educational Studies
(62) Early
Childhood and Elementary Education
Reading
(65) Secondary Education
(67) Military Science
127
128
132
134
136
138
139
140
143
145
146
147
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
-
7
SPE
SPA
(70) Special
Education
Audiology
and Speech Pathology
(72)
HRL (74) Studies in Hearing Loss
147
150
153
ITR
PRS
(75) Interpreter Training
HLT
(80) Health Sciences
154
155
155
NUR
MDT
(82) Nursing
155
(79) Professional Studies
(86) Medical
Technology
162
BUS (90) General Business
ACC (91) Accounting
CIS (92) Computer and Information Systems
162
MOT
166
OIS
FIN
(93)
Management
(94) Office Information Systems
(96) Finance
MKT (97) Marketing
BSL
(98) Business
Academic
Law
Policies
Field Experiences for Teacher Education
Program Approval
Undergraduate Degree Programs
Guidelines for Course Numbering System
Course and Program Development
Required Format for Course Syllabi for BUCC Approval
Student Course Requirements and Progress Information
Undergraduate (Degree and Non-Degree) Admissions Policy
Evaluation of Undergraduate Transfer Credits
Placement Testing for Developmental Courses
Academic Renewal Policy
Student Responsibility
Registration
Choice of Curriculum/Declaration of Major
Double Major Across Colleges
Change of Area of Study
Change of Undergraduate Schedule
163
165
169
170
171
172
173
173
174
174
174
175
176
176
177
178
179
179
180
180
180
180
180
180
Student Scheduling Policy
181
Definition of FuU-Time Student
181
Undergraduate Satisfactory Progress
Graduate Courses in Senior Year
Credit by Examination
Credit by Examination for RN's
Course Repeat
Undergraduate Pass/Fail
182
183
183
183
184
184
8- Undergraduate,
Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
Auditing of Courses
184
Withdrawal
Graduate Course Withdrawal
Class Attendance
185
185
185
Academic Integrity Policy
Academic Examination Policy
Grade Change
Department of Nursing Academic Good Standing
Academic Dismissal and Appeals Procedure
Graduate Academic Progress, Probation, and Dismissal
Withdrawal from the University
Academic Grievance Procedure
Majors, Minors, Career Concentrations and Teacher Certification
186
Graduation Requireinents
Change in Graduation or Curriculum Requirements
General Education Requirements
Multiple Degrees
195
Academic Distinction
Mid-Semester Grade Reports
Admission, Monitoring and Exit Procedures
Teacher Education Certification Program
Library Book and Materials Selection Policy
Book Gift and Exchange Policy
Library Book and Materials Withdrawal
Graduate Faculty Appointment
191
191
192
193
195
195
195
197
197
197
for
Honorai"y Degrees
Review Board (IRB) for Human Subjects Research
Course Assignments Involving Human Subjects
Animal Subjects Research
Institutional
187
190
190
200
201
202
202
202
203
205
206
207
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
-
9
General Education Requirements
Introduction
The College of
An understanding
Liberal Arts, College of Science
of the relationship between an
individual and his/her physical and biological
environments;
and
Technology, College of Business and College of
Professional Studies at Bloomsburg University of
Pennsylvania administer undergraduate curricula.
Each curriculum, leading to a baccalaureate degree,
requires successful completion of at least 128 semester
hours in the major, general education and free electives.
This secuon deals with general education; requirements
for each major are listed under department headings.
While elecUves are unrestricted, it's helpful to consult with
a faculty adviser.
When
a student makes a tentative choice of a major,
preliminary or prerequisite courses required in that major
are assigned. Admission
is
selective or restrictive at the
junior year entry level for some curricula. The university
is not bound to admit the student if the student is not
admissible according to the competition for available
spaces or other selective criteria.
Students
who plan
to
major in two departments must have
and meet all of the
major requirements of each department and all of the
general education requirements. Double majors in some
departments may require more than the minimum 128
semester hours for graduation. Double majors in
departments in two colleges must have the permission of
both college deans to declare a double major.
position of the indi\'idual in the world community'.
Additional Information
See PRP 3612 General Education Requirements
Questions regarding general education requirements may
be directed to your academic adviser or to the Registrar.
Specific Course Requirements
Commiuiication
(9 credits; unless
one weekly period of 50 minutes of lecture, discussion
courses.
20.101 Composition
1
and one of the following:
20.201 Composition 2
20.203 Approaches to Literary Study
31.460 Research in Art Histon'
42.398 Research and Writing
20.131 Bible as Literature
20.151 Introduction to Literature
20.152 Literatme and Society
20.156 Popular Literature
20.226 European Literature
20.236 American Literature
Distribution Requirements
The general education program includes specific course
requirements totalling 18 credits, distribution
requirements totalling 36 credits and a diversity
requirement of two courses. The goals of the general
education program are to develop:
ability to
ability to
facility to
communicate
recreation
A
1
20.237 .American Literature 2
20.246 British Literature
1
20.247 British Literature 2
20.256 Non-Western Literature
1
22.257 Non-Western Literatiu-e 2
The remaining
tiiree credits in
think analytically and quantitatively;
make independent and responsible value
Communication are
to
10.100 Foundations of French Literature and Culture
10.101 French
1
10.102 French 2
10.203 French 3
10.204 French 4
10.205 Applied Phonetics and Pronunciation
skills;
capacity for assessing the validity of ideas
and an
11.100 Foundations of
understanding of the approaches used
knowledge through the development of
to gain
11.101
critical
11.102
thinking
1
selected from these courses:
effectively;
judgments and decisions according to high ethical
values and life goals;
An appreciation of the need for fitness and lifelong
A
Skills
50.290 Writing in Biology
20.227 European Literature 2
credit.
A
Honors Composition
and one of the second level
required.) Suidents eligible for 20.205
or a Writing-Intensive Literature coiuse
or recitation for one semester. In some cases as in
laboratory, studio or internship, there may not be a oneto-one correspondence between experimental time and
An
An
student qualifies for
20.205 Honors Composition in which case only 6 credits are
09.231 Technical Writing
Semester Hour
A semester hour, or credit, is ordinarily defined as the credit
for
familiarity with the major contributions of human
knowledge in the humanities, social sciences, natural
sciences and mathematics; and
An awareness and global understanding of the relative
are excused from taking 20.101
a major adviser in each department
Credit,
A
abilities;
greater appreciation of theater, literature, art
11.203
and
music through stimulation of one's creative interests;
An understanding of our society and the relative
position of an individual in this society;
German
German
German
German
German
Literature
and Culture
1
2
3
4
12.100 Foundations of Spani.sh Literature and CUiUure
11.204
12.101 Spanish
1
12.102 Spanish 2
be
10- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
12.203 Spanish 3
05.1 12 Varsity Athletics
12.204 Spanish 4
05.113 Varsity Athletics
12.205 Phonetic Theory and Practice
05.149 Aquatics
13.101 Russian
05.150 Beginning Aquatics
1
-
13.102 Russian 2
05.155 Swimnastics
13.103 Russian 3
05.200
13.104 Russian 4
05.214 Fencing
14.101 Italian
05.217 Bicycling
1
Safety
05.219 Tennis
14.102 Italian 2
16.105 Chinese
CPR and
05.220 Folk Dancing
1
16.106 Chinese 2
05.221 Jazz Dance
18.101 Latin
05.222 Creative Dance
1
05.223
18.102 Latin 2
20.112 Practical
II
Begin Non-Swim
Grammar
Modern Dance
05.224 Fitness Dance
20.301 Creative Writing
05.225 Beginning Ballet
25.103 Public Speaking
25.104 Interpersonal Speech Communication
05.226 Jogging / Walking
05.228 Gymnastics
74.153 Introduction to Sign Language
05.230 Weight Training and Fitness
Quantitative-Analytical Reasoning (3 credits)
08.303 Honors Seminar on Research
45.260 Basic Social
48.160 Basic
53.101
05.232 Bowling
05.233 Badminton
40.156 Business and Economics Math
40.236 Business and Economics Stat
05.231 Archery
1
05.234 Golf
1
05.235 Riflery
Statistics
05.236 Volleyball
Statistics
05.238 Racquetball-Handball
Math Thinking
05.239 Square Dance
53.111 Finite Mathematics
05.240 Fitness-Slimnastics
53.118 Applied Matrix Algebra
05.241 Judo-Self Defense
53.123 Essentials Calculus
05.243 Backpacking
53.125 Calculus
05.244 Orienteering
1
53.141 Introduction to Statistics
53.202 Geometry and
05.245 Canoeing
Statistics for
Elementary Education
Majors
53.241 ProbabiUty and Statistics
56.110 Introduction to Computer Science
Values, Ethics and Responsible Decision
Making
05.250 Lifesaving
05.265 Basketball
05.270 Exercise and You
05.272 Intermediate Bowling
08.303 Honors Seminar on Quantitative and Analytical
Reasoning
09.213 Science, Technology and
Human
05.248 Basic Saihng
05.271 Intermediate Archery
(3 credits)
08.301 Honors Seminar: Values
09.230
05.247 Basic Rock Climbing
Human
05.273 Intermediate Golf
05.274 Intermediate Tennis
05.275 Intermediate Volleyball
Values
Sexuality
05.276 Intermediate Judo
05.277 Advanced Sailing
28.297 Ethics
05.298 Fitness and Wellness
28.290 Medical Ethics
(1 credit only)
05.300 Decisions on Heath Behavior
28.292 Contemporary Moral Problems
28.294 Ethics Politics and Public Policy
28.295 Business Ethics
42.210 Values Conflict 20th Cent
42.215 Global Issues: Contemporary Values
44.207 Ethics, Politics and Public Policy
45.320 Sociology of Women
(3)
05.311 Methods, Materials in Elementary School Physical
Education
41.105 Environmental Issues/Choices
(1 credit only)
05.309 Decisions for Healthy Behavior
(1
credit only)
05.321 First Aid and Safety (1 credit only)
05.333 School
Camping and Outdoor Education
05.397 Adult Hlth Dev Program
50.205 Intro to Nutrition
(1
(1 credit
only)
credit only)
46.102 Anthropology and World Problems
46.260
Men and Women
Anthropology Perspective
48.131 Psychology Adjustment
48.254 Psychology Aspects Society Issues
50.254 Social Implications Biology
60.205 Career Development and Life Planning
82.100 Personal Health
82.217 Alcohol: Use and Abuse
Fitness and Recreational Skills (2 credits)
Two credits of Military Science (67) satisfy the requirement.
Distribution Requirements
Thirty-six semester hours are required with 12 semester
hours required from each of the three general academic
areas of humanities, social sciences
mathematics.
No more
given academic major
and natural sciences and
than three semester hours from a
may count toward
this distribution
requirement.
Courses which an individual uses to satisfy the specific
communication, quantitative/analytical reasoning, values/
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
and
ethics
used
fitness
and recreation requirements may not be
to satisfy distribution requirements.
Bloomsburg
Committee (BUCC) or an individual
University Curriculum
08.101 Honors Humanities
08.201 Honors Humanities
I
II
09.491 Honors Independent Study Humanities
09.492 Honors Seminar Humanities
distribution requirement.
09.493 Honors Independent Study Humanities
some
cases, qualifications exist in the
schedule, the university catalog or the student information
system for prerequisites and other qualifications. Not every
The
is
offered each semester.
courses appearing here are approved for general
education as of May
1995.
1,
for general education
schedule, that course
If
a course was previously listed
and does not appear
will still fulfill
in this class
general education credit
for the student, provided the student enrolled in the course
during the time the course was approved for general
education. However, students scheduling the course after
the course no longer is approved may not receive general
education credit for the course.
Questions regarding courses listed as general education
should be directed to the academic department which offers
the course.
Courses selected to
must be from
fulfill
the distribution requirements
at least three different
departments within
each of the three groups with two or more credits required
selected. Courses which a student
uses to satisfy the specific course requirements in the
categories of communication, quantitative/analytical
reasoning, values/ethics and fitness and recreation may not
be used to satisfy the distribution requirements.
Students who otherwise meet the prerequisites are
permitted to take any course offered by the departments
listed below, unless the course is expressly excluded for
general education by the university curriculum committee
or the department with the approval of the curriculum
committee.
No more than three credits from a given academic major
may count toward the distribution requirement. Students
with a double major must adhere to this policy for one of
from each department
the majors.
Group A
Group B
-
II
Social and Beliavioral Sciences
Select courses totalling 12 credits
46
40
-
41
-
48
45
from these departments:
Anthropology
Economics
Geography
-
44
-
Political Science
Psychology
-
Sociology
-
,
Social Welfare
and Criminal Justice
In addition, these courses are eligible;
08.130 Honors Social Science
I
08.230 Honors Social Science II
09.496 Honors Independent Study Soc Sci
09.497 Honors Sem Soc Sci
I
09.498 Honors Independent Study Soc Sci II
70.101 Introduction to Exceptional Individuals
72.152 Introduction to Communications Disorders
following courses are not eligible for group B credit:
The
40.156 Business and Economics Mathematics
40.180 Special Topics
40.246 Business and Economics
40.356 Business and Economics
Statistics I
Statistics II
40.455 Econometrics
40.470 Senior Seminar
40.480 Advanced Special Topics
40.490 Independent Study
41.350 Advance Planning
Group C
-
Natural Sciences and Mathematics
from these departments:
and Allied Health Sciences
Select courses totaling 12 credits
30
-
Biological
52
-
Chemistry
51
-
53
54
-
I
form of
prerequisites, two semester continuity, etc. Consult the class
general education course
11
In addition, these courses are eligible:
academic department, with the approval of the BUCC, may
exclude any of its courses from being counted as a
In
-
-
Geography and Geosciences
Mathematics (but not computer science courses)
-
Physics
In addition, these courses are eligible:
Humanities and the Arts
08.110 Honors Math and Science
I
30 -Art
08.210 Honors Madi and Science
II
31- Art History
09.173 Seminar Natural Sciences and Mathematics
09.495 Honors Seminar Natural Sciences and Matliematics
Select courses totalling 12 credits
32
25
20
-
Art Studio
-
Communication Studies
English
-
42
-
History
Languages and Cultures
French
10-18
-
from these
areas:
The
following courses are not eligible for
09.230
Human
Group C
credit:
Sexuality
50.205 Intro to Nutrition
50.254 Social Implications Biology
54.180
CAD
Engineering Graphics
German
Spanish
Cultural Diversity Requirement
Russian
Italian
Japanese, Chinese
Latin
27
-
35
-
28
-
26
-
Mass Communications
Music
Philosophy
Theatre Arts
The Cultural Diversitv' requirement is ett'ecuve for all degree students entering or re-entering with the fall semester
1993 and thereafter. Each student must succe.ssfully complete two courses from this list of diversity focused courses.
These courses may be applied toward courses for the major,
general education or free electives.
05.334 Women in Sport
08.130 Honors Social Science
1
12- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
08.302 Honors Seminar, Diversity
Human
42.228 African-American History
42.329
The American Woman
III
42.469
10.204 French IV
42.470
Women/Gender Euro
Women/Gender Euro
44.222
Women
09.230
10.203 French
Sexuality
10.211 Foundations of French Culture
and
Civilization
10.212 France Today
11.203
11.204
11.211
11.212
Politics
44.377 Feminist Political Theory
German III
Gennan IV
German Culnire and
German Culture and
12.203 Spanish
and
1
2
45.215 Racial and Ethnic Minorities
45.221 Social
Work and
Diversity
Ci\'ilization I
45.352 Sociology of Women
Civilization II
46.101 Introduction to Anthropology
46.102 Anthropology and World Problems
III
12.204 Spanish IV
46.200 Principles of Cultural Anthropology
12.211 Spanish Culture
and
46.290 Anthropology of Race and Racism
Civilization
12.212 Spanish-American Culture and Civilization
46.310 Aztecs and Mayans
14.203 Italian
46.320 Contemporary World Cultures
III
Chinese Culture and Civilization
16.212 Chinese Culture and Civilization
20.256 Non-Western Literature I
20.257 Non-Western Literature II
16.21
20.287 Black
I
46.333 Ethnic Identity in the United States
II
46.340 Native North Americans
Women Writers
46.350 Medical Antliropology
46.370 Indigenous Cultures of
Modern
Me.xico
46.390 Sociology of the Child
20.288 Feminist Reading of Culture
46.440 Language and Culture
20.388 Gender/Race/Class
46.450 Peoples and Cultures of South America
20.436 African-American Literature
46.480 Religion and Magic
25.220 Intercultural Communication
48.350 Psychology of Sex and Gender
25.309 Gender Issues in Communication
60.393 Social Foundations of Education
25.494 Special Topic: Diversity
60.394 Education in an Urban Society
28.408 Feminist Philosophy
60.406 Multicultural Education
31.345 Near East Art: Islamic
70.101 Introduction to Exceptional Individuals
31.346 Oriental Art
82.410
II
Community Health Nursing
40.131 Asian Culture to 1600
82.451 Transcultural Health Issues
40.313 Labor Economics
90.350 Value of Diversity in Business
41.102 Worid Cultural Geography
91.320 International Accounting
42.141
Modem
Far East
93.355 Managing Multicultural Organizations
42.143 Black Africa
97.380 International Marketing
42.210 Values Conflict in 20tii Century History
98.340
42.224 Immigrant E.xperience
98.407 International Legal Environment
42.227 American
Women
42.228 African American History
98.460
LaviT
and Literature
Employment and Discrimination Law
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
-
13
Department of Accounting
91.220 Financial Accounting
Accounting (B.S.B.A.)
Among
91.223 Managerial Accounting
65 semester hours of general education courses,
students must take:
20.101 Composition
I
20.201 Composition
II
91.321 Intermediate Accounting
I
91.322 Intermediate Accounting
II
Choose two of the following three
91.324 Tax Accounting
25.103 Public Speaking
40.121 Principles of Economics
1
40.122 Principles of Economics
II
91.342 Auditing
91.348 Cost Accounting
40.156 Business and Economic Mathematics (or 53.123
Essentials of Calculus)
40.256 Business and Economics
53.118 Applied Matrix Algebra
Accounting
provide the School of Graduate Studies with the following:
Requirements for the Major - A total of 63 semester hours
required for a major in accounting under the business
administration degree program. Required courses include:
Business Core Curriculum (24 semester hours):
91.221 Principles of Accounting I
91.223 Managerial Accounting
92.150 Introduction to Computer and Information
Official
Management
93.481 Business Policies and Strategies
Law and Legal Environment
Law
credits) must be 400-level
include 91.432 Accounting
When
part of this requirement.
have proper prerequisites and avoid elecdve courses below
that level for which the student has already been prepared
in that subject field. Courses designated with a 40, 90, 91,
98 prefix are considered business or
economics electives.
General education electives - Select a minimum of
semester hours in non-business elective courses. Note:
Graduation requires successful completion of a total of 128
92, 93, 94, 96, 97 or
1
The
Accounting
following courses are required:
vjrho
the applicant's
course of study
and the
follovsing:
and
related topics courses
statistics, computer
information systems, business law, finance,
management, marketing, calculus and ethics.
including: principles of economics,
accounting courses including: principles
of accounting, managerial accounting, intermediate
accounting, tax, auditing, cost and an advanced
accounting
in the field of
elective.
Practical work experience
accounting or an undergraduate accounting
Work Experience.
internship.
Retention and Graduation. Graduation will be conferred
successful completion of a mininnnn of 30 semester
hours of graduate-level course work fulfilling all program
requirements. Students must complete all required course
upon
work
for graduation while maintaining a
minimum
overall
than two courses with a grade of C \sill
.A grade lower than C will
graduation.
toward
counted
be
not be viewed as satisfactory progress toward graduation,
GPA of 3.0. No more
although
IVIinor in
comment on
potential to successfully complete a graduate level
Prerequisite
selecting an elecdve, students should be sure they
semester horns.
have the knowledge to
B. Prerequisite
(9 credit hours) are
required in upper-level business or economics courses. Most
accounting students complete a six-credit internship
fulfill
academic transcripts
A. Prerequisite general business
Internship or 91.498 Introduction to Health Care.
(91.432) to
all
of recommendation from individuals
college or universit)'
98.332 Business and Commercial
Three courses
letters
Individuals
Accounting Requirements (24 semester hours):
91.222 Principles of Accounting II
91.321 Intermediate Accounting I
91.322 Intermediate Accounting II
91.323 Intermediate Accounting III
91.324 Federal Tax Accounting
91.342 Auditing Theory and Procedure
91.348 Cost Accounting
-
copy of
official
Three
Graduate Studies
who have not completed all admissions
requirements may take up to 12 approved semester hours
of graduate courses at Bloomsburg which may be applied
toward the degree upon successful admission to the graduate
program.
Prerequisite Course Work. A baccalaureate degree \rith an
emphasis in accounting from an accredited college or
university, or a baccalaureate degree from an accredited
97.310 Marketing: Principles and Practices
Elective Courses
An
Additional requirements as stipulated by the School of
96.313 Introduction to Corporate Finance
Accounting Electives - (6
accounting courses not to
Graduate Management Admission Test (GMAT)
or Graduate Record Examination scores
Completion of tlie prerequisites listed under "Minimum
Prerequisite Course Work"
Science
98.331
(IVI.Ac.)
Admission. Applicants to the Master of Accounting must
Statistics
is
93.344 Principles of
courses:
it
will
be included in the students GPA.
Required courses
Fall
Semester
91.501 Financial Accounting
14- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
91.523 Advanced Tax Accoundng
91.551 International Accounting
93.511 Statistical Analysis
Spring Semester
91.504 Foundations of Financial Accounting
91.521 Advanced Cost Accounting
91.522 Advanced Audit Theory
91.553 Special Topics in Accounting
96.535 Financial
Summer
Management
Session
91.552 Controllership (graduate elective)
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
-
15
Department of Anthropology
Anthropology
Minor
(B.A.)
In addition to 53 semester hours of general education
requirements, a total of 36 semester hours is required for a
major in anthropology. Additional elecdve courses
requirem.ent for a bachelor's degree.
The
satisfy
the
following courses
are required: 46.200 Principles of Cultural Anthropology
Human
In cooperation with the departments of History and
Languages and Cultures, the department offers a 21-credit
minor in Latin American Studies for students with an interest
in the cultures of Mexico, Central and South America and
the Spanish or French-speaking Caribbean. Six credits are
in
Origins
A minimum
46.385 Anthropology Research and Writing
46.470 History of Anthropological Thought and Theory
of six credits from:
46.310 Aztecs and Mayas
46.301 Field Archaeology
46.333 Ethnicity in the United States
46.466 Independent Study in Anthropology
46.370 Indigenous Cultures of Modern Mexico
46.450 Peoples and Cultures of South America
46.475 Field Methods in Cultural Anthropology
46.497 Internship in Anthropology
Elective Courses - Students
46.495 Special Topics in Anthropolog)': Mexico Study
may choose six courses,
totaling
more semester hours. At least six semester hours must
come from each of two subdisciplines. Four courses may
18 or
apply to either Subsdisciplines
A or
46.466 Independent Study in Anthropology
to
12.207 Hispanic Daily Life and Customs
12.211 Spanish Culture and Civilization
12.212 Spanish American Culture and Civilization
46.301 Field Archaeology
12.213 Hispanics in the U.S.: Culture and Literature
46.310 Aztecs and Mayans
46.311 Archaeology of Northeastern North America
46.312 South American y^rchaeology
46.340 Native North Americans
46.405 Primates
Anthropology
46.102 Anthropology and World Problems
12.290 Spanish Studies Abroad (Latin America and
Caribbean only)
10.290 French Studies Abroad (Caribbean only)
10.495 Special Topics (approved by adviser)
12.495 Special Topics (approved by adviser)
38.498 Internship in the Humanities: Puerto Rican Study
Abroad
Perspective
46.320 Contemporary World Cultures
46.333 Ethnic Identity in the United States
46.350 Medical Anthropology
46.360 Pseudoscience
46.370 Indigenous Cultures of Modern Mexico
46.390 Socialization of the Child
46.440 Language and Culture
46.450 Peoples and Cultures of South America
46.475 Field Methods in Cultural Anthropology
46.480 Religion and Magic
Students contemplating graduate school are advised to take
an introductory course in computer science and at least six
credit hours in a foreign language.
From European Colonization
the Present
Archaeology and Physical Anthropology
46.300 Archaeological Method and Theory
Men and Women: An Anthropological
Caribbean
42.142 Latin America:
46.495 Special Topics in Anthropology
46.497 Internship in Anthropology
46.260
Abroad
46.495 Special Topics in Anthropology: Peoples of the
46.497 Internship in Anthropology (must be related to
the minor)
A minimum of three credits from:
B:
46.460 Applied Anthropology
B. Cultural
The
46.312 South American Archaeology
Choose one of the following four courses:
A.
American Studies
language courses, either Spanish or French.
remaining 15 credits are divided as follows.
46.210 Prehistoric Archaeology
46.220
in Latin
IVIinor in
Anthropology
A minor in Anthropology constitutes
18 semester hours in
anthropology.
This includes three required courses:
46.200 Principles of Cultural Anthropology
46.210 Prehistoric Anthropology
46.220
Human
Origins
and nine additional semester hours from department
electives.
1 6-
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
Department af Art and Art History
31.225 History of Architecture
Art Studio (B.A.)
31.235 Ancient and Medieval Art
Administered by Art and Art History
Effective Fall, 2002
Students must fulfill the requirements for the major, the
general elective courses and whatever free elective credits
remain to bring the number of semester hours to 128
Transfer students must take at least half the credits for the
degree program at Bloomsburg University to graduate with
a major in art studio or art history. Of the 1 3 courses needed,
at least seven must be taken at Bloomsburg. All art courses
at Bloomsburg are three semester hours unless indicated
31.236 Art from the Renaissance Through Impressionism
otherwise.
31.451
Requirements for Art Studio - A total of 39 semester hours
is required for a major in art studio. Required courses
30.385 Philosophy/ Psychology of Art
include:
31.324 History of Photography
31.345 Islamic Art
31.346 Alt History of the Far East
31.355 History of
Modern Art
31.375 Independent Study in Art History
31.365 Italian Renaissance Art
31.366 Northern Renaissance Art
31.373
Romanesque and Gothic Art
Museums
31.450 Perspectives on
Museum
Exhibition
32.480 Internship In Art (depending on the nature of the
internship experience, 3-6 credits)
Core
Or any
32.111 Drawing
I
32.212 Drawing
II
other Art History course (31)
Art Studio: Six semester hours in art studio courses in areas
such as drawing, painting, sculpture, 2D or 3D design,
32.151 Three-Dimensional Design
ceramics, fabric design, graphics, photography, weaving
32.152 Two-Dimensional Design
computer graphics. Art
32.231 Painting
an art elective class (art history or art studio) Language: Six
semester hours in a foreign language. Art history majors
intending to continue studies at the graduate level should
take two levels of the same language to acquire greater
I
32.241 Sculpture
I
Choose two courses from Art History (31)
- Three levels of one of the following:
Specialization
ceramics, fabric design, graphics, painting, photography,
electives:
and
Three semester hours in
proficiency.
sculpture or weaving.
Art Electives
-
Complete the 39
credits for
major with
art
electives
in Art History or Art Studio.
Minor
in
Art {History
15 semester hours in art history courses (Code 31); 30.101
Introduction to Art, for a total of 18 credits.
Art History (B.A.)
IVIinor in
Administered by Art and Art History
Effective Fall, 2002
Students must fulfill the requirements for the major, the
general elective courses and whatever free elective credits
remain to bring the number of semester hours to 128
Transfer students must take at least half the credits for the
degree program at Bloomsburg University to graduate with
a major in art studio or art history. Of the 13 courses needed,
at least seven must be taken at Bloomsburg. All art courses
at Bloomsburg are three semester hours unless indicated
The minor in Art Studio requires a total of 18 credit hours.
Of these, 15 credit hours (five courses) must be in Art Studio
otherwise.
Requirements for Art History -A total of 39 semester hours
is required for a major in art history. The degree program
in art history provides an overview of the history of art
together with minimum competency in a foreign language
pertinent to the discipline, as well as direct experience of
the art-making process through studio courses. Art history
majors are expected to work closely with their adviser to
identify courses that are
most relevant
to their interests
postgraduate goals. Required courses include:
Core
-
Choose eight courses from the
31.215 American Art History
following:
and
Art Studio
(Code 32) from at least three different instructors. A second
an art studio course must also be included. Finally,
30.101 Introduction to Art or an art history course (code
31) is also required, bringing the total for the minor to 18
level of
credits.
Art History
(IVI.A.)
Admission. In addition to meeting the general admission
requirements for the School of Graduate Studies, applicants
must also include a one-page statement of their objectives
and philosophy. Applicants to art history must include a
writing sample and GRE scores. Those choosing the master's
degree in art studio need to submit an 8" x 10" plastic sleeve
of slides representative of their recent creative work. Upon
acceptance, students are required to appear for a personal
interview with the department chairperson, program
coordinator and an adviser in their major field. At this time,
any deficiencies in the applicant's background will be noted
and an appropriate course of study oudined. A thesis and
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
an exhibition of creative work are required for art studio
majors. A thesis and presented paper are required for art
history majors.
Retention and Candidacy. Requirements of
this
program
are outlined in the graduate catalog secdon.
Graduation. Ait history majors
will specialize in
study along with advanced general studies.
30 semester hours
is
required; this
an area of
A minimum
of
number may be exceeded
depending on the student's program. All other graduadon
requirements for this program are the same as for the School
of Graduate Studies.
Required Courses
Graduate courses in art history include:
31.560 Readings and Research in Contemporary Art
History
31.565 Readings and Research in American Art History
31.570 Readings and Research in European Art History
-17
representative of their recent creative work. Upon
acceptance, students are required to appear for a personal
interview with the department chairperson, program
coordinator and an adviser in their major field. At this time,
any deficiencies in the applicant's background will be noted
and an appropriate course of study oudined. A thesis and
an exhibition of creative work are required for art studio
majors. A thesis and presented paper are required for art
history majors.
How to Apply
Retention and Candidacy. Requirements of this program
are oudined in the graduate catalog section.
Graduation. Art studio majors will choose an area of
concentration consisting of four levels of the selected
specialization along with selected elective courses as
suggested by their committee. A minimum of 30 semester
hours is required; this number may be exceeded depending
on the student's program. All other graduation requirements
program are the same as for the School of Graduate
31.575 Readings and Research in Oriental Art History
for this
31.580 Readings and Research in Architectural Art History
Studies.
31.585 Art and Culture of France
31.592 Readings and Research in Advanced Visual
Required Courses
30.590 Current Theories in Art and Art Education
Graduate courses in art studio must include four levels in a
chosen discipline plus a six-credit graduate thesis. Students
should plan the balance of degree requirements with their
30.591 Visual Arts of the Exceptional Child
adviser. Disciplines include:
Aesthetics
31.595 Directed Study in Art Histoiy
30.595 Master's Thesis
32.500, 01, 02, 03
courses in art studio and art history carry 3
32.510, 11, 12, 13
semester hours of credit, except for 31.595 and 32.595
(Directed Study) which carry variable credit and 30.595
Master's Thesis which carries 3 to 6 semester hours.
32.520, 21, 22, 23
The preceding
32.530, 31, 32, 33
32.540, 41, 42, 43
32.550, 51, 52, 53
Art Studio (M.A.)
Adnussion. In addition to meeting the general admission
requirements for the School of Graduate Studies, applicants
must also include a one-page statement of their objectives
and philosophy. Those choosing the master's degree in art
studio need to submit an 8" x 10" plastic sleeve of slides
32.580, 81, 82, 83
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Ceramics
Drawing
Crafts
1, II,
I, II,
Graphics
Painting
III,
I, II, III,
III,
1, II,
IV
IV
W
fV
IV
III, IV
III,
I, II, III,
Sculpture
I, II,
Photography
32.595 Directed Study in the Studio .^ts
I, II, III,
IV
18- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog
2002-2003 Advisers
Edition.
Department of Audiology and Speech Pathology
Audiology and Speech Pathology
Audiology (M.S.)
(B.S.)
Admission. The applicant is required to submit a one-page,
typed letter of intent stating professional background,
experience and rationale for wanting to be admitted to
In addition to 54 semester hours of general education
requirements, a total of 51 semester hours
is
required for a
major in speech pathology and audiology and with the
addition of 23 semester hours of elective courses, the
university degree requirement of 128 hours
is met. Students
should work with their adviser on course selecdon.
The following covuses in speech pathology and audiology
are required:
48.160 Basic
70.101 Introduction to the Excepdonal Individual
70.202 Technology for Excepdonalities
minimum grade point average
who do not have an undergraduate major
in the area of
communication disorders will be required to
complete certain academic and practicum
The Graduate Record Examination
is
required of
all
had scores of
520 on the quantitative and 570
applicants. Typically, successful students have
72.240 Normal Language Acquisition
at least
72.300 Auditory Training and Speech Reading
on
72.410 Applied Speech Science
72.320 Assessment and Remediation of Language Disorders
72.330 Assessment and Remediation of Speech Disorders
72.340 Applied Behavioral Analysis for Speech and
Language
72.430 Fundamentals of Audiology
470 on the verbal,
the analytical portions of the exam.
Applicants who fail
may be admitted on
to satisfy the
program's requirements
a provisional basis. In such cases, the
terms of the conditional admission wiW be specified for the
individual applicant. Deadline for submission of application
March 1
The student must maintain a QPA of 3.0 with a
maximum of two Cs on average throughout the graduate
materials
is
.
Retention.
72.450 Clinical Observation
72.460 Psycholinguistics
program.
54.106 Science of Sound
20.112 Practical Grammar and Usage
wfill
Minor in Audiology and Speech
Pathology
is
offered
to any indi\'idual enrolled at Bloomsburg who wishes to gain
an introductory understanding of the professions of
audiology and/or speech pathology. The undergraduate
minor addresses basic processes of communication,
development of communicative competence and an overview
of the communication disorders. Students can use the minor
to enhance preparation in their major or to explore the
professions in preparation for graduate education in
audiology or speech pathology. Completion of the minor
does not qualify the student for certification as an audiologist
or speech pathologist, nor does it meet the requirements
for a speech-language assistant.
six
Students
transcript analysis.
72.220 Phonetics
Audiology and Speech Pathology
2.8.
deficiencies as prescribed by the faculty foUovidng individual
72.200 Introducdon to Audiology
in
of
satisfactorily
72.152 Introduction Communication Disorders
Choose
The applicant is required to submit three letters of
recommendation with the names, addresses, positions and
telephone numbers of the references who have knowledge
of the applicant's academic and clinical background.
An applicant must have a baccalaureate degree from an
accredited institution, with a
Statistics
50.366 Anatomy and Physiology: Head, Neck and Thorax
The minor
audiology.
of the following seven courses:
A
grade of
C
or lower in any clinical experience
necessitate repeating the course to achieve a grade of
or higher.
Graduation. A minimum of 54 semester hours
complete the master's program.
is
B
required to
Required Courses
A thesis is required. The M.S. in Audiology degree program
has monitoring and exit criteria. There are periodic
comprehensive reviews of each student's academic and
clinical abilities. Required courses:
Undergraduate Courses
72.200 Introduction to Audiology
72.300 Auditory Training and Speech Reading
Graduate Courses
72.500 Measurement of Hearing Loss
72.502 Physiological Methods in Audiology
72.504 Hearing Aids and Auditory Training
72.506 Externship: Clinical Practicum in Audiology
I
72.508 Externship: Clinical Practicum in Audiology
II
72.152 Introduction Communication Disorders
72.510 Research in Audiology
72.200 Introduction to Audiology
72.512 Seminar in Audiology: Special Problems
72.220 Phonetics
72.514 Seminar in Audiology: Industrial and Public Health
72.240 Normal Language Acquisition
Audiology
72.516 Seminar in Audiology: Auditory Problems in
Children
72.300 Auditory Training and Speech Reading
72.410 Applied Speech Science
72.460 Psycholinguistics
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
72.518 Seminar in Audiology: Theoretical and Clinical
Retention. Graduate students must maintain a QPA of 3.0
no more than two Cs throughout the graduate program.
with
Masking
a grade of
72.520 Educational Audiology
If
72.522 Aural Rehabilitation: Theory and Practice
III),
72.524 Clinical Methods and Practicum in Audiology
72.525 Clinical Methods and Practicum in Audiology
I
II
72.526 Clinical Methods and Practicum in Audiology III
72.527 Clinical Methods and Practicum in Audiology IV
72.532 Electronics and Instrumentation in Audiology
72.599 Master's Thesis
Elective
Courses
72.528 Clinical Methods and Practicum in Audiology
72.590 Independent Study and Research
72.591 Independent Study and Research
74.568 Advanced American Sign Language
Other
-19
C
earned
is
in the final clinic course (Clinic
the course must be repeated.
To progress
in
graduate
must maintain adequate academic standing
and adhere to the department suitability clause.
Graduation. The graduate program in speech pathology consists
school, students
minimum of 55 semester hours with most courses being
required. Clinical experience is considered necessary and
inseparable from the existing course sequence. It becomes an
important step in the development of a competent clinician, linking
the classroom and textbook information with clinical experience,
of a
certification
and eventual employment
in the field.
Required Courses
72.550 Adult Aphasia
72.552 Preschool Language Disorders
elective courses available via advisement.
72.554 Stuttering
72.556 Phonology
Speech Pathology
72.558 Chnic
(M.S.)
I
72.560 Voice Disorders
Administered by Audiology and Speech Pathology
Effective Fall, 2002
Admission. In addition to meeting the general admission
requirements for the School of Graduate Studies, applicants
for the master's degree program in speech pathology must
meet the foUovnng requirements:
and
the program in
detailing their professional background, experience
rationale for wanting to be admitted to
speech pathology.
Applicants are required to submit three letters of
recommendation from references who have knowledge of
their academic and clinical background. This information
must include the name, address, position and telephone
number of each reference.
Applicants must have a bachelor's degree from an
accredited institution with a major in communication
minimum QPA
72.565 Speech Disorders in Adults and Children
72.566 Clinic
72.570 Adult
II
II
-
Secondary Language Disorders
72.572 Augmentative Communication
72.574 Clinical Instrumentation
Applicants are required to submit a one-page, typed letter
disorders and a
72.562 Language Disorders of School-aged Children
of
2.8.
Applicants whose
72.576 Chnic
III
72.580 Commimication Disorders of the Traumatically
Head
Injured
72.582 Research in Speech and Language Pathology
72.583 Swallowing Disorders
72.584 Field Experience
I
72.586 Field Experience
II
Seminar
Elective
in
Communication Disorders
Courses
72.530 Fundamentals of Audiology
72.568 Speech Habilitation in the Schools
major is in an area other than communication disorders will
be required to satisfactorily complete certain academic and
practicum deficiencies. These will be prescribed by faculty
72.574 Seminar in Communication Disorders
72.590 Independent Study and Research
following analysis of the individual's transcript.
72.592 Workshop in Audiolog)' and/or Speech Pathology
72.593 Workshop in Audiology and/or Speech Pathology
The Graduate Record Examination
applicants. Typically,
required of all
successful students have had scores of
is
15.
72.594 Workshop in Audiology and/or Speech Pathology
72.599 Master's Thesis
at least 1450.
Deadline for submission of application materials
72.591 Independent Study and Research
is
February
20- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
Department of Biological and
Allied Health Sciences
53.123 Essentials of Calculus
Allied Health Preparatory
53.125 Analysis
Programs
Pre-Physical Therapy
-
Many
pre-physical therapy students
complete the bachelors degree in biology as this program
of study fulfills the requirements for most physical therapy
schools including those at the doctoral level. Students are
encouraged
to
work
closely with their advisor to ensure
efficient plan of study.
year sequence that
The following courses comprise
fulfills
program of our
University.
A
affiliate,
Thomas
a two-
Jefferson
of 59-62 credits are required.
50.114 Concepts in Biology
50.115 Concepts in Biology
20.101 English Composition
I
20.201 English Composition
II
45.211 Principles of Sociology
46.200 Principles of Cultural Anthropology or 45.215
Racial
an
the admissions requirements for
the "2+3"
total
I
48.101 General Psychology
48.110 Life-Span Psychology or 48.211 Child Psychology
48.335 Abnormal Psychology
Free electives (15 credits) 54.111 Introductory Physics
I
II
52.101 InUoduction to Chemistry
52.115 Fundamentals of Inorganic Chemistry
52.108 Physiological Chemistry
52.116 Chemical Principles and Measures
54.111 Introductory Physics
I
54.112 Introductory Physics
II
53.141 Introduction to Statistics or 48.160 Basic Statistics
20.101 English Composition
I
20.201 English Composition
II
48.110 Life-Span Psychology or 48.335 Abnormal
Psychology
Take one of the following options in Mathematics:
I
54.112 Introductoi^y Physics
II
Pre-Pharmacy
Pre-pharmacy students can follow the
bachelors degree in biology curriculum as this program of
study fulfills the requirements for most colleges of pharmacy
The
-
United States including those
courses listed below
at
the doctoral level.
admissions requirements for
fulfill
most pharmacy schools granting advanced standing to
transfer students. However, pre-pharmacy students are
encouraged to work closely with their advisor for guidance
1
53.113 Precalculus or 53.123 Essentials of Calculus or
53.125
Analysis
I
53.141 Introduction to Statistics or 48.160 Basic Statistics
in selecting courses for specific institutions.
50.107 Medical Terminology
50.114 Concepts in Biology
50.115 Concepts in Biology
I
II
52.115 Fundamentals of Inorganic Chemistry
2
52.116 Chemical Principles and Measures
53.112 Trigonometry
53.114 College Algebra
Free electives (9 credits) 56.110 Introduction to Computer
is
recommended
Pre-Occupational Therapy - Pre-occupational therapy
students can follow the bachelors degree in biology
curriculum as this program of study fulfills the requirements
most occupational therapy schools including those at
the masters level. Students are encouraged to work closely
for
with their advisor to ensure an efficient plan of study.
The
following courses comprise a two-year sequence that fulfills
the admissions requirements for the "2+2" program of our
affiliate,
54.111 Introductory Physics
in the
48.101 General Psychology
Science
I is
recommended
Although not required by Thomas Jefferson University the
following are required by many OT programs:
II
Anatomy and Physiology
50.174 Anatomy and Physiology
Option
and
Ethnic Minorities
strongly
50.173
Option
I
53.141 Introduction to Statistics or 48.160 Basic Statistics
Thomas Jefferson
University.
A
total
are required.
50.114 Concepts in Biology
50.115 Concepts in Biology
II
53.125 Analysis
I
53.126 Analysis
II
54.111 Introductory Physics
I
54.112 Introductory Physics
II
20.101 English Composition
I
20.201 English Composition
II
25.103 Public Speaking or 25.104 Interpersonal
Communication
40.121 Principles of Economics I
The following courses
are
recommended
II
Anatomy and Physiology
50.174 Anatomy and Physiology
28.290 Medical Ethics
I
40.122 Principles of Economics
53.111 Finite Mathematics
II
II
Choose one of the following six courses:
53.114 College Algebra
I
52.232 Organic Chemistry
pharmacy schools
05 Health and Physical Education
I
50.173
53.112 Trigonometry
53.113 Precalculus
of 55 credits
52.231 Organic Chemistry
45.211 Principles of Sociology
48.101 General Psychology
Anatomy and Physiology
50.174 Anatomy and Physiology
50.173
I
II
50.242 Biology of Microorganisms
for specific
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
59.498 Internship in Natural Sciences
Internship and/or volunteer experience in pharmacy
strongly
recommended
or required by
many
is
schools
2 Literature electives
-
21
52.115 Fundamentals of Inorganic Chemistr)52.116 Chemical Principles and Measurements
52.230 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistr)'
52.341 Biochemistry
Mathematics (6 hours)
Pre-Physician Assistant
-
The admissions requirements
for
physician assistant programs vary considerable from no
college courses required to a completed bachelors degree
in a science-related field. Students
schools in
mind
who do not have
specific
are encouraged to follow the curriculum
requirements for the bachelors degree in biology. Students
are encouraged to work closely with their advisor to ensure
an efficient plan of study. The courses listed below fulfill the
admissions requirements for most institutions in
Pennsylvania offering a certificate of completion, a bachelors
degree, or a masters degree in physician assistant studies.
50.114 Concepts in Biology
50.115 Concepts in Biology
II
Anatomy and Physiology
50.174 Anatomy and Physiology
I
50.240 Introductory Microbiology
Human
Genetics
of options:
OR
56.110 Introduction to Computer Science and 53.125
Analysis I (or 53.123 Essentials of Calculus)
OR
53.141 Introduction to Statistics (or 48.160 Basic
and 53.125 Analysis
Statistics)
(or 53.123 Essentials of
I
Calculus)
Languages and Cultures:
one semester of any of
at least
French
III,
10.204 French
German
III,
11.204
German
III,
12.204 Spanish
Spanish
Russian
Chinese
II
sets
56.110 Introduction to Computer Science and 53.141
Introduction to Statistics (or 48.160 Basic Statistics)
the following courses: 10.102 French
I
50.173
50.233
Choose one from the following three
III,
II,
10.203
German
II,
IV,
12.102 Spanish
II,
12.203
IV,
13.102 Russian
II,
13.203
FV,
11.102
13.204 Russian FV; 14.102 Italian
II
11.203
or 16.106
II.
52.115 Fundamentals of Inorganic ChemisU^
52.116 Chemical Principles and Measures
52.230 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry
Biology (B.S.)
Biology majors
52.341 Biochemisti7
may
substitute 50.290 Writing in Biolog\'
53.114 College Algebra (or higher math)
for the second English writing course (20.200 or 20.201). In
53.141 Introduction to Statistics or 48.160 Basic Statistics
addition to general education requirements, additional free
56.110 Introduction to Computer Science
elective hours are required to
20.101 English Composition
I
20.201 English Composition
II
requirement of 128 hours for a baccalaureate degree.
Students may choose an option in microbiology,
biotechnology, or marine biology.
50.114 Concepts in Biology I
50.115 Concepts in Biology II
28.290 Medical Ethics
45.211 Principles of Sociology
45 Sociology elective
48.101 General Psychology
48.210 Life Span Psychology
48.253 Social Psychology
2 Humanities electives
meet the university
50.242 Biology of Microorganisms
50.271 Cell Biology
50.332 Genetics
50.351 General Ecolog)'
50.481 Senior Biology Seminar
50.479 Integrated Physiology' Laboratory
52.115 Fundamentals of Inorganic Chemistry
Biology (B.A.)
Biology majors
may
substitute 50.290 Writing in Biology
52.116 Chemical Principles and Measurements
for the second English writing course (20.200 or 20.201). In
52.231 Organic Chemistiy
I
addition to general education requirements, additional free
52.232 Organic Chemistry
II
elective hours are required to
meet the university
requirement of 128 hours for a baccalaureate degree.
Students may choose an option in microbiology,
biotechnology or marine biology.
50.114 Concepts in Biology
I
50.115 Concepts in Biology
II
lecture courses:
50.474 Vertebrate Systems Physiology
50.478 Microbial Physiolog)'
additional biolog)' courses for a
And
minimum
of 39
semester hoius.
50.271 Cell Biology
Choose one of the following two combinations:
54.111 Introductory Physics I and 54.112 Introductory
50.332 Genetics
50.351 General Ecology
50.481 Senior Biology Seminar
Physics
II
OR
50.479 Integrated Physiology Laboratory
Choose one of the following physiology lecture courses:
50.472 Animal Cell Physiology
50.474 Vertebrate Systems Physiology
50.477 Plant Physiology
50.478 Microbial Physiology
additional biology courses for a
semester hours.
Choose one of the following physiology
50.472 Animal Cell Physiology
50.477 Plant Physiolog)-
50.242 Biology of Microorganisms
And
52.341 Biochemistry
54.211 General Physics
Choose one from the
53.141 Introduction to
48.160 Basic
I
and 54.212 General Physics
follo\sing three sets of options:
Statistics
Statistics
or
and
53.123 Essentials of Calculus
minimum
of 39
OR
53.141 Introduction to Statistics or
II
22- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
48.160 Basic
Statistics
53.125 Analysis
Technology. The requirements for this option are the
same for the Bachelor of Science program as they are
and
I
OR
for the Bachelor of Arts program.
and
53.125 Analysis
I
53.125 Analysis
II
Languages and Cultures: at least one of any of the following
courses: 10.102 French II, 10.203 French III,
10.204 French IV, 11.102 German II, 11.203 German III,
50.114 Concepts in Biology
I
50.115 Concepts in Biology
II
50.242 Biology of Microorganisms
50.271 Cell Biology
50.332 Genetics
German
IV,
12.102 Spanish
II,
12.203 Spanish
III,
50.342 Medical Bacteriology
12.204 Spanish
IV,
13.102 Russian
II,
13.203 Russian
III,
50.343 Immunology
11.204
13.204 Russian IV; 14.102 Italian
II
or 16.106 Chinese
11.
50.351 General Ecology
50.481 Senior Biology Seminar
50.479 Integrated Physiology Laboratory
Marine Science Option
This option provides the biology major with the opportunity
marine biology while obtaining a
foundation in the fundamental principles of biological
to specialize in
science.
Program
specific courses in
marine biology are
offered at the Marine Science Center, Wallops Island, Va., a
field station
supported by the department.
(50.478 Microbial Physiology
50.474 Vertebrate Systems Physiology
50.477 Plant Physiology
50.478 Microbial Physiology
Choose from:
Electives (9 semester hours)
50.333 Molecular Biology
Biology:
50.114 Concepts in Biology
I
50.115 Concepts in Biology
II
50.211
one of the following physiology lecture courses
is recommended):
50.472 Animal Cell Physiology
Select
Invertebrate
Zoology or 55.221
50.350 Plant Pathology
50.432 Microbial Genetics
Marine
50.442 Virology of
Mammals
50.450 Mycology
Invertebrates
50.242 Biology of Microorganisms
50.455 Environmental Microbiology
50.271 Cell Biology
50.470 Medical Parasitology
50.332 Genetics
50.351 Ecology or 55.260 Marine Ecology
50.380 Biology Seminar
Choose one of the following physiology lecture courses:
50.472 Animal Cell Physiology
50.474 Vertebrate Systems Physiology
50.477 Plant Physiology
50.478 Microbial Physiology
Marine Biology:
55.241 Marine Biology
Electives (6 semester hours):
55.250
Wedand Ecology
55.298 Physiology of Marine Invertebrates
55.300 Behavior of Marine Organisms
55.320 Marine Microbiology
55.330 Tropical Invertebrates
55.342 Marine Botany
55.343 Marine Ichthyology
55.345 Marine Ornithology
55.394 Comparative Physiology of Marine Organisms
Bioiogy
i\/linor in
The minor in biology consists of 22 semester hours.
Required courses are:
50.114 Concepts in Biology I
50.115 Concepts in Biology II
50.242 Biology of Microorganisms
50.271 Cell Biology
and
at least
two courses (6 semester hours)
at the 300-
above that are chosen from departmental
offerings acceptable to the major. These may not
include: 50.380, 50.390, 50.490, 50.493 and 50.494
Internship/Independent Study
The department provides
opportunities for students to engage in internships and
independent study. Only 6 semester hours can be applied as
biology electives from the following courses, with no more
level or
—
than 3 semester hours applied as internship (50.490):
50.390 Independent Study in Biology I
50.490 Internship in Biology
55.431 Ecology of Marine Plankton
50.493 Honors Independent Study
55.432 Marine Evolutionary Ecology
50.494 Honors Independent Study
I -
Biological Research
-
Biological Research
II
55.441 Biology of Molluscs
55.464 Biological Oceanography
55.470 Research Diver Methods
55.490 Marine Aquaculture
55.491 Coral Reef Ecology
55.492 Marine
Mammals
55.493 Behavioral Ecology
Bioiogy
(iVI.Ed.)
Admission
An undergraduate degree
certification
is
in biology with a Level
I
required. In addition to the requirements
of the graduate school, a Bachelor of Science or
Bachelor of Arts in biology or its equivalent is required,
l\/licrobiology
The option provides
Option
a biology major the opportunity to
specialize in microbiology while obtaining a general
background in biology. The option is also open to medical
technology majors; see the section on Medical
general
GRE scores, and two letters of recommendation
(see below) are required.
must be addressed prior
or during the
first
Undergraduate deficiencies
program
to admission to the
semester in consultation with the
program coordinator. Deficiencies may be addressed by
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
undergraduate course work without credit earned
toward the degree, by graduate course work when
suitable, or by outside readings. The method of satisfying
deficiencies is decided by the student and graduate
program coordinator in consultation with the
departmental graduate committee. Two letters of
recommendation from previous science faculty are
required. At least one letter should be from a faculty
member who instructed the appUcant in an upper-level
(junior or senior) biology course. Applicants with
research experience should submit at least one letter
from a research advisor Others
any professor with the
may submit a letter from
ability to evaluate the applicant's
laboratory abilities. A minimum of two weeks is required
for review of a completed application by the
department's graduate committee.
above under
"fail." If
this retake, the
Fail
-
will
The student must
fails the examination at
be dismissed from the program.
retake the entire
purpose of the examination
student's
background
is
to assess the
in biology.
breadth of the
The examination
will
cover general principles and concepts of biology.
The oral candidacy examination must be scheduled before
completing 6 credit hours of graduate coursework and be
successfully completed before scheduling beyond 12
hours. Candidacy requires, in addition, that the student
has a 3.0 or higher QPA. The examination will consist of
six oral questions addressed to the student by the
examination committee. Each question wiW be given 10
minutes of the examination.
The Examination Committee is composed of:
The
student's academic advisor
and
tentative thesis
committee (thesis option) or the student's tentative
reading committee (non-thesis option);
At least three-fourths of the departmental graduate
committee; and
Any other departmental graduate faculty member in
attendance. All departmental graduate faculty are
strongly encouraged to attend candidacy exams.
The outcome of the candidacy examination will be
determined by a simple majority vote by the examination
committee. Each graduate faculty member present, whether
or not they posed a question, shall have one vote. One of
three outcomes is possible:
Unconditional Pass - The student may proceed with the
program. The application for candidacy and for transfer
credit, if applicable, should be made immediately following
successful completion of the oral candidacy exam.
Conditional Pass -The examination committee decides that
the student has an adequate background in biology, except
in one or two key areas. A consensus is reached (by simple
majority vote) as to conditions. Conditions may include an
oral retest of problem areas, a written test in problem areas,
or remedial actions. Remedial actions may include taking a
course or readings and study in a specified area, for example.
The student will be informed of the conditions decided upon
by the committee. If after completing or attempting to
complete the conditions, the examination committee
decides that the student has not met the conditions set forth
by the committee, he or she
will
be required to retake the
entire examination according to the stipulations outlined
exam at a later
The student
date to continue with the master's program.
has one more chance to pass. In order to continue with the
program, the student must pass the examination
unconditionally on the second attempt.
Graduation
A minimum of 30 semester hours in graduate-level courses
required. A minimum of 18 semester hours must be
taken from 500-level courses (see list below) including
is
,
two required education courses: 60.501 Major
Philosophies of Education and 79.591 Research in
Education. Either 50.591 Directed Study in Biology or
50.592 Master of Education Thesis
research
To be admitted to candidacy, every biology graduate
student must pass an oral candidacy examination. The
23
the student
student
the research component.
Candidacy
-
component
is
An
is
required to
fulfill
oral defense of the
required.
Required Courses
A total of 30 semester
hours is required for a graduate
degree in Biology. There are no required biolog)' courses;
all are considered elective courses. Courses are selected in
conjunction with the student's adviser and advisory
committee.
50.411 Radiation Biology
50.441 Cytogenetics
50.455 Environmental Microbiology
50.457 Entomology
50.462 Plant
Anatomy
50.463 Biological Photographic Techniques
50.472 Animal Cell Physiology
50.474 Verterbrate Systems Physiology
50.477 Plant Physiology
50.478 Microbial Physiology
50.479 Integrated Physiology Laborator)'
50.530 Evolution
50.531 Developmental Biology
50.532 Microbial and Molecular Genetics
50.550 Mycology
50.551 Conservation Biology
50.559 Ornithology
50.560 Population Biology
50.561 Animal Behavior
50.570 Medical Parasitology
50.571 Endocrinology
50.572 Comparative Animal Physiology
50.573 Systemic Physiology
50.575 Cell Physiology'
50.576 Neuromuscular Physiolog)'
50.590 Current Topics in Biolog)'
50.591 Directed Study in Biolog)'
50.592 Master of Education Thesis
The
following courses are offered at the Marine Science
Center, Wallops Island, Va.
55.431 Ecology of Marine Plankton
55.464 Biological Oceanography
55.432 Marine Evolutionary Ecolog)55.490 Marine Aquaculture
55.491 Coral Reef Ecology
55.492 Marine
Mammals
55.500 Problems in Marine Science
55.540 Enviroimienlal Science Education
55.541 Biology of Mollusca
24- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
exam.
The examination committee decides
that the student has an adequate background in
biology, except in one or two key areas. A consensus
is reached (by simple majority vote) as to conditions.
Conditions may include an oral retest of problem
areas, a written test in problem areas, or remedial
actions. Remedial actions may include taking a course
or readings and study in a specified area, for example.
The student will be informed of the conditions
decided upon by the committee. If after completing
or attempting to complete the conditions, the
examination committee decides that the student has
not met the conditions set forth by the committee,
he or she will be required to retake the entire
examination according to the stipulations outlined
above under "fail." If the studentfails the examination
at this retake, the student will be dismissed from the
program.
oral candidacy
55.570 Research Cruise-Biology
55.593 Behavior Ecology
Conditional Pass
Biology (M.S.)
Admission
In addition to the requirements of the graduate school, a
Bachelor of Science or Bachelor of Arts in biology, or
equivalent, is required. General GRE scores and two
letters of recommendation are also required (see below
for details). Undergraduate deficiencies must be
addressed prior to admission to the program or during
its
first semester in consultation with the program
coordinator. Deficiencies may be addressed by
undergraduate course work without credit earned
toward the degree, by graduate course work when
suitable, or by outside readings. The method of
satisfying deficiencies is decided by the student and
the
graduate program coordinator in consultation with the
departmental graduate committee. Two letters of
Fail
from a research
adviser.
any professor with the
Others may submit a letter from
ability to evaluate the applicant's
laboratory research potential.
is
A minimum of two weeks
required for review of a completed application by the
department's graduate committee.
Candidacy
To be admitted
to candidacy, every biology
graduate
student must pass an oral candidacy examination. The
pui'pose of the examination is to assess the breadth of
the student's background in biology.
The examination
cover general principles and concepts of biology.
oral candidacy examination must be scheduled before
will
The
completing 6 credit hours of graduate coursework and
be successfully completed before scheduling beyond 12
hours. Candidacy requires, in addition, that the student
has a 3.0 or higher QPA. The examination will consist
of six oral questions addressed to the student by the
examination committee. Each question will be given 10
minutes of the examination.
The Examination Committee is composed of:
The
student's academic advisor
and
tentative thesis
committee (thesis option) or the student's tentative
reading committee (non-thesis option);
At least three-fourths of the departmental graduate
committee; and
any other departmental graduate faculty member in
attendance. All departmental graduate faculty are
strongly encouraged to attend candidacy exams.
The outcome of the candidacy examination will be
determined by a simple majority vote by the examination
committee. Each graduate faculty member present,
whether or not they posed a question, shall have one
vote. One of three outcomes is possible:
Unconditional Pass - The student may proceed with the
program. The application for candidacy and for
transfer credit, if applicable, should be made
immediately follovring successful completion of the
the entire
exam
at a later
continue with the program, the student must pass the
examination vmconditionally on the second attempt.
instructed the applicant in an upper-level
(junior or senior) biology course. Applicants with
research experience should submit at least one letter
The student must retake
date to continue with the master's program. The
student has one more chance to pass. In order to
recommendation from previous science faculty are
required. At least one letter should be from a faculty
member who
-
-
Graduation
A minimum of 30 semester hours
is
of graduate-level courses
required.
Required Courses
Administered by Biological and Allied Health Sciences
Effective Fall, 2002
A total of 30 credits is required for graduation. Biostatistics
(53.546) is required. Master of Science Thesis (50.593) is
required for students in the thesis option. All other courses
are considered elective courses, but require the approval of
the student's adviser and advisory committee.
50.411 Radiation Biology
50.441 Cytogenetics
50.455 Environmental Microbiology
50.457 Entomology
50.462 Plant
Anatomy
50.463 Biological Photographic Techniques
50.472 Animal Cell Physiology
50.474 Vertebrate Systems Physiology
50.477 Plant Physiology
50.478 Microbial Physiology
50.479 Integrated Physiology Laboratory
50.530 Evolution
50.531 Developmental Biology
50.532 Microbial and Molecular Genetics
50.550 Mycology
50.551 Conservation Biology
50.559 Ornithology
50.560 Population Biology
50.561 Animal Behavior
50.570 Medical Parasitology
50.571 Endocrinology
50.572 Comparative Animal Physiology
50.573 Systemic Physiology
50.575 Cell Physiology
50.576 Neuromuscular Physiology
50.590 Current Topics in Biology
50.591 Directed Study in Biology
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
-
25
55.464 Biological Oceanography
55.490 Marine Aquaculture
planning to continue their graduate studies or
professional training. A minimum of 18 semester hours
must be taken from 500-level courses. 50.593 Master of
Science Thesis accounts for six of these semester hours. An
oral defense of the thesis is required.
Non-Thesis Option. This option is tailored for students
55.491 Coral Reef Ecology
interested in non-research-oriented careers.
50.593 Master of Science Thesis
Marine science courses offered at Wallops Island, Va.
55.431 Ecology of Marine Plankton
55.432 Marine Evoludonary Ecology
55.492 Marine
A minimum of
18 semester hours must be taken from 500-level courses. In
addition, one of the following must be completed:
Mammals
55.500 Problems in Marine Science
55.540 Environmental Science Educauon
50.591 Directed Study in Biology for three semester
hours, which must be defended orally.
55.541 Biology of Mollusca
55.570 Research Cruise-Biology
55.593 Behavioral Ecology
Thesis Option. This option
is
recommended
A departmental
for students
research paper based on the literature
must be submitted and defended orally. The
departmental paper carries no semester hour credit.
26- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
Department of Business Education
and Office Information Systems
Business, Computer and
Information Technology (K-12)
94.405 Training and Development
Certification
-
Upon completion
of the curriculum, receipt
of a recommendation from the university and successfully
PRAXIS Level 1 and llexams specified for business
computer and information processing certification, students
will be issued a Level I certificate by the Pennsylvania
Department of Education.
passing the
Required Courses
Included
in
53 semester hours of general education
requirements, the following general education courses are
required with a grade of
An
C
or better:
English or American Literature course
20.101 Composition
I
20.201 Composition
II
In addition to 65 semester hours of general education
40.121 Principles of Economics
I
40.122 Principles of Economics
II
requirements, a total of 63 semester hours
48.101 General Psychology
70.101 Introduction to the Exceptional Individual
53.115 Matrix Algebra
Choose from one of the following two courses:
40.156 Business and Economic Mathematics
53.123 Essentials of Calculus
Business BCIT requirements
40.256 Business and Economic
Statistics
I
91.223 Managerial Accounting
Management
93.481 Business Policies
is
required for a
major in office information systems. Elective courses
complete the balance of the university's 128-hour
requirement for a bachelor's degree. Several specific general
education courses are required in this major. They include:
20.101 Composition I
20.201 Composition II
25.103 Public Speaking
40.121 Principles of Economics I
40.122 Principles of Economics
II
40.246 Business and Economic
53.118 Matrix Algebra
91.220 Financial Accounting
Statistics
5
Choose one of the following two courses:
40.156 Business and Economic Mathematics
53.123 Essentials of Calculus
96.313 Corporate Finance
97.310 Marketing Principles and Practice
98.331
Systems
(B.S.B.A.)
25.103 Public Speaking
93.481 Principles of
Office Information
Law and Legal Environment
Requirements for the Major - A total of 74 semester hours
is required for a major in business education. The student
must have completed the following courses with a grade
of C or better to be considered for certification as a teacher
Requirements for the Major - A total of 81 to 84 semester
hours is required for a major in office information systems.
This total reflects program requirements and general
education courses. Required courses include:
90.101 Introduction to Business
90.333 Business Communications and Report Writing
91.220 Financial Accounting
of business subjects:
91.223 Managerial Accounting
48.211 Child Psychology
92.150 Introduction to Information Technolgy
93.244 Principles of Management
60.201 Field Studies in Education
60.291 Principles of Teaching
90.402 InsUTJctional Strategies and Assessment
90.403
BCIT
90.406 Clinical Studies in
BCIT
courses:
60.251 Psychological Foundations of Education
48.251 Psychological Foundations of Education
Choose one of the following two
courses:
60.393 Social Foundations of Education
60.406 Multicultural Education
90.101 Introduction to Business
90.333 Business Communications
94.221 Office Systems Concepts
94.302
End User
Solutions Development
94.330 Telecommunications
94.340 Networking
End User
Solutions Development
94.330 Telecommunications (spring only)
94.340 Networking Design and Administration (spring
BCIT
Choose one of the following two
94.221 Office Systems Concepts
94.302
Field Experience
90.404 Professional Semester in
93.481 Business Policies and Strategies
only)
94.405 Training and Development in Office Systems
(fall
only)
94.407 Information and Office Environment
(fall
Management
only)
96.313 Introduction to Corporate Finance
97.310 Marketing: Principles and Practice
98.331 Law and Legal Environment
300- or 400-level business elective with advisor's approval
and Free Electives - Students must choose 15
semester hours in elective courses from General Business,
Electives
Computer and Information Systems,
Management, Office Information Systems, Finance,
Accounting,
Marketing and Business Law.
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
Office Information
whose
Systems
in Office Information Systems
is
designed to
work and improve employee performance and
organizational effectiveness.
A
total
of 18 credits consist of
who
wish to receive a Level
I
computer and
information technology from the Pennsylvania Department
of Education must fulfill the following requirements in
94.221 Office Systems Concepts
Solutions Development
addition to the M.Ed, in Business Education.
94.330 Telecommunications (spring only)
94.407 Information and Office Environment
emphasis.
Professional Teaching Certificate in business,
Required:
End User
test.
Apply
Retention. Requirements for this program are the same as
those for the School of Graduate Studies.
Graduation. A minimum of 30 semester hours in graduatelevel courses is required. The program consists of five required
core courses and five elective courses with an education
Certification. Students
four required courses and two electives.
94.302
not English, with a minimum
How to
provide students majoring in disciplines both within and
outside of the College of Business with an exposure to
information. computer technologies that are used to support
office
is
score of 550 on paper test and 213 on computer
(B.S.B.A.)
The minor
native language
-27
Management
Additional coursework in the areas of education and business
determined by the program coordinator after a re\iew of
complete the requirements for admission to
teacher education; complete a semester of student teaching;
and pass the Praxis National Teacher Examination tests for
as
(fall
only)
transcripts;
Electives:
90.333 Business Communications or any 94- departmental
courses as approved by advisor
business education.
Business Education (M.Ed.)
Required Courses
94.500 Office Systems and Information
Admission. Applicants must satisfy the general admission
requirements for the School of Graduate Studies as well as
the following requirements for the Master of Education in
Business Education:
undergraduate transcript with a recommended
minimum QPA of 2.8 or higher in 2002-2003, 3.0 or
higher in 2003 and thereafter on a 4.0 scale.
Graduate Record Examination results on the general
knowledge test with a minimum score of 1 300 Current
resume to include professional background,
Official
education and other experiences.
Letter of intent stating rationale for seeking admission
to the
program.
Two letters of recommendation from persons who have
knowledge of the applicant's academic and
professional background. Test of English as a Foreign
Language (TOEFL) for international applicants
94.510 Office Systems Applications
94.520 Administrative Communications
94.530 Telecommunications
94.540 Training and Development
courses from the following (all
must be approved by advisor)
60.527 Classroom Management and Effective Discipline
60.565 Advanced Foundations of Education or 79.593
Electives:
Choose
five
elective selections
Studies in
Human
Diversity
63.540 Intro to Teaching of Reading or 63.546 Reading
in the Content Areas
70.516 Psychology of Exceptional Indiwduals
79.591 Foundations of Education Research
90.581 Seminar in
BCIT
90.590 Masters Thesis in Business Education
94.550 Integrated Office Systems
28- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
Department of Chemistry
A
Chemistry (B.A.)
from any 300 and 400
restricted elective selected
-level
course in chemistry (except Independent Study) or any
Requirements for the Major for a Bachelor of Arts in
Chemisti7 - In addition to general education requirements
of the university, the following courses are required:
52.115 Fundamentals of Inorganic Chemistry
52.116 Chemical Principles and Measurements
52.231 Organic Chemistry I
52.232 Organic ChemisU7 II
52.281 Introduction to Scienufic Literature
52.321 Analytical Chemistry
I
52.362 Physical Chemistry
II
53.125 Analysis
I
53.126 Analysis
II
53.225 Analysis
III
Plus
I
II
(B.S.)
Requirements for the Major - for a
B.S. with a biochemistry
educadon requirements of
the university, the following courses are required:
52.231 Organic Chemistry
I
52.232 Organic Chemistry
II
52.281 Introduction to Scientific Literature
52.321 Analytical Chemistry
courses:
Computer Science
52.341 Biochemistry
I
52.442 Biochemistry
II
52.361 Physical Chemistry
I
(B.S.)
Requirements for the Major (B.S.) - In addition to meeting
general education requirements totaling 51-54 semester
tlie
Biochemistry Option
52.233 Organic Spectroscopy
56.116 Algorithmic Processes
hours,
mathematics or
52.116 Chemical Principles and Measurements
one of the following computer
Chemistry
-
I
56.110 Introduction to Computer Science
56.121
in
52.115 Fundamentals of Inorganic Chemistry
52.361 Physical Chemistry
54.212 General Physics
Chemistry
track: in addition to the general
52.322 Instrumental Analytical Chemistry
54.211 General Physics
approved 300 or 400-level course
physics.
following courses are required:
54.211 General Physics
I
54.212 General Physics
II
53.125 Calculus
I
53.126 Calculus
II
53.225 Calculus
III
I
Choose one of the following three
courses:
56.110 Introduction to Computer Science
Computer Science
52.115 Fimdamentals of Inorganic Chemistry
56.121
52.116 Chemical Principles and Measurements
56.116 Algorithmic Processes for Computers
52.231 Organic Chemistry
I
52.232 Organic Chemistry
II
Chemistry electives
-
I
choose two of the following
52.321 Analytical Chemistry
52.322 Instrumental Analytical Chemistry
52.322 Instrumental Analytical Chemistry
52.452 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry
52.361 Physical Chemistry
I
52.362 Physical Chemistry
52.362 Physical Chemistry
II
53.125 Analysis
I
II
53.225 Analysis
III
II
52.492 Introduction to Research
52.452 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry
53.126 Analysis
five
courses:
52.493 Chemical Research
Required biology courses:
50.242 Biology of Microorganisms
50.271 Cell Biology
54.211 General Physics
I
54.212 General Physics
II
50.332 Genetics
Choose one of the followng seven courses:
Choose one of the following three courses
Computer Science
Computer Science I
56.116 Algorithmic Processes for Computers
56.110 Introduction to
56.121
50.343 Immunology
50.371 Principles of
Mammalian Physiology
50.372 Plant Physiology
50.411 Radiation Biology
50.432 Microbial Genetics
ACS
Certification
Students who want American Chemical Society certification
(B.S.-ACS) upon graduation must complete the
following additional requirements beyond requirements for
50.472 Cell Physiology
ACS
Certification
Students \vho \vant American Chemical Society certification
the Bachelor of Science:
52.281 Introduction to Scientific Literature
52.341 Biochemistry
50.441 Cytogenetics
upon graduation mus complete
the follo^ving courses as
part of the B.S.-BiochemisU'y Curriculum:
I
52.492 Independent Study
II:
52.493 Independent Study
III:
Introduction to Research
Chemical Research
52.322 Instrumental Analytical Chemistry
52.362 Physical Chemistry
II
52.452 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
Clinical
Chemistry
Required Courses for B.S. in Clinical Chemistry - In addition
53 semester hours of general education requirements, the
52.115 Fundamentals of Inorganic Chemistry
52.116 Chemical Principles and Measurements
52.232 Organic Chemistry
II
Option
52.230 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry
and three 3- or 4-credit 200, 300, 400 level courses ^wthin
52.341 Biochemistry
the Chemistry Department excluding independent
I
research, 52.231
50.271 Cell Biology
50.343 Immunology
53.125 Analysis
I
53.126 Analysis
II
53.225 Analysis
III
I
52.115 Fundamentals of Inorganic Chemistrv'
52.116 Chemical Principles and Measurements
52.321 Analytical Chemistry
52.361 Physical Chemistry
The minor in chemistiy consists of 19 to 21 semester hours.
minor in chemistry shall be awarded when a student
A
obtains a 2.0 grade point average in the following prescribed
courses:
following are required:
I
Option
and 52.232
II
52.115 Fundamentals of Inorganic Chemistry
52.116 Chemical Principles and Measurements
52.231 Organic Chemistry
I
54.211 General Physics
I
52.232 Organic Chemistry
II
54.212 General Physics
II
and two
56.110 Introduction to Computer Science
52.322 Instrumental Analytical Chemistry
recommended
29
Chemistry Minor
(B.S.)
to
52.231 Organic Chemistry
-
3-
or 4-credit 200, 300, 400 level courses within
the Chemistry Department excluding independent
is
strongly
research and 52.230
In addition to meeting the grade point average
requirement, the student will be expected to meet with
his/her minor adviser before scheduling the
electives.
30- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
Department of Computer and Information Systems
92.351 Systems Analysis and Design
Computer and Information
Systems (B.S.)
92.346 Data and Information Structures
92.362
Administered by Computer and Information Systems
Effective Fall, 2002
Bloomsburg University requires 53 semester hours in general
education requirements and 128 semester hours to receive a
baccalaureate degree. Computer and Information Systemis
majors must take 63 semester hours of specific courses and
restricted electives and the balance of courses to meet the
128-hour requirement come from electives. Required courses
include:
COBOL
92.354 Data Base Processing Systems
92.358 Data Communication Systems
92.460 Advanced Systems Development
I
92.461 Advanced Systems Development
II
Elective Courses
Two CIS courses at the 300 or 400
While an internship
20.101 English Composition
I
level.
Information
technology courses offered by other departments can
be used with approval of the CIS chairperson.
in
CIS
is
not required for a degree,
students are strongly encouraged to take 92.432
20.201 English Composition
Composition)
25.103 Public Speaking
(or 20.104
II
Honors
Computer and Information Systems. This
may be taken for a maximum of nine
Internship in
course, which
semester hours, can be counted only as a free
elective.
53.141 Introduction to Statistics or 53.241 Probability and
Statistics
40.121 Principles of Economics
I
40.122 Principles of Economics
II
Minor
Computer and Information
Systems
Choose one of the following two combinations:
53.123 Essentials of Calculus and 53.118 Applied Matrix
Administered by Department of Computer and Information
Systems
Algebra or
53.125 Analysis
in
I
and 53.126
Analysis
II
Choose one of the following two combinations:
91.221 Principles of Accounting I and 91.222 Principles of
Accounting II or
91.220 Financial Accounting and 91.223 Managerial
Accounting
2002
Computer and Information Systems consists
The following courses are required:
92.140 Introduction to Computer and Information Science
in
of 20 credits.
92.141 Introduction to Business Information System
Development
92.240 Introduction to Programming
Required CIS Courses:
92.140 Introduction to
Effective Fall,
The minor
Computer and Information Science
92.141 Introduction to Business Information System
Development
92.240 Introduction to Programming
92.241 Introduction to
Programming
I
II
Programming
92.351 Systems Analysis and Design
92.241 Introduction to
I
II
A three-credit CIS elective at tiie 300 or 400 level
A minimum QPA of 2.0 in the minor is required.
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
-
31
Department of Communication Studies
and Theatre Arts
Communication Studies
(B.A.)
Among
53 semester hours of general education
requirements of the university, Communication Studies
majors must take:
25.103 Pubhc Speaking
Core requirements: A total of 9 semester hours are required
from the following:
25.104 Interpersonal
25.207 Invesdgadng
25.220 Intercultural
Communicadon
Communicadon
Communicadon (diversity)
Areas of Concentration: All majors are required to take five
of six courses in their chosen area of concentration, which
must include the appropriate required course for that area,
plus a minimum of one course from each of the other two
areas of concentration, for a total of 21 semester hours.
Students
may
take additional courses as free electives.
Interpersonal Relationship
Management
25.215 Communication Theoi^ (required)
25.309 Gender Issues in Communication (diversity)
25.313 Communication and Conflict
25.419 Communication in the Family
25.425 Communication in Relationships
25.426 Leadership and
Team
Building
25.206 Oral Interpretation
25.218 Discussion
25.470 Independent Study
25.492, 25.493, 25.495
Advanced Studies in Commimication
25.494 Advanced Studies in Communication (diversity)
IViinor in
Communication Studies
who hold a minimum 3.0 cumulative grade point
minimum of 15 semester hours are eligible for
admission to the minor. Students must maintain the minimum
Students
average on a
3.0 cumulative grade point average to continue study for a
Communication Studies minor. Students who do not maintain
the required grade point average will be put on probation
for one semester during which they must regain the required
grade point average.
General Education Requirement:
25.103 Public Speaking
Core Course Requirements: A total of 9 semester hours are
required from the following:
25.104 Interpersonal Communication
25.207 Investigating Communication
25.220 Intercultural Communication (diversity)
Areas of Concentration: Choose one course from each of
three areas of concentration.
Leadership and Social Influence
25.205 Understanding Social Influence (required)
25.315 Persuasion
25.321 Argumentation
25.406 Evaluating Communication
25.413
Community Leadership
25.417 Evaluating Media Influence
Applied Communication
25.210 Organizational Communication (required)
25.306 Computer Applications for Professional
Communicators
25.307 Communication for Business Professionals
25.407 Interviewing
25.423 Communication Training in Organizations
25.424 Corporate Communication
Capstone Experience: The capstone experience is required
all students in the major regardless of the area of
concentration. After completing 80 or more semester hours,
students with a minimum 2.5 cumulative grade point average
are eligible to register for an internship that will serve as their
capstone experience. Students may register for 3 to 12
internship semester hours. Additional internship credit
beyond the required 3 hours cannot be substituted for other
coursework, but would be considered as electives. Students
academically ineligible for Internship in Communication
should consult their academic advisor to arrange a suitable
alternative experience, such as additional specialized
of
coursework.
25.497 Internship in Communication
Elective Courses:
25.108 Forensics Practicum
Interpersonal Relationship
Management
25.215 Commimication Theory
25.309 Gender Issues in Communication (diversity)
25.313 Communication and Conflict
25.419 Commimication in the Family
25.425 Communication in Relationships
25.426 Leadership and Team Building
Leadership and Social Influence
25.205 Understanding Social Influence
25.315 Persuasion
25.321 Argumentation
25.406 Evaluating Communication
25.413 Communit)' Leadership
25.417 Evaluating Media Influence
Applied Communication
25.210 Organizational Communication
25.306 Computer Applications for
Communicators
25.307 Communication
Professional
for Business Professionals
25.407 Interviewing
25.423 Communication Training
in
Organizations
25.424 Corporate Communication
Tlieatre Arts
General Education
The following course
is
required for inclusion
student's course of study as part of the
distribution requirement:
26.102 Introduction to Theatre
Group
.\
in the
32- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
The following courses from the University's general
education requirements are strongly recommended for
and execution
inclusion in the student's course of study:
25.103 Public Speaking
the student
20.363 Shakespeare
critical
20.377
Modern Drama
is
for stage production. 'With these explorations,
encouraged
to
develop independently
artist.
26.211 Theatre Production
35.101 Music Listening
26.277 Costume Construction
26.311 Scene Design
Core Requirements For
All
The
designed as a sequence of courses
core curriculum
is
Majors
26.314 Stage Light-Theoi7
which introduce and investigate the theories and
history of theatre and dramatic literature providing a solid
background for advanced studies in the student's
area of emphasis. It also provides a vehicle for planning and
assessing each individual's progress as an
artist, scholar, and technician. These courses are required
all
26.101 Career Seminar.
A Theatre
Life in
Bloom
26.215 History of Theatre
who
-
Integrated Theatre Studies
is
wish to continue the
who may wish
to
is
especially appropriate for
pursue careers in
management, educational
theatre, or theatre
for youth. This curriculum offers courses which
A
Life in the Theatre
all
areas of
26.219 Children's Theatre
-
curriculum offers a sequence of courses which guide the
student to augment his or her
require theoretical and practical experience in
the discipline.
The Performance area of emphasis is
provided for students who wish to pursue advanced
undergraduate studies as an actor or director. The
own
abilities
by examining
and applying techniques and methods of past and
current masters. With these explorations, the student is
encouraged to develop independendy as a critical
thinker and risk-taker and as a collaborative creative artist.
26.112 Fundamentals of Acting
Movement
26.312 Intermediate Acting
Play Directing
26.412 Advanced Acting
26.492 Seminar in Performance
One additional course from the Technical/Design Emphasis
listed
provided for students
stage or theatre
11
Areas Of Emphasis
26.41
above
Computer Aided Design and Engineering Graphics
54.180
students
Modern Theatre
26.200 Voice and
listed
32.111 Draviing
area of production. This option
26.270 Fundamentals of Theatre Design
Performance
and one other design course
One additional course from the Performance Emphasis
who wish
26.202 Understanding Plays: Script Analysis
26.401 Career Seminar:
26.491 Seminar in Tech. Theatre and Design
broader course of studies begmi in the core curriculum and
to pursue advanced studies in each
26.108 Theatre Practicum
26.325 History of Theatre
26.377 Costume Design
Integrated Theatre Studies
majors, regardless of area of emphasis.
26.416
as a
thinker and risk-taker and as a collaborative creative
30.101 Introduction to Art
46.200 Principles of Cultural Anthropology
of
sequence of courses which examines and applies techniques
of design concepts in each major area as well as construction
below
05.225 Beginning Ballet
35.203 Class Voice
Design Technology - The Design Technology area of
emphasis is provided for students who wish to pursue
advanced undergraduate studies as scenic, costume, and
lighting designers and technicians. The curriculum offers a
26.321 Theatre and Stage
Two
Management
additional courses each from the Performance
Design/Technical Emphases
One upper
either
Minor
level
listed
course (300 or 400
and
above
level) selected
from
Performance or Design
In
Theatre Arts
Preparation for a minor in Theatre Arts requires a total of
22 credits, including study in each basic category of the
discipline: theory/criticism, history, performance, technical
crafts,
design,
and practical
application.
The student may also
own choosing. All
study in additional areas of his or her
required courses are currently offered in the division's
program of study. The requirements are as follows:
26.102 Introduction to Theatre
26.108 Theatre Practicum
26.112 Fundamentals of Acting or 26.411 Play Directing
26.211 Theatre Production or 26.277 Costume
Construction
26.215 History of Theatre
26.341 Fundamentals of Theatre Design
Two other
courses selected from Division's cuniculum
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
-
33
Department of Developmental Instruction
The Department of Developmental Instruction provides
courses and supportive services available to all students of
the University. These services and programs are designed
Courses Offered
01.001; Reading
1
01.025; Reading
II
to assist students in achieving their full potential.
01.041
The developmental
01.060; Writing
improve
Wridng
I
(summer
only)
only)
II
reading, writing, mathematics, study skills,
01.080; Introductory Algebra
ESOL. Content courses carry graduation
01.090: Intermediate Algebra
skills in
science and
courses are designed to help students
(summer
and developmental courses earn institutional credit.
The Act 101 /EOF Program provides access and support
for students who have traditionally been under-
01.095: Introductory Science
represented in higher education. Approximately half of
the students enrolled in this program are minority group
01.120;
credit
members;
sixty
percent are
women and
20 percent are
older than the traditional college student.
University Tutorial Settees offers free peer tutoring in a
variety of courses
and
is
open
enrolled at the University.
to all
undergraduate students
01.099: Intensive Seminar in
(summer
only)
ESOL (summer
only)
(summer only)
College Reading and Study Skills (carries
01.100 College Study
Skills
credits toward graduation)
3 elective
34- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
Department of Early Childhood
and Elementary Education
30.205 Children's Art
Early Childhood Education
35.320 Music in Elementary School
(B.S.Ed.)
60.427 Classroom
In addition to 54 semester hours of general education
requirements, early childhood education majors must take
74 hours of professional education and early childhood
education specialization courses to
satisfy
the university's 128-
hour requirement for a bachelor's degree. Requirements for
Early Childhood Education (N-K-3) develop knowledge of
the nature of the child, the nature of the school and center,
the learning process, general
methods of teaching and
methods of teaching particular subjects and
teaching experience.
required courses.
to provide student
A total of 65 semester hours is
None may be
area of concentration
is
taken on a pass/fail
No
optional.
program.
60.201 Field Studies in Education
35.320 Music in the Elementary School
62.496 Practicum in Early Childhood and Elementary
Education
62.376 Language Experiences for Children
79.312 Internship in Education
(1 to
3 semester hours only
in this
area)
basis.
An
Elementary Education (B.S.Ed.)
free electives are
In addition to 54 semester hours of general education
requirements, elementary education majors take 62 semester
I
60.204 Educational Computing and Technology
60.251 Psychological Foundations of Education or 48.251
Psychological Foundations
60.291 Principles of Teaching
II
Measurement and Assessment or 79.301
Teaching, Learning and Assessment in Elementary
60.311 Classroom
School
60.393 Social Foundations of Education or 60.406
Multicultural
Education
60.494 Student Teaching (first experience)
60.495 Student Teaching (second experience
62.121 Introduction to Early Childhood Education
62.302 Teaching Science in the Elementary School
62.304 Teaching Environmental Education in the
Elementaiy School
62.310 Teaching Fine Arts in the Elementary School
62.322 Seminar in Learning Experiences with Young
Children
62.371 Teaching Reading in the Elementary School
62.373 Diagnostic and Inclusionary Practices for Literacy
62.390 Teaching Social Studies in the Elementary School
62.391 Teaching Language Arts in the Elementary School
62.398 Teaching Mathematics in the Elementary School
62.410 Methods and Materials in Early Childhood
Education I
62.420 Methods and Materials in Early Childhood
Education II
60.393 Social Foundations of Education or 60.406
Multicultural Education
Elective Courses - A minimum of 6 semester hours is taken
in elective courses. None of these courses may be taken on a
pass/fail basis.
05.311 Methods and Materials in Elementary School
Physical Education
05.320 Health and Safety in the Elementary School
20.384 Literature for Children
Effective Discipline
taken in
available for this
60.301 Field Studies in Education
Management and
35.204 Class Piano
hours of professional education. The balance of the
128-hour requirement for a bachelor's degree
elective courses. The courses required for the
major are intended to develop knowledge of the nature of
the child, the nature of the school, the learning process,
general methods of teaching and methods of teaching
particular subjects and to provide student teaching
experience. A total of 53 semester hours is taken in required
courses and nine in education electives. None may be taken
on a pass/fail basis. An area of concentration is optional.
60.201 Field Studies in Education I
60.204 Educational Computing and Technology
60.251 Psychological Foundations of Education or 48.251
Psychological Foundations
60.291 Principles of Teaching
60.301 Field Studies in Education II
60.311 Classroom Measurements and Assessment
60.393 Social Foundations of Education or 60.406
Multicultural Education
62.494 Student Teaching: First Experience
university's
comes from
60.495 Student Teaching: Second Experience
62.302 Teaching Science in the Elementary School
62.304 Environmental Education for the Elementary
School Teacher
62.371 Teaching Reading in the Elementary School
62.373 Diagnostic and Inclusionary Practices for Literacy
62.390 Teaching Social Studies in the Elementary School
62.391 Teaching Language Arts in the Elementary School
62.398 Teaching Mathematics in the Elementary School
60.393 Social Foundations of Education or 60.304
Multicultural Education
Elective Courses - No elective courses may be taken on a
minimum of 12 semester
hours from the following courses:
05.311 Methods and Materials in Elementary School
Physical Education
05.320 Health and Safety in the Elementary School
35.320 Music in the Elementary School
20.384 Literature for Children
pass/fail basis. Students select a
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
Elective Courses
30.205 Children's Art
60.427 Classroom Management and Effective Discipline
62.121 Introduction to Early Childhood Education
62.322 Seminar in Learning Experiences with Young
Children
62.410 Methods and Materials in Early Childhood
Education I
62.420 Methods and Materials in Early Childhood
Education II
62.496 Practicum in Early Childhood Education/
Elementary Education
79.312 Internship in Education (1 to 3 semester hours
only in this area)
and Elementary Education
In addition to a total of 54 semester hours in general
education courses, 65 hours of course requirements for dual
certification develop knowledge of the nature of the child,
the nature of the school, the learning process, general
methods of teaching, methods of teaching particular subjects
and to provide student teaching experience. None may be
taken on a pass/fail basis. An area of concentration is
optional. The balance of the university's 128-hour
requirement for a bachelor's degree come from elective
courses.
60.201 Field Studies in Education
I
60.204 Educational Computing and Technology
60.251 Psychological Foundations of Education or 48.251
Psychological Foundations of Education
60.291 Principles of Teaching
60.301 Field Studies in Education
A minimum of 9
to 12
35
semester hours
None of these courses may be
is
taken
05.311 Methods and Materials in Elementary School
Physical Education
05.320 Healdi and Safety in the Elementary School
20.384 Literature for Children
30.205 Children's Art
35.320 Music in the Elementary School
60.427 Classroom Management and Effective Discipline
62.496 Practicum in Early Childhood and Elementary
Education
79.312 Internship in Education
only in this area)
(1
to 3
semester hours
Early Childhood Education (M.S.)
Dual Certification
Early Childhood
-
taken in elective courses.
on a pass/fail basis.
-
II
Measurement and Assessment or 79.301
Teaching, Learningand Assessment in Elementary
60.31 1 Classroom
School
60.393 Social Foundations of Education or 60.406
Multicultural Education
60.494 Student Teaching: First Experience
60.495 Student Teaching: Second Experience
62.121 Introduction to Early Childhood Education
62.302 Teaching Science in the Elementary School
62.304 Environmental Education in the Elementary
School
62.310 Teaching Fine Arts in the Elementary School
62.322 Seminar in Learning Experiences with Young
Children
62.371 Teaching Reading in the Elementary School
62.373 Diagnostic and Inclusionary Practices
62.390 Teaching Social Studies in the Elementary School
62.391 Teaching Language Arts in the Elementary School
62.398 Teaching Mathematics in the Elementary School
62.410 Methods and Materials in Early Childhood
Education I
62.420 Methods and Materials in Early Childhood
Education II
62.497 Teaching Literacy and Literature in Diverse
Classrooms
60.497 Teaching in Education: First Experience
60.498 Teaching in Educaiton: Second Experience
Admission. The following admission requirements, which
apply to both the Master of Science in Early Childhood
Education program and
to the master's
program with an
met in
Early Childhood Education Certification, must be
addition to the general admission requirements for the
School of Graduate Studies. Undergraduate work need not
be in a specific field of study.
An
interview
and a review of academic
required. Applicants
who
credentials are
lack an undergraduate
QPA
be admitted on a provisional basis.
All applicants will take the Miller Analogies Test. A
minimum score of 30 is required. Waivers may be
granted to graduate students that score lower btit have
excellent academic records.
Certification Requirements.
Three recommendations from any of the followng persons:
undergraduate or graduate faculty, direct-line supervisors,
administrators, and other individuals who are familiar i\itii
the applicant's academic abilities and personal qualities.
of 2.5
will
Recommendation forms
are available from the program
coordinator for early childhood education.
Written completion of a 10-day field experience. Forms
are available from the observation/program
coordinator.
Written completion of a 14-day participation
experience. Forms are available from tlie program
coordinator.
Passing and/or remediation of speech and hearing
and
vision tests.
available
TB
tests,
required. Forms are
tests are
from the program coordinator.
Passing the National Teacher Examination core batten
and the specialty area of early childhood education.
Retention. Students must maintain a
QPA of 3.0 tliroughout
program. Courses in which a grade of B- or lower is
obtained must be repeated with a grade of B or higher. Nine
graduate credits may be transferred into the program.
State Police checks (Criminal, Act 34 and Abuse, Act 151)
required by the Department of Health and Welfare and die
Bureau of Certification must be obtained prior to sUidcnl
teaching in private and public schools. Head Start programs,
their
and day care centers
in Pennsyh-ania.
students will take and pass a comprehensive
examination, which is administered when they have
completed 12 to 15 semester hours of graduate work. The
examination consists of written and oral requirements. .\n
appointment is made witit the program coordinator.
All
36- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
Graduation. The Master of Science in Early Childiiood
consists of 30 semester hours; 12 additional
semester hours in course work and pracdcum are required
for the Level I Certification, N, K-3. Students must complete
6 semester hours in foundation courses, 18 to 30 semester
hours in early childhood education core courses, and 6
semester hours in related studies courses.
program
one semester
Related Courses (6 credits required)
60.534 Creativity for Teachers
III
62.510 Methods and Materials in Early Childhood
Education
Education
62.524 Knowledge and the Curriculum
Students seeking a Master of Science in Early Childhood
62.525 Current Practices in Elementai7 School Science
Education must complete 30 semester hours with a 3.0 QPA.
Students seeking a Master of Science in Early Childhood
Education witii N, K-3 certification must complete 42 semester
hours with a QPA of 3.0.
A departmental paper, thesis, comprehensive project, or the
comprehensive examination is required for completion of
62.526 Methods and Materials in Elementary School
Science and Mathematics
62.527 Social Studies in the Elementary School
62.528 Language Arts in the Modern School
62.529 Literature for Children in Elementary Grades
62.530 Awareness of En\'ironmental Education Problems
for the Elementary School
62.531 Environmental Education -Activities and Materials
for the Elementary School
62.533 Values Clarification in the Elementary School
62.537 Methods and Materials in Elementary School
the degree program. Specific guidelines are available from
the program coordinator. All papers must be \vritten following
the y^jnerican Psychological Association (APA) style guide.
All
chapter format
is
11
62.251 Elementary School Curriculum
Required Courses
five
1
62.520 Methods and Materials in Early Childhood
A
preferred.
program requirements must be completed within
six
years after admission into the program. Students are required
Language Arts and
complete their programs widiin four years after passing
their comprehensive exam. Extensions may be granted in
certain situations. Students who fail to enroll and complete a
course within a two-year period are placed in an inactive file.
Inactive students must reapply for admission, retake the
comprehensive examination. Courses older dian six years will
not meet the degree requirements. All deficiencies, tests, if
applicable, monetary and academics, must be satisfied before
the degree can be granted.
I. Foundation Courses (6 credits required)
60.501. Major Philosophies of Education
60.502 School and Society
60.512 Educational Media and Software (required by all
N, K-3 - other computer courses may be substituted based
to
upoon the graduate student's skills and interests.)
Home, School and Communit)' Relations
60.527 Classroom Management and Effective Discipline
Social Studies
62.539 Current Topics in Elementary Education
62.581 Independent Topics in Elementary Education
62.583 Seminar in Elementary Education
62.595 Individualized Instruction: Principles and Practices
for the Classroom
63.540 Introduction to the Teaching of Reading
63.541 Diagnosis and Prescription in Reading
63.543 Reading Clinic
I
63.548 Reading Instruction for the At-Risk Student
63.549 Teaching Reading to the Hearing Impaired/
Language Handicapped Child
63.550 Literature, Literacy and Culture
79.599 Thesis (3-6 credits)
60.514
Elementary Education (M.Ed.)
79.501 Teaching, Learning and Assessment in Elementary
Admission. Applicants must satisfy the general admission
requirements for the School of Graduate Studies as well as
Classrooms
the following additional requirements:
Other courses may be selected based upon the needs,
educational background or deficiencies of each individual
student. Approval of the coordinator for ECE and the dean
of the graduate school
II.
is
required.)
Early Childhood Education Studies (18 credits required
for M.S. in Early
Childhood Education; 30
for M.S. in Early
credits required
Childhood Education with N, K-3
Certification)
62.510 Methods and Materials in Early Childhood
Education I
62.520 Methods and Materials in Early Childhood
Education 11
62.522 Curriculum Trends in Early Childhood Education
62.523 Practices in Teaching the Young Child
62.590 Current Research and Development in Early
Childhood Education
Young Child
62.592 Identification and Prescription of the Needs of
Young Children
62.593 Organization and Administration of Educational
Programs for Young Children
62.594 Practicum in Early Childhood Education - 6 credits.
62.591 Learning and Development of the
Meet with the program coordiator
to clarify
program
requirements, review academic records and outiine a plan
for completing degree work. Students must take the Miller
Analogies Test (minimum score of 30). Waivers may be
granted to students who score lower but have excellent
academic records. Students will be required to complete five
days of classroom observation and 14 days of on-site, in-theclassroom participation working with a teacher(s). Students
will also complete and pass a screening examination, ahve
three letters of recommendation on file, complete Act 34
and 151 clearances and possess recent TB test results.
Retention. Students must mainteain a minimum QPA of
3.0 throughout their program. Courses in which a B- or lower
are obtained must be repeated with a grade of B or higher.
Nine graduate credits may be transferred into the program.
Students must complete at least six to nine credits per
calendar year (July 1 to June 30 of die precedign year) for
retention in the master's program.
Graduation.
to
complete
A minimum
this master's
of 51 semester hours
program.
is
required
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
Required Courses
Instructional Level
I
levels of expertise
Teaching Certificate in Elementary
Education (K-6)
Core courses (15 credits)
60.501 Major Philosophies of Education or 60.584
Curriculum Theory, Design and Development
Choose one of the following four courses:
60.504 Technology for Teachers
60.522 Internet for Teachers
60.506 Multicultural Education or 79.593
Human Diversity
Home, School and Community Relations or 60.502
School and Society
79.590 Research in Education or 62.590 Current Research
in
ECE
program.
seeking a master's degree in elementary
education with instructional level I teaching certificate (K6) are required to demonstrate competency in writing skills
by completing an in-depth research paper. This may take
the form of a departmental paper or thesis. The research
paper must follow the st}'le format of the publication manual
of the American Psychological Association (APA).
is preferred.
A
five-
chapter format
Specialty Core (30 credits)
62.521 Elementary School Curriculum or 62.524
Knowledge and the Curriculum
the undergraduate level if student teaching has not been
previously taken. In either situation, the graduate student
must prepare a plan for the practice of teaching portion of
All students
60.516 Computers and Curriculum
and Development
or certification. This may result in one
eight-week experience or two eight-week experiences. Each
student will develop a practicum proposal and have it
reviewed by the program coordinator a semester prior to
student teaching. A student may elect to take 12 credits at
their
60.512 Educational Media and Software
60.514
-37
in the
Elementary
School
62.530 Awareness of Environmental Education
Departmental papers must be read and approved bv the
and one other member of the graduate
faculty. A thesis may be completed as a six-credit elective
option or additional course work beyond the 51 -credit
sutdent's adviser
minimum, making
62.527 Social Studies in the Elemental^ School
the candidate's total graduate program
equal 57 ciedits. All theses must meet the requirements of
the School of Graduate Studies.
62.528 Language Arts in the Modern Elementary School
62.537 Methods and Materials in Language Arts and Social
The Pennsylvania Department of Education requires all
certification applicants to pass the Praxis Series of
62.526 Methods and Materials in Science and Mathematics
Studies
60.533 Measurement and Evaluation in the Elementary
School or 79.501 Teaching, Learning, Assessment
63.540 Introduction to the Teaching of Reading
70.506 Introduction to Early Intervention or Introduction
to Exceptional Individuals
on
tlie
All
examinations.
program requirements are
tests if
(6 credits)
62.594 Practicum
-
Students
may have one or two teaching
experiences: primary and intermediate, depending on their
to
be completed within
six
years after admission into the program, Courses older dian
six years will
Elective
Practicum
Examinations (NTEs) for certification. The Praxis exams are
given three times a year. It is the graduate student's
responsibility to register, complete and earn a passing score
not meet degree requirements.
applicable,
msut be
satisfied
All deficiencies,
monetary and academic requirements
before the degree can be granted.
38- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
Department of Educational Studies
and Secondary Education
Secondary Education (B.S.Ed.)
Some courses which satisfy the university's general
education requirement are included in the course listings
for the individual areas of specialization under secondary
education.
Schedule an interview with the program coordinator. Dr.
Mary Harris, to clarify program requirements, discuss goals,
evaluate academic records, and outline a long-range
program.
Retention. Graduate students must take a
semester hours per calendar year and a
Requirements for the Major Secondary Education
(7-12)
semester hours per calendar year
plus courses specified for various specializations. Students
after two years.
take six credits of
math and
Department of Education
six credits
to
of English literature
as part of their general education requirements. Students
should consult their adviser to plan a course of study. The
balance of courses to satisfy the university's 128-hour
requirement for a bachelor's degree, come from free
electives.
I
60.204 Educational Computing and Technology or an
advanced undergraduate course
in
educational
technology
60.251 Psychological Foundations of Education or 48.251
Psychological Foundations of Education
60.291 Principles of Teaching
60.301 Field Studies in Education
be considered inactive
Only courses with a minimum grade of C are considered
applicable to this program.
Transfer Credits.
Up
nine semester hours from
to
accredited institutions, other than Bloomsburg University
may, upon approval, be accepted toward completing the
degree requirements of this program. However, no courses
be transferred in which a grade less than a B was earned.
Pass/fail grades are not acceptable. How to Apply
Graduation. Graduate students complete 30 semester hours
of approved course work, complete 6 semester hours for the
thesis or 36 semester hours of approved course work and a
departmental paper or an instructional project, and apply
for graduation. All deficiencies, monetary and academic,
must be satisfied before the degree can be granted.
II
60.311 Classroom Measures and Assessment
60.393 Social Foundations of Education or 60.406
Multicultural Education
60.497 Teaching in Education: First Experience
60.498 Teaching in Education: Second E.xperience
65.374 Teaching Reading in the Academic Subjects
Students are required to take a secondary methods course
corresponding to their major from the following:
65.351 Teaching Communication in the Secondary School
65.352 Teaching Mathematics in the Secondary School
65.353 Teaching Science in the Secondary School
65.355 Teaching Social Studies in the Secondary School
65.358 Teaching Foreign Language in the Secondary
School
Curriculum and Instruction (M.Ed.)
Administered by Educational Studies and Secondary
Education Effective Fall, 2002
Admission -Applicants must satisfy the general admission
requirements for the School of Graduate Studies. In
addition, applicants to this degree program must:
Have a 3.0 undergraduate QPA.
Submit scores on the PRAXIS in your subject matter
field or
GRE
or
MAT scores.
not meet the minimum requirements for
admission may be admitted non-degree upon the approval
of the Graduate Advisory Board. The non-degree designation
must be eliminated after completion of 12 semester hours
who do
which a QPA of 3.0 or better
earned during this period.
in
will
will
60.201 Field Studies in Education
Students
of 9
must be maintained. Students not taking a minimum of 9
include a total of 35 semester hours in required core courses,
are required by Pennsylvania
minimum
QPA of 3.0 or higher
is
earned.
No
C's
may be
Program Completion and Graduation
A candidate for a master's degree must complete
the
student portion of the Application for Graduation, sign the
form and submit
it
to
your program coordinator for
verification of degree requirements. After approval, the
application
is
submitted to the Registrar by the following
deadlines for each graduation:
May graduation - March
August graduation
-
15
April
1
December graduation - October 15
The form must be received in the Registrar's Office on or
before those dates. After the deadlines, names will not appear
in the commencement program and the diploma may be
delayed. The form is available in the Office of Graduate
Studies, Registrar's Office, or the office of your program
coordinator.
Registration for Classes
You may register for classes by emailing your program
coordinator at mharris@bloomu.edu or you may complete
the Graduate Scheduling Form found in the back of the
School of Graduate Studies Class Schedule booklet and
it to your program coordinator.
submitting
Graduate Assistantships
A limited number of graduate assistantships
are available
each academic year. The application for a graduate assistant
can be obtained in the Office of Graduate Studies.
Required courses
Program
of Study: (no certification)
79.593 Studies in
Human
Diversity
60.565 Advanced Foundations of Education
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
60.584 Curriculum and Instructional Theory, Design and
Development
It is the student's responsibility to attend signup
meetings held in January and September. Meeting dates will
be posted in the Student Teaching Placement Office located
Individualized Curriculum (12 credits)
OR
a departmental paper and
79.599 Thesis (6 credits)
six additional credits of course work
of Study: (Certification Tracl<)
of 36 credits are required for the certification
track of the M.Ed, in Curriculum
and
Instruction.
The
following courses are required;
Management and Effective Discipline
Measurement and and Evaluation in Secondary
60.527 Classroom
60.561
Student Teaching Practicum
advance.
Liberal Arts Curriculum (6 credits)
A minimum
39
Students need to sign up for student teaching one year in
79.591 Research in Education
Program
-
Schools
60.565 Advanced Foundations of Education
60.584 Curriculum and Instruction Theory, Design and
Development
65.538 Curriculum Development and Instructional
Strategies in the Middle and Junior High Schools
in 121
will
1
McCormick.
be discussed
Student Teaching packets
order to register for the
semester of student teaching, you
Eligibility for
at that time. In
required practicum, a
full
must have completed
all
the requirements for admission to
certification.
Supervisory Certificate Programs
Administered by: Department of Educational Studies and
Secondary Education
Effective Fall, 2000
Admission
Candidates must provide proof of a valid Pennsylvania
teaching certificate and must provide evidence of at least
five years of satisfactory teaching experience. (Experience
on an emergency certificate or an intern certificate is not
65.597 Practicum (6 credits)
70.516 Psychology of Exceptional Individuals
acceptable.)
79.591 Research in Education
Supervisory (N, K-12). This program is designed for the
person with primary responsibility supervising and directing
Requirements
79.593 Studies in Diversity
Any 500
level
Educational Technology course such
as:
the activities of professional
and non-professional employees
in given fields.
60.504 Computers and Teaching
60.515 Integrating Technology in Teaching
minimum of 36 semester hours
graduate level from seven areas of competency:
Candidates must complete a
at the
60.516 Computers and the Curriculum
60.512 Computer Media
Curriculum and instruction-theory, design and
60.522 Internet for Teachers
development
Curriculum and early childhood, elementary, middle
and secondary education
Research Supenision, management and administration
Group dynamics
School law and finance
Practicum - field experience
Elective
Admission
to Certification
Students are required to
Take the PRAXIS test in their subject matter field, and
the Core Battery tests before registering for more than
12 credits in the program.
Possess a cumulative grade point average of 3.0.
Obtain current Pennsylvania Qualifying Scores for the
Praxis
1:
Academic
Skills
Assessments:
Session/Test Code:
10710 PPST Reading
20720 PPST Writing
10730 PPST Mathematics (calculators prohibited)
Submit the results from a current Tuberculosis Screening
administered within the last two years.
Possess professional liability insurance.
be a
minimum
The
policy shall
of $1,000,000 per claim and $3,000,000
aggregate. This
is
a state requirement which can be
through membership
PSEA.
Obtain current ACT 34 (Request for Criminal Record
Check) and ACT 151 (Child Abuse History Check)
clearances. Clearances are valid for one year from date
issued on the form.
satisfied
Subject Specialist:
Curriculum and Instruction
Early Childhood Education
Elementary Education
Reading
School Health Service
Secondary Education
36
30
30
30
30
30
Communication
30 semester hours
Foreign Languages
30
30
30
30
Mathematics
Science
semester hours
semester hours
semester hours
semester hours
semester hours
semester hours
semester hours
semester hours
semester hours
semester hours
21 semester hours
Social Studies
Special Education
in
Prerequisites for Admission:
which supcmson' certification
sought. At least five years of satisfactory teaching
experience in the field for which certification is sought.
Certification in die area for
is
(Valid certificate in the field
is
required)
40- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
Department of English
British Literature
English (B.A.)
Choose one course from the following nine
A
total
of 42 semester hours
is
courses:
required for a major in
No course may be used to satisfy more than one
requirement. With the addition of general education
requirements and elective courses of at least 32 semester
hours, the 128-hour requirement for a baccalaureate degree
is satisfied. Requirements are:
English.
20.341 Medieval Literature
20.342
20.344
The Renaissance
The Neoclassical Age
20.345 Romantic and Victorian Literature
20.346 Studies in British Literature
20.347 Studies in British Literature
Core
20.364 Chaucer
20.203 Approaches to Literary Study
20.370
20.226 European Literature
I
20.375 Renaissance
20.236 American Literature
I
20.246 British Literature
I
or 20.247 British Literature
20.256 Non-Western Literature
Literature
I
II
or 20.257 Non-Western
The English Novel
Drama
Writing Genre
Choose one course from the following
1 1
courses:
II
20.363 Shakespeare
20.301 Creative Writing: Fiction
20.488 Seminar or 20.489 Seminar
20.302 Creative Writing: Non-Ficdon Prose
20.492 Literary Theory and Criticism or 20.493
Bibliography and Literary Research
Choose one course from the following four courses:
20.303 Creative Writing: Poetry
20.306 Theory and Practice of Writing
20.370
20.372
The English Novel
Modern Novel
20.311 Structure of English
20.374 Short Story
20.312 History of the English Language
20.375 Renaissance
20.411
Modern
Theory
American Society
Linguistic
20.413 Language in
Drama
Modern Drama
20.379 Modern Poetry
20.377
20.391 Literature and Film
American Literature
Choose two courses from the following seven courses:
Electives
Choose two other 300-400
level courses.
20.334 Studies in American Literature
20.335 Studies in American Literature
20.431 American Romanticism
20.432 American Realism
20.433 American Modernism
20.434 Contemporary American Literature
20.436 African-American Literature
Minor
in
English
The minor in English consists of 18 semester hours: 9 hours
from courses on the 100 or 200 level except
20.101, 20.104, 20.200 and 20.201; 9 hours from courses on
the 300 or 400 level and approval of the
department chair.
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
-
41
Department of Exceptionality Programs
Interpreting (B.S.)
n addition to 54 semester hours in general education
requirements, the major in interpreting requires 18 semester
hours in American Sign Language training and 36 semester
hours in interpreting; the remaining 20 semester hours
required for a bachelor's degree come from elective courses.
The following course sequence (titles and content) is in the
process of revision. A full description may be received by
contacting the program coordinator.
Area of Concentration in Education of Deaf/Hard of
Hearing -Interpreting students may choose to take an area
of concentration in education of the deaf/hard of hearing.
The undergraduate curriculum in education of the deaf/
hard of hearing lays the foundation for the training and
education needed to prepare classroom teachers and
itinerant hearing therapists to work in educational settings
with deaf/hard of hearing children and adults. Students
supplement the curriculum for their majors with an area of
concentration in education of the deaf/hard of hearing that
requires a
American Sign Language
75.153 Introduction to Sign Language
75.154 American Sign Language I
75.155 American Sign Language
75.254
minimum
of 18 semester hours.
training:
Special Education (B.S.Ed.)
General Education Requirements - The university requires
53 hours of general education requirements, some of which
are specifically required for this major. Core courses
designated by the department as
applicable to the general education requirements may be
elected in partial fulfillment of that requirement. The
following general education courses are required for
II
The Deaf Culture
75.255 American Sign Language
III
75.256 American Sign Language IV
Interpreting requirements:
25.103 Public Speaking
25.215 Communication Theory
72.152 Introduction to Communication Disorders
completion of the program:
20.101 Composition I and 20.201 Composition
II
(or any
72.200 Introduction to Audiology
75.201 Interpreting in the Educational Setting
of the writing intensive literature courses) Those testing
out of 20.101 or 20.201 will schedule 20.104 Honors
75.301 Introduction to Interpreting for the Deaf
75.302 Interpreting Engish to American Sign Language
Composition and are required to take only six of the
nine hours required under Communication 25.103
Interpersonal
25.104
Speaking
or
Public
75.303 Transliterating English to Sign Language
Communication
75.304 Oral Interpreting/Transliterating
75.401 Sign to Voice Interpreting
48.101 General Psychology
48.210 Life-Span Psychology
75.415 Practicum in Interpreting
one additional course from
tlie
Code 25 course
50.101 General Biology^
listing.
I
05.321 First Aid and Safety
be chosen with the approval of an
meet the university's graduation
requirement of 128 semester hours. Students may choose
from the following free electives:
53.141 Introduction to Statistics or 48.160 Basic Statistics
Elective Courses are to
adviser
and
as required to
To meet state certification requirements, special education
majors must have six credits of mathematics, composition
and an American or English literature course.
20.111 Language and Social Interaction
20.411
Modern
Linguistic
Theory
Requirements for the Major - A total of 75 semester hoin s
required for a major in special education including
26.112 Fundamentals of Acting
is
28.220 Ethics
professional education courses, those required for special
28.290 Medical Ethics
education and
electives.
45.211 Principles of Sociology
45.213 Contemporary Social Problems
45.231 Marriage and Family
46.101 Introduction to Anthropology
46.200 Principles of Cultural Anthropology
46.440 Language and Culture
48.101 General P.sychology
Professional Education courses include:
60.251 Psychological Foundations in Education or
48.251 Psychological Foundations in Education
60.393 Social Foundations of Education or 60.406
Multicultural Education
62.302 Teaching of Science
in the
Elemeniarx School or
Social Studies in ihc Elenu-nUuT School
48.321 Psychological Tests and Measurements
62.390 Teaching
62.371 Teaching Reading in the Elementary School
62.398 Teaching Mathematics in the Elementary School
70.101 Introdviction to the Exceptional Individual
Choose one of die following four
48.160 Basic
Statistics
48.211 Child Psychology
courses:
72.460 Psycholinguistics
74.260 Interpreting in the Educational Setting
62.373 Diagnostic and Inclusive Practices
42- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
74.305 Introduction to Instructional Methods for the
Deaf/Hard of Hearing (reserved for Deaf/Hard of
Hearing area of concentration only)
60.375 Teaching the Reluctant Reader
65.374 Teaching Reading in Academic Subjects
Required Courses
The following
required in
this
is
a suggested time sequence for courses
program of study.
Freshman Year
70.101 Introduction to Exceptional Individuals
Special Education Courses include:
74.201 History, Education and Guidance of the Deaf/Hard
of Hearing
70.101 Introduction to Exceptional Individual
74.153 Introduction to Sign Language
70.202 Technology for Exceptionalities
Sophomore Year
70.206 Introduction to Early Intervention
70.240 Foundations in Special Education
72.200 Introduction to Audiology
70.250 Behavior Disorders
75.154 American Sign Language
70.340 Educating Individuals with Moderate/Severe
I
Junior Year
Disabilities
A statistics
70.353 Assessment and Planning
course
75.305 Introduction to Instructional Methods for the
70.357 Vocational Programming
Deaf/Hard of Hearing
70.401 Student Teaching With Exceptional Individuals
75.155 American Sign Language
II
70.433 Language Arts for Students with Special Needs
Senior Year
70.450 Methods for Elementary Special Education
70.451 Methods for Secondary Special Education
72.450 Clinical Observation
70.461 Problems in Special Education
Elective Courses
Elective Courses
A
-
total
of 12 semester hours
may be
taken as
electives for this major.
These courses include:
70.255 Experience with Exceptional Individuals
70.375 Individual Project
72.152 Introduction to Communication Disorders
A total of 12 semester hours is taken in elective courses.
Courses include:
75.155 American Sign Language II
75.254 The Deaf Culture
75.255 American Sign Language III
75.256 American Sign Language IV
74.153 Introduction to Sign Language
Students
may opt
to take
any four hours of electives to
complete the requirements for a bachelor's degree.
Area of Concentration
in
Education of the
Deaf/Hard of Hearing
Special education students
may choose
to take
an area of
concentration in education of the deaf/hard of hearing.
The
Elementary Education and Special
Education (Dual Certification)
General Education Requirements - The university requires
53 hours of general education requirements, some of which
are specifically required for this major. Core courses
designated by the department as applicable to the general
education requirements maybe elected in partial fulfillment
of that requirement. The following general education
courses are required:
imdergraduate curriculum in education of the deaf/hard
of hearing lays the foundation for the
training and education needed to prepare classroom
teachers and itinerant hearing therapists to work in
educational settings with deaf/hard of hearing children and
adults. Students supplement the curriculum for their majors
with an area of concentration in education of the deaf/hard
of hearing diat requires a minimum of 24 semester hours.
20.101 Composition
of Education
program.
is
II
(or any
will
schedule 20.104 Honors
Composition and are required to take only six of the
nine hours reqinred under Communication 25.103
Public
Speaking
or
25.104
Interpersonal
Communication
48.101 General Psychology
48.210 Life-Span Psychology
45.211 Sociology or 46.200 Anthropology
granted by die Pennsylvania Department
a related graduate
70.101 Introduction to Exceptional Individuals
upon completion of
53.141 Introduction to Statistics or 48.160 Basic Statistics
Any American history course
Any literature course
All applicants to the graduate program in Education of the
Deaf/Hard of Hearing must have completed the courses
50.101 General Biology
54.103 Physical Science
Students without an education background will
need to take five education courses agreed upon by the
curriculum coordinator in education of the deaf/hard of
listed below.
hearing.
and 20.201 Composition
out of 20.101 and 20.201
Certification to teach deaf/hard of hearing students in
school programs
I
of the writing intensive literature courses) Those testing
53.201 Theoiy of Arithmetic
05.321 First Aid and Safety
Requirements for the Major
is
-
A
total
of 77 semester hours
required
for dual certification in elementary education and special
education
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
Professional Education courses include:
60.251 Psychological Foundations of Education or
48.251Psychological Foundations of Education
60.393 Social Foundations of Education or 60.406
Multicultural Education
62.302 Teaching of Science in the Elementary School
62.390 Teaching Social Studies in the Elementary School
62.371 Teaching Reading in the Elementary School
62.398 Teaching Mathematics in the Elementary School
62.373 Diagnostic and Inclusive Practices
05.311 Methods and Materials in Elementary School
-
43
All applicants to the graduate program in education of the
deaf/hard of hearing are encouraged to complete an
introductory course in statistics or its equivalent and the
following: (Students
may
some
take these,
as general
education electives)
A bachelor's degree with a QPA of 2.8 in the education of
the deaf/hard of hearing area of concentration and an
overall
QPA of 2.8
are required. If either
QPA
is
below
2.8,
may be admitted on a provisional basis and must
earn a QPA of 3.0 or better upon completion of 9 to 12
semester hours in graduate-level courses. No Cs may be
the student
70.206 Introduction to Early Intervention
70.240 Foundations of Special Education
earned during the provisional period.
Applicants must submit a one-page, handwritten letter,
stating professional background, experience and rationale
for wanting to be admitted to this master's program. Three
letters of reference from individuals who have knowledge
of the applicant's academic and teaching background are
required. For confirmation purposes, the letters must
contain the name, address, position and telephone number
70.250 Behavior Disorders
of the writer.
Physical Education or 05.320 Health
and
Safety in
Elementary School
60.291 Principles of Teaching
62.310 Teaching Fine Arts
70.202 Technology for Exceptional Individuals
70.340 Educating Individuals with Moderate/Severe
Applicants must
make arrangements
with the program
coordinator for an interview.
Disabilities
70.353 Assessment and Planning
70.357 Vocational Programming
70.401 Student Teaching with Exceptional Individuals
70.433 Language Arts for Students with Special Needs
70.450 Methods for Elementary Special Education
70.451 Methods for Secondary Special Education
70.461 Problems in Special Education
The National Teacher Examination or the Graduate Record
Examination will be required of all applicants.
There is one entry point for full-time enrollment in this
graduate program - summer semester. The application
deadline for summer enrollment is March 15 Application
for admission as a part-time student is not restricted and
may be made at any time. There is no quota for students
interested in entering the
Education of the Deaf/Hard of
Hearing (IVI.S.)
Admission. Applicants with bachelor's degrees in early
childhood education, elementary education, secondary
education and special education have appropriate
educational backgrounds for entry into the program. Those
students without education courses in their background are
required to take 15 core credits of education courses.
Prerequisite coursework in the following areas must be
completed either before or during the graduate program.
program on a part-time
basis. Part-
time students are required to meet with the program
coordinator to design a curriculum sequence and time line.
Retention. Graduate students are required to earn a QPA
of 3.0 with a maximum of two Cs for retention in this master's
program. If a C is earned in a practicum course, the course
must be repeated and a grade of B or better earned.
Required Courses
must complete a departmental paper
and successftilly pass a comprehensi\'e
All graduate students
(thesis or non-thesis)
70.101 Introduction to Exceptional Individuals
examination administered during the semester the student
plans to graduate. Upon graduation, students are
academically prepared to apply for licensure in Penns) hania
and to pursue state and national certification as a teacher of
the deaf/hard of hearing. Additionally, students are granted
a provisional national certification by the Council on
72.200 Introduction to Audiology
Education of the Deaf (CED) upon formal application.
Undergraduate area of concentration in education of the
deaf/hard of hearing:
72.450 Clinical Observation
74.153 Introduction to Sign Language
74.154 American Sign Language
I
74.155 American Sign Language
II
74.201 History, Education, and Guidance of the Deaf/
Hard of Hearing
74.305 Introduction to Instructional Methods for the
Deaf/Hard of Hearing
Students who anticipate applying for admission to the
graduate program in education of the deaf/ hard of hearing
are strongly urged to elect the following elective cotirses:
74.254
The Deaf Culture
74.255 American Sign Language III
74.256 American Sign Langtiage IV
The
following
is
an example of a full-time curriculum
sequence:
Summer
Session (total of 12 weeks)
72.522 Aural Rehabilitation: Theory and Practice
74.560 Practicum with the Deaf/Hard of Hearing
74.566 Language for the Deaf/Hard of Hearing
74.567 Language for the Deaf/Hard of Hearing
Fall
I
II
Semester
74.564 Speech for the Deaf/Hard of Hearing
74.565 Problems and Trends in Education of the Deaf/
Hard of Hearing
74.568 Advanced American Sign Language
74.569 Curricular Subjects for the Deaf /Hard of Hearing
Spring Semester
44- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
63.548 Reading Instruction for the At-Risk Learner
63.550 Literature, Literacy, and Culture
74.570 Student Teaching with the Deaf/Hard of Hearing
Summer
Session (total of 6 weeks)
74.575 Counseling Needs of Communicatively Disordered
Required Courses for M.Ed, in Reading (36
and Their Families
74.584 Research in Education of the Deaf/Hard of
Hearing
All of the
credits)
Individuals
above courses
plus:
60.584 Curriculum and Instructional Theory, Design, and
Development
Reading (M.Ed.)
Either 79.591 Research in Education, or 70.565 Reading
Admission: Applicants must satisfy the general admission
requirements for the School of Graduate Studies. In
addiuon, applicants to this degree program must:
Two
Hold
and a Level I teaching
from an accredited college or university.
Have a 2.5 undergraduate QPA.
Submit a one to two page, typed letter of intent stating
professional background, experience, and rationale
for wanting to be admitted to the program
Submit two letters of recommendation from
professionals who can attest to the candidate's
promise as a graduate student and professional leader.
Students with a QPA under 3.0 must complete the GRE
(recommended scores of 400 on each subtest) or the
a baccalaureate degree
certificate
Millers Analogies Test (recommended score of 35).
Schedule an interview with the program coordinator to
clarify
program requirements,
discuss goals, evaluate
academic records, and outline a long-range program.
Retention: Students must maintain a QPA of 3.0 to remain
in the program.
Transfer credits: A maximum of nine semester hours of
graduate-level coursework may be transferred from an
accredited institution; a maximum of 12 semester hours may
be transferred from graduate courses completed at
Bloomsburg University. Transfer courses must carry a grade
of B or higher and must be completed no more than six
years from the date of graduation. Transfer credits may be
requested or submitted at any time during the student's sixyear program, but require prior approval from the student's
advisor and the assistant vice president and dean of graduate
studies
Required Courses
Special Education
(l\/I.S.)
Admission. Applicants seeking admission to the master's
degree programs must satisfy the general admission
requirements for the School of Graduate Studies. The
following additional criteria are also required:
A one-page,
handwritten letter of intent stating profes-
sional background, experience
and rationale for want-
ing to be admitted to the department
Two letters of recommendation
Resume
An
interview with the chair or
program coordinator An
undergraduate cumulative QPA of 2.8. If average is
below 2.8, the student may be admitted provisionally.
No Cs may be earned during a probationary period.
Retention. Students must complete the criteria listed in
the Teacher Education - Special Education packet proior to
the completion of 12 graduate credits. Required GPA,
licensing exams, field experience and liability information
is
described within the packet.
Graduation. Students seeking the M.S. in Special Education
or the M.S. in Exceptionalities without certification must
complete requirements
as listed below.
Required courses
(Prerequisite: B.S. in Special Education
and
certification)
six
credits for thesis
Students seeking an M.Ed, in Reading must complete 36
semester hours with a cumulative QPA of 3.0. All
requirements must be completed within six years from the
date of admission into the program. Students must reenroll
for all courses that exceed the six-year program completion
deadline oudined in the Graduate catalog section. Students
seeking reading specialist certification must earn a minimum
score of 570 on the Praxis specialty area test for reading
specialists.
Required Courses for Reading Specialist Certification (24
credits)
63.540 Introduction to the Teaching of Reading
63.541 Reading Assessment and Intervention
63.543 Reading Practicum
I
63.544 Reading Practicum
II
63.545 Organization and Administration of Reading
in the
by the faculty adviser.
Graduation requirements
Choice A: Thesis option - 24 hours of course work plus
and research.
Programs
63.546 Reading
and Interpreting Research in Special Education
elective courses from a related field that are approved
Content Areas
Choice B: Department paper option - 30 hours of course
work plus department paper
Choice C: Course work option - 36 hours of course work.
Core requirements (9 credits)
70.565 Reading and Interpreting Research in Special
Education or 79.591 Research in Education
70.575 Seminar in Current Issues in Special Education
70.591 Practicum in Special Education
Electives (a minimum of 1 2 credits must be taken in special
education):
70.501 Administration and Supervision in Special
Education
70.502 Principles of Special Education Law
70.503 Curricular Design and Instruction for Inclusive
Education
70.506 Introduction to Early Intervention
70.516 Psychology of Exceptional Individuals
70.522 Mathematics for Students with Special Needs
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
70.526 Transition Services for Individuals with Special
Needs
70.533 Language Arts
for Students with Special
Needs
70.544 Diagnostic and Remedial Techniques
70.547 Technology and Exceptional Indixiduals
Disabilities
70.551 Secondary Methods for Individuals with Mild
Disabilities
Diagnostic
(recommended
45
70.550 Elementary Methods for Individuals with Mild
70.540 Education of Individuals with Moderate/Severe
70.544
-
if
and
Remedial
Techniques
previous assessment course
is
older
than five years)
70.547 Technology and Exceptional Individuals
70.550 Elementary Methods for Individuals with Mild
Disabihties
70.552 Project in Special Education
70.559 Seminar in Special Education
70.570 Foundations of Behavior Disorders
70.572 Seminar in Behavior Disorders
70.595 Internship
Disabiliues
70.551 Secondary Methods for Individuals with Mild
70.596 Special Workshop
I
(1-6 credits)
70.597 Special Workshop 2 (1-6 credits)
70.598 Special Workshop 3 (1-6 credits)
70.599 Master's Research Paper
Disabilities
70.552 Project in Special Education
70.559 Seminar in Special Educadon
70.570 Foundations of Behavior Disorders
72.572 Augmentative Communication
70.572 Seminar in Behavior Disorders
74.501 Introduction to Sign Language
70.595 Internship
70.596 Special Workshop
1
With adviser approval, students may
(1-6 credits)
also
choose additional
70.597 Special Workshop 2 (1-6 credits)
elective graduate courses in related fields such as reading,
70.598 Special Workshop 3 (1-6 credits)
early childhood, elementary
70.599 Master's Research Paper
psychology and sociology.
and secondary education,
72.572 Augmentative Communication
74.501 Introduction to Sign Language
With adviser approval, students may
Exceptionalities (M.S.)
With Certification
Handicapped
Teaching the
Men tally/ Physically
choose additional
such as reading,
early childhood, elementary and secondary education,
psychology and sociology. Coursework for a special education
supervisory certificate may be incorporated into the M.S. in
certification requires two separate applications. Students are
special education.
required to complete a
also
elective graduate courses in related fields
in
Graduation Requirements. The M.S. and teacher
maximum
minimum
of 36 credits (M.S.) and a
of 45 credits or 42 credits plus student teaching
(M.S. plus certification).
Exceptionalities
(This
program does
(IVI.S.)
not lead to certification in
Core Requirements
Teaching
Graduation requirements
Choice A: Thesis option - 24 hours course work plus
70.516 Psychology of Exceptional Individuals
70.565 Reading and Interpreting Research in Special
Education or 79.591 Research in Education
the Mentally/Physically Handicapped)
six
60.501 Major Philosophies of Education
credits for thesis
Choice B: Department paper option - 30 hours of course
work plus department paper
Choice C: Course work option - 36 hours course work
Core requirements
(9 credits)
70.516 Psychology of Exceptional Individuals
70.565 Reading and Interpreting Research in Special
Education or 79.591 Research in Education
70.575 Seminar in Current Issues in Special Education
Electives (a
minimum
of 12 credits must be taken in special
education)
70.501 Administration and Supervision in Special
Education
70.502 Principles of Special Education Law
70.503 Curricular Design and Instruction for Inclusive
Education
70.506 Introduction to Early Intervention
70.522 Mathematics for Students with Special Needs
70.526 Transition Services for Individuals with Special
Needs
70.533 Language Arts
for Students with Special Needs
70.540 Education of Individuals with Moderate/Severe
Disabilities
Certification Courses
(equivalent courses
may be
considered)
70.506 Introduction to Early Inter\ention
70.522 Mathematics for Students with Special Needs
70.526 Transition Services for Individuals with Special
Needs
70.533 Language Arts for Students with Special Needs
70.540 Education of Indi\iduals with Moderate/Severe
Disabilities
70.544 Diagnostic and Remedial Techniques
70.547 Technology' and Exceptional Indixiduals
70.550 Elementary Methods for Individuals with Mild
Disabilities
70.551 Secondary Methods for Individuals with Mild
Disabilities
70.559 Seminar
in Special
Education
70.570 Foundations of Behaxior Disorders
70.591 Practicum in Special Education: OR 70.401 Student
Teaching with Exceptional Individuals: and
70.461 Problems in Special Education
Electives
46- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
70.501 Administration and Supervision in Special
Education
70.502 Principles of Special Education Law
70.503 Curricular Design and Instruction for Inclusive
Education
70.552 Project in Special Education
70.572 Seminar in Behavior Disorders
70.575 Seminar in Current Issues in Special Education
70.596 Special Workshop
1
(1-6 credits)
70.597 Special Workshop 2 (1-6 credits)
70.598 Special Workshop 3 (1-6 credits)
72.572 Augmentative Communication
74.575 Counseling Needs of Communicatively Disordered
Individuals
and Their Families
74.501 Introduction to Sign Language
With adviser approval, students may
choose additional
such as reading,
early childhood, elementary and secondary education,
psychology and sociology.
also
elective graduate courses in related fields
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
-
47
Department of Finance and Legal Studies
These courses may
Finance (B.S.B.A.)
In addition to 68 semester hours of general education
requirements, the program in finance requires 24 hours of
core business courses, 15 hours of courses specific to finance,
plus 21 hours of business electives to
requirement for
a
meet the
university
bachelor of science in business
be applied
to
completing majors
diversity courses.
Elective credits include:
40.433 International Economics
40.434 Economic Growth of Underdeveloped Areas
44.280 International Relations
Or
administration degree.
Among general education courses specifically required are:
20.101 English Composition
also
or minors in business as requirements, electives and/or
other 300/400 level courses in economics or political
science with the approval of the adviser.
Or an
I
20.102 English Composition II (or 20.104 Honors
Composition)
25.103 Public Speaking
40.121 Principles of Economics I
40.122 Principles of Economics II
53.118 Applied Matrix Algebra
40.256 Business and Economics Statistics
Choose one of the following two courses:
40.156 Business and Economics Math
53.123 Essentials of Calculus
internship experience and/or course work while
participating in a foreign exchange program, with the
approval of the advisor or appropriate department chair.
Language competancy: a student must satisfy a
foreignlanguage competency to the intermediate level,
either by completing up to a Level IV in course work or
demonstrating proficiency by examination in the foreign
language.
Any
courses taken are in addition to the 18 credit hours in
the concentration
and may
also
count toward the
students humanities general education requirement.
Business Core:
91.220 Financial Accoimting
Minor
91.223 Managerial Accounting
92.150 Introduction to Computer and Information
Management
93.481 Business Polices and Strategies
Take
Law and Legal Environment
Finance Specialization
96.323 Financial Markets and Institudons
96.343 Investment Management
96.454 Advanced Corporate Finance
96.413 Internadonal Finance
Plus
one upper-level finance elective
- Students must choose 21 semester hours
Electives
Law and
at least
Humanities:
20.152 Literature and Society (when focussed on law and
legal issues)
98.349
Law and
Literature
20.481 Special Topics in English
98.499 Special Topics in
in
elective courses
Law
Social sciences:
44.244 Introduction to Criminal Justice
from General Business, Accounting, Computer and
Information Systems,
Management, Office Systems, Finance, Marketing and
44.446 Constitutional Law
I
44.447 Constitutional Law II
44.448 The Judicial Process
44.487 International Law and Organization
Business Law.
Some
in Legal Studies consists of 21 semester hours,
the Legal Environment
one course from each of the following four
groups: law and the humanities, law and the social sciences,
rhetoric and theory, and legal regulation doctrine.
98.331
96.313 Introduction to Corporate Finance
97.310 Marketing: Principles and PracUce
98.331
The minor
Legal Studies
15 of which must be taken at Bloomsburg University.
Required, but not a prerequisite for other courses, is:
Science
93.344 Principles of
in
additional courses are available as well; students
should consult
45.342 Penolog)'
48.254 Psychological Aspects of Social Issues
and jurisprudence:
their adviser.
Rhetoric, theory
25.321 Argumentation
Career Concentration
International
in
Business
Administered by Department of Finance and Legal Studiesw
Effective Fall, 2002
Required courses include:
93.456 International Management
96.413 International Finance
97.380 International Marketing
98.407 International Legal Environment
28.292 Contemporary Moral Problems
28.305 Philosophy of Law
28.307 Contemporary Political Philosophy
Legal environment, regulation and doctrine:
27.310 Media
Law
Management
Management
98.332 Business and Commercial Law
41.301 Water Resources
41.302 Land Business
98.407 International Legal Environment
98.450 Legal Emaronment
48- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
98.460 Employment and Discrimination
48.499 Special Topics in
Law
Law
- Two courses from the following options, totaling
semester hours:
Any two additional courses from t\vo of the four categories
above; An independent study course, internship in legal
Electives
six
honor seminar or international exchange course or
program, with the approval of the Legal Studies Minor
studies,
coordinator.
Two
courses in the
first
Widener School of Law, Harrisburg,
year of law school at
a participant in the
"3+3" B.A./J.D. program. See coordinator for details.
if
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
-
49
Department of Geography and Geosciences
52.216 Chemical Principles and Measurements (highly
Earth Science (B.S)
In addition to 53 semester hours of general education
total of 59 semester hours is required for a
major in earth science. The balance of the university's 128semester hour requirement for a bachelor's degree come from
electives. Required courses are:
51.101 Physical Geology
51.102 Historical Geology
requirements, a
54.110 Introduction to Astronomy
51.111 Physical Geology Laboratory
51.112 Historical Geology Laboratory
51.255 Meteorology
51.259 Oceanography
51.260 Earth Materials
Choose four from the following 13
courses:
recommended as the second course)
Choose one of the following two combinations:
54.111 Introductoi-y Physics I and
54.112 Introductory Physics
II
Environmental Science Option
The option in Environmental Science requires a total 66 to
68 credits in addition to General Education requirements,
depending on choices of electives. Required couress include:
51.100 Environmental Geology
51.101 Physical Geology
51.111 Physical Geology Lab
51.255 Meteorology
51.259 Environmental Issues and Choices
50.114 Concepts in Biology I
50.115 Concepts in Biology II
Choose
from the following:
at least 15 credits
51.261 Mineralogy
51.260 Earth Materials
51.262 Petrology
51.265 Geomorphology
51.265 Geomorphology
51.320 Remote Sensing of the Earth
51.320 Remote Sensing of the Earth
51.360 Paleontology
51.355 Synoptic Meteorology
51.369 Structural Geology
51.360 Introduction to Paleontology
51.370 Surface Hydrology
51.369 Structural Geology
51.460 Aqueous Geochemistry
51.370 Hydrology
51.468 Stratification and Sedimentation
51.460 Aqueous Geochemistry
51.470 Groundwater Hydrology
51.468 Stratigraphy and Sedimentation
51.480 Applied Geophysics
51.470 Groundwater Hydrology
51.496 Internship in Earth Science
51.475 Independent Study
or
51.480 Geophysics
up
to nine credits
from approved Marine Science
courses
51.493 Bibliography and Research
51.496 Internship in Earth Science
Approved courses offered by the Marine Science Center,
Wallops Island, Va. (Courses in marine science are
offered during the summer by the Marine Science
consortium. The consortium
is a joint program
sponsored by several Pennsylvania state
universities. A maximum of 9 semester hours from the
Marine
Science Consortium may be applied toward this bachelor's
degree.)
Choose two courses from the
51.242
Map
follo\\ing:
Skills
41.258 Environmental Consen'ation
41.301 Water Resources
41.302 Land Resources
Management
Management
41.304 Environmental Valuation
41.342 Geographical Information Systems
41.462 Techiques of Geographic Measurement
Choose one of the following two courses:
50.351 General Ecology
50.451 Conservation Biolog}'
Choose one from the following two
courses:
56.110 Introduction to Computer Science
92.150 Introduction to Computer and Information
Science
Or a higher-level course in programming
Choose two from the following six courses:
53.113 Pre-Calculus
53.123 Essentials of Calculus
53.124 Essentials of Calculus
53.125 Analysis
I
53.126 Analysis
II
Choose two from the following three courses:
52.115 Fundamentals of Inorganic Chemistry
52.116 Chemical Principles and Measurements
52.230 Funamentals of Organic Chemistry
54.111 Introductory Physics
I
Choose a maximum of one of the following two
53.112 Trigonometry
courses:
53.114 College Algebra
II
53.141 Introducdon to StatisUcs
Choose two from the following three courses:
52.115 Fundamentals of Inorganic Chemistry
52.131 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry
Choose
a
minimimi of one course from (both may be
chosen from
this group)
53.113 Pre-Calculus
53.123 Essentials of Calculus
53.125 Analysis
1
53.126 Analysis
II
50- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
51.320 Remote Sensing of the Earth
Special Topic: Tide changes depending on topic
53.141 Introduction to Statistics
Geography
-
Minor
The minor in geography constitutes 18 semester hours and
must include the following courses:
41.105 Environmental Issues and Choices
41.250 Elements of Planning
41.258 Environmental Conservation
41.301 Water Resources Management
Land Resources Management
41.302
Map
Skills
41.264 Applied Cartography
Geography
(B.A.)
General Geography Option
Also
Environmental Planning Option
In addition to 54 semester hours of general education
requirements, a
of 30 to 60 semester hours
required for a major in
is
(B.A.)
Also
see...
General Geography Option
Environmental Planning Option
In addition to 54 semester hours of general education
requirements, a total of 30 to 60 semester hours is required
for a major in geography. The balance of hours toward the
university requirement for a bachelor's degree is made up of
Core Courses:
41.101 World Physical Geography
41.221 Economic Geography
41.250 Elements of Planning
41.350 Advanced Planning
41.497 Internship in Planning
41.498 Applied Planning Seminar
geography.
The balance
Geography
elective courses
see...
Urban and Regional Planning Option
total
required elective credits.
Urban and Regional Planning Option
Choose one from the following three courses:
41.315 Geography of Recreation, Tourism and Sport
41.242
Optional Elective: 41.496 Internship in Geography
Upon departmental approval a student may choose to
undertake an internship of 3 to 12 semester hours of which a
maxiumum of 3 semester hours may be applied to the
of hours toward the 128-hour university
requirement for a
bachelor's degree
Core Courses:
Electives (choose 3
from the following
six courses)
41.258 Environmental Conservation
is
made up
of elective courses
41.302 Land Resources
Management
41.304 Environmental Valuation
41.101 World Physical Geography
41.315 Geography of Recreation, Tourism and Sport
41.102 World Cultural Geography
41.363 Urban Geography
41.221 Economic Geography
Map
41.242
51.100 Environmental Geology
Skills
Skills
and Tools
41.462 Techniques of Geographic Measurement
09.231 Technical Writing
41.492 Geography Seminar
25.103 Public Speaking
18 semester hours to be selected from electives.
The elective
courses are divided into areas of specialization for your
information. A minimum of 9 semester hours are to be
selected
from 300- and
Computer Science
Choose two from the following four courses:
56.110 Introduction to
41.242
400-Ievel courses.
Map
Skills
41 .264 Applied Cartography
Physical:
41.125 Weather and Climate
41.303 Soil Resources
41.342 Geographic Information Systems
Management
51.320 Remote Sensing of the Earth
Human:
Cognate Areas
Economics (choose
41.250 Elements of Planning
41.310 Populadon Geography
41.363 Urban Geography
41.200 Geography of the United States and Canada
41.203 Geography of Australia
may be
offered
Management
Management
41.304 Environmental Valuadon
41.315 Geography of Recreation
40.211 Principles of Economics
I
40.212 Principles of Economics
II
40.316 Urban Economics
Political
Environmental:
41.105 Environmental Issues and Choices
41.258 Environmental Conservation
41.302 Land Resources
one from the following four
40.410 Public Finance
41.204 Geography of South Asia
or any regional geography course that
41.301 Water Resources
at least
courses)
Regional:
Science
44.120 United States Government
44.452 State and Local Government
Also
recommended
are:
44.438 Public Personnel Administration
44.452 Public Policy
Sociology (choose at least one from the following
courses)
,
Tourism, Sport
41.305 Enviornmental Risks and Hazards
Techniques:
41.264
53.141 Introduction to Statistics
Apphed Cartography
41.342 Geographic Informadon Systems
45.211 Principles of Sociology
45.213 Contemporary Social Problems
45.316 Urban Sociology
45.457 Sociology of
Community
five
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
45.468 Social Service Planning
-
31
51.111 Physical Geology Laboratory
51.112 Historical Geology Laboratory
Geography
51.261 Mineralogy
(B.A.)
51.262 Petrology
Environmental Planning Option
Administered by Geography and Geosciences
Effective Fall, 2002
Also
see...
Urban and Regional Planning Option
General Geography Option
In addition to 54 semester hours of general education
requirements, a total of 30 to 60 semester hours is required
for a major in geography. The balance of hours toward the
128-hour university requirement for a bachelor's degree is
made up
of elecdve courses
Core Courses:
41.101 World Physical Geography
41.105 Environmental Issues and Choices
41.250 Elements of Planning
41.258 Environmental Conservation
41.301 Water Resources Management
41.302 Land Resources
Management
41.350 Advanced Planning
41.497 Internship in Planning
41.498
AppHed Planning Seminar
Electives (choose a
minimum
of three from the following
51.360 Introduction to Paleontology
51.265 Geomorphology
51.369 Structural Geology
51.468 Stratigraphy and Sedimentation
51.470 Groundwater Hydrology
51.493 Bibliography and Research
51.460 Aqueous Chemistry
51.480 Geophysics (highly recommended)
51.451 Field Techniques in Earth Science or equivalent 4
to 6
semester hours field course
Choose one of the following two
sets
of courses:
53.123 Essentials of Calculus and 53.141 Introduction
to Statistics
I and 53.126 Analysis II
Choose two of the following three courses:
52.115 Fundamentals of Inorganic Chemistry
52.131 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry
52.216 Chemical Principles and Measurements (highly
or 53.125 Analysis
recommended
as the
second course)
Choose one of the following two
54.111 Introductory Physics
Physics
sets
I
of courses:
and 54.112 Introductory
II
or 54.211 General Physics
I
and 54.212 General Physics
five
II
courses)
41.303 Soil Resources
Management
41.304 Environmental Valuation
Note: 51.480 Geophysics may be substituted for the
second semester of physics.
41.315 Geography of Recreation, Tourism and Sport
41.305 Environmental Risks and Hazards
51.100 Environmental Geology
51.370 Hydrology
Skills
and Tools
09.231 Technical Writing
25.103 Public Speaking
44.452 State and Local Government
53.141 Introduction to Statistics
92.150 Introduction to Computer and Information Science
44.120 United States Government (strongly recommended)
Choose two from the following four courses
41.242
Map
Geology
-
Minor
Administered by Geography and Geosciences
Effective Fall, 2002
A total of 20 semester hours is required for a minor
geology.
A minor
program
in
geology requires the following:
51.101 Physical Geology
51.102 Historical Geology
51.111 Physical Geology Laboratory
51.112 Historical Geology Laboratory
12 hours selected from the following 11 courses:
Skills
41.264 Applied Cartography
41.342 Geographic Information Systems
51.320 Remote Sensing of the Earth
51.261 Mineralogy
51.262 Petrology
51.320 Remote Sensing of the Eartii
51.355 Synoptic Meteorology
51.360 Introduction to Paleontology
Geology
(B.S.)
General Education Requirements - In addition to 54
semester hours of general education requirements, 72
semester hours is required for a msyor in geology. The balance
of the university's 128-hour requirement for an undergraduate
degree comes from elective courses. The degree program in
geology requires the following courses:
51.101 Physical Geology
51.102 Historical Geology
51.265 Geomorphology
51.369 Structural Geology
51.370 Hydrology
51.468 Stratigraphy and Sedimentation
51.470 Groundwater Hydrology
51.475 Independent Study
51.460 Aqueous Chemistry
51.480 Geophysics (highly recommended)
in
52- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
Department of History
civilization or
History (B.A.)
Administered by History
Effective Fall, 2002
In addition to 54 semester hours of general education
requirements, a total of 36 semester hours is required for a
major in history with at least 15 semester hours drawn from
300 and 400 level courses. It is strongly
recommended that students take 42.398 Research and
Writing Skills as early as possible in their program.
42.1 12 Origins of the
42.113
Modern World
The Modern World
European history covering the period
through 1815
Any course, 3 semester hours,
is
from upperEuropean history
selected
division (300-400 level) offerings in
covering the period since 1789
Electives in history:
Minor
in
any two 300 or 400-level history courses.
History
Administered by History
Effective Fall, 2002
This program requires 18 semester hours of history courses
42.121 United States Histoi^ Survey: Colonial Period to
1877
with at least 6 semester hours in 300 or 400 level courses.
minor
The
includes:
42.122 United States History Survey: 1877 to the Present
6 semester hours, any two 100 level history courses
The Ancient and Medieval Worlds
42.398 Research and Wridng Skills
6 semester hours, any two 200 or 300 level history courses
42.133
3 semester hours, any of the 300 or 400 level history courses
Choose one from the following four courses:
42.141 Modern China and Japan
42.142 Latin America: From European Colonization
42.398 Research and Wridng
The program
to
the Present
42.143 Black Africa
42.144 Islamic and Hindu Worlds: Middle East, India
and Malaysia
Any
course, 3 semester hours,
is
selected from upper-
division (300-400 level) offerings in
Any
course, 3 semester hours,
is
American
history.
selected from upper-
division course (300-400 level) offerings in
Western
for the history
Skills
minor provides
one directed exercise
tlie
following
independent
historical research (42.398); a minimal background in those
courses at the 100 level that are basic to and required of history
majors; flexibility in framing a minor pertinent to the student's
academic interest; and at least one course, in addition to
42.398, at an advanced level.
features: at least
in
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
-
53
Honors Program
honors upper division seminars and two semesters of honors
independent sttidy culminating in an honors thesis.
About the Honors Program
The Bloomsburg
University
Honors Program
offers
opportunities for an enriched college experience to students
seeking academic challenge.
The Honors Program's goals are:
to challenge students to
perform
Honors Courses
The student can
at the highest level of
excellence
encourage independent thinking and learning
environment that encourages the
aspirations and achievements of students and fosters
their dignity, self esteem and sense of initiative
to encourage creativity, intellectual independence,
take
up
to 34
hours of honors work but
only 25 are required and courses (except the senior honors
independent study) can be taken at any time during the
to
student's enrollment at Bloomsburg.
to create a supportive
To graduate with honors, the student must take at least
one honors humanities, one honors math/science class with
a laboratory component, one honors social science class and
one 300-level honors seminar plus 08.300 Introduction to
Honors Research, plus two semesters of honors independent
analytical thinking
and problem solving and the
growth of communication skills through a strong
emphasis on reading, writing and research
to provide opportunities for students to develop a
broader perspective on national and global issues to
provide forums for symposia, experiential learning
and independent study
to create a meaningful learning community to develop
study.
Freshmen entering the program will automatically be
placed in 20.104 Honors Composition for fall semester of
their
freshman
year.
Honors curriculum
-
The student
v«ll
be required
to take
25 hours of honors credit distributed among the following
classes, with additional requirements as indicated: Choose
to fulfill general
education
students' leadership potential
one of the following two courses
engage in a rigorous, coherent,
integrated academic experience with a high degree
requirements for humanities courses:
08.101 Honors Humanities 1
08.201 Honors Humanities II
Choose one of the following two courses, with a laboratory
component that may be exempted by the director:
08.110 Honors Matii/Science I
to
enable students
to
of student-faculty interaction
The Honors Program encourages students
to
explore
opportunities for post-graduate work and professional study.
The Honors Program is proud of the high rate of acceptance
of Bloomsburg honors students to professional and graduate
programs.
Typically,
honors
classes are smaller, offering students
opportunities to discuss in greater depth the subject being
taught.
Honors
classes are often
enriched through
field trips,
guest speakers, films and special projects.
New freshmen applying for admission to the program must
minimum of 1 100 SAT and rank in the top 20 percent
have a
Admittance to the program for
is based on academic
performance at Bloomsburg University.
The Honors Program awards merit scholarships on a
competitive basis to entering freshmen. Some upper-level
competitive merit scholarships are also available each year.
Many honors students also qualify for other merit
of their high school
class.
students already at Bloomsburg
and Presidential awards.
Honors students at Bloomsburg take 25 hours of honors
courses that include honors general education courses,
scholarships, such as the Mitrani
08.210 Honors Math/Science II
Choose one of the following two courses
to fulfill general
education requirements for social science courses:
08.130 Honors Social Science I
08.230 Honors Social Science
II
08.300 Introduction to Honors Research
Choose one of the following four courses to
fulfill
general
education requirements in these areas:
08.301 Honors Seminar on Values
08.302 Honors Seminar on Diversity
08.303 Honors Seminar, Quantitative and Analytical
Reasoning
08.304 Honors Seminar, Interdisciplinary Studies
Course numbers for the followng two courses depend on
the program in which the student is completing a degree.
Business, Humanities and Social Sciences independent
studies are scheduled
under Code
09, while Biology,
Chemistry, Geology, Mathematics and Professional Studies
use their ovrei course numbers. Consult an adviser.
54- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
Department of Health, Physical
Education and Athletics
Exercise Science (B.S.)
In addition to general education requirements totaling 54
semester hours, a minimum of 44 semester hours are
required for a major in exercise science, with the remaining
26 semester hours required for a bachelor's degree coming
from elective courses.
48.101 General Psychology
45.211 Principles of Sociology
50.173 Anatomy and Physiology
I
Graduation
Applied exercise physiology track - A total of 40 semester
hours of which 3-6 semester hours of thesis are required to
graduate.
Clinical exercise physiology
A minimum
-
of 33 semester
hours, of which 3-6 semester hours in a practicum experience
are required to graduate.
Required courses
Applied Physiology
tracl<
50.174 Anatomy and Physiology II
50.205 Introduction to Nutrition
05.500 Instrumentation and Laboratory Techniques
05.510 Research Methods in Exercise Science
50.231 Biology of Aging
05.511
52.101 Introduction to Chemistry
05.512 Current Research in Exercise Science
Choose one of the following three courses:
05.270 Exercise and You
09.230
Human
Sexuality
ECG
Interpretation
05.551 Mechanics of
05.305 Aquatic Fitness Programming
05.321 First Aid Safety
and
Clinical Exercise Testing
Human Movement
50.576 Neuromuscular Physiology
05.595 Pracdcvim in Exercise Science
05.476 Exercise Physiology
05.557 Sciendfic Evaluadon of the Elite Athlete
05.477 Methods and Materials in Adult Physical Education
05.575 Exercise Physiology
I
59.498 Internship in Exercise Science
05.576 Exercise Physiology
II
Choose one of the following two
05.599 Master's Thesis
courses:
05.411 Exercise Prescription and Programming for
Special Populations
05.370 Measurement and Evaluation of Human
Performance
Choose one of the foUowdng two courses:
93.344 Principles of
Management
91.498 Introduction to Health Care Administrauon
Choose one of the following four
courses:
48.253 Social Psychology
48.311 Adulthood and Aging
48.380 Physiological Psychology
48.476 Principles of Behavior Modification
Choose one of the following two courses:
05.430 Current Issues in Health Education
28.290 Alcohol Use and Abuse
50.474 Vertebrate Systems Physiology
Thesis Requirement. Graduate students admitted to
candidacy for the Master of Science degree are required to
complete a thesis. The student must confer with the assigned
graduate adviser to select a thesis adviser. The thesis adviser
serves as chairperson of the thesis committee. A second
faculty member is selected from either the Health, Physical
Education and Athletics or the Biological and Allied Health
Sciences departments. The third faculty member may be
selected from any discipline within the university as
appropriate to the thesis topic. The thesis topic must be
approved by the thesis adviser and the graduate program
coordinator. Students
may
select either the thesis or the
The completed thesis will
be presented to the thesis committee, peers, and the
publishable manuscript option.
university communitv'.
IVIinor in
Exercise Science
Students are required to complete a minor or area
concentration. Contact a department adviser for details.
Clinical Exercise
05.511
Exercise Science and Adult
Fitness (l\/I.S.)
Admission. A bachelor's degree in the biological or allied
health sciences or a related field is recommended.
Undergraduate deficiencies may be addressed while working
towards the master's degree (without credit earned toward
the degree). Additionally, applicants must have an
undergraduate QPA of at least 2.5, provide Miller Analogy
Test or Graduate Record Examination scores, three letters
of recommendation and a statement describing goals and
objectives of their graduate study.
Physiology
05.500 Instrumentation and Laboratory Techniques
05.510 Research Methods in Exercise Science
ECG
Interpretation
and
Clinical Exercise Testing
The Physiology of Training
05.551 Mechanics of Human Movement
05.535
05.553 Exercise in Chronic Disease Rehabilitation
05.561 Exercise and Aging
05.575 Exercise Physiology
I
05.577 Worksite Programming
05.595 Practicum in Exercise Science
Practicum Requirement. Graduate students in the clinical
exercise physiology track must complete a practicum
experience approved by the advisor and the graduate
program coordinator. This capstone experience will typically
occur in the final semester of study during the summer.
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
-
55
Department of Instructional Technology
Instructional
57.572 Authoring Tools for Cross Platforms
Technology (M.S.)
57.573 Authoring Tools for Windows
Admission - An individual with a bachelor's degree from
accredited four-year college, who earned an
undergraduate grade point average of at least 2.8 on a 4.0
scale, may apply for admission to the MSIT program.
Admission requirements
A completed application form for graduate studies at
an
Bloomsburg University
The
all
application fee paid in
letters
essay
of recommendation
describing the
(fall,
spring)
spring)
57.574 Authoring Tools for Networks (spring, summer)
Communications
(at least
one from the
following):
93.566 Organizational Behavior (fall)
93.556 International Management (summer)
93.583
Human
Resource Development
(fall)
94.540 Training and Development
(minimum of 9 semester hours):
57.556 Applying Theories of Learning to Interactive
Technologies (summer)
57.560 Multimedia Productions (fall, spring, summer)
57.584 eTraining Strategies (fall, spring)
32.595 Directed Study in Studio Art (fall, summer)
Final Requirement (one of the following two courses):
57.590 Graduate Internship (3 semester hours)
57.599 Graduate Thesis (6 semester hours)
Elective Courses
full Official transcripts
from
undergraduate institutions attended
Three
(fall,
A
one
applicant's
to two-page
interest
in
instrucdonal technology
A
personal interview, scheduled after the above
been processed
International applicants must complete a separate
application from the Office of Graduate Studies and
Research and must take the Test of English as a
Foreign Language (TOEFL) A minimum score of 570
on the paper-based TOEFL test or 213 on the
computer-based test is required for admission to the
program.
An individual may begin taking courses in the MSIT
program on a part-time basis prior to admission, but
completion of such courses does not guarantee admission.
materials have
Required Courses for Education Option
The Master of Science in Instructional Technology requires
.
33 semester hours. Parentheses indicate the semesters the
courses are offered.
Required Courses (15 semester hours):
57.540 Technology Planning Across the Curriculum
(fall,
summer)
57.542 Technology Applications for the Classroom
(fall,
spring)
Graduation
57.550 Instructional Design
who hold a bachelor's degree in any discipline from
an accredited college or university may become degree
57.570 Introduction to Interactive Technologies
candidates and proceed to the master's degree by completing
57.580 Instructional Applications of Internet (spring,
Persons
a
minimum
of 33 semester hours of coursework concluding
an internship or master's thesis. All courses are 3
semester hours unless otherwise indicated.
in either
33 semester hours. Parentheses indicate the semesters the
courses are offered.
Required Courses (12 semester hours):
57.550 Instructional Design (fall, spring)
57.551 Advanced Instructional Design
(fall,
spring,
summer)
Elective courses (18 semester hours):
57.546 Research in Instructional Technology
57.556 Applying Theories of Learning for Interactive
Technologies (summer)
57.574 Authoring Tools for Networks (spring, summer)
57.584 eTraining Strategies (fall, spring)
32.595 Directed Study in Studio Art (fall, summer)
56.576 Networks: Configuration and Implementation
(fall)
Final
summer)
57.570 Introduction to Interactive Technologies
(fall,
summer)
57.575 Managing Multimedia Projects
Computing
(fall,
summer)
57.560 Multimedia Productions
Required Courses for Corporate Option
The Master of Science in Instructional Technology requires
Instructional
spring)
57.551 Advanced Institictional Design
Required courses
courses):
(fall,
(at least
(fall,
spring)
two of the following three
Requirement (one course):
57.590 Graduate Internship (3 semester hours)
57.599 Graduate Thesis (6 semester hours)
Note: The Instructional Technology Specialist Certification
from the Pennsylvania Department of Education, requires
the following courses:
56- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
Department of Languages and Cultures
Career Concentration
Studies
The concentration program
in
Chinese
requires 18 credit hours of
and 6 credits in elective
courses. Bloomsburg University maintains academic
study, with 12 credits in core courses
relationships with several universities in China. Currently,
QingHai Normal University, Northeast Normal University
and ShenYang Teacher's College offer study-abroad
programs to our students. Students taking courses through
programs with these universities may have credits applied to
the concentration.
Required Courses:
16.105 Chinese I
16.106 Chinese II
16.211 Foundations of Chinese Civilization
16.212 China Today
Elective Courses:
42.141
The Modern Far
East
31.346 Art History of the Far East
44.160 Nations, States and Governments
Frencli (B.A.)
French students to Bloomsburg University. It affords
Bloomsburg University' students in French, regardless of their
major, to study at Nancy. French majors, minors and/or
business majors with a strong concentration in French, are
especially
encouraged
to take part in this
program.
Required Courses
A total of 36 semester hours is required for a major in
French in addition to 54 semester hours of general education
requirements. Other than the General Education
distribution requirements, the department does not restrict
the choice of courses in this area, however, students are
encouraged to choose general education courses in
consultation with their advisers. The balance of courses to
meet the university's 128-semester hour requirement for a
bachelor's degree come from elective courses. Required
courses for the major include:
10.203 French III
10.204 French IV
10.205 Applied Phonetics and Pronunciation
10.206 Structure of the French Language
10.207 Conversation: French Daily Life and Customs
10.211 Foundations of French Culture and Civilization
10.401 Advanced French Language
10.402 Contemporary Issues in Francophone Media
Students
who have
studied a language elsewhere should
consult the department chairperson for appropriate
placement. Generally, the student should schedule courses
as follows:
10.422 Masterpieces of French Literature
10.423 Black Francophone Writers and Culture
Students mil choose 6 credits of electives by advisement to
fulfill the requirement.
With one year of high school study or equivalent,
schedule 10.101
With two years of high school study or equivalent,
schedule 10.102
With three years of high school study or equivalent,
schedule 10.203
With four years of high school study or equivalent,
schedule 10.204
With no previous language
Education Majors - Students majoring in early childhood
education and elementary education may elect an area of
concentration in French. Students should consult their
advisers in the Department of Languages and Cultures about
and
It is
recommended
that courses in culture
civilization oral expression, literature,
phonetics and
foreign language in elementary school be taken to complete
the area of concentration. Students are required to take the
methods course, 16.350 Foreign Language Teaching
Methods and Research.
Requirements for a major leading to the Bachelor of
Science in Education are found in the section on Secondary
Education. Students should inquire in the department about
changes
in the requirements.
Programs Abroad
-
All
language students are luged to seek
opportunities to study abroad.
French
Requirements for the minor in French total 21 credit hours
10.203 French III
10.204 French IV
10.206 Structure of the French Language
Plus 12 credits in French above the level of French II.
study, schedule special
sections of 10.100 for beginners in French.
course selection.
IVlinor in
An exchange and
internship
program with the University of Nancy's Faculte des Lettres
and the Commercial Institute in Nancy, France, brings
German
(B.A.)
Administered by Languages and Cultures
Effective Fall, 2002
A minimum of 36 credit hours is required for the major,
beginning with German III (11.203). Students need
German
II
(11.102) or the equivalent before entering the
major sequence.
Students majoring
in Education may elect an area of
concentration in German. Students should consult their
advisers in the Department of Languages and Cultures about
course selection. It is recommended that courses in culture
and
civilization oral expression, literature,
phonetics and
foreign language in elementary school be taken to complete
the area of concentration.
Area concentration in German is offered to Education
who should check wth their adviser to develop a
plan of study. Requirements for a major leading to the
Bachelor of Science in Education are found in the section
majors,
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
-57
in the
courses in culture and civilization oral expression, literature,
department about changes in the requirements.
Study Abroad in Jena, Germany - Bloomsburg University
offers an exchange program with the
Friedrich-Schiller-Universitat in Jena, Germany. The Jena
program is open to all Bloomsburg University students who
have had at least two years of college German or the
equivalent. Jena offers a broad range of courses for exchange
students, such as German Language, Culture, Literature,
Intercultural Business and Communication. Students are
placed in courses after taking a placement test in Jena. The
exchange usually takes place in spring semester. Students
are encouraged to participate in their sophomore or junior
phonetics and foreign language in elementary school be
taken to complete the area of concentration.
on Secondary Education. Students should inquire
years.
Required Courses:
11.203
11.204
11.206 Structure of the
German Language
11.207 Conversation: Daily Life and Ctistoms
and
Civilization
I
11.331 Selected Twentieth Century Writers
11.402 Contemporary Issues in the
11.422 Masterpieces of
German
German Media
because they enter the sequence with a course above 1 1.203,
an equal number of credits from the electives by
advisement.
German
A total of 21 credit hours is required for a minor in German:
11.204
German III
German rV
German Language
German above the level of German
11.206 Structure of the
Plus 12 credits in
language-related service to the department and the
university, and is recommended by the majority of the faculty
Internship Opportunities: Students can enroll in 38.498
substitute
11.203
Internship in the Humanities, transferred as an elective in
the Spanish program. Internships in Spanish require total
immersion and must be designed to take place in a
Spanish-speaking country. Internships are tailored to the
cultural
and according to the skills gained in the
language. Interns have both an on-site and a faculty
supervisor to oversee and guide their work.
Career Opportiuiities: A student interested in a teaching
career can elect Spanish as an area of specialization leading
to a Bachelor of Science in Secondary Education or as a
Career Concentration in Elementary Education. Students
wishing to combine proficiency in Spanish with another
major may elect 21 semester credit hours to complete a
minor in Spanish. Other career opportunities exist in
business administration, commerce, banking, public
students' interest
relations, translation
III
ser^dces, publishing,
is
spoken around the world, highly qualified
demand by the international
business community, the Foreign Service and by
international agencies such as the World Bank, the World
Health Organization and the United Nations.
Requirements for the Major - Besides meeting the general
education requirements, the student \vill take a total of 36
semester credit hours above the 100-level to complete his/
her major. Along with foundational coinse work to develop
proficiency in the language in the four skills and tiie learning
of technical tools to approach literary works, the program
bilingual graduates are in
(B.A.)
Students who have studied a language elsewhere should
consult the department chairperson for appropriate
placement. Generally, the student should schedule courses
as follows:
With no backgroimd in the language, schedule 12.100
With one year of high school study or equivalent,
schedule 12.101
With two years of high school study or equivalent,
schedule 12.102
also offers courses in culture
With three years of high school study or equivalent,
schedule 12.203
and
civilization taught in
English to support the goals of global-ctiltural awareness and
international education.
With four years of high school study or equivalent,
schedule 12.204
With no previous language
and interpretation
journalism, the tourist industry and hotel management.
Since Spanish
Spanish
presented to
trips to different cultural sites.
Literature
Choose one of the following two courses:
20.311 Structure of the English Language
20.411 Modern Linguistics Theory
Students choose six credits minimum of electives by
advisement. Students who are exempted from any of the
above through credit by examination or equivalency or
in
is
Study Abroad Opportunities: The department offers an
exchange program with the University of Puerto Rico, Cayey
Campus. The UPR is open to all university students who have
had at least two years of college Spanish. A Summer Abroad
program is also offered, the first seven days at Bloomsburg
University and then four weeks at the Universidad Pontificia
of Salamanca, Salamanca, Spain. The program also includes
11.205 Applied Phonetics and Pronunciation
Minor
Annual Spanish Section Award - This award
a senior who: excels in the Spanish language, has rendered
in the Spanish section
German III
German IV
11.211 Culture
The area of concentration for students in early childhood
education and elementary education is under revision and
students should inquire about new requirements.
Requirements for a major leading to the Bachelor of
Science in Education are found in the section on Secondary
Education. Students should inquire in the department about
changes in the requirements.
Required courses include:
12.203 Spanish
study, schedule special
III
12.204 Spanish IV
sections of 12.100 for beginners in Spanish.
Education Majors - Students majoring in Education may
elect an area of concentration in Spanish. Students should
12.206 Structure of the Spanish Language
consult their advisers in the Department of Languages
and
12.211 Spanish Culture
that
12.214
Cultures about course selection.
It is
recommended
12.205 Phonetics: Theory and Practice
12.207 Conversation: Hispanic Daily Life and Customs
and
Civilization
The Hispanic World Today
58- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
12.306 Structure and Composition
MlDOr
12.331 Selected 20th Century Writers
12.402 Issues in the Hispanic Media
12.421 Hispanic Prose
The
following two courses
may count
as required courses
with the chair's approval:
12.250 Spanish for Spanish Speakers
12.212 Spanish American Culture and Civilization
ElecUves should be chosen from Spanish courses numbered
above 12.204 with advisement.
in
SD3nish
^
Atotalof21 credit hours
12.203 Spanish III
12.204 Spanish Fv
is
required for a minor in Spanish:
12.206 Structure of the Spanish Language
Plus 12 credits in Spanish above the level of Spanish
III
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
-
59
Department of Mathematics, Computer
Science and Statistics
Computer Science
A
total
of 54 semester hours
computer
(B.S.)
is
required for a major in
science, as well as 54 hours of general education
requirements, toinclude:
25.103 Public Speaking
Requirements for the major:
53.125 Calculus
I
56.122
56.221
56.240
56.250
Computer Science 1
Computer Science II
Computer Science III
Assembly Language Programming
Programming Language Paradigms
56.330 Digital Design
I
Bachelor of Arts in Mathematics - Required courses:
At least one 3-semester-hours computer science course
numbered 56.122 or above.
At least three 3-semester-hours mathematics courses at the
300 level, including at least one from the classical core
consisting
53.126 Calculus II
53.185 Discrete MathemaUcs
56.121
53.314 Linear Algebra
56.121 Computer Science
of:
53.322 Differential Equations
53.331
Modern Geometry
53.341 Statistical Methods
53.360
Number Theory
53.411 Introduction to
Group Theory
53.421 Advanced Calculus
53.422
Complex
Variables
53.451 Introduction to Topology
56.350 Organization of Programming Languages
56.355 Analysis of Algorithms and Data Structures
56.386 Concurrent Programming and Foundations of
Operating Systems
Specialized Requirements
Select five courses totaling 15 semester hours from the
following 11 courses:
56.356 Windows Programming
53.361 Coding and Signal Processing
56.373 Numerical Methods in Computing
In addition, at least 6 semester hours in a disciphne to which
mathematics is traditionally applied (as approved by the
adNiser). Courses 53.311 and 56.305 may not be counted as
requirements for the major.
B.A. Statistics Track - The Statistics track prepares students
for a variety of careers in stadsdcs in research, industry and
government and provides a base for work at the graduate
level. Students planning to conunue with graduate studies
should take 53.225, 53.236 and 53.462 The track provides a
foundation in mathematics as well as courses in statistical
53.374 Introduction to Discrete Systems Simulation
methodology, computer programming and
56.471 Numerical Analysis
software.
56.472 Matrix Computation
56.491 Special Topics in
Computer Science
Required courses:
53.141 Introduction to Statistics
56.323 Artificial Intelligence
56.121
56.357 Principles of Database Design
56.450 Compiler Construction
56.375 Local Area Networks
56.122 Computer Science
56.497 Internship in Computer Science
53.185 Discrete Mathematics
At most, one of the following three courses:
53.241 Probability and Statistics
53.225 Analysis
III
least
Computer Science
53.125 Calculus
I
53.126 Calculus
II
52.240
Statistical
I
II
Methods
53.241 Probability and Statistics
53.314 Linear Algebra
53.314 Linear Algebra
At
53.340
one of the following three courses:
Statistical
Software
53.342 Design and Calculus of Experiements
56.410 Computer Graphics
53.343 Applied Regression Calculus
56.430 Computer Architecture
Select two courses
56.444 Parallel Processing
(B.A.)
from Mathematics numbered 53.225
or above
Recommended
Mathematics
statistical
choices for electives:
53.225 Calculus
III
53.226 Calculus IV
Advisement should be considered before selecting general
education courses in this major.
Core Courses
majors)
(all
53.125 Calculus
53.243 Nonparametric
Statistics
53.373 Numerical Methods
53.374 Introduction to Discrete Systems Simulation
53.441 Mathematics and Sports
I
53.126 Calculus II
53.185 Discrete Mathematics
53.225 Calculus III
53.461 Probabilit)' Models and Applications
53.226 Calculus IV
53.241 Probability and
Select two courses
Statistics
53.310 Introduction to Abstract Algebra
53.462 Mathematical
Statistics
53.491 Special Topics in Mathematics
from one area
in
which
statistics is
applied, with advisor's approval (Biology, Economics,
Geography, Geology, Psychology)
60- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
Mathematics
53.310 Introduction to Abstract Algebra
(B.S.)
Advisement should be considered before selecting general
education courses in this major. A 9-semester-hours
concentration in a special interest area within mathematics
53.314 Linear Algebra
53.322 Differential Equations
53.331
Modern Geometry
53.341 Statistical Methods
Number Theory
or in a related discipline; areas of concentration available
53.360
upon
53.361 Coding and Signal Processing
request.
Core Courses
53.381 Introduction to Operations Research
majors)
(all
53.125 Calculus
I
53.126 Calculus
II
53.421 Advanced Calculus
53.422 Complex Variables
53.185 Discrete Mathematics
53.451 Introduction to Topology
53.225 Calculus III
53.226 Calculus IV
Minor
53.241 Probability and Statistics
This program requires 18 semester hours of credit, at least
15 of which must be in the Department of Mathematics,
53.310 Introduction to Abstract Algebra
53.314 Linear Algebra
56.121 Computer Science
54.211 General Physics
I
I
54.212 General Physics II
Bachelor of Science in Mathematics - Required courses: At
least one 3-semester-hours computer science course
numbered 56.122 or above. At least three 3-semester-hours
mathematics courses at the 300 level including at least one
from the
classical
core consisting
Modern Geometry
Number Theory
53.41
Introduction to
1
Complex
53.342 Design and Analysis of Experiments
53.343 Applied Regression Analysis
53.461 Probability Models and Applications
Group Theory
Department of Mathematics, Computer Science and
Variables
53.451 Introduction to Topology
Statistics;
Courses 53.311 and 56.305 may not be counted
as
requirements for the major.
or select courses from the following
in
48.160 Basic
53.125 Analysis
53.126 Calculus
at least 2.0
one
Statistics
Statistics
40.346 Business and Economic
The program requires 21 hours of mathematics courses.
The quality point average of all courses applied to the minor
Mathematics must be
Required courses are:
(select
53.141 Introduction to Statistics
Mathematics
in
list
of):
45.260 Basic Social
Minor
Statistics
departments, with approval of adviser.
Students from departments other than mathematics and
computer science may apply the following courses to the
minor: 53.241 and courses listed above for students with the
53.421 Advanced Calculus
53.422
53.341 Statistical Methods
53.491 Special Topics in Mathematics
One course related to applications of statistics from other
53.341 Statistical Methods
53.360
Computer Science and Statistics. Students within the
Department of Mathematics, Computer Science and
Statistics may apply the following courses toward the minor:
53.462 Introduction to Mathematical
of:
53.322 Differential Equations
53.331
in Statistics
based on a 4.0 system.
Statistics
53.123 Essentials of Calculus
53.125 Analysis
I
53.342 Design and Analysis of Experiments
53.343 Applied Regression Analysis
53.491 Special Topics in Mathematics
I
53.492 Independent Study in Mathematics
Courses outside the department recommended for the
II
53.185 Discrete Mathematics
53.225 Calculus III
least three courses (9 semester hours) chosen a
At
minor
list
of
are:
40.400 Introduction to Econometrics
40.446 Business and Economic
upper-level
Statistics II
48.464 Advanced Experimental Design
courses:
53.231 College Geometi7
50.351 General Ecology
53.226 Calculus IV
53.241 ProbabiUty and
82.306 Methods of Inquiry
45.466 Social Research
Statistics
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
Department of Mass Communications
Mass Communications
(B.A.)
27.340 Feature Writing
27.352 Publicity' and Public Relations
In addition to general education requirements, a total of
27.366 Design in Advertising
36 semester hours is required for a major in Mass
Communications. The balance of the university's 128semester hour requirement for a bachelor's degree comes
from elective courses. The department's curriculum ensures
better preparation for today's changing communications
27.371 Broadcast Journalism
industry. Graduates are broadly trained for careers in public
relations, advertising,
journalism and telecommunications.
27.440 Public Affairs Reporting
27.485 RTF Authorship Theory and Practice
Choose three from the following eleven courses:
27.251 PR Theory and Practice
27.261 Principles of Advertising
27.297 Mass Communications Practicum
organized around three competency areas: theoretical
knowledge, writing proficiency and professional
27.367
development.
Required courses include:
27.110 Mass Communications and the Popular Arts
27.230 Newswriting
27.241 Media Graphics or 27.271 Media Operations
27.390 Film and Video Production
It is
27.310 Media
Law
27.315 Social Foundations of the Mass Media
27.360 Mass Media Processes and Effects
Choose two from the following six courses:
27.334 Editing
TV Acting and
Directing
27.375 Broadcast Programming and
Management
27.435 Journalism Workshop
27.446 Magazine Editing and Production
27.455 Public Relations Cases and Problems
27.466 Advertising Media and Campaigns
27.480 Telecommunications Workshop
Choose one from the following three courses:
27.420 Audience Analysis
27.482 Mass Communications Seminar
27.497 Internship
-
61
62- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
Department of Management
Management
93.432 Internship in
(B.S.B.A.)
The four year (128 credit hours) bachelor's degree consists
of 65 semester hours of General Education requirements,
24 hours of Business Core, 24 hours of specialized
Management requirements, and 15 hours of Elective Courses
allowed
in Business. Students are
8-1 1
hours of Free Electives
while meeting communication, natural, and social sciences,
humanities, physical education, values and ethics, and
cultural diversity requirements of General Education.
While some flexibility exists in the selection of courses, the
management program requires students to complete the
follovong courses as part of general education requirements.:
20.101 Enghsh Composition I
20.201 English Composition II (or 20.104 Honors
Composition)
25.103 Public Speaking
40.121 Principles of Economics I
40.122 Principles of Economics II
40.256 Business and Economic Statistics
Choose one of the following two courses:
40.246 Business and Economics Mathematics
53.123 Essentials of Calculus
Business Core:
92.150 Introduction to Information Technology
(subject to
change
due to continuous improvement of curriculum. Check with
department chair)
93.345 Human Resource Management
Management
93.445 Managerial Communications
93.449 Organizational Behavior
electives
minimum
of
when
selecting
and
scheduling courses.
a
Official transcripts
an earned baccalaureate degree.
from
all
institutions
where the
applicant earned undergraduate or graduate college
must be provided. Degrees earned from nonUnited States universities will be judged individually.
Official Graduate Management Admission Test (GMAT)
credit
letters
of recommendation.
current resume.
International applicants whose native language
63 semester hours. Courses designated with a 91, 92,
93, 96, 97 or 98 prefix are business electives. Students
Students with
Dean
from an accredited academic
institution indicating
A
Select five courses in business to complete a
Human Resources
advanced study,
and motivation to succeed.
Complete applications include the following
Official transcripts
Three
Elective Courses in Business
their advisors
students based on an evaluation of
scores within the 5 prior years.
93.457 Business and Society
93.456 International Management
must consult with
Admission
The program admits
items:
93.481 Business Policies and Strategies
management
500 alumni pursuing careers around the world.
applications.
96.313 Introduction to Corporate Finance
Plus two
Graduate faculty are dedicated teachers with
who have demonstrated subject area
expertise by extensive experience and/or scholarship. MBA
faculty provide an active learning experience with a variety
of teaching methods, such as, case studies, applied research,
problem solving, and team projects.
One of the strengths of the MBA program is the high quality
of students enrolled. Recent graduates scored an average of
500 on the GMAT. Most bring considerable business
experience to the classroom. As of Spring 2001, the 70 active
students were comprised of 3 1 percent female and 69 percent
male, with an average age of 36 About 10 percent of the
MBA students are foreign nationals. The program has about
faculty.
doctoral degrees
of Graduate Studies and Research (570) 389-4015. The MBA
Coordinator will evaluate MBA applicants vnth complete
Management
Law and Legal Elements
93.348 Operations
MBA program courses are taught by College of Business
Applicants must provide a completed application to the
93.344 Principles of
Management Requirements
All
graduate
professional accomplishments,
91.223 Managerial Accounting
97.310 Marketing: Principles and Practice
Specialized
Master of Business Administration
past academic achievement, aptitude for
91.220 Financial Accounting
98.331
Management
Choose one of the following two courses:
93.346 Labor and Industrial Relations
94.405 Training and Development in Office Systems
is not
English must provide official Test of English as a
Foreign Language (TOEFL) score within the prior
year as well as current evidence of financial capability.
International applications must be complete at leaset
four months prior to the start of the semester of
application
Concentration
Human
Resources Management
Concentration are required to take the following courses;
93.345 Human Resource Management
98.460 Employment Discrimination and Affirmative
Action
93.463 Employee Staffing
93.464 Compensation Management
Required courses
The curriculum consists of 36 graduate credit hours
delivered in eight required and four elective courses.
Students without sufficient preparation also complete
prerequisite foundation courses.
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
Foundation Courses
body of knowledge
Students must possess the
-
essential for the
common
advanced study
in
-
63
overview of the workings of a firm, the program provides
students the opportunity to take their four elective courses
business. Students with an undergraduate degree in business
in a single area, thus "concentrating" their studies in that
have taken courses covering those areas. Students
with non-business undergraduate degrees will usually be
lacking at least some of these courses and therefore must
take foundation courses to make up for this deficit.
Foundation courses are not included in the 36 hours of
field.
will likely
credit required for the
The following chart
MBA degree.
The
provision of a concentration thus allows a student
depth in a particular area. Concentrations
include Leadership and Managerial Skills, Management
Science/Operations Management, and Accounting.
Leadership and Managerial Skills - Many of the students
to develop greater
enrolled in the
foundation courses and their
undergraduate equivalents. Students who have earned a C
or better in an undergraduate equivalent course are
exempted from taking the foundation course
lists
management
40.512 Economic Theory: Micro Economics and Mac-
these fields.
skills is
The concentration
ro Economics
91.504 Introduction to Financial Accounting: Principles
Management
program seek to become managers,
program directors in their
chosen professions, such as advertising, banking, finance,
health, hotels, manufacturing, restaurants, transportation
and utilities. The possession of strong leadership and people
Foundation Course, Undergraduate Equivalent
of
MBA
executives, administrators or
a crucial prerequisite for success in
consists of four required courses:
93.584 Seminar in Leadership
93.567 People Management Skills
HR Skills
93.500 Managerial Principles: Principles of Management
93.582
93.511 StatisUcal Analysis and Design: Inferendal Sta-
93.532 Professional Development
tistics
and a
college-level
math course
97.510 Marketing Foundations: Principles of Marketing
Core Courses - All students are required to take the eight
core courses. These courses cover the core of knowledge of
a business education in the basic function areas of
accounting, finance, management and marketing and the
supporting field of management information systems.
Strategic
management
is
the capstone course of a business
for
Managers
Skills
Seminar on Leadership introduces the students to
leadership theory and its application to business
management. Specifically the course covers theories of
leadership and sources and uses of power in the organization.
People Management
Skills
and
HR Skills
for
Managers are
experiential type courses that focus on developing the
interpersonal skills needed by managers, such as
communication, motivation, conflict management, leading
education program and
teams, employee staffing, employee development and
MBA program.
performance appraisal. Professional Development Skills, also
an experiential course, focuses on developing the students'
It is
functional areas
is
is the major integrative force in an
here that specific information from the
put together to address the concerns of
personal
the total firm.
92.554
Management Information Systems
93.558 Social Responsibility and Business Ethics
93.560 Operations
Management
93.566 Organizational Behavior
Management
Management
Marketing Management
93.581 Strategic
96.535 Financial
97.551
Elective Courses
-
select four courses
from the following
list:
91.501 Financial Accounting
91.502 Advanced Financial Accounting
91.503 Government and Fund Accoimting
91.521 Advanced Cost Accounting
91.522 Advanced Auditing Theory
91.523 Advanced Tax Accounting
91.551 International Accounting
91.552 ControUership
93.540 Small Business Institute Seminar
93.545 Human Resource Management
93.556 International
Management
93.562 Organizational Theory
93.547 Quantitative Models for
Management
Human
Resources Development
96.540 International Finance
96.550 Security Analysis and Portfolio Management
93.583
skills
that are necessary for effective leadership, like
developing self-awareness and confidence, effective decision-
91.524 Managerial Accounting
97.552 Marketing Research
98.507 International Legal Environment of Business
Special Topics
Concentrations - While the MBA is a generalist degree,
preparing graduates to be able to understand a broad
making, business etiquette and stress and time management.
Management Science/Operations Management - This
concentration is designed to develop the quantitative and
decision-making skills necessary for managers working in a
manufacturing setting. The courses are designed to enhance
the students' competencies in the areas of database decision
making.
The concentration consists of four required courses:
93.520 Business Research Methods
93.547 Quantitative Models for Management
93.548 Decision Models for Managers
93.549 Quality
Management
These courses build significantiy on the foundation courses
of 93.500 Managerial Principles and 93.511 Statistical
Analysis and Design, and the core course of 93.560
Operations Management. Each course brings a unique and
different blend of management theory and applied
mathematical models to the students.
Accounting - This concentration is designed to enhance
the MBA student's ability to move into and advance in the
accounting/finance area.
Students with an accounting concentration
following courses:
Required:
91.521 Advanced Cost Accounting
91.523 Advanced Tax Accounting
91.522 ControUership
Elective
-
Choose one of die
following:
91.551 International Accounting
91.522 Advanced Auditing Theor)'
will
take the
64- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
91.501 Financial Accounting
These courses provide the student with advanced
knowledge of accounting processes within organizations,
including cost systems, tax policies and finance/accounting
department management. The elective option provides
students with advanced knowledge of a particular area of
interest.
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
-
65
Department of Marketing
97.490 Contemporary Problems and Issues
Marketing (B.S.B.A)
Electives in Business - Select courses in business to complete
Among
64 semester hours of general education
a
minimum 64
semester hours. In selecting an elective, the
to have the proper prerequisites.
requirements, English 20.101 and 20.201 and 25.103 Public
student
Speaking are required. A total of 64 semester hours is
required for a major in marketing under the business
administration degree program.
Required general education courses for the Marketing
prefix are business courses. Additional courses permitted as
curriculum include:
allowed for credit as a business elective once a student has
is
reminded
Courses designated with a 90, 91, 92, 93, 94 96, 97 or 98
electives include:
90.101 Introduction to Business (Note: 90.101
40.121 Principles of Economics
1
completed 6 semester hours
40.122 Principles of Economics
II
courses.)
40.256 Business and Economic
Statistics I
General education electives
vidll
not be
in business administration
-
Select general education
48.101 General Psychology
courses needed to
53.118 Applied Matrix Algebra
requirement.
Choose one of the following two courses:
40.246 Business and Economics Mathematics
semester hours required for graduation.
meet the 128-semester hour graduation
Select free elective courses as
needed
to
meet the 128
53.123 Essentials of Calculus
Minor
College of Business Core
91.220 Financial Accounting
91.223 Managerial Accounting
The minor in marketing provides students both within and
marketing theory and technique. The minor
Management
major
96.313 Introduction to Corporate Finance
discipline.
The minor
Bloomsburg
Law and Legal Environment
97.330
Consumer Motivation and Behawor
Consumer Motivation and Behavior
97.370 Sales Management
97.440 Marketing Research
97.380 Internadonal Marketing
Choose two from the following eight
97.330
97.460 Marketing
97.440 Marketing Research
Management
courses:
97.320 Marketing for Nonprofit Organizations
Management
Management
97.340 Advertising
97.340 Advertising
97.460 Markeung
97.350 Retail
may
as a business elective:
also
be
97.370 Sales
Management
Management Concepts
Management
97.380 International Marketing
97.320 Marketing for Nonprofit Organizations
97.432 Internship in Marketing
Management Concepts
97.432 Internship in MarkeUng
97.480 Industrial Marketing Strategy
97.350 Retail
97.480 Industrial Marketing Strategy
University.
Required courses include:
97.310 Marketing Principles and Practices
Marketing Requirements
used
designed for
consists of 18 semester hours,
12 of which must be taken at
97.310 Marketing Principles and Practice
3 semester hours of a marketing elective that
is
students to apply marketing practices successfully to their
93.481 Business Policies and Strategies
98.331
Marketing
outside of the College of Business with a broad exposure to
92.150 Introduction to Information Technology
93.344 Principles of
in
97.490 Contemporary Problems and Issues
66- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog
2002-2003 Advisers Edition
Department of Music
Music
(B.A.)
Music Education
Certification, K-12, Tracl<
In addition to 53 credits of general education requirements
and requirements of the major, students select elective
courses to complete the university requirement for a
bachelor of
arts
degree.
Students with a concentration in Music Education
Certification K-12 will:
comprehend
the principles of music theory
and
apply voice, strings, brass, percussion and woodwinds
pedagogical methodologies
diverse learners
to all tracks:
Maroon and Gold Band (Marching
in fall.
Concert
in spring)
35.107 University-Community Orchestra
35.108 Concert Choir
35.109
Women's Choral Ensemble
35.111
Chamber
Singers
35.112 Jazz Ensemble
60.204 Educational Computing and Technology
60.311 Educational Measurements and Evaluation
critique
and thematic
units in
preparation for the teaching profession
Assessment Criteria and Procedures: The culmination of
the Music Education Certification, K-12 track is one semester
of student teaching experience. Because the certification is
K-12, the student teaching experience will include both
elementary and secondary assignments.
The student will be evaluated by the cooperating teacher,
the music content specialist, and the luiiversity supervisor.
Required courses include:
Content Area:
35.101 Music Listening
35.201 Sight Singing
65.374 Teaching of Reading in Academic Subjects
Choose one from the following two courses:
60.393 Social Foundations of Education
60.406 Multicultural Education
35.319 Secondary Methods and Curriculum in Music
35.331 Elementary Methods and Curriculum in Music
60.497 Student Teaching
60.498 Student Teaching
Piano proficiency examination - All Music Education
students must exit
with an acceptable level of keyboard proficiency. Course
35.302 Piano
Proficiency
may be
elected and repeated to aid in the
passage of the
35.203 Voice Methods
exam, but election of 35.302 may not be sufficient
35.206 String Methods
in itself
to guarantee
35.207 Brass Methods
passage of the exam. See your adviser for details.
35.209 Percussion Methods
II
35.106
35.170/370 Chamber Orchestra
use music technology
I
Ensembles available
Professional Teacher Education: 30 credits
present a recital
35.210 Music Theory
(at least 3 at 1 credit)
skills
conduct choral and instrumental ensembles
35.211 Music Theory
one at 2 credits. A half-hour recital
on the same instrument. 10 semesters
of ensemble participation.
credit,
35.110 Husky Singers (male choiois)
develop a music curriculum including strategies for
write daily lesson plans
1
display
understand the historial period contribution to music
in both cultural and artistic context
participate in ensembles
meet the performance requirements of applied study
compose and
instrument; six at
in the seventh semester
aural acuity
display functional keyboard
The list above includes three of the 53 credits of General
Education requirements; others are specifically listed on the
Checklist of requirements for the Music Education track.
Students should consult with their advisors to plan their
course of study. Students will take courses for Profession
Teacher Education in conjunction with the Department of
Educational Studies and Secondary Education as listed below.
Seven semesters of applied instruction on the same
Music
(B.A.)
35.231 General Conducting
Woodwind Methods I
Woodwind Mediods II
35.300 Music Theory III: Form and
Music History and Literature Track
35.232
In addition to 53 credits of general education requirements,
35.233
Analysis
and requirements of the major,
sufficient elective courses
35.301 Music Theory TV: Twentieth Century Practice
are selected by the student to reach the university's 128-credit
35.321 Music History to 1750
requirement for a bachelor of arts degree.
35.322 Music History 1750 to Present
Assesment
Choose one from the following two courses:
35.328 Choral Conducting and Methods
35.329 Instrumental Conducting and Methods
35.410 Music Theory V: Counterpoint
35.411 Music Theory VI: Orchestration
Through
Criteria
and Procedures
their work in two music histoiy seminars, students
They will prepare a written paper,
which will be delivered on
presentation day to department faculty and students. The
professor and audience will provide feedback and ask for
will select a
research topic.
as well as a presentation,
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
which are not fully illuminated in the
written paper will be judgeed for its
suitability for publication in scholarly journals, which publich
undergraduate student research in music history and
clarification of issues,
lecture or paper.
The
literature.
-
67
preview, which will consist of the repertoire from the
student's recital
program and
will
be presented in the same
manner in which it is intended to be presented at the final
recital. The results of this recital preview will determine if
the student may proceed vrith the recital.
Required courses include:
35.101 Music Listening
Required courses include:
35.101 Music Listening
35.201 Sight Singing
35.201 Sight Singing
35.210 Music Theory
I
35.210 Music Theory
I
35.211 Music Theory
II
35.211 Music Theory
II
35.300 Music Theory
III:
35.300 Music Theory
III:
Form and
Analysis
Form and
Analysis
35.301 Music Theory IV: Twentieth Century Practice
35.301 Music Theory IV: Twentieth Century Practice
35.321 Music History to 1750
35.321 Music History to 1750
35.322 Music History 1750 to Present
35.322 Music History 1750 to Present
35.324 American Music
35.410 Music Theory V: Eighteenth Century Counterpoint
35.325 Opera and Music Theater
35.411 Music Theory VI: Orchestration
35.327 Survey of Popular Music
6 semesters of the student's choice of vocal or instrumental
35.410 Music Theory V: Counterpoint
ensemble, four
35.411 Music Theory VI: Orchestration
semesters
35.430 Seminar in Music History
I
to
35.431 Seminar in Music History
II
4 semester hours of applied instrument or voice study at 1
credit each; need not be the same voice or instrument.
6 semesters (at least 4 at 1 credit) of ensemble
Ensembles available to all tracks:
35.106 Maroon and Gold Band (Marching in
Concert in spring)
35.107 University-Community Orchestra
35.108 Concert Choir
35.109 Women's Choral Ensemble
35.110 Husky Singers (male chorus)
participation.
35.111
Chamber
35.1 12 Jazz
fall,
Singers
Ensemble
35.170/370 Chamber Orchestra
Piano proficiency examination - All Music History and
Literature track students must exit with an acceptable
level of keyboard proficiency. Course 35.302 Piano
Proficiency may be elected and repeated to aid in the
passage of the exam, but election of 35.302 may not be
sufficient in itself to guarantee passage of the exam.
See your adviser for details.
Music
(B.A.)
Applied Music Tracl<
In addition to 53 hours of general education requirements
and requirements of the major, students choose electives to
complete the 128-credit requirement for a bachelor of arts
degree. Students with a concentration in applied music will
be capable of presenting a full-length recital reflective of
their progress in applied music studies (technique and
interpretation). This performance should also exhibit a
synthesis of the cognate areas of music history and music
theory.
Assessment Criteria and Procedures: A committee of three
members from the department of music will evaluate
these presentations according to the procedures and criteria
for assessment of the recital projects as delineated in Music
Department Pohcy 5. The student will be evaluated at a recital
faculty
all
at
one
minimum
and two
Ensembles available
credit per semester
at zero credit.
tracks:
35.106 Maroon and Gold Band (Marching in
Concert in spring)
35.107 University-Community Orchestra
35.108 Concert Choir
35.109 Women's Choral Ensemble
35.110 Husky Singers (male chorus)
35.111
Chamber
fall.
Singers
35.112Jazz Ensemble
35.170/370 Chamber Orchestra
8 semesters of the same instrument or voice (one hour of
lessons per week for two credits per semester) for a total
of 16 credits. Choices include violin, viola, violoncello,
double bass, organ, voice, piano, trumpet, horn,
trombone, baritone, tuba,
flute,
oboe, clarinet, bassoon
and saxophone.
Applied music students must perform a public recital in
and senior years at zero credit. A faculty
committee screens recital programs.
Piano proficiency examination - All Applied track students
must exit with an acceptable level of keyboard proficiency.
Course 35.302 Piano Proficiency may be elected and
repeated to aid in the passage of the exam, but election of
35.302 may not be sufficient in itself to guarantee passage of
the exam. See your adviser for details.
Instrumental majors are encouraged to elect acoustics,
their junior
54.105
The Science of Sound
to
meet the natural sciences
general education requirement.
Special requirements for voice students: Listed below are
the required 15 credits of free electives from Languages and
Other course levels may be recommended instead,
demonstrated language proficiency. Voice
majors are also encouraged to take 35.325 Opera/Music
Cultures.
as appropriate for
Theater.
10.100 French
I
10.101 French
II
11.100
11.101
German
German
14.101 Italian
1
I
I
68- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
Department of Nursing
45.211 Principles of Sociology
Nursing (B.S.N.)
A
total of
63 semester hours
is
nursing. In addition to the major,
all
students must satisfy
53 semester hours of general education requirements; a
bachelor's degree at Bloomsburg requires a total of 128
semester hours of study. A number of the prescribed courses
in the physical sciences and social sciences, required as
prerequisites for the nursing curriculum, may also apply
toward general education requirements.
Requirements for the Major
-
45.213 Contemporary Social Problems
46.200 Principles of Cultural Anthropology
required for a major in
Professional Courses:
82.214 Health Assessment
82.215 Pathophysiology for Nursing Practice
82.305 Role Development for the Nurse Generalist (RN)
82.306 Introduction to Nursing Research (a statistics
course, either 48. 1 60 Statistics or 53. 1 41 Introduction
to Satistics
Generic Students
is
prerequisite)
82.310 Family Nursing
Prerequisite courses
82.410
48.101 General Psychology
Community Health Nursing
82.414 Nursing Management/Leadership in Nursing
Elective Courses - Additional courses must be taken as
48.210 Life-Span Psychology
50.173 Anatomy and Physiology
I
necessary to complete the
50.174 Anatomy and Physiology
II
of 128 semester hours.
minimum graduation requirement
50.240 Introductory Microbiology
52.101 Introductory Chemistry
Nursing
52.108 Physiological Chemistry
Choose one of the following three
courses:
45.211 Principles of Sociology
Admission - All admission requirements must be fulfilled
later than 3 credits or one semester of study into the
program. All application materials should be submitted to
the Office of Graduate Studies.
I. B.S.N. -M.S.N. Program: In addition to meeting the
general admission requirements for the School of Graduate
no
45.213 Contemporary Social Problems
46.200 Principles of Cultural Anthropology
Professional Courses
82.200 Psychomotor Skills for Sophomores
82.210 Professional Nursing
A
82.212 Pharmacology
82.213 Foundations of Nursing Practice
82.214 Health Assessment
82.215 Pathophysiology for Nursing Practice
Skills for Juniors
is
A license
I
82.312 Maternal and Child Healtii Nursing
A minimum
Community Health Nursing
selected clinical specialty area (for the adult nurse
II
years of application to the
least 3.0
on
program
quality point average
(QPA) of
at
a 4.0 scale
Satisfactory completion of the following
courses: statistics, research
undergraduate
and health assessment
(as
a separate course or integrated concept)
of 128 semester hours.
-
R.N. Students
Prerequisite courses:
48.101 General Psychology
48.210 Life-Span Psychology
Anatomy and Physiology
50.174 Anatomy and Physiology
50.173
must
be in adult health)
Graduate Record Examination (GRE) scores of at least
400 on each section (verbal, quantitative and
analytical); the test must have been taken within five
An undergraduate
82.414 Nursing Management/Leadership
Elective Courses - Additional courses must be taken as
necessary to complete the minimum graduation requirement
Requirements for the Major
of one year of direct care clinical practice
(post baccalaureate) within the past two years in the
82.411 Psychiatric/Mental Health Nursing
82.412 Adult Health
nursing in the state of
practitioner option, this direct care experience
82.310 Family Nursing
82.410
to practice professional
Pennsylvania
prerequisite)
82.311 Adult Health
baccalaureate degree in nursing from a nationallyaccredited school program
82.306 Introduction to Nursing Research (a statistics
course, either 48.160 Statisdcs or 53.141 Introduction
to Statistics
must comply with the
Studies, applicants with a B.S.N,
following criteria:
82.211 Nutrition
82.300 Psychomotor
(l\/I.S.N.)
Three current letters of professional and/or academic
recommendation
A resume which includes description of professional
nursing or clinical experience
A
I
II
50.240 Introductory Microbiology
52.101 Introductory Chemistry
52.108 Physiological Chemistry
Choose one of the following three courses:
and professional goals
and goals for the
selected area of advanced practice must be included)
narrative describing personal
for graduate education (rationale
Personal interview following submission of admission
materials with option adviser and/or program
coordinator.
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
The Nursing Department also
an R.N.-M.S.N. program. Applicants with an R.N. must
meet criteria 2-4 and 7-10 above and must also meet the
II.
R.N.-M.S.N. Program:
offers
69
Performance Standards for Admission and Progression
as
stated in the preceding section or who are
to
Bloomsburg University
Association
Submission of an application that includes an official
secondary school transcript and official college
transcript from each school attended, regardless of
whether credit was earned at the other institution (s)
III. M.S.N, to N.P. Program: Post master's applicants may
apply to the nurse practitioner program in one of the
M.S.N, is from Bloomsburg University, write a letter
requesting reactivation as a student. A narrative
explaining the student's goals
is
required.
M.S.N, is from another university, follow admissions
requirements for B.S.N.-M.S.N. applicant; however,
GRE's are not required.
C.R.N.A., C.R.N. P., C.N.M. to M.S.N. Program:
C.R.N.A.'s, C.R.N.R's and C.N.M. 's may apply to the M.S.N.
program by meeting all of the criteria stated under the B.S.N,
to M.S.N, program above. Additionally, documentation of
successful completion of a nurse anesthetist, nurse
practitioner or nurse midwifery program must be submitted.
Applicants to the MSN/MBA option should submit
application materials to both nursing and business
IV.
simultaneously.
Applicants who have not fulfilled the identified
requirements for admission will be considered on an
individual basis. Applicants may be admitted on a provisional
basis until potential abilities for
for Nurses.
American Nurses'
Examples of nursing
activities
include the following:
Demonstrates personal responsibility, accountability,
integrity and honesty;
Demonstrates respect for clients and their rights;
Avoids behavior inconsistent with professional standards
such as chemical dependency and abuse or engaging
in or supporting criminal behavior.
following ways:
If
Code
reflecting expected personal behaviors (not inclusive)
articulation model.
If
deemed unsuitable
for personal reasons. Personal behaviors expected of students
are based on standards from the
following criteria:
Placement according
-
graduate education are
demonstrated. After students have been notified of
admission to the graduate program, they are required to
schedule a program planning session with their assigned
graduate faculty adviser
Progression and Retention. In order to progress within the
program, students must receive a minimum grade of B in
advanced clinical courses and maintain the QPA of 3.0
specified by the university. The department retention policy
is the same as that of the university except any grade of C in
a clinical course must be repeated.
Transfer of Credit. A maximum of nine semester hours in
graduate courses taken at other approved colleges or
universities may be transferred and credited toward the
program if they are applicable to the requirements and are
approved by the specialty area adviser and the assistant vice
president and dean for graduate studies and research.
Courses being transferred must have been taken in
residence; must have been assigned a grade of B or higher;
and must have covered content which is required for a
particular program option or recommended by the clinical
adviser for elective credit.
Graduate students must request permission for transfer of
credit from the assistant vice president and dean for graduate
studies and research once written approval has been obtained
from the clinical option adviser.
Dismissal from the nursing program. The graduate faculty
reserve the right to counsel or dismiss any student who, in
their judgment, does not satisfy the requirements of
scholarship, health, and personal suitability for advanced
practice musing. Students unable to continue in the program
are those who do not meet the Department of Nursing's
Graduation Requirements. Upon fulfillment of the
is awarded a master of science in
following, the student
nursing degree:
Completion of all coursework, attaining the grades required
a minimum cumulative QPA of 3.0
Completion of a comprehensive examination offered at the
and maintaining
conclusion of the final clinical course in each of the specialty
The exam is not included as part of any course grade
and meets university guidelines. Completion of a
areas.
comprehensive program assessment exit interview held with
the program coordinator for the purposes of providing
student input for program evaluation.
Required courses
Students may select either full-time or part-time study
their indiwdual needs. Classes are scheduled
in late afternoon and evening to facilitate progression in
either type of study. In addition, many courses are offered
online. Clinical courses usually require experiences held
during the day as dictated by the work schedules of the
clinical preceptors and the hours of operation of the clinical
depending on
facility.
Core courses are required for
all
areas of specialization.
This reflects the philosophy that advanced nursing practice
shares
a
common
theoretical
basis
of
regardless
specialization.
Core courses for all program options (12 credits)
82.501 Theoretical Bases for Role Development in
Advanced Nursing Practice - 3
82.502 Epidemiology: Concepts for Advanced Niusing
Practice
-
3
82.503 Bases of Research for Advanced Nursing Practice
-
3
82.520 Community Assessment and Planning - 3
Sequence for Adult and Family Nurse Practitioner
Specialization (30-41 additional credits)
Additional Core Courses for Adult and Family
NP
(12
credits)
82.504 Pathophysiology for Advanced Nursing Practice
-
3
82.507 Pharmacology for Advanced Nursing Practice
82.508 Adult Health Assessment and Promotion
-
3
(clinical)
-6
Clinical
Sequence for Adult and Family Nurse Practitioner
(18 credits)
82.515 Diagnosis and
Management of Health Problems
- 6
82.516 Diagnosis and Management of Health Problems
in Adults II (clinical) - 6
in Adults
I
(clinical)
70- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog
2002-2003 Advisers Edition
82.534 Adult Nurse Practitioner Practicum and Seminar
(clinical)
-
Elective
Additional courses for Family Nurse Practitioner (11
credits)
:
Required for Public Health Administration:
91.524 Managerial Accounting - 3
93.545 Human Resource Management - 3
Required for School Health:
70.516 Psychology of Exceptional Individuals
-
-
3
91.504 Introduction to Financial Accounting
93.500 Managerial Principles - 3
-
3
Management - 3
Management Management - 3
97.551 Marketing
93.560 Operauonal
AND:
96.535 Financial
I
-3
Administration (15 additional credits)
3
-3
Community Health Nursing
Community Health Nursing
under the
3
40.512 Economic Theory - 3
93.566 Organizational Behavior
82.521 Nurse as Health Educator Within School System
82.531
-
Nursing Administration (clinical) - 6
82.533 Management and Organizational Behavior in
Health Care Delivery Systems (clinical) - 6
Optional Completion of Master's in Business
OR:
82.509 Theory in School Nursing
specialization
91.524 Managerial Accounting - 3
92.554 Management Information Systems - 3
Clinical Practicum (12 credits):
82.513 Management and Organizational Behavior in
additional credits)
82.511
Elective requirements are as described
Nursing Administration Specialization (30 credits)
Business Courses (18 credits):
82.517 Diagnosis and Management of Children and
Pregnant Women (clinical) - 8
82.522 Family Health Nursing Theory - 3
Sequence for Community Health Specialization (27
EITHER
-
community health
6
(clinical)
II (clinical)
-
93.558 Business Ethics
6
-
3
-
Management - 3
Options for Certified Nurse Anesthetists, Nurse
93.581 Strategic
6
Elective - Graduate-level courses to fulfill elective
requirements are chosen by the student and an adviser based
on career needs, clinical requirements and role development
of a clinical nurse specialist. Electives may be selected from
graduate courses in psychology, political science, business,
communication disorders, speech communication,
education and nursing. (6-9)
Adult Health and Illness Specialization (15 additional
credits)
Additional Core Courses for Adult Health and Illness
3
CNS
Practitioners
or
(30 credits total)
awarded
to those
and practicing as a CRNA, CRNP,
CNM.
Completion of the
MSN
requires 30 credits as described
below.
82.501 Theoretical Bases for Role Development in
Advanced Nursing Practice - 3
82.502 Epidemiology: Concepts for Advanced Nursing
Practice
-
-
credits are
individuals already certified
(12 credits)
82.504 Pathophysiology for Advanced Nursing Practice
and Nurse Midwives
Advanced placement
-
3
82.503 Bases of Research for Advanced Nursing Practice
3
-
3
82.507 Pharmacology for Advanced Nursing Practice
-
3
82.508 Adult Health Assessment and Promotion (clinical)
-6
Clinical Courses (12 credits)
82.520 Community Assessment and Planning
Education/Management Electives - 9
Independent Study, Clinical Project(s) /Thesis
Electives
82.512 Adult Health and Illness
I
82.532 Adult Health and Illness
II (clinical)
(clinical)
6
-
6
the
-
-
-
3
3-6
Elective requirements are as described
community health
specialization.
-
3-6
under
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
-
71
Department of Philosophy
Philosophy (B.A.)
28.405 Philosophy of Law
28.406 Philosophy of Religion
In addition to 54 semester hours of general education
requirements, a total of 30 semester hours is required for a
major in philosophy. The balance of the university's 128-
28.407 Contemporary Polidcal Philosophy
28.408 Feminist Philosophy
hour requirement for a bachelor's degree comes from
28.419 Theory of Knowledge
elecdve courses.
The
following courses are required:
Logic requirement
28.270 Logic
Historical requirement
28.321 Plato and Aristode
28.324 Descartes to Kant
Choose one of the following two courses:
28.328 Existentialism
28.329 20th Century Philosophy
Elective Courses - Six elective courses must also be selected
degree program.
Two courses must be from the 300 or above level sequence:
28.110 Critical Thinking
28.111 Introduction to Philosophy
28.290 Medical Ethics
28.292 Contemporary Moral Problems
in addition to the required courses for this
28.418 Contemporary Philosophy of
Mind
28.420 Metaphysics
28.477 Philosophy of Ecology
Minor
A
total
in
Phiiosophy
of 18 semester hours
is
required for a minor in
philosophy. Required courses are:
28.111 Introduction to Philosophy
28.297 Ethics
Choose one of the following
courses:
28.270 Logic
28.110 Critical Thinking
Choose three
elective courses, including
one from:
28.321 Plato and Aristode
28.324 Descartes to Kant
28.328 Existentialism
28.295 Business Ethics
28.329 20th Century Philosophy
28.297 Ethics
or one systematic course (a 300 level or above course)
28.403 Philosophy of Science
28.404 Philosophy of the Social Sciences
72- Undergraduate, Graduate
Catahg 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
Department of Physics and
Engineering TecJinalogy
Physics (B.A.)
The bachelor of arts program requires 54 semester hours
and the bachelor of science program requires 71 semester
hours for a major in physics. In each case, 15 of the required
semester hours count toward general education
requirements. Thus, in addition to the above program
requirements, students must complete 39 semester hours in
gerneral education.
Bachelor of Arts required courses include:
54.211 General Physics
I
54.212 General Physics
II
54.302 Mechanics: Dynamics
54.310
Modern Atomic
Physics
54.314 Electricity and Magnetism
54.400 Advanced Physics Laboratory
12 semester hours chosen from other physics courses
numbered above 300
53.125 Calculus
53.126 Calculus
53.225 Calculus
and Electronic
Engineering Technology
Electrical
(B.S.)
In addition to 39 semester hours of general education
requirements of the university, the following courses are
required:
52.115 Fundamentals of Inorganic Chemistry
53.113 Precalculus
53.125 Calculus
I
53.126 Calculus
II
53.225 Calculus
III
(if
needed)
53.322 Differential Equations
54.211 General Physics
I
54.212 General Physics
II
54.315 Electronics
54.316 Digital Electronics
54.317 Microprocessor Electronics
56.121
Computer Science
I
58.101 Introduction to
EEET
II
58.141 Circuit Analysis
III
53.322 Differential Equations
56.116 Algorithmic Processes for Computers
52.115 Fundamentals of Inorganic Chemistry
52.216 Chemical Principles and Measurements
58.180 Computer Aided Design and Engineering Graphics
58.231 Electric Power and Machinei^
58.241 Electronic Instrumentation and Data Acquisition
58.300 Career Orientation
58.321 Manufacturing Processes
58.331 Linear Signals and Systems
Physics (B.S.)
58.380 Cooperative Education in Industry
Bachelor of Science required courses include:
54.211 General Physics I
54.212 General Physics II
54.302 Mechanics: Dynamics
54.310
Modern Atomic
Physics
I
58.431 Industrial Process Control
58.441 Communications Systems
58.451 Digital Signal Processing
58.461 Radio Frequency Effects and Measurements
58.480 Cooperative Education in Industry
II
54.314 Electricity and Magnetism
Engineering Science 3+2 (B.A.)
54.315 Electronics
54.318 Optics
54.400 Advanced Physics Laboratory
54.422 Thermodynamics
54.450 Introduction to
Quantum Mechanics
12 semester hours chosen from other physics courses
numbered above 300
52.115 Fundamentals of Inorganic Chemistry
52.216 Chemical Principles and Measurements
53.125 Calculus
I
53.126 Calculus
II
53.225 Calculus
III
53.322 Differential Equations
56.116 Algorithmic Processes for Computers
3 semester hours chosen from the following diree courses:
53.226 Analysis IV
53.314 Linear Algebra
56.373 Numerical Methods in Computing
General Education Requirements - All candidates must
the General Education requirements of Bloomsburg
University and the specific requirements for the B.A. degree
in either chemistry, physics or mathematics. Students should
consult the program coordinator each semester as they plan
their schedules. With careful planning, it is possible to satisfy
all of the requirements indicated during the student's threesatisfy
year residence at Bloomsburg University
Requirements for the Major
54.211 General Physics 1
54.212 General Physics II
54.310 Modern Atomic Physics
52.115 Fundamentals of Inorganic Chemistry
52.116 Chemical Principles and Measurements
53.125 Calculus
I
53.126 Calculus
II
53.225 Calculus HI
53.226 Calculus IV
53.322 Differential Equations
53.314 Linear Algebra
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
56.116A]gorithmic Processes or 56.1 21 Computer Science
54.320 Nuclear Radiation
73
I
54.330 Radiation Physics
I
54.301 Mechanics: Statics
54.360 Health Physics
54.302 Mechanics: Dynamics
58.180 Computer Aided Design and Engineering Graphics
54.420 Nuclear Radiation
For a few particular engineering degree options, additional
may also be required while the
discipline-specific courses
student
-
is
at
Bloomsburg
University.
II
54.460 Applied Health Physics
59.498 Internship in Natural Sciences and Mathematics
53.125 Analysis
1
53.126 Analysis
II
53.225 Analysis
III
Health Physics (B.S.)
53.241 Probability and Statistics
The bachelor of science program in health physics requires
68 semester hours, 15 of which count toward general
education requirements. Thus in addition to program
52.115 Fundamentals of Inorganic Chemistry
requirements, students must complete 39 semester of hours
50.120 Biology of Plants
of general education requirements.
50.411 Radiation Biology
Required courses:
54.211 General Physics I
54.212 General Physics II
54.310 Modern Atomic Physics
54.315 Electronics
56.116 Algorithmic Processes for Computers
52.216 Chemical Principles and Measurements
50.110 Biology of Animals
74- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog
Department of
Political
2002-2003 Advisers Edition
Political
Science
Science (B.A.)
Administered by Political Science
Effective Fall, 2001
In addition to the 54 semester hours of general education
requirements, a total of 30 semester hours is required for a
major in political science; the balance of the university's 128semester hour requirement for a bachelor's degree come
from elective courses. Required courses total 12 semester
hours and include the following four courses
in political
science:
44.120 United States Government
44.160 Nations, States and Governments
44.447 Constitutional Law II
44.448 Judicial Process
44.452 State and Local Government
44.456 Public Policy
44.487 International Law and Organization
44.497 Internship in a legal or judicial setting (only 3 hours
count toward the option)
Requirements for the career concentration in public
administration - A total of 27 hours (nine courses) is
required. A student must take one course in each of the
following areas: organization theory, policy, social
psychology, communication, computer science, statistics,
personnel, bvidgeting and planning.
44.210 Introduction to Political Theory
44.280 Introduction to International Relations
Elective Courses: 18 semester hours in Political Science,
12 semester hours of which must be chosen from upper
i.e., at the 300 level or above.
division courses,
Requirements for Law option - a
is
required for
this option. In
total
of 30 semester hours
addition to the core courses
above, 18 hours are taken from the following eight courses:
44.440 President and Congress
44.446 Constitutional
Law
I
Minor
in Political
Science
Atotal of 18 semester hours (six coures)
is
required for a
There is one required course:
44.160 Nations, States, Government. Students should
consider building a minor around one the fields of political
science; namely, American politics, comparative government,
international politics, political theory and law.
minor
in political science.
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
-
75
Department of Psychology
Psychology
(B.A.)
Choose one from the following seven courses:
48.321 Psychological Tests and Measurements
In addition to 54 semester hours of university general
education requirements, the program of study in psychology
requires a minimum of 36 semester hours from the courses
48.340
specified below:
48.453 Organizational Psychology
Freshman/Sophomore years: core courses (18 semester
hours) (Note: 48.281 and 48.282 must be taken sequentially.
A
grade of
C
or higher
is
required in 48.101, 48.160 and
48.281)
Community Psychology
48.350 Psychology of Sex and Gender
48.451 Laboratory Training in Group Processes
48.476 Principles of Behavior Modification
- capstone courses (6 semester hours)
Senior year
-
select
two
courses from the following six courses:
48.101 General Psychology
48.341 Theory and Pracdce of Academic Psychology
48.160 Basic
48.356 Psychology of Motivation
Statistics
48.281 Experimental Psychology: Methodology
48.401 History of Psychology
48.282 Experimental Psychology: Applications
48.406 Psychology Seminar
Choose two from the following four courses:
48.464 Advanced Experimental Design
48.211 Child Psychology or 48.212 Adolescence
48.466 Independent Study in Psychology
48.253 Social Psychology
48.497 Practicum in Psychology
48.311 Adulthood and Aging
Junior/Senior years - content courses (12 semester hours)
Choose two from the following three courses:
48.360 Cognitive Psychology
48.375 Psychology of Learning
48.380 Behavioral Neuroscience
Choose one of the following two courses:
48.335 Abnormal Psychology
48.436 Theories of Personality
Minor
Psychology
in
A minimum of 18 semester hours in psychology is required
for the
minor
in Psychology, as specified:
48.101 General Psychology
48.160 Basic
Statistics
48.281 Experimental Psychology: Methodology
9 semester hours of Psychology courses, 6 of which must
be
at the
300 or 400
level.
Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
76- Undergraduate,
Department of Sociology, Social Work
and Criminal Justice
45.450 Social
Sociology (B.A.)
Work Practice with Small Groups
Work Practice With Organizations and
45.452 Social
In addition to 54 semester hours of general education
requirements, a total of 36 semester hours
is
required for a
Communities
45.453 Social W^ork Policy and Services
major in sociology. The balance of the university's 128semester hour requirement for a bachelor's degree comes
45.462 Sociological Theory
from
45.498 Integrative Seminar in Social
Welfare
elective courses.
Core courses:
Work
Internship
Work and
Social
48.101 General Psychology
45.211 Principles of Sociology
48.210 Life-Span Psychology
45.255 Research Methods for Social Inquiry
45.260 Basic Social
45.497 Social
One
additional three credit course in psychology.
Statistics
50.101 General Biolog)'
45.462 Sociological Theory
I
Sociology Major Students also must select eight additional
-
from Sociology courses; four of
must be drawn from 300 and 400 level courses. The
sociology internship and social work courses may not be
counted as part of these eight courses.
courses, 24 semester hours,
these
Applied Sociology option
Criminal Justice (B.A.)
In addition to 54 semester hours of general education
requirements, a total of 42 semester hours
major
in criminal justice.
in electives
An
is
required for a
additional 32 semester hours
completes the 128-hour university degree
The Sociology Internship Program (45.496)
45.211 Principles of Sociology
requirement.
45.255 Research Methods for Social Inquiry
accounts for 6 to 15 semester hours. Internships provide
45.260 Basic Social
hand experience
Statistics
in the field
and can be
federal agencies or private institutions. Required courses are:
45.462 Sociological Theory
Core courses
45.316 Urban Sociology
45.461 Social Problems of Urban/Rural Communities
45.211 Principles of Sociology
Choose three from the following six courses:
45.213 Contemporary Social Problems
45.490 Sociology of Aging
45.255 Research Methods for Social Inquiry
45.260 Basic Social
Statistics
45.462 Sociological Theory
Criminal Justice sequence
45.244 Introduction to Criminal Justice (prerequisite to
all other courses in the sequence)
45.242 Juvenile Delinquency
45.345 Medical Sociology
45.465 Computer Applications
45.468 Social Service Planning
45.441 Social Indicators
Three additional courses within the department, one of
which must be a sociolog)' course
An
first-
at local, state or
45.341 Criminology
45.342 Penology
45.343 Victimolog)'
internship (6-15 semester hours)
45.495 Criminal Justice Internship Program
Social
Work
(B.A.)
In addition to 54 semester hours of general education
requirements, a
for a major
total
of 46 to 54 semester hours
in social work.
The balance of
is
bachelor's degree come from elective courses. For
information about admission criteria and details on the
course sequence, see Charles Laudermilch, director of the
social work program. Required courses for this degree
program include:
40.121 Principles of Economics
Work and
Diversit)'
45.255 Research Methods
45.260 Basic Social
A
in
student
Sociology
required to take 18 credit hours from the
Social Work and Criminal Justice
for the minor. All students are required to take one course
(45.21 1 Principles of Sociology) and then select five additional
courses, according to areas of interest of the student and with
is
Department of Sociology,
and consent of his or her adviser
Social Wefare
45.211 Principles of Sociology
45.221 Social
Minor
the advise
44.120 United States Government
Work and
the 300 level.
required
the university's
128-semester hour requirement for a
45.133 Introduction to Social
Choose three departmental courses (Code 45) excluding
courses listed above and excluding 45.297, 45.497 and
45.498, but including at least one course at or above
for Social Inquiry
Statistics
45.297 Introductory Practice in Social Work
45.334 Social Work Practice with Individuals and Families
Required:
45.211 Principles of Sociology
Choose
five from the folloviing list of courses:
45.213 Contemporary Social Problems
45.215 Racial and Etimic Minority Groups
45.217 Sociology of Sport
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
45.231 Marriage and Family
Minor
in
-
77
Women's Studies
45.242 Juvenile Delinquency
45.244 Introduction to Criminal Justice
45.255 Research Methods of Social Inquiry
45.260 Basic Social
Statistics
45.316 Urban Sociology
Courses vary by semester and may be offered in the
Departments of Anthropology; Biological and Allied Health
Sciences; Communication Studies and Theatre Arts; English;
Health and Physical Education; History; Philosophy; PoUtical
45.318 Social Stratification
Science; Psychology; Sociology, Social Welfare
45.319 Religion and Society
Justice
45.320 Sociolog)' of Women
and those
Courses that count toward the Women's Studies Minor
include;
45.341 Criminology
Human Sexuality
Women Writers
45.342 Penolog)'
09.230
45.343 Victimology
20.287 Black
45.345 Medical Sociology
20.288 Feminist Reading of Culture
45.375 Science and Society
20.388 Gender, Race and Class
45.400 Sociolog)' of Mass Communication
25.494 Gender Issues in Communication
45.441 Social Indicators
25.492 Feminist Discourse
45.443 Sociology of Deviant Behavior
45.457 Sociology of
Community
45.461 Social Problems in Rural/Urban Communities
45.462 Sociological Theor)'
28.308 Feminist Philosophy
42.329
42.469
The American Woman
Women and Gender
History
in
44.377 Feminist Political Theory
45.467 Population Problems
44.470
45.468 Social Service Planning
Women and Gender
History
45.231 Marriage and Family
45.474 Contemporary Environmental Issues
45.320 Sociology of Women
Community Land Use Planning
45.490 Sociology of Aging
Intellectual
in
European
Intellectual
II
45.470 Senior Seminar
45.478 Sociology of Work
European
I
45.465 Computer Applications in the Social Sciences
45.477
and Criminal
identified as interdisciplinary studies.
48.350 Psychology of Sex and Gender
78- Undergraduate,
Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
Course Descriptions
DVS
Developmental
(01)
Instruction
Administered by Department of Developmental Instruction
01.011 Reading
I
(Summer)
(3)
-
Designed to improve a
where he/she can
student's reading ability to a level
compete
tory and
at the
next
level.
Instruction given in a labora-
Weekly contacts provide individualized prescriptions. Three semester hours toward
full-load status; grade counted in GPA. Does not apply
lecture format.
toward graduation.
01.025 Reading II (3) - Course presents major components
of the reading process and emphasizes basic reading
skills. A prerequisite for College Reading and Study
Skills for
students scoring below the established cutoffs
on the Nelson Denny Reading
Three semester
grade counted in GPA.
Test.
hours towards full-load status;
Does not apply toward graduation.
(Summer)
Fundamentals of standard
written English for students who test extremely low on
SAT-V and whose writing samples confirm need. Emphasis on language activities such as conferencing, revising and editing of papers and reading response journals to improve basic skills in context and reduce anxiety about writing. Numerous and varied short writing
assignments. Three semester hours towards full-load
status; grade counted in the GPA. Does not apply toward graduation.
01.041 Writing
I
(3)
II (3) - Required of students whose SAT-V
below a standard set by the university and
whose writing samples confirm need. Students refine
fall
basic writing skills in context of varied writing assign-
ments
ments
that address given rhetorical situations. Assign-
evidence and responsible generfrom that evidence. Classwork may include
call for specific
alization
conferencing, collaborative work, student presentations,
reading and discussion as well as writing. Three semester
hours towards
full-load status;
and polynomials, factoring, ratioand quadratic equations. Provides concepts and skills necessaiy for college-level math courses
that build on a limited algebraic background. Three
semester hours toward full-load status; grade counted
in GPA. Does not apply toward graduation.
functions, exponents
nal expressions
01.095 Introductory Science (Summer) (3) -Acquaints the
student with scientific terminology and methodology;
familiarizes the student with the study skills
unique
to
the mastei7 of science; prepares the student for subse-
quent courses
in science;
and makes the student more
comfortable with the nature and characteristics of science. Three semester hours toward full-load status;
grade counted in GPA. Does not apply toward graduation.
01.099 Intensive English Seminar (Summer) (6) - Designed
for entering international students who score at least at
the
ACTFL
level 1+
on a departmentally-administered
placement test, but who have low TOEFL scores or
who wish to improve English skills prepatory to enrollment in other classes. Provides 90 hours of conversation and acculturation in the company of native English
oral
speakers, together vrith
some
practice in writing
and
grammar. Credit does not apply toward graduation.
Skills (1) - Designed to provide, formulate and apply the methods and models of learning
strategies. Principle focus on content area reading and
study skills. Outside readings and discussion focus on
the nature of learning and the individual's responsibility to learning. Product and process discussed and compared to various approaches to learning. Applies toward
01.100 College Study
graduation. Usually restricted to the
program or offered upon
summer freshmen
special request.
grade counted in GPA.
Does not apply toward graduation.
01.071 Pre Algebra (Summer) (3) -Geared for students with
inadequate arithmetic skills. Study skill techniques and
problem-solving strategies explored. Emphasizes basic
computer literacy and uses computer-assisted instruction. Three semester hours toward full-load status; grade
counted in GPA. Does not apply toward graduation.
01.080 Introductory Algebra (3) - Recommended for students with minimal algebraic skills as evidenced by student preparation and results obtained in diagnostic
tests. A program designed for each student may include
operations of rational numbers, ratio, proportion, percent, geometric concepts, basic algebraic concepts and
skills.
01.090 Intermediate Algebra (3) - Emphasizes intermediate
algebraic skills necessary if success is to be obtained in
College Algebra. Topics include linear equations and
-
01.060 Writing
scores
Three semester hours toward full-load status; grade
counted in GPA. Does not apply toward graduation.
Concepts may include beginning linear equations.
01.120 College Reading and Study Skills (3) - Develops the
complex reading and study skills essential for college
on content area reading and study
flexibility and critical reading skills.
Outside readings focus on the nature of learning and
learning. Focuses
strategies,
reading
the individual's responsibility to learning. Students
be required
may
reading lab for computerized
vocabulary lessons and speed reading exercises. Applies
toward graduation.
HPE
to use the
(05) Health, Physical
Education and Athletics
Administered by Department of Health, Physical Education
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
and
physical activity (jogging/walking) to the
Athletics.
05.112 Varsity Athletics
member
in
Course
05.113 Varsity Athletics
in
(1)
Open
to any student
of wellness and healthy
who
is
a
good standing of a Bloomsburg University
athletic team.
member
-
II
is
(1)
graded
-
Open
Course
05.149 Aquatics (1)
make
is
graded
to
any student who
is
a
University
pass/fail.
Provides an opportunity for non-swim-
-
and mental adjustment
to water Introduces basic skills as provided by the American Red Cross with specific emphasis on becoming safe
in, on or about a body of water.
mers
to
a proper physical
Contains same content as 05.149 but
adapted for beginning skills.
05.150 Aquatics
(1)
CPR and Safety (1) Designed for compledon of Red
Cross CPR certification and to develop a safety aware-
05.200
-
ness expertise for accident prevention. Fee
may be
re-
quired.
05.220 International Folk Dance (1) - Teaches the basic elements of folk dancing that can be combined to form
will
numbers of dances.
A
wide variety of dances
be taught incorporating these elements.
exercise principles for successful, personalized fitness
programs.
05.228 Gymnastics (1) - A co-ed introductory course that
works primarily on floor exercise and includes instruction on a variety of apparatus including: the balance
beam, pommel horse, parallel bars.
05.229 Water Polo
rules of the sport
and
Emphasis on
(encompassing prac-
safety procedures.
learning and practicing the
skills
tals
and
clists
who have
touring
is
-An
introductory course for novice
cy-
access to a variable speed bicycle. Local
part of the course. Must provide bicycle
and
helmet.
05.219 Tennis
(1)
-
A
beginning course that teaches basic
stroke execution, strategy
and court
numbers of dances. A wide variety of dances
be taught incorporating these elements.
limidess
05. 221 Jazz
Dance
(1)
-
Develops fundamentals ofjazz dance.
05.222 Creative Dance (1)
Develops the individual's capability for communication of thoughts, feelings and ideas
through the medium of dance. Acquaints students with
the basic elements of dance and guides them toward
technique mastery with emphasis on expressive or creative
-
movement.
edge,
team concept. Rec-
swimming
for students with basic
ability.
-Attempts to provide a mediod of
cardiovascular endurance in a particular interest area.
(1)
05.225 Beginning Ballet (1) - Develops the fundamentals of
beginning ballet dancing. Elements, skills and the language of ballet will be introduced. This history and pop-
form along with the personal and
benefits from ballet are included.
ularity of this art
05.226 Jogging/Walking
(
1
)
-
skill
-
(1)
Develops knowl-
and appreciation of weight training and con-
ditioning programs.
05.231 Archery (1) - Course develops knowledge of, skill in
and appreciation of target archery as a recreational pursuit.
05.232 Bowling
(1) - Students learn the mechanics of bowling in this beginner's course that meets off-campus. Students begin with appropriate ball selection, learn acstyles, practice proper etiquette and bowl under the instructor's close supervision. Fee required.
ceptable
game
(
1
) -
Deals with the strokes, strategies and
of badminton from a beginner's viewpoint. Also
valuable to the intermediate player.
05.234 Golf
(1)
-An introductory course
Rules, techniques, etiquette
(1)
-
Develops the
that develops basic
and an emphasis on
may be
practice are stressed. Fee
05.235 Riflery
required.
skills, safety,
understand-
ing and appreciation of riflery as a recreational pursuit.
05.236 Volleyball (1) - Develops the skills, understanding
and appreciation of volleyball as a recreational activity
as well as a vigorous, competitive sport.
05.238 Racquetball-Handball
cre-
Explores the relationship of
(1)
-
An
introductory course
that teaches history, etiquette, strokes, serves
and
strat-
egy in singles and doubles.
05.239 Square Dancing (1) - Develops skill in square and
folk dances. Covers the sociological, physiological and
psychological values of square dancing. Students acquire
a repertoire of western square dance moves and dance
techniques.
05.240 Slimnastics and Fitness
(1)
-
Develops an awareness
and understanding of physical
how
self
and
capabilities;
improve their physical condiIncludes exercise and body mechanics.
teaches students
tion.
05.224 Fitness Dance
ative
understanding and
skills,
etiquette.
05.220 International Folk Dance (1) Teaches the basic elements of folk dancing that can be combined to form
will
Develops
05.230 Weight Training and Fitness
skill
(1)
-
their incorporation into a
ommended
skills.
bouts) and a tournament.
05.217 Bicycling
(1)
appreciation of water polo as recreational aquatic sport.
Provides activity and instruction in individual fundamen-
05.233 Badminton
05.214 Fencing (1) - Lecture aspect covers a study of the
history of fencing, the weapons and equipment involved,
tice
components
provides sound
-
05.155 Svnmnastics (1) -Assists students to attain and maintain physical fitness through water activities.
limidess
Mso
79
pass/fail.
good standing of a Bloomsburg
athletic team.
lifestyles.
-
05.241 Judo Self-Defense
(
to
1
)
-
Provides a better understand-
ing of the sport and a competency of judo and self-defense techniques. Should be used as an elective within
the physical education
05.243 Backpacking
(1)
-
semce program
requirements.
Reviews backpacking equipment
how to select trails,
menus and cooking methods; teaches safet)' procedures:
discusses how to adjust to die seasons and hovv to proand
first
aid procedures; includes
80- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog
tect the
2002-2003 Advisers Edition
environment.
05.244 Orienteering
edge and
skills
-
(1)
plications
to satisfactorily follow a desig-
through programmed exer-
practical application
cise.
Successful completion of course
Practical application of the knowl-
needed
and fitness measurement. Reviews procedures
and
fulfills
two credits
of physical education requirement. (3 contact hours).
nated course through the wilderness with use of a watch,
05.271 Intermediate Archery (1)
and a map.
a compass
-
Provides the opportunity
for the student to develop shooting
05.245 Canoeing (1) - Offers instruction in the basics of canoeing, including skills that can be used recreationally
Lake and
in one's lifetime.
river
canoeing will be taught
and experienced.
(1)
-
Provides rock climbing experi-
ences for the beginning rock climbing enthusiast. Introduces basic knowledge,
skills
and
05.248 Basic Sailing
area of recreation.
-
(1)
A
beginning course that includes
weather conditions, seamanship, boating and
(2)
-
taught as part of
Certificate.
CPR
this course.
05.251 Techniques of Coaching and Officiating Baseball (3)
- Classroom-laboratory provides an overview of baseball
administration organization, fundamental
relationship,
team
strategy,
program organization and
Provides instruction in the
vidual
skills
of the student. Fee
05.274 Intermediate Tennis
(1)
-
may be
required.
Focuses on improving ten-
05.275 Intermediate Volleyball
and
(
1
) -
Studies the development
improve fundateam play and strategy through participa-
history of volleyball. Attempts to
mental
skills,
05.253 Techniques of Coaching and Officiating Football
05.277 Advanced Sailing (1) - Intended for students who
have sailing experience. Includes maneuvering, race tactics, sail
tune, severe weather conditions, docking
and
anchoring. Prerequisites: Sailing and swimming ability
05.290 Special Topics
(
T3) - Topics announced in the sched-
uling bulletin prior to each semester.
05.298 Fitness and Wellness (3)
files,
(3)
Instruction in techniques of coaching, player-coach
relationship,
05.276 Intermediate Judo (1) - Provides an opportunity to
develop higher levels of skill competencies in judo.
-
Provides learners with the
tools for lifelong healthful living. Personal health pro-
officiating.
program organization and administration
mental health, personal
management,
officiating.
05.254 Techniques of Coaching and Officiating Field HockInstruction in techniques of coaching
and
programs,
stress
one credit of the physical education requirement.
05.305 Aquatic Fitness Programming (2) - Develops fitness
management leadership skills in an aquatic setting; covers physiological principles of exercise applied to
ming and other water
05.256 Techniques of Coaching and Officiating Cross Country, Track and Field (3) - Analysis of technique and the
development of personal skills. Knowledge provided for
development of a track program. Discusses rules, start-
and
fitness
and environmental health
offi-
the phases of field hockey.
ing, officiating, scoring
nutritional
topics are explored. Successful completion of course
fiilfiUs
all
-
required.
05.252 Techniques of Coaching and Officiating Basketball
(3) -Instruction in techniques of coaching, player-coach
ciating
(1)
techniques and strategy involved in improving the indi-
skills, drills
and techniques of umpiring.
ey (3)
develop ad-
safety.
Provides an opportunity to attain
an American Red Cross Lifegtiarding
-
to
ability required.
05.250 Lifeguarding
and
-Attempts
tion.
Swimming
-
(1)
and knowledge of bowling. Fee required.
nis skills.
terminology, maneuvering under normal and severe
is
skill
practical applica-
tion of climbing. Serves as a foundation for further exthis
vanced
05.273 Intermediate Golf
05.247 Rock Climbing
periences in
05.272 Intermediate Bowling
skills.
facility use.
activities.
No
prior
swim-
swimming
experience necessary.
05.306 Psychology of Sport (3) -Aims to familiarize the student with psychological components of human perfor-
mance
and exercise. Focuses on sport
and includes psychological assessment, intervention techniques and a brief introduction to the
predominant research methods used in sport psycholorelated to sport
participation
05.257 Techniques of Coaching and Officiating Wrestling
(3) - Gives prospective coaches an insight into problems and situations that may be encountered; prepares
the individual to teach as well as coach wresding.
05.260 Techniques of Coaching and Officiating Swimming
(3) - Presents techniques of coaching, swimming, diving; covers rule interpretations
05.265 Basketball
(1)
-
and duties of
officials.
Provides activity and instruction in
the development of individual offensive and defensive
fundamentals and their incorporation into a team concept. Reviews basic strategy and current trends at all
competition levels.
05.270 Exercise and
You
(2)
-
Studies appropriate physio-
logical functions, exercise physiology,
mechanical im-
gy.
Course has particular value to coaches, teachers,
chologists
and exercise
specialists
and other
psy-
sport-affil-
iated professions.
05.308 Exercise and Mental Health (3) - Provides a strong
base of knowledge of theory, research and practice in
and mental health. Also provides prospective
and exercise professionals (exercise science) with
essential information and suggestions of practical valexercise
fitness
ue in leadership roles in exercise, wellness, health promotion, corporate fitness, cardiac rehabilitation and
other areas.
05.309 Decisions for Healthy Behavior (3) - Focuses on personal health issues, the consequences of decisions made
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
about health choices and the
and
eral
education requirement.
globally,
societal implications, lo-
of those decisions. Approved for gen-
cally
05.311 Methods, Materials in Elementary School Physical
Education (3) - Provides principles and procedures to
meet the needs and interests of elementary-age children
in the area of physical education.
al
programs
to teach in
-
81
corporate or similar fitness
ar-
eas.
05.414 Exercise Prescription and Programming for Special
Populations (3) - Provides students mth a basic overview of theoretical, scientific and applied perspectives
of exercise prescriptions of special populations. Practical experience, physical fitness programs and modified
programs will be introduced and incorported in
working with special populations. Prerequisites: 05.278,
fitness
05.320 Health and Safety in the Elementary School (3) Covers health knowledge, training and health appraisal techniques for teaching elementary school health;
the elementary school health program; and safety edu-
05.321 First Aid Safety (3) - Provides training in first aid and
safety. Red Cross standard, advanced and cardiopulmo-
nary resuscitation certifications may be earned. One
credit may be applied to the Fitness and Recreational
05.330 Introduction to Coaching
(3)
An
-
and coaching applications
sport psychology, sport pedagogy,
in sport philosophy,
first
aid
and sport
Program
drugs, sexually transmitted diseases, pollution, alcohol
and
05.450
ground situations. Emphasizes techniques of leadership,
recreation planning, legal liability and trends in recreation programming.
Camping and Outdoor Education
(3)
-
Ac-
quaints students with the scope of organized camping
and the acquisition of and practices
in the basic skills
required of individuals involved in camping and out-
door education
training. Requires field experiences.
in
Sport
(3)
and contemporary
cal
Surveys aspects of the histori-
-
role of
women
in sport. Encour-
ages an awareness in students regarding the differences
between sport for
texts,
men and women
in various con-
including social, psychological and biophysical,
by examining the past and current practices and cultural norms in light of evolving research findings, students are expected to increase their understanding of
issues
ty
ECG
Interpretation/Exercise Testing (3)
-
Pro\'ides
students with both theoretical and practical knowledge
in-
and the diseased heart. A
survey of cardiorespiratory structure and function will
terpretation for the normal
be provided. Prerequisite: 50.174 or equivalent or permission of the instructor.
The Analysis of Human Motion (3) Introduces students to the fundamentals of human
movement. After a survey of the musculoskeletal system, students will engage in a detailed analysis of the
primary articulations. The fundamentals of biomechanics vnll be examined to-provide students with an appreciation of movement. Prerequisites: 50.173 and 50.174.
05.451 Kinesiology:
05.452 Cardiac Rehabilitation (3) - Provides student \vith
both a theoretical and practical knowledge of cardiac
rehabilitation. Students study the etiology, epidemiology,
Women
suicide.
Certificate.
05.331 Recreation Education (3) - Presents discussion of and
practice in, recreation activities used in school and play-
05.334
7\ssesses
Students gain knowledge in basic electrocardiogram
overview of basic
management resulting in American Coaching Effective-
05.333 School
-
of exercise testing in a research/clinical environment.
Skills area.
ness
05.430 Current Issues in Health Promotion (3)
major problems which concern communities today:
cation in the elementary school.
theories
05.476.
germane
to sport.
Approved
as a cultural diversi-
course.
Human Performance
-Acquaints future exercise science majors with techniques of evaluating and measuring the progress of
(3)
and exercise testing components. Instatistics, knowledge tests, grading,
performance tests and tests of sport skills. Pre-
and administrative con-
cardiac patient.
05.476 Exercise Physiology
(4)
-
Study of the physiological
functions of the organ systems during exercise
stress.
Development of a working knowledge of assessments,
motor characteristics and physical performance. Prerequisites: 50.173 and 50.178.
05.477 Methods and Materials in Adult Physical Education
(3)
05.370 Measurement and Evaluation in
patient differences, logistical
siderations, treatments, as well as the education of the
-
Emphasizes the academic and technical knowledge
necessary to conduct health and fitness programs in
public and private agencies. Students are prepared to
assume leadership and management positions within
the health and fitness industries. Prerequisite: 05.476.
physical fitness
cludes descriptive
physical
requisite: 53.1 14 College
Algebra or consent of the
in-
structor.
05.397 Adult Health Development Program (3) - An intergenerational and multicultural health program that
trains students to work one-on-one with older adults to
promote
healtlt
05.401 Methods
and
05.498 Internship in Exercise Science (6-15) - Prorides the
student with a practical on-site work experience in which
technical
skills
and
abilities are applied. Site is selected
by the student vnth the appro\al of tiie major director.
Required experience is designed to be the culminating
experience of undergraduate course work and facilitates
the transition from the role of student to employee. Prerequisites: 50.173, 50.174, 05.476, 05.477.
well-being.
in Fitness
Dance
(3)
-
Introduces exercise
science majors to the teaching principles and current
techniques involved in aerobic-dance and step dancing.
Includes methods of designing physical and motivation-
05.500 Instrumentation and Laboratoiy Techniques (3) Provides experiences in the use of conventional technology and piocedines in the measurement and assessment of physiological functioning and the maintenance
82- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog
and
2002-2003 Advisers Edition
05.500, 05.576, 05.575 or permission of the instructor.
calibration of such equipment.
05.510 Research Methods in Exercise Science
(3)
a complete overview of the research process
in exercise science. Specific
emphasis
-
Provides
employed
given to con-
is
05.561 Exercise Science and Aging (3) - This course is designed to provide students with both a theoretical and
practical
knowledge of the relationship between exerand the aging process. Following classroom
ceptualization of the research problem, hypothesis de-
cise sicence
velopment, literature review and basic statistical procedures. Alternative research paradigms and methodolo-
instruction students will
gies (qualitative, survey) are also discussed.
older adults. Prerequisite 05.575, 05.576 or permission
05.511
ECG
and Exercise Testing (3) - Intheoi7 and interpretation as well as
to
work
directly with
of instructor.
Interpretation
cludes basic
ECG
05.575 Exercise Physiology
I
-
(3)
Provides a continuation
test-
of basic and advanced exercise physiology principles.
Laboratory experience includes the administra-
Focuses on energy metabolism, the structure and func-
the application of applied physiology to exercise
ing.
selected senior citizen fa-
visit
and have an opportunity
cilities
tion/interpretation of the electrocardiogram at rest and
tion of skeletal muscles
exercise.
during exercise.
05.512 Current Research in Exercise Science (3) - Sharpens
students' critical thinking and writing skills while interpreting and analyzing recent research in exercise
sci-
Intended
of
to
and cardiovascular dynamics
develop student's knowledge of the physiology
the effects of ergogenic aids,
human performance,
aging,
and the environment on
ence. Students critically analyze the most recent research
in the area of exercise science
and
05.576 Exercise Physiology
subdisciplines,
its
including exercise physiology, epidemiology and biochemistry.
05.551 Mechanics of
Human Movement
(3)
-
A quantitative
approach to movement analysis. The mechanical principles and laws that govern motion will be reviewed, studied and applied to the human body as it engages in exercise, sport performance and daily living tasks. Prerequisite:
05-451.
05.553 Exercise in Chronic Disease
Management
(3)
Examand
ines the use of exercise as a diagnostic, evaluative
iological responses
and
11
-
(4)
physical performance.
Concentrates on the phys-
and adaptations
that result during
after exercise. This course addresses the acute
and
chronic adaptations following exercise on the body system. Laboratory experience mirrors lecture material.
05.577 Worksite Health and Fitness Programming
(3)
-
De-
and expertise pertainassessment and exercise program-
tailed study of the information
ing to health fitness
ming, in accordance with requirements for nationally
accredited certification examinations (e.g., American
College of Sports Medicine Health Fitness Instructor
certification).
rehabilitative tool for individuals with chronic diseases
or
disabilities.
ious diseases
The underlying physiologic
causes of var-
and the identification of clinical symptoms
be examined, as well as the utility of exercise training to monitor and evaluate clinical progress. Prerequisites: 05.575, 05.576 or permission of the instructor.
will
05.555 Physiology' of Training
(3)
-Examines the physiolog-
adaptations associated with increased maximal oxygen consumption (V02 max) and submaximal, prolonged exercise performance. Emphasis will be placed
on an examination of potential mechanisms associated
ic
with exercise-induced adaptations.
The physiology of
mechanism will
strength development and associated
also
be explored. Prerequisites: 05.575, 05.576 or per-
mission of the instructor
Examines
ethical
and
legal issues that
(3)
may emerge
during die process of conducting research in Exercise
Science. A historial view of the development of ethical
codes will be studied which relate to the formation, conduct, analysis and presentation of research problems.
Prerequisite: 05.510 or permission of the instructor.
05.559 Scientific Evaluation of the Ehte Athlete (3) - This
course is designed to provide students with both a the-
and practical knowledge of the evaluation procedures used to profile the elite athlete. Students will
have the opportunity to visit the various laboratories
located within an Olympic Training Center and discuss
specific testing and training procedures v«th the Cenoretical
ter's professionals. Prerequisites:
HON
50.173, 50.174,05.510,
(08)
Honors Courses
Administered by Honors Advisory Committee, Academic
Affairs
08.101 Honors Humanities
omore
I
(3)
-Allows freshmen and soph-
level students to focus
on a
specific topic or re-
lated topics in the humanities for in-depth study
and
Topics vary from semester to semester. Requires
extensive reading on a chosen topic, the development
analysis.
of the students'
own
ideas
on the topic and the expresand oral form. Fulfills gen-
sion of those ideas in written
eral
05.557 Ethical and Legal Issues in Conducting Research
-
05.595 Practicum (3)
education requirement for humanities.
08.110 Honors Math and Science I (3-4) -Allows students to
focus on a specific topic or related topics in math or
science for in-depth study and analysis, including labo-
from semester to semesRequires extensive reading on a chosen topic, the
development of the students' own ideas on the topic
and the expression of those ideas in written and oral
form. Fulfills general education requirement for math/
ratory experience. Topics vary
ter.
natural science.
08.130 Honors Social Science 1 (3) - Allows students to focus on a specific topic or related topics in the social
sciences for in-depth study and analysis. Topics vary from
semester to semester. Requires extensive reading on a
chosen
ideas
topic, the
on the
topic
development of the students' own
and the expression of those ideas in
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
written
and
oral form. Fulfills general education require-
ment for social
and approved
(3)
-
on a
level students to focus
specific topic or re-
and
Topics vary from semester to semester. Requires
on a chosen topic, the development
own ideas on the topic and the expres-
extensive reading
of the students'
sion of those ideas in written
eral
and
08.210 Honors Math and Science
on a
II (3-4)
-Allows students
specific topic or related topics in
science for in-depth study
and
Administered by College of Liberal Arts
09.100 University Seminar
(I)
sition to college life for
-
Promotes a successful
new freshmen through
tran-
the pre-
sentation of critical information about the university's
academic program.
oral form. Fulfills gen-
education requirement for humanities.
to focus
divisions.
Allows freshmen and soph-
lated topics in the humanities for in-depth study
analysis.
and Sciences
IDS (09) Interdisciplinary Studies
Honors Humanities II
omore
Arts
83
as a diver-
course.
sity
08.201
science science
-
analysis,
math or
including labo-
from semester to semesten Requires extensive reading on a chosen topic, the
development of the students' own ideas on the topic
and the expression of those ideas in written and oral
form. Fulfills general education requirement for math/
09.111 Introduction to the Peoples of the Third World (3) Examines the peoples of the Far and Middle East, Africa
and Latin America; their art, literature, philosophy,
geography and history, sketching their impor-
cultural
tance in the world.
ratory experience. Topics vary
09.211 History of Natural Scientific
08.230 Honors Social Science
II (3) -
Allows students to
fo-
(3)
-
Reviews
and
mathematics, the nature of scientific and mathematical
thought and methods, characteristics of these disciplines
and
natural science.
Thought
the historical development of the natural sciences
their significance to
human
09.213 Science, Technology and
progress.
Human
Values (3)
-
Com-
cus on a specific topic or related topics in the social
pares the interaction of science and technology with
sciences for in-depth study and analysis. Topics vary from
human values.
semester to semester. Requires extensive reading on a
chosen topic, the development of the students' own
ideas on the topic and the expression of those ideas in
logical
written
ment
and oral form.
Fulfills
general education require-
Studies past, present and future technodevelopments and their impact on personal and
social values.
09.230
Human
Sexuality (3)
-
Presents a two (2) gender
life of hu-
perspective of the roles of sexuality in the
for social science.
08.300 Introduction to Honors Research
(1)
-
Serves as an
introduction to research and includes guest lectures
from library staff, university faculty across the disciplines
and from other university personnel concerned with undergraduate research. Required of all honors students
before beginning honors research. The student chooses an honors mentor and begins planning research. In
the pass/fail course, the student must produce a proposal for honors thesis research that meets the approval of the Honors Advisory Committee.
08.301 Honors Seminar on Values (3) - Features study of a
selected topic that will change with each offering. Up-
per division seminar focuses on values and ethical issues and may be taught by professors from any of the
colleges or Arts and Sciences divisions. Seminar fulfills
the general education requirement for values courses.
08.302 Honors Seminar on Diversity (3) - Features study of
a selected topic that changes with each offering. Upper
mans. Considered are anthropological, biological, psychological and sociological aspects of sexuality and their
relation to popular culture and diversity. Addresses current public health issues, ethics, responsible decision-
making and
values.
09.231 Technical Writing (3) - Presents the principles of technical writing in the physical, natural and social sciences
and in technology and industry. Promotes effectiveness
in communicating technical information to specialized
and general audiences. Uses seminar approach involving class participation and indiridualized instruction.
09.311 Seminar in American Studies
I
(3)
-
Pro\'ides a thor-
ough appreciation of our varied heritage and research
materials and resources available for deepening the
knowledge of
this
growdng area of
09.312 Seminar in American Studies
inqtiiry.
II (3) -
continuation of
09.311.
09.487
THIS
Internship Experience (9)
-
Internship pro-
and may be
vides outstanding students with enriching academic
taught by professors from any of the colleges or Arts
experience as an intern in the executive or legislative
branches of state government or with state boards, agencies or commissions.
division seminar focuses
and Sciences
divisions.
on
diversity issues
Seminar
fulfills
the general ed-
ucation requirement for diversity courses.
08.303 Honors Seminar on Quantitative and 7\nalytical Rea-
soning
es with
(3)
-
Features study of a selected topic that chang-
each offering. Upper division seminar focuses
and may be taught by professors from
any of the colleges or Arts and Sciences divisions.
on
diversity issues
09.488
stantial analysis
Upper division seminar focuses on diversity issues and
may be taught by professors from any of the colleges or
Project (3)
-
The student
intern
com-
and
research.
The
project
is
related to
the internship experience.
THIS Academic Seminar
(3) - Student interns parseminar coordinated by die resident director. The seminar is structured to integrate the student's
work experience with a rigorous academic component
and an exposure to multiple facets of state government.
09.489
08.304 Honors Interdisciplinary Seminar (3) - Features study
of a selected topic that changes with each offering.
THIS Research
pletes an individualized directed project invohing sub-
ticipate in a
84- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
09.491 Honors Independent Study in Humanities
An independent study course
in wliich,
I
(1-3)
-
under the guid-
ance of a faculty mentor, the student completes the initial project(s) in the first stage of his/her proposed
honors work.
09.492 Honors Seminar in the Humanities (3) - Allows for
continued in-depth study of a particular research project
FRE
French
(10)
Administered by Department of Languages and Cultures
10.100 Foundations of French Language and Culture (3) Seeks to develop novice proficiency with emphasis on
communication in the context of the Francophone world. Language laboratory activities required.
intercultural
of the student's choice and provides honor students the
opportunity to discuss with peers and interested faculty
10.101 French
I
(3)
Seeks to develop the four language
-
major field. Seminars organized around
and acquaint students with elements of francophone culture. For students with no more than two years
general themes selected by the humanities honors com-
of French. Practice in the language laboratory required.
concepts in the humanities related to the project and
to the student's
mittee and
announced
in advance.
10.102 French
09.493 Honors Independent Study in the Humanities
3)
-
Independent study
in
II (I-
an area previously approved
honors program.
as part of the student's overall
09.495 Honors Seminar in the Natural Sciences and Mathematics (1)
-
Offers a cross-disciplinary perspective to
students in the honors program with emphasis on stu-
dent presentation and discussion of important topics
in a student's area of expertise.
09.496 Honors Independent Study in the Social Sciences
(1-3)
viser
-
I
Involves the student's selection of an honors ad-
and
project, initial exploratory reading
and a pro-
Honors Independent Study Project.
Reserved for students who qualify for and wish to pursue an honors course of study in their last two years.
Usually taken in the junior year.
posal for a major
09.497 Honors Seminar in the Social Sciences (3) - Allows
for continued in-depth study of a particular research
project and provides honor students the opportunity
and interested faculty concepts in
sciences which relate to the research project
to discuss with peers
the social
and the student's major
field.
Focus of the seminar
is
interdisciplinary.
09.498 Honors Independent Study in Social Sciences
-
an opportunity to apply theoretical and descriptive knowledge acquired in multiple humanities disciplines. Requires approval of the internship coordinator and the dean of
Arts
- Provides an opportunity
from any graduate program to
knowledge from a previously learned ex-
09.580-589 Special Topics (1-3)
for graduate students
their
perience or to explore a
to
new
learning experience not
from 1
3 semester hours. Prerequisites are determined by
offered
on
Continuation of lO.IOI. Prerequisite:
-
Continuation of development of the
Emphasis on reading. Study of francophone culture. Practice in the language laboratory.
10.203 French
III (3)
four language
-
skills.
Prerequisite: 10.102 or equivalent. Diversity course.
10.204 French IV
(Fall)
(3)
-
Continuation of 10.203. Em-
phasis
on culture and
tice in
the language laboratory. Prerequisite: 10.203 or
oral
communication
skills.
Prac-
equivalent. Diversity course
10.205 Applied Phonetics and Pronunciation (3) -Analyzes
French sound system. Drills on pronunciation and intonation. Selections of prose, poetry
tation.
Not offered every semester.
and songs for
imi-
Prerequisite: 10.102
or equivalent.
10.206 Structure of the French Language (3) - Thorough
study of grammar and syntax and use of idioms through
applied exercises. Introduction to French morphology.
Not offered every semester.
Prerequisite: 10.204 or
equivalent.
10.207 Conversation: French Daily Life and Customs (3) Prepared and free speaking activities about everyday life
in
francophone countries. Not offered
every semester Prerequisite: 10.204 or equivalent or concurrently with 10.204 with consent of the chairperson.
to give selected interns
and Sciences.
expand
II (3)
10.101 or equivalent.
and customs
II (3)
Provides for an on-site work experience and training
program designed
skills
a regular basis.
Each course
carries
the instructor.
09.590 Graduate Internship (1-6) - Provides a work-study
experience initially administrated by an academic faculty member and a sponsoring employer. Provides the
opportunity for an internship experience across
plines at a graduate level.
09.599 Master's Thesis (3-6)
disci-
Foundations of French Culture and Civilization (Fall)
- Reviews major developments of French culture
from an historical point of view. Taught in English;
knowledge of French unnecessary. Special projects for
French majors. Approved as a diversity course.
10.21
(3)
10.212 France Today (3)
-
Presents major aspects of
life
in
France today. Taught in English; knowledge of French
unnecessary. Special projects for French majors. Not
offered every semester. Approved as a diversity course.
- 10.289 Special Topics (1-3) - Provides knowledge
and training in fields usually not covered in regular
courses. Content determined by instructor and varies
each time course is offered. Topics may include French
for travelers, French gastronomy, Quebec culture. Not
10.281
offered every semester.
10.290 French Studies Abroad (1-6) -Prerequisite: Minimum
two semesters of French or equivalent or consent of the
chairperson.
10.295 Art and Culture of France (3) - Provides a study-tour
of France with attention to French art as seen in rela-
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
and cultural environment. Visits to placand cultural interest in and around Paris
and the provinces. Not offered every semester. Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor.
tion to
es
of
its
social
artistic
10.309 Commercial French (3) -Acquisition of French business language and terminology in reading, writing and
speaking. Includes cultural content of francophone culture. Provides an introduction to business correspondence. Not offered every semester. Prerequisite: 10.204
or equivalent.
cultures.
-
Students
study French for reading and cultural knowledge; selected
modern
works. Prerequisite: 10.204 or equiva-
lent.
10.401
11.102
(3)
-
Presents a thorough
review of phonology, morphology, syntax and semaning activities
Not
German
advanced speaking includvAxh development of cultural proficiency.
offered every semester. Prerequisite: 10.206 or con-
sent of the chairperson.
10.402 Contemporary Issues in Francophone Media (3) Presents further development of language fluency
through discussion of current topics and issues selected from francophone newspapers and magazines. Not
offered every semester. Prerequisite: 10.207 or equiva-
II
(3)
-Continuation of 11.101. Reading and
or equivalent.
11.121
German Authors
of the 20th Century
ines works of major
Brecht,
Mann, Kafka, Durenmatt and
German
German and special
-
(3)
I
German authors such
English; knowledge of
Boll.
Exam-
as Hesse,
Taught in
unnecessary. Readings
projects for
German
majors.
Not
offered every semester.
11.122
German Audiors of die 20th Century
II (3) -
Contin-
uation of 11.121. Taught in English; knowledge of Ger-
German and special
Not offered every semes-
unnecessary. Readings in
projects for
German
majors.
ter.
Practical application in
tics.
For students with no more than two years of
practice in the language laboratory.
writing given additional emphasis. Prerequisite: 11.101
man
Advanced French Language
85
German. Requires
in
10.331 Selected 20th Century Writers (Fall) (3)
-
11.203
German
III (3)
Basic
skills.
-
Development of the four language
grammar reviewed and new grammatical
concepts presented. Reading and study of the culture
given additional emphasis. Not offered every semester.
Prerequisite: 11.102 or equivalent. Diversity course.
11.204
German fV
es culture
(3)
-
Continuation of 11.203. Emphasiz-
and communication. Not offered every
se-
mester. Prerequisite: 11.203 or equivalent. Diversity
course.
lent.
10.409 Commercial French
II
(3)
-
Studies French business
aiming at preparing students for internships in busiQuebec or a branch of a French company in the U.S. Reviews business correspondence and
life
ness in France,
Not offered every
cultural content.
site:
semester. Prerequi-
10.309.
11.205 Applied Phonetics and Pronunciation (3) - Analysis
of the German sound systems. Drills on pronunciation
and intonation. Selections of prose, poetry and songs
for imitation. Prerequisite: 11.102 or two years of high
school German. Not offered every semester.
Grammar and Composition (3) - In-depth study of
German grammar. Stresses application of grammatical
11.206
10.422 Masterpieces of French Literature (3) - Studies the
most significant writers and playwrights of France. Not
offered every semester. Prerequisite: 10.206 or consent
and free written composition.
Not offered every semester. Prerequisite: 11.204 or
principles in controlled
equivalent.
of the chairperson.
10.423 Black Francophone Writers and Culture (3) - Presents major aspects of life in Black francophone coun-
and major writers in those countries. Taught in
French. Not offered every semester. Prerequisite: 10.204
11.207 Conversation: Daily Life and Customs in GermanSpeaking Countries (3) - Emphasizes student participalife
in
oral reports assigned.
or consent of the chairperson.
sary.
10.490 Independent Study in French (1-9)
-
Provides for
individual study of a particular aspect of French
zation,
civili-
language or literature under faculty supervision.
Consent of the instructor and the chair-
Prerequisites:
person.
GER
(11)
prepared and free-speaking actiNities on daily
German-speaking cultures. Outside readings and
tion in
tries
German
11.100 Foundations in
German Language and
Culture (3)
-
required. Special projects for
11.212
German Culture and
man
Develops the four language
skills
and
as a di-
Civilization II (3)
-
Continua-
Taught in English; knowledge of Gernot required. Not offered every semester. Approved
as a diversity course.
-
German
Approved
versity course.
quired.
(3)
1.204 with consent
German Culture and Civilization I (3) - Pro\ides an
imderstanding of the geography, government, customs,
education, arts and history of the German-speaking
countries, as well as a vivid sense of the current scenes
in these countries. Taught in English; knowledge of
tion of 11.211.
I
1
11.211
commimication in the context of the German-speaking world. Language laboratory activities re-
German
neces-
of the chairperson.
intercultural
acquaints students with elements of German-speaking
when
Prerequisite: 11.204
majors. Not offered every semester.
Seeks to develop novice proficiency with emphasis on
11.101
reviewed
or equivalent or concurrendy with
German not
Administered by Department of Languages and Cultures
Grammar
Not offered every semester.
11.281-11.289 Special Topics (1-3)
-
Provides knowledge and
training in fields not usually covered in regular coure-
86- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition.
es.
Content
determined by instmctor and
is
varies.
Not
offered every semester.
11.290
German
mum
Studies
Abroad
of two semesters of
(1-6)
Prerequisite: Mini-
-
German
or consent of the
chairperson.
Diversity course.
12.204 Spanish IV (3) - Continuation of 12.203. Prerequisite: 12.203 or equivalent. Diversity course.
12.205 Phonetics: Theory and Practice (3)
student's ability to
German
communicate
-
Seeks to improve
effectively in
spoken
German
Spanish. Provides a detailed study of Spanish sound and
commercial language and terminology in reading, writing and speaking. Background of business life in Ger-
intonation patterns through group and individual prac-
many
offered every semester. Prerequisite: 12.102 or equiva-
11.309 Commercial
today, in
German
Acquisition of
-
(3)
culture
and
society.
Not offered
every semester. Prerequisite: 11.206 or equivalent.
11.331 Selected 20th Century Writers (3)
writers for reading
ment of the four
and
skills
-
Current German
Not offered every
se-
German Media (3) - Further
language development, especially of conversation,
through discussion of current topics and issues selected from German language newspapers and magazines.
11.402 Contemporary Issues in
11.420 Seminar: Mass Culture and High Culture (3) - Readings and discussion of cultural issues from 1870 to 1933.
Background in culture, society and methods of cultural
critique. Not offered every semester. Prerequisite: 300
German
or consent of the instructor.
German Literature (3) - Examines
masterpieces of German literature from the
11.422 Masterpieces of
Middle Ages
to the present with excursions in historic
socio-cultural contexts. Prerequisite: 11.206 or per-
mission of the instructor. Not offered every semester.
11.490 Independent Study in
German
(1-9)
individual study of a particular aspect of
-
Pro\'ides for
German
civili-
language or literature under supervision of a
faculty member. Prerequisite: Consent of the instruczation,
12.207 Conversation: Hispanic Daily Life and Customs (3) Emphasizes student participation in prepared and free-
speaking
acti\'ities
about everyday
life
and customs
in
and the chairperson.
communication with Spanish-speaking health care clients. For health services students and other interested
persons. Not offered every semester. Prerequisite: 12.204
or equivalent.
12.209 Spanish for Social Services (3) - Emphasizes development of speaking and comprehension for communication with Spanish-speaking clients in social services.
Prerequisite: 12.102 or permission of the instructor.
Diversity course.
12.211 Spanish Culture
(12)
and
Spanish majors. Approved as a diversity course.
12.212 Spanish-American Culture and Civilization (Spring)
(3) - Provides an understanding and appreciation of
and
past
life
publics. Studies Aztec,
Spanish
films
Administered by Departments of Language and Cultures
CiNdlization (Fall) (3) -Pro\'ides
an understanding of Spain through geography, education, customs, fine arts and history. Taught in English;
knowledge of Spanish not required. Special projects for
the present
SPN
Spanish morphology. Not offered
12.208 Conversation for Health Professionals (3) - Emphasizes development of speaking and comprehension for
11.206 or 11.207 or consent of the instructor.
tor
to
Workshop (3) - Presents selected materials for
on demand only. Prerequisite:
practical use. Offered
and
and introduction
Prerequisite: 11.207 or
equivalent.
selected
es
Spanish-speaking countries. Not offered every semester Prerequisite: 12.204 or equivalent or concurrentiy
with 12.204 with consent of the chairperson.
Not offered every semester.
level
12.206 Structure of the Spanish Language (3) - Study of
Spanish grammar and syntax through applied exercisevery semester. Prerequisite: 12.204 or equivalent.
mester. Prerequisite: 11.204 or equivalent.
11.403, 11.503
Attends to individual pronunciation problems. Not
lent.
cultural knowledge. Develop-
continues.
tice.
of the Spanish-American Re-
Maya and Inca
and outside readings. Taught
cultures using
in English; knowl-
edge of Spanish language not required. Approved
as a
diversity course.
12.100 Foundations in Spanish Language and Culture (3) Seeks to develop novice proficiency with emphasis on
intercultural
communication
in the context of the Span-
ish-speaking world. Language laboratory activities required.
12.101 Spanish
United
States. Diversity course.
The Hispanic World Today (3) - Provides an understanding and appreciation of the present Spanish-speaking world, in both Spain, Spanish-American countries
12.214
1
(3)
-
Develops the four language
skills; ac-
quaints students with elements of Hispanic culture. For
more than two
students with no
years of Spanish. Re-
quires practice in language lab.
12.102 Spanish
12.213 U.S. Hispanic Culture and Literature (3) - Studies
the literature and cultures of Hispanic grouips in the
11 (3)
-
Continuation of 12.101. Reading and
writing given additional emphasis. Prerequisite: 12.101
or equivalent.
12.203 Spanish III (3) - Continued development of skills and
culture. Increased emphasis on reading and writing.
and Spanish-speaking groups
in the U.S. dirough geography, history, economics, politics, education, customs
and fine arts. Taught in Spanish for Spanish majors and
other interested people. Not offered every semester. Prerequisite: 12.204 or consent of instructor.
12.250 Spanish for Heritage Speakers I (3) - Studies suncture and usage of oral and written speaker (native or
near native speakers who have learned the language
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
without formal training). Develops linguistic and cultural literacy through actualized authentic materials
(both literary and audiovisual). Prerequisite: 12.206.
12.281-12.289 Special Topics (1-3)
-
Provides knowledge and
training in fields not usually covered in regular courses.
determined by instructor and varies. Topmay include Spanish for Travelers and Women in
Content
ics
is
Spanish Literature. Not offered every semester. Prerequisite: Varies according to the nature of the topic.
12.290 Spanish Studies Abroad (1-6)
mum
- Prerequisite: Minitwo semesters of Spanish or consent of the chair-
-
87
12.420 Spanish Literature (3) - Surveys Spanish literature
from the earliest lyics (XI Century) to the present, in-
cluding historic and socio-cultural contexts. Prerequi12.306 or 12.250 or permission of the instructor.
sites:
12.421 Hispanic Prose (3) - Reading and discussion of prose
works by selected Spanish and Spanish American writ-
concentrating on 20th century authors. Taught in
Spanish. Not offered every semester. Prerequisite:
12.207 or an equivalent proficiency.
ers,
12.422 Hispanic Theater and Poetry (3) - Reading and discussion of plays and poetry by selected Spanish and
Spanish American writers, concentrating on 20th cen-
person.
12.306 Structure and Composition (3) - Review of syntax
and structure with applicadon in composition. Not of-
tury authors. Taught in Spanish.
Not offered every
se-
mester. Prerequisite: 12.207 or an equivalent proficiency.
fered every semester. Prerequisite: 12.206 or consent of
instructor.
12.309 Commercial Spanish (3) - Acquaints students with
basic skills in Spanish trade correspondence and commercial reading. Emphasizes vocabulary and
cial
commer-
idioms. Stresses elementary knowledge of commer-
and methods. For business students and others
who desire to enhance their knowledge of Spanish. Not
offered every semester Prerequisite: 12.204 or an equiv-
12.430 Short Story (3) - Acquaints students with the short
story as an expression of culture by Spanish, Spanish
American, Chicano and Puerto Rican authors and sensitizes students to cultural values in the Hispanic world.
Not offered every semester. Prerequisite: 12.207 or an
equivalent proficiency.
cial life
12.490 Independent Study in Spanish (1-9)
-
Provides for
individual study of a particular aspect of Hispanic
civili-
under die supervision of
member. Prerequisites: Consent of the instruc-
zation, language or literature
alent proficiency.
12.325 Spanish for Educators (3) - For educators and other
students interested in reviewring their proficiency in
Spanish. Prerequisite: 12.102 or permission of the
in-
structor.
12.331 Selected 20th Century Writers (3)
cussion of selected modern works.
-
Reading and
a faculty
tor
and the chairperson. SPN
12.100 Foundations in Spanish Language and Culture (3) Seeks to develop novice proficiency with emphasis on
intercultural
dis-
Not offered every
semester. Prerequisite: 12.207 or an equivalent profi-
communication
in the context of the Span-
ish-speaking world. Language laboratory activities required.
12.101 Spanish
ciency.
(12) Spanish
I (3) -
Develops the four language
skills;
ac-
quaints students with elements of Hispanic culture. For
12.350 Spanish for Heritage Speakers
II
(3)
-
Studies ad-
vanced structure and usage Spanish for heritage speakers (native or near native speakers who have learned
the language without formal training) Develops linguistic and cultural literacy through actualized authentic
materials (both hterary and audiovisual). Prerequisite:
.
12.250 or permission of the instructor.
12.390 Internship in Spanish (3-9)
-
complement their academic
program. Participation in the university's internship
adds and important dimension to student's educational experience and future career plans. Prerequisite:
ule these experiences to
12.204 or permission of the instructor.
12.402 Issues in the Hispanic Media (3) - Provides for further development of language fluency through discus-
and current issues in Hispanic
media. Practice in advanced conversation emphasized.
sion of a variety of topics
Prerequisite: 12.207 or
an
equivalent proficiency.
12.403 Advanced Structure and Composition (3) - Review
of syntax and structure with application in composition.
Prerequisites: 12.306 or 12.350 or permission of the instructor.
more than two
years of Spanish. Re-
quires practice in language lab.
12.102 Spanish
II (3)
-Continuation of 12.101. Reading and
writing given additional emphasis. Prerequisite: 12.101
or equivalent.
12.203 Spanish
Students apply the the-
ory learned in the classroom to situations occurring in
the workplace. Careful planning with the department's
internship coordinator enables the students to sched-
Not offered every semester.
students with no
III (3)
-
Continued development of skills and
on reading and \vriting.
culture. Increased emphasis
12.204 Spanish FV (3) - Continuation of 12.203. Prerequisite: 12.203 or equivalent.
12.205 Phonetics: Theor)' and Practice (3)
student's ability to
communicate
-
Seeks to improve
effectively in
spoken
Spanish. Provides a detailed study of Spanish sound and
intonation patterns through group and indi\'idual practice. Attends to individual pronimciation problems. Not
offered every semester. Prerequisite: 12.102 or equi\'alent.
12.206 Structure of the Spanish Language (3) - Study of
Spanish grammar and s^Titax Uirough applied exercis-
and introduction to Spanish morpholog). Not offered
every semester. Prerequisite: 12.204 or equi\alent.
es
12.207 Conversation: Hispanic Daily Life and Customs (3)
-
Emphasizes student participation in prepared and freespeaking activities about everyday life and customs in
88- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
Not offered every
Spanish-speaking countries. Not offered every semesor equivalent or concurrently
ter Prerequisite: 12.204
with 12.204 with consent of the chairperson.
semester. Prerequisite: 12.207 or an
equivalent proficiency.
- Reading and discussion of prose
works by selected Spanish and Spanish American writers, concentrating on 20th century authors. Taught in
Spanish. Not offered every semester. Prerequisite:
12.207 or an equivalent proficiency.
12.421 Hispanic Prose (3)
12.208 Conversation for Health Professionals (3) - Emphasizes development of speaking and comprehension for
communication with Spanish-speaking health care clients. For health services students and other interested
persons. Not offered every semester. Prerequisite: 12.204
or equivalent.
12.422 Hispanic Theater and Poetry (3) - Reading and discussion of plays and poetry by selected Spanish and
12.211 Spanish Culture and Civilization (Fall) (3) -Provides
an understanding of Spain through geography, educa-
Spanish American writers, concentrating on 20th cen-
and
mester. Prerequisite: 12.207 or an equivalent proficien-
tion, customs, fine arts
Taught
history.
tury authors. Taught in Spanish.
in English;
knowledge of Spanish not required. Special projects for
Spanish majors. Approved as a diversity course.
12.212 Spanish-American Culture and Civilization (Spring)
Prowdes an understanding and appreciation of
and past life of the Spanish-American Republics. Studies Aztec, Maya and Inca cultures using
films and outside readings. Taught in English; knowledge of Spanish language not required. Approved as a
12.430 Short Story (3) - Acquaints students with the short
story as an expression of culture by Spanish, Spanish
American. Chicano and Puerto Rican authors and sensitizes students to cultural values in the Hispanic world.
Not offered every semester. Prerequisite: 12.207 or an
the present
diversity course.
equivalent proficiency.
12.490 Independent Study in Spanish (1-9)
-
Provides for
individual study of a particular aspect of Hispanic
The Hispanic World Today
se-
cy.
-
(3)
Not offered every
civili-
standing and appreciation of the present Spanish-speak-
language or literature under the supervision of
a faculty member. Prerequisites: Consent of tiie instruc-
ing world, in both Spain, Spanish-American countries
tor
12.214
and Spanish-speaking groups
(3)
-
Provides an under-
through geography, history, economics, politics, education, customs
and fine arts. Taught in Spanish for Spanish majors and
consent of instructor.
12.281-12.289 Special Topics (1-3)
and the chairperson.
in the U.S.
other interested people. Not offered every semester. Prerequisite: 12.204 or
zation,
-
Provides knowledge and
RUS
Administered by Department of Languages and Cultures
13.101 Russian
and
training in fields not usually covered in regular courses.
Content is determined by instructor and varies. Top-
ics
may include Spanish
for Travelers
and
Women
-
Prerequisite: Mini-
mum
two semesters of Spanish or consent of the chairperson.
12.306 Structure and Composition
and structure with application
(3)
Review of syntax
-
in composition.
Not
(Fall) (3)
I
-Develops the four language
skills
studies elements of Russian culture. Requires prac-
tice in the
language laboratory. Also offered in spring
on demand.
in
Spanish Literature. Not offered every semester. Prerequisite: Varies according to the nattue of the topic.
12.290 Spanish Studies Abroad (1-6)
Russian
(13)
of-
13.
102 Russian
II
(Spring) (3) -Continuation of 13.101. Pre-
requisite: 13.101 or equivalent.
III (3) - Continued development of four skills.
Emphasis on reading and culture. Not offered every
13.103 Russian
semester. Prerequisite: 13.102.
13.104 Russian IV
-
(3)
Continuation of 13.103. Not offered
every semester. Prerequisite: 13.103.
fered every semester. Prerequisite: 12.206 or consent of
13.290 Independent Study in Russian (1-9) - Indiwdual study
of a particular aspect of Russian civilization, language
instructor.
12.309 Commercial Spanish (3) - Acquaints students with
basic skills in Spanish trade correspondence and commercial reading. Emphasizes vocabulary and
cial
commer-
idioms. Stresses elementary knowledge of commer-
and methods. For business students and others
who desire to enhance their knowledge of Spanish. Not
offered every semester. Prerequisite: 12.204 or an equivcial life
ITL (14) Italian
Administered by Department of Languages and Cultures
14.101 Italian
alent proficiency.
12.331 Selected 20th Century Writers (3)
cussion of selected
or literature under faculty supervision. Prerequisite:
Consent of the instructor and the chairperson.
modern
works.
-
Reading and
dis-
Not offered every
semester. Prerequisite: 12.207 or an equivalent proficiency.
12.402 Issues in the Hispanic Media (3) - Provides for further development of language fluency through discus-
and current issues in Hispanic
media. Practice in advanced conversation emphasized.
sion of a variety of topics
I
(3)
-
Develops the four language
studies the Italian culture. Stresses basic
skills
and
grammar. Not
offered every semester.
14.102 Italian
II (3) - Continuation of 14.101. Emphasizes
reading and writing. Not offered every semester.
14.203 Italian
Continuation of the development of
skills in Italian, including speaking,
listening, reading, and writing, together with the study
III (3)
-
the four language
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
of Italian culture. The third course in the sequence of
Italian courses continues to develop communicative
proficiency in the Italian language at the intermediate
understand and
appreciate Italian-speaking clutures. Taught in Italian.
level, as well as
develop the
ability to
Diversity course.
20.112 Practical
Grammar and Usage
(3)
-
-
89
A study of gram-
matical forms, rules and accepted usage of current writ-
ten standard English, with practical application to improve diction, sentence structure and style.
The
Bible as Literature (3) -Examination of literary
found in the Old and New Testaments and their
profound influence on Western culture.
20.131
types
CHI
Chinese
(16)
20.151 Introduction to Literature (3) - Exploration of literature as experience and the techniques by which it com-
Administered by Languages and Cultures
16.105 Chinese
municates
Basic elements of Mandarin Chinese,
-
(3)
I
on spoken language. Introduces the Chi-
with emphasis
nese culture. Requires practice sessions in language
lab.
Continuation of 16.105. Begin study
of the Chinese characters. Requires practice sessions in
language laboratory. Prerequisite: 16.105 or equivalent.
16.106 Chinese
-
II (3)
in short story, novel,
drama and
poetry.
20.152 Literature and Society (3) - Readings selected for
consideration of purposes, characteristics, issues and val-
ues of specific areas (such as business, psychology or
science) from a humanistic perspective.
20.153 Folklore (3)
-
A
survey of such traditional forms of
oral literature as epic, ballad, folksong, folktale
16.211 Foundations of Chinese Civilization (Fall) (3)
-
Chi-
nese culture and civilization in historical perspective,
with emphasis on art and philosophy. Taught in English.
Approved
as a diversity course.
16.212 China Today (Spring) (3) - Chinese culture and civilization today, with focus on art, political philosophy,
customs and new directions. Taught in English. Approved as a diversity course.
examined in terms of
and influence on literature.
perstitions
and
su-
origin, transmission
20.154 Folklore of the American West (3) - A study of folklore genres, including legends, tall tales, ballads and
customs of Native Americans, English, French and Spanish of the Trans-Mississippi West.
20.156 Popular Literature
(3)
-
Study of one type of popular
literature (such as detective fiction, science fiction,
lit-
16.350 Foreign Language Teaching Methodology and Re-
erature of terror or popular drama) and examination
Covers evolution of methodology, new
of its forms, conventions and ideas. Course content var-
search (3)
-
trends and theories, latest quantitative
and
qualitative
reasearch. Rquired for foreign language education
majors. Not offered every semester.
16.400 Study Abroad (1-8)
-
by consent of the chairperson.
ies
with each presentation of the course.
20.200 Writing Proficiency Examination (3) - A series of
compositions written under examination conditions on
topics provided by the
staff. Facult)'
consultations
and a
writing laboratory are available for students in the
LAT
course.
(18) Latin
Not
for English majors. Prerequisite: 20.101.
20.201 Composition
Adminlsted by Language and Cultures
18.101 Latin
(3)
I
-
Develops reading and writing
skills;
em-
phasizes correct classical pronunciation. Introduction
to
Roman
culture
and
civilization.
Not offered every se-
mester.
18.102 Latin
Continuation of 18.101. Develops read-
II (3) -
ing and translation
skills;
teaches classical references
through selected readings. Not offered every semester.
Prerequisite; 18.101 or equivalent.
basic writing
and
(20) English
20.203
is
course
I
(3)
-
may be
any 100-level or 200-
substituted as the prereq-
Study and practice of the princi-
ples of composition to
skills.
Instruction in short
and expanding
and long essays
20.203 Approaches to Literary Study (3) - An introduction
to writing about literatiue; a consideration of research
techniques and types of literary analysis. Satisfies reII. Required for all English
quirement for Composition
majors. Prerequisite: 20.101 or 20.104;
When
20.203
is
open
to all stu-
listed as a prerequisite,
or 200-level literature course
may be
any 100-
substituted
20.204 Introduction to Creative Writing (3) - An introductory course that covers theory and methods of creastive
uisite.
20.101 Composition
Intermediate-level study and
as the prerequisite.
listed as a prerequisite,
level literature
-
in research-supported writing. Prerequisite: 20.101
level
Administered by Department of English
When
(3)
or consent of department chairperson.
dents.
ENG
II
practice in composition, reinforcing
improve proficiency
in writing
skills.
20.111 Language and Social Interaction (3) -A study of varieties of language, verbal and non-verbal and their com-
municative and social functions.
and poetry forms. Students create and
imaginative works using models by established writers, exercises and peer and instructor com-
writing in prose
revise their
own
ments. Prerequisite: 20.101 or permission of the instructor.
20.205 Honors Composition (3)
-
Similar to 20.101 biu of-
fered only to freshmen exempted from 20.101 on die
basis of admission criteria. Stud)' and practice in short
and long
dents
essays
and
in
research-supported writing. Stu-
who successfullv complete 20.1 04 are exempt from
2002-2003 Advisers Edition
90- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog
new
a second writing course requirement.
20.226 European Literature
I (3) - Major Continental literfrom the classical Greek period
through the Renaissance, including Biblical back-
ary works in translation
grounds.
in-
Recommended
theories require.
tion students in English, but
ested in advanced
work
for secondary educa-
open
to all students inter-
in writing. Prerequisite:
45
se-
mester hours.
20.227 European Literature
Major Continental
-
II (3)
liter-
ary works in translation from the 17th century to the
present.
tics
20.236 American Literature
its
Survey of American litercolonial beginnings through the Civil War.
I
20.237 American Literature
erature from the Civil
20.246 British Literature
I
-
(3)
II (3) -
Survey of American
War through
(3)
the
modern
lit-
era.
Survey of Bridsh literature
-
from Beowulf through Samuel Johnson.
- Study of the sound patmorphology, word formation processes, seman-
20.311 Structure of English (3)
terns,
ature from
and the teaching of writing
theories of writing
cluding both study of and practice in the methods the
and syntax of modern English and of children's
quisition of their
first
ac-
language. Prerequisite: 45 semes-
ter hours.
20.312 History of the English Language (3) - Survey of the
major developments in the English language from its
Anglo-Saxon origins to the present. Prerequisite: 60
mester hours or consent of the instructor.
se-
American Literature (3) - Major
American writers instrumental in shaping and interpreting the American experience. Writers vary with each
20.334, 20.335 Studies in
20.247 British Literature
II
(3)
Survey of British literature
-
from the Romantics through the modern
20.256 Non-Western Literature
I
(3)
-
era.
Study of a literature
or literatures outside the traditions of European-American cultures.
Approved
for diversity requirement.
20.257 Non-Western Literature
presentation of the course. Prerequisite: 20.203.
20.341 Medieval Literature (3) - Major works of the Old and
Middle English periods (the former in translation) that
common
theme, period or genre (such
II (3) - Study of a literature
or literatures outside the traditions of European-Amer-
relate to a
ican cultures, differing from 20.256 by either the
literature (s) or the works studied. Approved for diver-
works of Chaucer. Prerequisite: 20.203.
sity
requirement.
20.280 Poetry (3) - Exploration of the nature of poetry in
terms of its aims, forms and substance.
20.287 Black
Women
Writers (3)
Introduces students to a
-
wide range of black women writers from the United
States, Caribbean and Africa. Approved for diversity
requirement.
20.288 Feminist Reading of Culture
to "read" culture
(3) - Teaches students
through a wide range of "texts," in-
cluding television and film and to analyze sexism, racism, classism
and homophobia. Approved for
diversity
drama or metrical romance), generally excluding
as
the
The Renaissance (3) - The poetry and nondramatic
prose of the 16th and 17th centuries (to 1660), exclud-
20.342
ing the works of Milton. Prerequisite: 20.203.
20.344 Restoration and Eighteenth Century
(3)
-
The
prose,
poetry and drama of the period from 1660 through the
end of the I8th century.
20.345 Romantic and Victorian Literature (3) - The poetry
and prose of the late 18th and 19th centuries.
20.346, 20.347 Studies in British Literature (3)
- Major writshaping and interpreting the British experience. Writers vary with each presentation of
ers instrumental in
the course. Prerequisite: 20.203.
requirement.
-Approaches to and
writing children's books for publication.
20.300 Writing Children's Literature
practice in
(3)
Consideration of various literary types and techniques
with discussion of field research in writing nonfiction,
fiction
and poetry
for children. Prerequisite: 20.384 or
attention to conditions of the Elizabethan theater and
history of the Shakespearean text. Prerequisite: 20.203.
20.364 Chaucer
20.301 Creative Writing: Fiction (3) - Original creative work
in fiction; critical analysis by the instructor and the class
group discussion. Prerequisite: permission of the
in-
structor.
texts
60 semester hours.
20.303 Creative Writing: Poetry (3) - Lecture and discussion
concerning the fundamental theory and techniques of
poetry writing together with writing and evaluation of
poems in a workshop situation.
Prerequisite: permission
of the instructor.
20.306 Theory and Practice of Writing
Chaucer's major poetry (with practice
of his work. Prerequisite: 20.203.
his learning. Prerequisite: 20.203.
The English Novel (3) - History and development of
the novel in England from its inception to the end of
the I9th centuiy Prerequisite: 20.203.
20.370
20.372
Modern Novel
phasis
-
Introduction to
(3)
-
on developments
Major modern novels, with emin fictional art. Writers vary with
each presentation of the course. Prerequisite: 20.203.
20.374 Short Story
(3)
-
20.365 Milton (3) - The poetiy and prose of John Milton
considered in the contexts of his age, his puritanism
and
20.302 Creative Writing: Non-fiction (3) - Advanced study
of writing nonfiction prose: form, style, audience, editing, evaluation. Prerequisite;
(3)
and reading Middle English) including consideration of the medieval social and intellectual conin speaking
20.385 or consent of the instructor.
in
20.363 Shakespeare (3) - Study of Shakespeare's plays with
emphasis on Shakespeare as poet and playwright and
(3)
-
The
history, characteristics
niques of the modern short
and tech-
story. Prerequisite: 20.203.
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
20.375 Renaissance
Drama
-
(3)
The
plays of Shakespeare's
predecessors and contemporaries and those of later Ja-
Modern Drama
(3)
Major Continental, English and
-
American plays from Ibsen to the present with emphasis on contemporary attitudes, themes and style. Pre-
ry
Modem
Poetry (3)
-
A survey of contemporary poet-
and poetic movements.
Prerequisite: 20.203.
texts reflecting the social, political, intellectual
tistic
diversity of the period. Prerequisite:
classroom and
library and methods for presenting literary works in an
elementary classroom. Prerequisite: 60 semester hours.
criteria for selecting literature for the
Young Adults (3) - Critical discussion
of literature aimed at young adult readers or popular
with them, by such writers as S.E. Hinton, Robert Cormier, Judy Blume and Paul Zindel. Consideration of liter-
20.385 Literature for
ary works for the secondary classroom with attention to
the subject of censorship. Prerequisite: 60 semester
hours.
20.386, 20.387 Studies in
Contemporary Literature
Study of a topic, author or
movement significant in
World War
Course content
literatures.
(3)
-
post-
will vary. Pre-
20.388 Gender/Race/Class (3) - Analyzes identity-construction and cultural processes in constructing categories
ar-
(3)
-
Consider-
drama and poetry since
emphasis on writers and texts re-
ation of significant fiction,
World War
II,
with
versity of the period. Prerequisite:
and
artistic di-
45 semester hours,
including 20.203.
20.436 African-American Literature
one of the three major areas
(3)
-
A detailed study of
in African-American liter-
Harlem Renaissance or African-American Writers. Prerequisite: 45 semester hours, including 20.203.
ature: the African-American novel, the
20.480 Special Topics (3) - Study of a topic in literature;
topic varies with each presentation of the course.
20.481 Special Topics (3) - Study of a topic in literature;
topic varies with each presentation of the course.
20.488, 20.489 Seminar (3)
an advanced
level,
-
An
opportunity to explore, at
a literary or linguistic subject not
offered in regularly scheduled courses. Content deter-
mined by the instructor.
requisite: 20.203.
and
45 semester
hours, including 20.203.
flecting the social, political, intellectual
20.384 Literature for Children (3) - Studies the development
of literature for children, including consideration of
II
20.433 American Modernism (1914-1945) (3) - Consideration of significant fiction, drama and poetry written
20.434 Contemporary American Literature
requisite: 20.203.
20.379
91
between 1914 and 1945, with emphasis on writers and
cobean and Caroline dramatists. Prerequisite: 20.203.
20.377
-
Prerequisite: 60 semester hours.
20.492 Literary Theory and Criticism (3)
-
Study of
tradi-
ment. Prerequisite: 20.203 or permission of instructor.
from Aristotie to the present, as
well ais of contemporary trends in literary theory, at an
advanced level. Prerequisite: 60 semester hours.
20.391 Literature and Film (3) -Film translations of literary
texts, focusing on cinematic techniques, genre construc-
20.493 Bibliography and Literary Research (3) - Investigation of methods of literary scholarship and study of book
of gender, race and
tions, the
critical
20.411
class.
Approved for diversity require-
formal codes and conventions of film, and
Linguistic
developments in
al-generative
Theory
linguistics,
(3)
-
A survey of modem
including transformation-
grammar; applications of theory
to pat-
terns of language acquisition; current adaptations of
theory for presentation as
uisite:
grammar
in schools. Prereq-
60 semester hours.
20.413 Language in American Society (3) - Review of social,
political and philosophical perspectives on the historical
development and current status of English and othAmerican society. Prerequisite: 60 se-
er languages in
mester hours.
20.431 American Romanticism (1820-1865) (3) - An advanced course in the significant literary and cultural
movements and
writers of the period 1820-1865. Spe-
emphasis given to the works of Irving, Cooper,
Emerson, Hawthorne, Poe, Thoreau, Melville, Douglass,
Whitman and Dickinson. Prerequisite: 45 semester
cial
hours, including 20.203.
20.432 American Realism (1865-1914) (3) - Study of American literature between the Civil War and 1914. Content
ton,
but
will
include Twain, Howells, James, Wlrar-
Crane and
Dreiser. Prerequisite: 45 semester hours,
varies,
including 20.203.
history
and production with practice in preparing speand planning scholarly projects.
cialized bibliographies
vocabulary.
Modern
tional literary criticism
Prerequisite: 60 semester hours.
(3) - Study of major rhetorical
and range of rhetorical designs; identification of these language devices in drama, prose and
poetry; and discussion of their effects on the reading
20.494 Rhetoric of Literature
devices, the nature
audience. Prerequisite: 60 semester hours.
20.495 Independent Study in English (3-6)
-
Prerequisite:
60 semester hours.
20.496 Literary Study Abroad (3) - A travel-study course for
English majors and non-majors, concentrating on a
writer or literary problem in the perspective of die relevant disciplines. Includes meetings with writers and
and the use of on-site resources. Area of em-
scholars
phasis determined by die instructor.
20.497 English Internship (1-12) - A work-study program.
Open to English majors; others by departmental consent. Prerequisite: 60 semester hours completed.
COM
(25)
Communication Studies
Administered by Department of Coniiuunication Studies and
Theatre Arts
25.103 Public Speaking
(3)
-
Introduces students to
tlie es-
92- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog
2002-2003 Advisers Edition
communication and techniques
and provides practical experience wherethese principles and techniques may be applied.
one of
sentials of effective oral
viewing. Prerequisites: 25.103 or 25.104; at least
for acquiring
25.205, 25.210, 25.215 or permission of the instructor.
in
it
25.104 Interpersonal Communication (3) - Introduces students to the process of interpersonal communication.
Students explore the role of conversations and relationships to
and
enhance
their participating in daily interactions
their critical awareness of the process.
25.309 Gender Issues in Communication
(3)
-
Presents a
broad range of theories concerning the nature of differences in communication behavior between the sexes and the presumed origins of such differences. Examines communication theories about relationships be-
and other intimate associaand in society at large. Primary
on contemporary U.S. society, but some histor-
t\veen the se.xes in families
tions, in business roles
25.108 Forensic Practicum{0-1)
-
Participation in forensics:
debate or individual speaking events. Grades are award-
ed each semester. May be repeated for maximum of 3
semester hours of credit. First semester register for
25.108.01. Second semester register for 25.108.02. Participation for two semesters for one semester hour of
credit.
25.205 Understanding Social Influence (3) - Highlights
major trends in the study and practice of influence-seeking communication from the ancient Greek sophists to
the contemporaries
and the post modern.
25.206 Oral Interpretation of Literature (3) - Provides practice in skills necessary for conveying intellectual and
emotional meanings in poetry and prose read to an au-
focus
ical
be explored. Preone of 25.205,
25.210, 25.215 or permission of the instructor.
25.313 Communication and Conflict (3) -Analyzes the role
of communication in the generation, process and man-
agement of destructive and constructive conflict on interpersonal, small group organizational and societal levels. Prerequisites: 25.103 or 25.104; at least one of
25.205, 25.210, 25.215 or permission of the instructor.
25.315 Persuasion (3) - Examines the way people use symbols to influence other people. Provides practice in presenting and evaluating persuasive messages. Prerequi-
25.103 or 25.104; at least one of 25.205, 25.210,
25.215 or permission of the instructor.
25.207 Investigating Communication (3) - Introduces students to topics that communication scholars study, research questions that are typically posed, planning and
design of studies, various methodologies, analysis of results
cross-cultural contrasts will
requisites: 25.103 or 25.104; at least
sites:
dience.
is
and
and how
to report these results in a
meaningful
25.321 Argumentation (3) - Examines basic principles of
argument and evidence. Provides practice through presentation and refutation of arguments in debates
one of 25.205, 25.210, 25.215 or permission of the
least
manner.
on
controversial issues. Prerequisites: 25.103 or 25.104; at
instructor.
25.210 Organizational Communication
theoretical
and the
(3)
practical aspects of
-
Explores the
how communi-
cation patterns develop in organizations
and what
sive
(3) - Provides an intenexamination of the philosophy, theory and prac-
tice
of rhetorical criticism
ef-
have on various organizational processes and outcomes.
fect these patterns
25.215 Communication Theory (3) - SurA'eys the dominant
theories of interpersonal relationship management,
both general theories and those specific
25.406 Evaluating Communication
to particular
interests.
-
the analysis, interpretation
and evaluation of communication designed to influence
human thought and/or action. Prerequisites: 25.103 or
25.104; at least one of 25.205, 25.210, 25.215 or permission of the instructor.
25.407 Interviewing (3)
-
Students explore the interview as
communication event, with its own rules, procedures and strategies. Acquaints students vrith a varia specific
- Presents a survey of and practice in
and patterns of public discussion and study of informal discussion characteristics and application.
25.218 Discussion (3)
types
.
25.220 Intercultural Communication (3) - Explores communicating in cultural contexts and general principles for
communication across cultures with the goal of becoming competent communicators. Approved for diversity
requirement.
-
used in the
Commimi-
how computers are
field of communication. Students learn how
Introduces students to
and present effective electronic presentations,
the theory and procedures of desktop publishing and
to design
how to use the Internet.
at least
Prerequisites: 25.103 or 25.104;
one of 25.205, 25.210, 25.215 or permission of
the instructor.
25.307 Communication for Business Professionals
ies
business
such as selection, perfor-
appraisal, informational, helping, sales
and
health care, by blending current theory and research
with practical skills and applications. Students prepare
and conduct interviews and receive feedback on oral
and written performances. Prerequisites: 25.103 or
25.104; at least one of 25.205, 25.210, 25.215 or permis-
25.413
Community Leadership
nication
skills
that leaders
(3)
(3)
-
Stud-
-
need
Identifies the
commu-
to influence the infor-
mation environment and the collective action of organizational members. Special attention is given to the
flexibility
verse
necessary for functional leadership in a diby developing communication skills, stu-
societ)?.
dents are
empowered
to accept leadership positions in
personal, business, community,
and professional communication, salesmanskills and methods), conference and inter-
ship (selling
mance
sion of the instructor.
25.306 Computer Applications for Professional
cators (3)
ety of interviewing contexts,
government and media
contexts. Prerequisites: 25.103 or 25.104; at least one
of 25.205, 25.210, 25.215 or permission of the instructor.
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
(3) - Develops and aptmedia perspective for criticism. Examines the
ways in which the structural and formatting tendencies
of communication technologies privilege different perceptual modes, behaviors and lifestyles. Students explore and examine the ways in which each medium of
communication structures and formats experiences and
25.417 Evaluating Media Influence
plies a
understandings. Prerequisites: 25.103 or 25.104; at least
one of 25.205, 25.210, 25.215 or permission of die in-
er in small
-
93
group contexts. Prerequisites: 25.103 or
one of 25.205, 25.210, 25.215 or permis-
25.104; at least
sion of the instructor.
25.470 Independent Study (1-3)
work and study
in
-
Provides for individual
one of the areas of rhetoric and com-
munication. Student finds a facult}' sponsor, prepares a
vmtten proposal that requires departmental recommendation and the dean's approval, arranged through the
chairperson. See section on Independent Study.
structor.
25.419 Communication in the Family (3) - by promoting
awareness of family communication issues and practices and providing training in relationship enhancement,
the course offers students the knowledge and
essary to build, adjust
skills
nec-
and maintain more functional
family interaction processes. Considers the
communi-
cation processes within the family as well as the extent
25.492 / 25.493 / 25.495 Advanced Studies in Communication (3) Investigates significant aspects of communica-
cultural
and include nonand
foundations of the information society. Con-
sult the
schedule booklet or the
tion studies. Topics vary by semester
verbal communication, political communication
least
to
which they influence or are influenced by larger
cial systems.
one of 25.205, 25.210, 25.215 or permission of the
so-
Special attention given to the diversity of
family experience. Prerequisites: 25.103 or 25.104; at
least
one of 25.205, 25.210, 25.215 or permission of the
instructor.
25.494 Advanced Studies in Communication: Diversity Focus (3)
-
Investigates significant aspects of
tions studies. Topics are
instructor.
25.423 Communication Training in Organizations (3) - Advanced presentation skills for students exploring career
opportunities as communication trainers in an organization or as independent training consultants. Includes
information about such topics as needs assessment and
task analysis, theories of adult learning, systems for developing instructional objectives, preparation and pre-
and evaluation of out25.103 or 25.104; at least one of
sentation of workshop sessions
comes. Prerequisites:
25.205, 25.210, 25.215 or permission of the instructor.
25.424 Corporate Communication (3) - Advanced writing
skills for students exploring career opportunities as a
publicist or corporate writer in
an organization or
as
listed instructor for
further information. Prerequisites: 25.103 or 25.104; at
an
independent communication consultant. Includes information about organizational planning, audience
approved
communica-
as diversity courses.
Consult the schedule booklet or the
listed instructor
for further information. Prerequisites: 25.103 or 25.104;
at least
one of 25.205, 25.210, 25.215 or permission of
the instructor.
25.497 Internship in Communication (3-12) -Integrates
room experience
class-
with practical work experience in in-
or government work settings. Students
academic integrity of their proposed experience and its relevance to coursework in the major.
Contact departmental internship coordinator to obtain
detailed information and forms.
dustrial, business
must
establish
25.585 Special Topics in Communication (3) - Specialized
study by the class. Subjects vary by semester.
25.586 Special Topics in Communication (3)
and writing standards,
and quantitative research, design and layout
of publications and use of computers in publication and
25.587 Special Topics in Communication (3)
presentation. Prerequisites: 25.103
25.597 Internship in Communication - Graduate (3) - Integrates classroom experience with practical work expe-
analysis, professional guidelines
qualitative
or 25.104; at least
one of 25.205, 25.210, 25.215 or permission of die
in-
structor.
25.425 Communication in Relationships (3) -Acquaints students with the theories and methods used to examine
the processes of
commimication
in interpersonal rela-
tionships. Students rcNnew general principles of
human
communication, address communication skills considered important for effective communication in relationships, analyze communication behavior in the formation, maintenance and dissolution of interpersonal relationships, explore interpersonal commimication die-
25.590 Master's Research Paper
rience in industrial, business or government work setting. Students must achieve academic integrity' of their
proposed experience and its relevance to course work
in the major. Contact departmental internship coordinator to obtain detailed information and forms.
THE
(26) Theatre Arts
Administered by DeparUuent of Communication Studies and
Theatre Arts
ory in specific settings and discuss several philosophical orientations to interpersonal
communication. Pre-
requisites: 25.103 or 25.104; at least
one of 25.205,
25.210, 25.215 or permission of the instructor.
26.101 Career Seminar:
required to become a productive participant and lead-
A Theatie
Life in
Bloom
(2)
sents an introduction tothe theater professions
-
Pre-
and
to
general theater practice. Indixidual goal-setting for participation in the
25.426 Leadership and Team Biulding (3) - An intensive
survey of theor) and research pertaining to working in
small groups. Includes a focus on practical knowledge
(3)
major and
in the profession.
Required
for theater majors.
26.102 Introduction to Theatre Arts (3) - Present-s a sur\'ey
of tiie literature, production and criticism of tlie theater.
Required for theater majors.
r
94- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
ing or technical work. Grade awarded each semester.
nation of structure, production practices, plays and the
theater's funciton in societies from the Renaissance to
semester hour of
of 3 semester
jors as well as a course for others interested in the art
26.108 Theatre Practicum (0-1)
-
Participation in plays: act-
Participation for two semesters for
credit.
May be repeated
for
1
maximum
mid 19th
century. Required course for theater
form of the theater and
hours.
26.112 Fundamentals of Acting (3) - Introduces the theories and techniques of acting. Provides for individual
and group
Movement
(3)
-Second
-
history. Prerequisite: 26.215.
Studies dramatic structure, types
and styles of drama. Students are required
and vocal interpetarion of text.
Makeup (3) - Studio course covering aspects of
maekup from basic modeling with paint to creat-
26.370 Stage
stage
understanding plays. Provides the basis for
and for an aesthetic appreciation of
theater through development of the critical skills of
script analysis expressed in both written and oral form.
ing knowledge of the design and application of make-
up
for the stage. For theater majors
ed students.
Prereqviisite:
26.209 Theatre Appreciation (3) - Presents a survey of all
aspects of theater: acting, criticism, design, directing,
and production.
crewing of a show. Laboratory work required.
26.215 Theatre History
I
(Spring) (3)
-
Surveys structures,
production practices, plays and the theater's function
in societies from ritual beginnings through the 19th
26.377 Costuming for the Stage (3) - The study and application of costume design for the theater including meth-
and
ods, tools, materials
26.401 Career Seminar:
tion for the
A
visual concepts.
Life in the Theatre (2)
move from
26.219 Children's Theatre (3) - A survey of history, theory
and production of theater for young audiences.
26.270 Fundamentals of Theatre Design (3) - An introduction to the elements and design for theatrical producincluding scenery, costumes, make-up, lighting and
First in a series
of courses designed for training
in design technology for theater.
For theater majors and
other interested students.
26.277 Costume Construction (3) - Introductory studio
course in the tools and techniques of producing costumes for the stage. Provides a basic working knowledge
of the construction of costumes. For theater majors and
other interested students.
26.311 Screen Design (3) - An introduction to basic movements and the methods, approaches, tools, materials
visual concepts of scene design.
26.312 Intermediate Acting (3) - Explores the relationship
between the personalized actor, his/her ensemble of
fellow artists
and the
script. Prerequisite:
26.314 Theory of Stage Lighting and Design
26.112
(3)
-
Provides
and design of lighting of a
production supplemented by applied work on producfor intensive study of theory
Management
(3)
-
Prepares
professional goals to the theater. Required for theater
majors. Prerequisite: 26.101, senior standing, permission of the instructor.
26.411 Play Directing (3) -An overviewof the principles and
techniques of directing and the collaborative process
with an introduction to script analysis
management of a
theater company.
II (3)
-
for con-
One
Prerequisites: 26.112 or 26.270
and one other design
course in theater.
or performance course.
26.416
Modern Theatre
history
(3)
-
Continues the study of theater
from 19th century through the theater of today.
Prerequisite: 26.215 or consent of instructor.
26.412 Advanced Acting (3) - Character analysis based on
scriptwork. Students begin to focus on particular areas
of development. Prerequisites 26.112, 26.312
26.470 Independent Study (1-3) - Provides for individual
work and study in one of the areas of theater. Student
finds faculty sponsor and prepares a vmtten proposal,
which requires departmental recommendation and
dean's approval, arranged through the chairperson. See
Independent Study.
26.490 Seminar: Theatre (3) - Provides for a concentrated
study of an individual artist, a period or a movement in
theater. Offered on demand. Prerequisite: 9 semester
hours in theater or consent of the instructor.
26.491 Seminar in Technical Theatre and Design (3) - Provides opportunities for advanced studies and application of special topics as selected by the instructor. Examples might include advanced studies in lighting, cos-
tume or scene design or technical theater management.
and one other design or technical course and permission of the instructor.
26.492 Seminar in Performance Studies (3)
Provides an intensive exami-
-
Provides op-
portunities for advance studies
cial topics as
26.325 Theatre History
needed
cept development. Prerequisite:
stu-
dents for professionalism in production of plays and
the
Pepara-
Prerequisites: 26.270
Laboratory hours required.
26.321 Theatre and Stage
-
college to the professional the-
century.
tions.
interest-
ater environment. Portfolio presentation. Evaluation of
26.211 Theatre Production/Stagecraft (3) - Studies basic
stagecraft: scene construction, painting, drafting and
and
and other
26.270
to
theatrical criticism
sound.
One writ-
ing complex characterizations. Provides a basic work-
26.202 Understanding Plays: Script Analysis (3) - An introduction to the tools and methods used to develop an
tion,
to write scripts
in a series of cours-
designed for performance training. Explores theconcepts of kinesthetic awareness, proper use of the voice
approach
(3)
ma-
ing course or consent of the instructor.
es
for the state
26.340 Scriptwriting
its
for stage, film, radio or television. Prerequisite:
exercises.
26.200 Voice and
history
the
and application of speselected by the instructor. Examples might
include advanced studies in audition techniques, act-
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
ing styles or performance theory. Prerequisites: 26.112,
26.312 and permission of the instructor.
MSC
(27)
criminal
free
trial,
instructor subject
concurrence of the departmental chairperson.
27.110 Mass Communications and the Popular Arts (3) - A
comprehensive overview of mass communicadons and
on society and culture. Covers magmotion pictures, radio, television,
advertising, ethical codes and media
their relative impacts
azines, newspapers,
public relations,
regulations.
27.190 History of Film (Spring) (3) - An overview of the
history and growth of the motion picture. Studies film
genres, historical figures, technicians
Surveys legal restraints that influ-
libel, sedition,
and performers.
Students must view approximately 15 films during the
course in laboratory showings.
27.230 Newswriting (3) - Outlines the "theory" and techniques of news reporting; the historical development
defamation, privacy, copyright,
freedom of information,
free press-
unique broadcast policies, advertising and an-
problems.
titrust
to the
-
obscenity, shield law,
Administered by Department of Mass Communications
may be waived by an
(3)
95
ence the nature and content of mass media messages
and business practices. Covers historical developments,
Mass Communications
Note: Prerequisites
Law
27.310 Media
-
27.315 Social Foundations of Mass Communications (3) An interdisciplinary study of the historical, philosophi-
economic and legal foundations of American mass media as a base for study of contemporary
mass media. Examines media from the perspective of
journalists, owners, audience and government.
cal, social,
27.334 Editing
-
(3)
Designed
to
improve writing for news-
and brochures. Indicates
most used; emphasizes good,
papers, magazines
particular
types of styles
tight
copy
news stories; offers practice in headline writing and
some elementary layout and design including photo
editing. Suggests some defenses to possible defamation
and libel problems for copy editors. Prerequisite: 27.230.
in
27.340 Feature Writing
(3)
-
Outlines basic requirements
for feature-type articles for newspapers
and magazines.
and principles and the organizational patterns of news stories and gathering of news.
An elementary outline of defamation and libel is included. Student should be able to type 30 to 40 words per
minute before enrolling in this course.
Studies various techniques used to gather information
27.241 Mediagraphics (3) - Computer-generated design and
layout problems and applications for printed and visu-
27.352 Publicity and Public Relations (3) - Comprehensive
study of various publicit)' techniques used in public re-
of reporting,
al
its
practices
and magazine pages
material including newspaper
as well as advertising layouts
for video
and
and
visual presentations
and organizational implement.
communication process, publicity,
community relations and public affairs practice.
relations as a social
Looks
briefly at the
27.261 Principles of Advertising (3) - Introduces students to
the basic objectives and procedures of advertising in a
modern economy. Examines
the variety of components
and methods used to achieve specific objectives in advertising campaigns and the type of instruments used
27.271 Media Operations (3) - Concentrates on the knowledge and physical use of technical requirements that
operate the growing range of equipment needed to pro-
duce contemporary radio,
television
and video pro-
grams.
Cinema Appreciation
(Fall) (3)
to
develop a range of feature
work
-
Examines
film form,
theory and criticism to bring about a better understanding and greater appreciation of the motion picture.
Enhances the visual appreciation required
media. Approximately 15 films viewed.
in
modern
as well as the study
lished articles
lations efforts of business,
other departments on campus having similar needs
evant to mass communications.
rel-
Includes prac-
strategies. Prerequisite:
government and nonprofit
organizations. Students prepare press releases, public
announcements, speeches,
slide
programs or
other appropriate communication vehicles. Prerequisite:
27.251.
27.360 Mass Media Processes and Effects (3) Locates specific issues in mass media exposure, identifying various
ways in which individuals and the whole body of society
depend on information provided by the mass media.
Prerequisite: junior standing.
27.366 Design in Advertising
layout
and design
(3)
-
Principles of advertising
and broadcasting. Includes
layoiu, typography and paste-
in print
hands-on experience in
in addition to theory. Prerequisite: 27.261
27.367 Television Acting and Directing
tion in acting
and directing
(3)
-
Provides insuoic-
for television. Includes lab-
oratory hours. Prerequisite: 27.271.
27.371 Broadcastjournalism (3) -Studies technical elements
of broadcast writing, script formats and nondramauc
and announce news, commercials and other broadcast material. Prerequisite: 27.271 and 27.230.
material; provides opportimities to study, wTite
27.375 Broadcast Programming and
Management
(3)
-
Stud-
and radio management and programming;
examines each niediimi as a business and the elements
of success or failure. Studies some basic economics of
media and methods of handling this material as well as
codes, laws and conimunitv interests. Prerequisite: Junies television
27.297 Mass Communications Practicum (3) - Requires participation in film, television, radio or print productions
in any of the sequences offered in the department or
and marketing
articles.
and discussion of pub-
27.230.
up
for advertising.
27.275
tical
service
television material.
27.251 PR: Theory and Practice (3) -An introduction to the
development, principles, theories and practice of public
and
ior standing.
96- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
27.390 Film and Video Production
(3)
-
Reviews the basic
processes of filmmaking in an introductory but com-
prehensive manner. Concentrates on making short
si-
and requires laboratory hours and field work
by arrangement. Students prowde their own film stock
for shooting and pay film processing costs. Prerequilent films
27.271.
site:
27.420 Audience Analysis (3) - Explores the theoretical distinction between the social world of actual audiences
and the
discursive constructs of mass
media audiences.
Charts the development of an ethnographic understanding of mass media audiences that focuses on the diverse,
and unpredictable in everyday life. Stressand construction of various research methods on mass media audiences. Prerequisites: junior
the particular
es design
standing.
communications majors undertake specific instruction
on the technical aspects of their major. Topics may
change from semester to semester and students may be
required to work on specific projects, such as telethons
or television news, as part of their workshop programs.
Workshops may be repeated provided topics change.
Instructor's and department chairperson's approvals
required.
27.482 Mass Communications Seminar (3)
27.485
RTF Authorship Theoiy and
the construction of
27.435 Journalism Seminar: Special Topics (3) - Studies a
variety of ethical and practical problems in journalism.
may
Topics
vary each semester.
different topics to a
maximum
May be repeated
with
of three seminars with
approvals of adviser and chairperson. Prerequisite:
27.230.
27.440 Public Affairs Reporting (4) - An advanced reporting course on the role of public affairs in news reporting in mass media. Concentrates
on
ernmental "beats" most susceptible
Students learn basic
to
a
number of
gov-
news generation.
abilities consistent
with entry-level
professional reporting requirements in public affairs
coverage, including courts, police
and government.
Pre-
requisite: 27.340.
duction including manuscript selection and editing,
advertising, design, production, circulation, promotion
and various business operations. Study of the nature of
magazines as part of a mass communications system.
Each semester students produce a community/regional consumer magazine. Prerequisites: 27.334, 27.340 or
consent of the instructor.
27.455 Public Relations Cases and Problems (3) - A study of
the use of publicity as a particular element of public
practical
Examines
specific publicity cases
and requires
hands-on production of written material. Pre-
requisite: 27.352.
27.466 Advertising Media and Campaigns
(3)
-
Study of the
use of advertising media, methods of selection and the
skills
and background required
traffic
for
media buying and
planning. Basic principles and applications of
and campaign planning, preparaand presentation are taught in a problem-solving
advertising research
tion
format. Prerequisite: 27.366.
27.478 Independent Study (1-3) - Provides for individual
work and study in an area of mass communications concentration. Students find a faculty sponsor/ adviser and
prepare a written proposal, which must have departmental approval and approval of the dean. College of Arts
and
A seminar
pro-
Practice (3)
-
A study of
documentary and dramatic materi-
terms of telecommunications/film semiotics with
an overall survey of production and business problems.
A project course designed primarily for film, television
and radio majors moving into mass communications
production seminars. Prerequisite: 27.271.
al in
27.497 Mass Communications Internship (3-9) - Open to
junior and senior majors with a GPA of 2.75 in the major, although consideration will be given for other prac-
experience students may have. May include on-campus or off-campus study of a particular project arranged
by the student, adviser and department chairperson.
tical
Interns are expected to have completed several of their
basic specialist courses prior to applying for internships.
must be submitted in writing at least a month
before the project is expected to begin and must be
approved by the student's adviser and department chairperson. Course may be repeated within catalog regulaProjects
27.446 Magazine Editing and Production (4) -Acquaints students with principles and techniques of magazine pro-
relations.
-
gram that studies ethical and social problems resulting
from the pervasiveness of new technologies. Topics may
change from semester to semester Students may repeat
seminars, subject to a change in topic and with the approvals of the instructor and department chairperson.
for internships. Special arrangements
summer
27.480 Telecommunications Production Workshop: Special
tele-
must be made for
internships.
27.511 Television Production and Design (3) - Focuses on
tile practical aspects of planning and producing video
tapes for specific instructional purposes. Covers pre-
production planning, production
production editing.
PHL
(28)
activities,
and
post-
Philosophy
Administered by Department of Philosophy
28.1 10 Critical
how
Thinking
- Designed for students to learn
Emphasis is on the construction
(3)
to think critically.
and evaluation of arguments. Sun'eys several forms of
argument including inductive, deductive, analogical and
legal reasoning.
28.111 Introduction to Philosophy (3) - Presents reflective
inquiry into selected problems of general philosophic
interest. Considers the types of knowledge, individual
and
Sciences.
Topics (3) -A practical workshop program in which
become a compulsory part of the
mass communications program. Credit is based on 3
semester hours for each 10 hours of work undertaken
per week per semester. Limit is 9 total semester hours
tions. Internships will
social values, the nature of reality
and the
exist-
ence of God.
28.270 Logic (3)
-
The
study of formal deductive reasoning.
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
course covers the nature of argument, Aristotelian term
logic, stentential logic, predicate logic
and
quantifica-
las.
and proof theory. Students constiTict formal proofs
from natural language into logical formuStudents must have completed 24 credit hours in
any
field or
tion
and
translate
-
97
Examines the theoretical background of the law and
legal systems. Encourages students to develop their o^vn
views about the proper use of the law. Topics include
the concepts of "law" and "legal system", limits of the
law and justification of punishment.
have permission of the instructor to take
28.406 Philosophy of Religion
this course.
(3)
-
Presents a critical analy-
of the origins and nature of faith. Emphasizes types
of religion, evidence supporting religious belief and
sis
28.290 Medical Ethics (3) - Investigates moral issues that arise
in such medical contexts as human experimentation,
death and dying, medical care and its distribution, genetic engineering and the definition of health and ill-
problems
in
and challenges
28.407 Contemporary Political Philosophy (Fall/odd-num-
bered years)
ness.
-
(3)
Studies the nature of the
just state, the limits
28.292 Contemporary Moral Problems (3) - Investigates some
of the major contemporary (and perennial) moral problems: abortion
and
and the
control; crime
its
to laws; discrimination
pornography
punishment; obedience
to religion.
and powers of the
good and
state. Investigates
competing theories of neo-Aristotelianism, utilitarianMarxism and an-
ism, contractarianism, libertarianism,
rights of the fetus;
archism. Addresses questions concerning the obligations
and
of an individual citizen to the
its
state.
based on race and sex; decision-
making procedures; social justice; drugs, suicide and
euthanasia; freedom and its limits.
28.408 Feminist Philosophy
(3)
-
Explores the major trends
in feminist philosophy including liberal, Marxist, social-
radical and psychoanalytic approaches. Explores
such questions as whether women's experience differs
from men's and the extent to which male domination
informs woman's experience. Considers recent feminist
attempts to articulate an emancipating standpoint.
ist,
28.295 Business Ethics (Spring) (3) - Review of moral canons in relation to business practice. Moral concepts are
applied in analyzing situations. Utilitarianism, Kantian-
ism and contemporary Egalitarianism are introduced
making. General principles and con-
as aids in decision
crete cases considered.
28.418 Contemporary Philosophy of the Mind (Fall/evennumbered years) (3) - Explores the philosophical foun-
on such
dations of the interdisciplinary field of cognitive science.
branch of knowledge, egoism vs.
altruism and role of intentions and consequences in
moral judgments. Reviews theories such as relativism,
Topics discussed include contemporary scientific solu-
28.297 Ethics
-
(3)
Studies ethical theory focusing
issues as ethics as a
utilitarianism
"rights"
and
and Kantianism.
Investigates concepts of
explanations in psychology.
tive
28.419 Theory of Knowledge (Spring/odd-numbered years)
philosophical writings in light of pre-Socratic spec-
ulation
mind-body problem, the possibility of artiand the nature and success of cogni-
intelligence
"justice.".
28.321 Plato and Aristotle (Fall) (3) - Studies the origins of
Western philosophy in ancient Greece. Examines Plato's
tions to the
ficial
on one hand and
in terms of Aristotle's criti-
(3) - Inquires into the problem of knowledge,
and skepticism. Reviews theory of perception;
concepts of meaning and truth.
certaint\'
discusses
(3) - Introduces the main themes and
contemporary metaphysics. Issues explored
include why there is something rather than nothing?
Are there properties, numbers, propositions and sets?
'What are holes, surfaces and boimdaries? Can an object change its parts and remain the same? Prerequisite: any philosophy course other than 28.110, 28.212
28.420 Metaphysics
cisms and developments on the other.
literature in
28.324 Descartes to Kant (Spring) (3) - Examines the writings of the 1 7th and 18th century philosophers: Descartes,
ers.
Hobbes, Locke, Berkeley, Hume, Kant and oth-
Topics include: the nature of
reality,
the sources
and limits of knowledge, the relation between mind and
body and the possibility of a rational basis for religious
or 28.213 or permission of the instructor.
belief.
28.470 Independent Study in Philosophy (3-6)
28.328 Existentialism (Spring/ even-numbered years) (3) Studies the writings of philosophers and theologians
such as Kierkegaard, Nietzsche, Husserl, Sartre and Tillich. Major themes include human subjectivity, human
freedom, alienation and meaning.
28.329 20th Century Philosophy (Fall/odd-numbered years)
(3) - Examines 20th century philosophical movements.
Emphasizes the relation between language and philosophy, particularly views about truth, free will, the nature of morality and religion and the nature of mind.
28.404 Philosophy of the Social Sciences (3)
-
philosophical problems in the social sciences including
explanation, the nature of laws
and the nature of social
facts.
problem
under the guidance of the staff. Emphasizes independent research on topics selected by the student and die
faculty member. Course may be taken twice. Prerequisite: 6 semester hours of philosophy. See section on Independent Study.
28.471 Seminar (3)
-
Studies selected problems in philoso-
phy.
ART
(30) Art
Administered by Department of Art
- Examines major works of
and architecture and the cultural forces that shaped
them from ancient times to the present, from a global
30.101 Introduction to Art (3)
art
Law (Fall/even-numbered
Provides for
Examines
objecti\it)', classification,
28.405 Philosophy of
-
individual study of a particular philosophical
years) (3)
-
98- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog
2002-2003 Advisers Edition
tions by and of women, and the means by which images
framed attitudes about femininity.
perspective.
30.205 Children's Art (3) - Provides encounters with the art
of children and ways to promote attitudes of discovery
and invention, with emphasis on growth of expression.
30.385 Philosophy and Psychology of Art (3) - Studies major
philosophical points of view governing an understanding and criticism of the
arts,
past
and present.
ticed in
American schools with an emphasis on eventu-
application.
A
research paper or research project
is
required.
30.591 Advanced Visual Arts for Exceptional Children (3) Stresses importance of art activity as a means of enrich-
ing and stimulating special children's awareness of themselves
and
their world.
Emphasis
is
placed on those pos-
aspects for creative activity which the
itive
handicapped
child possesses.
30.595 Master's Thesis (3-6)
ARH
age and theory.
to the history
during the period termed "The Renaisin painting, manuscript
illumination, sculpture, printmaking and architecture
in France, the Netherlands and Germany and explores
the social and cultural factors that shaped the arts of
c.
Studies the history of
31 .373
Romanesque and Gothic Art
and including the Late Gothic.
31.236 Art from the Renaissance Through Impressionism
Studies the history of the visual arts beginning with
up
and including French
to
painting of the 19th century.
31.324 History of Photography (3) - Surveys the history of
photography from its invention in 1839 to the present.
Includes developinent of photography as a
medium
of
asethetic expression, technical evolution of photogra-
phy and photography's impact on both culture and
so-
ciety.
31.345 Art History of the Near East (3) - Studies the history
of the visual arts of the Islamic and the Mesopotamian
worlds.
Italy,
31.355 History of Modern Art (3) - Examines movements in
art from mid-19th century France to the contemporary
States.
Women,
Art and Society (3)
-
Introduces students to
women and the production
and reception of the visual arts in Europe and America
from the Middle Ages to the present. Themes include
the relationships between
the contributions of women artists to the history of art,
the social
and
cultural forces that
resulting in
(3)
-
An examination
of
reference to its physical and historic context,
through studying original works of art in Italy, on site
whenever
shaped representa-
Summer
possible.
31.395 Visual Aesthetics
relationships
(3)
-
A
only.
seminar emphasizing
and theories of aesthetics and
artis-
art criti-
cism.
Museums
31.450 Perspectives on
(3)
-Addresses the social
and cultural history of art museums from the late Middle Ages through the present. Introduces the basic purposes and responsibilities of museum - collecting, preserving and interpreting - and the duties of museum
staff. Explores museum ethics, training, exhibitions and
technology.
The Museum Exhibition (3) - Provides hands-on experience by organizing and installing an exhibition in
Haas Gallery of Art. Trains students in gallery design,
handling and assessing physical conditions for works of
31.451
art,
31.346 Art History of the Far East (3) - Studies the history of
the visual arts of India, China, Japan and Southeast Asia.
31.360
member,
particularly the Renaissance, with spe-
writing educational materials, providing public func-
tions such as tours
United
faculty
The Art and Culture of Italy
the art of
tic
the Italian Renaissance
Introduces students
-
northern Europe from
c. 1050 to c. 1400 during the periods termed "Romanesque" and "Gothic." Examines major trends in
painting, architecture, sculpture, drawing, manuscript
illumination, metal and ivory work, stained glass and
cial
31.235 Ancient and Medieval Art (3) - Studies the history of
the visual arts on the European continent from the pre-
-
(3)
to the history of the wsual arts in
a publishable paper.
including examples of both East and West.
(3)
Examines major trends
the period.
31.390
to
to 1575,
vi-
31.225 History of Architecture (3) - Presents a study-survey
of great architectural works of the past and the present
up
1375
sance."
under the supervision of a
-
Introduces students
-
(3)
of the visual arts in Northern Europe from
31.375 Independent Study in Art History (3) - Research and
scholarship on a selected, approved topic in art history
Administered by Department of Art
historic era
,
tapestry and explores the social and cultural factors that
shaped the arts of these periods.
(31) Art History
31.215 American Art History (3)
sual arts in America.
with a view toward historical and social context, patron-
31.366 Northern Renaissance Art
30.590 Current Theories of Art and Art Education (3) - Focuses on current theories of art and art education pracal
31.365 Italian Renaissance Art (3) -Addresses the painting,
sculpture and architecture of the Renaissance in Italy
in other
and
critically
evaluating installations
museums.
31.460 Research and Writing in Ait History (3) - Sharpens
research and writing skills for students by preparing an
art history research
paper that
and length,
on primary
reliant
is
substantial in content
and textural maconsistent with current art historical methodologies, and professionally crafted and presented. Oral
visual
terial,
presentations address research problems
and
their pos-
sible solutions.
31.560 Readings and Research in Contemporary Art History (3) - Detailed study of contemporary movements in
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
art
from the late 19th century to the present with readand research for advanced students.
ings
31.565 Readings and Research in American Art History (3)
- Advanced study of the history of visual art in America.
31.570 Readings and Research in European Art History (3)
- Research focuses on specific topics relating to visual
arts in
Europe.
31.575 Readings and Research in Oriental Art History (3) Advanced survey of Oriental Art in the broadest sense
art, and architecture of the ancient
Japan, China, and India. Exposes advanced
students to basic problems in chronology, style, and research methodology.
of the word, the
Near
East,
31.580 Readings and Research in Architectural Art History
Advanced survey of the evolution of architecture
in the Western World from the Pharaonic Egyptian period through the contemporary 20th century. Typical
and outstanding examples of each period are discussed
and researched. Imperative to an understanding of the
(3)
-
an analysis of the type of
society and the rationale for the creation of such an
physical structures studied
ceramic objects.
32.202 Ceramics
Advanced study of images and
viable aesthetic
positions in the plastic arts emphasizing artistic
and
perceptual awareness and concern with environmental
involved by selecting their
own methods
of work. Prerequisite: 32.201.
32.210 Life Drawing (3)
- Examines various approaches to
drawing the figure. Students study anatomy and continue to develop technical facility with a variety of media. Contemporary and historical figurative concerns
are examined.
32.212 Drawing
II
-
(3)
Continues exploration of attitudes
and materials stressing composition and form. Includes
work from the human skeleton and linear perspective.
Prerequisite: 32.111.
32.221 Fabric Design
(Fall) (3)
I
-
Introduction to a variety
of methods, approaches, tools, materials and visual concepts in designing with fibers.
32.222 Fabric Design
II (Fall)
(3)
-
Continuation of 32.221
with limited areas of concentration selected by each student. Professional methods, approaches
and
attitudes
discussed. Prerequisite: 32.221.
I
31.595 Directed Study in Art History (3-6) -Advanced study
of a topic in the area of art history. Intensive review of
the scholarly literature in the
field.
A paper is
required
faculty adviser.
(3)
-
Introduction to the methods, materi-
and concepts of painting. Provides exploration of
and increased sensitivity to one's environment through
als
color. Prerequisite: 32.111
32.232 Painting
II
ment of the
relationships.
under the direction of a
-Affords students the opportunity to
II (3)
become more
32.231 Painting
31.592 Readings and Research in Advanced Visual Aesthet-
firing
99
is
architecture.
ics (3)
and
-
Devotes attention to the developskill inherent in the formation of
-
(3)
technical
images. Includes the study of the landscape as a con-
cept in painting. Prerequisite: 32.231.
32.241 Sculpture
I
-
(3)
Explores three-dimensional
artistic
expression with an emphasis on introducing students
to basic sculptural materials.
ARS
(32) Art Studio
32.242 Sculpture
11 (3) -
Promotes continued development
and processes; strives for unique
in the use of materials
Administered by Department of Art
Level
I
courses are
open
to all students.
I (3) - Examines various approaches toward
drawing and explores the use of a variety of drawing
materials. Studio practice and class critiques address
each person's power of observation, craftsmanship, self-
32.111 Drawing
expression and growth.
ganization of visual elements and color, with emphasis
on three-dimensional design.
32.152 Two-Dimensional Design (3) -An introduction to the
basic elements and principles of design such as the organization of visual elements and color, with an empha-
on two-dimensional design.
Computer Art Graphics
-An introductory course
exploring the potential of the computer as a tool to
create fine art. Stresses images based on current computer technologies and use of software and computers
to create new kinds of images. Emphasis on using tech-
32.195
32.251 Weaving
I (Spring) (3) - Provides an introduction to
weaving including foot-powered looms and off-loom
techniques. Weaves, fibers, spinning and looms will be
part of the studio experience. Prerequisite: 32.152 or
consent of instructor.
32.252 Weaving
32.151 Three-Dimensional Design (3) - Introduction to the
basic elements and principles of design such as the or-
sis
individual expression. Prerequisite: 32.241.
II (3) -
Requires a loom-controlled sampler
plus continued experience in weaving techniques
artistic
I: Printmaking (3) - Introduction to the
methods, materials and concepts of graphic art through
exploration of basic printmaking techniques.
32.261 Graphics
32.262 Graphics II: Printmaking (3) - Emphasis on color
printmaking and color registration procedures. Pro\ ides
a concentration in serigraphy and intaglio techniques.
Prerequisite: 32.261.
(3)
nologies with a fine arts approach.
32.275 Crafts
methods,
I
(3)
-
Introduction to a varied array of
tools, materials,
techniques and
I
(3)
-
Introduces the processes of making
crafts,
artistic
con-
cepts.
32.276 Crafts
II
(3)
-
Pro\ides a continued exploration of
selected in-depth crafts processes
32.201 Ceramics
and
decision dealing with fibers. Prerequisite: 32.251.
more
and concepts on
professional basis. Prerequisite: 32.275.
a
.
100- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
32.281 Photography
Introduction to black and white
-
(3)
I
photography as a medium of visual expression. Technical emphasis on fundamental camera and exposure
controls and introduction to darkroom printing techniques. Photographic style, composition and theory discussed. Students must have a 35mm camera and provide their own film and paper.
32.282 Photography II (3) - Continues exploration of black
and white fine art photography. Emphasis on refining
exposure and printing skills. Introduces zone system metering, medium format photography and alternative
photographic processes. Students must have a camera
and provide their own film and paper. Prerequisite:
32.281.
32.283 Introductory Color Photography (3) - Introduces students to color photography as a significant medium of
communication and aesthetic expression and to the theory and processes involved in producing color photographs. Introduction to alternative color photographic
processes will also be taught. Prerequisite: 32.281
tor.
32.353 Weaving
III
(Spring) (3)
-
Provides continued expe-
rience in weaving techniques with emphasis on in-depth
production, two-dimensional or three-dimensional. Prerequisite: 32.252.
(3) - Develops an individualisweaving with emphasis on in-depth production. Prerequisite: 32.353 and permission of the in-
32.354 Weaving IV (Spring)
tic
approach
to
structor.
III: Printmaking (3) - Exploration of mixed
media printmaking metliods and concepts. Emphasizes photographic and lithographic techniques. Prereq-
32.363 Graphics
uisite:
32.262.
32.364 Graphics FV: Printmaking (3) - Exploration of experimental printmaking. Emphasis on personal expression.
and permission of the
Prerequisite: 32.363
32.383 Photography
III
-
(3)
instructor.
Requires students to develop
Provides student an opportunity to
personal photographic projects to produce during the
through the pursuit of making an art object.
semester. Emphasizes individual exploration of black
32.303 Ceramics
specialize
work toward a maturing, personal expression in sculpture. Prerequisite: 32.343 and permission of the instruc-
III (3) -
Prerequisite: 32.202.
32.304 Ceramics FV
-
(3)
Requires students to be responsi-
and showing their own wares.
32.303 and permission of the instructor.
ble for making, firing
Prerequisite:
32.313 Drawing
-
III (3)
Entails studio practice, outside as-
signments and critiques in pursuit of self-discovery and
personal expression. Each student completes an indi-
and white photographic materials and processes. Students must provide a 35 mm camera, film and paper.
Prerequisite: 32.282.
32.384 Photography IV (3) - Requires students to produce
personal photographic projects resulting in final portfolios
and an exhibition of fine
Students must provide a
Prerequisite: 32.383
vidual project. Prerequisite: 32.212.
art
photographic
35mm camera, film
and permission of the
prints.
and paper.
instructor.
32.395 Art and Culture of France (3) Provides a study-tour
of France witli specific attention to French art seen in
-
32.314 Drawing IV
Continues studio practice and out-
-
(3)
side assignments Critiques stress individuality
and deep
involvement of personal expression. Each student pursues an individual project. Prerequisite: 32.313 and permission of the instructor.
32.323 Fabric Design
III (Fall) (3)
of Fabric Design
-
Provides a continuation
with concentration in one area
II
se-
is on refining one's craft,
and professional attitude. Prerequi-
lected by the student. Focus
visual perception
site:
32.222.
32.324 Fabric Design IV
of Fabric Design III
its social and cultural environment. Features
new theme and visits to related areas each time course
is offered. Past themes include "The Age of Francis I,"
"The Art of Provence," and "The Normandy Influence.".
relation to
a
32.475 Independent Study in Studio Arts
I
(1-3)
-
Allows
individuahzed independent study in a selected studio
area.
Amount
of course credit awarded
is
determined
by the instructor on the basis of the substance and depth
of the project to be undertaken. Prerequisite: Satisfac-
(Fall) (3)
tory completion of four levels of a studio area or
witli
equivalent.
- Presents a continuation
each student functioning in a
highly independent and professional manner in one
area. Prerequisite: 32.323 and permission of the instruc-
its
32.476 Independent Study in Studio Arts II (1-3) - Extension of 32.475 Independent Study in Studio Arts I.
tor.
32.333 Painting 111(3)
rity
as a
-
Provides development toward matu-
of study and statement. Includes study of the figure
concept in painting. Prerequisite: 32.232.
32.334 Painting IV (3) - Provides advanced work planned
for individual needs. Paintings are structured from experiences based on previous development. Prerequisite:
32.333 and permission of the instructor.
32.343 Sculpture
pression and
III (3)
its
-
Focuses on the expansion of ex-
relationship to sculptural processes. Pre-
ences in practical work situations outside the regular
courses prescribed by art curriculum (e.g., museum curator, designers,
merchandising operations,
artists)
32.490 Art Gallery (3) - Provides involvement with the collection, preservation and exhibition of art work. Experience concludes with planning and hanging an exhibition in Haas Gallery of Art. Visits to museums and art
galleries familiarize students with the varied nature
and
philosophy of exhibition today.
requisite: 32.242.
32.344 Sculpture FV (3)
32.480 Internship in Art (3-6) - Provides upper-level art majors with an opportunity to acquire meaningful experi-
-
Enables advanced, independent
32.500 Advanced Ceramics
I
(3)
-
Requires students to de-
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
fine in writing their level of
knowledge and competen-
then prepare a plan of study that will allow for a
direction of work. Students are responsible for making
and firing their own work.
cy,
32.501 Advanced Ceramics
II (3)
-
Students intensify their
study of selecting a specialized problem relating to the
experiences gained in Advanced Ceramics
-101
tion procedures.
32.532 Advanced Graphics
III (3) - Focuses on personalized
forms for potential thesis statement. Students are expected to be innovative and proficient in technology of
printmaking.
32.533 Advanced Graphics IV
-
(3)
Concentration on the
I.
32.502 Advanced Ceramics
III (3) - Students continue to
pursue an advanced and refined level of study in the
discipline of creating an art object. A specialized problem relating to the experiences gained in the first two
levels facilitates continuity in learning.
32.503 Advanced Ceramics FV (3) - Focuses on professional
and philosophical attitude reflected in students' work.
Students are required to have an exhibition of their
work.
selected forms for a unified thesis statement.
32.540 Advanced Painting
Searches into purpose of
-
(3)
I
painting with specific attention to traditional methods,
i.e.,
glazing,
egg tempera, and underpainting.
32.541 Advanced Painting
II (3)
Exploration and different
-
approaches of painting for individual expression. Emphasis
on achieving
in representational painting.
32.542 Advanced Painting
III (3)
Continued development
on mural
-
into maturity of individual style - with emphasis
32.510 Advanced Dra^ving
Explores advanced drawing techniques and involvement of personal expression
I
(3)
and imagery.
32.543 Advanced Painting fV
(3)
Mature fulfillment of per-
-
sonal expression. Painting should reflect continuity of
32.511 Advanced Drawing
Emphasis on the development of individual themes and projects.
II (3)
intent
-
Focuses on personal expression and imagery for potential thesis statement -
32.512 Advanced Dravring
self-direction
painting designed into architectural space.
-
III (3) -
and style. A selection of work
and thesis.
32.550 Advanced Sculpture
(3)
I
fine in writing their level of
ical direction,
and innovation.
is
prepared for ex-
hibition
Requires students to de-
-
knowledge and philosoph-
then prepare a plan of study that allows
for a direction of work. Students are responsible for
32.513 Advanced Drawing IV (3) - Concentration and production of drawings for a unified thesis statement.
32.520 Advanced Crafts 1(3)- Advanced levels of experi-
mentation with contemporary idioms in crafts design.
Emphasis on highly professional concepts of form and
methods and on investigation and refinement of techniques as a means of realizing significant visual statements in crafts. Individualized instruction and independent planning for each student on all four levels.
the completion of
show
quality pieces.
32.551 Advanced Sculpture
II (3) - Emphasis on student
experimentation while still being concerned vnxh the
concept form. Focus on growth and development of
more
positive philosophical ideas.
32.552 Advanced Sculpture
to a
more
Students' work should
from experimentations
technique and aesthetic
-
III (3)
reflect a significant transition
definite direction in
opinion.
32.521 Advanced Crafts
II (3) - Individual concentration on
media and related techniques. Intense involvement with refined design schemes, systems, and variations that are oriented toward an increasingly more
specific
defined singular direction in
32.553 Advanced Sculpture IV
ly
Students produce high-
ty is fulfilled
by an exhibition of each student work for
crafts.
32.522 Advanced Crafts
III (3) - Highly independent and
mature involvement with advanced concepts, methods,
and processes in a specific crafts direction. Students
should begin to develop a thesis presentation which
should emerge from studio experiences, independent
research, and from a wide, highly selective exposure to
craft objects in museums, galleries, and private studios.
32.523 Advanced Crafts FV (3) - Continued involvement with
advanced concepts in crafts. Concentration on completing final works for a one-man or a one-woman show. A
phy
-
ness of their responsibility to society. This responsibili-
a
definitive position
(3)
professional pieces of art while maintaining an aware-
paper reflecting a personal philoso-
in crafts should be developed.
thesis.
32.580 Advanced Photography
I (3) - Focuses on foundaand white photography for the advanced
student. Emphasis on the technical controls of exposure and printing, research on historical and contemporary photographers and issues, and active participation in class critiques and lectures.
tions of black
32.581 Advanced Photography
nical
will
II (3)
-Students identify tech-
and conceptual problems and goals which they
pursue during the course. Written statement of
in-
and a final portfolio
lectures and critiques is re-
tentions, self-evaluation of work,
required. Attendance at
quired.
32.530 Advanced Graphics 1(3)- Advanced level exploration of tiaditional and/or experimental printmaking
methods. Emphasis on personalized imagery and technical proficiency.
32.531 Advanced Graphics
level
II (3) - Exploration of advanced
printmaking including color and color registra-
32.582 Advanced Photography
in black
-
Stresses proficiency
and white exposure and
printing. Students
III (3)
design a semester photographic project with a finished
portfolio and exhibition as final goals. C^onlinued class
participation
ed.
and development of technical skills expect-
102- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
32.583 Advanced Photography IV (3)
ment oudining
their thesis
ing the course.
A final
work
Students write a
-
state-
be carried out dur-
to
thesis, exhibition,
and
portfolio
are required.
32.595 Directed Study in Studio Art (3 or 6)
-
Continued
development of a student's involvement in a studio area
after satisfactory completion of four levels of advanced
study in that area or in a related area of relevance. Consent of the instructor and the department chairperson
are required.
MUS
35.101 Music Listening (3) - Provides an approach to music
listening through study of basic vocal and instrumental
Analysis of various masterpieces, composers
and
musical forms. Requires no previous musical experi-
Recommended first-course
in non-applied music.
35.103 Fundamental Musicianship (Spring) (3)
-
Explores
personal music understanding and development
through elementary terminology, symbols, theory, music reading, singing, playing and chording of simple
instruments and bodily movement to music. Suggested
for students with little musical background as preparation for applied study and courses 35.201, 35.210 and
35.320.
Recommended
necessary.
36.170/ 35.370 University Chamber Orchestra (0-1) - The
University Chamber Orchestra performs music appropriate to the
chamber
orchestra. Requires 2 hours per
week. Rehearses Monday evening and one 50-minute
class period. Election for wind an percussion players
requires permission of the instructor.
first-course in
apphed music.
35.203 Voice Methods (Fall) (1) - Provides group voice instruction for the beginner. Emphasizes fundamental
singing techniques and solo performance. Requires 3
hours per week. For Music and Theatre Arts majors only.
35.204 Class Piano
35.104 Jazz in America (3) - Provides an approach to jazz
listening through the study ofjazz vocal and instrumen-
from diverse origins
to the present
(2)
I
-
Provides group piano instruction
for the beginner. Emphasizes solo playing, sight-read-
ing and creative accompaniment. Requires 3 hours per
week. Limited seating.
35.205 Class Piano
(Spring) (2) - Develops independence
and accompanying. Continuation of
II
in solo playing
35.204 or students with demonstrated
abilities.
Requires
3 hours per week. Consent of instructor.
35.206 Class Strings
string skills
tal styles
may be
of the instructor. Audition
of the instructor.
Courses are offered each semester unless otherwise noted.
ence.
Re-
majors or as a single course by non-music majors. Requires 3 hours. Prerequisites: 35.103, 35.210 or consent
Administered by Department of Music
styles.
style.
quires 3 hours per week. Election requires permission
35.201 Sight Singing (Fall) (2) - Development of the musical ear through progressive training. Elected by music
Music
(35)
and other forms representing the big band
(2)
-
Provides learning of fundamental
and information related
to string instru-
ments. Requires 3 hours per week. Prerequisite: 35.103
or consent of instructor.
and be-
yond. Analysis of various masterpieces, composers, per-
formers and musical forms.
35.207 Class Brass (Fall/ even-numbered years) (2) -Provides
group brass instruction for the beginner or the brass
who wishes to double. Emphasizes fundamental
technique and elementary performance. Requires two
hours per week. Prerequisite: 35.103 or consent of inplayer
35.106/ 35.306 Maroon and Gold Band (0-1) - Performs
music of varied styles and periods. Marching band each
fall, concert band each spring. Requires 5 hours per
week each fall and 4 hours per week each spring.
35.107/ 35.307 University-Community Orchesura (0-1) Performs music appropriate to the symphony orchestra.
Requires 3 hours per week. Rehearses Monday evenings.
Election for wind and percussion players requires per-
mission of the instructor.
structor.
35.209 Percussion Methods (1) - Fundamental percussion
techniques and teaching methodology. Prerequisite: music
major or permission of the
35.210 Music Theory
I
(Fall)
(3)
instructor.
-
Studies harmony, voice
leading and written harmonization. Requires 3 hours
per week. Prerequisite: 35.103 or consent of instructor.
35.108/ 35.308 Concert Choir (0-1) - Performs choral music of varied styles and periods. Membership by audition only. Requires 4 hours per week.
35.109/ 35.309
Women's Choral Ensemble
(0-1)
-
Performs
varied styles from popular to masterworks. Requires 3
hours per week.
No
tion required.
I
II
(Spring) (3)
-
Continues Music The-
with the study of seventh chords and
common-
chord and chromatic modulations. Includes melodic
and rhythmic dictation and keyboard realization. Requires 3 hours per week. Prerequisite: 35.210.
Chamber
35.213/ 35.313 Violin (1) - Private instruction for students
with demonstrated ability or potential. One-half hour
per week. May be repeated at one semester hour each
election.
Singers (0-1)
-
Performs music of
and periods, Renais.sance to present. Open
to singers from other university vocal ensembles. Requires 3 hours per week. Membership by audition only.
many
ory
audition required.
35.110/ 35.310 Husky Singers (0-1) - Performs varied music
for men's chorus. Requires 2 hovirs per week. No audi-
35.111/ 35.311
35.211 Music Theory
styles
35.112/ 35.312 Jazz Ensemble
(0-1)
-
Performs
jazz,
swing
Consent of
instructor.
35.214/ 35.314 Viola
(1) - Private instruction for students
with demonstrated ability or potential. One-half hour
per week. May be repeated at one semester hour each
election.
Consent of
instructor.
35.215/ 35.315 Violoncello
(1) -Private instruction for stu-
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
dents with demonstrated ability or potential. One-half
hour per week. May be repeated at 1 semester hour each
election.
Consent of
35.243/ 35.343 Baritone
v«th demonstrated
(
1
)
-
Private instraction for students
ability
or potential. One-half hour
per week. May be repeated at
tion. Consent of instructor.
instructor.
35.216/ 35.316 Double Bass (1) - Private instruction for students with demonstrated ability or potential. One-half
hour per week. May be repeated at 1 semester hour each
election. Consent of instructor.
35.217/ 35.317 Organ (1) Private instruction for those who
have previously studied organ or who have strong piano backgrounds. One-half hour per week. May be repeated at 1 semester hour each election. Consent of
-103
1
semester hour each elec-
35.244/ 35.344 Tuba (1) - Private instruction for students
with demonstrated ability or potential. One-half hour
per week. May be repeated at
tion.
Consent of
1
semester hour each elec-
instructor.
-
35.251/ 35.351 Flute (1) - Private instruction for students
with demonstrated ability or potential. One-half hour
per week. May be repeated
tion.
instructor.
35.219 Basic Audio Recording (3)
-
Provides a theoretical
and practical approach to audio recording. Studies
equipment and procedures used in professional recording studios. Reserved for music majors and minors in
the audio/video recording track and/or permission of
the instructor.
35.252/ 35.352
Oboe
at
1
semester hour each elec-
instructor.
-
(1)
Private instruction for students
with demonstrated ability or potential. One-half hour
May be repeated at
Consent of instructor.
per week.
tion.
35.253/ 35.353 Clarinet
(1
) -
1
semester hour each elec-
Private instruction for students
with demonstrated ability or potential. One-half hour
35.230/ 35.330 Voice (1) - Private instruction for students
with demonstrated vocal abilities. One-half hour per
week. May be repeated at 1 semester hour each election. Prerequisite: 35.203 except music majors and declared music minors.
May be repeated at
Consent of instructor.
per week.
tion.
35.254/ 35.354 Bassoon
(
damentals of choral and instrumental conducting. It
will also begin training in the physical motion required
of the conductor. These physical attributes include beat
patterns, cueing gestures, steady tempo, accelarndo,
ritard and face as an expressive tool, for example. In
addition, the students will study foreign musical terms
(Italian, French, German), score preparation and techniques, rhythmic patterns and rehearsal techniques.
35.232 Woodwinds Methods 1(1)- Fundamental woodwind
oboe, and bassoon and methods for teach-
1
)
-
1
semester hour each elec-
Private instruction for students
with demonstrated ability or potential. One-half hour
May be repeated at
Consent of instructor.
per week.
35.231 General Conducting (1) - General conducting is designed to give students a basic understanding of the fun-
skills in flute,
Consent of
tion.
1
semester hour each elec-
35.255/ 35.355 Saxophone (1) - Private instruction for students with demonstrated ability or potential. One-half
hour per week. May be repeated at 1 semester hour each
election.
Consent of
instructor.
35.256/ 35.356 Percussion (1) - Private instruction with
snare, timpani and mallets for students with demonstrated ability or potential. One-half hour per week. May be
repeated at 1 semester hour each election. Consent of
instructor.
35.270/ 35.470 Violin for Music Majors
(2)
-
Two weekly
ing these instruments. Prerequisite: music major or per-
half-hour lessons for students electing the applied spe-
mission of the instructor.
cialization within the
35.233
Woodwinds Methods II (1) -Fundamental woodwind
clarinet and saxophone and methods for teach-
Bachelor of Arts in Music program.
semester hours each election for a
of 16 semester hours.
May be repeated
maximum
at 2
skills in
ing these instruments. Prerequisite: music major or
permission of the instructor.
35.235/ 35.335 Piano
(1)
-
Private instruction for students
with previous piano study. One-half hour per week.
be repeated
at
1
May
semester hour each election. Consent
of instructor.
Consent of
instructor.
35.241/ 35.341 Horn (1) - Private instruction for students
with demonstrated ability or potential. One-half hour
per week. May be repeated at 1 semester hour each election.
Consent of
hour lessons
(2)
-
instructor.
Music program.
semester hours each election for a
ization within the Bachelor of Arts in
May be repeated
maximum
at 2
of 16 semester hours.
(2)
-Two weekly
half-hour lessons for students electing the applied specialization within the
May be repeated
maximum
at 2
in Music program.
semester hoius each election for a
Bachelor of Arts
of 16 semester hours.
35.273/ 35.473 Double Bass for Music Majors (2) - Two weekly half-hour lessons for students electing the applied
specialization within the Bachelor of Arts in Music program. May be repeated at 2 semester hours each election for a
35.242/ 35.342 Trombone (1) - Private instruction for students with demonstrated ability or potential. One-half
hour per week. May be repeated at 1 semester hour each
election. Consent of instnictor.
Two weekly half-
for students electing the applied special-
35.272/ 35.472 Violoncello for Music Majors
35.240/ 35.340 Trumpet (1) - Private instructions for students with demonstrated ability or potential. One-half
hour per week. May be repeated at 1 semester hour each
election.
35.271/ 35.471 Viola for Music Majors
maximimi of 16 semester hoius.
35.274/ 35.474 Organ for Music Majors
(2)
-
Two weekly
half-hour lessons for studenls electing the applied specialization within the
Bachelor of .\iLs
in
Music program.
104- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
May be repeated
maximum
at 2
semester hours each election for a
of 16 semester hours.
35.275/ 35.475 Voice for Music Majors
hour lessons
-
(2)
Two weekly half-
for students electing the applied voice spe-
Bachelor of Arts in Music program.
May be repeated at 2 semester hours each election for a
maximum of 16 semester hours.
35.286/ 35.486 Saxophone for Music Majors (2) -Two weekly
half-hour lessons for students electing the applied spe-
Bachelor of Arts in Music program.
semester hours each election for a
of 16 semester hours.
cialization within the
May be repeated
maximum
at 2
cialization within the
35.276/ 35.476 Piano for Music Majors
-
(2)
Two weekly half-
hour lessons for students electing the applied specialization within the Bachelor of Arts in Music program.
May be repeated
maximum
at 2
semester hours each election for a
of 16 semester hours.
35.277/ 35.477 Trumpet for Music Majors
-
(2)
Two weekly
35.300 Music Theory
III
(Fall/odd-numbered years)
(3)
-
Continuation of music theory. Includes formal analysis, design original composition, harmonic dictation and
perception skills. Requires 3 hours per week. Prerequi35.211.
site:
35.301 Music Theory IV (Spring/ even-numbered years) (3)
- Continuation of music theory. Reviews 20th century
compositional practice. Includes analysis and composition.
Requires 3 hours per week. Prerequisite: 35.211.
half-hour lessons for students electing the applied specialization within the
May be repeated
maximum
at 2
Bachelor of Aits in Music program.
semester hours each election for a
be repeated.
of 16 semester hours.
Horn for Music Majors (2) - Two weekly halfhour lessons for students electing the applied special-
35.278/ 35.478
Music program.
2 semester hours each election for a
ization within the Bachelor of Arts in
May be repeated
maximum
at
of 16 semester hours.
35.279/ 35.479 Trombone for Music Majors (2) - Two weekly half-hour lessons for students electing the applied
Music program. May be repeated at 2 semester hours each election for a maximum of 16 semester hours.
specialization within the Bachelor of Arts in
35.280/ 35.480 Baritone for Music Majors
-
(2)
Two weekly
half-hour lessons for students electing the applied specialization within the
May be repeated
maximum
at 2
Bachelor of Ai'ts in Music program.
semester hours each election for a
of 16 semester hours.
35.281/ 35.481 Tuba for Music Majors
hour lessons
(2)
-
Two weekly
half-
for students electing the applied special-
May be repeated at 2 semester hours each
program.
election for a
of 16 semester hours.
35.282/ 35.482 Flute for Music Majors
(2)
-
Two weekly half-
hour lessons for students electing applied
specialization
within the Bachelor of Arts in Music program.
May be
repeated at 2 semester hours each election for a maximum of 16 semester hours.
35.283/ 35.483
Oboe for Music Majors
(2)
-
Two weekly half-
hour lessons for students electing the applied specialization within the Bachelor of Arts in Music program.
May be repeated at 2 semester hours each election for a
maximum
of 16 semester hours.
35.284/ 35.484 Clarinet for Music Majors
(2)
-
Two weekly
half-hour lessons for students electing the applied spe-
Bachelor of Arts in Music program.
May be repeated at 2 semester hours each election for a
maximum of 16 semester hours.
cialization within the
35.285/ 35.485 Bassoon for Music Majors
(2)
half-hour lessons for students electing the
-
Two weekly
apphed
spe-
Bachelor of Arts in Music program.
May be repeated at 2 semester hours each election for a
maximum of 16 semester hours.
cialization within the
35.303 Seminar in Piano Accompanying
(2)
-
struction, coaching, systematic score study
Provides in-
and
critical
performing experience for pianists. Requires 3 hours
per week and includes performing. Offered as needed.
Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor.
35.304 Special Topics in Music Performance
(3)
-
Provides a
unique experience in performance or the study of performance practice. Instructor develops a one-time-only
study. Information is available by contacting the Department of Music. Offered as needed.
35.305 Special Topics in Music Appreciation (3) - Provides a
study of music beyond currently available course topics.
Instructor develops a one-time-only study. Informa-
tion
sic.
ization within the Bachelor of Arts in Music
maximum
35.302 Piano Proficiency (1) - Provides opportunity for majors in music to gain proficiency at the keyboard. May
is available by contacting the Department of MuOffered as needed.
35.318Jazz Improvisation (3) - Offers the student beginning
concepts in jazz improvisation through a practical ap-
proach
melody creation, jazz theory, listening and
from such jazz legends as
Charlie Parker, Dizzy Gillespie, Joe Pass, J.J. Johnson,
Herbie Hancock and Charles Mingus. Prerequisite: instrumental or vocal training suggested as performance
to
transcription of examples
is
an integral part of the course.
35.319 Secondary Methods and Curriculum in Music (3) This course will provide the knowledge and skills necessary to teach music successfully in secondary schools.
Education theories must be applied in practical situations such as the creation of lesson plans and the teaching of those lesson plans. Familiarity with computer-as-
music software, familiarity with the legal aspects
of teaching music in high schools, and required high
school observations will be included. Prerequisite: 48
sisted
hours credit.
35.320 Music in the Elementary School (3) - Provides students with practical skills, theoretical background and
musical knowledge that
will
enable them to teach gen-
music effectively in the elementary classroom.
Course designed primarily for elementary education
eral
majors. Limited seating.
35.321 Music History to 1750 (Fall) (3) - Emphasizes understanding and appreciation of music from antiquity to
Undergraduate, Graduate Catahg 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
1750 through listening and development of a technical
35.322 Music History-1750 to Present (Spring) (3) - Provides
an overview of music history from the Classical era to
the present time. Includes discussion of composers
significant persons,
and genres during
and
works and development of forms
this period.
35.324 American Music (Fall/even-numbered years) (3) Studies works of selected American composers with ref-
erence to characteristics indigenous to American music.
Prerequisite: 35.101.
35.325 Opera and Music Theater (Spring/ even-numbered
years) (3)
-
Studies major works of the lyric stage.
Em-
phasizes listening to and reading works of opera, operetta
and the popular
I (2) - Emphasizes develindependent research in areas of
music history for majors in music electing the music
history specialization. Offered fall, even-numbered
-Analyzes factors and elements of American popumusic with emphasis on developments in the 20th
century. Includes a chronological study of jazz, balladry, spiritual, country-western, theater, film and rock in
comparative listening situations. Prerequisite: 35.101.
(3)
Ijir
35.328 Choral Conducting and Methods (Spring/ even-num-
Examines the development of techniques and abilities for participating in and supervising
choral ensembles. Stresses tone production, proper
breathing, choral conducting and reading of appropriate literature. Prerequisite: Music major or permission
bered years)
(2)
skill in
years. Prerequisite: 35.321, 35.322.
35.431 Seminar in Music History
II (1) - Continuation of
35.430 with emphasis on academic research and musicology for majors in music electing the music history
specialization. Offered spring,
odd-numbered
years.
Prerequisite: 35.430.
35.497 Internships in Music (3-15) - Provides for extended
off-campus field experience to be arranged by the major in music, a faculty adviser and an off-campus agency.
Requires consent of music deparUnent during pre-
scheduling. Offered as needed.
theater. Prerequisite: 35.101.
35.327 Survey of Popular Music (Fall/odd-numbered years)
35.498 Independent Study in Music (1-3) - Provides for a
student project of a creative nature in music history,
education or performance. Requires consent of music
department during prescheduling. 30.
ECN
(40)
Economics
Administered by Department of Economics
-
of instructor.
35.329 Instrumental Conducting
(2)
-
Develops
skills in
ba-
ton technique and score reading with emphasis on prac-
40.121 Principles of Economics
I (3) - Studies macroeconomics: nature of the economic problem; economic
concepts; institutional framework; supply, demand and
the price system; national income accounting; determination of output and employment levels; consumption,
saving and investment behavior; inflation and unemployment; business cycles; monetar}' and fiscal institu-
tions
and
theory;
economic growth.
application in instrumental organizations. Labo-
tical
ratory course with three 50-minute sessions per week.
Offered as needed. Prerequisites: music major and
35.331 Elementary Methods and Curriculum in Music (3) This course will provide the knowledge and skills necessary to teach music successfully in elementary schools.
Education theories must be applied in practical situations such as the creation of lesson plans and the teaching of those lesson plans. Familiarity with computer assisted music software, familiarity with the legal aspects
of teaching music in elementary schools, and required
elementary school observations will be included.
35.350 Seminar in Music Theater (3) - Studies the Broadway musical with special emphasis on works currendy
in production.
Offered in conjtmction with music theater productions during spring and summer semesters.
Prerequisite: 35.101.
lodic
wridng
in two and three voices using 18th century
Requires 2 hours per week. Prerequisite: 35.211.
35.411 Music Theory VI, Orchestration (Spring/odd-num-
bered years)
(2)
-Continuadon of music
theory.
Exam-
ines instrimiental transposition, idioms, score writing
analysis.
35.211.
II
(3)
-
Studies microeco-
nomics: supply, demand, the price system; cost and pro-
and price determination, resource allocaand determination of factor incomes under perfect and imperfect markets; current economic problems
and international economics. Prerequisite: 40.121.
firm; output
tion
40.156 Business and Economic Mathematics (3) - Presents
an introduction to basic mathematical tools most frequentiy employed in economics and business,
Requires 3 hours per week. Prerequisite:
e.g., sys-
tems of linear equations, inequalities, elements of linear programming, matrix algebra, logarithms, mathematics of finance and differential and integral calculus.
40.221 Intermediate Macroeconomic Theory (3) - Stresses
the national income analysis; tiieory of income deter-
mination, employment and price
fiscal institutions;
35.410 Music Theory V, Counterpoint (Fall/even-numbered
years) (2) - Continuation of music theory. Studies mestyle.
40.122 Principles of Economics
ductions analysis, theory of consumer behavior and the
35.211.
and
35.430 Seminar in Music History
opment of
vocabulary.
-105
levels;
monetary and
theon' and policy; investment, inter-
est and demand for money; business cycles: inflation
and unemployment; national debt; macroeconomic
equilibrium; prices, wages and aggregate supply, economic growth, foreign trade and balance of payments;
economic policy. Prerequisites: 40.121, 40.122, 40.156.
40.222 Intermediate Micro-TheotT and Managerial Economics (3) - Rericws the theon' of consumer behavior and
the firm; output and price determination under dilTcrent market systems; pure competition, pure monopoly,
oligopoly and monopolistic competition: production
106- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
and distribucomparison of behaviors of competitive, monopolistic and oligopolistic product and resource markets; constrained and nonconstrained optimization techniques and their applications to business
decisions and business practices; welfare economics.
and
cost analysis; allocation of resource
tion of income;
Prerequisites: 40.121, 40.122, 40.156.
sampling distributions, estimation and hypothesis
test-
and Chi-square, introduction
to regression and correlation as applied to business and
economic problems. Prerequisite: 40.122.
ing, analysis of variance
40.313 Labor Economics (3) - Presents the economics of
the labor market, the supply of and demand for labor,
the nature of theory and wages, productivity and inflative
unionism, theories of the labor movement, collec-
A
bargaining and public policy.
major focus is the
and gender and
relationship between labor markets
For each of the economic issues, the imgender and race will be exam-
racial issues.
plications with respect to
ined.
The economic
sented in the course
and gender.
analysis
will
and empirical data pre-
emphasize differences by race
40.315 Business and Government (3) - Surveys government
policies for maintaining competition, for substitution
regulation in place of competition
policies in light of
tests
and
for substituting
of various government
economic theory and
historical ex-
perience. Prerequisite: 40.122.
40.316 Urban Economics
(3)
-
Applies economic theory and
recent empirical findings to urban resource use. Analyzes
problems of unemployment, housing, education,
transportation, pollution
the United States and Europe with particular attention
to the interplay of
changes in business, financial and
labor institutions, products and production, adaptations
and conflicting economic doc-
trines. Prerequisite: 40.122.
-Analyzes revenues and expendiand national government in light of
micro and macrotheory; criteria and models of govern-
40.326 Public Finance
(3)
tures of local, state
ment services;
subsidies, etc., tlie principles of taxation,
management; impact
and budgetary policy on resource and income
allocation, internal price and employment stability; the
rate of growth and world economy. Prerequisite: 40.122.
public borrowing and public debt
of
fiscal
Money and Banking (3) - Reviews the historical background and the development of monetary practices and
principles of banking; special attention given to commercial banking and credit regulations and current
monetary and banking development. Prerequisite:
40.327
40.122.
40.329 Environmental Economics
and equal opportunity. Pre-
requisite: 40.122.
40.317 Population and Resource Problems
(3)
-
A
study of the eco-
Examines environmental facts and social circumstances with particular emphasis on market and non-market solutions to the environmental problems. Topics include the private market and its efficiency, externalities, environmental quality as a public good, income distribution effects of government environmental quality as a public good, income distribution effects of government environmental programs; water resources and water quality, problem of air quality and quality of life and other environmental problems; prohibitions on and regulation of
polluting activities, taxes, subsidies and effluent charges; population, economic growth and environmental
nomics of environmental
Prerequisite: 40.122.
public for private enterprise;
40.324 Economic History of the Western World (3) - Presents a comparative analysis of the economic theory of
to resource differences
40.256 Business and Economics Statistics 1 (3) - Organizing
and presenting data, descriptive statistics, elements of
probability and probability distributions, sampling and
tion,
40.122.
quality.
quality. Prerequisite: 40.122.
(3)
-
Reviews
clas-
of population growth; recent economic
models of population correlating natural resources; capital accumulation and technological change; and population problems in North America, European and de-
sical theories
40.333 International Economics (3) - Addresses the pure
theory of international trade. Outlines the gains from
trade; free trade
and protection; balance of payments;
foreign exchange and capital movements; the dollar and
veloping countries. Analyzes recent trends in birth and
the international
death rates as factors in population growth. Studies
measures of population and labor force, their distribu-
hquidity shortage. Prerequisite: 40.122.
tion by age, sex, occupation, regions; techniques for
projecting population levels. Course
is
not offered on a
regular basis. Prerequisite: 40.122.
40.322 Contrasting Economics (3) - Outlines theories of
capitalism and socialism with a special emphasis on
Marxian theory. Compares theoretical and actual performance of capitalism, socialism and communism. Pre-
monetary system and international
40.334 Economic Growth of Underdeveloped Areas (3) Presents studies of stagnating economies; theories of
underdevelopment; operative resistances
in
development
economic
settings. Prerequisite: 40.122.
40.356 Business and Economic
distributions; regression
requisite: 40.122.
to
growth; the role of capital, labor, population growth and
technological advance; development planning and trade
Statistics 11 (3)
and correlation
-
Probability
analysis; anal-
of variance and designs of experiments; time series
and index numbers, non-parametric methods;
modern decision theoiy and Bayesian statistics; computer application. Prerequisites: 40.122, 40.256.
ysis
40.323 History of Economic Thought
ic
theories
propounded
(3)
in the past
-
Surveys econom-
and
their effect
on
present-day thinking about economic, business and
political systems.
The
surplus value theory; economic
planning as part of government responsibility; relation
of family budgets to Engel's Law; government responsibility for
analysis
employment and rent
control. Prerequisite:
40.456 Introduction to Econometrics
methods
(3)
-
Applies
modern
economic problems; time series
and cross-sectional analysis of measurements of demand
and costs; macroeconomics models; income distribustatistical
to
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
and growth model.
tion
40.460 Advanced Political
Prerequisites: 40.122, 40.256.
Economy
-
(3)
political
the 20th centuries. Prerequisite: 40.122.
GBOOTdDhV
Administered by Department of Geography and Geosciences
41.101 World Physical Geography (3) - Studies Earth-sun
relationships, land masses, oceans, landforms, weather
and climate and natural resources as elements and con-
40.470 Senior Seminar (3) - Discusses the current literature
on economic theory and economic policy. Students read
one journal article a week on which they write a report
and make a seminar presentation.
(41)
107
Applies economic
models of social decision making to historical problems from local through international levels. Presents an evaluation of market; political and mixed
techniques in particular areas from the 18th through
and
GEO
-
Prerequisite: Senior
standing or consent of the instructor.
the adjustments
trols related to
humans make
to their
environment.
41.102 World Cultural Geography (3) - Demonstrates the
relationship of humankind, land, culture and economic activities.
40.490 Independent Study in Economics (1-3)
dents with an opportunity to receive individualized
-
Provides stuin-
struction as they pursue in-depth inquiries into previ-
41.105 Environmental Issues and Choices
(3) - Examines
contemporary environmental resource issues within a
values, ethics and decision-making framework.
ously specified subject matter of special interest within
the field of economics. Topic and outline must be developed with a faculty sponsor and approved by the
department during the preceding semester of residence.
40.513 Origin and Development of Capitalism (3) - Covers
transition from feudalism to capitalism and the subse-
quent influence of leading
dustry, agriculture,
capitalist institutions
commerce, banking, and the
on
in-
social
movement.
40.514 Labor Economic Theory (3) - Emphasizes labor economic theory and its application in analyzing the issues
of employment and inflation. Topics include growth of
the labor force and
wage
composition, wage theories and
its
unionism and income
structures, trade
don, economics of poverty,
and
minimum
distribu-
wage, and hour
Occupational choices, job
search, labor mobility, and human capital formation
included. Students are exposed to research and measurement methodology to meet the research requirements of the course.
laws,
civil legislation.
40.515 Pubhc Policy and Business (3)
policies affecting the
cal,
and
economy:
-
Focuses on public
historical, philosophi-
legal basis of regulation; the rationale of free
41.125 Weather and Climate
(3)
-
Studies the interrelation-
between the elements of weather and climate; elaborates on the functional application of these elements
through a study of climatic realms.
ships
41.200 Geography of United States and Canada (3) - Presents a spatial analysis of the United States and Canada
emphasizing such concepts as environmental perception and sequent occupancy; considers salient problems
within geographic regions in terms of genesis and potential for solution.
41.201 Geography of Europe (3) - Studies Europe's physical
characteristics, topography, transportation systems, resources, populations
and
trade.
41.202 Geography of Latin America
(3) - Examines Latin
major geographic region in terms of those
economic, racial and cultural forms that have provided
America
as a
regional unity
and
diversity.
41.203 Geography of Australia (3) - A regional and spatial
analysis of Australia within a physical, cultural, economic
and environmental context. Examines Australia's historic and contemporary role within the Asian-Pacific
sphere.
enterprise. Intensive analysis of selected areas of eco-
nomic
policy related to
government
41.204 Geography of South Asia
action.
40.531 Current Economic Problems (3) - Examines economic problems of current interest and concern to our society.
Basic
economic principles and theories and the
thinking of recognized economists of the past and
present as revealed in their published works.
the physical and
(3)
-
Provides a survey of
human geography
of South Asia, par-
Bangladesh, Nepal and Sri Lanka. Examines the major environmental, economic and
ticularly India, Pakisan,
cultural
geography patterns, processes and
issues.
Economic Geography (3) - Reviews major economic
focuses on significant characteristics, location
theory and spatial patterns.
41.221
activities;
40.532 Comparative Economic Systems
ings
(3) - Compares workand performance of the major forms of economic
organization: capitalist systems; the
states; state capitalism;
modern
communism; and
welfare
socialism.
41.242
cal
40.533 International Economic Policies and Relations (3) Applies modern international economic and financial
analyses to
emerging contemporary problems of nations
one another. Selected topics include: cus-
trading with
toms unions; optimum currency area; international cartels; and flexible exchange rates. Focuses on impact of
governmental and intergovernmental reladons and regulations.
Map
Skills (3)
-
Uses a variety of published maps for
interpreting and interrelating past and present physi-
and
cultural
phenomena
witii a
view toward the fu-
ture.
41.250 Elements of Planning (3) - Acquaints students vvith
the philosophy of planning, the roles of the planner
and planning
objectives.
41.258 Environmental Conservation (3) - Identifies resource
management and environmenlal problems and offers
possible alternative solutions for tiicse problems.
1 08-
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
41.264 Applied Cartography
ciples,
-
(4)
Studies fundamental prin-
use of graphic media, methods of construction,
41.462 Techniques of Geographic Measurement (3) - Data
handling and map symbolizatioon emphasized in this
and
an emphasis on
use and interpretation of maps, models, charts and dia-
spatial analysis course. Topics in descriptive
infer-
grams, utilized in geography and in urban and regional
ential statistics are explored with
appli-
cations to problems vnth spatial dimensions. Prerequi-
planning.
site:
41.281-289 Special Topics in Geography (3) - Presents areas
of geographic interest to a general audience.
41.301 Water Resources
Management
-An examination
(3)
of contemporary water resource issues related to envi-
ronmental planning and management.
41.302 Land Resources
Management
-
(3)
An examination
of selected land-related issues and problems with the
objecdve of identifying appropriate management tech-
41.242 or consent of the instructor.
41.475 Independent Study in Geography (1-3)
41.496 Internship in Geography (3-12)
work experience
tions, projects
ough background
Management
to the
(4)
-
Provides a thor-
geoenvironmental aspects of
such as its nature and properties, factors of soil formation, classification and geographical distribution.
soil
Examines the interpretation of soil surveys and their
role in land use and resource planning, conservation
and management and environmental quality.
41.304 Environmental Valuadon
(3)
-
Provides a conceptual
and methodological framework for evaluating environmental resources. Emphsisis is on quantitative valuation
techniques that help separate facts from emotion in
complex environmental problems. Prerequisite: 41.105
and management of
risks
and hazards
fail-
Contemporary public policy issues at the local,
national and international levels are reviewed with an
emphasis on geographic themes in hazards and emerg-
ures.
management
technologies. Prerequisites: 41.101 or
51.107.
41.310 Population Geography
(3)
-
Analyzes physical, hu-
man and economic factors that influence the
pattern of the political map of the world.
changing
41.315 Geography of Recreation, Tourism and Sport (3) Explores the array of contemporary issues involving
land, leisure
ternship
tion
1,
site.
and
responsibilities available at the in-
Prerequisites:
Major
in
Geography, Op-
appropriate completion of course requirements
in the option
and consent of the
instructor.
41.497 Internship in Planning (12) - Involves the placement
of a student who is enrolled in the course of study in
urban/ regional planning or environmental planning
into a planning office for twelve weeks during a summer.
and
The student
activities
is
actively involved in the functions
of that planning office during
tliat
time.
41.498 Applied Planning Seminar (3) Provides an opportunity for reporting and analyzing experiences in in-
and
utilizes practice in
the devel-
Taken in coordination with the internship
planning (41.497) or geography (41.496).
perspective.
in
originat-
ing from extreme natural events and technological
ing
Provides for on-site
opment of land use from an urban or environmental
41.305 Environmental Risks and Hazards (3) - Explores the
human and environmental contributions to the generation
-
in
ternship. Integrates
or permission of the instructor.
Provides
an appropriate agency or business.
Internship is intended to integrate classroom learning
with practical work experience emphasizing the func-
niques.
41.303 Soil Resources
-
independent, investigative research oriented to studies
of specific geographical problems. Prerequisite: Open
to juniors and seniors majoring in geography.
and recreational planning.
41.342 Geographic Information Systems (3) - Presents an
introduction to computer-assisted analysis of geographic
Emphasizes CIS applications in management of
natural resources, environmental assessment and urban
and regional planning. Laboratory projects provide opportunities to develop computer expertise. Prerequisite:
41.242 or 41.264 or consent of the instructor.
data.
HIS (42) History
Administered by Department of History
Prerequisites are subject to modification by the instructor
42.100 Transadantic World in the 20th Century (3) - Represents an analysis comparing and contrasting the experiences of Americans and Western Europeans in the 20th
century. Focuses
on
dilemma of the
society and the
individual in an increasingly
rise
the decay of Western traditions, the
of "technocratic"
complex
civilization. Pro-
vides insight into roots of cuiTent events,
promotes sense
of historic awareness beyond the national level and enhances appreciation of basic similarities and differences
among Americans and Western Europeans.
42.112 Origins of the Modern World (3) - Describes the
political, economic, social, intellectual and militai7 developments that shaped the story of mankind from the
early Renaissance to the early 19th century.
The Modern World (3) - Reviews the political, economic, social, intellectual and technological elements
of 19th and 20th century history, showing the progress
of the Western tradition and the growing importance
of the non-Western world.
42.113
41.350 Advanced Planning
-
(3)
Presents the development
and techniques used in analysis, plan preparaand implementation of urban and regional planning processes and activities. Prerequisite:
of
skills
tion, goal setting
41.250 or consent of instructor.
41.363 Urban Geography
(3)
-
Provides a conceptual and
methodological framework in which
cess of urbanization.
to view the pro-
42.121 United States History Survey: Colonial Period to 1877
(3) - Presents a chronological history to 1877 with emphasis on foreign affairs and the evolution of politics,
economs, society and culture.
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 200Z-2003 Advisers Edition
42.122 United States History Survey: 1877 to the Present
(3)
-
Presents political, social, cultural, intellectual, eco-
nomic and foreign affairs developments of the United
from Reconstruction to the present.
States
Asia.
West
Asia,
South
Asia, East Asia:
intellectual.cultural, social
and
emphasis on the
development
political
of the Muslim, Hindu and Chinese civilizations and the
influence of these civilizations on Korea, Japan, Vietnam and the rest of Southeast Asia. Central Asia: em-
on the development of the Mongol empire and
and
the European and African continents. Diversity course.
phasis
the interchange this empire allowed between Asia
42.133
The Ancient and Medieval Worlds
the Ancient Near East to the
fall
(3)
-
Surveys from
Roman Empire
Rome and the rise of
of the
emphasizing Greece,
people and countries of the
West that emerged after the fall of the Roman Empire,
with emphasis on feudalism, manorialism and the mein the West,
Christianity; a study of the
dieval church.
42.141
Modern China and Japan
China and Japan and
(3)
-
Focuses on
modem
closely studies the value system of
and com-
these peoples as reflected in their politics, arts
munications in the 19th and 20th centuries. Particular
attention paid to the interaction between the old models provided by Confucianism and Buddhism vnxh the
models provided by the West during modernization. Not
offered every semester.
Approved
for diversity require-
ment.
42.142 Latin America:
Present (3)
American
-
A
from 1492
ty
Not offered every
semester.
evolu-
its
Approved for
diversi-
requirement.
42.143 Black Africa
mation of the
(3)
-
Presents a survey of the transfor-
societies of
Sub-Saharan Africa from co-
lonialism to national independence.
weapons are
underdeveloped
illustrative
of some of the issues that will
will
be given
to defining values
as related to these issues.
42.222 Business History of the United States (3) - Focuses
on the evolution of business from 1600 to the present,
entrepreneurial leadership of major businessmen and
the history of major modern industries.
42.223 Economic Histor)' of the United States
on
the changing nature of the
(3)
-
Focuses
American economy. This
course covers three time periods: the commercial-agri-
and the modern manaExamines agriculture, banking, business administration, commerce, labor, manufacturing, mining
and transportation, social and political factors that contributed to changing economic relationships in the
United States.
cultural age, the industrial age
gerial age.
42.224 The Immigrant Experience (3) - Provides an overview of cultural diversity in American society by focusing on the history of immigration from the colonial
period to the present. Students examine ethnicity in
America through the study of political, economic, religious and social issues; industrialization and urbanization; attitudes of nativism, discrimination and racism;
and powerful influences of immigrant kinship networks,
ethnic community associations, cultural traditions, religious institutions and ethnic group identity. Lectures
new
relationships
historical intei^pretations of cross-cultural
and new assimilation
theories.
Not offered
every semester. Approved for diversity requirement.
Approved
42.226 Popular Culture in America
(3) - Review of major
forms of popular culture in America from colonial beginnings to the present, telescoped to permit fullest presentation of the period since 1920. Course blends continuity of values and ideas in American culture with
dynamics of change to which the culture constantiy ad-
for di-
Not offered
evei-y semester.
requirement.
42.144 Islamic and Hindu Worlds: Middle East, India and
Malaysia (3) - Introductory course surveying the reli-
economic and political history of the
Middle East, North Africa, the Indian subcontinent, the
Malay Archipelago and their bearing on contemporary
Third World problems. Not offered every semester.
gious, cultural,
42.208 Contemporary Issues in U.S. History (3)
selected issues of social, political or foreign
-
Examines
affairs with-
in a historical context, describing the origin, evolution,
current significance and importance in American society.
in the
terrorism and the spread of nucle-
be examined. Attention
justs.
versity
crisis,
to the present, stressing
the significant economic and social factors in
tion.
to the
concise introductory survey of Latin
history
Population explosion, famine
es.
world, energy
include
From European Colonization
109
Introduces the historical and global nature of many of
today's critical issues that have far reaching consequenc-
ar
42.131 Asian Civilization to 1500 (3) - Surveys ths history
and culture of West, South, East, Southeast and Central
-
The
issues
may vary each
semester.
42.210 Values in Conflict in 20th Century History
sents select
American
(3)
-
Pre-
conflicts in the 1960s involving
and the civilization; resolutions
achieved are reviewed and evaluated. The selection of
conflicts varies each semester. Approved for diversity
values of the individual
requirement.
42.215 Global Issues in History:
A
Conflict of Values (3)
-
42.228 African-American History (3) - Examines the nature
and meaningof the African-American experience in the
United States surveyed from
its
beginnings
to the
present. Reviews black creative expressions in the \isual arts,
music, literature, philosophic thought and so-
cial history.
42.229
Approved
for diversity requirement.
Modern World Leaders
(3)
-
Studies significant world
leaders in religion, politics, war
and culture and
their
impact on world histor)'. Focuses on different leaders
each time offered and covers a selected period from
the Renaissance to the present. Analyzes the conditions
which helped produce the.se leaders and ends by discussing reasons for dieir success or failure. Includes only
leaders
who have made
a significant contribution out-
side their national boundaries.
42.250 History of Science(3) -Studies historical development
of the sciences and the nature of scientific thought and
method; provides understanding of the characteristics
of the sciences as well as their significance to human
110- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
progress from antiquity to the present. Not offered ev-
fought
ery semester.
and the peace
42.260 Sport and Society in America (3) - Presents a cultural approach to organized sport in the United States;
proceeds from the premise that sport mirrors the values, states of technology and the conditions of society.
Emphasizes the rise of the institution of sport and its
impact on business, commercialism, leisure, affluence,
urbanism, nationalism and the problems of governance
and
Not offered every semester.
law.
its
campaign of Napoleon I, concenon strategy and tactics. Examines moral and soproblems raised by warfare. Not offered every se-
origins to the last
trating
cial
Mussolini, Stalin, Hitler
and the
lesser dictators
along
with the international crises that finally culminated in
the outbreak of World
War
II.
Course
stresses ideologi-
and global pattern developments. Not offered every
cal
semester.
42.328 Cold
War Europe,
- Surveys Euroemphasis on the forcleading to war; military and diplomatic developments
pean powers
es
42.281 Military History 1(3)- Studies organized warfare from
diplomacy, military strategy, tactics of the war
treaties of 1918-1920, plus the rise of
it,
of World
1945-Present (3)
in the late 1930s with
War
II
and the causes of the East-West rift; the
reconstruction of democratic Europe and formation of
the Soviet bloc;
European integration and
political
trends in both power systems. Not offered every semester.
mester.
42.329
42.282 Military History
II
(3)
-
Studies organized warfare
and the theory of war from the Napoleonic age to the
present, concentrating on strategy and tactics. Examines the socio-political background, especially of the two
world wars and the age of guerrilla warfare. Not offered
The American Woman
women
(3)
-
Studies the history of
America from colonial times to the present;
topics include women's work, family life, politics, sexuality, education, feminism and reactions against it and
the many facets of women's public and private roles in
the nation's history. Approved for diversity requirement.
in
every semester.
42.315 Origins of Civihzation:
The Ancient Near
42.335 History of Christianity
East (3)
-
known origins of civilization in the Neolithic,
Bronze and Iron ages in Mesopotamia, Egypt, Anatolia
and Syria-Palestine, with some attention to India and
Surveys
China. Not offered every semester. Prerequisite: 42.133
or consent of the instructor.
sis
Reviews
political,
England
The Making of an
economic,
social
Island State (3)
-
and cultural life in
Not offered every
to the Glorious Revolution.
semester.
Modern England: The First Industrial Empire (3) Examines political, social, economic and cultural development in England from the Glorious Revolution to
the present with emphasis on the development of democracy, the Industrial Revolution and the growth and
decline of the British Empire. Not offered every semes-
42.319
ter.
(3)
-Analyzes 1789-
1815 era in France and assesses its significance for the
history of France and the world. Not offered every semester. Prerequisite: 42.112 or consent of the instructor.
42.324 Revolutionary Europe and the Rise of Modern Traditions, 1600-1789 (3) - Discusses the rise of the modern
state;
the political, intellectual, social,
economic and
cultural aspects of the eras of the Scientific Revolution
and Enlightenment; the establishment of European
world hegemony and a world economy; the diplomatic
and military interaction of the European states. Not
offered every semester.
42.326 Europe 1789-1914 (3) - Analysis of Europe's "long
nineteenth century." with particular emphasis on the
nexus of political and social history. Not offered every
semester.. Prerequisite: 42.113 or consent of the instructor.
42.327 Europe in the Age of Total War, 19I4-I945 (3) - Examines origins of World War I and alliance systems that
Promotes student analy-
modern
roots of con-
Prerequisite:
Any course
consent
in history or
of the instructor.
(3) -An analysis of European histofrom 300 to 1400, focusing on political, social, religious and intellectual trends during the period. Feudalism, church history and commercial relations receive
particular emphasis. Examines the status of women in
42.336 Medieval Europe
ry
medieval
society. Prerequisite: 42.112.
42.337 Europe in the Renaissance and Reformation (3) - A
detailed analysis of European history from 1300 to 1650,
focusing upon the intellectual and artistic movement
known
42.320 French Revolution and Napoleon
-
temporary Christian denominations and movements.
Primary and secondary historical sources are discussed
seminar-style in order to critically examine important
ideas, personalities and historical conditions of Christianity.
42.318 Early England:
(3)
of the ancient, medieval and
as the Renaissance
and the
religious upheaval
and "Counterreformation." Political, social, intellectual and religious
trends are highlighted. Prerequisite: 42.112.
associated with the terms "Reformation"
42.346
Modern European
Intellectual History (3)
-
Relates
changes in currents of thought during the period to
political, economic and social developments. Special attention given to interpretations of major intellectual
movements. Not offered every semester.
42.347 History of the Holocaust (3) - Focuses upon the major theme-the genesis and implementation of the
planned destruction of European Jewry from 1933 to
1945; briefly traces the history of anti-Semitism and evaluates scope of prejudice, discrimination and genocide
in
contemporary
civilization.
Includes an analysis of lit-
erature of the Holocaust
and evaluation of the Holocaust's impact on modern-day Israel or the world Jewish community. Not offered every semester.
42.356 Russia to 1917
(3) -Analysis of Russian pohtical and
from the ninth century to 1917, with emphasis on the 18th and 19th centimes. Not offered ev-
social history
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
ery semester.
42.372 Colonial America and the
-
War of Independence
(3)
Reviews European colonization in North America with
and development
of England's colonies, an emerging American society
and problems which created conflict between the Americans and the British resulting in the vVmerican War of
Independence. Not offered every semester.
major attention
to the establishment
42.374 U.S. Social History (3) - Focuses on everyday life in
the past and how ordinary people made history and were
affected by historical change. Emphasis on family life,
way of exploring
as a
42.379
gender and
and/or 42.122.
issues of race,
Prerequisites: 42.121
ity.
The New
Nation: United States, 1781-1845 (3)
views the impact of the democratic experiment
ernment, the economy, culture and
society.
anti-slavery.
Not offered every
-
Re-
on gov-
Among sub-
jects studied are political parties, railroads,
music and
ethnic-
popular
semester.
ed
States,
1845-1896
War, the war
itself,
Topics include
and
(3)
-
Surveys the causes of the
Ci\'il
reconstruction and industrialization.
politics, ideology, military
technology
and gender issues, the economy, labor,
immigration and popular culture. Prerequisite: 42.121.
tactics,
race
42.383 Shaping of Contemporary America, 1896-1941 (3) Examines during these years major changes: imperialistic adventures, rehictant but expectant involvement
in
World War
I,
the "flaming "20s," and the nation's
greatest depression.
Out of
mass-centered welfare
these emerges the
state.
modern
Not offered every semes-
ter.
42.385 Recent American History: 1941 to the Present (3) Examines the major political, economic, social-cultural
and
intellectual
developments in the United States from
1941 to the present. Cold War, Korea and Vietnam, turmoil of the 1960s, nuclear concerns and the role of the
individual in an increasingly complex, technological
society are
some of
the major themes examined.
Not
offered every semester.
42.388 Pennsylvania (3) - Examines major contributions of
Pennsylvania to national life, relations between state and
national
movement. Not offered every semester.
42.391 Diplomatic History of the United States to 1898 (3) Presents a critical analysis of United States foreign relations
from the Colonial Period to the 1898 war with
Not offered every semester.
Spain.
42.392 Diplomatic History of the United States Since 1898
(3)
-
Presents a critical analysis of United States foreign
from the war vnth Spain
Not offered every semester.
relations
in
1898
42.397 Independent Study in History (1-4) - The topic selected must be approved by a committee appointed by
the chairperson. Independent reading and/or research
related to
some aspect of
is supervised by an
department. A student may
register for this course no more than twice and credits
may not exceed 4 semester hours. See the section on
appropriate
to present.
42.395 African-American Radicalism in the 20th Centui^ (3)
- Examines the major black radicals and their philosophies and movements in 20th Century America. Special emphasis will be be placed on the following figures:
W.E.B.DuBois, Marcus Garvey, Malcolm X, Stokely Car-
michacl (Kwame Toure), Angela Davis, Amiri Baraka,
the Black Panther Party and Louis Farahkhan of the
Nation of Islam. Approved for diversity requirement.
history
member of the
Independent Study. Prerequisite: 60 semester hours.
42.398 Research and Writing
Skills (3) - Focuses on the development of proficient research and writing skills. Students learn to fully utilize library and research facilities; develop skills in analyzing and interpreting original/primary research documents; and produce a clear,
concise and well-written lengthy formal paper In addition, students develop an imderstanding of how and
why history is written and revised.
42.404 Topics in 7\jnerican History (3) - Seminar allows students to focus on a specific topic or related topics in
American history
42.381 Civil War, Reconstruction and Industrialization: Unit-
-111
for in-depth study
and
analysis. In-
cludes historiography of the chosen topic, discussion
of problems associated with the topic and production
of a research paper Topics vary from semester to semester.
42.405 / 42.505 - The Jews of Europe: 1450 to Present (3) Analysis of European Jewish history from 1450 to the
present, with particular atatention to the problem of
Jews' legal status; social
and economic
relatioOns be-
tween Jews and dominant communities; Jewish
partici-
pation in national politics; Jewish political self-organization and communal organization; Jewish family life
and gender relations; and the demographics of Jewish
communities. Not offered every semester. Prerequisites:
42.112 or 42.113 if enrolling in 42.405; none if enroll-
ing in 42.505.
42.416 / 42.516
Rome
and
(3)
-
The
Classical
World: Ancient Greece and
Covers ancient Greek and
Roman
history
emphasis on Aegean civilizations,
the age of Pericles and the Hellenistic age after Alexander the Great. Rome: emphasis on early monarchy
and republic, imperial expansion, the Pax Romana and
the decline and fall of the empire; concluding with the
Barbarian age and the rise of byzantium. Not offered
every semester. Prerequisite:42.133 or consent of the
instructor for 42.416; graduate status for 42.516.
culture. Greece:
42.452 Soviet Russia (3)
-
Presents a critical analysis of the
economic and cultural evolution of the
Soviet Union and a study of Soviet foreign policy. Not
political, social,
offered every semester. Prerequisite: 42.113.
42.453 Problems of Contemporary Latin America
lyzes recent events or
movements
that
mav
(3)
-Ana-
indicate re-
currence of historical problems or major developments
of international significance in selected countries of
Latin America.
Not offered every semester.
European History (3) - Investigates
European history. Seminar-style course
studies variety of problems in European histon', in the
medieval, early modern and modern periods. Discu.sses
and analvzes secondary materials on the liislon'. philosophy, politics, science and art of a chosen period. Re-
42.460, 42.461 Topics in
select topics in
112- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
search paper required. Topics vary from semester to
semester. Prerequisite: 42.112 or 42.133.
42.469
ry
Women
I
in
European
tion of such critical
Intellectual Histo-
women, of fecondidon and the view of
viewfs concerning that
males concerning women, over the course of western
history. Women and Gender I covers the ancient, medieval and early-modern periods (c.650 BC - 1650 AD).
Prerequisite: two 100-level courses in history or consent
of the instructor. Approved for diversity requirement.
male
42.470
ry
Women
II
(3)
problems
as
war and peace, nation-
building, revolution, ethnic conflict
and democratiza-
Investigates the condition of
-
(3)
and Gender
44.181 Contemporary Issues in World Politics (3) - An introduction to international politics through an examina-
-
and Gender
in
European
women, of
employed by
-
Examination
and policymakers
politicians
in confront-
ing issues of responsibility and choice in public programs and policies. Focuses on ethical problems and
tives
civic life
impact on
and emphasizes the ways
alterna-
society.
fe-
1550-1995). Prerequisite: two
100-level courses in history or consent of the instructor.
Approved for
(3)
of normative, descriptive and metaethical approaches
responses in
Investigates the condition of
(c.
44.207 Ethics, Politics and Public Policy
Intellectual Histo-
male views concerning that condition and the view of
males concerning women, over the course of western
history. Women and Gender II covers the Scientific Revolution to the present
tion.
diversity requirement.
44.210 Introduction to Political Theory (3) - An introduction to fundamental political concepts such as liberty,
justice, equality,
power and
authority, as well as the
ideas of some representative political philosophers
main
from
Socrates to the present.
Women and Politics (3) - Emphasizes political systems and the broad range of issues that find women as
the recipients of and makers of public action and poli-
44.222
42.472 History of Labor in the United States (3) - Surveys
the emergence and development of organized labor
War period to the present. A third
devoted to an analysis of contemporary
labor-management problems and labor's changing role
from the
post-Civil
of the course
in
is
our increasingly technological
society. Prerequisite:
3 semester hours in history.
- Provides a work-study
experience jointly administered by an academic faculty
member and a sponsoring employer, with about 40
hours of supervised work generating each semester
hour. Prerequisite: For history majors, 15 semester hours
of history, including 42.398. Other majors
may
more than 3 semester hours of
more than
in other nations
internship toward the
may
3 semester hours of 42.497.
(44) Political
explored. Approved as a
44.280 Introduction to International Relations (3) - Examines sources of international conflict and cooperation,
power
politics in the international arena,
problems of
collective security, the settlement of disputes,
cy
and international
diploma-
law.
44.303 Politics and the Arts (3) - Surveys painting, music,
films, poetry and novels to show the relationship be-
tween these media and
and problems.
44.322 Political Violence
PLS
is
enroll
A student may not apply
fulfillment of the history major, although a student
enroll for
and
States
diversity course.
42.497 Internship in History (3-12)
with consent of advisers. Note:
Examines issues that unify and divide women as they
attempt to understand the problems of becoming equal
in an unequal society. The role of women in the United
cy.
mass
Science
political concepts, philosophies
(3)
political violence,
-
Surveys individual, group and
concentrating on causes and
manifestations. Studies positive
and negative
effective-
ness of political violence with the object of placing the
Administered by Department of Political Science
phenomena in meaningful
44.101 Elements of Political Science (3) - Uses the procedures of political science to study power and examines
the processes of politics and the practices of govern-
ments, the performance of and the pressures on the
For non-majors.
political system.
historical
and contemporary
contexts.
44.326 Parties, Groups and Public Opinion (3) - Examines
the development of political parties in the United States;
elections, voter behavior
and political participation; and
and political propaganda.
the role of interest groups
44.108 Contemporary Political Ideologies
(3)
tion to those political beliefs that shape
politics:
-An
introduc-
contemporary
nationalism, liberalism, conservatism, socialism,
feminism, religious fundamentalism, populism.
44.336 Public Administration Theory (3) - Introductory
course to the study of the "management of government
business."
Examines the multi-dimensional nature of
Public Administration by exploring the political, social
44.120 United States Government
(3)
-
Introduces govern-
United States, emphasizing
constitutional development, political development, civil
ment and
politics in the
rights, parties, elections, pressure groups, the
Congress,
and contemporary problems, such
defense, unemployment and poverty.
and economic
factors influencing the public sector administration in the United States. Areas of emphasis include principles of public administration organization
theory, personnel
the president, courts
lic
as foreign affairs,
tive
44.160 Nations, States and Governments (3) - Presents a
comparative study of the governance of countries or
nation-states in selected developed and less developed
regions of the world.
management, public budgeting, puband implementation and collec-
policy formulation
bargaining in the public sector.
44.366 Political Systems of Western Europe
(3) - Examines
democracy as practiced in Western Europe; the politics
and governments of Great Britain, France and Germany.
-113
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
44.371 Political Systems
-
Africa (3)
-
Examines problems of
newly independent states, the struggle for independence, attempts to create national unity and create political stability, economic and political development, the
role of the military in politics and pohucs in the Republic of South Africa.
and the government, concentrating on nationalization
Bill of Rights, rights of persons accused of crimes,
equal protection and voting rights. Offered spring se-
of the
mester only.
44.448 Judicial Process
(3)
-
Studies policy-making by the
Supreme Court. Analyzes
nature of the policy-making function as well as the im-
federal courts, primarily the
44.375 Multiculturalist Theory (3) - Treats the issues of concern generated from an attention to and appreciation
of, our diverse cultural identities. As a theory course, it
new attempt
to re-
to the challenges that difference poses in
demo-
approaches multictilturalism
spond
as a
pact of policy-making on American society.
44.452 State and Local Government and Politics (3) - Presents a description and analysis of state and local legislatures, executives
cratic theory.
ties
44.376 Government and Politics of the Middle East
(3)
-
In-
troduces the political history and governments of particular states in the region
and considers
Iranian revolution, the Iraqi wars.
44.377 Feminist Political Theory (3) - Explores various
strands of feminist political thought and approaches to
philosophical critique. The primary aim of the course
is
to familiarize students with the contributions
made
by feminists to the field of political theory and to provide students with the basic tools with which to read,
understand, critique and write in acknowledgement of
these contributions.
44.405 Development of Political Thought (3) - A chronological survey from the ancient Greeks to the present.
Examines the ideas of seminal
political thinkers as they
grapple with perennial problems.
44.409 American Political Thought
(3)
Analyzes the rela-
thought to modern pomodels are used in a historical, chronological way but are reworked to show their
relation and relevance to contempoary actions and issues. Covers the main ideas of the leading political thinkers in America from the colonial period to the present.
tionship of
American
political
44.437 Public Administration Applications
(3)
-
Examines
major theories of public management and their application in the workplace to enhance productivity. Uses
readings, cases
and simulations.
44.438 Public Personnel Administration
lic
and
- Examines pubneeds of national,
(3)
service as a career, the personnel
governments; civil service law, personnel systems; collective bargaining in the public sector
and current problems in the public service.
state
local
44.440 The President and Congress
tial
current policies and problems. Offered
44.456 Public Policy
ical
and congressional
(3)
-
Reviews presiden-
politics, public
policy-making
roles, executive-legislative relationships, constitutional
Explores the constitutional limitations, citizen
expectations and myths surrounding these institutions.
issues.
44.446 Constitutional
Law
I
(3)
-
rela-
fall se-
(3)
Analyzes the evolution,
and function of the Supreme Court, concentrating on a case study approach of the court's interpretations of the powers of the president. Congress and
-
Studies the institutional
and
polit-
context of policy formation and implementation;
the process for designing and administering govern-
ment programs; and
the techniques of analysis and eval-
uation that are or could be employed in formulating
from among alternatives and
The approach is pragmatic, ap-
policy objectives, choosing
assessing performance.
plied
and
interdisciplinary.
44.458 U.S. Foreign Policy (3) - Analyzes the substance,
methods and purposes of U.S. foreign policy, including
the determinants of policy, policymaking machinery and
implementation matters.
44.464 Government and Politics of Ireland
toric, social, cultural
and
religious
(3)
-
Sur\'eys his-
developments in
Ire-
land with concentration on a study of the government
lic.
and
politics of Northern Ireland and the Irish RepubExamines contemporary literature, drama, music
art.
theory. Traditional
litical
reali-
intergovernmental
mester only.
and
-
politics;
their interac-
and internationally. Considers in parthe importance of Islam in politics, the Arab-
Israeli conflict, the
of state and local
tions;
tions regionally
ticular
and judiciaries; the myths and
.
44.487 International
Law and Organizations
(3)
-
Examines
the nature of international law and politics and surveys
basic issues in
contemporary international
law.
The
course also examines the development of international
organizations and selected issues.
44.490 Independent Study in Political Science (3) - Provides
for individualized reading, research and reporting un-
der conditions of minimal supervision. Projects must
have departmental approval and be under xvay by the
end of the
first
week of a
session.
44.492 Seminar in Government and Politics
(3) - Examines
government and politics in an attempt to
review and unify theories and methods of political science. Emphasizes indixddual research projects.
problems
in
44.497 Internship in Political Science (1-15) - ProNides for
on-site work experience and training designed to give
an opportimit)' to apply tiie theoretical and descriptive
knowledge acquired in the classroom. The student is
supervised by an instructor and an on-site person. A
paper is required.
structure
federal-state relationships. Offered
44.447 Constitutional Law
the
Supreme Court
II
(3)
-
fall
semester only.
Studies the decisions of
as they are related to the individual
SOC
(45) Sociology, Social
Work
and Criminal Justice
Administered by Department of Sociolog\-, Social Work and
116- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
Prerequisites: 45.211, 45.260 or consent of the instructor.
AbA&l Population Problems
(3)
-
Studies
human
stitutional field
popula-
major theories, distributions composition,
changes and future developments of population and
impacts of population problems on society as influenced
tion,
by
45.496 Sociology Internship Program (1-15) - Designed primarily for the junior or senior working in a specific in-
its
vital
processes. Prerequisite: 45.211.
45.468 Social Service Planning (3) - Provides an advanced
consideration of the social context of the development
of social policy, planning and implementation of social
and/or human
services at federal, state
of organization.
A
critical analysis
and
local levels
Prerequisites:
chosen professional field.
Consent of the instnactor and department
chairperson.
45.497 Social work Internship (10-15) - Provides the social
work major with the opportunity to integrate and apply
knowledge, theory and understanding extracted from
The student engages
the foundation courses.
vised, direct service activities to
professional generalist social
of the social effects
of social policy, planning and services on people in a
and/or college-approved, off-campus
activities related to student's
in super-
develop competancy as
work practitioner Prereq-
45.133, 45.297, 45.255, 45.260, 45.215, 45.334,
uisites:
45.450, 45.452
and
45.453.
service-oriented, post-industrial society.
45.470 Senior Seminar (3)
projects
and reports
Provides for individual research
with-in selected areas of interest
such as the family, criminology, social services and special
populations. Usually offered in the spring semes-
ter.
Prerequisites: Senior status; 18 semester hours of
sociology
tor
and
Work and Social WelTaken concurrently with 45.497 for integration of theory and practice. Internship work issues and
assignments are discussed and evaluated in relation to
relevant research and to the sixteen program objectives
and corresponding seven internship course objectives.
45.498 Integrative Seminar in Social
-
social work;
and consent of the
fare (3)
-
instruc-
Prerequisites: 45.133, 45.297, 45.255, 45.260, 45.215,
.
45.334, 45.450, 45.452
45.471 Independent Study in Sociology (3) - Allows student
to pursue individualized instruction in-depth with a faculty
member
in a specific area of the field not covered
in current courses. Prerequisites: 45.211
of instructor, chairperson and
and consent
members of
the depart-
ment.
Examines
some major human problems that lead to environmental deterioration, parti-cularly water, air and noise polludon, energy and other resource depletion and increas(3)
-
ing population density. Prerequisite: 45.211.
Community Land Use Planning (3) - Introduces the
community planning process and the theoretical perspectives relevant to community land use planning.
Examines selected substantive planning problem areas
45.477
in the local
community. Students formulate, develop
and present a community land use plan.
formal and informal work organizations, job
In-depth
dis-
on audiences, the social struccommunications industry, particularly its influence on media content and the political use of mass
dia, especially television,
ture of
latest
research articles in
the field.
45.511 Social Institutions (3)
major
institutions in the
Sociological examination of
United States cross-culturally
-
compared with those in other societies. Specific institutions selected depending on the interest of students and
faculty.
45.513 Adolescents in American Society
role of adolescents in
special emphasis
in groups
and
(3)
-
Studies the
contemporary U.S. society with
on the
adolescent's social interactions
institutions.
The Contemporary American Community (3) - An
advanced examination of the social dynamics of community life, its institutions, organizations, and people
within the context of the development of post-industri-
satisfac-
and organization of
industrial and post-industrial societies and relationship
between work organizations within communities and
al society.
dissatisfaction, strticture
society. Prerequisite: 45.211.
45.490 Sociology of Aging (3) - Studies aging, its major theoretical themes, patterns of living, socio-psychological
consequences of aging. Examines the conproblems and programs of the aging.
Prerequisite: 45.211 or consent of instructor. Offered
in spring semester only.
cultural
temporary
issues,
45.495 Criminal Justice Internship (1-15) -An on-thejob
apprenticeship in which students are exposed to the
responsibilities, skills and activities necessary to accomplish jobs in criminal justice agencies, including pubUc
and
-
45.523
45.478 Sociology of Work (3) - Presents a sociological examination of work and the milieu of the worker. Studies
and
(3)
cussion of cognitive and behavioral effects of mass me-
Prerequisite:
45.211.
and
45.500 Sociology of Mass Communication
media. Students critique the
45.474 Contemporary Environmental Issues
tion
and 45.453.
private, local, state
and
federal, investigatory
correctional agencies. Prerequisite: 45.244.
and
45.525 Current Social Issues
(3)
-
Analyzes current social
and solutions offered to solve them. Explores issues and solutions within the broad framework of the
social sciences and specific framework of sociological
and anthropological data.
issues
Work (3) - Focuses on structure and
organization of industrial and post-industrial societies
and the relationship between work organizations vrith-
45.578 Sociology of
communities and society. Presents a sociological examination of work and the milieu of the worker. Course
focuses on formal and informal work organizations,
worker job satisfaction, and dissatisfaction.
in
ANT
(46)
Anthropology
Administered by Department of 7\ntiiropology
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Editio7i
46.101 Introduction to Anthropology (3) - A beginning
course for students with no background in anthropology. Provides an overview of peoples and cultures of the
world today and of the past as well as the fossil evidence
for human evolution. Topics may include living primates, magic and religion and kinship, marriage and
sex roles. Not for students
who have
taken 46.200, 46.210
or 46.220.
-117
46.311 Archaeology of Northeastern North America (3) Surveys the prehistoric cultures of the area from arrival
of the
first
inhabitants through early historic times. Pro-
vides a laboratory for the study of broader issues of socio-cultural processes. Prerequisite: 46.210 or consent
of the instructor.
46.312 South American Archaeology
(3)
A
-
survey of pre-
46.102 Anthropology and World Problems (3) - Explores the
origins of global problems and evaluates the variety of
South America. Emphasizes the civilizations of the Andean zone and the role played by
the Amazonian region in the development of Andean
cultural solutions to those problems. Investigates cul-
Cultures. Prerequisites: 46.101 or 46.200 or 46.210 or
and solutions of tribal peoples holistically
and compares them to those of industrialized nations
in terms of their consequences and implications. Ap-
consent of the instructor. Approved as a diversity course.
historic cultures of
tural values
proved
46.320 Contemporary World Cultures
parative analysis of selected
as a diversity course.
(3)
-
Presents a com-
non-European
societies in
and natural areas. Indicates stresses on the natural and social environment; national character; religion and world view; and literary, artistic and
musical expression. Approved as a diversity course.
contrasting cultural
46.200 Principles of Cultural 7\jithropology (3) - Provides a
cross-cultural study of all human behaviors in contem-
porary cultures. Topics surveyed include socialization;
language; sex, age and kinship roles; religion and mag-
marriage and the family; political and economic behavior; cultural change; and the arts. Anthropological
methodology and the concept of culture also are
46.333 Ethnic Identity in the United States
(3)
-
Explores
ic;
stressed.
Approved
examination of
humankind to
es on regional
human
(3)
-
Provides a worldwide
prehistory from the origins of
the development of early writing. Focusdifferences
and
similarities in
key evolu-
tionary transitions including sedentary lifeways, urban
origins
and the
rise
of
states. Field
methods are
also
discussed.
Human Origins (3) - Studies the emergence and
development of humans, the biological basis of human
culture and society and the origin of the social units of
fossil humans. A review of non-human primates and
46.220
their behavior
is
A uniquely anthropological perspective is utilized to give
also addressed.
Men and Women: An
(3)
-
A
cross-cultural
Anthropological Perspective
and evolutionary perspective on
a cultural-ethnic identity
sity
course.
46.340 Native North America (3)
-
American population.
Prerequisites: 46.200, 46.210,
46.220 or consent of the instructor. Approved as a
46.350 Medical Anthropology
(3)
illness
of anthropology. Approved as a diversity course.
46.300 Archaeological
the
modern
Method and Theory
(3)
-
Explores
theoretical foundations of archaeology. Stu-
dents read and discuss original contributions to the field
and learn methods
in preparation for actual fieldwork.
Prerequisite: 46.210 or consent of the instructor.
46.301 Field Archaeology (3-6)
- Provides field investigation
of various prehistoric cultures in northeastern United
States.
Students learn excavation and recording tech-
important sites during field trips and become part of a unique community that studies our past.
niques,
visit
46.310 Aztecs and Mayans
and
diagnosis, sorcery
-
Surveys the prehistoric cul-
tures of Mexico and Central America. Emphasis on the
development of Aztec and Mayan civilizations. Approved
as a diversity course.
46.360 Pseudoscience (3)
-
Sharpens
critical
thinking
skills
and deepens understanding of human belief systems
and ethics by examining how science operates and e\aluating extraordinary ideas that claim to be scientific.
Investigates scientific-creationism, ESP, UFOs, fantastic
archeology, dowsing and others.
46.370 Indigenous Cultures of Modern Mexico (3) - Presents an introduction to the indigenous cultures of
modern Mexico, including Nahua, Otomi, Purepecha,
Huastec, Zapotec, Mixtec and Maya. Focus is both historical and contemporary. Treats such subjects as religion, sacred
and secular
rituals,
customs, folk
art, so-
economics and culture change
from an anthropological perspective. Prerequisite:
ciopolitical organization,
46. 101 or 46. 102 or 46.200 or 46.31
(3)
as well as health
and witchand preventive medicine,
alcoholism and drug use and the medical knowledge of
tribal and peasant societies. Approved as a diversity
topics of divination
course.
ries
Studies of cross-cultural
care delivery in industrialized cultures. Includes the
indtis-
Covers genetic and environmental theoof sex role behavior Prerequisite: 3 semester hours
-
and curing
Examines sex roles in nonhi:man primates and humans.
Examines sex roles in hunting and gathering, horticultural, pastoralist, peasant and other preindustrial socitrial societies.
di-
versity course.
craft in healing, public health
modern
Surveys native cultures of
North America in prehistoric and early historic periods
with emphasis placed on issues facing today's Native
sex role behavior in past and contemporary cultures.
eties are described as well as sex roles in
is
formed and maintained in our socien-. Special attention paid to Italians and Latinos (including Puerto
Ricans) as examples of extremely different immigrant
experiences. Prerequisite: 46.200. Approved as a diver-
concepts of health,
46.260
how
students a sense of
as a diversity course.
46.210 Prehistoric Archaeology
the varieties of ethnic experience in the United States.
or 46.430 or 46.333
or 46.340 or consent of insuiictor
46.385 Anthropology Research and Writing Skills (3) - Familiarizes students with information sources in anthro-
120- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
may be repeated
with change in topic. Prerequisites:
48.101 and consent of
tlie instrtictor.
48.436 Theories of Personality (3) - A critical study of theories explaining development, structure and dynamics
of personality. Considers personality from psychoanalytic, social, trait, self and learning points of view. Prerequisite: 48.101, 48.160, 48.281 (minimum grade of C
in each), 48.282.
48.439 Introduction to Clinical Psychology (3) - Surveys clinical psychology and the role of the clinical psychologist
in
community and
clinical
hospital mental health programs,
assessment and diagnosis. Examines concepts
and models of psychotherapy. Prerequisites: 48.101,
48.335 or 48.436 or consent of the instructor.
in
48.451 Laboratory Training in
Group Processes
(3)
-
Offers
on-going experience on topics including norm-setting,
leadership, problem solving, role playing cooperation/
competition and decision making. Class size limited to
20 students. Prerequisite: 48.101 and consent of the instructor. Offered fall semester only.
48.453 Organizational Psychology
(3)
-
Describes the appli-
and research to the study
of industrial, business, profit and nonprofit service,
military and governmental organizations. Emphasizes
the interaction of individual perceptions, group dynamics and organizational climate and strategies to maximize the satisfaction and effectiveness of each component within and between complex organizations. Precation of psychological theory
requisite: 48.101, 48.253 or
consent of instructor. Of-
48.464 Advanced Experimental Design (Spring, odd-num(3)
-
Presents an advanced consideration
of the planning, conduct and evaluation of research in
the behavioral
and biological
metric and nonparametric
employing paraEmphasizes inferinterpretation and com-
sciences,
statistics.
ential statistics, design, analysis,
puter utilization. Prerequisites: 48.101, 48.160, 48.281,
48.282 or consent of the instructor.
in
both individual and group
under supervision of a psychology faculty member. Requires written report on results of study. Prerequisites: Consent of the instructor,
departmental approval and approval by the dean of the
in the field or laboratory
BIO
(50) Biology
Administered by Department of Biological and Allied Health
Sciences
50.100 Cells, Genes and Molecules (3) - General principles
of biology studied from the cellular, genetic and molecular levels. Discusses
(3)
-
Studies the
application of learning principles to change behavior
both individual and group
50.101
Human
48.497 Practicum in Psychology (3-15) - Provides application of psychological knowledge through study, observation and practice in a community. May be repeated
for a total of 15 semester hours. Prerequisites: 90 credit
hours and completion of 48.101, 48.160, 48.281 (minimum grade of C in each) and consent of the instructor.
Human
Biology (3)
Presents major concepts and
-
principles of biology relating to
humans. Not applica-
ble to biology major.
50.102 Ecolog}' and Evolution (3) - Studies biology from the
ecological, evolutionary and behavioral perspective with
emphasis on humankind. Not applicable
to biology
major.
50.107 Medical Terminology (1) - Studies roots, prefixes and
suffixes of medical terms \ia programmed instruction.
Recommended for students in
fail
credit only.
the health sciences. Pass/
Not applicable
50.114 Concepts in Biology
(4)
I
-
to biology major.
Introductory course pro-
framework of key biological concepts and unifying themes. Topics include the nature and process of
science, the unity and diversity of living things, the chemical basis of life, cell structure and function, principles
of inheritance and animal form and function. Laboratory work emphasizes application of biological princiexperimental design, obsei'vation, data collection,
and interpretation. Three hours lecture/three
hours laboratory per week.
ples,
analysis
11
(4)
-
Continuation of Con-
Introductory course that presents key
biological concepts in an evolutionary framework. Topcepts in Biology
1.
include: plant form and function, population, community and ecosystem ecology, evolution, systematics
ics
and a survey of key phyla of plants, animals and microorganisms. Laboratory work emphasizes application of
biological principles, experimental design, observation,
and
oral
communication
skills.
Three hours of
lecture/ three hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisite: 50.114 or permission of the instructor.
settings. Prerequisites:
48.101 or consent of the instructor.
torical
techniques in biolo-
data collection, analysis and interpretation as well as
Ajrts.
48.476 Principles of Behavior Modification
48.576 Theories of
how modern
gy shape and affect our lives. Not applicable to biology
major. Three hours of lecture per week.
written
in
settings. Prerequisites:
48.101 or consent of the instructor.
50.115 Concepts in Biolog)'
48.466 Independent Study in Psychology (3) - Studies a topic via either review and research of technical psychological literature or empirical manipulation of variables
College of Liberal
48.577 Principles of Behavior Modification (3) - Studies the
application of learning principles to change behavior
vides a
fered spring semester only.
bered years)
which yield principles for practical application.
Learning
(3)
-
Studies the his-
and contemporary learning systems and models
50.173 Anatomy and Physiology 1 (4) - An introductory
course integrating die structure and function of the human body. Covers fundamental principles of anatomy
and physiology, the chemical basis of life, cell structure
and function, tissues, integumentary system, skeletal
system, muscular system, nervous system and special
senses. Three hours of lecture/3 hours of laboratoiy
per week. Not applicable to biology major.
50.174 Anatomy and Physiology
integrating the structure
II (4)
-
Introductory course
and function of the human
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
body. Covers blood and defense mechanisms, cardiovascular system, lymphatic system, respiratory system,
digestive system, metabolism, nutrition, urinary system,
fluid
and
endocrine system, repro-
electrolyte balance,
ductive system, growth
and development and human
Three hours lecture/3 hours laboratory per
genetics.
week. Prerequisite: 50.173 or consent of the instructor.
Not applicable
to biology major.
50.200 Dendrology (Summer) (3) - Covers the basic principles of dendrology: the identification, biology and eco-
nomic
significance of trees
and shrubs. Emphasis
is
placed on tree species of eastern North American forests. Two hours of lecture and 10 hours of laboratory
per week.
Summer
session only. Prerequisite: 50.115.
50.205 Introduction to Nutrition (3) - A foundation of nutritional concepts and practices that can be applied to
personal
lives
and incorporated
into careers. Concepts
-
121
and other microorganisms with conand
various industrial processes. Three hours lecture and 2
hours laboratory per week. Not applicable to biology
bacteria, viruses
sideration of their relationship to public health
major.
50.242 Biology of Microorganisms
(4)
-
Introduces the fun-
damental principles of nomenclature, classification,
microscopy, cytology and anatomy, cultivation, growth,
metabolism and genetics of the microbial world. Microbial interrelationships and control are integrated into
a systematic approach to classical microbiology as it relates to humans and the environment. Three hours of
lecture/3 hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisites:
50.115 and 52.115.
50.252 Field Zoology (Summer)
(3)
vertebrates) with emphasis
recognition and
some
Studies animals (mainly
-
on
field observation
and
collections. Also the class visits
include nutritional requirements for optimal health and
various field zoologists' study sites to learn about this
span, making food
profession. Field trip to Wallops Island at additional student cost. Two hours of lecture/3 hours of laboratory
per week. Prerequisite: 50.115 or consent of the instruc-
performance throughout the
life
choices in the marketplace, analyzing nutritional infor-
mation in the media and controversial issues in nutrition and health. Not applicable to biology major.
50.211 Invertebrate Zoology (3)
la
-
Studies the principal phy-
of invertebrate animals in relation to their anatomy,
classification
and behaviors
they participate. Field trip
which
Marine Sci-
tor.
50.253 Freshwater Biology (Summer)
(3)
-
Emphasizes the
chemical, physical and biological aspects of freshwater
Two hours
in the ecosystems in
environments.
component
tory per week. Prerequisites: 50.115 or consent of the
at
ence Consortium, Wallops Island, Va., includes additional student costs. Three hours lecture/2 hours laboratory per week. Prerequisite 50.115.
of lecture/3 hours of labora-
instructor.
50.254 Social Implications of Biology
(3)
-
Explores the so-
:
of current thought in biology. Ad-
cietal implications
50.212 Vertebrate Zoology (3) - Studies the biology of vertebrate animals, emphasizing natural history, physiology,
morphology, taxonomy and behavior. Reviews evolutionary and ecological aspects of each class. Includes laboratory work with living and preserved specimens to familiarize students with representative individuals of the
major classes of this group. Field trip component at the
Marine Science Consortium, Wallops Island, Va., includes additional student costs.
Two hours
of lecture/3
hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisite: 50.115.
velopment, structure, reproduction and selected ecological and paleobotanical aspects. Two hours of lecture/3 hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisite:
50.115.
50.231 Biology of Aging (3) - The biological mechanisms of
the aging process are discussed with special emphasis
humans. Discussions include studcellular, systems and organism levels of organizations. Three hours lecture per
week. Not applicable to biology major
ies
applicable to biology major.
50.263 Field Botany (Summer)
in
of aging at the molecular,
Human
human
Genetics (3)
genetics
anthropology,
and
and
-
Explores the principles of
their application to
biolog)',
special education.
problems
in
medicine, psychology, sociology
Three hours of lecture/discus-
sion per week. Prerequisite: 50.100, 50.101, 50.114 or
consent of the instructor.
50.240 Introductory Microbiology
(3)
-
Presents elementaiy
aspects of morphology, metabolism
and
cultivation of
-
Field identification of
ogy and evolution. Two hours of lecture/3 hours laboratory per week. Prerequisite: 50.1 15 or consent of the
instructor.
Examines the structure and funcorganelles. Emphasis on general
principles and processes by which all cells function.
Three hours of lecture/3 hours of laboratory per week.
Prerequisites: 50.115 and 52.115 or 52.118.
tion of the cell
-
and
its
50.275 Drugs in America (3) - Examines die basic mechanism of drug action for legal and illegal, prescription
and over the counter (OTC) medications. Introducdon
covers terminolog)', drug sources, federal h«vs and principles of drug action. More specific mechanisms will be
discussed for the following categories: narcotic analgesics,
stimulants, barbituates, tranqtiilizers, marijuana,
OTC pain relievmedications and anubiodcs.
hallucinogens, antiovulatoi7 agentes,
ers,
50.233
(3)
local vascular plants, principles of plant systemics, ecol-
50.271 Cell Biology (4)
50.222 Comparative Biology of Plants (3) - Provides a phylogenetic study of land plants with emphasis on their de-
on these processes
dresses values, ethics and responsible decision making.
Three hours of lecture and discussion per week. Not
other
common OTC
Not applicable
to the biolog)' major.
50.331 Embryology (3)
-
Re\iews the patterns, processes and
principles of animal development. Laboratory studies
emphasize descripti\e embryology of a nmnber of representative vertebrates with emphasis on amphibian,
avian and mammalian development. Field trip component at Marine Science Consoruuni. Wallops Island, Va.,
includes additional student costs. Two hours oflecture/
122- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
and
from various body
3 hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisite: 50.115 or
function of vertebrate
consent of the instructor.
systems. Laboratory studies include the use of prepared
50.332 Genetics (3) - Addresses mechanisms of heredity in
animals and plants; Mendelian inheritance, linkage,
chromosomal modifications,
and gene action. Three hours of lecture/
cells
tissues
microscope slides and color photomicrographs. Two
hours lecture/3 hours laboratory per week. Prerequisite:
50.271 or consent of instructor.
probability, crossing over,
nucleic acids
2
hours of laboratory per week. Laboratory hours
will
vary. Prerequisite: 50.271.
50.333 Molecular Biology (3) - Investigates the practical and
theoretical aspects of molecular biology and gives students an opportunity to explore otogenic and develop-
mental problems from a molecular perspective. Topics
include information processing from DNA to proteins,
regulation of gene expression, DNA mutability and repair and genetic engineering. Two hours lecture/discussion, three hours of lab per week. Prerequisites:
50.271, 50.242
and 52.131.
50.366 Anatomy and Physiology: Head, Neck and Thorax
(Spring) (3) - Focuses on the anatomy, physiology and
development of the head, neck and thorax. Emphasizes the organ systems that relate to the hearing and
speech mechanisms. Three hours lecture/2 hours laboratory per week. Preference given to students in communication disorders. Not applicable to biology major.
50.380 Biology Seminar
(1)
-
Emphasizes preparation and
presentation of biological topics in both oral and written formats. Prerequisite: junior standing or
minimum
of 64 semester hours completed.
50.390 Undergraduate Resarch in Biology 1(1-3)- Acquaints
50.342 Medical Bacteriology (4) - Provides a study of bacteria capable of causing disease in humans. Emphasizes
students with techniques of scientific research, data
laboratory aspects of bacterial disease but includes
search with the aid of a faculty member. Research cul-
and
minates in a scholarly paper written by the student that
presents findings of the laboratory or field investiga-
pathogenicity, identification, diagnosis, treatment
prevention. Three hours of lecture/3 hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisites: 50.242
50.343 Immunolog)'
functions of
(3)
-
and 50.271.
Introduction to components and
human immune
to infectious disease, blood transfusion organ transplantation and cancer; consideration of conditions involving the immune system such as immuno-
and autoimmune diseases. Prerequisites: 50.271; and a background in genetics
organic/biochemistry and/or infectious diseases recommended.
deficiencies (AIDS), allergies
lar plant diseases, the
the impact of diseases
disease
program of re-
tion in a form suitable for publication. Refer to section
on cooperative education, internship and independent
study Prerequisite: junior standing.
50.391 Undergraduate Research in Biology
II (3)
-
Continu-
ation of 50.390.
50.411 Radiation Biology (3)
-
Studies effects of radiation
on living organisms and nuclear structure; studies fundamental properties of radiation, including physical,
chemical and genetic effects on plants and animals from
cells to whole organisms; studies application of radio-
50.332. 53.141 or consent of the instructor.
affairs.
Lecture
stress-
and pathogen
to
control. Laboratory stresses identipathogens and disease symptoms, his-
tology of diseased tissues and research techniques.
Three hours of lecture/2 hours of laboratory per week.
Prerequisites: 50.242 and 50.271; or consent of the instructor.
50.351 Ecology (3) - Investigates the interactions of organisms and their environment. Includes behavior, popu-
community interactions and ecosystem
function. Field-based labs are an integral part of the
course.
in a
on human
Examines the nature of vascu-
and disease
lation dynamics,
engaging
chemicals in biological studies. Minimum of 4 hours
per week including laboratory. Prerequisite: 50.233 or
-
modes of pathogenesis, host response
fication of plant
analysis by
biology of plant pathogens and
es principles of plant pathology: disease
classification,
and
system; application of im-
munology
50.350 Plant Pathology (3)
collection
Two hours lecture/3 hours
laboratory per week.
Prerequisite: 50.115 or consent of the instructor.
50.430 Evolution (3) - Studies the major concerns of the
theory of evolution and contributions toward their solutions
made by
genetics, paleontology, systematics and
Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites:
ecology.
50.332 or 50.351 or permission of the instructor.
50.432 Microbial and Molecular Genetics (3) - A study of
macromolecules, macromolecular complexes, protein
and gene regulation using viruses, bacteria and
lower eukaryotes. Topics include DNA/chromosome
structure, genetic recombination, plasmids, transposons, recombinant DNA and genetic analysis. Three
hours of lecture and tsvo hours of laboratory per week.
syntliesis
The
laboratory hours will vary. Prerequisites:
Two of the
following: 50.242, 50.332, 52.341; or permission of in-
50.361 Comparative Vertebrate
Anatomy
(3)
-
Presents a
comparative study of the chordates emphasizing the vertebrate classes. Attention given to structure, morphogenesis, functional adaptations
and evolutionary trends.
placed on the lamprey, shark
and cat. Field trip component at Marine Science Consortium, Wallops Island, Va., includes additional student
costs. Two hours of lecture/3 hours of laboratory per
Laboratory emphasis
is
week. Prerequisite: 50.115 or consent of the instructor.
50.364 Vertebrate Histology
(3)
-
Studies the structure and
structor.
50.441 Cytogenetics (3) - Examines structure and behavior
of chromosomes and their effects on development. Describes
human
chromosome
genetic syndromes and the effects of
abnormalities. Explores relationships be-
tween chromosomes, oncogenes and cancer. Laboratory studies include cell culture methods, microscopic
techniques and karyotype preparation. Two hours of
lecture/2 hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisites:
50.233 or 50.332 and 50.271; or consent of die instruc-
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
-123
and animals and ^vith
each other in natural air, water and soil habitats. The
roles of microbes in biogeochemical cycling, pollution
and waste management are reviewed. Lab experience
in sampling, counting and monitoring microbes in the
environment. Four hours per week. Additional time may
be required. Prerequisite: 50.242 or consent of instrucactions of microbes with plants
50.442 Virology of Mammals (3)
-
Introduces
viral structure,
and pathogenesis.
prevention and treatment
classification, replication, genetics
Studies entail the diagnosis,
of viral infection and families of viruses that cause
dis-
humans and other mammals. Includes such current topics as AIDS and rumor virology. Prerequisites:
At least one course from 50.332, 50.342, 50.343, Chemistry 52.341; background in microbiology recommendease in
ed.
tor.
50.457 Entomology
gy,
insects.
50.444 Plant and Animal Tissue Culture
practical
and
(
1
)
-
Explores the
and animal
theoretical aspects of plant
Primary focus wiU be on the development
skills to a level sufficient to enable the
student to gain an entry-level position in a cell culture
laboratory. Topics include: regeneration of plants from
tissue culture, hybridoma technology, animal tissues
culture techniques, establishing primary cell cultures
and maintenance and storage of cell cultures. One hour
of lecture/discussion per week, three hours lab. Intended for biotechnology students. Prerequisites: 50.271;
52.230 or 52.231
(3)
-
Studies the physiolog)', morpholo-
and general biology of the
behavior, classification
A collecting period provides an opportunity for
mount and properly display insects
Taxonomic emphasis limited to order and famEquivalent to 5 hours per week including laborato-
students to collect,
for study.
tissue culture.
ily.
of laboratory
50.450 Mycology (3) - A critical survey of the kingdom Fungi, with emphasis on the Ascomycota, Basidiomycota and
ry-
50.459 Ornithology
(3)
-
Studies the biology of birds includ-
ing bird identification in the field by song and sight,
anatomy, physiology, behavior, ecology and other aspects. Two hours of lecture/3 hours of laboratory per
week. Some study off-campus may be required. The field
trip component at Marine Science Consortium, Wallops
Island, Va., includes additional student costs. Prerequisite: 50.115 or consent of the instructor.
50.460 Population Biology
(3)
-
Presents selected themes in
Deuteromycota. Lectures cover the topics of morphol-
the biology of animal, plant and fungal populations.
ogy, physiology, biochemistry, cytology, genetics, system-
Topics include: population structure and d)'namics, pop-
atics,
ecology and evolution. Laboratory stresses com-
morphology of higher fungi, laboratory techniques and field mycology. Two hours of lecture/3 hours
of laboratory per week. Prerequisites: 50.271; one course
in genetics recommended; or consent of the instructor.
parative
and speciation.
Fundamental principles and current models and hyulation genetics, population ecology
potheses
will
be stressed, along with treatments of
re-
search techniques, computer modeling and potential
for future research.
Three hours of lecture/discussion
per week.
50.451 Conservation Biology (3) - Presents the science of
preserving biodiversity and sustaining the earth. Draws
on and
synthesizes information
from the
fields
of ecol-
economics, sociology and political science. Emphasis on the development
of strategies for preserving populations, species, biological communities and entire ecosystems in the face of
growing human populations and their impact on the
environment. Brings scientific principles and theory to
bear on problems of management for preserving the
richness of life on earth. Three hours of seminar per
week. Prerequisites: 50.115; 50.351; 41.105 or consent
of the instructor.
ogy, evolution, genetics, philosophy,
50.542 Limnology (summer) (3) - Chemical, biological and
physical aspects of freshwater lakes, ponds and streams.
Includes laboratory and field investigations. Prerequisite:
50.351.
50.453 Neotropical Biology (3) - Stvidies the biology of the
neotropics with an emphasis on the Central or South
American neotropics. Students vnW deliver a seminar,
50.461 Animal Behavior (3) - In depth introduction to modern ethology. Emphasizes current models of animal
behavior and theoretical foundations of etholog)'. Research and project oriented. Students may incur additional cost
due
to the field trip
component
at
Marine
Science Consortium, Wallops Island, Va. Three hours
of lecture/2 hours of laborator)' per week.
50.462 Plant Anatomy
anatomy and
(3)
-Outiines recent concepts of plant
historical consideration of classical re-
searchers. Reviews the structure, function, growth
and
morphogenesis of the vascular plants. Addresses composition and growth of meristems and the phenomena
of subsequent tissue differentiation. Describes anatomical organization by developmental and comparative
methods in order to explain important cell, tissue and
organ relationships. Two hours of lecture/3 hours of
laboratory per week. Prerequisite: 50.115.
50.470 Medical Parasitolog)' (3) - Presents life history, physiology, taxonomy and morpholog)' of parasites of med-
humankind. Special attention given
write a term paper, participate in class discussions, turn
ical
notebook and study selected readings in
neotropical biology. A one to two week trip to the neotropics is required and students will incur travel expenses exclusive of tuition and fees of approximately $2,000.
such as pathology-, symptomolog)-, diagnosis, prevention and treatment. Laboratory work
stresses identification of parasitic disease through liv-
in a field trip
importance
to
to clinical aspects
Prerequisites: 50.115; 50.351; 41.105 or consent of the
ing and preserved material, die proper handling of specimens and methods of professional patient inter\iew-
instructor.
ing. Five
50.455 Environmental Microbiolog)'
(3)
-
Studies the inter-
hours per week. Prerequisite: 52.230 or 52.231
or 52.116 or consent of the instructor. Completion of
additional coursework in biolog)' reconuiiended.
124- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
50.472 Animal Cell Physiology (3) - Examines the principles
of physics and chemistry as they relate to biological processes of animal cells. Relates the structure
ties
and proper-
of certain organic molecules to the structure of
membranes and
ological
bi-
the functions of different or-
Emphasizes the role of membrane transport
processes to the maintenance of the cell's physiochemical environment. Uses intermediary metabolism and
bioenergetics to present the role of chemical messenganelles.
gers in the regulation of cell processes. Prerequisites:
52.230 or 52.231 or 52.116 or permission of the instruc-
cal
problems and reinforces awareness of the unity of
Emphasizes the application of the scien-
living systems.
tific method and provides opportunities for independent investigation. Four hours laboratory per week, including one hour discussion. Offered each semester.
Prerequisites: 50.271, 52.116, and52.230 or 52.231 or
permission of the instructor. Students need an under-
standing of college algebra. Pre or Co-requisite: 50.472,
50.474, 50.478, or 50.477.
50.481 Senior Biology Seminar (1) - Addresses the practice
of critical reading and of the scientific literature in bi-
tor.
ology, preparing written
Examines how normal body
function is maintained by the precise control and integration of the specialized activities of the various organ
systems. Three hours of lecture/ 2 hours of laboratory
50.473 Systemic Physiology
(3)
-
per week. Prerequisites: 50.271 52. 1 1 6, 50.472 or 50.474
research,
and engaging
and
oral analyses of original
in critical discussion. Prerequi-
senior standing in biology.
site:
50.484 Methods in Biotechnology (3) - An investigationbased course in which students undertake a project of
,
their
or 50.174.
own design employing methods used
in biotech-
nology. Students will be required to submit project pro-
50.474 Vertebrate Systems Physiology (3) - Studies the major organ systems and how they work together to main-
Uses human
systems to explain function, but includes examples from
other vertebrates to broaden students' understanding
of the variety of mechanisms used to maintain homeostasis. Mechanisms by which the systems' functions are
integrated in the whole organism are emphasized. Three
hours lecture and discussion per week. Prerequisites:52.230 or 52.231, or permission of the instructor.
tain
body conditions compatible with
Competence
life.
Examines normal physiology
of the nervous and skeletal muscular systems; specifition,
be allowed to register for the course on approval of
meet as a research group for
the project. Students will
three hours/week with the instructor. Prerequisites:
50.333 or 52.422.
50.490 Internship in Biology and Biology Research (3-15) A work-study program open only to juniors and seniors
majoring in biology and allied health sciences. No more
than 15 semester hours in Cooperative Education and/
or internship may be taken.
.
in college algebra.
50.476 Neurophysiology
cally
posals prior to the semester that they enroll. Students
will
(3)
studying cellular neurophysiology, muscle contrac-
sensory physiology, motor control and their inte-
Three hours lecture and discussion per week.
Background in mammalian or systemic physiology, biochemistry and anatomy recommended. Prerequisites:
gration.
50.472, 50.473 or 50.474.
50.477 Plant Physiology (3)-
50.493 Honors Independent Study
I -
Biological Research
-
An
introduction to plant func-
tion including discussions of water relations, carbohy-
drate metabolism and translocation, photosynthesis,
mineral nutrition, plant growth hormones and growth
and development. Three hours lecture per week. Prerequisites: 50.230 or 52.231 or
permission of the instruc-
(3)
-
Consists of a laboratoiy or field investigation of a
particular
problem or topic
in biology.
The
be conducted under the supervision of a
ty
member. The course
is
open
study
will
biolog)' facul-
to students enrolled in
the B.A. and B.S. in biology degree programs. Refer to
on cooperative education, internship and independent study. Prerequisite: 50.380 and admission to
the Honors Program.
section
50.494 Honors Independent Study
(3)
-
II -
Biological Research
Consists of a laboratory or field investigation of a
problem or topic in biology. The study will be
conducted under the supervision of a biology faculty
member. This course completes the requirements for
selected
Biology Honors research. Prerequisite: 50.493.
tor.
50.478 Microbial Physiology (3) - Studies life processes of
microorganisms, including how they maintain homeostasis in
response to changing environmental conditions.
Examines general similarities as well as significant differences between microbial groups. Covers principles
of nutrition and growth, substrake uptake and transport systems. Discussion of energy-yielding metabolism
in
microorganisms will highlight the
diversity of systems.
Outlines precursor and macromolecule synthetic path-
ways and their regulation, with emphasis on industrial
applications. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites:
50.242, 50.271, 52.116.
50.479 Integrated Physiology Laboratory (1) - Provides
hands-on investigations of physiological principles
across taxonomic groups and all organizational levels.
Investigates evolutionary adaptations to various physi-
50.530 Evolution (3) - Examines major events in die history
of life on Earth. Examines theoretical models of evolutionary processes and the evidence of evolutionary
change from studies of fossil and extant species. Three
hours lecture per week.
50.531 Developmental Biology (3) - Study of progressive
changes and transformations diat occur during the ex-
model organisms. Morphogenesis, difand genetic control are discussed. Laboratoi7 studies use amphibian eggs collected locally and other selected embryologic and microscopic material. Four hours per week. Offered in spring
istence of various
ferentiation, metabolism,
semester.
- Microbial and Molecular Genetics
(3) - A study of
macromolecules, macromolecular complexes, protein
synthesis and gene regulation using viruses, bacteria and
50.532
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
lower eukaryotes. Topics include
DNA/chromosome
structure, genetic recombination, plasmids, trans-
posons, recombinant DNA and genetic analysis. Three
hours of lecture and two hours of laboratory per week.
The laboratory hours will vary. Prerequisites: Admission
to the M.S. or M.Ed. Program in Biology, or permission
of instructor.
50.550 Mycology (3) - A critical survey of the kingdom Fungi with emphasis on the Ascomycota, Basidiomycota, and
Deuteromycota. Lectures cover morphology, physiology,
125
50.561 Animal Beha%ior (3) - An in-depth introduction to
modern behavioral biology, ecology and evolution. Emphasizes current models of animal behavior
and theo-
foundations of ethology. Project oriented. Students master appropriate theory, familiarize themselves
with appropriate literature and apply principles in
retical
under the direction of
commitments and costs
project designed by the students
the professor. Additional time
be incurred for reqiured off-campus field trips.
Three hours of lecture discussion, two hours laboratowill
ry
per week.
biochemistry, cytology, genetics, systematics, ecolo-
and evolution. Laboratory sessions stress comparamorphology of higher fungi, laboratory techniques,
and field mycology. Two hours lecture/3 hours laboragy,
tive
tory per week.
50.570 Medical Parasitology
on and
synthesizes information
from the
fields
of ecol-
ogy, evolution, genetics, philosophy, economics, sociol-
ogy and political science. Emphasis on the development
of strategies for preserving populations, species, biological communities and entire ecosystems in the face of
growing human populations and our impact on the
environment. Brings scientific principles and theory to
the problems of management for preserving the richness of life on Earth. Three hours of seminar per week.
50.552 Limnology (summer)
(3)
-
Chemical, biological and
physical aspects of freshwater lakes,
ponds and streams.
Includes laboratory and field investigations. Prerequi-
50.35L
site:
50.553 Neotropical Biology
(3)
-
Studies the biology of the
neotropics. Students will deliver a seminar, wTite a term
paper, participate in class discussions, turn in a field
notebook and study selected readings in neotropiA one to two-week trip to the neotropics is a
(3)
-
Presents
life history,
phys-
taxonomy, and morphology of parasites of medical importance to humankind. Special attention given
to clinical aspects such as pathology, symptomolog)', diiology,
agnosis, prevention,
50.551 Conservation Biology (3) - Presents the science of
preserving biodiversity and sustaining the Earth. Draws
trip
-
and treatment. Laboratory work
stresses identification of parasitic disease tiirough
liv-
ing and preserved material, proper handling of specimens, and methods of professional patient interviewing.
50.571 Endocrinology (3) - Studies the individual glands of
the endocrine system with respect to their development,
morphology, function, regulation, and significance in
integrating physiological activities of higher vertebrates.
Three hours lecture per week.
50.572 Comparative Animal Physiology
(3)
-
Compares high-
er vertebrate adaptations to various environments with
respect to regulation of body fluid volume
and compo-
core temperature, and nitrogen metabolism.
Four hours per week.
sition,
(4) - Examines hov/ normal body
maintained by the precise control and integration of the specialized activities of various organ systems. Three hours lecture, 3 hours laboratory per week.
50.573 Systemic Physiology
function
is
cal biology.
required part of
sive of tuition
this course,
and
with travel expenses exclu-
fees of approximately 12,000.
50.575 Cell Physiology (3) - Explores cellular function in
molecular terms. Topics include: membrane physiology,
50.559 Ornithology
(3)
-
Presents the biology of birds along
with bird identification in the field and from
museum
interactions between cells
and
their en\ironment,
aerobic respiration, photosynthesis, cytoplasmic
brane systems, cytoskeleton and
cell motilit)',
collections along with a review of ornithological litera-
pression and
Emphasis on bird vocalizations, behavior and
morphology in making identifications. Students deliver a presentation on an ornithological topic and partic-
in cell and molecular
Three hours lecture/discussion per week..
ture.
ipate in class discussions. Field trips to study birds of
the area also include an extended trip to an area such
Wallops Island, Va. Extra costs of approximately $75
be incurred for the extended trip. Two hours lecture, three hours laboratory per week. Off-campus field
as
will
tiips are required.
50.560 Population Biology
ment of the
(3)
-
Provides a rigorous treat-
characteristics of natural populations of
animals, plants
and
fungi. Introduces students to cur-
rent concepts in speciation, ecological models of population structure
and dynamics and principles of popu-
lation genetics. Stresses current research, theoretical
and computational mathematical models and current
techniques in the study of populations. Additional time
commitments and
costs will
extended off-campus field
discussion per week.
be incurred for required
trips.
Three hoius of lecture/
nalling
its
mem-
gene ex-
control, cellular reporduction, cell sig-
and techniques
50.576 Neurophysiology
(3)
-
biology.
Examines normal physiology
of the nervous and skeletal muscular systems; specifically studying cellular neurophysiology, muscle contrac-
motor control and their inteThree hours lecture and discussion per week.
Background in mammalian or systemic physiology, biochemistry and anatomy recommended. Prerequisites:
50.474 or 50.573 or equivalent and knowledge of chemistiT and electrical circuitry.
tion, sensory physiolog)',
gration.
50.590 Current Topics in Biology
(3)
-
Critically
examines a
specialized topic in biologv' in a lecture/seminar for-
mat. Topic varies each semester offered. Ma)' be repeat-
ed once, provided that the topic
is
different.
Three
hours of lecture/seminar per week.
50.591 Directed Study in Biolog)' (3) - An independent investigation, conducted inider the direction of a member of the Department of Biological and Allied Health
126- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
Sciences, in an area of biology in which the student has
terpretation of Earth's history through the identifica-
a particular interest. Student encouraged to identify a
and evolution of the rock and fossil record and
through the interpretation of geologic maps. Two laboratory hours per week. It is recommended that course
be taken concurrently with 51.102.
problem, employ an experimental design, and analyze
collected data. Study of pertinent literature is required.
50.592 Master of Education Thesis (1-6)
Independent
-
re-
search and the preparation of a formal thesis in partial
fulfillment of the requirements for the degree of mas-
of education in biology.
ter
the requirements for the degree of master of
es
(3) -Application of geologenvironmental concerns. Emphasizes
energy, soil, mineral and water resources along with
Earth processes that are hazardous to humans. An afternoon field trip with a nominal fee is required.
knowledge
to
51.103 Dinosaurs (3) - Designed to use a single broad topic
of current popular interest as the basis for exploration
of important concepts and/or themes in Earth's histo-
Dinosaurs and their relatives
be used to illustrate origination and extinction of species through time
as well as interaction of organisms with each other and
the environment.
Planets (3)
will
-
Introduces students to the origin,
evolution and geology of the solar system, paying par-
and
ticular attention to the terrestrial planets
icy satel-
of the outer planets. Emphasis on results return-
lites
ing from recent and current planetary missions.
51.107 Natural Disasters (3) - Principles of Earth's internal
and external processes are explored through an examination of their manifestations as naturally-occurring
and the
disasters
resultant impact
on human
life
and
property.
phasis
to
on
change landforms;
field trip
One
is
airfare.
classification
and interpretation
semester hour optional
lab;
an afternoon
required.
51.121 Physical Geology Laboratory (1) - Presents an introduction to the practice of fundamental geology laboratory techniques including qualitative
and
quantitative
(4)
-
Explores the origin, occurence
common
materials
and of
ig-
means of recognition. Three hours
hours laboratory per week. Prerequisite:
practical
51.111.
51.261 Mineralogy (Fall) (4) - Reviews the origin, occurrence
and identifying characteristics of common minerals.
megascopic and microscopic techniques. Three
hours of class, 2 hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisite: 51.101 and 51.111 or permission of the instrucStresses
tor.
51.262 Petrology (Spring) (4) - Presents megascopic and
petrographic analysis and identification of rocks with
emphasis on field occurrences and associations. Three
hours of class, 2 hours of laboratory per week. Prereq51.261.
51.265 Geomorphology
(Fall) (4) - Study of the origin of
emphasis on the geologic processes and
structures that generate the landforms and applications
of landform analysis. Two-day weekend field trip is required. Three hours of class, 2 hours of laboratory per
week. Prerequisites: 51.101 and 51.111 or consent of
landforms
vvdth
instructor.
51.320 Remote Sensing of the Earth
remote sensing technology
manage
51.120 Physical Geology (3) - Studies the landscape in relation to the structure of the earth's crust; agents at work
of rocks.
$20 for
neous, sedimentary and metamorphic rocks, with em-
uisite:
The
component incurs an additional
identification of the
lecture, two
51.100 Environmental Geology
51.106
field trip
51.259 Oceanography (3) - Provides an introduction to the
geologic, chemical and physical aspects of the ocean
and
Administered by Department of Geography and Geoscienc-
ry.
change. The
cost to students of approximately
51.260 Earth Materials
Science
ic
Studies the atmosphere via the use
basins.
Geology and Earth
(51)
-
of gas laws and the underlying principles of atmospher-
Emphasizes wave motion, topographic features,
ocean basin structure, current circulation and methods
of investigation. A weekend field trip is encouraged.
science in biology.
ESS
51.255 Meteorology (3)
ic
50.593 Master of Science Thesis ( 1-6) - Independent research
and the preparation of a formal thesis in partial fulfill-
ment of
tion
to
(3)
-
Studies the use of
explore
Earth's natural resources.
for,
monitor and
Two hours of class,
2
hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisite: 53.112 or
higher or consent of the instructor.
51.355 Synoptic Meteorology (3) - Presents observation and
analysis of data for understanding and predicting the
complexities of the atmosphere. Prerequisite: 51.255 or
consent of instructor.
51.360 Introduction to Paleontology (4) - Introduces students to modern concepts and methods in paleobiolo-
analysis.
Two hours
mended
that course be taken concurrently with 51.101.
gy using examples from various groups of organisms
important in the fossil record. Field trips and laborato-
Examines the evolution of
from rock and
ry work are an integral part of this course. Prerequisite:
51.102, 51.112 or 50.211 or consent of the instructor.
of laboratory per week.
51.130 Historical Geology
earth
fossil
and
life
(3)
on earth
evidence; particular emphasis
afternoon field
trip
recom-
as interpreted
history of North America.
lab;
-
It is
is
One
on
is
the geologic
semester hour optional
required.
51.131 Historical Geology Laboratory (1)
-
Provides an in-
51.369 Structural Geology (Spring) (4) - Analyzes rock deformation based upon the principles of rock mechanics and the utilization of data from field investigations.
Three hours of class, 2 hours of laboratory per week.
Prerequisites: 51.101 and 51.111 or consent of instruc-
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
tor.
51.370 Surface Hydrology
ment upon and
(Fall) (3)
-
Study of water move-
within the Earth with emphasis on cal-
culations used in flood forecasting, surface water supply
and groundwater
supply.
Two hours of class,
2 hours
of laboratory per week. Prerequisite: 51.101 or 51.105.
51.410 Volcanoes (1) - Explores the composition and processes of the Earth as it relates to the occurrence and
of volcanoes around the world. Considers styles
and hazards of eruptions, the state of prediction and
activity
the formation of lava and volcanic rocks.
ed for
isfy
in-service
and
pre-service teachers.
general education requirements.
RecommendDoes not
Summer
sat-
only,
area of earth science. Topic chosen through
interests of the instructor and each student.
-127
common
.
51.493 Senior Research in Geosciences (3) - Provides for
librai"y and/or field research in geology. Prerequisites:
51.261, 51.262, 51.468 or consent of the instructor.
51.511 Volcanoes (1) - Explores the composition and processes of the Earth as it relates to the occurrence and
of volcanoes around the world. Considers styles
and hazards of eruptions, the state of prediction and
the formation of lava and volcanic rocks. Recommended for in-service and pre-service teachers. Does not satactivity
isfy
general education requirements.
Summer
only,
three hour class per day for one week.
three hour class per day for one week.
51.451 Field Techniques in Earth Science (Summer) (6) Provides intensive field and laboratory training in the
CHM
Chemistry
(52)
use of equipment and techniques in geology, hydrology and cartography. Field trips are integral, vital parts
of the course. Prerequisite: 15 semester hours in earth
Administered by Department of Chemistrj'
science courses or consent of the instructor.
52.100 Chemistry and the Citizen
51.460 Aqueous Geochemistry (4) - Introduces students to
basic geochemical properties of surface and groundwater as well as controls
waters.
An emphasis
is
on
the geochemistry of natural
placed on the methods of sam-
pling and analysis of natural waters for chemical spe-
Effective Fall 2001
ical principles,
(3)
-
Discussion of chem-
the importance of chemistn; the use of
chemicals and their impact on society and the environ-
ment. Three hours of class per week.
52.101 Introductory Chemistry (3) - Presents an introduction to chemistry for students with little or no back-
cies pertinent to environmental and pollution studies.
Three hours lecture and two hours laboratory. Prerequisite: 51.261 and 51.216 or permission of the instruc-
ground
tor.
of class per week. Not intended as a beginning course
51.468 Stratigraphy and Sedimentation
(4)
-
and agents which erode, transport and deand the geologic interpretation of the
resulting rocks. Three hours of class, 2 hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisite: 51.101 and 51.111, 51.102,
51.112 or permission of the instructor.
51.470 Groundwater Hydrology (Spring)
physical
measurements and
calculations.
(3)
-
Covers well
development of groundwater supplies and prevention or correction of groundwater pollution. A onetheory,
Two hours of class,
2 hours
nomenclature organic functional group
and metabolism of biomolecules. Three hours
ing, structure,
reactions
two hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisite:
52.101.
52-115 Fundamentals of Inorganic Chemistry (4) - Introduces descriptive inorganic chemistry and the chemical
principles necessary to understand the descriptive
of laboratory per week. Prerequisites: 51.101 and 51.1 11
science or mathematics majors. Partially
quirement
51.475 Independent Study in Earth Science (1-3)
ma-
half of two-semester sequence for natural
terial. First
and 51.365.
in inorganic chemistry for
fulfills
core
re-
American Chem-
Three hours of lecture/3 hours of laboraHigh school chemistry or
equivalent recommended.
ical Society.
-
Provides
an opportunity for student research in various areas of
earth science. Research is conducted under the supervision of a faculty member. See subsection of the catalog on Independent Study. Prerequisite: 21 semester
horns in earth science.
Examines the theory and
methods for exploring the
Earth's subsurface environment. Emphasis on those
tools used by agencies or companies involved in resource
and environmental assessment. Three hours of lecture
and two hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisites:
51.101, 53.123 and 54.111 or permission of the instruc(4)
Three hours
52.108 Physiological Chemistry (Spring) (4) - Surveys the
essentials of organic and biochemistry. Includes bond-
class,
hydraulics exploration techniques, groundwater flow
51.480 Applied Geophysics
of chemis-
Studies
posit sediments
trip required.
in chemistry. Surveys the principles
with emphasis on the fundamentals of chemical and
for science majors.
(Fall)
processes
or two-day field
try
-
application of geophysical
tor.
51.490 Special Topics in Geolog)' (3) - Study of a particular
concept, problem or special topic or new ideas in any
tory per week. Prerequisite:
52.116 Chemical Principles and Measurements (4) -Second
semester of introductory chemistry for natural science
and mathematics majors. Surveys principles of chemical stoichiometry, intermolecular forces, kinetics and
thermodynamics as they apply to phase, electrochemical and acid-base phenomena. Laboratory work illustrates chemical principles and emphasizes common
chemical measurements. Three hours of lecture and 3
hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisite: 52.115 plus
high school Algebra II or equivalent.
52.230 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistr)' (4) - Emphasizes structure, stereochemisuy, finictional group organization, physical properties and classical reacti\it)' of organic compounds. Three hours of lecture and 3 hours
128- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
of laboratoiy per week. Prerequisite: 52.116.
ties.
I (4) - Emphasizes structure and
bonding, sterochemistry, nomenclature, physical and
chemical properties and modern spectroscopy of alkanes, haloalkanes, alcohols and ethers. Three hours
of lecture and four hoins of lab per week. Prerequisite:
52.231 Organic Chemistry
52.116
52.232 Organic Chemistry II (4)
topics, building on 52.231,
-A continuation
witli
of organic
emphasis on
tlie
Prerequisite: 52.232 or 52.230.
52.442 Biochemistry
lism, repHcation, transcription, translation, control of
gene expression, molecular physiology. Laboratory to
emphasize enzyme isolation and molecular biology techniques. Three hours of lecture and 3 hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisites: 52.341 or equivalent or consent of the instructor.
52.452 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry (Spring) (4) - Theories and principles of inorganic chemistry; coordination
chemistry organometallic chemistry, systematic analyof periodic relationships and properties of impor-
sis
tant elements.
52.281 Introduction to Scientific Literature (Spring) (1) Stresses the use of the library and scientific journals to
and presentations. Experience gained in using the
and to
make presentations to an audience of faculty and peers.
One hour class per week. Prerequisite: Advanced standals
current.
52.321 Analytical Chemistry
I
52.482 Advanced Topics in Chemistry (3) -Advanced course
dealing with specialized topics of interest to students in
ACS degree
-
(Fall) (3)
Introduces funda-
mental principles of chemical analysis utilizing classical wet chemistry and modern instrumental techniques.
Stresses laboratory skills in the analysis of common
mercial or environmental materials.
Two hours
and 4 hours of laboratory per week.
com-
of
52.491 Independent Study in Chemistry (1-3)
ods of instrumental analysis. Topics include spectrophotometry, chromatography, mass spectrometry, nuclear
magnetic resonance and electrochemistry. A laboratory centered course. Three hours of lecture and 4 hours
of laboratory per week. Prerequisites: 52.321 and 52.362
completed or concurrent.
52.341 Biochemistry (4)
Emphasizes structure, reactivity
and metabolic reactions of the naturally occurring bio-
molecules. Discusses selected topics from the various
metabolic pathways (both anabolic and catabolic). Introduces biochemical techniques encountered by the
biochemist. Three hours of lecture and 4 hoius
of laboratory per week. Prerequisites: 52.232 or 52.230.
(Fall)
(4)
-
Studies thermody-
namics; Gibbs free energy and equilibrium; kinetic the-
ory of gases and solutions; chemical kinetics. Three
hours of lecture and 4 hours of laboratory per week.
Prerequisites: 52.115, 52.116, 53.225, 54.212.
Continuation of
52.361; Schrodinger quantum mechanics, solid state,
molecular orbital theory; spectroscopy. Three hours of
lecture and 4 hours of laboratory per week. Prerequi-
52.362 Physical Chemistry
site:
II
may be
is
not
(Spring) (4)
-
Entails a di-
rected laboratory or libraiy oriented investigation of one
more
or
topics of mutual interest to student
and
instruc-
tor.
52.492 Chemical Research I (1-3) - Requires a search of
chemical literature and a written survey report of the
search.
52.322 Instrumental Analytical Chemistry (4) - Presents the
theory and laboratory applications of common meth-
I
matter varies. Course
lec-
Prerequisite:
52.116.
52.361 Physical Chemistry
track. Subject
taken more than once provided subject matter
repeated. Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor.
ing as a natural science major.
modern
Three hours of lecture and 4 hours of
laboratory per week. Prerequisites: 52.115; 52.362 con-
formulation of scientific research propos-
literature to design a senior research project
ture
Continuation of 52-341; amino
syn-
thesis and reactions of aromatics, aldehydes, ketones,
carboxyhc acids, their derivatives, amines, heterocycles
and alkaloids. Three hours of lecture, four hours of lab
per week. Prerequisite: 52.231
facilitate the
II (4) -
acid metabolism, photosynthesis, nucleotide metabo-
A detailed plan of research
in 52.493)
requisite:
(to be implemented
developed in a second written report. Preapproval of chemistiy department.
is
52.493 Chemical Research
II (3) - Investigations of selected
chemical problems for advanced students. Approximately 120 hours per semester. Prerequisites: 52.492, approv-
al
of chemistry department.
52.494 Advanced Chemical Research (3) - The third semester of a laboratory investigation of selected problems
under the supervision of a chemistry faculty member.
Approximately 120 hours per semester. Prerequisite: enrollment in the honors program.
52.498 Internship in Chemistiy (3-15) - A work-study program, this course is not applicable toward a major or
minor
try
MAT
in chemistry. Prerequisites: approval of chemisdepartment; junior or senior standing.
(53)
Mathematics
Administered by Department of Mathematics and Computer Science
-
52.361.
52.371 Introduction to Polymer Science (3) - An introduction in polymer chemistry, studying the different meth-
ods of polymer synthesis and characterization of macromolecules. Emphasis on the molecular structure of
these materials and how it relates to physical proper-
53.101 Mathematical Thinking (3) - Presents mathematical
topics and applications in a context designed to pro-
mote
quantitative reasoning
ics in
solving problems
and the use of mathematand making decisions. Suitable
for majors in humanities, education and others seeking a broad view of mathematics. No background in algebra required.
53.111 Finite Mathematics (3) - Presents an introductory
development of counting techniques, probability spac-
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
and game
es
theory. Prerequisite: two years of high
53.112 Trigonometry (3)
tions,
-
Studies elementary algebraic func-
and logarithmic funccircular functions and inverse functions and their
and
tions
school algebra or high school trigonometry or their
equivalent.
53.1 13 Pre-Calculus (3)
and
tions,
-
Studies elementary algebraic func-
and logarithmic funccircular functions and inverse functions and their
relations, exponential
applications. Prerequisite: 53.114 or two years of high
129
the four elementary operations through the real
Course
system and the elementary theoiy of numbers.
open only to majors in elementary education,
is
special education or
relations, exponential
applications. Prerequisite: 53.114 or two years of high
tions
sets,
number
school algebra or equivalent.
-
communication
disorders.
53.202 Geometry and
Statistics for Elementary Education
Majors (3) - Presents the content of geometry and beginning probability and statistics for the elementary
curriculum.
53.225 Calculus
III (3)
power
series,
ries,
-
Presents infinite sequences
and
se-
Taylor and Maclaurin series, three
dimensional vector analysis and partial derivatives. Prerequisite: 53.126.
school algebra or the equivalent.
53.226 Calculus IV
53.114 College Algebra (3) - Studies fundamental algebraic
concepts and develops the mathematical and computation skills necessary to apply algebraic techniques to
problems in business, economics, the social and natural sciences and the liberal arts. Prerequisite: 11/2 years
of high school algebra or the equivalent. Not open to
students with aC-or higher recorded for 53.1 13, 53,123
or 53.125.
53.118 Applied Matrix Algebra (3) - Introduces vectors,
matrices, linear equations and linear programming with
applications to the social
and biological sciences and
incidence in the plane and in space, congruence, inequality and similarity concepts. Studies properties of circles,
polygons and spheres. Prerequisite: High school
geometry, 53.185.
(3)
-
(3)
Presents the basic con-
cepts of elementary calculus in a nonrigorous approach
who are not mathematics majors. Pertinent
the real number system, analytic geometry,
dif-
53.231 College Geometry (Fall only) (3) - Presents elementary geometry from an advanced standpoint. Discusses
53.240
53.123 Essentials of Calculus
Presents an introduction to the
-
grals. Prerequisite: 53.225.
business. Prerequisite: two years of high school algebra
or equivalent.
(3)
and integration of real valued functions of
several variables. Presents curves and parametric equations, surfaces, Taylor's, Stoke 's and Green's theorems,
functions between Euclidean spaces and multiple inteferentiation
Statistical
-
Methods
Presents
phasis
tervals,
on
(Spring,
common
even-numbered
statistical
years)
techniques with em-
applications. Topics include: confidence in-
hypothesis
test,
regression analysis and analysis
for students
of variance. Strongly encourages use of
topics in
ware, especially SAS. Prerequisite: 53.141 or 53.241 or
functions and limits prepare the student for the study
of the basic techniques of applications of differentia-
and
integration. Course
not for chemistry, mathematics or physics majors. Prerequisite: At least two years
of high school algebra or 53.114 or consent of the intion
is
structor.
statistical soft-
consent of the instructor.
53.241 Probability and Statistics (3) - Calculus-based study
of probability and statistics. Topics covered include: descriptive statistics, probability, discrete
random
common
and continuous
sampling deprocedures and inferential statistics. A more rigorous course than 53.141. Prerequisites: 53.126 (or concurrent) and 53.185.
variables,
distributions,
stributions, estimation
1 (3) - Designed to meet part of the majormathematics requirement; first in the sequence of
53.125 Calculus
level
four calculus courses. Provides the basic tools for
dif-
and the beginnings of integration for funcof a single variable. Prerequisite: placement test
ferentiation
tions
or 53.113. Tl-89 graphical calculator
53.126 Calculus
II
(3)
-
is
required.
Studies techniques of integration,
functions, infinite series, Taylor's theorem,
cial differential
some
spe-
equations and polar coordinates. Pre-
requisite: 53.125. Tl-89 graphical calculator
is
required.
53.141 Introduction to Statistics (3) - Presents the concepts
necessary to use and understand basic statistical techniques. Topics include: descriptive
ty,
random
sis tests,
variables,
statistics,
probabili-
sampling distributions, hypothe-
confidence intervals and analysis of variance.
High school algebra.
Prerequisite:
53.185 Discrete Mathematics (3) - An introduction to set
theory, logic, combinatorics and graph theory for those
interested in mathematics or
ally
computer science. Not
usti-
taken during the freshman year. Prerequisite: 53.125
or consent of instructor.
53.201 Theory of Arithmetic (3)
53.243 Nonparametrics Statistics (3) - Presents standard
nonparametric statistical procedures. After a brief review of hypothesis testing fundamentals, topics such as
goodness-of-fit tests, one and two-sample procedures for
location parameter, tests of randomness
Presents the language of
association
and
53.141 or the equivalent.
53.303 Mathematical Problem Solving for Teachers (3) Examines mathematical problem soKing, nimiber sense,
pattern recognition and mathematical reasoning. Ba-
problem sohing. use of manipulatives and assessment
Games invohing mathematical problem
solving are examined and designed. Requires off-campus observations and testing. For elementan' and secondary education majors. Prerequisite: 53.201.
sic
are covered.
53.310 Introduction
to Abstract .\lgebra (3)
-
Provides an
introduction to the language and methods of abstract
mathematics. Subjects include
sets, relations, rings,
func-
groups and fields. Prerequisites: 53.185 with a
minimtim grade of C- and 53.225.
tions,
-
and
analysis are covered. Prerequisites: 53.123 or 53.125
130- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
53.311 Algebra for Secondary School Teachers (Fall/even-
numbered
years) (3)
-
Presents topics of elementary
al-
gebra from an advanced viewpoint. Considers topics of
contemporary school mathematics programs. Intended for students in secondary education majoring in
mathematics. Prerequisite: 53.310.
53.314 Linear Algebra (3) - Studies abstract vector spaces,
linear transformation, matrices, determinants, inner
product spaces and related topics. Prerequisites: 53.185
53.322 Differential Equadons (3) - Studies elementary ordinary differendal equations, infinite series and power
series solution,
some numerical methods of solution and
LaPlace transforms. Prerequisite: 53.225.
-
Modern Geometry (Spring/odd-numbered years)
(3)
Presents non-Euclidean geometries and their develop-
ment from
postulate systems
and a formal approach
Statistical
53.374 Introduction to Discrete Systems Simulation (Spring/
odd-numbered years) (3) - Studies the ways that systems
can be moduled for computer solution. Emphasizes stochastic behavior by discrete random processes and the
simulation tools for their solution. Prerequisites:
Software
(Fall,
software packages in
53.381 Introduction to Operations Research (Fall/odd-num-
bered years) (3) - A survey of the methods and models
used in applying mathematics to problems of business.
Topics drawn from decision making, linear and dynamic programming, networks, inventory models, Markov
processes and queuing theory. Prerequisites: 53.1 18 and
53.123 or 53.225.
Group Theory (3) - Continued and
advanced study of theorems and applications of group
53.411 Introduction to
even numbered years)
Provides an introducuon to the most widely-used
(3)
-
theory begun in abstract algebra. Prerequisite: 53.310.
statis-
government and industry.
Advanced Calculus (Spring, even numbered
Stu-
53.421, 53.521
dents gain practical experience by solving real-world
years) (3)
problems encountered by various government
agencies and private companies. Graphical and numerical descriptive procedures and inferential statistical
techniques will be discussed. Prerequisite: 53.240.
of functions of a single real variable. Topics include
tical
statistical
53.342 Design and Analysis of Experiments
bered years)
(Fall,
eve-num-
experimental
randomized and randomized complete block designs, factorial arrangements of treatments, linear regression and correlation analysis, covariance analysis and distribution-free methods. Prerequisite:
53.141 or 53.241 or consent of the instructor.
53.343 Applied Regression Ajialysis (Fall, odd-numbered
years) (3) - A basic course in multiple linear regression
methods including weighted least squares, stepwise regression, residual analysis and applications to mathematical models. Treats problems which involve the use
of computing equipment. Prerequisite: 53.141 or 53.241
or consent of the instructor.
53.360
Number Theory
(Spring only) (3)
-
Presents the die-
rithm, congruences, continued fractions, Gaussian in-
and Diophantine equations.
and 53.225.
Some
limit,
topics for
and
Complex Variables
odd numbered years) (3) numbers and an introduction to the theory of functions of a complex variable. Central topics are the complex number system,
analytic functions, harmonic functions and conformal
mappings. Additional topics may include power series,
contour integration, Cauchy's formula and applications.
(Fall,
rigorous treatment of complex
Prerequisites: 53.226, consent of instructor.
53.441 Mathematics and Sports
(3)
-
(Fall,
even numbered years)
Links between mathematics,
statistics
and
sports;
includes data analysis and modeling related to the vari-
ous facets and types of sports using certain mathematiand statistical techniques. Sports used as examples
include basketball, tennis, volleyball, track and weightcal
lifting.
ory of numbers. Includes the topics of Euclidean algotegers
integration.
sion of Instructor.
A
design, completely
and
multiple integration. Prerequisites: Analysis FV, Permis-
53.422
ysis-of-variance procedures, principles of
Presents a rigorous treatment of the study
multivariable calculus include partial differentiation
Basic experimental statistics includ-
(3)
-
continuity, derivative
ing methods of estimation and hypothesis testing, anal-
-
One
statistics.
to
projective geometry. Prerequisite: 53.231.
53.340
execute algorithms on the computer for specific numerical procedures. Prerequisites: 56.121 and 53.126.
course each in calculus, programming and
and 53.126.
53.331
proximation; numerical integration; approximation theory; and differential equations. Students design and
Prerequisites: 53.185
(3)
-
An
introduction to the concepts
and methods of advanced statisticsl techniques that arise
in health and life sciences vrith emphasis on problems
that are likely to be
encountered by graduate researchmethodologies for
ers in biological sciences. It includes
53.361 Coding and Signal Processing (Spring only) (3) - A
mathematical approach to codes and ciphers. Includes
security codes, coding for efficiency in
computer
stor-
age, error-correcting codes. Signal processing, includ-
ing the Fourier transform and digital
53.446 Biostatistics
filters.
projects required. Prerequisites: 53.126
Individual
and 56.116 or
56.122.
53.373 Numerical Methods in Computing (Fall) (3) -Analysis and application of various methods of numerically
solving problems in the areas of nonlinear equations;
systems of equations, interpolation and polynomial ap-
design and analysis of multivariate data. The use of statistical software to analyze data sets is stressed.
53.451 Introduction to Topology (3) - Introduces fundamentals of general topology; elementary set theory, topo-
mappings, connectedness, compactness,
completeness, product and metric spaces; nets and convergence. Prerequisites: 53.226, consent of instructor.
logical spaces,
and Applications (3) -An
introduction to the concepts and methods of probabi-
53.461, 53.561 Probability Models
modeling for random trials and occurrences. It
covers classical models, poisson processes, Markov
listic
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
chains,
Renewal and Braching processes and
their
ap
phenomena in engineering, manand social sciences. Prerequisite:
plications to various
agement, physical
53.241.
53.462 Introduction to Mathematical Statistics (Fall, evennumbered years) (3) -An introductory study of mathe-
-
131
(3) -An introduction to the
concepts and methods of mathematical modelling with
emphasis on the problems that arise in governmental
53.520 Mathematical Modeling
and industrial projects. It includes modelling process,
model construction including numerical considerations,
testing the appropriateness of the models, model analysis and model research. Prerequisites
Analysis I, II,
:
matical
statistics
including distributions of functions of
or permission of instructor
III
random variables,
eses, analysis
interval estimation, staUstical hypoth-
of variance and the multivariate normal
distribution. Prerequisite: 53.241.
53.471 Numerical Analysis (3) - Provides a computer-oriented analysis of algorithms of numerical analysis. Includes
the topics of non4inear equations, interpolation and
approximation, differentiation and integration, matrices and differential equations. Prerequisites: 53.322 and
53.373.
53.472 Matrix Computation (Spring/odd
(3)
-
years)
Presents a computer-oriented analysis of matrices.
Includes Gaussian reduction,
cial
numbered
LDU
reduction techniques for tridiagonal matrices,
iter-
53.491 Special Topics in Mathematics (3) - Presents an area
of mathematics vifhich is not available as a regular course
Consent of the
instructor.
53.492 Independent Study in Mathematics (1-3)
-
Provides
for directed study of a particular area of mathematics
mutually agreed upon by the student and the instruc-
tor.
tions. Prerequisite: Analysis III
53.541 Applied Statistics (3) A comprehensive treatment of
applications of statistical methodology in practice, and
development of statistical techniques for real world
problem solving. Prerequisite: A first course in statistics.
methods and a study of the matrix eigenvalue problem. Prerequisites: 53.225 and 53.373.
as
tems of linear differential equations, systems of nonlinear differential equations, and boundary value problems
and their solutions, asymptotic behavior and applica-
factorization, spe-
ative
offering. Prerequisite:
53.522 Applied Differential Equations (3) - Presents an advanced treatment of differential equations including sys-
Emphasizes individual scholarly activity of the highly
53.542 Design and Analysis of Experiments (3) - Basic experimental statistics including analysis-of variance procedures, principle of experimental design, completely
randomized and randomized complete block designs,
arrangements of treatments, linear regression
and correlation analysis, covariance analysis and distribution-free methods and the Taguchi approach to pafactorial
rameter design.
53.543 Regression
sis.
motivated student.
(3)
-
For students who have demonstrated a high level of interest and ability in mathematics and have mastered the
required course work. Students investigate research
problems selected under the supervision of a faculty
member of the Department of Mathematics and Computer Science. Prerequisite: Admission to the Honors
Program in natural sciences and mathematics.
53.497 Internship in Mathematics (2-12) - Provides mathematics majors with an opportunity to acquire meaning-
and professional
on-site training
and learning expe-
riences in mathematics at an industrial, private or busi-
ness workplace. Note: a student may, with departmental
approval, apply a
maximum
of 3 credits of intern-
ship toward the fulfillment of the mathematics major
Each academic credit requires 40 hours of supervised
work and the limit is 12 total semester hours for internships. Prerequisites: students must establish adequate
course preparation for the proposed internship. Internship applications must be submitted one month before
the internship begins and must be approved by the department chairperson.
53.500 Research and Communication in Applied Mathematics (3) - Practical information for scientists about research and technical writing.
A study of how
to
prepare
a manuscript and an introduction to certain basic com-
munication principles that are accepted
plines. Prerequisites: Analysis
Statistics
-
An
I,
II, III,
in
most
disci-
Probability
and
in-depth,
modern, applied ap-
Topics include simple linear regression, inferences
in regression analysis,
53.493 Honors in Independent Study in Mathematics
ful
(3)
proach to the study of multiple linear regression analyexamination of residuals, multi-
and model selection procedures.
Prerequisites:Analysis I, II, III, Probability and Statistics
ple regression,
53.544
Statistical
Quality Control (3)
-
Presents the
modem
practice of statistical quality control with a strong engi-
neering and management orientation. Prerequisite:
Probability and Statistics, Applied Statistics
53.545
Time
Series Analysis
and
Its
Application (3)
vey of time series models, their
applications.
It
-
A sur-
statistical analysis
and
includes investigation of trend, season-
dependency and stationarity, and
and identification techniques for stationary and nonstationary autoregressive,
moving average, and mixed models and related comal variations, serial
covers estimation, forecasting,
putational problems.
53.546 Biostatistics (3) - An introduction to the concepts
and methods of advanced statistics! techniques that arise
in health and life sciences with emphasis on problems
that are likely to be encountered by graduate researchers in biological sciences.
It
includes methodologies for
design and analysis of multivariate data.
tistical
software to analyze data sets
53.563 Nonparametric
Statistics (3)
-
is
The
use of sta-
stressed.
Presents a comprehen-
account of statistical inference using nonparametric approaches. Attempts to pro\ide modern nonparametric techniques for data analysis with a \iew towards
application. Prerequisite: Applied Statistics
sive
53.572 Operations Research (3)
-
Presents the principles of
132- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
mathematical modeling applied to man-machine systems. Special emphasis will be given to mathematical
programming models including linear and integer programming. Optimal decision models will be a focus of
the course Mathematical Software. Prerequisite: Graduate Standing
53.574 Advanced Discrete Mathematics (3) - hicludes discussion of topics such as combinatorial analysis (enumeration of various types of objects), discrete structitres
(for example, sets, relations, graphs, and finite state
machines), algorithmic thinking (development, imple-
mentation, and verification of algorithms) and applications of these ideas to diverse fields (such as business,
linguistics
and the
puter Science
1),
sciences) Prerequisites:56.121
.
53.125 (Analysis
1),
(Com-
53.185 (Introduc-
tion to Discrete Mathematics), 53.310 or 53.314 or
ines present national
in
fects.
Surveys
fossil fuels
and sound are examined and applied to the
development of instructional computing programs.
graphics,
ef-
nuclear, solar, geothermal
to availability
and prom-
for the future.
ise
Sound (3) - Provides an introduction
sound and its reproduction for students in nonphysical science disciplines. Knowledge of
basic algebra required, but no experience in physics or
54.106
The Science
of
to the principles of
electronics necessary.
54.107 Applied Physics for Health Sciences
(4)
-
Studies se-
lected principles of physics with applications to the pro-
and instrumentation of medical technology. Examines mechanics, fluids, kinetic energy and heat, optics, electricity and magnetism, electronics, atomic struccesses
and data
hours per week: 3
53.576 Computer Graphics for Instructional ApplicaUons (3)
- Sequel to 53.375 where techniques for creating color,
and
and other energies with respect
ture, radiation
53.360
and international energy situations
regard to sources, utilization and environmental
acquisition
and readout. Six
classes, 3 laboratories.
54.110 Introduction to Astronomy (3) - Surveys the physical
state of the universe and the variety of objects it comprises: solar system, stars
and
galaxies. Provides a de-
account of the present state of our knowledge
of the cosmos and an understanding of how such knowledge is obtained. Intended for nonscience majors.
scriptive
53.592 Special Topics (3)
53.471, 56.571 Numerical Analysis (3)
-
A
graduate level
course in numerical analysis in the areas of nonlinear
54.111 Introductoi7 Physics
I
(4)
-
Presents an approach to
equation and systems of equations, interpolation theo-
selected topics such as mechanics, heat, kinetic theory,
numerical integration, differential equations, numersolution of linear systems, and the matrix eigenvalue problems. The original problems to be solved and
the numerical methods will be studied, including the
derivation of the method, error analysis, convergence
analysis, and computational implementations. Prerequisites: Calculus III, Fortran, and an elementary numerical method course (or permission of instructor)
molecular theory of gases, wave motion and sound. Not
intended for students specializing in physics or chemistry. Six hours per week: 3 classes, 3 laboratories.
ry,
ical
54.112 Introductory Physics
netism, light,
structure of matter,
Studies electricity, mag-
quantum and atomic theory,
nuclear physics and particle phys-
Continuation of 54. 1 1 1 Six hours per week: 3
ics.
.
class-
3 laboratories. Prerequisite: 54.111 or consent of in-
es,
PHY
II (4) -
relativity,
structor.
(54)
Physics
Administered by Department of Physics and Engineering
integra-
the interpretation of astronomical measurements, including the students' own telescopic observations of
stars, planets, nebulae and other objects. Open to non-
and principles from chemistry, physics
science majors. Prerequisite: 54.110 or consent of in-
Technolog)'
54.101 Basic Physical Science (3)
tion of concepts
54.210 Observational Astronomy (3) - Provides hands-on
experience in observations of the night sky. Focuses on
-An introductory
and astronomy, with consideration for the nature of
scientific thought and the interaction of science with
human and community concerns. For nonscientists.
54.103 Principles of Physical Science (3) - An integrated
physical science course emphasizing laboratory experience. Provides an introduction to the basic concepts of
physical science by studying such topics as the struc-
and properties of matter, motion and forces, enerand sound, electricity and magnetism and astronomy. For elementary and special education majors.
Four hours class/laboratory per week.
structor.
I (4) - An introduction to physics
using calculus. Studies mechanics, the physics of fluids,
54.211 General Physics
kinetic tiieory, heat
and thermodynamics. Appropriate
for physical science or mathematics majors. Six hours
per week: 3 classes, 3 laboratories. Prerequisite: 53.125
or concurrent registration.
ture
gy, light
54.212 General Physics
II (4) - Studies wave motion, sound,
geometrical and physical optics, electricity and magnetism. Continuation of 54.21 1. Six hours per week: 3 class-
es,
54.104 Elementary Electronics (3)
sic
-An
introduction to ba-
electronics that gives students in nonphysical science
areas
some
theoretical
and
tronic circuits, instruments
practical
and
3 laboratories. Prerequisites: 53.126 or concurrent
registration;. 54. 211 or 54.111 with
consent of instruc-
tor.
knowledge of elec-
devices.
No
experience
of physics or electronics required.
54.105 Energy: Sources and Environmental Effects (3) - Explains energy in elementary scientific terms and exam-
54.301 Mechanics: Statics (3) - Introduces the fundamentals of statics, with an emphasis on vector methods, at a
level appropriate for physical science majors and for
students considering a career in the engineering field.
Prerequisites: 53. 126 or concurrent registration;. 54. 21
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
133
mological models. Prerequisites: 53.126 and 54.112 or
or 54.111 with consent of instructor.
54.302 Mechanics: Dynamics (3) - Introduces the fundamentals of dynamics, with an emphasis on vector methods,
at a level appropriate for physical science majors and
for students considering a career in
-
an engineering field.
54.212.
54.360 Health Physics (3) - Presents a study of the principles
of health physics, including biological effects of radia-
measurement and radiation
tion, dosimetry, radiation
Prerequisites: 53.225 or concurrent registration; 54.212
protection. Prerequisite: 54.310 or concurrent registra-
or 54.112 with consent of the instructor.
tion.
54.310
Modern Atomic
basic concepts
some of the
modern
54.400 Advanced Physics Laboratory (2) - Presents the basic
tenets of lab work in physics, involving considerations
quantum nature of ra-
spectra. X-rays, relativity,
of experimental error, proper research and preparation
of an experiment. Includes experiments primarily from
and a
the areas of atomic physics, electricity, magnetism and
Physics (3)
and phenomena
-
physics, including studies of the
and
diation, atomic structure
Presents
that constitute
wave-particle duality, the uncertainty principle
brief introduction to nuclear physics
and
radioactivity.
Prerequisite: 54.212 or 54.112 with consent of instruc-
53.126.
tor,
Four hours per week: one
fields
and
(3)
-
Studies electric
and
and magnetic
electrodynamics and electromag-
potentials, electric
properties of matter,
II (2) -
A laboratory course which
measurement
and includes applications involving enxironment monitoring and health physics. Four hours per week: one
three laboratories. Prerequisite: 54.320 or consent
netic waves. Prerequisites: 54.212 or 54.112 with con-
class,
of instructor.
54.421 Solid State Physics (3)
ties of matter in the solid
-
Examines physical properReviews basic quantum
state.
concepts, crystal structure, electrons in metals, electri-
semiconductors, band theory and the
the gathering, processing and display of scientific data
cal conductivity,
in any discipline. Six hours per week: 3 classes, 3 labo-
p-n junction. Studies dielectric
ratories. Prerequisite:
54.316 Digital Electronics
54.112 or 54.212 or 58.141.
ties
site:
-An
(3)
experience of the building and testing of digital
circuits. Supplies the background necessary for the untical
derstanding of microprocessors and computer circuits.
Prerequisite: junior standing or consent of instructor.
54.317 Computer Electronics (3) - An introduction to the
electronics and operation of digital computers. Intend-
ed for students with a background
in digital circuitry.
Includes practical experience of the operation and
uisite:
and other
in-
devices. Prereq-
54.316 or consent of instructor.
54.318 Optics
(4)
-
and magnetic proper-
of matter. Three hours of class per week. Prerequi54.310, 54.314; Matiiematics 53.225.
introduction to the tech-
niques and devices of digital electronics. Includes prac-
terfacing of microprocessors
3 laboratories.
presents advanced techniques of nuclear
sent of instructor, 53.225.
54.315 Electronics (4) - Presents the theory and application
of semiconductors with special emphasis on circuitry.
Studies basic electronic instrumentation as related to
class,
Prerequisites: 54.310.
54.420 Nuclear Radiation
54.314 Electricity and Magnetism
magnetic
optics.
Presents a combination of geometrical
54.422 Thermodynamics
(3)
-
and princithermodynamics of
kinetic theory and sta-
Presents coricepts
ples of classical thermodynamics,
simple systems, introduction to
tistical
thermodynamics. Three hours of class per week.
Prerequisite: 54.212 or 54.112 with consent of instructor;
Mathematics 53.225.
Quantum Mechanics (3) - Examines
and interpretation of Schroedinger's
wave mechanics, its mathematiccd formalism and die
results and predictions of this quantum theory as applied to one-dimensional systems, the hydrogen atom
and multi-electron atoms. Three hours class per week.
54.450 Introduction to
the development
Prerequisite: 54.310; Mathematics 53.225.
optics including lens theory with physical (wave) optics
including diffraction, interference, polarization, lasers
54.460 Applied Health Physics
(3)
-
Presents advanced
tof)-
involving health physics principles and radiation
protection standards as applied to science, industry and
hours per week - 3 classes, 3
laboratory. Prerequisite: 54.212 or 54.112 with consent
ics
of the instructor.
medicine. Prerequisite: 54.360 or consent of instructor.
and coherent
light. Six
54.320 Nuclear Radiation
I
(2)
-
Presents a laboratory-ori-
54.490 Seminar in Physics
(
1
)
-
A selected
topic in physics
is
ented course using modern nuclear electronics and detectors for measuring and analyzing nuclear radiation.
Four hours per week: one class, 3 laboratories. Prerequisite; 54.310 or concurrent registration.
studied and prepared in a form suitable for presentation. Student attends and participates in physics semi-
mod-
54.491 Independent Study in Physics (1-3) - Investigates an
area of special interest and value to the student, under
54.330 Radiation Physics
els
(3)
-
Presents properties and
of nuclei, radioactive decay, radiation and
action with matter
site:
and nuclear
its
inter-
applications. Prerequi-
54.310 or concurrent registration.
54.341 Astrophysics: Galaxies and Cosmology (3) - Focuses
on objects outside of our own galaxy, discusses emission
mechanisms from other
types of galaxies includ-
nars and
makes a presentation
enrollment
in the
same semester of
in the coiuse.
the direction of a faculty member, following a plan approved in advance by the department chairperson. May
be partiy interdisciplinary and may involve limited experimental work.
54.493 Independent Research
(1-3)
-
Prox-ides for
an appli-
ing normal spirals, seyferts and quasars. Structure of
cation of theoretical and/or experimental research
the universe as a whole
methods
is
described using various cos-
to a special
problem. Mav be interdisciplinary.
134- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
Requires the preparation of a report and a plan, approved in advance by the department chairperson,
which is acceptable to the student and the supervising
faculty member.
54.494 Honors Independent Study in Physics
(3)
-
Provides
the qualified student with an opportunity to participate
an advanced experimental or theoretical investigaproblem in physics, under the supervision of a physics faculty member having expertise in
the student's proposed research area.
in
tion of a current
MRS
structure
restoration. Laboratory consists of field exercises in the
study of wetlands. Prerequisite: 50.110, 50.120.
55.260 Marine Ecology
(55)
Marine Science
55.270
SCUBA Diving
trol
majors, for earth science majors
and
for general educa-
requirements for the MaOther courses provide
earth science majors experiences which are not available on the main campus. For more information, contact the Marine Science coordinators in the Departments of Biological and Allied Health Sciences and Geography and Earth Sciences.
tion. Specific courses satisfy
rine Biology Option in Biology.
55.110 Introduction to Oceanography (3) -An introduction
to the marine sciences with an emphasis on physiogra-
phy of ocean
basins,
wave motion,
current circu-
tides,
lation patterns, near-shore processes, physical
and chem-
nature of sea-water and methods of investigation.
55.211 Field Methods in Oceanography (3) - Famiharizes
students with the dynamic marine environment and with
work on board a research vessel. Introduces the use and
application of standard oceanographic instruments and
sampling devices. Independent research is promoted
and encouraged. Prerequisite: 51.259 or 55.110.
among
ani-
SCUBA diving coupled with
(3) -Basic
Swimming
of fitness for
to
open-water certification.
Proficiency
SCUBA are
and physicians
cer-
required.
55.300 Behavior of Marine Organisms (3) -Concepts of ethology; discussion and observation of the influence of external
Marine Science Courses are offered during the summer at
the Marine Science Center in Wallops Island, Virginia.
Bloomsburg University and other institutions are members of the consortium that operates the center. Courses are offered which satisfy requirements for biology
Interrelationships
-
advanced techniques. Leads
tification
ence
(3)
and physical and chemical aspects of the
environment studied, with stress on adaptations for survival that are unique to the marine environment.
mals, plants
Prerequisite:
Administered by Department of Biological and Allied Health
Sciences and Department of Geography and Earth Sci-
ical
and function of wetlands, human impacts on
wedand management and
wetiands and approaches for
al
and internal
factors
on the
regulation;
and con-
of behavior of organisms living in the marine coast-
environment. Prerequisite: 50.110.
55.320 Marine Microbiology
(3)
-
A
survey of methods and
concepts of marine microbiology. Focus on the technical aspects of sample collection, microbial ecology of
the marine environment, enrichment culturing and
methods of enumeration and identification with emphasis on marine bacteria. Prerequisite: 50.110, 50.120.
55.330 Tropical Invertebrates
(3)
-
Introduction to tropical
and observamethods to sample nearshore and reef areas. Emphasis on systematics and ecology using the communities approach. One week at Wallops Island, Va., for intensive review of general systematics and ecology of
marine invertebrates; then two weeks in Florida sampling and identifying species and describing ecological
communities. Course is a sequel to marine invertebrates
invertebrates, using a variety of collection
tion
or a landlocked invertebrate zoology course or a thor-
ough landlocked zoology
course. Prerequisites: 55.221
or 50.211.
55.331 Chemical Oceanography (3) - A field-based study of
ocean, bay and estuarine environmental chemistry. Develops and awareness of the relationships between chem-
and biological environments. Investiand substraand biogeochemical processes and cycles. Prerequigeological
ical,
gates the chemical compositions of waters
55.221 Marine Invertebrates (3)
-
A study of the life,
habits origin, development, physiology,
taxonomy of the main phyla of
genetic sequence
is
history,
anatomy and
invertebrates.
A
among
the phyla. Special emphasis is given to the Atmarine invertebrates. Laboratory and field work
deal with collection, preservaUon and identification of
lantic
consent of
- A study of plant and animal life
marine environment. Emphasis on physical and
chemical environmental factors affecting the biota in
55.241 Marine Biology (3)
in the
the intertidal,
open water and benthic
habitats.
Com-
biota characteristics of each habitat will be investi-
gated in terms of their natural history, morphology and
ecological relationships. Prerequisite: 50.110, 50.120 or
consent of the instructor.
55.250
55.342 Marine Botany
(3) - Taxonomy, physiology, ecology
and economic importance of marine and coastal plants
as exemplified by those found on the Delmarva Peninsula.
Laboratory techniques include collecting, preserv-
and analyzing plants and plant materiappropriate instrumentation to be used. Emphasis
on in-the-field studies and laboratory analyses. Prereqing, identifying
als,
the instructor.
mon
52.215.
phylo-
followed to show interrelationships
local species. Prerequisite: 50.110, 50.120 or
ta
site:
Wedands Ecology
(3)
-
Biological, chemical
and geo-
logical characteristics of coastal wetlands. Considers the
uisite:
50.110, 50.120.
(3) - A study of the internal and
external structure of fishes, their systematic and ecological relationships and their distribution in time and
55.343 Marine Ichthyology
space. Prerequisite: 50.110, 50.120.
55.345 Ornithology (3) - Introduces avian fauna of the sea
coast and enables comparison with inland species. Field
work provides visual and vocal identification; lecture material
includes information on distribution, behavior,
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition.
-
135
physiology and anatomy of birds. Prerequisite: 50.110,
Pleistocene sea
50.120.
world-vride glaciation. Students participate in field stud-
55.362 Marine Geology
(3)
-
Structure and sedimentology
of ocean basins and shores. Presents methods of geological exploration in the marine environment, features
of ocean basins and theories of ocean basin evolution.
Prerequisite: 51.101, 51.102, 51.111, 51.112
and 51.259
55.364 Physical Oceanography (3) - A study of the physical
properties of the oceans including: mass and energy
budgets; theory of the distribution of variables; cause,
nature, measurement, analysis
and waves; and
and prediction of
tides,
basic instrumentation in field
work. Prerequisite: 51.259 or 55.110 or 53.125 and
54.112 or permission of instructor.
55.394 Comparative Physiology of Marine Organisms
This course
will
(3)
-
provide an introduction to the physiol-
ogy of marine organisms utilizing a comparative approach.
The
lecture will introduce the topics of respira-
metabolism, osmoregulation, thermoregulation, locomotion and sensory systems by drawing comparisons between the mechanisms and strategies utilized by a wide range of marine organisms. Labtion, circulation,
oratory and field work will focus on the physiological
responses of marine plants and animals to common
environmental stresses such as salt load, temperature
oxygen and tidal flux.
be accomplished through measurements and
observations in the field, as well as through experimental manipulations in a laboratory setting. Prerequisite:
50.110, 52.115, 52.131, 55.241 or permission of instruc-
variation, depletion of dissolved
This
of Pleistocene deposits and the weathering and ero-
51.111,51.112
.
55.464 Biological Oceanography (3) - Interdisciplinary study
of the interactions between biological communities and
al
plankton, fish and benthic invertebrates. Projects
volve boat trips to sample populations
and
in-
to quantita-
document environmental variables with state-ofequipment, laboratory and field experiments to
determine rate processes and visits to nearby field and
tively
the-art
government laboratories. Examples of project
topics in-
clude transport of plankton at bariier island passes, effect of submarine banks on fish populations, ground
truth data for satellite imagery
ics in
and other current
top-
biological oceanography. Prerequisite: 50.110,
50.120, 50.242.
Recommended: 51.259
55.470 Research Diver Methods
(3)
-
aquatic research methods using
or 55.110.
Study and practice of
SCUBA
as a tool. Advanced research diving topics include areas such as navigation, search and recovery, undenvater photography,
survey methods, estimating population parameters and
data acquisition while under water. Specific research
techniques
will
be presented in the context of specific
aquatic research projects conducted by students under
the direction of the instructor. Prerequisite: 50.110 and
SCUBA Certification
Basic
55.490 Marine Aquaculture
(NAUI, PADI,
(3)
-
SSI).
This course includes the
theory and practice of raising organisms for food and
aquarium trade. Techniques of raising economimportant organisms from the egg stage to marketable size and their food supplies are studied.
for the
tor.
55.430 Coastal Sedimentation (3) - A study of depositional
environments of marine dominated shorelines, sedi-
ments, sedimentation processes, sedimentary facies,
models of rock record growth, barrier island dynamics
anddevelopmentof tidal
deltas. 51.101,51.102,51.111,
51.112 or permission of instructor.
55.431 Ecology of Marine Plankton (3) - Studies phytoplankton and zooplankton in marine and brackish environ-
ments. Qualitative and quantitative comparisons made
between the plankton populations of various types of
habitats in relation to primary and secondary producPrerequisites: 50.110, 50.120.
55.432 Marine Evolutionary Ecology (3) - The study of the
ecological mechanisms underlying evolutionary processes. This course is broad in scope and requires that students synthesize both evolutionary and ecological concepts
changes in response to
sion of these deposits. Prerequisite: 51.101, 51.102,
will
tivity.
lake-level
the ocean environment as seen by distributions of coast-
or 55.110.
currents
ies
and
and theory
into an understanding of
how
55.491 Coral Reef Ecology (3) - A study of coral reef structure, formation, types and the relationships of reef or-
ganisms
to their
environment. Emphasis
cies diversity, identification, symbiosis
perature,
salinity, light,
is
and
given to spe-
effects
of tem-
nutrient concentration, preda-
tion and competition on the abundance and the distribution of coral reef organisms. Prerequisite: 50.110,
50.120 and SCUBA and/or snorkeling experience.
55.492 Marine
Mammals
(3)
-
A
study of the distribution,
population ecology, behavior, physiolog) and adpatations of marine mammals. Student projects entail col-
and behavioral data at field sites
marine mammals. Prerequi50.110, 50.120, 50.212 or 50.361 recommended;
lecting physiological
and
site:
at facilities studying
preferences given to undergraduate senior students in
organ-
isms adapt to their environment. Marine, estuarine and
maritime organisms are used as model systems and processes which affect marine populations are emphasized.
55.441 Biology of Molluscs (3) -An evolutionaiy functional
and ecologic approach to studying the second largest
group of animals and perhaps the most diverse in terms
of morphological, ecological and behavioral variations.
Prerequisites: 50.110, 50.211
ically
recommended.
55.459 Coastal Geomorphology (3) - Study of coastal geomorphology with an emphasis on Late Cenozoic and
registering.
55.500 Problems in Marine Science (3) - Graduate students
may pursue one of the following options: Option A Enroll in 200, 300, or 400 level course offered at the
Marine Science Center in which they desire advfanced
work and complete,
in addition to the regular course
requirements, an approved project in the area under
the direction of die instructor. Written permission from
is required. OR- Option B - Enroll in an
Independent Research Project. To be admitted, a student must submit a research proposal to die academic
the instructor
136- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
committee of the Marine Science Consortium. The proposal must include the scope and duration of the proposed research, equipment and facilities required, and
a recommendation and approval from the student's
academic adviser. Requires written permission for graduate credit acceptability from the chairperson of the
graduate committee of the Department of Biological
and Allied Health Sciences before registering. Copies
of this approval and the instructor's permission must
be forwarded to the vice president for research of the
Marine Science Center before the student arrives on
station to take the course.
(3)
-
Field-orient-
environmental education with special
emphasis upon coastal zones. Students relate their own
disciplines to education for quality environments. Consideration will be given to sources, facilities, methods,
techniques, and concepts used in environmental eduto
cation.
55.541 Biology of Mollusca (3) - The Mollusca is the second
largest group of animals and perhaps the most diverse
in terms of morphological, ecological
and behavioral
an evolutionary, functional and ecological approach to studying this important
group of organisms.
variations. This coiu'se offers
55.570 Research Cruise
-
involving planning
Biology (3)
-
A
three-week session
and preparations for an oceano-
graphic research cruise of approximately eight days,
actual execuuon of the cruise plan on board an ocean
research vessel. Introduces data-processing techniques
and instrumentation used by biological oceanographers.
Prerequisite: 55.241 or
its
equivalent, or permission of
the instructor.
55.593 Behavioral Ecology (3) - Designed to present animal
behavior within an ecological and evolutionary context.
Presents mathematical and theoretical framework of behavioral ecology.
An
in-depth exploration of the ways
which the behavior of animals is influenced by the
environment, especially with regard to resource distri-
in
bution.
CPS
56.121
Computer Science I (4) -A programming course for
no prior programming experience. Teach-
students with
es students
how
programs to solve problems
Problem solving methods are pre-
to write
visingjava language.
sented and some basic object-oriented programming
design issues are discussed. Students given extensive
"hands-on" experience with guidance from the instructor Prerequisite: 56.110 or the equivalent.
55.540 Environmental Science Education
ed approach
ming, extended modes of arithmetic, character strings
and program development and execution. May not be
used toward the Computer Science major. Prerequisite:
Programming experience or consent of the instructor.
II (4) - A condnuation of ComEmphasizes software engineering principles in the context of programming. Elementary program performance analysis is performed. Class covers
searching and sorting algorithms. Pointers and dynamic structures: linked lists, stacks, queues and binary trees
will also be studied. Advanced object oriented design
methodologies and recursion will be introdticed. Pre-
56.122 Computer Science
puter Science
I.
requisite: 56.121.
56.221
Computer Science
breadth and
III
flexibility as
Increases the students
is
a pre-
most 300 and 400 level courses in computer science. Covers C and C++ languages as well as editing, compiling and debugging in a Unix environment.
Introduces nonlinear data structures and hashing and
emphasizes object oriented programming and design.
Prerequisite: 56.122.
56.240 Assembly Language Programming
(Fall) (3) - Advanced topics in programming with a microcomputer,
introductory concepts of microcomputer architecture,
operating systems and machine and assembly language
for microprocessors. Prerequisite: 56.122.
56.250 Programming Language Paradigms (3) (Spring) Gives an introduction to the functional, logical and
object oriented programming language paradigms.
Entering students should already have at least one year
of experience with a block structiued procedural language. Course gives students a better understanding of
Computer Science
Science and
56.110 Introduction to Computer Science
(3)
-
Presents an
Introduction to computers and data processing
how
general and
how
will specifically
to use a specific lan-
guage from three different programming language paradigms to solve programming problems. Prerequisite:
56.221.
Statistics
they function,
and how they are used
in
lead to an understanding of
Administered by Department of Mathematics, Computer
they are,
-
programmer and
requisite for
programming languages
(56)
(4)
a
in
how
-
what
they are controlled
problem
solving. Basic con-
I/O systems, data communicaand storage, flow charting and programming in
BASIC on a microcomputer. Hands on experience with
word processing, spreadsheets and data base software
is required. Not appropriate and credit for 56.110 will
not be given to a student who has taken Computer and
cepts include hardware,
56.305 Computer Applications in Secondary School Mathematics (Spring) (3) - Studies the theoi7, design and us-
age of a computer as an instructional or training tool.
Uses microcomputer to demonstrate and develop soft-
ware applications. Prerequisite: 56.121.
tion
Information Systems 92.150.
56.116 Algorithmic Processes for Computers (3) - Emphasizes concepts of FORTRAN 77; input and output, pro-
gram documentation and
control, structured
56.323 Artificial Intelligence (3) (Fall, even numbered years)
- Provides an understanding of the philosophy, content,
methods, successes and failures of artificial intelligence.
Course includes history of artificial intelligence, knowledge representation, game playing, expert systems, logic
and theorem proving, search strategies, natural language processing, neural networks, genetic algorithms
and problem
solving. Prerequisite: 56.221
program56.330 Digital Design (Spring)
(3)
-Design of combination-
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
al
and sequential
circuits.
Coding, various instruction
formats and representation of data. Memory, central
processors, input-output devices. Introduction to com-
puter architecture. Characteristics and features of some
computer systems.
existing
Prerequisites: 56.122,53.185,
56.350 Organization of Programming Languages
-An introduction
es: syntax,
(Fall) (3)
to the issues of programming languag-
semantics, parsing, language specification
and
Emphasis on the run-time behavior of programming language constructs. Prerequisite: 56.250.
analysis.
56.355 Analysis of Algorithms and Data Structures (Spring)
A
-
(3)
detailed analysis of algorithms
and data
struc-
Examination of theoretical and experimental performance of algorithms and data structures. Particular
tures.
attention to algorithms for searching
and
and
sorting
techniques for implementing and manipulating various
data structures: stacks, queues, trees, graphs and
files.
Prerequisites: 56.221, 53.185, 53.126.
Windows Programming (Spring) (3)
object oriented programming including
56.356
-
Introduces
the concepts
of objects, windows environment, inheritance, encap-
polymorphism and event driven programming.
development of a large scale appli-
sulation,
137
erating Systems (3) (Fall) - Studies the foundation of
modern operating systems and concurrent program-
ming problems
associated with these systems. Students
and test their solutions to problems. Covers problems and possible solutions encountered in the devel-
write
opment of all modern
56.240
-
systems. Prerequisite: 56.221.
56.410 Computer Graphics (Spring/ even-numbered years)
(3) - Presents the basic principles for design, use and
understanding of graphics systems. Hardware and software components of graphics systems examined with a
major emphasis on creating and manipulating graphusing a software graphics package; the package includes standard computer graphics algorithms.
Two and three dimensional graphics, animation, color,
ics displays
hidden
line
and hidden surface algorithms studied
in
depth. Prerequisites: 56.221; 53.225 or 53.314 recom-
mended.
56.430 Computer Architecture (Spring/ odd-numbered
years (3) - Examines design issues for modern, high-per-
formance computer systems. Topics include bus structures, memory heirarchies, RISC and CISC instructionset paradigms, pipelining and superscalar processor designs, microprogrammed control and input/output and
bandvndth issues. Prerequisite: 56.330.
Participation in the
cation project
is
required. Prerequisite: 56.221 or
56.250.
56.357 Principles of Database Design
years) (3)
base
-
(Fall,
even-numbered
Considers the principal functions of a datasystem. Basic concepts used by all
management
database models
be taught. Details of the hierarchical, network and relational database models will be
studied in detail. Course examines query languages in
general and uses a data manipulation language (DML)
and
studies
its
management system
implement a
rela-
that involves exe-
cution of operations such as an intersection, union,
ference, join
dif-
and multijoins of relations. Study of a com-
mercially available
DML prepares students for a career
dealing with database systems. Prerequisite: 56.221.
56.373 Numerical Methods in Computing
analysis
(Fall)
(3)
-
An
and application of various methods of numeri-
cally solving
and analysis of
on the development and
performance evaluation of parallel algorithms on parcessing, parallel architectures, design
parallel algorithms. Focuses
allel architectures. Prerequisite:
problems
in the areas of nonlinear equa-
tions; systems of equations, interpolation
and polyno-
56.450 Compiler Construction (Spring/odd-numbered
years) (3)
pilers
and
-An introduction to tlie construction of cominterpreters. The compiler is broken down
into phases of scanning, parsing, semantic analysis, op-
timization
and code generation. Studies the relevant
theory in the phases as students program a compiler.
Prerequisites: 56.350
and
differential equations. Students use a
computer
to design and execute algorithms for specific
numerical procedures. Prerequisites: 56.121 or 56.116,
analysis.
Topics include nonlinear equations, interpo-
and approximation, differentiation and integramatrices and differential equations. Prerequisites:
lation
tion,
56.373, 53.322.
56.375 Local Aj-ea Networks (3) (Fall, odd-numbered years)
- Examines in detail key local area network standards
and the fundamental concepts of local area network
(LAN) technology. Provides an understanding of network architecture, data transmission methods and ma-
LANs
56.491 Special Topics in
Computer Science
an area of computer science which
(3)
-
Presents
not available as a
regular course offering. Prerequisite: Consent of tlie
is
instructor.
53.126.
jor
and 56.221.
56.471 Numerical Analysis (Alternate years) (3) - Proxides a
computer-oriented analysis of algorithms of numerical
mial approximation; numerical integration; approximation theory;
56.221.
will
applications. Students
tional database
56.444 Introduction to Parallel Processing (Fall/odd-numbered years) (3) - Provides an overview of parallel pro-
currentiy in use. Investigation of
LAN
proto-
and network operating systems includes
hands on experience in installing and demonstrating
peer-to-peer and client-server LANs. Prerequisite: 56.240
cols, topologies
or permission of the instructor.
56.386 Concurrent Programming and Foundations of Op-
56.497 Internship in Computer Science (2-12) - Prorides
computer science majors wth an opportunity' to acquire
meaningful and professional on-site training and learning in computer science at an industrial, private or business workplace. Note: a student may, with departmental approval, apply a maximum of 3 credits of internship toward the fulfillment of the computer science
major. Each 1 academic credit requires 40 hours of super\'ised work and the limit is 12 total credit hours for
internships. Prerequisites: students must establish adequate course preparation for the proposed internship.
Internship applications must be submitted one month
138- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
before the internship begins and must be approved by
instructional materials. Topics include behaviorism, in-
the department chairperson.
formation processing models, cognitive science, memory models, constructivism, cognitive strategies, and the
learning theories of a number of influential theorists.
In addition, the course emphasizes learning theory,
cognitive and behavioral approaches to instruction, a
56.576 Networks: Configuration and Implementation
-
(3)
Introduces students to terminology, concepts, hardware
and software related to the establishment of a local network and provides hands-on experience in the procedure necessary to install both a PC and Macintosh-based
local area network.
Instructional
Technology
57.540 Technology Planning Across the Curriculum (3) Examines a systematic process for the identification, selection, use, and evaluation of technology within the
curriculum. Students create technology plans for the
classroom, building and district
number of issues
levels.
Consideration
is
procurement
and use of technology in schools. Students also choose
a specific technology in which they will develop expertise
that affect the
57.542 Technology Applications for the Classroom (3) - Explores the role of technology in the classroom. Special
is
placed on the use of technology as a mind
tool to create a constructi\'ist, higher-order thinking
learning environment. Students
become
and
proficient in
a wide range of technologies and apply the instructional
systems design process to
all
projects.
57.546 Research in Instrucdonal Technology
students to evaluate
57.560 Multimedia Productions
(3)
-
Provides a survey of
the major aspects of multimedia production from the
user perspective. Included are hands-on experiences
file manipulation. Examand theories of multimedia as well as
guidelines for the development of instructional multimedia. A course where users create and integrate me-
with hardware, software and
ines research
dia into software appHcations.
57.570 Introduction to Interactive Technologies
(3)
-
Exam-
fundamental concepts of computer-based learning and information systems. Specific emphasis is placed
on the design, development, and authoring of interactive courseware using software such as Macromedia
Dreamweaver, Javascript and HTML. Emerging technologies and their potential impact upon education and
ines the
for use in curriculum planning.
emphasis
re-
tices. Students critique commercial software and design
two brief instructional modules incorporating specific
principles of cognitive science.
Administered by Department of Instructional Technology
given to a
comparison of instructional design models, and
search evidence that supports instructional design prac-
(3)
and conduct research
-
Prepares
in instruc-
tional technology. Students analyze research literature
in instructional technology, evaluate the various
meth-
odologies used in the research process, conduct a
re-
search project, and write a research paper using a
sys-
tematic approach.
training are also studied.
57.572 Authoring Tools for Cross Platforms (3) - Acquaints
students with authoring tools that may be implement-
ed on Macintosh and PC platforms. Writing code for
multimedia and hypermedia applications is emphasized.
Software, such as Macromedia Authorware and Macromedia Director, is used to develop computer presenta-
and for training
and developed with emphasis on good
design and programming techniques.
tions. Applications for use in kiosks
are reviewed
57.550 Instructional Design (3) - Examines the systems approach for the design, development, and evaluation of
57.573 Authoring Tools for Windows (3) - Provides a careful, in-depth study of various authoring systems and
and training materials. Students conduct a
needs assessment and instructional analysis, write objectives, develop instructional strategies, and develop a
teacher's guide and student materials. Specific empha-
authoring tools in a Windows environment. Software
packages, such as Toolbook, are used to develop computer projects. Specific areas of emphasis include types
of authoring software, generalized authoring options,
specific techniques for planning and creating instruction using the authoring tools, and principles of effective design of computer-based instruction.
instruction
sis is
given to applying instructional design techniques
to the design
and development of
instructional prod-
ucts in print form.
57.551 Advanced Instructional Design (3)
-
Serves as a se-
quel to Instructional Design (57.550) by providing additional information and practice concerning the de-
beyond the
on the design of in-
57.574 Authoring Tools for Networks (3) - Provides study of
software and systems for web environments. Sofware
such as Cold Fusion is used to develop database web
sign of effective instruction. Course goes
projects.
introductory course by elaborating
tabase software
structional strategies for specific learning outcomes,
techniques for writing effective
test items,
and proce-
dures for formative and summative evaluation. In addition, the course emphasizes learning theoiy, cognitive
and behavioral approaches to instruction, a compari-
son of instructional design models, and research
dence that supports instrucdonal design practices.
evi-
57.556 Applying Theories of Learning to Interactive Technologies (3) -Focuses on the application of theoretical
principles of learning and instruction to the design of
Areas of emphasis include types networks, daand database design.
57.575 Managing Multimedia Projects (3) - Provides a culminating experience in the Instructional Technology
curriculum. Students are teamed together to apply concepts
and
skills
learned in previous courses to simulate
a hypothetical business environment. Student teams use
a systems approach to design, develop,
and evaluate a
comprehensive interactive computer-based multimedia
project.
57.580 Instructional Applications of Internet (3)
-
Helps
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
educators integrate the Internet into the curriculum to
improve teaching and learning. Students learn basic and
advanced concepts of the World Wide Web and the tools
used to access Web sites, construct a web page, learn
the educational applications of web
sites,
and web
-
139
(3) - Provides hands-on introduction to computer-aided design with an emphasis on basic engineering graphics. Culmination of course is a team design and con-
struction project.
site
management. Students learn techniques for gathering,
organizing and managing Internet information, apply
Internet multimedia applications to the classroom, and
explore emerging Internet technologies, issues and
58.141 Electric Circuit Analysis (4) - Electric circuit analysis
including computer simulation and hands-on laboratory
experience using modern electronic equipment. Reinductance and capacitance. Analysis of dc and
sistance,
and R-C
and R-L-C resonance. AC power, power facand three-phase power. Three hours lecture and
ac circuits including network theorems, R-L
trends.
transients,
57.584 eTraining Strategies (3) - Prepares students with
knowledge, skills, and tools in the area of distance communicadons. Topics covered include communications,
technology, delivery systems, instructional development
for distance education,
and program
quality assessment.
tor
three hours lab per week.
58.321 Manufacturing Processes (3) - Studies the various
types of manufacturing processes and the design of pjirts
and assemblies
57.585 eLearning Concepts and Techniques (3) - Provides
students with knowledge and experiences in designing,
cludes
developing and delivering e-learning courses. This
ability
course teaches
how
to design corporate-based
web
in-
struction for delivery over a corporate intranet or inter-
experience participating in an instructional event as an on-line learning. Students will also
identify the fundamental elements that make web-based
net. Students will
evaluation using
-Allows students to put into
practice the theories that they have learned in previous
courses.
Each internship must
last at least
6-12 weeks in
duration, be directly related to the general content of
the master's program,
sional in die
and be supervised by a
multimedia
57.599 Master's Thesis (6)
arly investigation in
profes-
field.
to
and
visits
reli-
to area
er systems.
phase
DC generators and
motors, ac power, three-
and three-phase transform-
circuits, single-phase
three-phase induction motors, synchronous gener-
and motors, single-phase motors, stepper motioand electric utility power generation, trnsmission and distribution. Three hours
lecture and two hours lab per week.
ators
rs,
electronic control of motors,
58.300 Career Orientation
(1)
-
Studies
all
aspects of seek-
ing employment including interviewing, resume writ-
- Consists of an independent scholwhich the student designs, devel-
and evaluates a brief instructional
address a specific audience. Under the di-
ops, implements,
module
process design and
techniques, quality control,
58.231 Electrical Machines and Power Systems (4) - Fundamentals of electrical machines, transformers and pow-
ers,
(3)
SPC
manufacturing facilities. Two
hours lecture and three hours lab per week.
instruction effective.
57.590 Graduate Internship
to insure their manufacturabiliry. In-
PCB artwork and fabrication,
rection of a faculty committee, the student identifies a
performance problem in an audience of interest, and
works v«th a subject matter expert to design and produce instruction on a particular topic. The instruction
is later implemented with the target audience and evaluated for its effectiveness. The student then makes the
necessary revisions based on the evaluation data.
ing and choosing appropriate jobs fo the cooperative
education experience.
One hour
lecture per week.
58.331 Linear Signals and Systems (2)
-
Introduces the the-
ory of linear signals and systems, including functional
representations, spectra, linear
tal
filters,
sampling, discrete signals, digital
variables.
Two hours
transforms, digifilters
and
state
lecture per week.
58.241 Electronic Instrumentation and Data Aquisition (3)
- Design and application of electronic instrumentation
The course is centered on understanding senand transducers, signal conditioning and transmission methods and application of sensors and transducers to real world situations. Use of microcomputer systems for data acquisition, processing and control. Two
hours lecture and three hours lab per week.
systems.
sors
and Electronic
Engineering Technology
(58) Electrical
Administered by Department of Physics and Engineering
Technology
58.101 Introduction to Electrical and Electronics Engineering Technology (EEET) (1) - History of engineering
and technology, electrical and electronic engineering
technology (EEET) as a career, technology areas within
EEET, organizational structure of industries, oral and
communication skills, review of mathematical
written
skills,
ic
graphical representations of data, use of scientif-
calculator
and personal computer, electronic
instru-
ments, industrial automation, seminars by engineering
technologists,
and
visits to local
industries.
One hour
lecture per week.
58.180 Computer Aided Design and Engineering Graphics
58.380 Cooperative Education in Industiy I (0) - Prorides
an on-the-job professional experience in an industrial
setting.
58.431 Industrial Process Control (3) - Fundamentals of
open-loop and closed-loop control, feedback control
concepts, controller design, process cotrol using micro-
computers, PLCs, sensors and transducers, instrument
control and supenisor)' control. Two hours lecture and
three hours lab per week.
58.441 Communications Systems (3)
-
Presents the theory
and application of modern communications systems,
in-
cluding types of modulation, noise, multiplexing, multiple access and digital signaling. Use of modern soft-
140- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
ware package for communication systems design and
analysis. Two hours lecture and three hours lab per week.
58.451 Digital Signal Processing (3)
-
60.302 Research Literacy (3) - Provides an introduction to
research methods and techniques. Gives the student the
princito
ples associated with the processing of discrete-time signals.
Common
applications such as waveform genera-
tion, FIR and IIR digital filtering, and DFT and FFTbased spectral analysis and filtering. Architecture, instruction set and hardware and software development
tools associated with a fixed-point general-purpose DSP
VLSI processor. Two hours lecture and two hours lab
per week.
58.461 Radio Frequency Effects and Measurements (4)
tronic instrumentation
ment
such quantities
as power,
impedence, standing wave ratio, frequency, voltage and
and antenna measurenaents. Smith
charts, impedance matching and radio frequency shielding. Two hours lecture and two hours lab per week.
II
(0)
-
Provides
on-the^ob professional experience in an industrial
set-
60.311 Classroom Measures and Assessment (3) - Reviews
principles of evaluation; grading; representative stan-
dardized
struction
surement
areas and
tests;
and
in the cognitive, affective
Uses hands-on experiences, virtual meetings, web-based
resources to develop classroom activities to create a virtual learning
community. Prerequisite: 30
(60) Educational Studies
Administered by Department of Educational Studies and
Secondary Education
60.201 Field Studies in Education 1(1)- Fifteen hour field
instructional designers. Uses hands-on experienc-
lationships
(3)
-
Intro-
duction to computer technology and the school setting
that utilizes computers. Prerequisite: 45 semester hours.
60.205 Career Development and Life Planning (3) - Provides
students with career information, values clarification
ty
skills
needed
to
develop
sensitivi-
to these issues in light of the increasing complexity
of the occupational experience.
to the teaching-learn-
ing process. Psychological systems are compared and
evaluated in terms of their philosophical bases, ideological
commitments and as criteria for the development
of models for educational policy and practice.
60.291 Principles of Teaching (3) - An introduction to the
teaching process. Various instructional techniques,
methodologies and approaches are explored. Topics include: developing instructional objectives, sequencing
learning acti\T[ties, applying the various taxonomies, con-
ducting micro-teaching, discipline strategies, questioning techniques and mastery teaching. Class term project
includes unit lesson plan and evaluative instrument.
Prerequisites: 60.201, 60.251.
60.301 Field Studies in Education
II (I)
-
Thirty hour field
experience with involvement in a school setting. Develop lesson plans and teach two lessons under supervision. Produce reflective journal. Remaining time spent
in weekly
campus
class seminars.
better designed for
among
social conditions, social values
The course
and problems of society
that
and
focuses on those
need
to
as-
be taken into
account in determining educational policy, especially
concerns the social role of the school.
as this policy
60.406 Multicultural Education
(3)
-
Studies school situa-
tions that reflect the cultural diversity of the nation
and
the world in their social and school goals and curricular
and
instructional aims
accommodating
and
practices. Offers strate-
norms, values,
language and learning styles of students and for teaching all students to understand and
respect their ovm and other cultures.
gies for
to the cultural
attitudes, behavior,
60.251 Psychological Foundations of Education (3) - A systematic analysis of theories of human motivation, de-
velopment and learning related
class-
know and
60.393 Social Foundations of Education (3) -An integrated
multidisciplinary study of education focusing on the re-
educational policies.
60.204 Educational Computing and Technology
students
learning. Prerequisite: 30 credits.
pects
and decision-making
of cognitive strategies to develop
situa-
Weekly on-campus seminars.
credits.
60.351 Virtual Learning Communities (3) - For preser\dce
teachers and others who will act as learning mentors
room activities that promote how
how instructional planning can be
experience to observe various teaching-learning
con-
test
and formal meaand psychomotor
alternative forms of assessment. Prerequisite:
es with the aid
tions.
vocabulary of measurement,
interpretation; informal
60.350 Instructional Design Systems (3) - For preservice
teachers and others who will create a community of
learners integrating technology into the K-1 2 classroom.
and
ting.
EDF
projects.
Elec-
current. Receiver
58.480 Cooperative Education in Industry
can7 out beginning-level research
able to
45 semester hours, 60.291.
-
and techniques for measure-
at radio frequencies of
be a better consumer of research,
be more aware of the value of research and to be
basic understanding to
Fundamental
60.416 Computers in the Curriculum
course
-
(3)
The
goal of this
reforms that emphasize
technology as an integral component of instruction.
This instruction is supported by technology tools helps
is
to provide curricula
students construct knowledge and helps teachers create opportunities for
more
effective,
meaningful, inte-
grated learning. This course provides the resources to
locate relevant instructional materials to design a cur-
riculum rich in emerging technologies.
60.427 Classroom
Management and
Effective Discipline (3)
Focus on strategies for effective discipline and classroom management. Methods of planning for the beginning of the year and for establishing an effective classroom atmosphere that promotes learning throughout
the year are reviewed. Current models and major theories of discipline are reviewed and evaluated. Prerequi-
-
sites:
60.251, 60.291, 60.201, 60.301
60.431 Independent Study (1-3)
department chairperson
-
.
Requires consent of the
to schedule.
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
60.441, 60.442, 60.443
ies selected areas
Workshop
Education
in
(1-6)
-
Stud-
of education including research by
individual students in a special teaching field.
disadvantaged youngster, in-depth examination of current research findings in areas stud-
mentary and secondary schools; school attendance,
school health programs, pupil transportation, psychoservices.
Experience (6) - The
secondary student teaching assignment is determined
by the student's area of specialization. Pro\'ides oppor-
60.497 Teaching in Education:
and resources and approaches
major problems. Discussion of polarization
problem areas.
ied, teaching strategies,
60.451 Pupil Personnel Services in the Public School (3) Comprehensive view of pupil personnel services in ele-
guidance
in critical
60.507 Using Newspapers in the Classroom (3) - Activitycentered course that provides an orientation to the use
of the newspaper in various subject areas. Provides opportunities for the development of learning experienc-
First
tunities for direct participating experiences. Places stu-
es.
60.512 Educational Media and Software (3) -Advanced study
of the role of media in the education process. Includes
assessment of that role, selection of equipment
dents in classrooms with public or private school teachers. The student's major determines their assignment:
critical
one experience in a primary level and one experience in an intermediate level of a public school; N-K-3 one experience in a preschool situation and one in a
porary literature in the
K-6
-
primary
primary
level
and materials for optimum
60.514
60.498 Teaching in Education: Second Experience (6)
secondary student teaching assignment
by the student's area of specialization.
is
-
The
determined
60.501 Major Philosophies of Education (3) - Interprets
modern educational problems and trends in the light
of philosophical viewpoints; study of primary sources
of concepts and philosophies which have influenced and
are influencing education.
60.502 School and Society (3)
- Examines effects of social
and community pressures and changing
patterns and standards of life in our society on the school
program. Fosters understanding of these pressures and
patterns so that the teacher can work effectively to encourage the good and reduce the harmful impacts of
class, family,
social forces in relationships of children.
60.503 History of American Educational Theory (3) - Historical foundations of American educational theory with
emphasis on individuals and schools of thought which
have influenced and are influencing education in America.
a review of contem-
utility,
and a production component involving advanced work in television, U'ansparencies, slide-tape, and computer-assisted instruction.
of a public school or two experiences in a
level of a public school.
field,
Home, School and Community
Relations (3)
-
Intro-
ductoi7 course in public relations vvitii special reference
to elementary school. Develops a philosophy of partnership between home, school, and community. Con-
and techniques to encourage community sharing in the planning of and assum-
siders principles, attitudes,
ing responsibility for good schools.
60.516 Computers in the Curriculum (3) - The goal of this
course is to provide curricula reforms that emphasize
technology as an integral component of instruction.
is supported by technology tools helps
This instruction
students construct knowledge and helps teachers create opportunities for
more
effective,
meaningful, inte-
grated learning. This course provides the resources to
locate relevant instructional materials to design a cur-
riculum rich in emerging technologies.
60.520 Guidance and Counseling for Exceptional Children
-
(3)
Studies needs of exceptional children in public
schools (including the academically talented); guidance
and counseling techniques for teachers and guidance
counselors in meeting those needs; guidance and counseling for exceptional children related to the total guid-
ance counseling program.
60.504 Technology for Teachers
-
(3)
A
hands-on introduc-
tion to the use of technology in the public school class-
room. Teachers
will
be introduced to the computer,
computer-related technologies, communication technologies, and new and emerging audio-visual technologies in creating technology learning environments.
Consideration
141
sensitivity to the
to resolve
logical services,
-
will
be given to the use of technology as
communication medium. Teachers will learn to use
Instructional Systems Design models in the planning,
delivery and evaluation of technology practices in the
a
schools.
60.505 Comparative Education (3) - Educational ideas and
practices of various countries are examined for their
impact upon our culture and education. Particular attention is given to the relationship of European educational programs to the American philosophy and practice of public education.
60.506 Multicultural Education
(3)
-
Examines problems of
the luban educational system. Emphasizes growUi of
60.522 Internet for Teachers (3)
Internet course for educators
-
This
is
an introductory
who would
like to
sue the
Internet as a resource for the classroom. Students will
be introduced to the fundamental concepts of the World
Wide Web and to the tools to access web sites. Prticipants will become actively involved as tliev' explore the
Internet and share ideas for practical applications in
the classroom. Students will create a portfolio of Iner-
net and share ideas for practical applications in die classroom. Students will create a porttblio of Internet resources and materials for subsequent use in the classroom. Other activities include: techniques for naviga-
and on-line searches; evaluating Internet resourcmaking and managing "hodists;" and downloading
and maintaining Internet software and graphics resourction
es;
es.
Teachers
will
have the opportunity
to
customize the
knowledge in this course to meet their particular needs
and the needs of their students. Prerequisites for Uiis
course are one introductory computer course at the
undergraduate or graduate level. This course v\ill be
142- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
taught on Macintosh computers. In order to complete
onhne assignments, students arre expected to have personal access to the Internet or be able to use the University
Macintosh labs outside of normal
GO.SSV Classroom
Management and
class hours.
teaching and learning process. Students will investigate
and evaluate psychological principles and theories and
their implications for classroom decision making,
themes underlying effective educational practices will
be addressed, including interaction, cognitive processEffective Discipline (3)
Focuses on theories of effective discipline and classroom management. Methods of planning for the be-
relevance, classroom climate, challenge, expectations
es,
-
and
diversity.
ginning of the year and for establishing an effective classroom organization to promote appropriate behavior
60.573 Introduction to Educational Administration (3) Focuses on examination of the functions and tasks of
throughout the year are reviewed. Current models and
major theories of discipline are reviewed and evaluat-
educational administration. Issues include the evolving
ed.
school administrators; educational systems analysis;
school personnel administration; administrative and or-
60.530 Guidance in the Elementary Schools (3) - Covers
concepts and techniques of the guidance process in the
school setting; the meaning, development, and work of
ganizational behavior;
al
elementary school, behavioral and developmental problems, and releasing creative capacities of children.
60.532 Adapting Teaching Strategies to Learning Styles and
Multiple Intelligences (3) - This course provides students with ideas, techniques and approaches to using
different learning styles
and Multiple
The
60.550 Problems in Guidance and Counseling
(3) - Covers
philosophy of guidance; history of the guidance move-
ment; guidance needs of children and adolescents;
methods of gathering data; nature of school records;
interpretation of test results and inventories; use of occupational information and data; interviewing and counseling techniques.
60.551 Techniques in Counseling (3) - Focuses on theories,
principles, and practices of counseling; development
results, ed-
materials.
60.552 Organization and Supervision of Guidance (3) - Examines types of guidance organizations used in schools
their effectiveness in providing for
60.553 Group Processes in Guidance
good guidance.
(Experimental)
cation in groups.
will
be explored.
ers learn
strategies for facilitating
communi-
The nature and function of groups
Through theory and practice, teach-
and practice
skills in
leading groups, empath-
and decision-making. Teachers
also learn to enhance students' self-awareness and self
esteem in a group setting.
ic listening,
-
Considers limitations
laws relating to
changes resulting from judicial decisions.
control of education with emphasis on lobudgetary problems.
to recent
Covers
fiscal
60.577 Educational Research for Supervision (3) - Considers development of ability to read and interpret educational research
discussion
60.561 Measurement and Evaluation in the Secondary
Schools (3) - Examines construction, administration,
and interpretation of group tests in intelligence, achievement, aptitude, and personality in secondary schools.
60.565 Advanced Foundations of Education (3) -This course
will provide a systematic analysis of theories of human
development, learning and motivation related
and apply
it
Conand teaching
to a school situation.
clusions concerning curricuhmi content
strategies
designed for the improvement of the educaemphasized.
tional process are
60.578 Group Processes in Supervision (3)
group processes, communication
-
Emphasis on
group, and organizational goals related to educational supervision.
in the
Focuses on knowledge of and practice in laboratory experiences in group processes and applicability to supervision.
Experiences provide opportunities for experi-
menting with and evaluating leadership
moting creativity and initiative.
skills
and pro-
60.579 Supervision of Curriculum and Instruction (3) - Examines objectives, techniques, and materials of staff supervision; defines the supervisory function directed to-
ward the improvement of instruction with emphasis on
the interrelationships between the humanistic aspects
of education and democratic administrative behavior;
studies roles of contemporary supervision with respect
to educational quality assessment, interpersonal rela-
and the
catalytic role
of the supervisor.
-
Enables learners to acquire a working knowledge of the
group process and
(3)
and federal
the interactions of school personnel. Special attention
tions,
(3)
Law and Finance
established by local, state,
cal
60.533 Measurement and Evaluation in the Elementary
School (3) - Emphasizes construction, administration,
and interpretation of group tests of intelligence, achievement, aptitude, and personality in elementary schools.
and use of counseling materials such as test
ucational information, and other pertinent
in education-
scope, se-
quence and substance of the course emphasizes handson activities, problem solving, class sidscussion, group
activities and web-based research.
and
60.576 School
Intelligences The-
ory in the teaching/learning processes.
and career ladders
administration.
to the
60.580 Practicum in Supervision of Curriculum and Instruction (3)
-
Field-based practicum experience that places
the candidate for a Curriculum
and Instruction N-12
Supervisory Certificate in a cooperative relationship with
an individual in a school setting responsible for the overall planning, coordination, implementation, and evaluation of a curricular and instructional program. Competency-based experiences discussed in a weekly seminar. Evaluation of the candidate's performance based
on achievement of specified competencies.
60.581 Independent Study in Education (1-6) - Provides an
opportunity for public school teachers to pursue in-service projects in cooperation with a faculty adviser.
The
teacher submits a "learning contract" to an adviser designated by the department chairperson. Contract in-
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
eludes details of the academic goals, descriptions of the
its relation to the goals and of a proposal for
project in
a final report, a reading
list,
and the proposed
credit.
Permission to register for the course granted upon approval of the contract. Evaluation based
on the
written
report and an examinadon by a committee appointed
by the adviser and/or department chairperson. Students
may
register at any suitable time; the duration of the
experience
is
service project to use the resources of the university
faculty.
and
A "learning contract" similar to that of 60.581
submitted by the group as a basis for permission to
register. Papers relate to aspects of the project and to
the literature designated in the contract. Discussion and
cridcism in seminar meedngs under the direcdon of a
member. Evaluation is based on the seminar reand a final comprehensive written report by the
faculty
student.
60.584 Curriculum and Instructional Theory, Design and
Development (3) - Competency-based course consisting of elements that provide a base in relevant theory
associated with the activity of curriculum development.
A
and evaluation of current theoretiand design methodology are an integral
review, critique,
cal positions
62.304 Environmental Education for the Elementary School
Teacher (3) - Provides learning experiences for the ele-
mentary school
level in
environmental education pro-
grams.
62.310 Teaching Fine
Ai^ts in
the Elementary School (3)
-
Provides competencies in the selection and implemenary, visual
children.
of fine
and procedures for teaching literand performing arts to elementary school
Emphasizes comprehension and integration
arts into all areas
of the school curriculum. Pre-
45 semester hours.
requisite:
is
ports
hours.
tation of materials
flexible.
60.583 Seminar in Education (1-6) - Provides the opportunity for a group of teachers engaged in a common in-
its
143
-
62.322 Seminar in Learning Experiences with
dren
(3)
-
Young
Chil-
Outlines physical, mental, emotional and so-
cial levels
of children from birth to age
8,
with atten-
tion to environmental factors that foster child growth.
Examines prenatal, infant-toddler, preschool and kindergarten programs to meet the needs of this age child
and to provide the background of experience needed
for later ventures into reading,
art,
arithmetic, science,
social studies, music, literature, physical
education and
health and safety. Prerequisites: Psychology 48.101,
48.211.
62.371 Teaching Reading in the Elementary School (3)
-
Examines developmental reading from readiness
through sixth grade. Prerequisite: 45 semester hours.
part of the course.
60.585 Curriculum and Instructional Evaluation (3) - Competency-based course consisting of elements providing
62.373 Diagnostic and Inclusionary Practices (3) - Presents
diagnostic and remedial procedures emphasizing both
a base for the student in current theory and practice in
standardized and informal techniques. Prerequisite:
the evaluation of school curriculum
and
instruction.
and application of current thinking
curriculum evaluation are an integral
Reviews, critiques,
and practice
in
part of the course.
ELE
Childhood and
Elementary Education
for children. Prerequisite: 45 semester hoius.
Administered by Department of Early Childhood and Elementary Education
60.522 Internet for Teachers (3) - An introductory course
for teachers who would like to use the Internet as a re-
source for the classroom. Covers fundamental concepts
of access to and using the World Wide Web, sharing
ideas for practical classroom applications, evaluating
and downloading and maintaining
Prerequisite is an introductory com-
Internet resources,
puter course at the undergraduate or graduate
level.
Taught on Macintosh computers and completing online assignments requires personal access to the Inter-
net or ability to use university Macintosh labs outside of
normal
class hours.
62.121 Introduction to Early Childhood Education (3) Examines die historical and philosophical foundations
of early childhood education. Analyzes current trends
and
practices for teaching children
from
62.376 Language Experiences for Children (3) - Explores
the language development of children and factors that
influence skill in effective communication development
from nursery school through sixth grade. Provides a
backgroimd for students in language arts and literature
(62) Early
Internet software.
62.371.
birth to age 6.
62.389 Individualized Instruction Activities in the Elementary School (3) - Emphasizes procedures for helping
individuals learn the informal school concept
and
rear-
ranging the elementary classroom into an efficient and
effective learning area viith emphasis on a language arts
center,
mathematics center, science centers and
social
studies centers. Prerequisite: 45 semester hoins.
62.390 Teaching Social Studies in the ElementaiT School
(3) - Emphasizes methods and materials appropriate
for teaching elementary school social studies in con-
temporary
society. Prerequisite:
64 semester hours.
62.391 Teaching Language Arts in the Elementary School
(3) - Emphasizes methods and materials designed to
help elementai7 school children develop communication skills for today's complex societ\-. Includes all areas
of a modern language
semester hours.
arts
cvnriculum. Prerequisite: 64
62.398 Teaching Mathematics in the Elementai7 School
(3)
Oudines mathematical methods, materials, understandings and attitudes essential in the leaching of con-
-
62.302 Teaching of Science in the Elementary School (3)
-
Emphasizes the major methods and materials used in
elementary school science. Prerequisite: 64 semester
temporai7 programs in the elementai7 school. Prereq64 semester hours.
uisite:
144- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
62.400 Workshop in Teaching Mathematics in Early Childhood and Elementary Education (1-6) - Presents a work-
shop format to provide individual or group study of
problems concerned with teaching mathematics at early childhood and elementary levels.
62.410 Methods and Materials in Early Childhood Education I (3) - Provides teachers with a workshop experience in infant daycare centers and nursery schools. Pro-
methods and materials that teachers can use and
construct in their centers and classrooms. Examines theories of Bruner, Piaget, Froebel, Montessori and Vy-
vides
Individual or group study of subjects of interest or con-
cern in teaching.
62.516 Computers in the Curricultim (3) - Provides curricula reforms that emphasize technology as an Integral
component of instruction. Helps teachers create opportunities for more effective, meaningful, integrated learning and provides resources to locate relevant instructional materials to design a curriculum rich in
emerg-
ing technologies.
62.520 Methods and Materials in Early Childhood Education II (3) - See course description for 62.510.
gotsky Prerequisites: 62.121, 62.322.
62.420 Methods and Materials in Early Childhood Education II (3) - Provides teachers with a workshop experi-
ence in infant daycare centers and nursery schools. Provides methods and materials that teachers can use and
construct in their centers and classrooms. Examines theories of Bruner, Piaget, Froebel, Montessori and Vygotsky Prerequisites; 62.121, 62.322.
62.431 Independent Study in Elementary and Early Childhood Education (1-3) - Individual projects in education.
Requires consent of the department chairperson.
62.450 Methods of Teaching Foreign Languages in the Elementary School (3) - Examines factors influencing sec-
ond language acquisition and addresses a variety of strategies designed to teach foreign languages in the ele-
mentary school. Special focus on integrating the
for-
eign language syllabus within the elementary school cur-
music and dance included. Pre60.291, 200-level foreign language or equiv-
riculum. Culture,
requisites:
art,
alent.
62.494 Teaching in Education: First Experience (6) - The
student teaching assignment is determined by the student's area of specialization. Provides opportunities for
62.521 Elementary School Curriculum (3) - Studies problems related to development, experimentation, and
improvement of curriculum
practices in the elementa-
ry school.
62.522 Curriculum Trends in Early Childhood Education
(3) - Studies die changing goals and the developing pro-
grams children birth through age eight required to meet
the needs of children who enter school with a variety of
experiential backgrounds.
62.523 Practices in Teaching the Young Child (3) - Examination of current practices in teaching the young child
with emphasis on the developmental aspects of child-
hood
as they relate to the school
62.524 Knowledge and Curriculum
(3)
program.
-A study of the place
The empha-
of knowledge in developing a ciuriculum.
on content as it is influenced by the Pennsylvania
Content Standards and innovative practices in teaching and learning.
sis is
62.525 Current Practices in Elementary School Science (3)
- Studies the problems resulting from the increased in-
and the need for science
methods and manurturing these interests and for implement-
terest of children in science
instruction in the elementary grades;
direct participating experiences. Places students in class-
terials for
rooms with public or private school teachers. The student's major determines their assignment: K-6 - one
experience in a primary level and one experience in an
intermediate level of a public school; N-K-3 - one experience in a preschool situation and one in a primary
ing science instruction within the limits of the interests
level of a public school,
or two experiences in a prima-
ry level of a public school.
of children are presented and evaluated.
62.526 Methods and Materials in Science and Mathematics
(3)
-
Offers an approach to curriculum in which math-
ematics and science content,
creative, integrated activities
62.495 Teaching in Education; Second Experience (6) - see
62.494
62.496 Practicum in Early Childhood Education, Elementary Education II ( 1-6) - Individually prescribed course of
program.
Explores literacy development to create a
positive literacy learning environment for diverse learn(3)
and learning situations that
to group interactions.
disciplines of the social sciences as a basis for develop-
ment of
rooms
in-
62.527 Social Studies in the Elementary School (3) - Examines contemporary trends and current research in the
Previous experience and academic achievement reviewed. Consent of program coordinataor and department chairperson required. Prerequisite: 64 credits and
62.497 Teaching Literacy and Literature in Diverse Class-
and methods of
range from individual inquiry
study and actiwty-based learning and practice teaching.
complete packet.
skills
struction are integrated. Particular attention given to
a conceptual
framework for a
social studies
Modern School (3) - Studies
problems related to instruction in various aspects of the
language arts; place of the language arts in the curricu-
62.528 Language Arts in the
lum; current research and
its
practical application.
-
ers.
62.510 Methods and Materials in Early Childhood Education 1(3)- For in-service teachers and graduate students.
Study of selected areas in early childhood education.
62.529 Literature for Children in the Elementary Grades
(3) - Surveys ways children may encounter literature and
methods
that are effective in the encounter. Students
become acquainted
with children's books, work with
children in a storytelling experience, discover ways other
than through reading by which children
may
experi-
-145
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
ence
literature.
62.530 Awareness of Environmental Education Problems for
the Elementary Grades (3) - Helps classroom teacher
organize environmental education activities. Areas of
content include problem-solving activities, material
sources, the use of resources, curriculum building, de-
velopment of an awareness of environmental problems,
and possible solutions to them. Camping and a camp
fee are required.
62.531 Environmental Education Awareness Activities and
Materials for the Elementary School (1-3)
ty
for students to
broaden
-
Opportuni-
their experiences in environ-
mental education. Camping and a camp fee are
re-
62.533 Values Clarification in the Elementary School (3) Primarily for elementary education students. Emphasizes the
philosophy and composition of values
cation as
it
clarifi-
applies to the elementary school child. Prac-
and theoretical aspects stressed
Emphasis on methods which aid
the teacher in becoming aware of the emotional needs
of children, humanizing of the education process, and
improvement of working and learning relationships wdth
learning and practice teaching. Previous experience and
academic achievement reviewed. Practicum proposal reand consent of program coordinator and department chairperson required.
quired,
62.595 Individualized Instruction
for the Classroom (3)
-
-
Principles
and
Practices
Analyzes practices, principles,
for individualizing instruction. Experiences include procedures for adapting conventional in-
structional
modes
to individualized settings.
62.596 Practicum in Early Childhood Education
(3)
-
see
62.594.
(63)
Reading
live.
others.
Administered by Exceptionality Programs
63.540 Introduction to the Teaching of Reading
(3)
-
Focus-
on components of a balanced literacy program; designed to develop a knowledge base and instructional
competence with literacy instruction for inclusive classes
62.537 Methods and Materials in Language Arts and Social
Studies (3)
62.594 Practicum in Early Childhood Education (6) - Individually prescribed course of study and activity-based
as well as tech-
niques for helping children build a value system by
which they can
propriate subjects.
and procedures
quired. Prerequisite: 62.530
tical
grams in early childhood education \vith emphasis on
the expansion and administradon with regard to the
selection of personnel, evaluative techniques, and curriculum procedures, school law, finance, and other ap
-
Offers an approach in curriculum in which
social studies
and language
arts content, skills
and meth-
ods of instruction are integrated. Particular attention
given to creative, integrated activities and learning situations that range
from individual inquiry
to
group
in-
teractions.
62.539 Current Topics in Elementary Education (3) - Investigates current thinking and research in aspects of ele-
mentary education.
63.541 Reading Assessment and Intei"vention (3) - Focuses
on informal and formal assessment techniques wth an
emphasis on using assessment to design appropriate intervention programs and techniques; topics include miscue analysis, running records, informal reading inventories,
and standardized
63.543 Reading Practicum
62.581 Independent Study in Elementary Education (1-6)
Comparable
rooms.
readers
-
to 60.583.
I
testing.
(3)
-
Students tutor struggling
who experience problems
in
one or more of
the following areas: decoding, fluency, comprehension,
skills. Parent involvement and parent training
included as part of the tutoring process. Prerequisites: 63.540, 63.541, 63.548 plus consent of program
or study
62.583 Seminar in Elementary Education (1-6)
-
Compara-
ble to 60.583.
is
coordinator.
62.590 Current Research and Development in Early Child-
hood Education
(3)
-
Examines recent
literature
and
63.544 Reading Practicimi
II
(3)
-
Students work in teams to
research in early childhood education, prenatal through
teach small groups of struggling readers in an inten-
age 8, characteristics of the learner, learning environment, learning materials, and innovative programs. De-
sive,
partmental paper and/or curriculum projects are
initi-
ated in this course.
62.591 Learning and Development of the Young Child (3) Surveys child development and its relationship to the
development of the young child
from prenatal through age eight.
early school years; the
62.592 Idendfication and Prescripdon of the Needs of Young
Children (3) - Focuses on techniques of identifying the
physical, emotional, social, and mental needs of young
children and in developing appropriate prescriptive
procedures.
62.593 Organizauon and Administration of Educational Programs for Young Children (3) - Studies the various pro-
3-week
summer
tutorial
program. Focuses on de-
signing instruction and developing materials to match
children's reading levels and learning styles. Prerequisites:
63.540, 63.541, 63.543, 63.548, plus consent of
program
director.
63.545 Organization and Administration of Reading Programs (K-12) - (3) - For classroom teachers, reading
specialists,
and resoince room
volved with a school
district's
specialists
who
are in-
reading program; emplta-
sizes a working knowledge of certification requiremenLs,
job descriptions, guidelines for programs funded
through federal or state agencies, resources for exemplary reading programs, program cxalualion. and par-
ent invohemenl.
63.546 Reading in the Content ,\rcas (3) - Presents iheoiT
and related teaching strategics lor content area insinic-
146- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
don
in grades 4-12; topics include the reading process,
textbook evaluations, and strategies for improving comprehension, vocabulary, and study skills.
63.548 Reading Instruction for the At-Risk Learner (3) Emphasizes methodology related to improving the reading skills of at-risk learners; focuses on developmentally
appropriate practices, developmental stages of word
knowledge, adapting instruction for diverse learners,
and teaching ESL children.
impaired/language handicapped individuals; awareness
of research and clinic practices which can be applied to
classroom setting.
63.550 Literature, Literacy and Culture
(3) - Explores the
improving students' reading, wxiting, and language growth in grades K-12. Focuses on
the role of multicultural literature in promoting crosscultural understandings in a student-centered language
arts program. Specific topics include selecting literature,
developing thematic units, organizing the classroom,
implementing literature circles, and evaluating students'
role of literature in
63.551 Early Literacy Learning (3) - Inservdce teachers learn
how to implement principles and practices of guided
reading in K-3 classrooms. Focuses on conducting ongoing literacy assessments, organizing instruction, developing literacy centers, using leveled texts, and meetall
learners in the classroom.
(Fall) (3) -Prerequisites: 60.201, 60.251, 60.291, 60.301,
60.393; junior standing in an area of concentration in
secondary education
65.358 Teaching Foreign Language in the Secondary School
(Spring) (3)
-
Prerequisites:60.201, 60.251, 60.291,
tion in secondary education.
65.374 Teaching Reading in Academic Subjects
(3)
-
Under-
standing techniques for developing reading skills applicable to the secondary school. Emphasis on readi-
comprehension, silent reading and oral reading
through secondary school academic subjects. Prerequisite: 45 semester hours.
ness,
Seminar in Secondary Education (3) - Activities cenaround concerns and problems encountered in secondary education. The range of activities is determined
by individual need and by levels of professional competency including diagnosis, mutual development of objectives and self evaluation.
65.41
1
ter
theory and practice in integrating
ternship in Education (1-15) -A work study program in
an education-related setting applicable to fulfilling free
electives in teacher
education degree.
65.530 Curriculum Development and Instructional Strate-
Middle and Junior High Schools
(3)
-
In-
quires into the role of early secondary education by analyzing historical trends, cunicular patterns, instruction-
and personnel structure of this organization
Emphasis on teacher behavior, student values and
attitudes, and instructional designs peculiar to junior
high, middle, and intermediate schools.
al designs,
lit-
eracy instruction across the curriculum. Topics include
designing a curriculum framework for integrated instruction, fostering discussion in a reading-wriung classroom, connecting reading and writing to the content
areas, designing assessments with learners in
-
Requires consent of department chairperson 79.312 In-
gies in the
63.552 Reading and Writing Across the Curriculum (3) -This
course is designed to provide classroom teachers (grades
meeting
65.355 Teaching Social Studies in the Secondary School
65.431 Independent Study in Secondary Education (1-3)
literacy growth.
4-8) with current
tion in secondary education.
60.301, 60.393; junior standing in an area of concentra-
63.549 Teaching Reading to the Hearing Impaired/Language Handicapped Child (3) - Principles, practices,
methods, and materials of teaching reading to hearing
ing the needs of
60.301, 60.343,junior standing in an area of concentra-
mind and
state standards.
unit.
65.560 Development of the Secondary School Curriculum
(3)
-
tion,
Problems related to development, experimentaand improvement of curriculum practices in the
secondary school.
TCH
(65)
Secondary Education
Administered by Department of Educational Studies and
Secondary Education
65.351 Teaching Communication in the Secondary School
(Fall) (3) -Prerequisites: 60.201, 60.251, 60.291, 60.301,
60.393; junior standing in an area of concentration in
secondary education.
65.352 Teaching Mathematics in the Secondary School
(Spring) (3) - Prerequisites: Prerequisites: 60.201,
60.251, 60.291, 60.301, 60.393; junior standing in an
area of concentration in secondary education.
65.353 Teaching Science in the Secondary School
-
(Fall) (3)
Prerequisites: 60.201. 60.251, 60.291, 60.301, 60.393;
junior standing in an area of concentration in secondary education.
65.358 Teaching Foreign Language in the Secondary School
(Spring) (3) - Prerequisites; 60.201, 60.251, 60.291,
65.571 Evaluating Teaching in Middle and Secondary
Schools (3) - Improvement of instruction through self
analysis. Micro-teaching techniques, planning dimensions, self-appraisal techniques. Designed for teachers
with special reference to the work of cooperating teachers.
65.581 Independent Study in Secondary Education (1-6)
-
Provides an opportunity for public school teachers to
pursue in-service projects in cooperation with a faculty
The teacher submits a "learning contract" to
an adviser designated by the department chairperson.
Contract includes details of the academic goals, descriptions of the project in its relation to the goals and of a
proposal for a final report, a reading list, and the proposed credit. Permission to register for the course granted upon approval of the contract. Evaluation based on
the written report and an examination by a committee
appointed by the adviser and/or department chairperson. Students may register at any suitable time; the duadviser.
-147
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
ration of the experience
flexible.
is
65.583 Seminar in Secondary Education (1-6) - Provides the
opportunity for a group of teachers engaged in a common in-service project to use the resources of the uni-
and
versity
faculty.
its
A
"learning contract" similar to
submitted by the group as a basis for
permission to register. Papers relate to aspects of the
project and to the literature designated in the contract.
Discussion and criticism in seminar meetings under the
that of 60.581
is
member. Evaluation is based on
the seminar reports and a final comprehensive written
direction of a faculty
report by the student.
65.597 Graduate Practicum (6) - This is a six-credit, 16 week
student teaching experience thatis part of the second-
and
ary certification track of the curriculum
tion master's program.
includes
It
instruc-
of the required
all
INTASC standards and the framework for teaching and
learning now required by both the National Coimcil of
Accreditation of Teacher and the Pennsylvania Depart-
ment of Education. Required
for teacher certification.
skills
tary customs,
-
Provides an
ROTC program.
In-
One hour
class
per week, 12
hours laboratory time per semester.
67.120 Introduction to Military Issues (1)
to
Militar)'
Team
apply planning and
management
properly in conjunction with small unit
hour
class
-
(3)
Prac-
learned in 67.310. Smdents
tactics.
skills
One
per week, 12 hours laboratory time per
3-
se-
mester.
67.330
ROTC Advanced Camp
(6)
-A 35-day
practical appli-
and evaluation phase required of each cadet prior to commissioning. Advanced camp places cadets in
leadership positions where they must put into practice
the techniques learned on campus in both tactical and
cation
nontactical situations.
67.410 Advanced Leadership and
sents
Management
I
advanced leadership and management
(3)
-
Pre-
skills re-
quired of a manager in a military environment. Students
perform
roles in
management
of a military organiza-
tion using skills in administration, training, conduct of
meetings, briefings, and
logistics.
Management
II (3) -
Ac-
basic procedures of military law
and
their application
environment. Students continue to perform roles in management of a military organization,
using skills developed in prior military science courses.
One 3-hour class per week, 12 hours laboratory time
in a military
per semester.
-
Provides a back-
ground in basic skills essential to leaders. Skills may include marksmanship, tactical movement, first aid, and
communication skills. *One hour class per week, 12
hours laboratory time per semester.
67.210 Applied Leadership and
how
learn
skills
required of a manager and leader. Students learn the
(1)
such as rappelling, marksmanship, milipreparing military correspondence, and
practical field training.
application of the
role playing simulations with the high ethical standards
67.110 Introduction to Military Science
troduces
tical
per
class
quaints students through a series of case studies and
Administered by Academic Affairs
overview of the organization of the
67.320 Theory and Dynamics of the
67.420 Advanced Leadership and
Science
(67) Military
problems of small unit leadership. One 3-hour
week, 12 hours laboratory time per semester.
SPE
(70) Special
Education
Administered by Department of Exceptionality Programs
70.101 Introduction to Exceptional Individuals (3) -Reviews
Management 1(1)- Provides
within that rank structure. Practical training consists
major areas of exceptionality (visually impairments,
mental retardation, hearing impairments, communication disorders, behavior disorders, learning disabilities)
and acquaints the student with social, sociological, psy-
primarily of advanced land navigation
chological, medical, historical, legal,
an overview of the Army rank structure and a
specific
survey of the junior officer's duties and responsibilities
rappelling
and
practical field training.
well as
skills as
Two hour
class
Management
ingful interactions with these individuals.
-
Pre-
sents the fundamentals of small unit leadership
and
II
(1)
mission planning techniques, to include the reverse
planning process and problem-solving techniques. Students learn through case studies how to evaluate different leadership styles and techniques. Two hour class per
week, 12 hours laboratory time per semester.
67.230
ROTC
ter
Basic
Camp
(4)
-
Sophomore summer semes-
course offered in lieu of the Basic
dents
who want
camp
is
six
Comse
the rate of half the basic pay for a second lieutenant.
67.310 Advanced Military Science I (3) - Provides a detailed
study of the leadership techniques and the principles
introduced in 67.220. Course places students in role
model
70.202 Technology for Exceptionalities (3) - Provides die
special education major with an introduction to tech-
nology as
it is
being applied
viduals with disabilities
Computers,
as well as
and
to
meet the needs of indi-
special education teachers.
other technological devices, are
studied in relation to use as prosthetics, instructional
tools, administrative tools
and environmenlal
inlerfac-
for stu-
Advanced Program. The
duration and students are paid at
to enter the
weeks in
economic and pro-
fessional aspects of these conditions. Reviews current
research and the latest techniques for facilitating mean-
per week, 12 hours laboratory time per semester.
67.220 Applied Leadership and
all
situations to provide first-hand experience in
70.206 Introduction to Early Intervention (3) -.\n overview
of the field of early intervention (EI) including historical perspectives, philosophies of EI, influences of dis,
on the development of young children, early
intervention models and inteiTention strategies.
abilities
70.240 Foundations of Special Education (3) -An introduction to tiie history, causes and characteristics of mental
148- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
retardation, physical disabilities
A
ties.
and learning
disabili-
presentation of diagnostic materials and tech-
niques as well as various approaches, programs and
ser-
be given.
vices will
70.250 Behavior Disorders
(3)
may be used
strategies that
Provides techniques and
-
to
support the behavior of
communication and collaboration, observaand assessment, inclusion and adaptations. Prereq-
practices,
tion
uisite: 70.206.
70.408 Experiences in Early Intervention (1-6) - Provides
students with the opportunity to apply theory, best practices
and knowledge
environments
in early intervention
students with disabilities. Covers psychological disorders,
with identified families and children, ages birth-6, with
research related to aggressive and wididrawn behavior
and techniques and materials used in social curriculum.
Examines group and individual problems at all school
disabihties. Prerequisites: 70.206, 70.407.
levels
view of skills, assessment and strategies for teaching
ities (3)
-
The course
presents an orientation to the
nature and needs of educating individuals with moder-
Theory and techniques for
individual assessment, curriculum development and
instructional strategies are provided. Content will focus on the dynamics of including students into the
home, school and community. The course will provide
students with an opportunity to appoy knowledge
and severe
disabilities.
70.353 Assessment and Planning (3) - Provides information
and experience with formal and informal assessment
devices
and procedures,
their usages
and appropriate-
Covers gathering information about the learner
prior to instruction concerning appropriate instructionness.
al tasks,
sensory channels, interest areas and social
dents
will
teaching language arts to students with special
tices for
needs.
70.450 Elementary Methods for Individuals with Mild Disabilities (3)
acteristics
-
Provides a
skills.
70.357 Vocational Programming (3) - Develop a philosophy
of vocational education for indiNdduals with disabilities,
acquire knowledge of programs and strategies to devel-
and vocational
skills,
learn
information about and gain experience with curriculum materials and assessment procedures and develop
disabilities.
Learning theory,
classroom
the following suggested areas: library research, curricuin special aspects of education-
programs.
experiment with educational theory. The student teachsemester to complete.
Two
assignments of eight to nine weeks are required. These
assignments include two different excepUonalities,
dis-
-
ities (3)
Familiarizes students vnth a variety of instruc-
used to enhance the learning process
at the secondary level.
Covers information pertaining to current issues in secondary special education and their impact on service
tional techniques
70.461 Problems in Special Education (3) - Presents instruction in the development of effective teaching individu-
with exceptionalities. Focuses
als
education of
to
this
teaching as each problem
ture teacher
on problems
population. Discusses
is
its
in the
relationship
defined. Helps the fu-
meet pracdcal problems
in
guiding the
Concurrent with 70.401.
70.496/70.497/70.498 Special Workshop I, II, III (1-6) -Temporary special workshop seminars designed to focus on
contemporary trends and problems
in the field of spe-
education. Lecturers, resource speakers, team teach-
experience and practicum, new media tech-
nology-related techniques are utilized. Workshops usually
are
funded
projects.
70.501 Administration and Supervision in Special Education
(3)
-
This course presents an examination of the func-
and responsibilities of the Administrator of SpeEducation. This includes functions in the areas of
tions
if
and two different chronological age groups.
Placements may be in full-time, part-time or inclusionary settings. Students are responsible to perform in the
possible,
following areas: diagnosing, planning, teaching, evalu-
and clerical tasks. The student
assume the role of the cooperating
teacher. Prerequisite: Concurrent with 70.461.
ating pupils' progress
will systemactically
70.407 Family-Centered and Inclusive Practices in Early Intervention (3) -Provides students with information, strat-
and
be
70.451 Secondary Methods for Individuals with Mild Disabil-
ing, field
70.401 Student Teaching With Exceptional Individuals (12)
- Provides opportunities for each student to test and
egies
will
cussed.
cial
full
interaction with par-
and professionals
es at school. Prerequisite:
70.375 Individual Project (3) - Project planned according to
interests and needs of the indiwdual student, in any of
ing progrm requires one
effective teaching strate-
management and
individual with exceptionaliues in learning experienc-
strategies in transition planning.
lum study or internship
learning char-
delivery.
for instruction.
students' prevocational
summary of the
and instructional needs of students with mild
of individuals with disabilities
Covers ways of developing informal assessments, gathering observational information, storing information
and planning
lis-
and written expression. Stuprepare a portfolio of resources and best prac-
ents, paraprofessionals
al
-
tening, speaking, reading
gies,
through a field-based experience.
op
(3)
Provides preservice teachers with a comprehensive over-
.
70.340 Educating Individuals with Moderate/Severe Disabil-
ate
70.433 Language Arts for Students with Special Needs
practical application of best practices in early
intervention, specifically with regard to family-centered
cial
and management of spedical education programs and services within
leadership, guidance, control, direction
educational organizations. Understanding administtative theoi7 and its application to current issues within
tiie domain of special education will provide a framework for this course. School law, teacher recmimient,
professional development, organization and integration
of special education and ancillary services, evaluation
of instruction, public relations and special education
finance
will
be addressed.
70.502 Principles of Special Education
Law
(3)
-
Will pro-
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
eral school law.
and
The
70.540 Educating Indi\'iduals with Moderate/ Severe Disabilities - (3) Presents an orientation to the nature and chal-
and
lenge of educating individuals with moderate/severe
practical application of federal
mandates for educating student with disabilities,
as well as relevant case law, will be highlighted. The provision of current core knowledge dating to special education legal requirements and strategies for organizational compliance will be addressed.
state
70.503 Curricular Design and Instruction for Inclusive Education (3)
gram and
-
This course presents an overview of pro-
on
curricular design with an emphasis
stan-
dards-based models used in providing access to the gen-
education for
eral
all
students. Within the context of
this course, a unified system of education will be examined from a structural perspective an inclusive education practices will be analyzed based on effective school
models, collaborative processes and strategies for making students with disabilities within the general education classroom. Differentiated instruction will
be ex-
plored including developing learning profiles, understanding content, process and product differentiation,
and using
(3) - Presents an
overview of the field of early intervention, including
historical perspectives, philosophies of early intervention, influences
of disabilities on the development of
tervention (3)
structures that facilitate the successful transition
-
from
school to adult living for individuals with special needs.
Examination of the key aspects of transition ivill be highlighted.
70.533 Language Arts for Students with Special Needs
(3)
-
Provides preservice teachers with a comprehensive over-
view of skills, assessment, and strategies for teaching
lis-
and written expression. A hophilosophy for teaching language arts will be
tening, speaking, reading,
listic
prepare a portfolio of resources
"best practices" for teaching language arts to stu-
dents with special needs.
70.544 Diagnostic and Remedial Techniques
tic
(3)
-
Diagnos-
and remedial techniques and instruments used with
ation of applicability of each to the child in relation to
Provides students with information,
strat-
practical application of best practices in early
intervention, specifically with regard to family-centered
communication and collaboration, observaand assessment, inclusion and adaptations. Prereq-
practices,
tion
70.526 Transition Services for Individuals with Special Needs
(3) - Presents an overview of methodology and service
children in special education programs. Critical evalu-
early intervention models.
70.507 Family-Centered and Inclusive Practices in Early In-
and
home, school and community
environments. Pro\'ides students with an opportunit)'
to apply knowledge through a field-based experience.
integrating students into
and
70.506 Introduction to Early Intervention
egies
Theory and techniques for individual assessment, curriculum development and instructional strategies are provided. Content focuses on the dynamics of
disabilities.
stressed. Students will
strategies for differentiating instruction.
young children and
149
services within the context of gen-
vide an overview of the legal foundation of special education programs
-
uisite: 70.506.
causes and conditions of exceptionality. Development
of
skills in
and writing case histories and
and application of remedial tech-
interpreting
reports, in selection
niques and evaluation of progress.
70.547 Technology and Exceptional Indixiduals (3) - Provides an introduction to technology as it is being af>-
with identified families and children, ages birth-6, with
meet the needs of individuals with exceptionalBoth simple and high technolog)' solutions are
explored as they relate to meeting die needs of individuals with mental, physical, sensory and communication
disabilities. Topics include instructional tools and ad-
disabilities. Prerequisites: 70.506, 70.507.
aptations, environmental interfaces, prosthetics, as well
plied to
70.508 Experiences in Early Intervention (1-6)
-
Provides
students with the opportunity to apply theory, best practices
and knowledge
-Symptompersonalty formation and developmental and
70.516 Psychology of Exceptional Individuals
atology,
environments
in early intervention
ceptionalities.
70.522 Assessment and Remediation of Mathematics for
Special Needs Students (3) - Provides an overwew of
skills,
computation, and
application of addition, subtraction, multiplication, division, fractions, decimals, time,
dents
will
and measurement.
and
productiviC)' tools.
70.550 Elementary Methods for Individuals with Mild Disabilities (3) - Provides students with an understanding
of learning theoi^, classroom and behavior management
and effective teaching strategies in a variety of curricular areas.
Students
will also discuss
current issues deal-
ing with the education of elementary students witii mild
disabilities. Strategies for interaction
with parents
and
professionals will be covered.
Stu-
administer and interpret achievement, diag-
and ciuriculum-based mathematics assessment.
Emphasis on development of remedial madi programs,
adaptations of math curriculum for special needs students and design of a functional mathematics curriculum for students with moderate disabilities. Students
evaluate, design, and implement a math program for
elementary, middle school and/or secondary students
based upon Pennsylvania academic standards for mathematics. Math education software, manipulatives, games,
and materials will be evakiated and utilized.
nostic
as data
(3)
therapeutic consideration for the individual with ex-
the concepts of hierarchy of
ities.
70.551 Secondary Methods for Individuals with Mild Disabilities (3) - Familiarizes studenLs with a variety of instructional techniques used to enhance the learning process
of individuals with disabilities at the secondary level.
Information pertaining to current issues in secondary
special education and their impact on service delivery
will also be discussed.
70.552 Special Project (3)
own
interest
-
Designed to further a student's
in an area of special edu-
and competency
cation for the individual with exceptionalities. Library
research or individual project involving service to the
150- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
individual with exceptionalities may be agreed upon and
conducted under supervision of a faculty member.
70.559 Seminar in Special Education (3) - Facilitates an indepth study of the research pertaining to the fields of
thology
72.200 Introduction to Audiology (3) - Introduces the causes, evaluation techniques and rehabilitative procedures
for various types of hearing problems; related auditory,
mental retardation and learning disabilities, including
the study of psychosocial retardaUon and brain injury.
speech, psychological and educational factors; the roles
Includes detailed study of behavioral and cognitive de-
program. Presents hearing conservation procedures
used in schools and industry.
velopment of individuals with mental retardation and
of parent, educator and specialist in the rehabilitation
learning disabilities.
72.220 Phonetics
70.565 Reading and Interpreting Research in Special Education (3)
-
Aids the student in reading, understand-
results of statistical and behavout by others. Covers a working
knowledge of basic statistical terms, an introduction to
vides a base of
the type of research questions that can be answered by
cation.
various statistical procedures, a knowledge of the basic
and comparison of
excellent and poor research designs, and the developsteps of hypothesis testing, analysis
ment of an
ability to detect
acteristics
(3)
-
Covers char-
of children with behavior disorders, approach-
es to remediation, general principles of classroom
man-
agement, simulated problem solving, ideal academic
models for children with behavior disorders, research
findings,
and sources of information.
70.572 Seminar on Behavior Disorders (3) - Seminar group
composed of those who wish to read and discuss current material related to the area of behavior disorders.
Group reads new research and
discusses implications
for applications, as well as future directions, moral
sues,
is-
and more advanced systems of management and
instruction.
70.575 Seminar in Current Issues in Special Education (3) Will provide students with a forum to review and analyze current trends
and
content of the course
issues emerge.
issues in special education.
will
change
as
The
current trends and
70.591 Practicum in Special Education (3) Graduate experience for students in a setting with individuals with
-
exceptionalities. Student spends a
minimum
classification
72.240 Normal Language Acquisition (3) - Focuses on current information and theory regarding normal language
acquisition. Prerequisite: 20.112
misuse of statistics.
70.570 Foundations of Behavior Disorders
Studies of the physiological, acousti-
-
and transcription of speech sounds. Proknowledge for diagnosis and treatment
of phonetic and phonological disorders of communi-
ioral research carried
ing,
and evaluating the
(3)
perceptual and descriptive aspects of speech and
sound production. Primary emphasis on description,
cal,
of eight
hours per week in practicum and meets regularly
seminar fashionwith the university instructor.
in a
72.300 Auditory Training and Speech Reading (3) - Presents
current teaching methods for educating children and
adults with
uisite;
moderate and severe hearing
losses.
Prereq-
72.200.
72.310 Speech Science (3) - Speech science is the study of
the physiology of speech production, the acoustical characteristics of
speech and the processes by which
listen-
ers perceive speech. Prerequisites; 72.220, 50.366.
72.320 Assessment and Remediation of Language Disorders
(3) - Prepares students for the clinical application of
language analysis procedures drawn from linguistics,
and sociolinguistics and to apply
knowledge from these areas to the management of language disorders. Studies various intervention models.
psycholinguistics
Prerequisites; 72.152, 72.220, 72.240.
72.330 Assessment and Remediation of Speech Disorders
(3) - Considers the major theoretical approaches to as-
sessment and treatment of speech disorders. Students
engage in clinical observation, examination of standardized tests and procedures used in the differential diagnosis of disorders in the areas of articulation, phonology,
fluency and voice. Provides training in the adminis-
tration of therapy programs. Prerequisites: 72.152,
72.220, 20.112.
70.595 Internship (3-6)
-
Internship in special education.
Supervision to take place in schools or educational
sit-
uations under supervision of the local supervisor and
graduate
faculty.
Workshop I (1-6) - Temporary speworkshop seminars designed to focus on contemporary trends, topics, and problems in the field of special education. Lecturers, resource speakers, team teaching, field experience and practicum, new media, and
related techniques. Usually workshops are funded
70.596, 597, 598 Special
cial
projects.
72.340 Applied Behavioral Analysis for Speech and Language
(3) -Applies the psychology of learning to communicative behavior and clinical problems. Presents current
educational and therapeutic trends and practices.
72.350 Diagnosis and Evaluation in Speech-Language Pathology (3) - Provides a foundation for diagnosis and evalu-
and language disorders. Focuses on the
psychometric issues of tests and interpretation of test
scores. Critical evaluation of tests, particularly with diverse populations, will be addressed. Students will acation of speech
quire
SPA
skills in test
Audiology and Speech
Pathology
(72)
Administered by Department of Audiology and Speech Pa-
and interpreand conferencing skills.
administration, scoring
tation, clinical report writing
72.410 Applied Speech Science (3) -Applied speech science
is the study of acoustic phonetics, speech physiology and
the processes by which listeners perceive speech. In
particular, this course will
emphasize the application of
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
this knowledge to the clinical evaluation of both normal and disordered speech via the use of various types
of speech analysis instrumentation. Prerequisites:
54.106, 72.220, 50.366.
72.430 Fundamentals of Audiology (3) - Presents a synopsis
of primary concepts in diagnostic and rehabilitative audiology. Relates the possible implications of audiologi-
speech pathology, education of the hear-
cal topics to
ing impaired, reading, nursing and special education.
72.450 Clinical Observation (3) - Students develop the skills
of a trained observer and participate in observations of
the practice of audiology
ogy. Observations are
and speech-language pathol-
conducted on and off campus.
72.460 Psycholinguistics (3) - Presents the study of language
as a psychological phenomenon. Areas of study include
language acquisition, meaning, biology of language,
sociolinguistics, nonverbal communication, animal communication and application of psycholinguistics to communication disorders. Prerequisites: 72.152, 72.240,
20.112.
72.468 Speech Habilitation in the Schools (3) - Examines
the profession of speech/language pathology in a school
interfaces with the other school-related dis-
setting as
it
ciplines.
Emphasizes
among
facilitation of
commimication
72.480 Internship in Speech-Language Pathology (3-6)
72.500 Measurement of Hearing Loss (3) - Studies anatomy
and physiology of the hearing mechanisms. Covers eti-
ology of hearing
evaluations,
and
losses, interpretation
of audiometric
available rehabilitative procedures.
Lab
experience in the administration of clinical audiometric evaluaUon is provided. Prereqviisite: 72.200, 72.300.
72.502 Physiological Methods in Audiology: Brainstem
Evoked Response Audiometry and Electronystagmography (3) - Study of the electrophysiologic techniques
used to assess cochlear and retrocochlear function.
Review of theories and clinical applications of vestibular tests, auditory brainstem evoked responses, and electrocochleography.
72.504 Hearing Aids and Auditory Training (3) - Theoretical and clinical analyses of literature in relation to educational
and other
rehabilitative
measures available to
and nonorganic hearing problems. Study, interpretation, and evaluation of
modern instruments and tests included.
individuals with serious organic
72.506 Externship: Clinical Practicum in Audiology
I
(6)
-
Hearing losses and deafness affecting the personal and
socio-economic adjustment of indi\'iduals evaluated and
ternships
-
151
technologies and related techniques and methodologies are included.
treated through supervised study
the disciplines.
-
and experience. Ex-
may be arranged in approved private and pub-
Stulic
institutions.
dents gain practical experience by working in clinical
or school settings as observers and aides to CCC-certi-
who
engaged in
assessment and/or remediation of communication disfied speech-language pathologists
are
orders. Students select sites with the collaboration of
the course instructor and contract to complete a vari-
72.508 Externship: Clinical Practicum in Audiology
(6)
-
72.510 Research in Audiology (3) - Apphcation of clinical
and non-clinical research literature to the solution of
diagnostic
ety of learning activities while at site.
II
See course description for 72.506
and treatment problems encountered
in the
general practice of audiology.
72.482 Undergraduate Audiology Internship (3-6) -Students
gain practical experience in audiology by observing and
helping certified audiologists engaged in providing
ical sei-vices.
Students select
sites
clin-
with the collaboration
of the course instructor and contract to complete a variety
of learning
fields.
Focus on contemporary trends, topics
speech pathology. Guest lecturers, resource speakers, team teaching, field experience and practicum, new media and
technologies and related techniques and methodolothology (1-6)
in the fields of audiology or
Workshop
in Audiology and/or Speech PaFocus on contemporary trends, topics
and problems in the fields of audiology or speech pathology. Guest lecturers, resource speakers, team teaching, field experience and practicum, new media and
technologies and related techniques and methodolo-
thology (1-6)
servation in public institutions
and industries examined
with special emphasis on legislation and medico-legal
questions.
Examines
role
and function of the public
health and industrial audiologist.
72.516 Seminar in Audiolog)': Auditory Problems in Children (3) - Congenital and acquired hearing impairment
in children examined witii special emphasis on prob-
-
gies are included.
Workshop
Audiology and/or Speech Pathology (1-6)
Focus on contemporary trends, topics
and problems in the fields of audiology or speech pathology. Guest lecturers, resource speakers, team teaching, field experience and practicum, new media and
72.494, 72.594
72.514 Seminar in Audiology: Industrial and Public Health
Audiology (3) - Problems and programs of hearing con-
-
gies are included.
72.493, 72.593
audiology and related disciplines that may include education, psychology, otology, rehabilitation, and other
activities at the site.
72.492 72.592 Workshop in Audiology and/or Speech Pa-
and problems
72.512 Seminar in Audiology: Special Problems (3) - Analysis, interpretation, and study of selected problems in
in
lems of differential diagnosis. Educational and social
implication of hearing impairment in children discussed
in conjimction with appropriate habilitative procedures.
72.518 Seminar in Audiolog)-: Theoretical and Clinical Masking (3) - Neurophysiological and acoustic basis of prol>
lems of masking in audiloiy measurement explored and
training offered in clinical masking procedures.
-
72.520 Educational Audiology (3) - Deals with die diagnostic and rehabilitative aspects of audiology in die educational setting. Examines the effects of hearing loss on
152- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
speech and language development, the use of amplification in tlie schools, and educational audiology alternatives
and models.
72.522 Aural Rehabilitation: Theory and Practice (3) - Habilitation/rehabilitation of the hearing impaired includ-
ing auditory training, speech reading, hearing aids,
as-
communication strategies, and
counseling. Emphasis on the sensory capabilities (auditory, visual, tactile, and auditory-visual training) - of the
sistive listening devices,
hearing impaired
\vith
practicum
lab.
Methods and
Practicum in Audiology (3) - Emphasizes the Speech,
Hearing, and Language Clinic as an integral part of the
teaching-training program of the Department of Comclinic provides oiUpatient
and therapeutic services for persons of all
ages with speech, hearing, and language problems, including students, other members of the university community, and residents of the Bloomsburg area; serves as
diagnostic
an extension of the classroom vfhere students can apply and study evaluation procedures, therapeutic methods, techniques and materials, and the classification and
etiology of speech and hearing disorders; gives students
an opportunity to relate text and lecture information
to actual clinical cases
under the
certified staff. Students gain
of remediation
report \vriting
-
-
close supervision of
experience in
all
aspects
diagnosis, therapy, counseling,
and
with a wide variety of clients.
72.530 Fundamentals of Audiology (3) - Designed for graduate students who are not audiology majors such as, but
to, students in speech pathology, education
of the hearing impaired, reading, nursing, or special
education. Presents a synopsis of the primary concepts
not limited
in diagnostic
and
rehabilitative audiology.
Attempts
to
relate the possible implications of the audiological topics to
each of the
fields
of study listed above.
72.532 Instrumentation and Electronics: Chnical and Hearing Science (3) - Emphasis on solving practical equip-
ment problems and understanding
equipment used
in clinical practice
aphasia, evaluation of language
and current
functions,
the operation of
and hearing senic-
72.552 Preschool Language (3) - Reviews normal language
acquisition with primary emphasis on the application
of developmental information to the diagnosis and habilitation of
language disorders in children.
72.554 Stuttering
(3)
-
Studies the development, diagnosis,
and treatment of stuttering disorders with equal emphasis on academic understanding and clinical man-
72.556 Phonology (3) - Examines language-based disorders
of articulation. Emphasis on identification, description,
and remediation of phonological disorders. Generative
and natural phonological processes are discussed.
72.558 Clinic
72.534 Central Auditory Processing Disorders (3) Describes
the various aspects of central auditory processing an
-
I
(3)
-
Prepares speech pathology graduate
students for serving individuals with communication dis-
orders in
all
aspects of clinical
management
cies in
preparation for culminating experience (extern-
ship prior to graduation) in the professional
ty.
Students earn a
communi-
minimum of 150 hours of direct con-
tact time with children and adults having various communication disorders over the three consecutive semesters.
72.560 Voice Disorders (3) - Studies diagnosis and clinical
management of functional and organic voice disorders.
72.562 Language Disorders of School
Aged Children
(3)
-
Explores disorders of later language acquisition and the
interaction of language disorders with academic achieve-
ment, especially in the acquisition of literacy skills. Diagnostic assessments and treatment approaches are developed.
72.565 Disorders of Speech in Children and Adults
(3)
-
Considers the neuromuscular and structural disorders
that
may
affect the
speech process
as
mechanism. Special emphasis on the
palsy, cleft palate and dysarthrias.
II (3)
-
an aerodynamic
adult, cerebral
See course description for 72.558.
72.568 Speech Habilitation in the Schools (3) - Examines
the profession of speech and language pathology in a
disorders. Students learn about the underlying processes
school setting as
of auditory processing in the central nervous system,
including a review of several evaluation and remedia-
ed disciplines. Emphasis is placed on
munication among the disciplines.
it
interacts with the other school-relatfacilitating
of com-
management of clients with
central auditoi^y disorders.
72.535 Chnical Physiological Methods in Audiology: ABR,
EcochG (3) - Study of the electrophysiology techniques
used to assess and diagnose cochleare and retrocochlear pathology and brainstem, spinal and nerve integrity.
Review of theories and clinical applications of auditory
brainstem-evoked potentials, electrocohleaography,
SSEP and
in the
Bloomsburg University speech, Hearing and Language
Clinic. Allows students to develop necessary competan-
72.566 Clinic
es.
tion approaches used in the
and non-language
rehabilitative procedures.
agement.
72.524, 72.525, 72.526, 72.527, 72.528 Clinical
munication Disorders. The
and
VER
72.550 Adult Aphasia (3) - Studies language disorders in
brain-injured adults. Areas of concentration include history of aphasia, neurological basis for aphasia, symptomatology of aphasia, associated problems, intelligence
II - Secondary Language Disorders (3) - Study
of secondary disorders of language in adults. Special
72.570 Adult
emphasis on disorders of right hemisphere damage, dementia, and schizophrenia.
72.572 Augmentative Communication (3) - Explores the field
of augmentative communication and non-speaking persons. Topics include candidacy issues, assessment, vo-
cabulary configuration, symbol selection, and communication interaction training for language board and
Examines current research praccommunication interaction patterns
electronic device users.
tices
and
studies in
of non-speaking individuals.
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
72.574 Clinical Instrumentation in Speecii Pathology (1) Provides the student with background information and
experience with advanced clinical instrumentationn
used in the assessment and treatment of patients with
speech, voice and swallowing disorders. In addition, clin-
experiences applying clinical instrumentation
ical
cussed in the lectures
will also
be implemented
ricula for education of the
cusses
and demonstrates
deaf/hard of hearing. Dis-
traditional
and innovative
ap
proaches to teaching.
74.380 Phonetics
(3)
-
Studies of the physiological, acousti-
perceptual and descriptive aspects of speech and
sound production. Primary emphasis on the descripy-
dis-
as pos-
tion, classification
and
transcription of speech sounds.
Provides a base of knowledge for the diagnosis and treat-
72.576 Clinic
III (3)
-
See course description for 72.558.
72.580 Commimication Disorders of the Traumatically Head
Injured (3) - Studies the nature of traumatic head inju-
emphasizing assessment and treatment of
result-
ant cognitive communication disorders.
72.582 Research in Speech and Language Pathology (3) Application of clinical and non-clinical research literature to the solution of treatment problems encountered
in
153
cal,
sible.
ries,
-
speech and language pathology.
72.584 Field Experiences
I
(3)
-
Considers special clinical
through advanced study and expeapproved institutions or schools.
Problem areas and student practicum must be approved
by a graduate adwser.
problems of
clients
ment of phonemic and phonological
disorders of communication. Prerequisites: 74.153, 74.201, 72.200, Junior or senior standing.
74.390 Directed Project in Communication Disorders (3) Gives students the opportunity to carry out special inresidence or field projects in professional service pro-
grams under the direction of the
practitioners.
A
faculty or designated
detailed project plan must be submit-
ted for faculty approval prior to registration.
74.400 Communication Disorders Workshop (3) - Specialized study of communicatively handicapped persons,
new technology
in the field of
communication
disor-
rience. Externships in
72.586 Field Experiences
II (3) -
See course description for
72.584.
study of specified areas or on individual research
projects when particular needs cannot be met by registration in regularly scheduled courses.
72.591 Independent Study and Research (3)
description for 72.590.
-
See course
Temporary workshops/seminars designed to focus on contemporary trends, topics and problems in
-
the fields of audiology or speech pathology. Guest lecturers, resource speakers, team teaching, field experience and practicum, new media and technologies and
related techniques and methodologies are concepts that
might be incorporated into one of the workshops/seminars.
74.469 Experience in Education of the Deaf/Hard of Hearing (1-3)
-
Provides experience working under supeni-
sion with deaf
and hard of hearing children
onstration classroom or field
facility.
demCon-
sent of the instructor.
74.480 Independent Study and Research (1-3)
-
Permits
when
stu-
particular
needs cannot be met by regularly scheduled courses.
Learning experiences may include library research or
creative academic projects. Nature and scope of the
project determine semester hours awarded.
74.490 Counseling Needs of Communicatively Disordered
Individuals and Their Families (3) - Designed to help
students identify counseling needs of communicatively
disabled individuals and their families
and
to proride
introduced to
and group
and speech and hear-
various counseling strategies in individual
settings as appropriate to schools
See course description for 72.592.
in a
Prerequisite:
basic, short-term counseling. Students
72.593 Workshop in Audiology and/or Speech Pathology
-
ing (3) -Addresses the educational problem of hearing
loss and the function of teachers in public and private
dents to work under faculty guidance
72.592 Workshop in Audiology and/or Speech Pathology
(3)
74.462 Problems in Education of the Deaf/Hard of Hear-
educational settings.
72.590 Independent Study and Research (3) - Permits students to work under close faculty guidance on library
(3)
ders.
ing
clinics.
72.594 Workshop in Audiology and/or Speech Pathology
(3)
HRL
-
74.560 Practicum with the Deaf/Hard of Hearing (3) - Provides an opportunity to work \vith deaf/hard of hear-
See course description for 72.592
(74) Studies in
Hearing Loss
Administered by Department of Exceptionality Programs
74.201 History, Education and Guidance of the
of Hearing
Deaf/Hard
Explores hearing loss with emphasis
on the history of educational procedures and guidance
in communicative, psychological and vocational habili(3)
-
tation.
74.305 Introduction to Instructional Methods for tire Deaf/
Hard of Hearing (3) - Introduces the design of instructional
procedures and methods of implementing cur-
ing children and/or adults. Emphasis on speech and
language remediation of deal/hard of hearing individuals. Prerequisites: 74.564, 74.566,
and 74.567 (concur-
rently)
74.564 Speech for the Deaf/Hard of Hearing (3) - Study of
the principles and techniques used in development and
formation of English speech sounds by dte synthetic
and analytic methods with special consideration given
to production, classification, and iransmission of speech
sounds. Supervised demonstrations and practica are an
integral part oi the coiuse.
74.565 Problems and Trends in Education of the Deaf/Hard
154- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
of Hearing (3) -Focuses on current practices and trends
and welfare of desif/hard of hearing indi-
74.599 Master's Thesis (3
-
6)
in education
viduals.
Concerned with psychology,
social adjustment,
educational achievement, political and social viewpoints,
learning problems, and vocational competence of the
deaf/hard of hearing.
New techniques and
methodolo-
gies.
74.566 Language for the Deaf/Hard of Hearing
I
-
(3)
Study
ITR (75) Interpreter Training
Administered by Exceptionality Programs
75.153 Introduction to Sign Language (3) - A study of sign
language vocabulary and fingerspelling techniques used
in
of the principles and techniques used in the develop-
ment and
communication with members of the deaf commuEmphasizes developing expressive and receptive
nity.
correction of language for deaf/hard of hear-
skills.
ing individuals. Student
is
familiarized with leading sys-
tems of natural language development designed for the
deaf/hard of hearing. The step-by-step development of
at least one language system is required for each student. Supervised demonstrations are an integral part
75.155 American Sign Language
74.567 Language for the Deaf/Hard of Hearing
ten language, of language assessment devices
its
recognition as a language. Focuses on development
of expressive and receptive conversational
-
and ap-
75.226 American Sign Language
ASL
I
with emphasis placed
matical structures
and presentations are an
uisite:
integral part of this course.
74.568 Advanced American Sign Language (3) - Study of
the expressive and receptive components of American
75.254
members
74.569 Ciu'ricular Subjects for the Deaf/Hard of Hearing
and methods of teach-
II (3) -
of the deaf community.
75.257 American Sign Language
ASL II. Major focus on
III (3)
building expressive and receptive
\'iduals
through supervised observation, classroom prac-
site:
-
Continuation of
the study of ASL sign principles
and
communicaand vocational adjustment of indi-
fluency. Prereq-
Involves study
-
emphasis on content and methods rather than theory.
Evaluates hearing losses affecting the
of
and analysis of
on research and discuspsychological and personal aspects of the
(3)
ing school subjects to the deaf/hard of hearing with
74.570 Student Teaching with the Deaf/Hard of Hearing
A continuation
on more complex gram-
and conversational
The Deaf Culture
sion of social,
-
skills.
the deaf community. Emphasis
Sign Language with an emphasis on communicating
(6)
ASL
instructor per-
75.154.
with the deaf.
tional, educational,
skills;
Study
propriate lesson planning. Supervised demonstrations
practices, content,
A study of American
mission required.
II (3)
of structured approaches to teaching spoken and writ-
-Examines
-
(3)
Prerequisite: 74.153 or equivalent
of the course.
(3)
I
Sign Language (ASL) including the history of ASL and
linguistic structure of the
language to continue
ASL
skills.
Prerequi-
75.155.
75.327 American Sign Language IV (3) - A continuation of
ASL II. Focuses on more advanced linguistic aspects of
ASL and
a synthesis of
all
concepts previously learned.
and practicum experience. Students are assigned
to approved private and public programs for the deaf/
hard of hearing and work with selected professionals in
Prerequisite: 75.255.75.260 Interpreting in the Educa-
education of the deaf/hard of hearing, following the
ondary and elementary
recent legislation on the
tice,
same schedules and responsibilities similar as professionals. Arrangements relating to student interest must
be approved by program adviser. Permission of curriculum coordinator required.
74.575 Counseling Needs of Communicatively Disordered
Individuals
and Their Families
(3)
-
Designed
to
help
students identify counseling needs of communicatively
disabled individuals
and
their families
and
basic, short-term counseling. Students
to
provide
introduced to
and group
and speech and hear-
various counseling strategies in individual
settings as appropriate to schools
ing
tional Setting (3)
-
Study of interpreting within a
vari-
ety of educational settings including postsecondary, sec-
teristics
areas. Topical areas include:
status of interpreters, charac-
of various ineetings and visually coded English
Sign Systems.
75.301 Introduction to Interpreting for the Deaf (3) - Focuses on topics such as the Registry of Interpreters for
the Deaf, various kinds of certification, establishing the
and the mental processes involved
Emphasis on ethical behavior. Prerequisite: to be taken concurrendy with
interpreting situation
in interpreting
and
transliteration.
75.256.
75.302 Interpreting English to American Sign Language (3)
- Focuses on building expressive interpreting skills. Ex-
clinics.
74.580 Independent Study and Research (3)
Permits
stu-
perience gained through laboratory work and classroom
dents to work under close faculty guidance on library
study of specified areas or individual research projects
discussions when interpreting situations for observation
when
particular needs cannot be
met by
-
registration in
mission of the instructor.
regularly scheduled courses.
74.581 Independent Study and Research (3)
-
See course
description for 74.580.
74.584 Research in Education of the Deaf/Hard of Hearing
(3)
and practice are presented. Emphasizes professionalism, principles and ethics. Prerequisite: 75.301 or per-
75.303 Transliterating English to Sign Language (3) - Focuses on building transliteration skills. Experience
gained through laboratory work and classroom discus-
when transliteration situations for observation and
practice are presented. Emphasizes professionalism,
sions
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
and
principles
ethics. Prerequisite: 75.301
or permis-
sion of the instructor.
75.304 Oral Interpreting/Transliterating (3) - Identifies information and techniques and the utilization of skills
required for effective oral interpreting and transliterat-
155
-
accepted methods of educational research in the solution or intensive study of some problem area of interest
or concern. The problem area selected for the research
project must be related to the curriculum that the student is pursuing.
ing. Includes use of personal characteristics to facilitate speech reading and the identification of the needs
of the hearing impaired individual during interpretation. Prerequisites:
75.153 and 75.301.
75.401 Sign to Voice Interpreting (3) - Emphasis on classroom discussion and laboratory work developing skills
of comprehending the signed message, forming syntactically and contextually correct English interpretations
and the proper use of the voice. Prerequisite: 75.301 or
permission of the instructor.
75.415 Practicum in Interpreting (3) - Involves the placement of the student in interpreting situations on and
off
campus
minimum
PRS
to gain "on-the-job" experience.
A
79.301 Teaching, Learning and Assessment (3) study of
how teaching, learning and assment are used collectively
and elementary classroom
settings.
The emphasis is on how teaching, learning and assessment are impacted by the Pennsylvania Content Standards and effectively used by the teaching professional.
Field opportunities are available in this course.
-
A
work study pro-
an education-related setting applicable to fulfree electives in teacher education degree pro-
in
filling
grams.
management and teaching strategies
to inclusive school
Topics include building home/school partner-
ships, environmental/curricular adaptations, instructional support teams, collaboration, cooperative learning,
propriately credentialed preceptor.
mastery learning, classroom management, whole
language, curricvilum-based assessments, peer coaching.
Prerequisite: junior or senior status.
79.591 Research in Education (3) - Studies methods and
techniques used in educational research; development
and interpretation of statistical data and application
80.500 Health Sciences Internship (3-6) - Provides students
in the multidisciplinai-y health sciences an opportunity
to apply acquired knowledge in an on-site practicum
experience under the supervision of an appropriately
credentialed preceptor.
(82)
Nursing
Courses within the nursing curriculum are restricted to students in the B.S.N, program except for 82.217 Alcohol:
Use and Abuse and 82.100 Personal Health: A Multi
Dimensional Perspective which are values or free electives
open
to all students.
82.100 Personal Health:
-
This course
and
wdll
A Multidimensional Perspective
provide the student
portunities to integrate
new learning and classroom
periences in these areas;
human development, language
ex-
and culture, learning modes and styles, multicultiual
and exceptional studies, and an understanding of the
social and cultural milieu.
-
Suident demonstrates
ability to
writh
(3)
information
improve their personal health through acand decision making.
Three major themes will evolve: 1) the relevance of
personal health decisions to Health People 2010 objectives; 2) current health issues within contemporary society; and 3) emphasis on holistic health - psychologitools to
countability for health habits
cal, physical, social,
environmental and spiritual - with-
and
82.200 Psychomotor
Skills for
cultural context.
Sophomores
(1)
-
Students
demonstrate psychomotor skills under simulated conditions. Skills reflect concepts appropriate to tiie sophomore level clinical experiences taught in 82.213. Concurrent with 82.213.
82.204 Critical Evaluation of Research in Nursing (1) - Introduces research methods and techniques. Focuses on
the student as a consumer of research v/'wh emphasis
and the
critiquing research studies for application
of research with
lating RNs.
ics
human
subjects.
82.205 Research Application in Nursing
79.593 Studies in Human Diversit)' (3) - Designed for teachers seeking an advanced degree in education. Broadly
based and field-based oriented. Provides additional op-
(6)
to students
eth-
For Non-Matricu-
to
professional problems.
79.599 Thesis
Open
in the health sciences. Prerequisite: senior standing.
in a legal, ethical, political
79.320 Field-Based Inclusion Practicum (6) - Provides application of theories in learning, assessment, classroom
settings.
practicum experience under the supervision of an ap-
Administered by Department of Nursing
Administered by the Departments of Early Childhood and
Elementary Education, Educational Studies and Secondary Education and Exceptionality Programs
gram
Sciences
80.400 Health Sciences Internship (3-6) - Provides the opportunity to apply acquired knowledge in an on-site
NUR
(79) Professional Studies
79.312 Internship in Education (1-15)
(80) Health
Requires a
of 120 interpreting hours.
in early childhiood
HLT
employ
(1)
-
Focuses on
the contribution of research to the discipline
and the
consumer's role
in applying research findings.
Empha-
sizes identifj'ing
researchable problems and improxing
practice through application of research findings. Prerequisites: 82.204, Statistics course.
For non-Matriculat-
ing RNs.
82.206 Proposal Writing in Nursing (1) - Focuses on tlie research process in identifying a researchable problem
and formulating a beginning level research prospectus.
156- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
Emphasizes conceptualization of a design
to study a re-
ological disruptions to system functioning are present-
The impact of these
on the indiNddual
search problem. Prerequisite: 82.204, 82.205, Statistics
ed.
course or consent of instructor. For Non-Matriculating
discussed. Students wA\ develop an understanding of
RNs.
signs
disruptions
and symptoms associated with selected pathophys-
iological disruptions as a basis for
82.210 Professional Nursing
-
Introduces the student to the
Bloomsburg University undergraduate nursing program
and the concepts and processes of professional nursing. The mission, philosophy, and conceptual model of
the curriculum are discussed. Major concepts of the
program are integrated into all aspects of the course.
Students develop the view of person as a holistic opensystem
who
is
growing and developing across the
span. Exploration of the person's environment
is
life
includ-
ed as related to nursing practice. Nursing roles are examined. Laboratory activities furnish opportunities to
develop skills in group dynamics, communication and
teaching. Assessment skills are applied as the student
demonstrates the teaching role with clients in the community. Prerequisites: 45.211 or 213 or 46.200, 48.101,
48.210, 50.173, 50.174, 52.101, 52.108.
82.211 Nutrition (3) - Introduces the principles of nutrition
and ways in which these principles are applied to pro-
mote an optimal
level
of functioning for
all
ing health and development throughout the
and
determining nursing
care needs. Prerequisites: Prior to or concurrent vAxh
82.213 Foundations of Nursing Practice, 82.210 Profes-
and 50.240.
sional Nursing
82.217 Alcohol: Use and Abuse (General Education)
(3)
-
comprehensive overview of alcohol
use and misuse in the American population. Because
alcohol is a leading public health problem in the U.S.
today, this course is intended for students of all disciplines. The nature of alcohol problems will be examined as well as socio-cultural attitudes toward drinking.
Alcohol's effects on the body will be explored. The imElective: Provides a
pact of alcoholism on adolescents, professional workers, vvoinen,
the elderly,
and the family will be
Prevention, intervention, and referrals
discussed.
be examined.
An overview of treatment and rehabilitation will include
spiritual, moral, and legal aspects. This is not a clinical
course; it is a free elective and an approved general
education values course. Prerequisites: None
will
individuals.
Topics include nutritional requirements for maintainas well as factors affecting
is
82.300 Psychomotor
span
strate
food choices of individuals
concurrent 82.213
Skills
life
society. Perquisites: 50.240;
82.212 Pharmacology (3)
Provides a foundation in pharmacology for pharmacologic content integration
-
Skills for Juniors (1)
-
Students demon-
under simulated conditions.
reflect concepts taught in 82.31 1 and 82.312. Conpsychomotor
skills
current with 83.311 or 83.312.
82.305 Role Development for the Nurse Generalist (RNs)
(3)
This course
-
is
designed to advance the role devel-
throughout the curriculum. Explores the legal, social,
ethical, historical, and political dimensions of pharmacotherapeutics. Prerequisites: 45.211 or 45.213 or
opment of the
46.200, 48.101, 48.210, 50.173, 50.174, 52.101, 52.108;
sion, philosophy, objectives,
concurrent 50.240, 82.210, 82.214
of the Bloomsburg University Department of Nursing.
Focuses on the
application of assessment skills to promote optimal levels of functioning of the adult and older adult. Students
82.213 Foundations of Nursing Practice
(5)
tice as
registered nurse into professional prac-
espoused by baccalaureate education
Students
will
begin to assume the nursing roles of practitioner, teach-
apply concepts, principles and a variety of
leader/manager and consumer of research. Students
expand their knowledge and application of major nurs-
from nursing and related disciplines
developing their professional roles as practitioner,
teacher, leader/manager, and consumer of research.
Insights derived from values clarification and self-awareness activities will be applied as students explore legal,
theories derived
in
er,
ing concepts as they provide health care to clients in
non life-threatening situations. Laboratory simulations
and computer instruction enable the student to develop psychomotor skills basic to nursing practice. Instructional strategies include clinical experiences with
and long term care
cli-
settings.
Prerequisites: 82.210, 82.212, 82.214, 50.240; concur-
rent 82.200, 82.211,82.215
82.214 Health Assessment
(3)
-
and organizing framework
-
apply tiieory to the care of the individual client as they
ents in community, acute,
in nursing.
In this course, students will be introduced to the mis-
ethical, political
and technological
issues in their
work
independentiy and/or in collaboration with others. Students will be expected to apply principles and strategies of effective communication and group process as
they work independentiy and/or in collaboration with
others. Students will also be expected to articulate their
own philosophy of professional nursing practice and to
explore, at a basic level, the relatedness of their philos-
ophy
to a
model of nursing
practice. Prerequisites: Cur-
rent state licensure as a RN, 45.211 or 45.213 or 46.200,
Introduces techniques and
principles of health assessment for adult clients.
munication and interviewing
skills
Com-
are reinforced
throughout the course. Health patterns of adults are
assessed. Validation of health histories
and
review of systems and basic assessment
skills will
practice of
occur
in the simulated learning laboratory. Prerequisites: pri-
or to or concurrent with 82.210 or 82.305 (RNs only).
82.215 Pathophysiology for Nursing Practice (3) -Assists the
student to apply the physiological principles as a means
of understanding pathological conditions. Pathophysi-
48.101, 48.160 (or 53.141), 48.210, 50.173, 50.174,
50.240, 52.101, 52.108;
and requirements under the
articulation model.
82.306 Introduction to Nursing Research (3) - Introduces
students to the concepts, skills and processes of research
in nursing.
The
contributions of selected nursing theo-
frameworks for nursing inquiry. Students evaluate research critically and examine its importance to the discipline of nursing. Prerequisite:
48.160 or 53.141; junior standing; 82.305 (if RN) or
rists
re explored as
consent of instructor. (Spring semester only)
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
82.307 Geriatric Nursing (3) - Focuses on the physiological,
psychological and social aspects of aging with emphasis
on the assessment of problems and appropriate nursing intervention. Prerequisite: junior or senior stand-
82.310 Family Nursing (2) - Focuses on the concept of family as a open system and use of the nursing process to
assess and promote family health across its lifespan. Students analyze the structures and functions of the family
determining
health care needs. The role of the environment and
sociocultural factors are explored as they influence the
contemporary U.S. society
family's various factions.
as a basis for
The
the family assume responsibility for meeting the needs
82.311 Adult Health Nursing
1 -
Focuses on using assessment
diagnose, plan, deliver and evaluate care to
adults and their families. Emphasis is placed on knowledge of health promotion in addition to the manage-
skills to
of chronic illnesses. Students incorporate devel-
opmental theories
in
both health teaching and the pro-
independence occurs in the
nursing roles of practitioner, teacher, and consumer of
research as students provide care in acute care and re-
vision of care, increasing
storative settings.
Through collaboration with
the health
care team, students increase their awareness of the
roles of the professional nurse in today's
many
complex health
care setting. Prerequisites: 82.213
82.312 Maternal and Child Health Nursing - Focuses on family-centered nursing and the use of assessment findings
and evaluate quality care of
women, neonates, children, and their families. Students,
with guidance form faculty, integrate family and developmental theories into nursing practice with clients in
a variety of settings. As providers of care, students serve
as the patient advocate and educator as they focus on
health promotion, risk reduction, and illness and disease management. Clinical sites support the students'
to diagnose, plan, deliver,
increasing responsibility for collaboration with other
members of
communit)' as a whole. Role development is fostered
through independent and interdependent activities with
culturally diverse groups and organizations. Approved
as a cultural diversity course. Prerequisites: 82.306,
the interdisciplinary team. Prerequisites:
82.213
82.313 Special Topics (1-6)
-
Presents a diversity of topics
focusing on contemporary trends, issues and problems
relevant to the principles
and practice of professional
-
concepts and epidemiological principles to students' use
of nursing process to promote, maintain and restore
the health of a culturally diverse client population in a
variety of
mentNUR
(82)
Nursing
Administered by Department of Nursing
Courses within the nursing curriculum are restricted to students in the B.S.N, program except for 82.217 Alcohol:
Use and Abuse and 82.100 Personal Health: A Multi
Dimensional Perspective which are values or free
tives
open
82.100 Personal Health:
-
This course
and
elec-
to all students.
vrill
A Multidimensional Perspective
(3)
provide the student with information
improve their personal health through acand decision making.
Three major themes will evolve: 1) the relevance of
personal health decisions to Health People 2010 objectives; 2) current health issues within contemporary society; and 3) emphasis on holistic health - psychologitools to
countability for health habits
cal, physical, social,
enrironmental and
in a legal, ethical, political
and
spiritual
-with-
cultural context.
82.200 Psychomotor Skills for Sophomores (1) - Students
demonstrate psychomotor skills under simulated conditions. Skills reflect concepts appropriate to the soph-
omore
level clinical
experiences taught in 82.213. Con-
current with 82.213.
82.204 Critical Evaluation of Research in Nursing (1) - Introduces research methods and techniques. Focuses on
the student as a consumer of research with emphasis
critiquing research studies for application
ics
of research with
human
subjects.
and die
eth-
For Non-Matricu-
lating RNs.
82.205 Research Apphcation in Nursing (1) - Focuses on
the contribution of research to the discipline and the
consumer's role in applying research findings. Emphasizes identifying
researchable problems and improring
practice through application of research findings. Prerequisites: 82.204, Statistics course.
For non-Matriculat-
ing RNs.
nursing in the health care system.
82.405 Independent Study (1-6)
82.411 Psychiatric/Mental Health Nursing (5) - Focuses on
the application of diverse theories, psychobiological
nurse's role in assisting
of its members is stressed. Prerequisites: 82.213 Foundations of Nursing Practice; concurrent 82.311 or
82.312. Fall Semester Junior Year only.
ment
157
82.311, 82.312, (82.305-RNs only)
ing or RN.
in
-
Requires investigation of
an area of special interest and value to the student under the direction of a faculty member following a plan
approved by the department chairperson. Course may
be interdisciplinary. Prerequisite: junior or senior standing or consent by department.
82.206 Proposal Writing in Nursing
(1)
-
Focuses on die
re-
search process in identifying a researchable problem
and formulating a beginning level research prospectus.
Emphasizes conceptualization of a design to study a
research problem. Prerequisite: 82.204, 82.205, Statistics
course or consent of instructor. For Non-Matricu-
lating RNs.
82.410
Community Health Nursing
(5)
-
Focuses on the use
of demography, epidemiolog)', program planning and
evaluation to assist communities with the promotion,
and maintenance of health. The impact of
multiple systems on health and healthcare delivery is
restoration
identified as students collaborate with clients, support
systems, other providers, public health agencies
and the
82.210 Professional Nursing - Introduces die student lo the
Bloomsburg University undergraduate nursing program
and the concepts and processes of professional nursing. The mission, philosophv, and conceptual model of
the ciuriciduni are discussed. Major concepts of the
program are integrated into all aspects of the course.
158- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
Students develop the view of person as a holistic open-
who
growing and developing across the life
span. Exploration of the person's environment is included as related to nursing practice. Nursing roles are examined. Laboratory activities furnish opportunities to
develop skills in group dynamics, communication and
teaching. Assessment skills are applied as the student
demonstrates the teaching role with clients in the community. Prerequisites: 45.211 or 213 or 46.200, 48.101,
system
is
use and misuse in the American population. Because
alcohol
is
ers,
women,
of functioning for
all
ing health and development throughout the
and
life
span
food choices of individuals
concurrent 82.213
society. Perquisites: 50.240;
82.212 Pharmacology
(3)
-
and
referrals will
be examined.
course;
moral, and legal aspects. This
a free elective
it is
is
not a
clinical
and an approved general
education values course. Prerequisites:
None
individuals.
Topics include nutridonal requirements for maintainas well as factors affecting
in the U.S.
the elderly, and the family will be discussed.
Prevention, intervention,
spiritual,
82.211 Nutrition (3) - Introduces the principles of nturition
and ways in which these principles are applied to prolevel
problem
intended for students of all disciplines. The nature of alcohol problems will be examined as well as socio-cultural attitudes toward drinking.
Alcohol's effects on the body will be explored. The impact of alcoholism on adolescents, professional workis
An overview of treatment and rehabilitation will include
48.210, 50.173, 50.174, 52.101, 52.108.
mote an optimal
a leading public health
today, this course
Provides a foundation in phar-
- Students demonunder simulated conditions.
concepts taught in 82.311 and 82.312. Con-
82.300 Psychomotor
Skills for Juniors (1)
psychomotor
strate
Skills reflect
skills
current with 83.311 or 83.312.
82.305 Role Development for the Nurse Generalist (RNs)
macology for pharmacologic content integration
(3)
throughout the curriculmn. Explores the legal, social,
ethical, historical, and political dimensions of pharmacotherapeutics. Prerequisites: 45.211 or 45.213 or
opment of
46.200, 48.101, 48.210, 50.173, 50.174, 52.101, 52.108;
sion, philosophy, objectives,
concurrent 50.240, 82.210, 82.214
of the Bloomsburg University Department of Nursing.
82.213 Foundadons of Nursing Practice
application of assessment
els
skills to
(5)
-
Focuses on the
promote optimal
lev-
of functioning of the adult and older adult. Students
apply theory to the care of the individual client as they
begin to assume the nursing roles of practidoner, teacher, leader/manager and consumer of research. Students
expand their knowledge and application of major nursing concepts as they provide health care to clients in
non life-threatening situations. Laboratory simulations
and computer instruction enable the student to develop psychomotor skills basic to nursing practice. Instructional strategies include clinical experiences with clients in community, acute, and long term care settings.
Prerequisites: 82.210, 82.212, 82.214, 50.240; concurrent 82.200, 82.211, 82.215
82.214 Health Assessment (3) - Introduces techniques and
principles of health assessment for adult clients. Com-
munication and interviewing
skills
are reinforced
throughout the course. Health patterns of adults are
and practice of
review of systems and basic assessment skills will occur
assessed. Validation of health histories
in the simulated learning laboratory. Prerequisites: pri-
or to or concurrent with 82.210 or 82.305 (RNs only).
82.215 Pathophysiology for Nursing Practice (3) -Assists the
student to apply the physiological principles as a means
of understanding pathological conditions. Pathophysiological disruptions to system functioning are presented.
The impact of these
discussed. Students will
signs
on the individual is
develop an understanding of
disruptions
and symptoms associated with selected pathophys-
iological disruptions as a basis for
determining nursing
care needs. Prerequisites: Prior to or concurrent with
82.213 Foundations of Nursing Practice, 82.210 Professional Nursing
and
50.240.
82.217 Alcohol: Use and Abuse (General Education) (3) Elective: Provides a comprehensive overview of alcohol
This course
-
tice as
is
designed to advance the role devel-
the registered nurse into professional prac-
espoused by baccalaureate education in nursing.
In this course, students will be introduced to the mis-
Students
will
and organizing framework
apply concepts, principles and a variety of
from nursing and related disciplines
developing their professional roles as practitioner,
teacher, leader/manager, and consumer of research.
theories derived
in
Insights derived
from values
clarification
and self-aware-
ness activities will be applied as students explore legal,
ethical, political
and technological
issues in their
work
independentiy and/or in collaboration with others. Students will be expected to apply principles and strategies of effective
communication and group process
as
they work independentiy and/or in collaboration with
others. Students will also
be expected
to articulate their
own philosophy of professional nursing practice and
to
explore, at a basic level, the relatedness of their philos-
ophy
to a
model of nursing practice.
Prerequisites: Cur-
rent state licensure as a RN, 45.211 or 45.213 or 46.200,
48.101, 48.160 (or 53.141), 48.210, 50.173, 50.174,
50.240, 52.101, 52.108;
and requirements under the
articulation model.
82.306 Introduction to Nursing Research
students to the concepts,
skills
(3)
-
Introduces
and processes of research
The contributions of selected nursing theoexplored as frameworks for nursing inquiry. Students evaluate research critically and examine its importance to the discipline of nursing. Prerequisite:
48.160 or 53.141; junior standing; 82.305 (if RN) or
consent of instructor. (Spring semester only)
in nursing.
rists
re
82.307 Geriatric Nursing
psychological
and
(3)
-
Focuses on the physiological,
aging with emphasis
social aspects of
on the assessment of problems and appropriate nursing intervention. Prerequisite: junior or senior standing or RN.
82.310 Family Nursing (2) - Focuses on the concept of family as a open system and use of the nursing process to
and promote family health across its lifespan. Students analyze the structures and functions of the family
assess
1
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
in
contemporary U.S. society
health care needs.
The
determining
environment and
as a basis for
role of the
sociocultural factors are explored as they influence the
The
family's various factions.
nurse's role in assisting
the family assume responsibility for meeting the needs
of
its
members
stressed. Prerequisites: 82.213
is
Foun-
dations of Nursing Practice; concurrent 82.311 or
82.312. Fall Semester Junior Year only.
Adult Health Nursing I - Focuses on using assessment
skills to diagnose, plan, deliver and evaluate care to
adults and their families. Emphasis is placed on knowl-
82.31
manage-
edge of health promotion
in addition to the
ment of chronic
Students incorporate devel-
illnesses.
both health teaching and the provision of care, increasing independence occurs in the
nursing roles of practitioner, teacher, and consumer of
opmental theories
in
research as students provide care in acute care and restorative settings.
Through collaboration with
the health
care team, students increase their awareness of the
roles of the professional nurse in today's
many
complex health
care setting. Prerequisites: 82.213
82.312 Maternal and Child Health Nursing - Focuses on fam-
and the use of assessment findings
to diagnose, plan, deliver, and evaluate quality care of
women, neonates, children, and their families. Students,
with guidance form faculty, integrate family and developmental theories into nursing practice with clients in
a variety of settings. As providers of care, students serve
as the patient advocate and educator as they focus on
health promotion, risk reduction, and illness and disease management. Clinical sites support the students'
ily-centered nursing
increasing responsibility for collaboration with other
members of
the interdisciplinary team. Prerequisites:
82.213
-
159
the health of a culturally diverse client populauon in a
mental health care settings. Students employ
a "therapeutic use of self: and funcdon in independent
variety of
and interdependent
roles as they collaborate with
cli-
support systems and other providers to deliver holistic and humanistic care. Prerequisites: 82.306, 82.310,
ent,
82.311, 82.312. Concurrent witii 82.410.
Focuses on meeting the
ill adults with complex
needs. Students employ critical thinking skills in the
planning and delivery of health care to acutely ill adults
82.412 Adult Health Nursing
II
-
health care needs of acutely
and
their families. Students use assessment, technical
skills,
and information and health technologies
sisting these adults to attain
an optimal
in as-
level of func-
tioning. They communicate and collaborate rath clients
and the interdisciplinary team to promote, maintain,
and restore optimal health to a variety of clients. Learn-
ing experiences are provided in order for students to
continue to develop proficiency
as
a practitioner, teach-
leader/manager and consumer of research. The
course promotes integration of values into professional behaviors and accountability for personal and proer,
fessional growth. Prerequisites: 82.306, 82.310, 82.311,
82.312. Concurrent with 82.414.
82.414 Nursing Management/Leadership
(4) - Focuses on
management principles, including leadership theories
and concepts, decision-making processes, budgeting
guidelines and case management concepts. Content on
public policy and health care economics are integrated
into concurrent clinical courses to
enhance profession-
development. Prerequisites: 82.305(RNs), 82.306,
82.310, 82.311, 82.312, senior nursing major status.
al role
82.451, 82.551 Transcultural Health Issues (3)
-
This course
designed to provide students with a global perspective of transcultural health issues. Students will analyze
the cultural, social, educational, economic, political, and
environmental forces that contribute to health on an
international level. Major cultural and etiinic determiis
82.313 Special Topics (1-6)
-
Presents a diversity of topics
focusing on contemporary trends, issues and problems
relevant to the principles
and practice of professional
nursing in the health care system.
82.405 Independent Study (1-6)
nants of health in developed in various countries in solv-
Requires investigation of
an area of special interest and value to the student under the direction of a faculty member following a plan
approved by the department chairperson. Course may
be interdisciplinary. Prerequisite: junior or senior standing or consent by department.
82.410
Community Health Nursing
(5)
-
Focuses on the use
of demography, epidemiology, program planning and
evaluation to assist communities with the promotion,
and maintenance of health. The impact of
multiple systems on health and healthcare delivery is
restoration
identified as students collaborate with clients, support
systems, other providers, public health agencies
community
and the
Role development is fostered
through independent and interdependent activities with
culturally diverse groups and organizations. Approved
as a cultural diversity course. Prerequisites: 82.306,
as a whole.
82.311, 82.312, (82.305-RNs only)
82.411 Psychiatric/Mental Health Nursing (5) - Focuses on
the application of diverse theories, psychobiological
concepts and epidemiological principles to students' use
of nursing process to promote, maintain and restore
ing their health care problems
v\ill
be addressed. Re-
search on transcultural health organizations dealing
with cultural and ethical and ethical issues in world
health will be evaluated. Prerequisites: Junior/Senior
Undergraduate nursing major
status or Registered
Nurse (RN).
82.460 Health Concerns in the Classroom (3) - Focuses on
health problems of the school-age population and die
educators role in the classroom management of these
problems. Health mandates, acute and chronic health
conditions of childhood and adolescence, and strategies for maintaining a healthy classroom en\ironnient
are presented.
room
is
The
medically fragile child in the
class-
also discussed. Prerequisites: Senior standing;
Juniors with permission of faculty member.
82.500 Applied
Statistics for
plies principles
Health Professionals
and methods of statistical
(3)
-
Ap-
analysis of data
The course emphasizes statisconcepts as a set of principles and a way of thinking for health professionals. Course is not required.
Prerequisites: high school algebra, basic statistics course
in the health professions.
tical
160- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
or consent of the instructor.82.501 Theoretical Bases
Development in Advanced Nursing Practice
(3) - Examines theoretical formulations related to role
development in advanced nursing practice. Students use
concepts, principles and strategies inherent in a variety
for Role
of theories
systems, change, professional social-
(i.e.,
and role) to serve as a framework for the development and enrichment of their advanced practice
roles. Theory building, the relationship of models to
theories, and major conceptual and theoretical models
ization
drug interactions, legal, ethical and socio-cultural implications of drug therapy and patient teaching. Presents alternative "drug" therapies. Prerequisite: 82.504.
82.508 Adult Health Assessment and Promotion
sis
in nursing practice are also introduced. Students analyze
and apply
tenets of selected conceptual
model of
own philosophy of advanced nursing
Leadership principles are also incorporated
as students identify an actual or potential issue or problem related to their advanced practice role and design
a proposal for planned change.
on developing
competence
(6)
Focus-
-
performing health assessment of adults. Learning experiences
are provided for synthesizing cognitive knowledge with
psychomotor skills. Throughout the course, emphasis
is placed on health assessment, communication, analyes
the student's
in
of data, written and verbal presentation of data and
issues related to health
promotion and disease preven-
tion in adults. Prerequisite or corequisite: 82.504.
nursing to their
practice.
82.502 Epidemiology: Concepts and Principles for Advanced
Nursing Practice (3) - Focuses on conceptual orienta-
and knowledge of techniques from epidemiology
tion
as a basis for all aspects
of population-based practice in
advanced nursing. Epidemiological perspective presented as a framework for assessing the well-being of populations and designing, implementing, and evaluating
and health care
strategic nursing
interventions. Students
apply basic epidemiologic research designs in the
in-
and proposed solutions to obsei^ed
patterns of health states in contemporary populations.
vestigation, analysis,
82.503 Bases for Research for Advanced Nursing Practice
(3) - Builds on previous knowledge of research and statistics to enhance student application, use, and development of nursing research to improve the quality of
health and health care delivery. Principles and strate-
gies inherent in scientific inquiry, critical evaluation
the research process are applied. Focuses
tion of a researchable
problem
on
and
identifica-
in clinical nursing prac-
review and critique of relevant literature, selection
tice,
of a conceptual or theoretical framework and identification of an appropriate research design
and method-
ology to study the problem. Students plan, develop and
present a research prospectus using appropriate scholarly
format and
style.
82.504 Pathophysiology for Advanced Nursing Practice
(3)
major component
assessment and
in the
foundation for
management of individuals,
advanced nursing
practice.
Primary focus
clinical
in assessing
the pharmocologic
an
indi\'iduals
is
on
apply-
response to
management of illnesses. Major lab-
oratory studies useful for verifying abnormalities are
discussed. Builds
on knowledge from undergraduate
courses dirough pursuit of content in greater depth and
synthesizing
and applying research-based knowledge.
82.507 Pharmacology for Advanced Nursing Practice
(3)
-
Applies principles of pharmacology to advanced nursing practice of adults. Emphasis is on physiological
mechanisms of drug action and significant adverse reproper prescribing and monitoring
procedures for various drug regimens used to treat com-
actions. Presents
mon
82.511
Community Health Nursing
I
-
(6)
Focuses on the
development of the clinical nurse specialist in community health nursing. Students apply advanced knowledge, skills and critical thinking in the competent use
of die nursing process with populations and the community as a whole. Evaluation and refinement of a model
for advanced practice provide a framework for the student's development of the multifaceted roles of practitioner, educator, researcher, consultant and leader/
manager. Leadership principles and strategies are applied as students assess and analyze the health status
and determinants of health of populations and the total community. Students collaborate and coordinate with
role
other community health nurses, a variety of providers,
and
and develop
meet identified health
the community. Weekly
clients in a diversity of settings to plan
innovative programs designed to
needs of
risk
populations in
and enable the students to participate
community health issues, develop research skills, and understand the development
and operationalization of health policies within community health programs. Prerequisites: 82.501, 82.502,
83.503 and candidacy for MSN degree..
seminars
assist
in the analysis of current
82.512 Adult Health and Illness Nursing
1
(6)
-
Focuses on
the role development of the clinical nurse specialist in
and illness. Students apply advanced knowland critical thinking in the competent use
of nursing process, therapeutic interventions, and techadult health
essential for
ing pathophysiological mechanisms to explain illness
phenomena and
The focus is on the implementation of a coordinated school health program
based on local and state mandates and laws. Emphasis
is placed on the relationship between a coordinated
school health program and Healthy People objectives.
the role of the school nurse.
-
Presents padiologic mechanisms of disease that serve
as a
82.509 Theory of School Health Nursing (3) - Provides an
overview of coordinated school health programs and
disease states. Discusses self-medication, multiple
edge,
skills
nology to administer nursing services to a specific adult
population to facilitate optimal wellness and to impact
on the delivery of adult health
care. Evaluation
and
re-
finement of a model for advanced practice provide a
framework for holistic care of adult clients and one's
development of the multifaceted roles as practitioner,
educator, consultant and leader/manager. Leadership
principles
and
strategies are
employed
as students col-
laborate ^N\\h adult clients, support systems
and
variety
of providers in diverse settings to promote, restore and
maintain adult health. Through social, ethical and poactions, client advocacy and change process are
encouraged to affect the quahty of adult health care.
Weekly seminar affords student's participation in analitical
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
lyzing current adult health care problems, trends/issues
and formulating strategies for health
care reform. Research skills are enhanced through seminar presentations, clinical practicum and course assignments. Prerequisites: 82.501, 82.502, 83.503 and candiand
in evaluating
dacy for
82.513
MSN
Management and Organizational Behavior
and
in Nurs-
utilizadon of managerial principles, orga-
management information systems,
management and financial accounting in
nizational behavior,
operations
nursing administration for the delivery of effective
health care. Fall semester only. Prerequisites: 40.512,
91.504, 91.524, 93.501, 93.566, 82.501, 82.502, 83.503,
82.520.
Two hours/week, practicum
for 12 hours/week.
82.514 Independent Study (3) - Student works with a faculty
preceptor in conducting an individualized study relat-
ed
to a particular area of clinical interest.
Management
82.515 Diagnosis and
Adults
I
-
(6)
First
of Health Problems in
of two clinical courses that focuses
on diagnosis and management of health problems in
Emphasis on developing knowledge related to
the most common problems for adults in ambulatory
adults.
care, including but not limited to hypertension, cough,
chest pain, dyspnea,
edema and
is-
and
provides opportunities to discuss these as the student
this
advanced practice
role. Pre-
requisites: 82.502, 82.507, 82.508.
Management of Health Problems in
Second of a two-semester clinical sequence
that focuses on the diagnosis and management of health
problems in adults. Emphasis on developing knowledge
related to the most common problems for adults in
ambulatory care, including but not limited to sore
throat, abdominal pain, headache and arthritis. Address-
82.516 Diagnosis and
Adults
II (6)
-
es issues related to the role of the nurse practitioner
and provides opportunities
dent continues transition
to discuss these as the stu-
to this
advanced practice
role.
Prerequisite: 82.515.
Management of Children and Preg- Offered to students who have completed all courses for the Adult Nurse Practitioner Program and who desire preparation as a Family Nurse
Practitioner. Completion of this clinical course will prepare the student to function as a Family Nurse Practitioner and to be eligible to take a family nurse practi-
82.517 Diagnosis and
nant
Women
(8)
management of
a
com-
jor focus of the plan of action. Class format
and
collaborative
Theoretical content builds on learning theories appropriate to the school age child and families. This course
provides the information necessary for the school age
child
and
families. This course provides the informa-
tion necessary for the school nurse to assess the health
education needs of school students, families and school
personnel; to plan a specific health program; and, to
identify
mechanisms
role of the Family Nurse Practitioner and provide opportunity to discuss this as the student continues the
advanced practice
role.
implementation within a school
82.522 Family Health Nursing Theory
- Focuses on theadvanced
area of Family Nurse
(3)
oretical perspectives of the family as a basis for
practice nursing in the special!}'
Models and theories of family health and
family nursing are analyzed, compared, and contrasted. Strategies for using these theoretical bases to form
working partnerships with families across the life cycle
to advance their capacities are explored in depth. Use
of the clinical case study methodolog)' demonstrates the
levels and scope of information and interventions that
can be derived from using the various models and in-
stiuments.
The
implications for family practice, educa-
tion, family healtii policy,
82.531
and research are examined.
Community Health Nursing
II
-
(6)
Builds
upon
and concentrates on advanced professional nursing. There is an emphasis on the student's increasing independence and self-directed learning.
Through the assimilation of additional theory, students
continue to apply critical thinking, communication
skills, therapeutic interventions and values as they implement and evaluate communit)' health nursing programs and interventions for selected high-risk populations. They function independenUy and collaboratively
with others who influence die health care enxironment
Practicum
to
I
improve the health of the community. Students con-
tinue to engage in social, ethical and political actions
which
lic
addition, the course will address issues related to the
for
system.
common
women with
an emphasis on developmental stages and family social
and cultural influences. The student will increase clinical reasoning skills to manage acute and chronic illnesses as well as to promote the health of children, pregnant women and families in primary care settings. In
is seminar
group work. Prerequisite: 82.502.
82.521 Nurse as Health Educator Within School System (3)
- Focuses on the application of principles of health promotion and health education within the school system.
el.
the most
health problems of children and pregnant
transition to this
Provides
and research to identifi,' a community
need or problem, develop a proposed solution and plan
of action. Preparation of a grant proposal will be a ma-
on
tioner national certification examination. Focuses
the diagnosis and
-
(3)
perform
skills to
prehensive community assessment and develop a program for an identified health need or problem. Students
use concepts from nursing theory, epidemiology, cul-
Practitioner.
fatigue. Addresses
sues related to the role of the nurse practitioner
begins the transition to
Community Assessment and Planning
students with knowledge and
161
tural principles
degree..
ing Administration (6) - Applies managerial theories
and concepts to nursing administration. Focuses on the
synthesis
82.520
-
initiate
and
effect
Interventions that
change
assist in
at the
community
lev-
the development of pub-
on the assessed needs of populations
on the
analysis of current community health issues, leadership
in the development of health policy and research in
the advanced practice in community health nursing.
policy based
are stressed. Weekly seminars continue to focus
Prerequisite: 82.511.
82.532 Adult Health and
trates
Illness
Nursing
II
on advanced professional nursing
clinical
(6)
-
Concen-
practice as a
nurse specialist within a specialized area of adult
health and illness through independent, self-directed
learning. Through self-directed learning activities, the
162- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
student
is
facilitated to assimilate additional theory
and
research in advancing the student's knowledge, critical
thinking,
communication
skills,
therapeutic interven-
tions/technology and values in advanced clinical nurs-
MDT (86)
Medical Technology
Administered by Department of Biological and Allied Health
Sciences
ing practice for adult clients. Students enhance their
expertise in the multifaceted roles of the clinical nurse
and
specialist in adult health
illness
by assuming lead-
ership/management positions in a health care setting
and by functioning both independently and collaboratively with clients, support systems, other providers and
community in improving the quality of adult health care.
Social, ethical and political actions are employed in
order to initiate and affect change regarding the development of health care policy and its effect on health
care. Weekly student-conducted seminars focus on the
86.401 Clinical Microbiology (6-10)
A
and laboraand viruses which
clinical pathology and
-
lecture
tory study of bacteria, fungi, parasites
cause disease in humans, their
related diagnostic laboratory procedures.
86.402 Clinical Hematomology/ Coagulation (6-10)
ture
-
A lec-
and laboratory study of hematopoiesis and blood
coagulation. Students acquire an understanding of the
tests, skills in the performance
knowledge of blood disorders and insight
theory of hematological
of these
tests,
into the significance of test results.
analysis of current concepts, practices, trends, issues,
health policies and research in their role enactment as
nurse specialists in the advanced practice of
clinical
adult health
82.533
and
illness. Prerequisite:
(6)
-
Healtli
Seminar format that explores
advanced nursing practice. Organizational theory provides the framework for organizational structures for
and
al strategies
promoting
Lecture and laboratory study of enzymes, carbohy-
trolytes, acid-base
model building and the future directions of organiza-
tional characteristics
-
drates, lipids, proteins, nitrogenous
82.512.
Management and Organizational Behavior in
Care Delivery System
86.403 Clinical Chemistry for Medical Technologists (6-10)
and identifying the organization-
end products,
elec-
balance, body fluids, toxicology, en-
docrinology and urinalysis. Lecture series includes anatomy, physiology, methods of analysis and clinical significance of each biochemical determination. Laboratory
study includes standardization and quality control of
procedures using spectrophotometry, chromatography,
electrophoresis
and automated techniques.
structures with greatest potential for
effective
performance and organizational
growth. Focuses on organizational environments and
86.404 Clinical Immunohematology (3-6) - Lecture and laboratory study of blood grotips, genetics, antigens and
antibodies and their interaction as related to safe trans-
planned change in the health care delivery system.
Course may be taught in another country to provide
international aspects. Prerequisite; Consent of the in-
fusion, prediction of
structor.
blood component preparation and therapy
immune
probability of parentage.
Donor
incompatibilities
and
collection, processing,
also stud-
ied.
82.534 Adult Nurse Practitioner Practicum and Seminar
(6)
Culminating clinical course for the adult nurse practitioner program. Provides the student an opportunity
to apply knowledge gained throughout the program
-
while gaining entry-level competence in the clinical area
of the student's choosing. Addresses clinical and professional role issues, including
patients
management of complex
and assessment of organizations as practice setof care and risk management, and profes-
tings, quality
sional responsibilities of practice. Issues of professional
86.405 Clinical Immunology/Serology (2-4) - Lecture and
laboratory study of immunological concepts and theory
and
their relation to serologic reactions
and
clinical
interpretations.
86.406 Clinical Seminar (1-6) - Covers cotu-ses not included
above, such as orientation, laboratory management, education, clinical microscopy
individual hospital
and/or areas unique
to the
program
cy,
and on health policontinuing education, health education of the community and clinical research. Focuses on developing
BUS
confidence and competence as an adult nurse practi-
Administered by Department of Business Education and
responsibility include influence of
(90)
General Business
Office Information Systems
tioner Prerequisite: 82.516.
82.560 Health Concerns in the Classroom
(3)
-
Focuses on
health problems of the school-age population and the
management of these
problems. Health mandates, acute and chronic health
conditions of childhood and adolescence, and strateeducator's role in the classroom
gies for maintaining a healthy classroom
environment
90.101 Introduction to Business (3) - Provides a study of
business and its environment organization, operation
and interrelationships with government and society.
Business majors develop a broad base for further study
in a specific area in business, while other majors be-
come
American enterprise system and
and issues facing business today. PrereqNot open to business administration degree stu-
familiar with the
are presented, including the medically fragile child in
the functions
the classroom.
uisite:
dents
82.590 Thesis
clinical
(6) -Available as
option advisor.
an
vrith
6 or
elective. Prerequisite: see
more semester hours
in business.
90.333 Business Communications and Report Writing (3) Applies theories and principles of effective communication to solve
common
business problems. Psycholog-
and organizational strategies are used in writing
business reports and other documents. Prerequisite:
ical
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
junior or senior standing.
90.341 Principles of Selling (3) Includes a study of selling
as a profession, preparation for successful selling, steps
-163
90.498 Special Topics in Business Education and Office Systems (1-3) - A study of the aspects of business education
-
and procedures associated with the
sales process
special selling topics. Students apply sales principles
and
and
techniques while conducting sales presentations. Prerequisite:
junior standing.
90.350 Valuing Diversity in Business (3) - A study of the challenges and opportunities presented to businesses in the
United States by an emerging multicultural society. Explores cultural heritage, values, beliefs and prejudices
and the effects of privilege and oppression upon individuals organizations
and
businesses, as well as possible
90.402 Instructional Strategies and Assessment in Business,
Computer and Information Technology
(3)
This
-
course emphasizes a variety of instructional strategies
and assessment techniques for teaching business, computer and information technology courses. Prerequisenior level, schedule semester prior to student
BCIT Field Experience
an awareness of
the teaching and learning atmosphere of the profes(1)
-
portunities to undertake the responsibilities assigned
assuming some of the
teaching role competencies. Must be scheduled the semester prior to student teaching. Prerequisite: Admisto a classroom teacher, including
sion to teacher education.
90.404 Professional Semester in
BCIT
(12) -Includes orien-
tation experiences to observe the operation of a school
weeks of participatory
specific classes as well as 16
teaching experiences correlated with classroom studies
under
full-time supervision.
Must be scheduled concur-
to the development of business skills,
enhancement of business education as a profession, and
determination of a business and office personnel's responsibility and role in the business world.
Management and Demanagement and curric-
90.564 Business Education Program
(3)
-
Studies basic
ulum theory as it applies to business education program
administration and supervision. Course approached
from the perspectives of planning, organizing,
directing, and controlling.
staffing,
90.581 Seminar in Business Education (3) - Investigates and
evaluates completed research in business education on
90.406 Clinical Studies in
which are used
as the basis for class discussions.
90.590 Master's Thesis in Business Educadon
(6)
90.599 Special Topics in Business Educadon and Office Sys-
tems (3) - Studies current or advanced topics in the field
of business teacher education and/or office systems not
normally presented in other courses.
ACC
(91)
Accounting
Administered by Department of Accounting
91.120 Accounting for Small Business (3) - Familiarize students with accounting principles and practices applicable to small business organizations. For non-account-
rently with 90.406.
BCIT
(3)
-
Presents seminars
on
computer and
in-
principles of education for business,
formation technology teachers, instructional strategies
forf teaching business subjects, assessments and problems of classroom teaching. Classroom discussions closely
edge pertaining
Initiates
sional teacher in the classroom. Students provided op-
and
encourage, support, and guide participants to acquire
an increased understanding of the accumulated knowl-
particular topic area(s). Students submit written reports
teaching.
90.403
90.560 Business and Office Educadon Workshop (1-3) - Addresses those educational ideas and experiences that
velopment
solutions.
sites:
or office systems. Not available as a regular course offering.
correlated with the experiences of 90.404.
and the
four domains of the conceptural framework for profes-
ing majors.
91.220 Financial Accounting (3) - Familiarizes students with
a basic understanding of generally accepted accounting principles and their applications. Includes sole pro-
and corporate accounting.
General ledger and/or spreadsheet computerized accounting required. For non-accounting majors only.
prietorship, partnership
sional practice.
91.221 Principles of Accounting
90.431 Independent Study in Business (1-3) -Topic and outline of project
must be approved by the department
chairperson and dean of the college. Prerequisite:
Open
90.432 Internship in Business (1-6) - Provides students with
opportunities to acquire practical experiences in work
Approval by
of 2.50 and 80 semester
situations in office systems. Prerequisites:
department chairperson;
hours earned.
tivities
GPA
90.460 Business and Office Workshop (1-3) - Students acquire an awareness and understanding of the knowledge pertaining to the professional development and
improvement of business skills, the enhancement of
business and office education as a professional responsibility and their role in the business world.
-
(3)
Presents the account-
of a sole proprietorship; special journals and spe-
cial ledgers,
and
to seniors only.
I
ing cycle covering bodi service and merchandising ac-
accrued and deferred items and receivables
and/or spreadsheet
inventories. General ledger
computerized accounting
required.
is
91.222 Principles of Accounting
II
(3)
-
Further develops
the accounting cycle; recording, summarizing, interpret-
ing financial data for partnerships and corporations.
Includes cash flow, long-term liabilities, plant assets and
payroll accounting. A practice set and general ledger
and/or spreadsheet computerized accounung are
re-
quired.
Prerequisites: 91.220 or 91.221.
91.223 Managerial Accounting
(3)
-
Presents volume
profit analysis, special decisions, operational
and
finan-
164- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
budgeting, control and performance evaluation,
decision-making techniques, and analysis of financial
Advanced Accounting I (3) Applies accounting prinproblems in the consolidation and
merger of business enterprises. Includes consideration
statements. Students are expected to be proficient in
of
the general use of spreadsheets. Prerequisites: 91.220
ments on date of acquisition as well as at subsequent
dates with special emphasis on design, construction and
utilization of integrated microcompvUer-generated
worksheets and financial statements. Prerequisite:
cial
job-order, variance analysis, cost allocation, quantitative
or 91.221 and 92.150.
91.320 International Accounting (3) - Addresses needs of
accounting and finance students wishing to become
more
qualified in accounting
on a global perspecUve.
Provides an international accovmting
students
component
who have completed foundation
Meets cultural
requisites: 91.220 or 91.222.
for
courses. Prediversity
requirement.
91.321 Intermediate
Accoundng
(3)
-
Requires the use of spreadsheets to solve comput-
er assignments.
Prerequisite: 91.220 or 91.222.
(3)
-
in-
and lend-
formation of corporations and stockholders equity,
retained earnings, stock rights and options. Requires
word processing software
produce a research paper. Prerequisite:
students to use an approved
to
such combinations, consolidated
state-
91.322.
91.431 Advanced Accounting
- Focuses on accounting
governments and non-profit institutions. Includes partnerships, estates, trusts and
bankruptcy accounting. Prerequisite: 91 .322 or consent
principles
and
II (3)
practices of
91.432 Internship in Accoimting (6) - Provides work experience in the accounting profession. Prerequisites: 80
earned semester hours completed, a minimum cumulative grade point average of 2.50 and adequate course
preparation for the tasks to be performed.
91.448 Advanced Cost Accounting (3) - Continuation of
91.348, concentrating on standard cost and budgets.
Emphasis on methods used to analyze and interpret cost
Presents account-
tangible assets, long-term debts by borrower
package
basis for
data. Prerequisite: 91.348.
II
ing standards for property, plant, and equipment,
er,
tile
Presents the con-
ment and information processing system, financial statements and the accounting standards regarding present
and future value concepts, cash and receivables, temporary investments, inventories, and short-term liabili-
91.322 Intermediate Accounting
ciples to special
of the instructor.
I
ceptual framework of accounting, accoundng environ-
ties.
91 .430
CPA Problems (3) -Addresses the application of procedures for the solving of a cross section of complex
91.449
accounting problems and the discussion of theory and
practice. Prerequisites: 91.324, 91.342 and 91.348; senior standing or consent of the instructor.
91.498 Special Topics: Introduction to Healthcare
91.321.
(3)
-
In-
management and leadership skills for the
health professional, who by education and background
is prepared not to manage but to practice a profession,
but nevertheless finds her/himself in a management
troductoiy
91.323 Intermediate Accounting
III (3)
Presents account-
ing standards pertaining to statements of cash flows,
pension plans, leases, earnings per share, income taxes, accounting changes and error corrections and financial reporting and changing prices. Use of Lotus 1-2-3
to solve computer problems in each chapter is required.
Prerequisite: 91.321.
position.
91.501 Financial Accounting (3) - Emphasis on asset valuation, income determination, and financial accounting
from the cash flow statements and interpretation of financial statements. Preprinciples, with selected topics
91.324 Federal Tax Accounting (3) - Introduces basic tax
laws pertaining to preparation of individual federal tax
returns and supporting schedules. Emphasis on tax law
research using federal tax semces and contemporary
professional literature. Prerequisite: 91.321.
requisite: 91.321.
91.502 Advanced Financial Accounting
(3) -Advanced problems in consolidated statements, stockbroker's equity,
partnerships, fiduciary accounting,
91.342 Auditing Theory and Procedure (3) - Outlines principles, standards, procedures, and techniques applica-
and public auditing; consideration of
the audit report and development of working papers
ble to internal
for preparation of the report. 3 credit hours. Prerequisites:
91.322 and 40.346.
(3) - In-depdi study of the primary
accounting including, quality, process costing, and job order costing. Prerequisite: 91.321.
91.348 Cost Accounting
issues of cost
(3) Assigns group
and individual projects selected from the following areas of advanced tax accounting; partnerships and corporations, Pennsylvania corporate taxes, estates and
and selected
topics
dealing with government units and nonprofit service
organizations. Selected reference to professional
ature
uisite:
liter-
and uniform CPA examination problems. Prereq91.501
91.503 Government and Fund Accounting
(3)
-Accounting
and practices of governments and nonprofit
institutions. Comparisons between accounting principles and practices that apply to governments and nonprofit institutions and those which are generally accepted in business.
principles
91.424 Advanced Federal Tax Accounting
trusts,
reporting to governmental agencies. Includes lecof issues and practice in the solution
tures, discussion
of problems. Prerequisite: 91.324.
91.504 Foundations of Financial Accounting (3) - Introductory course in financial accounting for those who have
not had any formal accounting courses. Covers the cycle for both service and merchandising activities in corporate form of business. Emphasizes asset valuation,
income determination and cash
flows
under generally
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
accepted accounting principles. The effects on financial statements of accounting for the following topics
are studied: current assets and current liabilities, revenue and expense recognition, operating assets, intangible assets, long-term investment, long-term liabilities,
and operating leases, pensions and other postretirement benefits and financial statement disclosures.
capital
and interpretation are included. Actual financial statements, case studies and
current readings are used thorughout the course to aid
the students' undertanding of the topics covered.
Financial statement analysis
Course limited
MBA Level
to
1
students.
91.521 Advanced Cost Accounting (3)
-
In-depth study of
management accounting concepts and
strategic
the
implementation and maintenance of cost/
management accounting information systems that add
structure,
value to organizations.
91.522 Advanced Auditing Theory (3) - In-depth examination of the audit process, including compliance with
EDP
GAAS,
ethical considerations,
tistical
analyses, as well as current
auditing, use of sta-
problems facing the
auditing profession.
91.523 Advanced Tax Accounting
the choices
made by
(3)
-
This course explores
the government in creating the
methods of taxation and the
pros and cons of those methods will be explored and
-165
92.141 Introduction to Business Information System Development (3) - An introduction to the development of
business information systems emphasizing database
management. Key topics include basic system concepts,
the system development life cycle, rapid prototyping,
and database management principles. Students will
develop simple information systems using a database
management system and a web interfaces. Basic SQL
will be introduced. Prerequisite: 92.140.
92.150 Introduction to Information Technology (3) - Introduces computer-based systems and their use in problem solving and information processing. Includes a study
of hardware and software concepts, data management,
data communications and system development. Involves
hands-on experience with word processing, spreadsheet
file management softivare using networked microcomputers.
and
92.240 Introduction to Programming
I
(3)
-
An
introduc-
programming and problem solving. The course
focuses on how to write a structured, modular program
in a current programming language. Problem solving
methods are stressed. Examins data representation,
control structures, algorithmic development using a
high-level language on a UNIX platform. Prerequisite:
tion to
92.141.
taxation system. Various
91.524 Managerial Accounting (3) - This course is an introduction to the tools, techniques, procedures and processes
employed
to provide information for
manage-
ment decision-making.
91.551 International Accounting (3) -Addresses the global
nature of accounting in the current business environ-
ment. Prerequisite: 91.220 or 91.222.
91.552 Controllership Accounting (3) -An integrating course
dealing with administrative problems of the accounting function; internal control system design and main-
CPA firm, and
tenance; relations with audit committee,
and external
regulatory agencies pertaining to internal
reporting.
91.553 Special Topics In Accounting (3) This course addresses a variety of topics in accounting and allows the
instructor to focus
on appropriate current
topics in the
accounting profession. Students shovild contact the
in-
Computer and
Information Systems
(92)
92.140 Introduction to Computer and Information Science
An
continua-
ming. Students learn how to creat event-driven programs that involve a graphic user interface. The course
focuses on how to vmte object-oriented programs. Examines objects, inheritance, containers, file I/O and
exception handling using a high-level language on a
UNIX platform. The course includes a two-hour lab.
Prerequisite: 92.240.
92.351 Systems yVnalysis and Design (3) - Pro\'ides an opportunity to bring together experiences in CIS courses,
other business courses and life to create usable business information systems. Helps develop skills required
for successful business system development. Prerequisites:
92.252.
Management Information Systems (3) - A study of
how computer-based information systems pro\ide in-
introdution to information systems. Provides
an overview of curriculum and careers in
es capturing, storing
and
formation for effective decision making. Includes: structured analysis, design techniques, database concepts,
person-machine interaction, data retrievfal and telecom-
92.346 Advanced Programming (3) - Presents advanced concepts of programming in COBOL with major emphasis
Administered by Department of Computer and Information
Systems
-
A
-
(3)
munications. Focuses on the use of information technology in the modern business. Prerequisites: 92.150
or 56.110 or equivalent.
structor prior to enrollment.
(3)
II
Emphasizes object-oriented program-
92.254
-
CIS
92.241 Introduction to Programming
tion of 92.240.
discussed..
IS.
retrieving data,
Emphasiz-
web
site
de-
velopment and relational database concepts. Hands-on
component: html, UNIX, Access.
on indexed sequential
subroutine linkage,
gramming
files,
random
programming,
and SQL RDBMS pro-
interactive
files
concepts. Prerequisites: 92.252.
92.354 Data Base Processing Systems (3) - Details and examines data base terminology organization and models.
Analysis, design and administration of a relational compatible data base explored through applicable programming experiences. Prerequisite: 92.256 or 56.355.
92.356 Data and Information Structures (3)
-
Sludies stan-
166- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
dard data and file structures and algorithms for creation
and manipulation of these structures. Explores rationale for use of structures under varying circumstances
from both a practical and theoretical perspective. Involves computer exercises implementing selected algorithms in a suitable high-level language on a UNIX platform. Prerequisite: 92.177 and 92.252.
92.356 Operating Systems (3) - Presents an overview of operating systems including real and virtual operating sys-
tems and communications software and techniques. Includes diagnostic
facilities, utility
commands. Provides
and system
UNIX. Prereq-
routines
a detailed look at
uisite: 92.350.
92.358 Data Communication Systems (Spring) (3) - Data
communications terminology, technology and the func-
communications hardware and
and explored. Emphasizes systems and
programming considerations as related to a commertional characteristics of
software detailed
cial
environment. Prerequisite: 92.256 or 56.355.
implement the solution to a business problem. Prerequisite: 92.324 and senior standing.
92.461 Advanced Systems Development
will
COBOL
(3)
-
Detailed study of structured problem
solving in a business environment. Explores logical
and
modular deprogramming and documentation. Presents processing techniques for one and two-level tables, data validation, control break logic and sequenphysical structures, data representation,
sign, structured
tial file
processing. Students develop increasingly com-
plex programs using
COBOL in a UNIX
environment.
Prerequisite: 92.177 or 56.121.
92.364 Fundamentals of Electronic Commerce (3) - This
course explores the rapidly-growing field of Electronic
Commerce
(EC).
The communications
required to implement
the Internet.
The
EC
will
be studied, particularly
and privacy will be explored, consumer-oriented EC will
utilizing
EC
will
explore
how
businesses are
to gain a competitive advantage.
An
(6)
educational arrangement between the student and
an approved
industrial, business or
government agency
work experience in a profescomputer and information science. The
experience relates to the academic principles and theories upon which the Computer and Information Systems curriculum is based. Prerequisites: Grade point
average of 2.5 and 80 semester hours.
that provides a supervised
sional area of
92.450 Expert Systems and Artificial Intelligence
(Fall) (3)
-
A survey of basic concepts and techniques of expert systems and artificial intelligence applied to commercial
information systems. Examines knowledge acquisition,
representation, storage and inferencing methods used
in expert systems. Stresses applications
from the business environment.
and
illustrations
Prerequisite: 92.256 or
56.355.
92.460 Advanced Systems Development I (3) - First of a twosemester course sequence during which students will
work on teams to analyze a business problem and design and implement a computer-based solution, during
the first semester, project management techniques and
tools will be covered. Students will
work on teams
problem and
to analyze a business
dents
work
will
in teams to
implement the solution to a
The team will
project to a group of IS pro-
business problem developed in 92.460.
make
a presentaiton of its
fessionals. Prerequisite: 92.460.
Examines current or advanced
and information systems
not normally examined in depth in other courses.
92.498 Special Topics
(3)
-
issues in the field of computer
92.550 Information Processing
(3)
-
A comprehensive intro-
duction and basic orientation to the use of information
processing in the educational environment. Students
required to investigate the impact of the computer and
associated peripheral devices on the classroom.
on the
effective use of available
Empha-
computer resources.
92.554 Management Information Systems (3) - Studies information analysis and systems design from the user's
point of view. Students identify the basic concepts of
systems point of view organization as a system, informa-
and nature of management information sysand data base management systems
be investigated from the manager's perspective.
tion flows
tems. Data bases
will
MGT
(93)
Management
Administered by Department of Management
work
in
93.244 Principles of Management
(3)
-Administrative orga-
and behavioral theories and functions of
management, contributing to the effective and efficient
nizational
accomplishment of organizational
45 semester hours earned.
objectives. Prerequi-
sites:
92.432 Internship in Computer and Information Systems
-
Second of a
infrastructure
related issues of transaction security
be studied. Students
-
design and implement a computer-based solution. Stu-
sis
92.362
II (3)
two-semseter course sequence during which students
teams
to
93.345
Human Resource Management
(3)
with tools and procedures to address
issues
and problems.
-
Eqiups students
human
93.346 Labor and Industrial Relations
(3)
-
ministration of the relationship between
and the labor force, both where
erned by a
it is
not.
resource
Prerequisite: 93.344.
Describes ad-
management
that relationship
is
gov-
agreement and where
Includes development of the social and legal
collective bargaining
status of trade
unions organizing, negotiations,
strikes,
grievance procedure and union security. Prerequisite:
93.344.
93.347
Management Science
(3) -Covers quantitative
mod-
such as linear programming, goal programming,
inventory models, forecasting models, PERT/CPM in
dealing with the dynamics of manufacturing/service operations in an organization. Prerequisites: 53.141,
40.346, 93.344 and either 40.246 or 53.123.
els
93.348 Operations
Management
(3)
-
Educates and trains
students to deal with the operational issues and prob-
lems in manufacturing and services. Prerequisites:
53.141, 40.346, 40.246 or 53.123.
93.350 Quality
Management
(3)
-
Introduces students to the
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
major concepts and techniques used
ment and
in quality
manage-
control.
93.355 Managing Multicultural Organizations (3) - Studies
the impact of increasing diversity in terms of gender,
race, ethnicity
and
nationality
on management practice
of multicultural organizations through enhanced decision making. Examines ways in which diversity canb e
used to strengthen organizations through enhanced
and expanding
and ethnic markets. Examines strategies
for building and maintaining functional multicultural
organizations by reducing turnover, interpersonal and
conflict and communication barriers. The course emdecision making, creativity, innovation,
international
phasizes workplace equity. Prerequisite: 93.344.
93.362 Organizational Design
es
(3)
-
Discusses the differenc-
between micro and macro perspectives
in the study
of organization and provides a macro view in which the
organization is the unit of analyses as opposed to indi-
members. Provides students with an in-depth
understanding of how organizations are formed and
vidual
how
external as well as internal factors influence the
and design of the organizations. Also explores
variables for designing and managing organizations.
communication by providing
preparation in the process and structure of communication in a professional setting. Prerequisites: 20.101,
for effective managerial
20.201, 25.103
and 93.344.
93.449 Organizational Behavior (3) - Provides the tools and
theories regarding personal, interpersonal and group
processes within the organization at the micro
Management (3) - Introduces environment of small business in the United States. Describes types of small business and problems associated
93.391 Small Business
with each type. Covers ownership, start up, franchising,
management, inventory, advertising and marketing and production processes. Special emphasis is given to incentives and legal
finance, accounting, personnel, risk
requirements of Pennsylvania with regard
to small busi-
nesses. Prerequisites: 91.220, 91.223, 93.344, 96.313,
97.310 and 98.331.
93.400 Entrepreneurship
major
and
issues: 1)
(3)
how
to
- This course focuses on three
launch new ventures: creating
and the associated risks in
their right perspectives; 2) managing innovation and
entrepreneurship in an ongoing business; and 3) attractassessing opportunities
ing venture capital to
93.432 Internship in
new
business opportunities.
Management
Management (3) - Develops and understanding of the issues related to international business environment, refines this knowledge by the analysis of current economical, social and political issues that
93.456 International
can influience international and global companies and
prepares students to analyze international business issues as a manager of a multinational/global company.
Prerequisite: 93.344. Diversity course.
93.457 Business and Society
(3) - Prepares students to manage social responsibility and ethics issues related to business operations and the interests of multiple stakeholders. Prerequisites:
96 semester hours earned, 20.101,
20.201, 25.103, 93.344, 96.313, 97.310
room experience and
-
Integrates class-
work experience in industrial, business or government work situations. Allows
students to translate academic theories and principles
into action, to test career interests and to develop skills
and abilities through carefully planned and supervised
problems related to the field of management. Prerequisites:
practical
93.344 or approval of internship supervisor,
GPA
of 2.50, 80 semester hours and major or minor in business administration.
93.440 Small Business Institute Seminar (1-3) -Teams of students work with local businesses in a consultancy capacity to aid small businesses while applying business
Work includes analysis of a problem, determination of alternative solutions, recommendation of
the optimum course of action by means of an oral presentation to business owners. Prerequisite: GPA of 2.5,
principles.
91.220, 91.223, 93.344, 96.313, 97.310
93.445 Managerial Communications
(3)
-
and 98.331.
Prepares students
and 98.331.
93.463 Employee Staffing
(3) - Examins the procedures used
by companies to recruit and hire employees. Students
learn how organizations seek to improve effectiveness
by ensuring each job is legally staffed by a fully capable
individual. Topics covered include job analysis, employ-
ee recruitment, selection techniques, validation proce-
dures and legal restraints on employee selection practices. Prerequisite: 93.345
Management (3) - Examines how the
development of a firm's compensation system. Students
learn how companies design their compensation systems
in an effort to enhance their recruiting, motivation and
retention of employees. Topics covered include job eval-
93.464 Compensation
uation, salary surveys, pay-for-performance programs,
legal issues,
and the design and evaluation of employee
benefits packages. Prerequisite: 93.345
93.481 Business Policies and Strategies (3) - Prepares students in the area of strategic decision-making for the
total
(3-6)
level. Pre-
requisite: 93.344.
structure
Prerequisite: 93.344.
-167
organization through strategic formulation and ad-
and strategic planning and process. Prerequisites: 110 semester hours
earned, 91.220, 91.223, 93.344, 96.313, 97.310 and
ministration using integrative analysis
98.331.
93.498 Special Topics - Management (3) - Examines current
or advanced issues in the field of management not normally examined in depth in other courses. Prerequisite:
approval of the department chairperson.
93.500 Managerial Principles (3) - Focuses on the fundamentals of the practice of management, including administrative, organizational and behavioral theories.
Explores the functions of management and the aspects
of the organizational en\ironment. Prerequisite: graduate standing.
93.511 Statistical Analysis (3)
and its application to the
-
Covers
statistical
and decision
and managerial problems.
estimation, hypotheses testing, prediction
making
inference
commonly used methods of
relevant to business
168- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
Prerequisites: (All level
vance).
I
courses shall be taken in ad-
management programs,
activities and paradigms, and
understand and apply statistics-based process evaluation and improvement. The course includes opportunities to work on applied problems from the student's
own workplace and prepare results suitable for man-
to
.
93.512 Managerial Economics (3) - Covers economic analysis of the firm and its environment. Addresses issues of
input/ output, employment, capital markets, infrastructure, labor pool and resources in relation to organiza-
agement presentations.
es,
tional decisions. Prerequisites: (All level
be taken
I
Prerequisites: All Level
I
cours-
93.511.
courses shall
Management (3) - Focuses on dynamchanges in international business environment and
increased foreign competition that challenge managers. Addresses international issues and understanding
of their impact on markets, products and services. Develops understanding of international business environment and issues that have the potential of enhancing
an enterprise's survival and success. Prerequisites: (All
level I courses shall be taken in advance).
93.556 International
in advance).
93.520 Business Research Methods (3) - Assists students in
developing knowledge of business research methods,
suitable for workplace application, to enable solutions
and recommendations founded on legitimate and efficient data and information. Content includes research
process, research design, sources, collection and analysis of data, and presentation of results and recommendations. Prerequisites: All Level
93.532 Professional Development
ic
courses, 93.511.
I
Skills (3)
-
This course
will
help students examin themselves and discover strengths
and weaknesses, develop a personal mission statement
and career goals, and devellop skills and self-knowledge
essential to effective management. Bulk of class time
will focus on self-assessment or skill development and
provide a founation for enhanced success in the MBA
program and continued development in future careers.
93.558 Social Responsibility and Business Ethics (3) -Focuses on theories, concepts and tools for managing social
responsibility
and
ethics in different organizational set-
tings. Prerequisites: 91.524; 97.551; 96.535; (All level
93.560 Operations
Management
(3)
-Analyzes manufactur-
ing and service systems and application of managerial
decision-making in resolving operational policy problems. Prerequisites: 93.511. (All level
93.540 Small Business Institute Seminar
(3)
-
Provides expe-
I
courses shall be taken in advance).
I
courses shall be
taken in advance).
rience in applying theoretical concepts to practical de-
cision-making
businesses.
ers in the
activities for
The
entrepreneurs and small-
students work with small-business o\vn-
commimit}'
to
provide strategic planning and
93.562 Organizational Theory (3) - Provides a macro level
understanding of organizational structure, processes
and management of external organizational
necessary consulting in implementation of the plan. Pre-
ships. Prerequisites: (All level
requisites: 91.254; 97.551; 96.535. Prerequisites: (All
in advance).
level
I
courses shall be taken in advance).
93.545 Graduate
Human Resource Management
students with tools
and procedures
93.563 Quantitative Models
(3)
to address
models
relation-
courses shall be taken
iv Management
(3)
-Covers
dynamics of man-
Equips
quantitative
human
ufacturing/service operations in an organization. Pre-
-
resource issues and problems.
in dealing with the
requisites: 93.511. (All level
93.547 Qualitative Models for Management (3) - Assists students in developing working knowledge of operations
research models and methods so they can apply
in business environments. Specifically, desired
I
them
outcomes
I
courses shall be taken in
advance).
93.566 Organization Behavior (3) - Focuses on human aspects of an organization, groups and individuals. Addresses behavioral concepts
and theories
in leadership,
include the ability to translate business problems into
motivation, performance appraisal, stress, job satisfac-
the appropriate mathematical formulation, apply the
tion
correct quantitative
model and
and
inter-
interpret the results,
using sensitivity analysis to respond to "what
gerial challenges. Prerequisites: All Level
if"
mana-
93.567 People
tial,
I
coures,
93.511.
Management
(3)
-
Assists students
working knowledge of decision making
models and methods so they can apply them in business environments. Desired outcomes include the ability to translate business problems into appropriate dein developing
cision models, taking into accouint individual
and
ment
of interpersonal
ganizational preference structures
and environmental
uncertainty. Prerequisites: All level
I
93.550 Quality
courses, 93.511
Management (3) This course introduces
management philosophies that have
-
students to quality
developed over the past 20 years, including those of
Deming, Juran and Crosby. It provides students with op-
Skills (3)
-
is
an experien-
on
the develop-
skills.
Students en-
This
management
skilles in areas
of supportive commvmica-
tion, managing conflict, motivating employees, delegating responsibilities, developming and managing work
teams,
managing problem employees and
facihtating
change.
93.581 Strategic
or-
processes.
skill-building course that focuses
hance their
93.548 Decision Models for Managers
and intra-group
Management
(3)
-
Examines complex
in-
determine better strategies to ensure a firms long-run survival and growth in competitive markets. Emphasizes problem solving skills and
implementation of optimal decisions. Examines the factors that can result in performance differentials by understanding how a firm attains a superior performance.
dustrial situations to
portunities to learn
Analyzes and investigates strategic problem-solving processes that can enhance control of the firm over the
tools, to
market and competition. Prerequisites: Capstone
and apply various problem-solving
recognize strengths and weaknesses of various
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
course, to be taken in graduating semester; 91.524;
93.51
1
;
es shall
96.535; 97.551; 93.560; 93.566. (All level
I
cours-
HR Skills
-
skills
plinary procedures,
legal
and
vdthin the context of prevailing
all
ethical standards.
and development of human resources
training
in organization-
Emphasizes theories related
to motivation,
and development, leadership, behavior and
performance
in
student with an opportunity to develop application solutions for business office suites using Object Oriented
a programming language
supported by many popular business applicauons. The
use of OOML gready increases the productive value of
these office suites.
94.330 Telecommunications (Spring only) (3) - An introduction to telecommunications in the business environment. Emphasis on application of telecommunications
to facilitate
information interchange in whatever form
the information takes: data, voice, text
requisite:
and image.
Pre-
Junior standing.
94.340 Network Design and Administration (Spring Only)
93.583 Human Resources Development (3) - Focuses on
current research and theories related to management
al settings.
169
Macro Language (OOML),
be taken in advance).
for Managers (3) This course covers the
needed by managers to effectively implement practices to h elp an organization deal effectively vnth its
people during various phases of the employment process. Through experiential methods, such as case studies and role-plays, students learn how to perform such
HR tasks as interview job applicants, provide and communicate job performance ratings and carry out disci-
93.582
-
an organization.
93.584 Seminar on Leadership (3) - This course examins
theories of leadership and sources and uses of power in
the organization. Assumptions, beliefs
and styles of lead-
(3)
-
Provides a comprehensive and practical knowledge
of network
management and enhancement. Students
get practical experience working with software, hard-
ware, customizing user environments, implementing
technology security and enhancing and troubleshooting the computing environment Prerequisite: 92.150,
junior standing and permission of department.
94.405 Training and Development in Office Systems
only) (3)
-
(Fall
Application of theories of learning and in-
development
education and training
ership in the context of organizational culture, produc-
structional
performance and effectiveness will be examined
through case studies. Employee compliance, control as
of employees in office systems. Topics include instruc-
tivity,
well as satisfaction; stakeholders' support,
as well as satisfaction issues will
commitment
be addressed through
in-depth studies of effective leaders of select private,
public and
al vision,
human services organizations. Organization-
mission and social and ethical responisiblities,
and workforce
diversity will
be discussed in the context
of transformational leadership. Prerequisites:
Minimum
80 hours earned, English Composition 2 or Honors
Composition, Public Speaking, Principles of Management, Minimum QPA 3.3.
93.599 Special Topic
(3)
-
Addresses a variety of advanced
at the graduate level and per-
management
topics in
mits the instructor to focus
on
issues of particular im-
portance and interest to the discipline. Prerequisites:
Approval of the department curriculum Committee and
the chair. (All level I courses shall be taken in advance).
to the
and the implementation,
tional design, technology
uation and
management of training in an
eval-
organizational
environment. Prerequisite: Senior standing or 64 credits.
94.407 Information and Office Environment
(Fall only)
(3
)
-
Management
Provides acceptable practices in the
management of information and
the office environ-
ment. Students will develop an understanding of the
information life cycle, the importance of an ergonimically designed work environment and how information
serves as a critical organizational asset. Topics include:
records
fice
management
systems,
human
factors in the of-
environment (ergonomics), workflow and
spatial
design and layout Prerequisites: 94.221, 94.302, 90.333,
senior standing.
94.500 Office Systems and Information (3) - An oversiew of
office systems - people, technology, and procedures ^\d th-
and environmental contexts. Provides
an understanding of die evolving role of the office as a
in organizational
OIS
(94) Office Information
key information systems center.
Systems
Administered by Department of Business Education and
Office Information Systems
94.221 Office Systems Concepts (3) -An overview of office
systems-technology, people and procedures within organizational
and environmental contexts. Major
manipulation and distribution are covered.
94.222 End User Project
Management
dent with an opportunity
tools
and an
(3)
-
Presents the stu-
management
to use project
office suite to design,
implement and
eval-
uate end-user solutions for an office information
sys-
tems environment.
94.302
End User
Solutions Development (3)
employees from support personnel
managers. Hands-on experience includes comparative and selective techniques for hardware and soft\vare,
as well as an evaluation of appropriate training materiductivity of office
to
tech-
nologies that support information creation, storage,
retrieval,
94.510 Office Systems Applications (3) - Discusses applications of office automation technologies to enhance pro-
als for
support personnel.
94.520 Administrative Communications (3) - Proxides application of communication skills for those professionals who work in enxdronments with automated information and communication systems. Topics include: oral
and written
reports, systems-related
proposals, procedures)
-
,
documents
(reports,
research methods, and infor-
mation technology.
-
Presents the
94.530 Telecommunications
(3)
-
Introduction to telecom-
1 70- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog
2002-2003 Advisers Edition
munications in the business environment. Topics include; telephony, data codes, protocols, network architectures, local area networks, communications media,
hardware, and software. Management issues and practical applications are an integral part of the course.
Emphasizes the application of telecommunications to
facilitate information interchange in whatever form the
information takes: voice, data, text, and image.
94.540 Training and Development (3) Applies theories of
learning and instructional procedures to education and
-
96.413 International Finance (3) - Studies the principles and
practices relevant to understanding the nature of interits problems and its institutions. Dison sources and instruments of international export and import financing, balance-of-payments, exchange rates, governmental regulations and
policies, financial management, as well as accounting
national finance,
cussion centers
for international transactions. Prerequisite: 96.313.
96.423 Security Analysis and Portfolio Theoi-y
analysis of
major elements related
to
(3)
-
Detailed
determining the
training of employees in office systems. Topics include:
earnings and risk potential of securities and study of
and imple-
the underlying principles inherent to portfolio construc-
instructional design, strategies, technology,
mentation, evaluation, and
management of training with
tion. Prerequisite: 96.343.
the organizational structure.
96.432 Internship in Finance(l-6)
Capstone course of
systems curriculum. Includes a synthesis and an
94.550 Integrated Office Systems
office
(3)
-
application of concepts related to current office systems
Students should enroll in this course during the
semester of the degree program. Prerequisite:
94.500, 94.540 or consent of the instructor.
topics.
junior or senior standing and
-
Prerequisites: 96.313,
GPA
of 2.50.
96.440 Introduction to Options and Futures
analysis of
(3)
-
Detailed
major eleiuents affecting market prices of
options and futures contracts and analysis of optimal
last
96.454 Advanced Corporate Finance
FIN (96) Finance
(3)
(3)
-
Studies business
problems and the development of financial
decision-making tools and practices as used in the decision-making role of the financial manager. Prerequisite:
financial
Administered by Department of Finance and Legal Studies
96.120 Personal Finance
investment strategies involving these derivative instruments. Prerequisite: 96.343.
-
This course presents informa-
tion that the students of the course
\vill
find useful
96.313.
when
move through life, regardless of their respective
career choices. The general topics covered will be personal financial planning, consumer credit, insurance
(health, disability, liability, home, and automobile), inthey
and sources of capital, and retirement
planning and their impact upon individuals and small
vesting principles
business owners.
96.463 Seminar in Finance
-
(3)
Explores a wide range of
topics in finance, primarily focused in the area of
management. Designed primarily for senior
nance majors. Prerequisites: 96.313 and 96.343.
nancial
96.473 Seminar in Investments
(3)
-
Examines a wide
of topics in the field of investment
fifi-
variety
management and
portfolio theory. Designed primarily for Seniors major-
96.313 Introduction to Corporate Finance
(3)
-
Studies
management in the areas of asset valuation,
working capital management, capital budgeting,
nancial
ing in finance. Prerequisites: 96.313 and 96.343.
fi-
risk,
cost
of capital, financial structure, financing sources and
96.499 Special Topics (3) -May address a variety of advanced
topics in finance at the undergraduate level, and per-
dividend policy. Prerequisites: 91.223, 40.121, 40.122,
the instructor to focus on issues of particular importance and interest to the discipline. Students should
91.220.
contact the professor prior to enrollment.
96.323 Financial Markets and Institutions (3) - Studies shortterm money market and long-term capital market instruments, major financial institutions, the relationship
luits
96.535 Financial
agement
Management
activities
(3)
-
In-depth study of man-
involved in the financial aspects of
and security prices and the role
of the consumer and government in financial markets.
business enterprise. Theoretical knowledge gained
through exposure to financial management literature
is applied to problem situations through the use of case
Prerequisite: 96.313.
studies
between interest
rates
Management (3) - Leads to the
understanding of risk management in contemporary
banking by studying the historical and contemporary
impact of banking regulation, measures of bank performance and bank policy formation. Risk is shown to
be managed through Asset/Liability Management (by
the use of GAP Analysis) Investment Management, Li-
96.333 Commercial Bank
,
quidity
Management, Capital Management, and
Off-
Balance Sheet Management. Prerequisite: 96.313.
96.343 Investment
Management
(3)
-
Outlines principles of
security investments: descriptions of investments instru-
ments, investment planning, security valuation, portfolio theory and strategy and security markets. Prerequisite:
96.313.
and simulation techniques. Emphasis on the
development of perspective in the decision-making process with the acquisition of tools to facilitate effective
decision making. Prerequisites: 91.524, 93.511
96.540 International Finance
(3)
-
Studies the principles
and
practices relevant to understanding the nature of inter-
national finance,
its
problems and
its
institutions. Dis-
cussion centers on sources and instruments of international export
and import financing, exchange
rates,
balance-of-payments, governmental regulations and policies, financial
management,
as well as
accounting for
international transactions. Prerequisite: 96.313 Business
Finance.
96.550 Security Analysis and Portfolio Management (3) Advanced treatment of aspects involved in developing
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
a logical
and systematic approach
to analyzing
and
eval-
uating types of securities. Investment strategy and management of an investment portfolio. Theoretical aspects
of security analysis and problems involved in analyzing
securities within the context of the type
and evaluating
of industry issuing them.
on
issues of particular
importance
interest to the discipline. Students should contact
and
bution system. Consumer/marketing analysis, store location, store layout, merchandising, pricing, promotional issues and problems are considered. Prerequisites:
97.310, 40.122.
97.370 Sales
Management
(3)
-
Studies the personal selling
element of the marketing/ promotional program from
96.599 Special Topics (3) - May address a variety of advanced
topics in finance at the graduate level, and permits the
instructor to focus
the professor prior to enrollment.
a
management perspective.
Recruiting, selecting, train-
ing organizing, motivating, compensating, evaluating
and controlling the sales force are treated, as well as
management's planning responsibilities which include
designing intelligence systems, forecasting and establishing sales territories. Special consideration
MKT
(97)
Administered by Department of Marketing
field
A Primer
97.380 International Marketing
al
(1)
-
Introduces students to the
of marketing, the Department of Marketing and
careers available in the discipline. Marketing etiquette
and self-presentation skills are incorporated
resume writing and career preparation.
97.310 Marketing Principles and Practices (3)
-
as well as
97.320 Marketing for Nonprofit Organizations (3)
-
Hospi-
social service agencies, universities, fraternities
sororities, political candidates,
and
governments, churches
and libraries are some of the nonprofit organizations
which are challenged to effectively solve their marketing problems. Through understanding and by applying marketing theory and methods, students realize how
they can aid organizations in developing a better prod-
and promotion decisions for the
publics they seek to serve. Prerequisite: 97.310.
97.330 Consumer Motivation and Behavior (3) - Analyzes
the role of the consumer as the ultimate buyer of the
product and the strategy and forces directed at the consumer by the seller. Topics include models of consumer buying behavior, consumer motivation, interpersonal
and intrapersonal influence on the consumer as a
maker in the market place. Prerequisite:
decision
97.310, 48.101.
97.340 Advertising
Management
-
termination of objectives and methods of organization
including the execution of research, advertising and
dis-
tribution activities. Considers special problems of adopt-
conditions in different
fit
countries. Prerequisite: 97.310.
97.431 Independent Study in Marketing (3) - Develop research skills in an academic and experience-based setting through collaborative research with a faculty
ber.
tion or research objective.
mem-
an employment situaPrerequisite: Nine semester
Apply marketing theory
to
hours in marketing.
-
Develops
skills in
an
experiential setting that are not available in the aca-
demic classroom. Students learn to relate marketing
principles and practices to an employment situation.
Prerequisites: 97.310, 2.0 GPA, 80 semester hours and
junior or senior standing.
(3) - Develops the skills of the
marketing research procedure (problem def-
97.440 Marketing Research
scientific
inition, research design, data collection, analysis
and
interpretation). Applies recent developments in mar-
keting information systems to product planning, advertising research,
consumer and competitive
and 40.256.
analysis. Pre-
requisites: 97.310, 97.330
97.460 Marketing Management (3) - Presents an advanced
study of the marketing programs from the systems and
managerial viewpoint. Applies analytic, communicative
and problem-solving
skills to
evaluation and creative
planning in the marketing environment. Uses business
marketing cases as a vehicle for developing the marketabilities. Prerequisites:
97.310, 97.330,
Studies the advertis-
from a management perspective. Examines advertising's
role in business and society. Advertising's use of the
communication process is studied from a theoretical
and practitioner's perspective. Development of an ad
campaign is highlighted with emphasis on management
decisions involved in planning and execution. Special
attention given to budgeting, copywriting, media analysis and choice. Prerequisite: 97.310.
as a
Applies the manageri-
ing programs. Emphasizes the development and de-
ing executive's
(3)
ing element of the marketing/promotional program
Management Concepts (3) - Presents retailing
dynamic aspect of the marketing/channels distri-
97.350 Retail
-
(3)
97.432 Internship in Marketing (1-6)
40.122.
uct, price, distribution
given
process to the development of international market-
ing marketing principles to
Surveys the
fundamental features of contemporary marketing systems and the planning required to make available satisfying goods and services to customers at a profit. Explains the role of marketing in society and the institutions which compose the market system. Describes components of the marketing mix-product planning, distribution, pricing and promotion. Prerequisite: 40.121,
tals,
is
management's inputs and integration with marketing management. Prerequisite: 97.310.
to sales
Marketing
97. 110 Marketing:
-171
97.340.
97.480 Business-to-Business Marketing (3) - Strategies for
marketing products and sendees to industrial, commer-
and governmental markets. Changing industry and
marketing structures are analyzed. Prerequisite: 97.310.
cial
97.490 Contemporary Problems and Issues
(3)
-
Explores
major issues, trends and problems characterizing the
current marketing environment. Encourages students
to do extensive reading in current marketing and other related literature. Theoretical, environmental research and trade-off issues in marketing are assessed.
1 72-
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
Case
stxidy,
group projects and group dynamics are used.
and 6 semester hours in
Prerequisites; senior standing
marketing.
(3)
-
overview of the foundations for
This course provides an
modern marketing
the-
ory and practice, analyzing marketing from both the
societal as well as the managerial perspective. Compo-
nents of the marketing mix including products and
vices, pricing, distribution
ser-
systems and promotion mix-
emphasized. Prerequisite: graduate standing.
97.530 Strategic Buyer Behavior (3) - Covers concepts and
theories from the beharioral sciences as they relate to
marketing strategy formulation.
97.551 Marketing
Management
(3)
-
Develops the strategic
application of marketing in an organization through
the analysis of marketing
ysis
Law and
literature,
Literature (3)
both
-
An
introduction to law and
an approach to the reading of legal
as
and as a means of addressing issues in law, justice
and morality as portrayed in works of fiction and other
narratives. Modules include slavery, abortion, the death
penalty. Native American law and literature and international law and literature.
texts
97.510 Marketing Foundations
es are
98.340
activities.
keting research systems,
mix development.
and competitive strategy, marbuyer behavior and marketing
Prerequisite: 97.510 or 97.310
97.552 Marketing Research (3)
-
applied to the increasingly globalized business environ-
ment. Czises include: trade law; extraterritorial application of U.S. law; treaty law; U.S.Japan structural impediments talks; the GATT; the European Community: multinational corporations; and environmental regulation.
Prerequisite: 98.331 or consent of the instructor.
98.432 Internship In Legal Studies (3-6)
Integrates the anal-
of global marketing opportunities, segmentation of
target audiences, growth
98.407 International Legal Environment of Business (3) Introduction to public and private international law as
Advanced techniques of
98.450 Legal Environment of Business
(3)
-
Advanced
cov-
erage of topics in government regulation of business
through administrative
tervention.
May
law, legislation
and judicial
in-
include issues in the law of corporate
enwronmental regulations and oth-
securities, antitrust,
the scientific marketing research procedure (problem
er aspects of legal regulation of the competitive pro-
and
on an applied orientation for the
global users of marketing research. Qualitative and
quantitative research methods are developed with the
cess. Prerequisites:
definition, research design, data collection, analysis
interpretation). Focuses
statistical tools to
produce a marketing research report.
97.599 Special Topics
(3)
-
This course addresses a variety of
marketing and allows the instructor to focus
on appropriate current topics in the marketing profession. Students should contact the instructor prior to enrollment to learn the current focus.
topics in
98.331 and Economics 40.212.
98.460 Employment Discrimination and Affirmative Action
(3)
-
A
survey of major federal laws that address equal
opportunity in employment and focuses on types of job
discrimination outlawed by Tide VTI of the 1964 Civil
Rights Act. Legal and ethical issues relating to affirmative
action programs are discussed, as are state
cal laws
98.499 Special Topics
(3)
-
undergraduate
mits the instructor to focus
Business Law
(98)
Law and
ture of the
the Legal Environment (3)
American
ry system, the nature
ories of law
and the
-
Covers the struc-
legal, constitutional and regulatoand sources of law, competing the-
principles of law applicable to busi-
ness, including administrative law, contracts
and the
UCC Article 2, torts and products liability, property and
criminal law. Students must have earned 30 semester
hours before enrolling
on
level,
and
per-
issues of particular im-
portance and interest to the discipline. Students should
contact the professor prior to enrollment.
Administered by Department of Finance and Legal Studies
98.331
lo-
May address a variety of advanced
topics in finance at the
BSL
and
addressing employment discrimination.
98.507 International Legal Environment of Business (3) Introduction to public and private international law as
applied to the increasingly globalized business environ-
ment. Cases include: Trade law; extraterritorial application of U.S. law; treaty law; U.S.-Japan relations; NAFTA and the GATT; European Union; multinational corporations; human rights, labor, communications, and
environmental regulation in the international system.
in this course.
98.599 Special Topics
(3)
-
Addresses a variety of topics in
98.332 Business and Commercial Law (3) - Presents basic
principles of commercial law (UCC), agency and such
law and legal elements and allows the instructor to fo-
topics as debtor/creditor relations, business organiza-
Students should contact the instructor prior to enroll-
tions
and
ethics. Prerequisite: 98.331.
cus
on appropriate current
ment.
topics in lawn
and
business.
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
-173
Academic Policies
PRP 3050
required that the cooperating teacher conduct at
two formal observations of the student teacher per week
using appropriate observation instruments.
D.
It is
least
Teacher
Field Experiences for
Evaluation Form To The Bloomsburg University Teacher
Issued by: Dr. Betty D. Allamong, Provost and
Effective Date: Sept.
Number And
/.
A.
A
Quality
Of Field
87
Experiences.
all
teacher education students shall occur in the freshman year
or at the earliest possible time in case of transfer or nontraditional students. Departments shall review continually
and update the nature of this field experience.
B.
One
credit courses or equivalent experiences shall be
required in the sophomore and junior year or at the earliest
possible time in the case of transfer or non-traditional
These courses or experiences
by faculty members.
students.
C.
A full semester of student
shall
be supervised
teaching shall be required as
time in the case of transfer or non-traditional students.
D. Departments shall review continually graduate level field
experiences in regard to generic and specific competencies.
Supervision
level field
experiences shall
be supervised by a faculty member. The number of students
per faculty
field
B.
V.
member
shall
depend upon the design of the
Field Experience Centers.
strongly recommended that each teacher education
department establish field experience centers which
exemplify the teaching principles taught in teacher
education programs at Bloomsburg Universit)'.
VI.
The Nature Of Evaluating And Grading Field Experiences
And
Student Teaching/ Clinical Experiences.
Evaluation of students participating in field experiences
and student teaching/clinical experiences shall be
completed using formal instruments. All instruments shall
be based on the generic and specific competencies of
Bloomsburg University Teacher Education programs.
2. Each cooperating teacher shall be trained thoroughly in
Letter grades shall be used in
shall
develop formal devices such as
logs,
the assigning of letter grades.
Related Experiences.
Teaching
Of Student
Or
Clinical Experierwes.
Recognizing that the distance to be traveled and needs of
individual students will impact upon the specific
requirements placed on supervisors, the following are
minimum
criteria:
A. Supervisors of student teachers shall
make
a
minimum
of four visits per half semester, two of which should be formal
observations.
B.
A
visit is
defined as a discussion with the cooperating
teacher, student teacher,
and supervisor concerning the
An observation consists of
of the lesson plan, observation of the lesson,
progress of the student teacher.
at least a review
and post conference with appropriate feedback.
C. Documentation is required of all observations made by
the student teacher supervisors. Three copies of the
The student teacher and
cooperating teacher shall be given a copy of the observation
form, and the super\'isor shall retain a copy for the his/her
observation form should be made.
records.
Vn. The Function, Role,
And Form Of The
Each teacher education program
the student.
The
faculty
supervisor, however, shall have the final responsibilit)' for
provide documentation. The faculty supervisor and
cooperating teacher shall be required to evaluate formally
in. Supervision
experiences and
4. Based upon formal evaluation instruments, the supervisor
and cooperating teacher shall discuss mutually a letter grade
observation sheets, workbooks and evaluation forms, to
established as
all field
student teaching/clinical experiences.
for Student Teaching/Clinical Experiences.
experience.
Departments
Competencies In Teacher
It is
3.
The sophomore and junior
And Specific
the evaluation process.
Of The Sophomore AndJunior Field
Experiences.
A.
Generic
All teacher education departments shall develop evaluation
instruments based on the Bloomsburg Universit)' Teacher
Education Generic and Specific Competencies in each area
of teacher certification.
1.
the senior year field experience or at the earliest possible
II.
-
Education.
ten-day noncredit field experience for
five- to
Education
VPAA
BUCC, 9/3/87
Notes: Approved by
The Relationship Of The Student Teaching/Clinical
IV.
Education
Student Teaching
shall
develop course (s)
or equivalent experiences in conjunction with student
teaching which will (a) complement the student teaching
experience; (b) reinforce previously gained competencies;
(c)
bridge the gap between theory and practice; and (d)
the acquisition of new competencies.
facilitate
Vm. The Training Of Cooperating Teachers.
The teacher education faculty shall develop training
for cooperating teachers. Such programs shall
include sufficient content to meet the PDE Program
Approval Standards of developing observation and
evaluation skills as well as sharing and exchanging ideas.
Appropriate procedures shall be utilized to insure local
educational agency cooperation and collaboration.
Incentives should be developed to encourage cooperating
program (s)
teachers to participate.
Members of
the teacher education
faculty should instruct in such training
programs and be
granted appropriate compensation. A process for continual
renewal and updating cooperating teachers in obsen-ation
and evaluation methods shall be developed.
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
1 74-
PRP 3200
be indi-cated by underlining the
letter
not part of the
abbreviation.
4. The nomenclature indicated in column five, "Options
Within Major", have been approved by the internal approval
process. They are primarily for advisement purposes but also
appear on the student's academic record as information
Program Approval
Issued by: Joanne
S.
Growney
Acting Provost and
VPAA
Effective Date: June,
1984
items.
Notes: Approved by Council of Trustees, 6/13/84.
The Council of Trustees
shall review
and approve or
disapprove Program Development Proposals of the following
types:
(1)
The
footnotes give additional information in complex
6.
The
six-digit
code
column seven
in
is
the "Classification
of Instnicdonal Programs" code assigned to degree progi'ams
New
Mission*
-
Missions available to institutions
within the State System of Higher Education
include Teacher Education, Health Sciences,
Business, Technology,
(2)
5.
situations.
New Degree:* Both
-
and Liberal
Studies.
permission to plan and final
local approval for implementation
granted by the Council.
will
be
(3) New Area of Teacher Certification:*
Both permission to plan and final local approval for
implementation
be granted by the Council.
In addition, the Council of Trustees shall approve and
disapprove proposals to delete mission, degree programs or
areas of teacher certification.
The Council of Trustees also shall approve or disapprove
new "Schools" (i.e.. Colleges) within the organizational
structure of Academic Affairs.
*Policy 2220 (Program, Budget, and Facilities Planning in
Academic Affairs) and Policy 3232 (Procedures for
Submitting Category Il-Program Development Proposals)
shall be modified, as needed, to provide for the Council's
through the external approval process.
7.
The Provost and Vice President for Academic Affairs shall
determine which college shall offer a degree program and
which department(s) shall be re-sponsible for offering the
major. A special authorization shall be re-quired whenever
more than one college offers the same degree program.
8. The abbre\'iations used below are as follows:
Column two:
AS = Associate in Science
AAS = Associate in Applied
will
Science
BA = Bachelor of Arts
BSBA = Bachelor of Science
BS
in Business Administration
= Bachelor of Science in Nursing
BSOA =
Bachelor of Science
in Office
Administration
BSEd = Bachelor of Science in Education
Column three: A=Active, I=Inactive (la = Never
lb = Deactivated but with students
Ic
still
working
Activated;
in
them;
= Fully Deactivated.)
Column
seven: CIP
-
Classification of Instructional
Programs
role in these approvals.
PRP 3224
PRP 3222
Undergraduate Degree Programs
Growney, Acting Provost and VPAA
Effective Date: June, 1984
1. The only undergraduate degree programs that may be
offered by Bloomsburg University are those that have been
approved by the external and internal program approval
process (see 3230) The tabular listing below is the official
listing of approved degree programs. Only those programs
listed as active may have students admitted to them. Those
listed as inactive are of three types: (a) those which have
never been activated; (b) those which have been deactivated
but have students still working in them; (c) those which have
been deactivated and have no students working the them.
In order to be reactivated, a program must go through the
Issued by: JoAnne
Guidelines for Course Numbering
System
S.
Issued By: Betty D. Allamong,
Provost and Vice President for Academic Affairs
.
internal
2.
program approval
process.
Unless indicated otherwise in the footnotes, the
external approval for degree programs listed
the omnibus
list
is
official
based on
of programs at-tached to the letter from
James H.
McCormick, President of Bloomsburg State College, dated
September I, 1976.
3. The program nomenclature indicated below is the official
Bloomsburg University nomenclature which must be used
on the student's academic record and on all brochures,
catalogues, and other materials. When abbreviations are
developed, the official abbreviation of a nomenclature shall
John
C. Pittenger, Secretary of Education, to
May 1990
BUCC, February 21,
Effective Date:
Notes: Endorsed by
The
1990; endorsed
by the University Forum, April 25, 1990
number of a course should reflect the rigor and level
of expectation of that course.
The following system of course
numbering shall be used: 01 1-099 Non-credit developmental
courses not offered in regular curriculum but which count
toward definition of a student's full load.
100-299 Lower division courses: Service, introductory, or
basic courses in the discipline designed primarily for
freshmen and sophomores.
300-399 Upper division courses: Advanced courses in the
discipline
which may require successful completion of
open to students who have
prerequisite courses. Courses
earned a minimum of 60 credit hours or to others with
permission of the department chairperson and instructor.
400-499 Upper division courses: Advanced courses in the
discipline
which may require successful completion of
open to students who have
prerequisite courses. Courses
minimum of 75 credit hours or to others with
permission of the department chairperson and instructor.
500-599 Graduate division courses: Graduate courses which
earned a
are part of a graduate degree
program or
special graduate
-175
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
courses designed for specific non-degree offerings. Open to
graduate students and qualified seniors with permission of
the department chairperson
and the Assistant Vice President
Graduate Studies and Research.
Responsibility for implementation is the purview of the
deans and should be implemented by the fall of 1983.
Cooperative courses shall be numbered with the
department number followed by the digits 279 for the first
experience and 479 for the second experience.
for
Vice President for Academic Affairs or the BUCC
Chairperson. Forms and formats are available from the
Oflice of the Provost and Vice President for Academic Affairs.
The distribution of all documents is outiined in Instruction
8 below.
2.
Instructions for completing
Q-1: Identify' department and contact person.
Write a concise and common-sense description of
what
is
being proposed.
Q-2: Set forth the rationale for the proposed
PRP 3230
action.
Q-3: Include both departmental and extradepartmental cost estimates. If additional resource
requirements exceed $1, 000 for the first year and
$500 per year thereafter you must complete
Document T even if not required by the cover sheet.
Q-4: This inter-unit impact statement is the key
to streamlined procedures. Units should contact
Academic Computing and Library Resources when
necessary. The originating department is
accountable for the careful completion of the
statement, as indicated by the Chairperson's
signature. The statement need not include the
widely diffused impact of changes in general
education offerings or the impact of new programs
on the enrollments of existing programs.
If "understandings" cannot be worked out. the
originating department should seek the mediating
assistance of the Dean(s). If a total impasse occurs
the originating department may bring Q-4 to BUCC
Course and Program Development
Issued by: Wilson G. Bradshaw, Provost and
Effective Date:
Jan
1.
VPAA
1997
4.24.85. Revised by BUCC, 2/
approved by BUCC, 12/7/
88.This policy voids PRP 3231, 3232, and 3234. Revised by
BUCC, 11/20/96.
Notes: Approved by
BUCC,
20/87. Revision, page
2,
Policy:
1.
Document Q- Summary of
the Proposal
The development of academic programs
is
a crucial
aspect of the long-range well-being of the University.
New
programs must be mounted as student and societal needs
become known. Existing programs facing declining enrollments become subject to review so that adjustment steps may
be taken. In some cases a program may have to face the
possibility of discontinuation. Courses within programs go
through a similar evolutionary cycle.
2. It is the policy of Bloomsburg University that program
development be objective (based on demonstrable
evidence), orderly (done in conformance to a prescribed
procedure) timely (neither pre-mature nor overly delayed)
efficient (cost-effective in terms of the investment of both
,
time and energy), and in conformance with the overall
mission of the University. Program development must tap
the creative talents of all faculty and administrators.
Procedures must not stifle those creative talents.
3. Inasmuch as program development ranges from the
development of an entirely new mission for the University,
down through the development of new degree programs,
options, concentrations and minors to matters involving
individual courses and even the numbering of a course, it is
imperative that the complexity of procedures be correlated
with the complexity of the program developments. Differing
actions will involve different actors
and
for arbitration.
3.
Document R
Instructions for completing
Course
-
Syllabus:
See PRP Issuance 3233 for format,
The syllabus should be the working one for
classroom use, not a special edition for peers and
a.
b.
superiors.
4.
Instructions for completing
Document
S
-
a.
Include, but not be limited
A
to,
die following:
description of what is proposed
including required courses, total hours, special
featvires. Do not include information covered in
S-1:
full
other documents.
S-2:
A
full
rationale for what
is
proposed. How will the proposed action benefit tiie
University? Its students? S-3: Interunit impact.
different approval
how
the proposed change affects the rest
levels.
Explain
will
Inasmuch, however, as program changes in one area
likely have an impact on other areas, it is essential that
of the
all
changes be reviewed
been resolved with negatively affected imits. S-4:
Indicate how the qualit)' of the proposed change
will be guaranteed, both initially and in the long
organizational impact
is
in
such
way that
a
Full
Description and Rationale:
inter-
carefully considered.
Procedures:
Universit)'. Indicate
how
negative impact has
run. Qualit)' analysis should include references to
Introduction: All proposals for the addition, deactivation
the training and expertise of faculty and the
adequacy of support personnel, equipment,
facilities, and so forth.
or modification of an academic program, or element thereof,
must use the prescribed "Omnibus Course and Program
Development Cover Sheet" (Document P) This form clearly
indicates what additional documents must be prepared, and
where they are to be routed for approvals. For information
not included below and for clarification of the following
instructions, please contact the Office of the Provost and
b. For a course to be included in the general
education listing the major emphasis should be on
how well the course fulfills the objectives of general
.
education.
5.
Instructional for completing DociunenlT- Fiscal Impact:
T-1: Facult)' Requirements. Indicate the contact
hours (load factor) that will be needed to offer the
.
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
1 76-
proposed program. What would be the current CBA
cost of those contact hovirs? Explain
how
PRP 3233
the cost
be met. (Will new faculty be needed? Will
current faculty be used? If, so how will the
utilization of current faculty be altered?) T-2:
Support Personnel: Analyze in a manner similar to
will
Required Format for Course Syllabi
for BUCC Approval
Dn
Issued by:
Carol J. Matteson, Interim Provost and V.P.
T-1.
used indicate how its utilization will be altered by
the new program. Indicate what new equipment
will be needed and how much it will cost.
T-4: Facility Requirements; If existing facilities
are to be used, indicate
how the
current udlization
Effective Date:
University
and
6.
1
2.
3.
details
Document U
Instructions for completing
-
Needs
U-1 Describe the enrollment projection over the
:
and how you arrived
five years
at the
projection.
program
University or
if
will
-
Indicate
if
come from
the students
PRP #3224
Course Tide:
6.
Credit Hours:
7.
Prerequisites:
8.
Catalog Description: (Paragraph should
9.
within the
accommodate
Document
10:
Content Outline:
Methods: (Suggested approximate
12.
Evaluation Procedures: (Refer to
Information)
13.
Supporting Materials: (References for
student use. Style of entry should follow a manual
such
as
Turabian,
MLA, APA, or the accepted guide
in a specific discipline)
Compledon Plan
education courses (suggested or required general educaUon
courses may be given) Check that prerequisite requirements
class size)
PRP #3264
Student Course Requirements and Progress
Program
- With proper course selection, it should
be possible for a student to complete a degree in eight
semesters. Give an eight semester plan of courses that would
permit a student to complete a degree in the program.
Choices among courses are permitted. Allow for general
and nature of the course)
Objectives: (May be general
11.
10.
and employment
opportunides in the field with vahd documentaUon.
U-4: For items 21-24 list the institutions in the
region offering the same or similar programs.
Contact the VPAA to find out how
"communications with other appropriate
institutions" is to be conducted.
Instructions for completing
And/Or
other indications of the aims of the course)
program.
this
Goals
goals, specific objectives, behavioral objectives, or
the total student body must be
U-3: Describe the career
7.
to
5.
reflect general aims
U-2: Source of Students
increased to
Course Numbers: (Refer
Guidelines for Course Numbering System)
Analysis.
in this
much
Date Prepared:
Prepared by:
Department:
4.
costs.
next
Forum 4/19/95
space as needed.
their cost.
Other Resources Requirements: Give
28, 1995
Amended
Include in your syllabus items one through 14 using as
facilities will be impacted by the new
program. Indicate what new facilities will be needed
T-5:
Affairs
August
by the Bloomsburg University
Curriculum Committee November 14, 1990. Presented as
an information item to the University Forum January 30,
1991. Amended by BUCC 4/12/95. Presented to the
Notes:
of those same
and
Academic
for
Equipment Requirements: Indicate what
equipment will be used in implementing the
proposed program. If existing equipment is to be
T-3:
14. Text:
(Include author, tide, publisher, date
of publication, and an indication of whether or not
the text
is
required)
Note: Original syllabus shall be on
file
in the
department
and in the Office of the Provost and Vice President
Academic Affairs.
for
.
may not be offered every
should be possible for a student to obtain all necessary
courses in eight semesters. The program completion plan
should document that this is possible. It is understood that
are met. Although required courses
year,
it
not every student in a particular program will follow the
course selections in the program completion plan exactly.
Nor does the existence of a program completion plan
guarantee that all students in a program will complete their
degrees in eight semesters.
8. Other documentation: Attach,
9.
Distribution of copies:
The
Student Course Requirements and
Progress Information
Issued By: Wilson G. Bradshaw, Vice President and Provost
for
Academic
Affairs
Effective Date: Fall 1995
if
germane.
"original" should be routed
on the Cover Sheet. The initiating
department should distribute information copies as
indicated in the right hand column of Box 3. For swing and
sequentially as indicated
graduate courses the original goes to the College Curriculum
Committee with a copy to the Graduate Council. Contact
your Dean's secretary to find out how many copies to send
to that College's
PRP 3264
Curriculum Committee.
Notes: Approved by Representative Assembly, 2/4/81.
Amended by Vice President's Advisory Council, 3/1/84.
Amended by CCAA, 3/7/84. Accepted by RAX, 3/21/84.
Approved by RA, 4/4/84. Amended at BUCC 4/26/95.
Presented to the University Forum September 20, 1995.
Within the first week of classes each semester, teaching
1.
faculty
must distribute
in writing, at least the following
information:
a.
Procedures for determining each
letter grade.
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
Any
b.
relationship of class attendance to the
c.
Any other course requirements.
d.
Weighted average of requirements for grade
the responsibility of the applicant to arrange for the test
to request the forwarding of the scores directiy from
A photostatic copy of the test report on
high school transcript is also acceptable. No other standardized test will serve as a substitute for the SAT or
the Testing Service.
an
computation.
e. Procedures for making up tests or other work
missed through excused absence. (See policy
official
ACT.
Special Categories:
#3506-Class Attendance.)
may post student grades providing that a student
2. A
has given written permission. The grades must not identify
the student. Student confidentiality must be assured when
posting grades. Using Social Security Numbers or parts of
Social Security Numbers in illegal. If grades are posted, each
faculty
student should be given unique identifier which is not
consistent to student names listed in alphabetical order.
3. At any time during the semester, teaching faculty shall
be prepared to inform students of their academic progress,
should the student request this. At the end of a semester or
summer term, the final grade of each course is recorded on
the student's permanent record; a copy of the semester
grades is sent to the student at his/her home address or
another designated by the student.
PRP 3333
Early Admissions - Outstanding high school students may
apply for consideration for admission prior to completion
of high school. In addition to strong achievement and high
must have the unendorsement of the high school to receive consid-
aptitude, applicants for early admission
qualified
eration.
ACT
101 /Educational Opportunity Program (EOF)
Carol J. Matteson, Interim Provost
And
V.P.
Academic Affairs
Effective Date: August 28, 1995
Notes: Approved by BUCC, 3/19/86. Approved by
Council of Trustees, 6/11/86. Amended by BUCC 4/12/
for
95. Presented to University
Forum 4/19/95.
alency
is
Any
admission to the program.
eligible to apply for
Non-traditional criteria are applied in estimating
potential of an applicant
when
it
appears that the
environmental background may have adversely
affected grades and/or standardized test scores.
The Director of Admissions may require an
applicant for the ACT 101/EOP to file
supplementary information as needed for proper
Students admitted through die ACT 101/EOP
are expected to participate in a summer
enrichment experience prior to the first semester
of their attendance, where special assistance in
tutoring
and counseling
Admission to Bloomsburg University is determined by the
academic and personal qualifications. Decisions
are reached without regard to race, age, color, creed, naapplicant's
tional origin, sex or physical handicap.
Applicants other than those eligible for early admission
must be graduates of or seniors in accredited secondary
schools or must have secondary school equivalency as determined by the Credentials Evaluation Division of the Pennsylvania Department of Education.
Acceptance is determined by the Director of Admissions
upon
evaluation of secondary school preparation, achievement, scores on either the Scholastic Assessment Test (SAT)
or American College Test (ACT)
,
personal characteristics,
institutional capacity.
given to address specific
ACT 101/EOP
Transfer Students
-
An
applicant
who was
rolled, or at the time of application
is
is
previously en-
enrolled, in another
a transfer student.
The
criteria
ed.
was earned at the other institution (s).
For a transfer student to be considered for
admission, he/she must be certified as in good
standing academically and otherwise in the college
last attended and must have an overall qualit)' point
average of 2.0 or better on a 4.0 system for all
courses in which passing and/or failing grades were
Readmission of Former Students - Students, who, hawng
been formally admitted to degree study and attended
Bloomsburg University, fail to enroll or withdraw for any
academic semester, regardless of the reason, must apply for
readmission.
Procedures:
for admission,
and
procedures above apply to transfer applicants.
SAT or ACT results are not required from
applicants who have successfully completed 30 or
more semester hours of college credit.
Transfer applicants must supply an official
transcript from each college attended to the
Director of Admissions, regardless of whether credit
recorded.
Acceptances are tentative if based on evaluation of transcripts which show work in progress; final action is taken
after complete transcripts have been received and evaluat-
To be a candidate
is
academic, financial and/or social problems. This
requirement can only be altered by the Director of
college or university
Criteria:
and
-
individual with a high school diploma or certificate of equiv-
consideration.
Undergraduate (Degree and NonDegree) Admissions Policy
Dn
77
and
course.
Issued by:
1
-
one must complete and
submit an official application with the appropriate non-refundable application fee to the Office of Admissions. The
applicant is responsible for requesting the proper official of
his/her secondary school to submit a transcript and personal evaluation to the Director of Admissions.
An applicant must provide scores of the SAT or ACT. It is
Readmitted students are responsible for the
graduation requirements and academic policies
which exist at the time of reentrance.
The Director of Admissions may require an
applicant for readmission to file a letter containing
such supplementary information as needed for
proper consideration.
1 78- Undergraduate,
Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
Students under academic dismissal are ineligible
one calendar year. They should
present evidence of successful achievement at
another college or university as part of any
PRP 3343
for readmission for
application for readmission.
Readmitted students who were formerly
Evaluation of Undergraduate
Transfer Credits
Issued by: Dr. Wilson Bradshaw, Provost and
dismissed for academic deficiency have two final
grading periods in which to regain minimum
academic progress or good academic standing.
These students are not eligible for academic
probation and if dismissed the second time may
not attend the University for additional degree or
non-degree credit study.
Non-Degree Admission - Admission to the non-degree credit program is open to all high school graduates or those
holding GED credentials, standardized test scores are not
Effective Date:
Approved by the Faculty Senate, May
Notes:
Amended
VPAA
3/3/99
12, 1971.
BUCC
4/12/95. Presented to the University
4/19/95. Amended by BUCC 2/2/00. Presented to
the University Forum 2/9/00.
Eomm
by
Credit by Transfer:
Transfer students:
Evaluation of credit earned at other institutions
for transfer students
is
recommended by
the Ad-
missions office with final approval by the depart-
required.
Application forms may be obtained from the
Office of Admissions or the Office of Adult
Advisement. Non-degree categories with their
credential(s) requirement are as follows:
Adults who desire to enroll as part-time students
must submit to the Office of Adult Advisement:
ment
completed application for don-degree admission.
Must submit evidence of high school graduation
of GED completion prior to enrolling for a second
crediting agencies, are usually transferred for a
semester or session.
demic Passport
A
student approaching the final year of high
school who desires to combine imiversity work with
SAT or Act scores, a letter of recommendation
from the high school counselor, and letters of
recommendation from two high school instructors
in the academic area of intended pursuit, and
year
completed application for non-degree admission.
Students with an earned baccalaureate degree
who wish to complete the requirements for Level I
or Level II teacher certification. Credential
requirement: a transcript from the institution
granting the baccalaureate degree and a completed
application for non-degree admission
Senior citizens
who
are retired, over 60 years of
age, legal citizens of the U.S.
and residing
Commonwealth of Pennsylvania
in the
are eligible to
College level courses completed with a grade of
C
may be admitted
to classes
on
this
category
a seat available basis
only. Credential requirement:
proof of age,
retirement, United States Residency, and a
completed application for non-degree admission.
Must submit evidence of high school graduation
of GED completion prior to enrolling for a second
semester or session.
Students seeking enrollment in a certificate
program. Credential requirement: official high
school transcript of GED, a completed application
for non-degree admission, and the signature of the
Coordinator of Adult Advisement.
from a two-year or four-year
one of the regional ac-
(2.0/4.0) or above
institution, accredited by
degree student. With the exception of courses covered by the State System of Higher Education Acaof less than
burg
C
Policy, courses
taken with a grade
(2.0/4.0) will not transfer to Blooms-
University.
Transfer credit will be deleted
if
the student sub-
sequently registers for courses which substantially
duplicate the content of courses accepted for transfer.
When the substitution of transfer credit for a
required course is in question because the course
was taken in an unaccredited institution or because
the description of standards of the course are unclear,
a student
is
entitled to an opportunity to val-
idate the course by examination.
Correspondence courses are subject to acceptance to a total that does not exceed fifteen semeshours
ter
if
taken from a college or university ac-
credited by one of the regional accrediting agencies
and acceptable by
that institution toward grad-
uation in a baccalaureate degree curriculum.
Courses taken
apply for waiver of tuition fees through the School
of Extended Programs. Students in
and grade point
averages do not transfer.
the last year of high school must submit to the
Office of Admissions: high school transcript, junior
chairperson. Credits for acceptable courses
transfer. Grades, quality points,
in
another institutions on a pass-
basis are acceptable for transfer as free elec-
fail
tives, if
grades
they conform to the conditions for such
at
Bloomsburg University. (See Policy 3454)
Enrolled Students:
Degree students of Bloomsburg University may
and
take courses in other accredited institutions
submit the credit for
transfer,
provided the cours-
es satisfy the criteria stated above. (See Policy
3604
concerning Graduation Requirements).
Credit by Advanced Placement Examinations:
The University will award credit for Advanced
Placement Exams (AP exams) upon receipt of verification of a score of 3,4, or 5
by the Office of the
Registrar.
Credit by
CLEP Examinations:
The
Universit)' will
award credit for
CLEP
Ex-
aminations upon receipt of verification of a score
-179
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
above the 50th percentile by the Office of the
CLEP General Examinations must be tak-
at or
Registrar.
en before matriculating
CLEP
Bloomsburg
to
Subject examinations
University.
may be taken anytime
prior to graduation. Acceptance of credit for cer-
CLEP Examinations
tain
is
subject to departmen-
approval.
tal
Credit for Military Experience:
Bloomsburg University may award college credearned
while serving in the armed forces of the United
States. The registrar makes a recommendation to
the chairperson of the student's departmental
major based upon the American Council on Education's Guide to the Evaluation of Educational
it
for educational experiences of students
Experiences in the Armed Forces. Recommendations are made provided the credit applies to the
student's degree program.
The
be sent
is
II for English Composition I and
Introductory or Intermediate Algebra for all courses that
meet the quantitative-analytical reasoning general education
requirements). This requirement also apphes to summer
freshmen during their first academic year semester of attendance. Developmental courses will be provided for all identified ACT 101 /EOP freshmen and for other identified freshmen based upon the available seats in the Department of
Developmental Instruction courses.
PRP
3361
final decision for
Academic Renewal Policy
Issued by: Wilson G. Bradshaw, Provost and \T'AA
University will transfer two credits in Phys-
armed
Effective Date: Fall 1998
05-100 for completing basic training in
ical Fitness
forces of the United States.
Notes: Approved at
University
Placement Testing for
Developmental Courses
Issued by: Wilson G. Bradshaw, Provost and
An undergraduate
VPAA
BUCC March
Forum 3/18/98
2.
4,
1998.
for information
not a part of course
requirements.
Students
tests
man
man
vrill
be selected for and administered placement
prior to matriculation based
upon
their predicted fresh-
year grade point average (G.P.A.).
year G.P.A.
for each
is
predicted fresh-
calculated by the Office of Admissions
new freshman
at the
high school class rank,
New freshmen with
A
SAT
time of application using the
Verbal and
SAT Math
The
by the pattern of
scores.
SAT
placement
determined
specific area(s) of
testing (mathematics, reading, writing) will be
and high school achievement.
one of the admission testing ar-
scores
Students selectively low in
SAT Math of 470, SAT Verbal of 480) will
have placement testing in areas which are selectively weak.
eas (e.g., below
Depending on the
of the academic
an individualized program including a developmental course (s) may be prescribed. The guidelines for developmental course placement
are established by the Department of Developmental Instrucresults of the review
record and the placement
or she must have been academically
He or she must not have been
test scores,
Department of English and the Department of
Mathematics and Computer Science. The Director of Academic Advisement will provide each student who has been
tion, the
administered a placement test(s) with a report indicating
the prescribed program. A copy of this information will also
enrolled at the
more
calendar years.
He
or she must have been readmitted to the
University as a degree student.
An
application for academic renewal
may be made
at the
time of readmission and must be completed before die mid-
term day of the
first
semester of attendance after readmis-
sion as a degree student. This procedure
must be
initiated by the student.
It is
is
not automatic;
it
the advisor's or chair's
responsibility to ensure applicants' eligibility for
academic
Academic renewal is done
in consultation with the student's academic department and
requires the Dean of the College's approval.
Students who have been granted academic renewal ha\'e
renewal as well as
a predicted G.P.A. less than 2.25 will be
given placement testing.
He
University as a degree student for five or
3.
is
wishes to apply for
dismissed from the University.
purposes only.
This policy applies to testing that
who
criteria;
1.
President's Cabinet, 3/18/88. Presented to University
Presented to University
student
academic renewal must meet the following
BUCC, 2/1/88. Reviewed by
for information. Revised by
11/19/97. Presented to
for information purposes only.
to dismissal treated as transfer credits.
Effective Date: Fall, 1998
Notes: Approved by
BUCC
Forum 2/1 1/98
Academic renewal is a means to allow certain students who
have been dismissed from the University to return and not
be unduly encumbered by their prior academic record. Academic renewal allows students to have their courses prior
PRP 3360
Forum
is
sponding areas (Writing
person.
the
and
during the first
course (s) is considered a prerequisite before additional
courses for credit toward the degree can be taken in corre-
granting credit resides with the departmental chair-
The
academic department. If a student
placed in a developmental course (s)
semester (Fall or Spring) of attendance, the
to the student's
identified for
all
its advisability'.
courses taken prior to academic dismissal treated as
fol-
Those courses in which a grade of C (2.0) or better
were earned and are approved by die academic department
are treated as uansfer credits for degree completion and
not used in computing students' qualitv- point average. Those
courses which are not approved or in which a grade of C- or
less was earned are not used for degree completion. Students who have been granted academic renewal will have
their quality point average computed on die ba.sis of all courslows.
es taken after dismissal.
Students who have been granted academic renewal are permitted four course repeats after readmission.
Students who have been granted academic renewal are subject to the academic retention standards that apply to first
180- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
semester transfer students. If academically dismissed a second time, a renewal student may not attend the university
for additional degree or non-degree credit study.
The
transcripts of students
who have been granted academ-
will have all courses and grades listed. Courses set
under the academic renewal will be identified.
A student may be granted academic renewal only once.
Once granted, its conditions cannot be altered.
ic
renewal
aside
1995
The undergraduate
colleges; the College of Arts
and Sciences, the College of
and the College of Business. The
Professional Studies,
requirements for the curricula can be obtained from the
dean of the particular
When
college.
students are admitted they are admitted to a specific
major or area of study. They are admitted
houses that major.
When
PRP 3407
curricula are administered by three
to the college
which
a student makes a tentative choice of a major he/
she selects pre-liminary or prerequisite courses with the
advice of the major department. In curricula where
admission is selective or restrictive at the junior year entrylevel, as is the case in several programs, the university is not
obligated to admit the student.
Student Responsibility
Issued by: Dr. Wilson G. Bradshaw, Vice President and
Provost for Academic Affairs
Effective Date: Fall 1995
Notes: Accepted by the Representative Assembly, 5/5/82.
Amended
at
BUCC
PRP 3422
4/26/95. Presented to University Forum September
Double
20,1995.
It is
the responsibility of the student to
know and observe
and regulations of the
the academic policies
IVIajor
Across Colleges
Issued by: Wilson G. Bradshaw, Vice President and Provost
for
University; to
Academic
Affairs
confine registration to courses for which the prerequisites
Effective Date: Fall 1995
have been satisfied and to meet the requirements for
Notes: Approved by the Representative Assembly April 29,
graduation.
Amended
1981.
PRP 3415
Registration
Issued by: Larry W. Jones, Vice Pres. for Academic Affairs
Notes: Approved by the Coordination Committee on
Academic Affairs, 12/8/82. Approved by RAX 1/20/83.
Approved by Representative Assembly 2/2/83.
A student completes
versity
is
to
may
is
of his/her enrollment for the semester. Normally,
day of
register late until the close of business
classes.
on
of classes after a semester's registration or the
day following a
PRP 3424
registration before attending classes.
first
summer
session registration.
cial fee for late registration
it
Change
the sixth day
first
There
Wednesis
so at the
first
meeting of that
Effective Date:
Notes:
class.
August
28,
by
5,
1971.
BUCC
4/12/95. Presented to University
Forum 4/19/95.
Procedures
A student who wishes
another must
VPAA
1995
Approved by the Faculty Senate, November
Amended
a spe-
unless the student presents a
of Area of Study
Issued by: Dr. Carol J. Matteson Interim Provost and
Students
legitimate medical excuse. Students registering for an off-
campus course may do
at the
20, 1995.
Students electing to major in two departments must have a
major advisor in each department, meet all of the major
requirements of each department and all of the general
education requirements. Double majors in some
departments may require more than the minimum 128
the student's official notification to the uni-
be completed before the
4/26/95. Presented
Forum September
credits for graduation.
Effective Date: Fall 1983
Registration
BUCC
at
University
file
to
change from one area of study to
Academic Advisement Of-
a request in the
fice.
PRP 3420
Permission to enter the
new curriculum may
require ap-
proval of the dean of the college (or his/her designate) in
Choice of Curriculum/Declaration
of IVIajor
which
it is
depend on availand may depend on recommendations from ad-
offered. In this case, approval will
able space
visors.
Issued By: Wilson G. Bradshaw, Vice President and Provost
for
Academic
Affairs
PRP 3434
Effective Date: Fall 1995
Notes: Approved by
CCAA, March
26/95. Presented to the
31, 1982.
Accepted by
Amended at BUCC 4/
University Forum September 20,
Representative Assembly, 5/5/82.
Change
of Undergraduate
Schedule
Issued By: Wilson G. Bradshaw, Vice President and Provost
for
Academic
Affairs
Effective Date: Fall 1995
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
Approved by Faculty Senate, May 6, 1971. Amended
by the Representative Assembly, December 10, 1979.
Amended at BUCC 4/26/95. Presented at the University
Notes:
A
Forum September 20, 1995.
student may change his/her semester/summer
session
schedule prior to the close of the fifth/ third day of the semester/summer session. The consent of the advisor is not
prerequisite to a change of an undegraduate schedule.
Changes are subject
to available space in classes to
which
will
academic advisement and schedule changes
be available during orientation and also during
the
first
nity for
semester of enrollment.
Department Chairpersons will provide the Office of the
Registrar wdth a list of courses in their respective major programs that they feel such freshmen should have
during the
first
two (2) semesters in college.
Such block-scheduling of incoming freshmen for the
first semester will be done by the Office of the Regisorientadon sessions. Secwill be done just prior to the scheduling period for the next semester.
Both block-schedules will be prepared by the Office
of the Registrar. Changes to freshmen schedules will
only be authorized for extenuating circumstances (see
below)
Incoming transfer students are permitted to schedule
for their first semester of attendance at any time during the scheduling period.
Students shall not be required to be at co-curricular activities Monday through Friday until after 3:30 p.m.
Students off-campus (e.g. student teaching, internships,
etc) will prepare schedules that will be processed at the appointed time with those of their peers. Such students will
trar prior to the respective
the student proposes to transfer.
Schedule changes for all students in the Department of
Developmental Instruction, with fewer than 32 earned credits
require the approval of Department of Developmental Instruction. Schedule changes for students on academic probation, reinstatement, and minimal academic progress require the approval of the academic advisor.
PRP 3439
Student Scheduling Policy
Issued by: Patrick J. Schloss, Ph.D., Provost and Vice
President for Academic Affairs
Effective Date: Spring Semester
2002
ond semester block-scheduling
need the
Notes: Approved by the Coordinating Committee on
supervisor's signature
and must mail
Academic Affairs, 12/8/82. Approved by RAX, 1/20/83.
Approved by Representative Assembly, 2/2/83. Revised by
ules to the Office of the Registrar.
BUCC 3/4/98. Presented to University Forum for
information purposes only 3/18/98. Revised by BUCC 1/
ule Change:
30/2002
The normal course load
semester hours.
standing
is
is
16
limited to 18
semester hours, unless he or she receives permission for an
overload by his or her academic adviser.
erage (GPA) of 3.0 or higher
is
A quality
point av-
required of the student be-
fore permission can be granted for an overload. If the
less
is
son
A
is
than
3.0,
GPA
then approval of the department chairper-
making minimum progress toward academic good standing or who is on academic probation may
schedule no more than 16 semester hours. A student who
has been reinstated upon appeal of academic dismissal is
who
Extenuating Circumstances Justifying a Freshman Sched-
When a student repeats a course in which a grade of CD+, D or E has been recorded the previous term.
When a student has withdrawn from college and re-enters the following
When
od
to
When
When
term
a student has decided after the registration peri-
change the major or program of study.
a student has received an incomplete schedule.
changes are made in the master schedule
(e.g.
courses/sections deleted or added)
When
a student decides or
is
chosen to participate
in
legitimate co- curricular activities after the registra-
required.
student
their sched-
,
of a student in any semester
A student in good
181
-
tion period but before the
is
hmited to scheduling 13 semester hours.
A scheduled class always constitutes an obligadon. All scheduling and registradon procedures shall not conflict with this
end of the schedule change
do not constitute a valid
period. (Social obligations
reason for a schedule change.)
When
a student receives transfer of credit evaluation
after the previous registration period.
When
deemed valid by
other circumstances are
the
af)-
propriate chairperson.
obligation.
It is
highly desirable for students to complete English
Com-
and II (or their equivalent) by the end of their
sophomore year. Advisors and students should make every
position
PRP 3442
1
Definition of Full-Time Student
accomplish this goal.
will be scheduled first, followed by juniors, sophomores, and freshmen. During the initial scheduling period
Issued by: Wilson G. Bradshaw, Vice President and Provost
(period with assigned access times) students are limited to a
Effective Date: Fall 1995
effort to
Seniors
maximum of five (5) courses of three (3) or more credits.
Additional course(s) may be scheduled from the conclusion
of the
initial
scheduling period through the drop/add peri-
od. This limitation does not apply to students
who
are
eligi-
ble to graduate at the conclusion of said semester.
Incoming freshmen
be block-scheduled for their
first two semesters of attendance. The second semester block will include at least 12 credits. An opportuwill
for
Notes:
Academic
Affairs
Approved by CCAA, March
Accepted by
by BUCC 4/
die University Forum September 20,
Representative Assembly, 5/5/82.
26/95. Presented at
31, 1982.
Amended
1995.
An undergraduate/graduate who
is
enrolled for twelve/
nine or more semester credits is classified as a full-time
student throughout the semester. One who enrolled for
fewer then twelve/nine semester credits is a part-time
182- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
student.
Where
clarification either
the word "student" appears without
by word or context, "fiill-dme student" is
Academic Probation
An undergraduate student in
2.
any one of the following catpermitted to attend on academic probation for
one additional grading period (semester or summer) and is
impHed.
egories
PRP 3446
limited to a
is
a.
maximum
of 16 semester hours:
an entering freshman whose quality point
average after his/her
Undergraduate Satisfactory
Progress
but
less
b.
than
first
grading period
is
at 1.00
1.25;
a transfer student whose quality point average
after his/her first grading period
less
is
than but
within 0.25 of the cumulative quality point average
Issued By: Betty D. Allamong, Provost and Vice President
for
Academic
Effective Date:
Notes:
Amended
November
14,
c. a student who has been meeting the
requirement for at least two consecutive grading
periods immediately prior to a grading period in
which his/her cumulative quality point average
drops below but within 0.10 of the cumulative
quality point average required for minimal
1990
by the Bloomsburg University
Curriculum Committee November
14, 1990.
Undergraduate
Criteria For Evaluating
1.
required for minimal progress;
Affairs
Satisfactory Progress
Undergraduate sadsfactory progress
is
progress;
evaluated on the ba-
d. a full-time freshman or transfer student who
was making minimal progress toward good standing
at the end of the first grading period following
entrance but whose quality point average at the end
of the second grading period is below but within
0.10 of that required for minimal progress toward
of two criteria:
sis
a.
a student's ability to earn a
minimum number
of credit hours;
b.
a student's ability to maintain a
minimum
quality point average at the conclusion of each
grading period.
Earned Credit Hours
good standing;
e. a full-time student who failed to earn 24
semester hours within one 12-month period;
f. a part-time student who failed to earn the
Full-time continuously enrolled undergraduate degree students: to maintain satisfactory progress toward the comple-
must earn a minimum of 24 credit
hours in any given 12 month period (including credit hours
earned in developmental studies courses).
Part-time undergraduate degree students: to maintain satisfactory progress within any 12 month period, the student
must earn credit hours as prescribed below:
tion of degree, the student
Hours Attempted
Up
to eight credits
hours as prescribed
above within the given semester.
To be removed from academic probation, a student must
earn a minimum of eight semester hoins and a minimum
The record
marked "academic
quality average as described in the table above.
of a student in any of these categories
is
probation."
One-half of
all
credit
3.
hours attempted must be earned
Nine and above
minimum number of semester
Two-thirds of
all
credit
Duration Of Degree
their
hours attempted must be earned
Note: Hours earned for a repeated undergraduate course
Work
Full-time undergraduate students are expected to complete
programs of study within
five
calendar years of contin-
ual enrollment.
are not counted twice.
Quality Point Average
4.
undergraduate degree students: to maintain satisfactoprogress, the student must meet the following minimal
All
ry
requirements:
Total number of semester Cumulative quality point hours
earned including average required grades of "P" and transfer for minimal progress credits
1.25-1.99
1 - 16 semester hours
17-32 semester hours
33
-
48 semester hours
49
-
64 semester hours
65 or more semester hours
1.65-1.99
1
.85
-
1
.99
1.95-1.99
imdergraduate student who is not qualified to attend
on academic probation or who, upon reaching the end of the one probationai-y semester, does not meet
the minimal requirements of earned credit hours and/or
quality point average, is excluded from registration, and his/
her academic record is marked "academic dismissal." A student under academic dismissal in ineligible to attend coursfor a semester
es offered for a period of at least one calendar year. Readmission regulations are stated in the Undergraduate Catalog.
2.00
5.
While making minimal progress toward academic good
may schedule no more than 16 semester
standing, a student
hours.
A student whose record at any final grading period shows a
cumulative quality point average of 2.00 or better is considered in academic good standing.
Academic Dismissal
An
Procedures
Students failing to meet the minimal requirements of
earned credit hours and/or quality point average will be
notified by the Office of the Registrar.
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
PRP 3449
accredited colleges.
No
fee
is
-183
charged for examination to
may be based upon the
validate such credit. Examinations
Graduate Courses
in
Senior Year
Issued By: Larry W. Jones, Vice President for Academic
Affairs
syllabi
of the courses taken in the previous institution
or, in
case the student wishes to establish equivalency with courses in this university,
upon
the syllabi of courses offered in
this institution.
Effective Date: May, 1982
NOTES: Approved by CCAA,
April 14, 1982. Accepted by
PRP
the Representative Assembly 5/5/82.
3451
Seniors needing fewer than 18 semester hours of course work
to satisfy
requirements for the baccalaureate degree may, with
approval of their department chairperson, apply to the
Credit by Examination for RN's
Dean
Issued By: Wilson G. Bradshaw Vice President for
of Graduate Studies for permission to supplement their undergraduate courses with graduate courses. Graduate credit
completed will be awarded upon
cation of completion of the undergraduate degree.
for graduate courses
verifi-
Credit by Examination
Affairs
Effective Date: Fall 1995
Notes:
Affairs,
Approved by the Vice President
8/28/75.
Amended
at the University
at
BUCC
for
Academic
4/26/95. Presented
Forum September
20, 1995.
A student may petition for the privilege of establishing credin a course or courses listed in the undergraduate catalogue through a comprehensive examination instead of
through registration and class attendance or through independent study of the course content.
A student may not petition for an examination in a course
audited, nor in a course from a failing grade has been re-
it
corded.
A student must present evidence
if
of equivalent experience
the course involves laboratory or studio work.
The
must be approved in sequence by
and the dean of the college.
An examination committee must be appointed by the department chairperson and approved by the dean of the college. Unless the course is an advanced course which is taught
by only one member of the faculty, the examination committee must include at least two faculty members.
The examination must cover the course syllabus in a comstudent's petition
the department chairperson
prehensive manner. Suitable standardized examinations
1,
1997
Approved by the Coordinating Committee on
Academic Affairs, 1/26/83. Approved by RAX, 2/16/83.
Issued by: Wilson G. Bradshaw, Vice President and Provost
Academic
Affairs
Notes:
PRP 3450
for
Academic
Effective Date: July
may
be used. The examination must be written or, if oral, subWhere skill, as in keyboarding or use
of applications software is a course requirement, the written
Accepted by the Representative Assembly, 3/2/83. Re\ised
by BUCC October 1995.
The minimum credit requirement for a baccalaureate
degree at Bloomsburg University is 128 semester hours.
These credits may be attained through successful completion
of courses offered at Bloomsburg University, the transfer of
credit, and/or the successful completion of advanced
placement examinations. At least 32 of the last 64 semester
hours credited toward this degree must by taken in residence
at Bloomsburg University. This does not include the credits
earned through advanced placement.
A
registered nurse holding a current license
may
petition
for the privilege of establishing credit by examination in a
course or courses in the Department of Nursing at
Bloomsburg University. The Department of Nursing at
Bloomsburg University. The Department of Nursing adheres
to the policy for credit by examination established by the
parent institution (refer to BU imdergraduate catalog),
emphasizing several very significant factors:
The student must present *evidence of equivalent
experience if the course content either through experience
other than college attendance or through independent study
of the course content.
The student must present *evidence of equivalent
experience if the course involves laboratory or studio work.
In addition, the following regulations govern the
departmental policy for credit by examination:
1. Role Development for the Nurse Generalist
(82.305), Introduction to Nursing Research
(82.306), Community Health Nursing (82.410),
ject to transcription.
and Leadership and Management in Nursing
(82.413) are required courses and may not be
and
petioned for credit by examination.
2. A petition for credit by examination may be
filed on the dates designated by the department if
the RN demonstrates exidence of completing die
must be supplemented by demonstration
copy of the completed approval form must be
placed in the student's advisement file and the original forwarded to the Office of the Registrar.
A fee is charged for courses challenged by institutional examination taken for credit, regardless of the number of credits awarded for that course. Upon receipt of approval, this
fee is payable at the College of Business Office. Evidence of
payment must be presented to the department before the
examination can be administered.
If the student passes the examination, the grade of "P" is
assigned for the course. If he/she fails, no record is made.
This course does not count in the student's normal quota of
pass-fail courses. Suitable adaptations of the above procedures may be used to validate transfer courses taken in nonof
oral aspects
skill.
A
prerequisites to each course.
3.
A
petition
may be
filled
only once for each
course.
*Evidence of adequate experience/equivalent experience:
and supportive data submitted by the RN will be
reviewed on an individual basis to determine whether or not
previous theoretical and experiential learning has been
Transcripts
validated.
184- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
PRP 3452
requirements for majors (including required
cognate courses), minors, or general education.
3. The instructor is not informed that the course is
to satisfy
Course Repeat
Issued By: Wilson G. Bradshaw, Vice President and Provost
for
Academic
Effective Date:
Notes: Endorsed by
Affairs
6/3/97
BUCC April
3,
1991. Presented as
information item to University Forum April 24, 1991.
Revised by BUCC 10/25/95. Presented to University
Forum November
8,
1995. Revised by
Presented to University
Fonam
BUCC
2/12/97.
April 2,1997.
Undergraduate
A maximum of four courses numbered 100 and above in
which grades of C-,D+, D or E have been recorded may be
repeated. The initial grade remains on the transcript and is
part of the student's permanent record. Quality points are
awarded for the grade of the repeated course only. The grade
of the repeated course is part of the permanent record and
is used to calculate the student's quality point average. Multiple repeats
peat.
A
of the same course are considered as one
re-
course taken at Bloomsburg University in which a
grade of C-,D+, D or E has been earned and repeated at
another institution of higher education is included in the
permitted maximum number of repeats.
Note: The effective date of this policy is the
beginning of the 1991-1992 academic year for all
entering, re-entering, and transfer students. Other
students may choose to abide by these regulations
PRP 3454
Undergraduate Pass/Fail
Issued by: Patrick J. Schloss, Ph.D., Interim Provost
or the pall/fail regulations that prevailed at the time
and
Vice President for Academic Affairs
Effective Date: Fall 2001
BUCC November 28, 1990. Revised by
4/8/1998. Presented to University Forum April 15,
1998 for information purposes only. Revised by BUCC
January 17,2001. Presented to University Forum February
7, 2001 for information purposes only.
Introduction. There are two circumstances in which the
usual grading scheme (A, A-, B+, etc.) may be replaced by
Pass/Fail (P/F) The first is the Pass/Fail Option for Students
which may be elected by a student. The rules governing the
Pass/Fail Option are under 1. The second is Pass/Fail Only
Courses which allows a department to offer a course only
pass/fail when appropriately approved. Section II below
governs Pass/Fail Only courses.
Notes: Endorsed by
BUCC
.
Pass/Fail Option for Students
After attaining
may
being taken on a
Pass/Fail Option basis. Grades are translated later into
grades of "P" or "F" with the grade of "P" recorded for
a grade of "D" (1.0) or higher and the grade of "F"
recorded for "E."
4. A grade of "P" and "F" does not enter the
computation of a quality point average.
5. If, subsequent to the completion of a course on a
Pass/Fail Option basis, the student should change his/
her major to one in which the instructor's original
grade is required, he/she may request that the
chairperson of the academic department be notified
of the actual letter grade earned.
6. A student who has received a grade of "E" in a
course may not take it later on a Pass/Fail Option basis.
7. The student may revoke a decision to take a course
on a Pass/Fail Option basis. The revocation must be
completed by the close of the business day three weeks
after the middle day of the semester This will allow
the pass/fail option to be used again.
sophomore standing, a degree student
on a pass/fail basis until the final
elect courses
day of registration in accordance with the follov«ng
of their entrance into the university.
Pass/Fail Only Courses
1. A department may apply to have one (or more) of
its courses to be offered on a Pass/Fail Only basis.
(Approval must be given by the college curriculum
committee, college dean, university curriculum
committee and provost. See the Omnibus Course and
Program Development Cover Sheet.)
2. A course that is offered on a Pass/Fail Only basis is
exempt from all the restrictions except 14 listed under
Pass/Fail
Option for Students. In particular, such a course may
be used to meet general education requirements or
requirements of a major when appropriately
approved). Furthermore, a course which is offered on
a Pass/Fail Only basis shall not be included in the two
course maximum of the Pass/Fail Opdon for Students.
3. A grade of "P" and "F" does not enter the
computation of a quality point average.
rules:
1. A maximum of two courses (not more than eight
semester hours in total) may be included as part of
the minimum graduation requirement of 128 semester
No more than one Pass/Fail Option course may
be taken in any one semester.
2. Courses taken using the Pass/Fail Option must be
free electives. No required courses may be taken using
the Pass/Fail Option. Required courses are those used
PRP 3456
Auditing of Courses
hours.
Issued by: John A. Hoch,
Dean of Instruction
Effective Date: September, 1971
NOTES: Approved by
A full-time
student
the Faculty Senate,
who
May
6,
1971.
than seventeen hours of course work may, with consent of the
is
enrolled for
less
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
mid-term of the semester, the grade
W providing
Vice President for Academic Affairs and subject to attendance fees, register for one course as an auditor. If
after the
the registrant attends at least three-fourths of the regular class meetings the grade of V will be reported by
of the Registrar establishes the semester's mid-term.
the instructor and the course will be entered on the
academic record without credit. No assignments are
made to an auditor and no papers or examinations
are accepted by the instructor for grading or record
either during the period of enrollment or subsequent
PRP 3463
thereto.
An
may not participate in laboratory
such work is part of the course audit-
auditor
or studio work
if
the student
A
part-time student
may register as an auditor, subwhen computing the fee paid
by the student the course audited will be counted the
same as if it were taken for credit. Individuals who are
not enrolled as students may apply for audit privileges
through the Dean of Extended Programs. Acceptance
depends upon such factors as space in class and educational background.
passing the course, and
is
E otherwise. The Office
Graduate Course Withdrawal
Issued By:
Dr
Patrick J. Schloss, Interim Provost
and VPAA
Effective Date: Fall 2001
Notes: Endorsed by Graduate Council 12/1/00. Approved
by Bloomsburg University Curriculum Committee,
February 14, 2001.
ed.
ject to the provision that
is
-185
and Spring semesters, after the schedand continuing undl three weeks
past mid-term, if a student withdraws from a course, a
grade of "W" vdll be recorded. As a means of notificaDuring the
Fall
ule change period
tion to the instructor of the intent to withdraw, a stu-
dent
is
required to obtain the instructor's signature
and the signature of the program coordinator on the
No
withdrawals v\dll be permitted afworkday three weeks after the middle day of the semester. For summer sessions and cours-
withdrawal form.
ter the close of the
PRP 3462
es
not taught on a regular semester
basis, the Regis-
trar will prorate the date appropriately.
Withdrawal
Prior to the last
Issued by: Wilson G. Bradshaw, Provost and Vice President
1996
Effective Date: Fall
March 11,
1981. Amended by the approval of Policy #3439 Student
Scheduling Policy. Approved by CCAA, 3/7/84. Approved
by RAX 3/21/84. Approved by RA, 4/4/84. Approved by
BUCC 2/28/96. Presented to the University Forum April
Notes: Approved by Representative Assembly,
3,
1996.
course a grade of "W"
will
be recorded. As a means of
notification of the instructor to the intent to \vithdrawal, a
required to obtain his/her instructor's signature
is
W providing the student
shall
is
passing the course, and
No withdrawals will be permitted after the close of the work
day three weeks after the middle day of the semester
Prior to the last week of classes, in exceptional
circumstances, for compelling, justified and documented
reasons, the Dean of the College in which the course is being
taught may waive these restrictions. Poor academic
performance will not constitute grounds for late withdrawal.
A limit of four (4) withdrawals during the degree program
shall apply. (Withdrawal from the University is an exception).
Faculty are encouraged to include the University late
withdrawal policy on the syllabus distributed to students at
the beginning of the semester.
This policy will apply to all undergraduate students who
(2) withdrawals during the degree probe peiTnitted. Re-registration for withdrawn
from the university may
exceed the two cotirse withdrawal limit. Faculty are
encouraged to include the universit)' late withdrawal
nator. Students withdrawing
on
the syllabus distributed to students at the
beginning of the semester.
Refund of tuition for withdrawn courses are prorated based on week of withdrawal. The refund policy is
published annually by The State System of Higher Education.
PRP 3506
Class Attendance
Issued By: Betty D. Allamong, Provosl and \'ice President
for
Academic
Affairs
Effective Date: April 5, 1989
Notes: Approved by
are enrolled Fall 1996.
BUCC April
Regular classroom attendance
students. However, a student
Graduate
The graduate student must apply to the Assistant Vice
President for Graduate Studies and Research for permission
If this
E
courses requires the approval of the program coordi-
policy
on the withdrawal form.
withdraw.
cir-
A limit of two
After the schedule change period and condnuing until
if a student withdraws from a
to
exceptional
ed reasons, the Dean of Graduate Studies and Research
may waive these restrictions. Poor academic performance will not constitute grounds for late withdrawal.
If withdrawal is granted after the deadline, the grade
gram
three weeks past mid-term,
is
classes, in
otherwise.
Undergraduate
student
week of
cumstances, for compelling, jusdfied and document-
permission
is
midterm of the semester, the grade
requested before the
is
W.
If
the withdrawal
is
reasonable assistance by a
facult)'
5,
1989
expected of all
will be afforded
is
member when
class
work is missed as a result of extenuadng circumstances
beyond the student's control, such as but not limited
186- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
more than one course without prior
permission from the course instructors.
for credit in
to:
Personal illness
1.
Death or
2.
critical illness in the
immediate
(Mutually satisfactory
curricular activity
arrangements for assistance must be made by the
student when the activity is announced.)
encouraged
Instructors are
judgment
in
not one's own work without attributing
Fabrication: (a) Falsifying or inventing any
3.
information, data, or citation; (b) Presenting data
that
for collecting or generating data
deciding the legitimacy of each case and
may request
the
documentation
to verify the reasons for the absence.
were not gathered in accordance with standard
guidelines that defined the appropriate methods
to use their professional
student to provide
is
those same portions to their correct source.
Participation in a college-sponsored co-
3.
Plagiarism: Submitting material that in part
2.
or whole
family
and
failing to
include an accurate account of the method by
which the data were gathered or collected.
4. Misrepresenting Circumstances: (a) Lying;
(b) Presenting a professor (verbally or in writing)
official
The instructor is not required to give makeup
examinations or review other class work missed as a
result of unauthorized absences other than those
authorized by this policy.
A faculty member, with departmental approval, may
adopt a reasonable alternative policy if class members
are provided that policy in writing during the first week
with false or incomplete information.
5. Impersonation: (a) Representing oneself as
another student in an examination; (b) Signing
another's name on an attendance roster; (c) In
general doing the work required of another student
and/or allowing another to do your work.
6. Obtaining an Unfair Advantage:
(a) Stealing, reproducing, circulating or
otherwise gaining access to examination material
of classes.
PRP3512
prior to the time authorized by the instructor; (b)
Stealing, destroying, defacing or concealing library
Academic
materials with the purpose of depriving others of
Integrity Policy
Issued by: Wilson Bradshaw, Provost and
their use; (c) Unauthorized collaborating on an
academic assignment; (d) Retaining, processing,
using or circulating previously given examination
materials, where those materials are to be returned
to the instructor at the conclusion of the
examination; (e) Intentionally obstructing or
interfering with another student's academic work;
or (f) Otherwise undertaking activity with the
purpose of creating or obtaining an unfair
academic advantage over other students' academic
VP Academic
Affairs
Revised by
BUCC
4/22/98, Presented to Forum 4/29/98,
Effective date:
5/28/98
What
is Academic Integrity?
Academic integrity refers to the adherence to agreed upon
moral and ethical principles when engaging in academic or
scholarly pursuits.
cy
is
The
university's
part of an effort to nurture a
honesty,
and personal
academic integrity
community where
integrity guide
all
politrust,
work.
of our dealings with
Aiding and Abetting Academic Dishonesty:
Providing material, information, or other
assistance to another person with knowledge that
such aid could be used in any of the violations stated
above; or (b) Providing false information in
connection with any inquiry regarding academic
7.
one another. Personal integrity is vital to our pursuit of educating and becoming educated. This student academic integrity policy
only part
is
of,
not the entirety
(a)
of, efforts to
community of trust; trust is built first on our actions
toward each other. The responsibility to be honest, fair and
foster a
forthright with others
is
a responsibility that each
member
of the Bloomsburg University community must accept.
integrity.
The
8. Falsification of Records and Official
Documents: (a) Altering documents affecting
academic records; (b) Forging signatures of
authorization or falsifying information on an
conditions of an academic integrity policy spell out the nature of the expectations
we have of one another, and exup to these
plain the sanctions that follow the failure to live
expectations.
us to live
What
The
up
is
The
to
all
of
official
any other
Academic Dishonesty?
list is
not,
who are unsure if an
academic document, grade report,
letter
of
permission, petition, drop/add form, ID card, or
and cannot
act
is
be, exhaustive. Stu-
academically dishonest have
a duty to consult their professor before engaging in the act.
Cheating: (a) Using notes, study aids, or
information on an examination which are not
approved by faculty; (b) Altering graded work after
it has been returned and submitting the work for
regrading; (c) Allowing another person to do one's
University document.
dispensing information gained via unauthorized
access; or (d) Interfering with the use or availability
1.
work and submitting that work under one's own
name; (d) Submitting identical or similar papers
official
Unauthorized Access to Computerized
Academic or Administrative Records or Systems:
(a) Altering compiuer records; (b) Modifying
computer programs or systems; (c) Releasing or
9.
following types of behaviors are examples of academic
dishonesty. This
dents
following policy sets a standard for
and exceed.
of computer systems of information.
How can
It is
that
faculty
encourage Academic Integrity?
necessary for the administration and faculty to do
is
integrity.
all
encourage high standards of academic
Steps that could be taken include:
po.ssible to
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
The
Course Requirements: Have the syllabus
what is and is not acceptable in the
course. This may include a statement of an
individual or department's policy on what
1.
Option
on recycling
Integrity Policy
on the
day of
first
Examination
I,
Report Form
will
previous offense.
to, custody of, or any responsibility over
examinations prior to their administration.
lution by the
exam
formats,
Availability of Past
the penalty or (2) has
Examinations and
individual and/or
departmental policies for returning examinations
for students to keep, collecting and securing
examinations, and/or placing copies of old
examinations on reserve in the library.
6.
Student Responsibility: Faculty are
encouraged to state in all syllabi that students who
are unsure if an act is academically dishonest have
a duty to consult their professor before engaging
Establish
in the act.
What happens when
a student
is
suspected of Academic
Dishonesty?
first
the
Academic Grievance
had a previous
offense, the sanction
be determined by the Provost (or his/her designee) in
consultation with the Director of Student Standards.
If the student does not accept the charges, the case wiU be
arbitrated by the Academic Grievance Board. The faculty
member should fill out the Academic Integrity Formal Resolution Notification Form. Once it is determined that a case
will be heard by the Academic Grievance Board, the Director of Student Standards will notify all involved parties of
the need to convene the Board. The Office of Academic
Affairs will provide the student with written notification of
the time and place of the hearing and with a copy of any
written charges. The hearing will be recorded and a recommendation made to the Provost as to whether a policy violation occurred.
step in any alleged case of academic dishonesty
be for the faculty
dishonesty
fry
will
Assignments:
The
Academic Grievance Board.
the student accepts the charges (1) but does not accept
If
and reasonable proctorial
acUvities.
5.
the student has a record of a
or repeat offense requires reso-
if
Board
preventive techniques, such as alternate seating or
alternate
be void
A second
Option ni: Formal Resolution
Examination Environment: Consider
4.
member
inform the student that
suspected and that steps will be taken to re-
is
to
The
Provost will
make
the final determination as to wheth-
er academic dishonesty occurred. If the student
of the charges, the
initial
report form
is
cleared
be destroyed and
will
like to resolve the issue infor-
the student's record will be totally clear of the event. If it is
determined that a violation did occur, the Provost will de-
if the student accepts the charges and the penalthen the faculty member chooses bet-ween Options I and
termine the appropriate sanction in consultation with the
Director of Student Standards.
solve the issue.
If the faculty
member would
mally and
ty,
Informal Resolution with a Filed Report
examinations. In no event should the student be
given access
will
II:
and includes an acknowledgment by the student of the offense and penalty. The penalty agreed to on the Academic Integrity Policy Violation
Safeguard
Security:
keep that document and any
to
explains the offense and penalty
class,
orally or by reference to a syllabus.
3.
strongly encouraged to have this
faculty
Option
University Policy: Briefly review the university
2.
is
and
member may follow the guidelines given in
Informal Confidendal Resolution, and, in addition, file an Academic Integrity Policy Violation Report Form
with the Director of Student Standards. The Report Form
The
assignments and papers, and missed assignments
or exams.
Academic
member
in writing,
187
evidence in a secure location.
constitutes plagiarism, the scope of permitted
collaboration, testing behaviors, policy
faculty
agreement
clearly state
-
The
II.
Option
III is
required
when
the charges or the penalty, or the faculty
member
that a penalty greater than failing the course
If
ter,
dishonesty
is
is
believes
appropriate.
The
faculty
contact the student directly to set
I:
up
member may
will
ing any penalty that might follow; students
fairness of the charge or penalty
ter arbitrated
may
NOTES: Approved by CCAA, 12/26/83. Approved by
RAX, 1/18/84. Defeated by RA 2/1/84. Amended and
Amended and approved by
BUCC, 3/5/86.
approved by RA, 4/4/84.
and explain-
who
elect to
dispute the
have the mat-
by the Academic Grievance Board.
professor has a range of sanctions within the boimd-
aries of the covirse in
which the dishonesty occurred. Possiand written reprimand, an appropriate additional assignment, lowering the grade on the
assignment on which the dishonesty occurred, failing the
assignment on which the dishonesty occurred, lowering the
course grade, and failing the course.
ble sanctions include verbal
VTAA
Effective Date: May, 1986
resolve the charge confidentially
with the student, discussing the alleged offense
The
Issued By: Larry W. Jones, Provost and
the initial
Informal Confidential Resolution
faculty
final.
Academic Examination Policy
member
meeting or contact the Office of Academic Affairs who
notify the student of the need for such a meeting.
The
be
discovered at or after the end of the semes-
the student will receive an "X" grade.
Option
will
PRP 3516
the faculty will not enter a grade for that student; thus
will either
decision of the Provost
the student does not accept
1.
Faculty shall give examinations during the regularly
classes of the scheduled classes of the academic
scheduled
year as ovitiined by the approved Universit)' Calendar.
The
faculty are responsible for determining the length,
frequency, form and content of all examinations v\athin tlie
guidelines listed below. Final examinations shall be given,
where applicable, only during the designated Final
Examination Week after the end of regularly scheduled
and only at the designated time and place according
to the Final Examination Schedule.
classes
2. Facult)'
shall distribute in writing the
requirements for
188- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
each course within the
first
week of each academic term.
(See pohcy issuance 3264). In these requirements final
examinations shall be worth no less than twenty percent nor
more than forty percent of the course grade. No single exam,
paper, project, or assignment shall have greater emphasis
than the final examination. As a result of this condition,
every course must use at least three evaluations for grading
purposes.
Faculty shall give final examinations which are
in design, emphasizing subject matter
presented over the entire term.
4. Faculty shall return and/or permit students to review all
vmit tests, quizzes, and other types of evaluations by the last
regularly scheduled class in the term. In order to prevent an
excessive build-up in the number of unit tests for each
student during the last week of classes, faculty are advised to
refrain from testing during that week.
5. The Final Examination Schedule shall be prepared by
3.
comprehensive
the Office of the Registrar with consultation of the faculty,
if
and approved by the Provost and Vice President
for Academic Affairs. Regularly scheduled final examination
necessary,
periods shall be 120 minutes in length. Part of the final
examination week
shall include at least a
one-day interval
day of classes and the first day of
scheduled examinations. This time shall be designated as
the Reading Period.
6. The following restrictions are imposed on the scheduling
of activities during the Final Examination Week.
a. Faculty are not required to be available to
students for conference during the final
examination week.
b. No examinations shall be scheduled during
the Reading Period unless approved by the Provost
between the
last full
and Vice President for Academic
c.
No
Affairs.
extra-curricular activities or faculty-
Procedures
1. Faculty who
wish to schedule quizzes, tests or
examinations at other times than during their regularly
scheduled class periods during the term, may do so only if a
make-up opportunity is made available to students. This
opportunity must be scheduled at a time mutually acceptable
to both student and faculty and may not conflict with the
student's other scheduled classes. A faculty member shall
not give an examination at a time other than during a
regularly scheduled class period unless approval is first
obtained from the majority of the faculty members of his/
academic
her
department.
of the
first
week of
arrangement
classes. Notification
of
classes.
To change the requirement specifying that final
examinations shall be worth no less than twenty percent nor
more than forty percent of the course grade, there must be
agreement for the change by the
notification to students shall be
member
The Andruss Library
During
Summer
Sessions, the last class period of each
course shall be designated as the final examination period
with the time period for the examination not to exceed 80
minutes unless the arrangements have been worked out in
advance so that they can be announced at the first meeting
of the class. Except in unusual circumstances, classes in sixweek sessions shall have the final examination on the last
day of the course. Final examinations for courses scheduled
in three-week sessions shall be held during the last of the
two class periods scheduled for the last day. Classes in the
nine-week session shall hold final examinations on the last
faculty
member(s)
in
charge of the class, the majority of the members of his/her
academic department, and the appropriate college dean.
Except for abnormal circumstances, the approval and
until the course
policy issuance 3592.
this alternative
3.
for the faculty
will remain open and other
be made available during the Final
Examination Period with expanded hours when possible.
8. Unless returned to the student all graded final
examinations must be available for student review for at least
the next full semester following the final examination.
9. No student shall be required to take more than two final
examinations in one day. (See procedure outlined below for
rescheduling of final examinations.)
10. Any exceptions to any of the above matters must be
made on the basis of the procedures oudined below.
11. In case of non-compliance with the provisions of this
policy, a student has the recourse of proper grievance
procedures as established by the University and outlined in
of
be given to the appropriate college dean.
2. A faculty member who believes that the content of his/
her courses does not lend itself to a scheduled final
examination must obtain approval for an alternative
arrangement from the majority of the members of his/her
academic department and college dean. Notification of the
approved arrangement shall be given to the office of the
Registrar. Except for abnormal circumstances. This approval
and notification shall be made by the end of the first week
shall
with the consent of the indi\'idual involved.
will
Except for abnormal
circumstances, this approval should be granted by the end
If approved,
designated study areas
12.
day with the period extended to 80 minutes
class
for that class.
week of classes.
administrative activities shall be scheduled except
7.
scheduled
is
made by the end of the first
may remain in effect
the change
for the duration of this policy or
resubmitted for course content change.
and place scheduled for a
examination, there must be agreement for the change
by the faculty member(s) in charge of the class, 100% of the
4.
In order to change the time
final
class, and the appropriate College Dean. This
change must be made by the middle of the semester. Student
opinion in this matter shall be determined by secret ballot
students in the
with the faculty
member in charge of the vote. If for some
is made in the time and date of a final
reason a change
examination that results in a student conflict, the faculty
member shall arrange to provide a make-up opportunity
during the Final Examination Period. (See below)
5. If the student has a scheduling conflict during the final
examination period resulting in an excessive number of final
examinations scheduled for one day, the following procedure
for rescheduling the final examination shall apply and be
completed by at least two weeks before the end of regularly
scheduled classes.
The student should select two of the scheduled
examinations to be taken during the designated time
according to the following priority of choice:
1.
2.
courses offered by the major department;
additional required courses in the major
program;
3.
The
other courses.
additional final examination (s) should be rescheduled
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
with consultation of the relevant faculty on a mutually
convenient time. Assistance in the rescheduling of
examinations may come from such individuals as the
student's advisor, department chairperson or academic dean.
end of the next regular semester. When the plan
has been completed by the student, the instructor
shall recalculate the
course and submit
deadline of the plan on
to the
Grades, Quality Points and Quality
Point Averages
Issued By: Dr. Carol J. Matteson, Interim Provost
and
V.P.
Academic Affairs
Effective Date: August 28, 1995 and - August 26, 1996
Notes: This policy voids PRP 3524. Approved by BUCC, 4/
24/85. Amended and approved by Graduate Council 2/
15/94. Approved by BUCC, 4/27/94. Approved by Forum
for
Amended
by
BUCC
4/12/95. Presented to the
Forum 4/19/95.
Bloomsburg University with
University
The grades
given at
commensurate
their
quality points are defined as follows:
4.00 Superior Attainment
A- = 3.67
B+ = 3.33
3.00
documentation
suitable
to the instructor indicating that
new circumstances of
that nature have
be granted only upon approval
of the instructor and the Dean of the appropriate
persist or
developed.
It will
College.
P- Passed.
Registrar
It is
when
recorded by the Office of the
member assigned a
the faculty
passing grade to a student and
when
the student
Above Average Attainment
accordance with the provisions of the Pass-Fail
policy #3454. The grade of P is also recorded when
a student passes a course by proficiency
examination. This grade is not used in the
computation of a qualit)' point average.
F- Failed. It is recorded by the Office of the
when the faculty member assigned a
grade to a student and when the student
has elected to take a course on a pass-fail basis in
accordance with the Pass-Fail policy. This grade is
not used in the computation of a quality point
Registrar
C+ =
failing
2.33
= 2.00 Average Attainment
C-=1.67
D+ =
in the Office of
circumstances above and beyond his/her control
B- = 2.67
C
file
The student must present
the Registrar.
has elected to take a course on a pass-fail basis in
A=
B=
grade to be assigned for the
new grade to the Registrar
this
according to established procedures. A request for
an extension of time in the plan to complete course
requirements must be initiated by the student prior
PRP 3522
10/19/94.
-189
1.33
D
= 1.00 Minimum Attainment
E = 0.00 Failure
The grades given to each student for academic credit
average.
V- Audit. This grade
at
when
is
assigned by die instructor
the student has properly registered to audit
Bloomsburg University are assigned by those faculty who are
responsible for the courses in which the student is enrolled.
After a grade of A through E has been reported to die Office
of the Registrar, it may be changed only through the
grievance process (see policy #3592) through the
a course,
appropriate procedure to correct computational or clerical
course according to the requirements found in
policy #3462 Withdrawal from a Course.
R- Research in progress. This grade is assigned
by the instructor only when a student has been
unable to complete a research component of a
error (see policy #3636) or in accordance with University
on Pass-Fail grades (see policy #3454).
Other grades assigned to students not included
Policy
in the
computation of quality point averages are as follows:
I- Incomplete. This is a temporary grade to be
given only
when
the instructor believes that the
student has been unable to complete the course
requirements due to circumstances beyond his/her
control. Failure of a student to take a final
examination
complete
other course
requirements without prior arrangement with the
or
instructor of legitimate excuse
for a grade of
When
is
not a justification
I.
the instructor submits the grade of
I
to
must be accompanied with a formal,
written plan for the student to complete the course
requirements and the appropriate letter grade that
would be assigned if the plan were not completed
the Registrar,
it
by the student in the time specified.
The plan
for
the student to complete the course requirements
be drawn up by the instructor with the
acquiescence of the student. Unless specifically
stated in the written plan to the contrary, it is
assumed that work will be completed prior to the
shall
and the student has attended
at least
three-fourths to the regular class meetings. (See
policy #3456).
W- Withdrawal. This grade is recorded by the
when the student has withdrawn from a
Registrar
course because the length of time for the research
exceeds the end of the semester sand when a formal
plan for completion of the research is filed \\'itli
the instructor and department chairperson.
Provisions for removal of the grade are die
those for the giade of
same
as
I.
The instructor will submit the grade of R to the RegisU-ar
along with the formal plan for completion of the research
and the grade to be assigned to the student if the lesearch is
not completed satis-factorily in the time period stipulated.
The plan for the student to complete the research shall be
drawn up by the instructor with the acquiescence of the
student. Unless specifically stated in the written plan to the
contrary it is assumed that the work will be completed prior
to the end of the next regular semester. WTien the plan has
been completed by the student, the instructor shall
recalculate the grade to be assigned for the course and
submit this new grade to the registrar according to
established procedures.
X-
No
grade reported. This temporal")' grade
is
190- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
reported by the Office of the Registrar when the
instructor does not report any grade for the student.
The Quality Point Average (abbreviated QPA) is
computed from the record of courses taken
maintain the following standards for Academic
Standing to progress in the Department of Nursing.
A student must:
A. Attain a grade of "C" or above
at
Bloomsburg University using the assigned grades
of "A" through "E" as
is
listed above.
1.
The computation
number of semester hours
each course by the number of qualit)' points
Multiply the
the grade in the course,
2.
for
Anatomy and Physiology
50.174 Anatomy and Physiology
52.101 Introductory Chemistry
for
52.108 Physiological Chemistry
and add the products.
2.
"Semester QPA"
courses of a single
Bloomsburg
all
PRP 3536
or
46.200 Principles of Cultural Anthropology
(add)
3. all
B.
required 82. Departmental courses.
Obtain a cumulative
GPA
of 2.50 (after 32 earned
sophomore year nursing courses.
III. A student who does not meet the identified
requirements for Departmental Academic Good Standing
credits) to enroll in the
be required to eliminate the identified deficiencies
through a repetition of the course before progressing in the
Baccalaureate Nursing Program.
A student may fail only one 82. Departmental clinical
course. A second failure in any clinical course will result in
dismissal from the program. In addition, a student may
repeat non-clinical nursing courses only once. University
policy as to repetition of non-nursing courses applies to the
department of nursing.
IV. The Department reserves the right and the responsibility
to develop procedural guidelines for the implementation
of this Academic Good Standing policy.
Recommendations concerning academic progression and
retention are made to the Department of Nursing
Chairperson by the departmental Student Admission,
Progression, and Retention Committee. Based upon the
recommendations, students who do not meet the
requirements for academic good standing are placed on
departmental probation or are required to take
departmental leave of absence.
V. Departmental Academic Probation
A student who does not meet the identified
requirements for Departmental Good Standing will be
evaluated by the Committee on Student Admission,
Progression, and Retention and will be immediately
placed on Departmental Academic Probation.
B. The student will be notified of this decision by the
Chairperson of the Department of Nursing.
C. The student will be required to eliminate the
identified deficiencies through a repetition of the course
before progression in the Baccalaureate Nursing
Program.
D. A student may fail only one 82. Departmental clinical
course. A second failure in any clinical course will result
in dismissal from the program. In addition, a student may
will
Grade Change
Issued By: Dr. Carol J. Matteson, Interim Provost and V.P.
Academic Affairs
August 28, 1995
Notes: Approved by CCAA, October 13, 1982. Amended
by RAX, October 20, 1982. Accepted by Representative
Assembly, November 3, 1982. Amended by BUCC 4/12/
for
Effective Date:
95. Presented to University
Forum 4/19/95.
After a grade has been reported to the Registrar's Office,
may be changed
it
only through the grievance process or to
correct a computational or clerical error.
A
recommenda-
change of grade due to a computational, clerical
error, or to change a temporary grade to a final grade must
be made in writing by the instructor and approved by the
department chairperson and the dean of the appropriate
college. The change of "R" and "I" grades do not require
tion for
the dean's signature.
PRP 3540
Department of Nursing Academic
Good Standing
Issued by: Dr. Wilson G. Bradshaw, Provost and Vice
President for Academic Affairs
Effective Date: Fall 1999
NOTES: Approved by CCAA, 11/7/84. Approved by RAX,
11/14/84. Approved by RA, 11/28/84. Revised by BUCC
3/3/93. Revised by BUCC 2/8/95. Submitted to
University Forum for information purposes. Revised by
BUCC 4/28/99. Submitted to University Forum for
information purposes.
I. Students in the Baccalaureate Nursing Program abide by
the University's retention policies as outlined in the
undergraduate catalog.
A
45.213 contemporary Social Problems (add)
been successfully
repeated, the credits are counted only once in the
computation. If a course is success-fully repeated at another
accredited institution of higher education, the credits for
the course initially taken at Bloomsburg are deleted from
the computation.
II.
or
courses taken to date at
University. If a course has
prerequisite social science courses
48.210 Life Span Psychology
45.211 Principles of Sociology
computed by including only the
semester. The "Cumulative QPA" is that
is
computed by including
II
48.101 General Psychology
by the courses.
A
I
50.240 Introductory Microbiology
sum obtained in the first step by
number of semester hours represented
Divide the
the total
in:
prerequisite natural science courses
50.173
as follows:
1.
Good
student in the Baccalaureate Nursing Program must
repeat non-clinical nursing courses only once. Universit)'
policy as to repetition of non-nursing courses applies to
the department of nursing.
VI.
Departmental Academic Leave of Absence
-191
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
A.
A student who does not attain departmental academic
good standing after one academic period on probation
will be required to take departmental academic leave of
absence.
B. The student will be notified of such actions by the
Chairperson of the Department of Nursing.
C. A student on a departmental academic leave of
absence is ineligible to attend any course offered by the
Department of Nursing. When on departmental academic
leave, a position will be guaranteed for the student for
no more than one calendar year. If at the end of the
calendar year the student is not ready to return from
departmental leave of absence, that student will be
considered to be withdrawn from the program.
D. A student seeking reinstatement from a departmental
academic leave of absence must do so in accord with the
Departmental Transfer
Procedures:
Each student who
1.
The Academic Re\iew Board consists of all College Deans,
Dean of Admissions, the Registrar, the Coordinator of
Academic Advisement, a designee of the Vice President for
Student Life, and the Director of the Counseling Center.
3. A student who appeals must write and submit an appeal
2.
the
petition to the chairperson of the
Re\ised by Faculty
May 1996
begun the
first
b.
departmental course, all required 82. departmental courses
must be completed within five calendar years.
VIII. Appeal
A student placed on Departmental Academic Leave of
Absence may petition the Academic Review
Board
The
student's plan for meeting retention
requirements.
4.
required 82.
for reinstatement. (Refer to Policy 3557-
the student believes he/she
should be reinstated;
In
hood
a student has
The reasons why
a.
The
set forth:
its
evaluation of a petition for reinstatement, the Aca-
demic Review Board
Policy Statement
Once
must
petition
Policy.
Time Limitation
Academic Review Board
within the time frame stated in the dismissal notice.
January 20, 1984 Incorporated into BU Policies, Rules and Procedures
Manual as #3540 effective November 28, 1994.
VII. Statue of
academically
is
dismissed will receive a letter, outlining the
appeals process, from the Chairperson of the
Academic Review Board.
is
charged to
assess carefully the likeli-
that the petitioning student can
meet
successfully the
academic requirements that he/she will face during subsequent semesters. The Board may request additional information from the student, his/her advisor or other university officials. Non-academic, as well as academic, factors may
be considered if they are pertinent to the student's argu-
ment
5. If
for reinstatement.
the
Academic Review Board votes
to reinstate the stu-
dent, the Board will set forth the conditions that must be
Appeals.)
met by
6. If
PRP 3557
the student.
the
dismissal
Academic Dismissal and Appeals
Academic Review Board denies reinstatement, the
is
final.
PRP 3565
Procedure
Growney, Acting Provost and VPAA
1984
Notes: Approved by RA, 12/10/79. Amended by CCAA, 3/
7/84. Approved by Vice President's Advisory Council, 4/
5/84. Amended by RAX, 4/18/84. Approved by RA, 5/2/
Issued by: JoAnne
Graduate Academic Progress,
Probation, and Dismissal
S.
Effective Date: August,
for
1.
A
student
Affairs
6/3/97
Notes: Endorsed by Graduate Council
who
fails to
meet the minimum grade point
standards for retention (see Policy #3446 Undergraduate
is dismissed from the University, and
marked by the phrase "Academic Dismiss-
Satisfactory Progress)
his/her record
is
al".
2.
Academic
Effective Date:
84.
Policy:
A student who
has been dismissed
may not
November
5,
1990.
Endorsed by the Bloomsburg University' Curriculum
Committee November 14, 1990. Presented as an
information item to the Universit)' Forum Januaiy 30,
1991. Graduate Council voted to modify on October 19.
1994. Approved by BUCCJanuar)' 18, 1995. Presented to
Forum 2/1/95. Reviewed by BUCC February 12, 1997.
enroll in any
one calendar year. If the
resume academic work at the University,
and Vice President
Issued by: Wilson G. Bradshaw, Provost
Presented to Forum April
2,
1997.
university courses for a period of
sttident wishes to
he or she must go through a readmission process.
3. A student who has been dismissed may appeal the dismissal in accordance with the procedures below. If the student is reinstated, he/she must meet all the conditions attached to the reinstatement. These conditions include a limitation on the number of credits that may be taken and the
minimum grades that must by earned. Failure to meet the
conditions will again lead to academic dismissal for which
tliere is no appeal.
Procedures:
1.
Satisfactory Progress
Satisfactory
academic progress
at the
graduate
le\el
evaluated on the basis of several criteria:
a.
a
graduate student's
ability to
earn the
minimum
of credit hours necessary to the degree
program with a minimum qualit\' point average of
3.0. A grade of less than C (Q.R less than 2.0) must
be repeated.
b. a second grade less than C (Q.P. less than 2.0)
will result in automatic academic dismissal.
c. a graduate student's ability to successfully
is
792- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
meet the requirements at the appropriate time of
comprehensive examinations of the degree
program with acceptable grades.
all
graduate student's ability to complete the
requirement of the degree program with a
d. a
thesis
academic
advisor,
program coordinator, and department
chairperson. Students
who
over a two-year period
inactive category
The period
will
to register for
fail
any courses
automatically be placed in an
and must reapply to the graduate program.
for completion of a master's degree
may be
Non-degree students (Category 510), except for those in
Supervisory Certificate Programs, are excluded from
extended for sufficient reason. Written application for
extension must be made to the Assistant Vice President for
Graduate Studies and Research prior to the end of the six-
consideration for satisfactory progress.
year period.
passing grade.
Academic Probation
a. A graduate student
who
not maintaining an overall
quality point average of 3.0 in one of the following student
categories may request to attend on academic probation for
is
one additional grading period (semester or summer)
1)
regular graduate students (Category 540)
degree candidates (Category 550)
non-degree students (Category 510) in
Supervisory Certificate Programs
Enrollment is limited to a maximum of nine
semester hours for the grading period in
2)
3)
probationary status. A student on academic
probation is not eligible to hold a graduate
assistantship. To be removed from academic
probation, a graduate student with a quality point
average deficiency must attain the
minimum overall
quality point average of 3.0 as required by the
School of Graduate Studies for regular graduate
A student who
attains a 3.0 QPA or higher for the first grading
period in academic probationary status, but does
not attain the overall QPA as required, may be
recommended by his/her academic advisor, the
graduate program coordinator, and the department
chairperson to the Assistant Vice President for
Graduate Studies and Research for continuation
on probation for one additional grading period.
b. A graduate student who receives a failing or unacceptable
grade, as defined in advance by the department
administering the graduate program, in any Comprehensive
Examination will be placed on academic probation. Students
will be allowed a maximum of two reexaminations unless
the program requirements are more restrictive, in which case
the maximum permitted by the program will prevail. Prior
to re-examination, the student must meet with his/her
examination committee or its representatives to discuss
deficiencies and steps to be taken to correct them.
Reexamination normally would be only once during a term
or semester unless the student requests expedited
reexamination in order to meet a graduation deadline. A
stvident who passes a reexamination is automatically removed
from probationary status.
c. Graduate students who submit a master's thesis which
receives a failing grade may not attend on academic
students and degree candidates.
probation.
3.
Academic Dismissal
graduate student not maintaining satisfactory progress,
who is not permitted to enroll in probationary status, is
excluded from registration and his/her academic record is
marked "academic dismissal." Dismissal is automatic if the
overall QPA is below the minimum after two grading periods
in probationary status or after failing to pass the
Comprehensive Examination two times while n probationary
status. A graduate student under academic dismissal is not
eligible to attend courses offered in the School of Graduate
Studies for a period of at least one calendar year. A dismissed
graduate student may, after a period of one year, reapply to
the School of Graduate Studies in order to undertake studies
in a new degree program or to further his/her studies in a
non-degree status. A dismissed graduate student is not
permitted to register for any courses offered by the program
from which he/she was dismissed. Under exceptional
circumstances and with the approval of the Assistant Vice
President for Graduate Studies and Research, a program may
readmit a dismissed student. In the latter instance, the
normal six-year limitation for expired courses shall be
4.
2.
A
applied.
5.
Procedures
Graduate students who
to
meet the minimal standards
Office and/or the Assistant Vice President for Graduate
and Research. Failure
to request academic probation
academic dismissal (see above). Such students
may submit a request in writing to their academic advisors
to attend on academic probation. Upon recommendation
of the academic advisor, graduate program coordinator,
department chairperson, and approval by the Assistant Vice
President for Graduate Studies and Research, probationary
status will be granted. Exceptions to these procedures under
extraordinary circumstances will be by written request to the
Assistant Vice President for Graduate Studies and Research.
Studies
will result in
6.
Appeals
Graduate students dismissed for academic reasons may
appeal their dismissal within one year, in writing, to the
Graduate Council. The decision of the Council is final.
PRP
3581
Withdrawal from the University
Issued by: Wilson G. Bradshaw, Vice President and Provost
Duration Of Degree Work
for
Full-time graduate students are expected to complete their
programs of study within two calendar years of continuous
enrollment. However, all requirements for a master's degree,
including any courses accepted by transfer, must be
completed within six calendar years. A student who is unable
to complete degree requirements within six calendar years
may be dismissed upon recommendation to the Assistant
Vice President for Graduate Studies and Research by the
fail
for satisfactory progress will be notified by the Registrar's
Academic
Affairs
Effective Date: Fall 1995
Notes:
Approved by CCAA, March
Representative Assemble, 5//5/82.
26/95. Presented at the University
31, 1982.
Accepted by
Amended at BUCC 4/
Forum September 20,
1995.
A student may withdraw from
a withdrawal
form
the university by completing
available at the Office of the Registrar.
Undergraduate, Graduate Catahg 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
-193
Students withdrawing in absentia must submit a written re-
in.
quest to the Office of the Registrar.
When students withdraw during the semester, the grade of
who feel the informal consultations have
not satisfactorily resolved the matter may initiate a
formal grievance by filing an Academic Grievance Form
with an AGC of her/his choice. (See IV.A.)
W
is
recorded for each course on the student's schedule
if
the withdrawal occurs prior to the beginning of the final
examinadon period. Students may not withdraw during the
Formal Channels:
A. Students
The
AGC
the student signs the official withdrawal form in the Office
of the Registrar or the date on which the written request is
received by the Office of the Registrar for a student with-
determine that the Academic
proper order and shall contact
the person against whom the complaint has been filed.
That person will be supplied with a copy of the Form
and informed that the AGC will be called to hear the
drawing in absentia.
case
examination period.
The effective date of the withdrawal
final
is
the date on which
B.
shall
Grievance Form
if
is
in
the matter cannot be resolved within five (5)
class days.
five (5) class days,
Issued by: Wilson G. Bradshaw, Provost and
BUCC April
4,
VPAA
April 25, 1990; revisions endorsed by BUCC
September 15, 1993. Brought to Forum 11/10/93,
endorsed by Forum 2-2-94. Reviewed at Meet and Discuss
Forum
2-20-98. Revised at BUCC
4/8/98. Presented to University Forum 4/15/98 for
information purposes only.
to
and/or professional responsibilities as related
academic policies found in the Policies, Rules and
Procedures and the Pilot. This process is not a
disciplinary proceeding for any of the involved parties,
although the findings may lead to disciplinary
under a different university
The names of the Academic Grievance Coordinators
(AGC) will be advertised extensively through normal
communication avenues such as The Communique
and The Voice.
A. In an attempt to resolve a complaint on an informal
meet with the foUowdng
individuals to discuss the matter in the order listed:
Faculty
member
teaching the course
Department Chairperson in which course is offered
3. Dean of the College in which course is offered
In order for the matter to be resolved expeditiously,
the consultation (s) should take place as soon as
2.
possible after the alleged incident has occurred.
It is
assumed
that the department chairpersons and the
deans will make every effort to resolve the conflict by
meeting with all parties and by listening to the views
all
parties as they relate to the grievance.
B. If the
it
matter
is
resolved at one of the above levels,
need not go further
in the appeals process. Every
should be made to settle the alleged injustice
through informal consultation.
effort
serve
on the AGB. Either
(individual being
who may
may
(or both) party(ies)
request, with just cause, the disqualification of
members whom she/he
feels
may be made
may be
Board
biased or should
An appeal
to the Provost
for
and Vice
E.
The scope of the AGB's review and
recommendations shall be to the merit of the
complaint. The AGB, in Executive Session, shall
prepare a recommendation as to the merit of the
complaint and forward the recommendation to the
Provost and Vice President for Academic Affairs. This
shall
be submitted within three
(3) class
days after the
hearing. If recommendations go beyond the scope of
this policy,
the Provost will reject the
and direct the
AGB
its
to
recommendation
prepare recommendations
responsibilities.
Within ten (10)
class days of receiving the
recommendation, the Provost and Vice President for
Academic Affairs will take action and shall notify all
parties in the grievance of the decision and action
F.
taken. This action
n. Informal Consultation:
of
and respondent
within the scope of
policy.
first
day
President for Academic Affairs for a final decision.
to
1.
grievant
disqualification
to grades
student should
hear the case within
initial five (5) class
not be involved in the case.
provide students with a system by which to grieve
complaints of alleged academic injustice (s) relating
investigation or action
The
D.
is
will
grieved) will be informed of the individuals
1990; brought to
Procedures:
I. The purpose of the following procedures
AGB
period.
Effective Date: Fall 1988
Notes: Endorsed by
the
ten (10) class days (after the
Academic Grievance Procedure
basis, the
do not settle the complaint within
C. If the two parties
PRP 3592
G.
is
final.
The President has delegated
the resolution of
academic grievances covered under this policy to the
Provost and Vice President of Academic Affairs.
Resolutions that involve altering the ciuriculum of any
program shall be made with the involvement of the
affected department faculty (i.e. waiving major course
requirements).
The time
line outlined in this section pertains to
grievances filed during the academic year. Grievances
filed
during the
summer
sessions
may
take longer to
adjudicate due to faculty assignments and availability
of grievance board members. However, eveiT effort will
be made to process grievances filed during tiie summer
as quickly as possible.
IV. Structure
Of Formal
Channels:
Three (3) Academic Grievance Coordinators
(AGCs),one (1) from each College, shall be appointed
A.
)
.
194- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
by the Provost and Vice President for Academic Affairs
with the advice and consent of the Executive Board of
APSCUF. Both sexes should be represented among the
three AGCs. The individuals must have a reputation
for fairness and objectivity. An AGC v^fill be responsible
for ensuring that all procedural guidelines are met and
moderator for any formal hearing. It is
noteworthy that the role of an AGC is as a neutral party.
She/he does not have voting privileges, nor should
her/his opinions be part of the hearing. The
appointments should be made in such a way as to
insure that at least one (1) individual with prior
experience is retained.
B. An Academic Grievance Board (AGB) shall consist
of four (4) students and four (4) tenured faculty
members selected by the AGC (chosen by the grievant)
shall serve as
from a pool of
twenty-five (25) individuals: three (3)
students and three (3) faculty members from the
College of Business, three (3) students and three (3)
faculty members from the College of Professional
and six (6) faculty members
from the College of Arts and Sciences and one 1
Studies, six (6) students
(
member
faculty
from
the
Department
of
Developmental Instruction.
1 Faculty members for the AGB pool will be appointed
by the College Dean or appropriate
administrator of the academic area with the
advice and consent of the Executive Board of
Student members
4.
be appointed by the Vice
will
will
in the pool.
The College Dean or appropriate administrator
provide the President of
possible candidates for the
timely fashion.
with the
The
with a
and the
President of APSCUF
list
AGB
will
will
provide
if
its
necessary.
of
The Vice President
consult
APSCUF Executive
advice and consent of the
for Student Life will provide
CGA with a list of possible student
candidates for the AGB in a timely fashion. The
President of CGA will consult with the Vice President
the President of
for Student Life concerning the possible candidates
CGA members
will
provide
its
advice
make
to
a
or a
member
of the
AGB
pool has the
and obligation to disqualify herself/himself from
a case in which a personal interest, association,
affiliation, or attitude might cause bias or jeopardize
the AGB's objectivity.
V.
Academic Grievance Hearing:
A. In keeping with the
campus standards of due
and respondent have the
process, both the grievant
following rights: (1) to receive written notice of the
time and place of the hearing at least 48 hours prior
to the hearing; (2) to receive a written notice of the
complaint; (3) to be accompanied by an advisor of his
or her choice, other than an non faculty attorney; (4)
to present witnesses and other evidence; and (5) to
may not be present
at the
may be
academic
The hearing
B.
if
and
consent of the candidates in a timely fashion.
E. The AGB will select one (1) person to serve as a
voting moderator of the Executive Session. This
individual will be responsible for transmitting the
will
be open only
to the parties
involved in the case.
A
C.
tape recording
may be made
at
each hearing
with the consent of the grievant and the individual
being grieved. Said tape will be kept as a confidential
file in the Office of the Provost and Vice President for
Academic Affairs for a period of one (1) year.
The AGC will
D.
and
shall
sei've as
the neutral presiding officer,
conduct the hearing
in a fair
and orderly
fashion.
E.
candidates in a timely fashion.
necessary.
An AGC
G.
At
three
least six (6)
{3)
AGB members
(three
|3) faculty,
students) must be present for the entire
hearing and to prepare the AGB's recommendation.
If the complaint is on the graduate level, at least one
(1)
F.
D.
inability
right
in a
Dean or appropriate administrator concerning
the possible candidates
Board
APSCUF
AGC
AGB's
the
grievance hearing.
consent of the Community Government
Association. Appointees must be in academic
good standing and have earned at least 48
credits at Bloomsburg University. At least two (2)
must be enrolled as graduate students.
Members of the pool will be appointed to a one-year
term and may be considered for reappointment.
Whenever possible, a diversity in membership should
be maintained
C.
to
recommendation vvdll be submitted to the Provost and
Vice President for Academic Affairs also. This
information is intended to provide background for any
decision by the Provost and Vice President for
Academic Affairs.
consulted,
President for Student Life with the advice and
3.
relating
question witnesses. Attorneys, although they
APSCUR
2.
recommendation to the Provost and Vice President for
Academic Affairs following the formal hearing.
F. Should the AGB members become deadlocked in
preparing a recommenda-tion, the vodng moderator
will inform the Provost and Vice President for
Academic Affairs of such within three (3) class days of
the hearing. E\ddence and any reasons or arguments
graduate student must be present.
the respondent (individual being grieved)
If
to appear, testimony shall, nevertheless,
a
recommendation rendered.
If
fails
be heard and
the grievant
fails to
appear, the grievance will be dismissed.
G. If a claim lacks substantial evidence, the
dismiss the case
AGB will
and no further action concerning the
respondent (individual being grieved) will be taken
by the AGB or the Provost and vice President for
Academic Affairs.
H. No person shall suffer recrimination or
discrimination because of participation in this
procedure.
8
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
I.
A
majority of the twenty-five (25)
AGB
pool
members, along with the AGCs will determine any
other rules or procedures consistent with this
document, not in conflict with the CBA or state and
195
18/84. Approved by RA, 5/2/84.
candidate for graduation for the baccalaureate
degree must have earned a 2.00 or higher cumulative
quality point average, satisfied the residence
A
requirements, and completed
applicable requirements.
federal laws.
-
all
academic and other
Graduation from Bloomsburg University requires the
PRP 3602
successful completion of at least 128 semester hours,
to include:
Majors, Minors, Career
1) completion of the curriculum of an approved
major program;
completion of general education
2)
Concentrations and Teacher
Certification
requirements;
Issued by: Wilson G. Bradshaw, Vice President and Provost
for
Academic
CCAA, 10/26/83. Amended and
must be
accepted by RAX, 11/16/83. Accepted by Representative
Assembly, 11/30/83. Reviewed by BUCC 4/26/95.
Presented to University Forum September 20, 1995.
Major - Each student must complete a major field of study
for graduation. A major field of study is one of the approved
degree programs prescribed by the major department or
the college in which the student is enrolled. The specific
course requirements for the options vnthin each of the degree programs leading to the degrees as described in the
Catalogue.
Minor - A minor
field
of study consists of a
hours. While courses counting toward a
minimum
minor may
of
1
also ful-
General Education or Career Concentration requiremay not be in a student's major disci-
fill
ments, minor courses
pline
demic
and/or
certification area.
discipline
student
may have
may choose
to
A
minor offered
in a aca-
multiple advisement options.
pursue minors in more than one
A
ac-
ademic discipline.
Career Concentrations - Career concentrations are multidisciplinary advisement programs to help students select
course to develop appropriate skills and knowledge to prepare for entry and mobility in specific professions or careers.
For example, career advisory committees exist in areas such
as
community
services, public administration, gerontology,
and environmental management and planning.
Teacher Certifications - Certification is the result of completing a teacher education program approved by the Pennsylvania Department of Education as defined by Chapter 49
of the Regulations of the State Board of Education - Certification of Professional Personnel. Certificates are issues by
the Pennsylvania Department of Education upon the recommendation of the University, based on its approved teacher education programs. Certification does not apply to cer-
issued by the University for completion of a Univerprogram. Minors cannot lead to certification to teach or
tificates
sity
an average of 2.0
supervise in the public schools of Pennsylvania.
by
in courses taken in
an accredited four-year
last 64
semester hours credited toward a baccalaureate degree
must be taken at Bloomsburg University. Exceptions
to this policy will be made only by the college dean
with the recommendation of the appropriate
department chairperson.
A semester hour is ordinarily defined as the credit
for one weekly period of fifty minutes on lecture,
discussion, or recitation for one semester. In some
degree-granting institution. At least 32 of the
cases, as in laboratory, studio,
may not be
and internship, there
a one to one correspondence between
contact time and credit.
The approved course
syllabus
will specify that relationship.
All financial obligations to the university
must have
been cleared.
PRP 3608
Cliange in Graduation or
Curriculum Requirements
Issued By: Larry W.Jones, Vice Pres. for Academic
^Affairs
Effective Date: May, 1982
Notes: Approved by
CCAA, March
Accepted by
31, 1982.
Representative Assembly 5/5/82.
In case of changes by the universit)' in graduation or curriculum requirements, full-time students who attend without interruption may choose to satisfy either the requirements as they existed at the time of their entrance or the
new requirethem in toto. All students
who are readmitted to the university and part-time students
must apply to the Provost and Vice President for Academic
Affairs for permission to be graduated under the require-
new requirements;
if
they select to satish' the
ments they are responsible
ments existing
PRP 3604
for
at the time of their original
admission to
tiie
universit)'.
Graduation Requirements
Growney, Acting Provost and VPAA
Effective Date: August, 1984
Notes: Approved by CCAA, 12/8/82. Approved by RA, 2/
2/83. Amended by CCAA, 3/7/84. Accepted by RAX, 4/
Issued By: JoAnne
in all courses required
The last 64 semester hours of credit toward graduation
Effecdve Date: Fall 1995
Notes: Approved by
3)
the major program.
Affairs
PRP 3612
S.
General Education Requirements
Issued by:
Dr
PatrickJ. Schloss, Provosi
and \ice
196- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
President for Academic Affairs
topics related to gender, race, ethnicity, religion,
Effective Date: Fall 2001
language, and/or global perspectives that provide
an in-depth knowledge and understanding of
cultural diversity. Diversity courses may be aken in
all incoming freshmen; amended by the
Bloomsburg University Curriculum Committee,
September 19, 1990. Approved by BUCC 2/28/96.
NOTES: For
general education, in the major, or as free electives.
Presented to the University Forum April 3, 1996. Revised
by BUCC 11/19/97. Presented to the University Forum
February 11, 1998. Revised and approved by BUCC 4/18/
01. Presented to the University
The
Forum, May
goals of the present general education
2,
2001.
program
at
Bloomsburg University are to develop:
1. an ability to communicate effectively;
2. an ability to think analytically and quantitatively;
3. a facility to make independent and responsible value
judgments and decisions according to high ethical
values and life-long goals;
4. an appreciation of the need for fitness and life-long
recreation
5.
skills;
a capacity for assessing the validity of ideas and an
understanding of the approaches used to gain
knowledge through development of critical
thinking
6.
abilities:
a greater appreciation of literature, art, music,
and
theater through stimulation of one's creative
8.
9.
an understanding of our society and the relative
position of an individual in this society;
an understanding of the relationship between an
individual to her/his physical and biological
environments;
a familiarity with the major contributions of human
knowledge in the himianities, social sciences, and
mathematics;
10.
an awareness and global imderstanding of the
relative position of the individual in the world
community.
Specific Requirements:
1.
Communication {Goal One) Six or Nine Credits
a. English 104 (three credits) or two courses (six credits)
consisting of English 101 and one of the following
courses: English 200, 201, 203, or any other
approved course in English Literature with a
writing component, or any other approved course
centered on the teaching of writing in a specific
academic
b.
2.
discipline.
one additional course (three credits) from the
approved list of communication courses.
Quantitative/Analytical Reasoning (Goal Two) Three
Credits
in
credits
from the approved
list
of quantitative/
analytical reasoning courses.
3. Values, Ethics,
and Responsible Decision-Making (Goal
Three) Three Credits
Three credits from the approved list of values, ethics,
and responsible decision-making courses.
Fitness and Recreation Skills (Goal Four) Two Credits
Two credits from the approved list of fitness and lifelong
recreation
5. Diversity
and appreciation of
art, literature,
music, and theater
humanides (Goal Nine), and global awareness (Goal Ten).
least three different humanities departments must be
represented in these 12 credits with two or more credits taken
from each department selected. The humanities
departments include Art, Communication Studies and
Theatre Arts, English, History, Languages and Cultures, Mass
CommunicaUons, Music, and Philosophy.
Social Sciences, 12 Credits -Twelve credits from courses
developing and understanding of approaches to gain
knowledge in the social sciences (Goal Five), an
understanding of our own society and the place of an
individual in that society (Goal Seven), knowledge of the
major contributions in the social sciences (Goal Nine), and
global awareness (Goal Ten). At least three different
departments must be represented in these 12 credits with
two or more credits taken from each department selected.
Social sciences departments include Anthropology,
Economics, Geography and Earth Science (courses with "41"
numbers), Polidcal Science, Psychology, and Sociology and
Social Welfare and Criminal Justice.
Natural Sciences and Mathematics, 12 Credits- Twelve
credits from courses developing an understanding of
approaches to gain knowledge in the natural sciences (Goal
At
skill
courses.
Requirement (Goals seven and
ten) Six Credits
from different departments)
which are from an approved list of diversity focused
courses. Diversity courses are to focus wholly on
Six credits (two courses
an understanding of the relationship of the individual
her/his environment (Goal Eight), and knowledge of the
Five)
to
Three
4.
Thirty six (36) credits are required with 12 credits required
from each of the three general academic areas of humanides,
social sciences, and natural sciences and mathematics. No
more than three credits from a given academic major may
count toward this distribution requirement.
Courses which an individual uses to satisfy the specific
communication, quantitative/analytical reasoning, values/
ethics, and fitness and recreation requirements may not be
used to satisfy distribution requirements. The Bloomsburg
University Curriculum Committee (BUCC) or an individual
academic department with the approval of the BUCC may
exclude any of its courses from being counted as a
distribution requirement
Humanities, 12 Credits - Twelve credits from courses
developing an understanding of approaches to gain
knowledge in the humanities (Goal Five), creaUve interests
(Goal Six), knowledge of major contributions in the
interests;
7.
Distribution Requirements:
,
major contiibutions in the natural sciences and mathematics
(Goal Nine). At least three different natural sciences and
mathematics departments must be represented in these 12
credits with two or more credits taken from each departments
selected. Natural Science and Mathematic Department
include: Biological and Allied Health Sciences, Chemistry,
Geography and Earth Science (courses v^dth "51" numbers),
Mathematics and Computer Science (course with "53"
numbers), and Physics.
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
PRP 3627
-
197
3/23/83. Amended and approved by RA, 4/6/83.
by addition of #7 by CCAA, 2/22/84. Approved
by RA, 4/4/84. Amended by addition of #8 by Vice
President's Advisory Council. Amended at BUCC 4/26/
95. Presented at the University Forum September 20,
Amended
Second Baccalaureate Degree
Issued by: Dr. Patrick J. Schloss, Vice President and
Provost for Academic Affairs
1995.
Effective Date: Spring 2001
1.
Approved by CCAA, 3/31/82. Accepted by the
Representative Assembly, 5/5/82. Amended at BUCC 4/
26/95. Presented at the University Forum September
Notes:
20,1995. Revisions approved at
to University
BUCC
Forum May
4/18/01. Presented
2,
2001.
major requirements for the two programs of study. This can
be achieved in one of two ways:
by completing the two programs at Bloomsburg
University simultaneously.
degree at Bloomsburg
University or another accredited college or
university then adding at least 30 credits of
undergraduate courses at Bloomsburg University.
All requirements for the major curriculum in which
the second degree is earned must have been
satisfied and free elective credit must have been
taken if necessary to complete the additional 30
semester hours. If a particular course is required
in both degree programs, it cannot be credited as
part of the 30 semester hour requirement for
completion of the second degree.
first
PRP 3629
Multiple Degrees
Issued by: Wilson G. Bradshaw, Vice President and Provost
for
Academic
Effective Date: Fall 1995
Academic Affairs, 12/8/82. Approved by RAX, 1/20/83.
Approved by Representative Assembly, 2/2/83. Amended
BUCC
Cum Laude, and Cum
4/26/95. Presented at the University Forum
September 20, 1995.
A student can be awarded only one degree at a time. The
degree to be awarded must be selected prior to the last semester. A student completing an additional major in another degree program will have the fact noted on the transcript.
Distinction
Issued By: Wilson G. Bradshaw, Vice President
Academic
for identifying
laude".
those graduating seniors having cumulative quality
point averages between 3.75 and 3.94 will be designated as
3. All
"magna cum
laude".
All those graduating seniors
haNdng cumulative quality
point averages between 3.50 and 3.74 will be designated as
4.
"cum laude".
5. Honors for graduation
be
of the
last
previous
semester; while honors for transcript and diploma
wU be as
will
as
of the end of the final semester.
6.
Forty-eight credits must be taken at
Bloomsburg
University prior to the last semester in order to be considered
for academic honors at
commencement.
A full-time
degree student whose semester Q.P.A. is 3.5
or higher in 12 or more semester hours of course work for
which a grade or grades are received will be named to the
deans' list for that semester
8. At the spring commencement ceremony the graduate in
each college who has earned the highest academic average
of current spring graduates within the college, shall receive
a diploma on behalf of all graduates from that college. This
honored graduate must have earned (prior to the final
semester) at least 64 semester hours of credit at Bloomsburg
University. In the case of ties, all tied graduates will
7.
participate.
PRP 3670
Mid-Semester Grade Reports
Issued: Dr. Wilson G. Bradshaw, Vice President
and Provost
Affairs
Effecdve Date: Fall 1995
Approved by CCAA, 3/16/83. Approved by RAX,
and
Provost for Academic Affairs
Effective Date: Spring
Notes: Approved by
Academic
96
BUCC, 3/6/85. Approved by
Affairs Ad\'isory Council,
3/13/86. Approved by
Vice President's Adxisory Council, 3/6/87. Revised by
10/25/95. Presented to University Forimi
November
for
Laude, Magna
2. The graduating seniors having cumulative quality point
averages between 3.95 and 4.00 should be designated,
PRP 3640
Academic
Summa Cum
honor graduates.
BUCC
Notes:
-
Laude should be used
Affairs
Notes: Approved by the Coordination Committee on
at
Latin Designations
"summa cum
An individual can earn a second baccalaureate degree upon
earning a minimum of 158 credits and the completion of all
or by completing the
The
Policy:
Bloomsburg University
dents in good academic
is
8,
1995.
committed
standing.
To
to maintaining
assist witli
its
stu-
the accom-
plishment of this goal, mid-semester grade reports are issued to new students who are experiencing academic difficulty. Idendfied students are provided with academic support services and faculty advisors for file pinpose of insuring they have the maximum opportunity to be successful.
Procedures:
The Registrar prepares and distributes to instructors a MidSemester Grade List Form for each coinse offered by the
University. The form includes the name of each enrolled
student who has completed 32 credits or less. Instructors
198- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
indicate mid-semester grades of C-,D+,D or
E and return
the form to the Registrar within 96 hours of the close of
business of the middle day of the semester.
The
Registrar
grade report to each identified student and provides copies to the student's faculty ad\'isor and the Coordinator of Academic Advisement
issues a
PRP 3700
and that
situations
regarding what
is
if
there are any questions
acceptable behavior they should be
directed to the University administrators (vice
presidents
Is
and computer administrators).
my campus email or files I have
stored on University
computers secure?
Everyone needs to operate on the assumption that Eis not secure. A rule to follow is if it would bother
you to have it on the front page of the local newspaper,
you shouldn't send it through email. The same caution
should be applied to stored files.
Is my email private?
The University has the right to look at e-mail or the
content of files, but it will do this only if there is
reasonable cause and proper authorization is given.
Computer and Network Use Policy
Issued by: Wilson G. Bradshaw, Provost and Vice President
for
Academic
Effective Date:
Affairs
November
1999
17,
NOTES: Approved by BUCC 11/17/99
The
Preamble
The
all
University seeks to maintain the security
and
integrity
of its computers, networks and related resources; to support
other codes and regulations regarding harassment and
abusive behavior; to protect itself from the legal
consequences of copyright violations and the posting
defamatory material and to ensure that the computer
facilides are used in accordance with rules and reguladon
of proper behavior and its educational mission.
and
University reserves the right to look at email
files if evidence
and codes or
indicates a violation of University rules
local, state
or federal laws. Appropriate
authorization comes from the president, vice president
its
The Policy
Access to the University's computing facilities and resources
is
a privilege granted solely to
registered students
Bloomsburg
and those with
faculty, staff
and
special accounts. All users
of the computing facilities mtist act responsibly and maintain
the integrity of these resources.
The
right to limit, restrict or extend
University reserves the
computing
privileges
and
resources and to remove or limit access to
material posted on the University computers or being sent
access to
over
its
its
network.
Like email on the University computers and network,
on the University equipment belongs to the
and can be accessed if there is reasonable
cause to do so and proper authorization is given. In
files
university
addition, supervisors in order to get material that
Violation of this policy could result in a user's access to
computers and network systems
being restricted or denied and being subject to procedures
and penalties under other University policies, rules, codes
of conduct as well as local, state and federal laws.
may be
seen.
No,
does not monitor content.
it
University's
Bloomsburg University understands
remove or
reserve the right to
It
is
sent over
its
does, however,
restrict material
when
applicable university policies or codes, or state, local
or federal laws are violated. For example, the university,
as necessary,
Note
is
needed for the normal work functions may access files.
For example, supervisors can get files stored on
subordinate's computers if needed as part of the
normal job functions and if the person is not present.
During normal administrative work of maintaining
systems, backing up files and other necessary work, files
Does the University monitor the content of what
network or posted on its computers?
Violations
Bloomsburg
and their designees.
Are my files stored on University computers private?
may remove
material that violates
that the rapidly
copyright laws or
is
potentially libelous.
changing computer environment requires that its computer
use policy be flexible and adaptable. Therefore, in order to
help educate the Bloomsburg University computer users and
to provide guidance as to rights and responsibilities
appended to this policy is a list of examples of behavior that
are restricted, and questions and answers that are intended
to help clarify rights and responsibilities. These are expected
to change over time to meet demands of the changing issues
we must confront.
Are there limitations
to
what I can say or post on
Appendix - Frequently asked Questions and
Answers (FAQ)
How
As with the examples, the FAQs are intended to help
educate and guide the computer user. They will
respond to changing issues and needs for clarification
and interpretation. It is very important to understand
that the examples and FAQs do not and cannot cover
computer administrators (x4821 /
x4099) You should gather as much information as you
can to help in the investigations of the incident. The
computer administrators will direct the complaint to
I
the university
computers and network?
The
university wdshes to support the free
exchange
of ideas and freedom of expression. However,
it
does
reserve the right to limit or restrict the distribution
and posting of material directed at classes of people
(hate speech) and other threatening or offensive
material if it believes this is creating a hostile
environment or is damaging to the university.
do I report a violation of the computer policy?
If you believe that
report
it
a violation has occurred you should
to the
.
other offices
if
needed.
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
In addition there
may be
situations
where you should
with components of a local area network (LAN) or the
For example:
high-speed backbone network otherwise blocking
communication lines, or interfering with the
operational readiness of a computer.
Running or installing on any of the University's
computer systems a program which could result in the
also report the incident to other offices.
you believe there
a violation that threatens
your safety or others, you should report it to the
Campus Police (x4168)
If it involves work-related activities, your
If
is
supervisor should be notified.
What are
An
eventual
copyright violations?
increasingly
common problem
the widespread use of personal
material that
the owner.
is
It is
that comes with
homepages is using
copyrighted without the permission of
important
to
remember
does not need to have the
that material
©
notice on it to be
copyrighted, and copyright protection extends beyond
text to such things as photos, art and video. If the
University is informed of copyright violations, it will
act to remove the material in compliance with law.
What are the consequences of violating the computer policies?
The consequences of violating computer policies can
range from a warning to formal actions by the
University's authorities to further action,
which might
lead to the legal system.
How
will xnolations be
handled?
For violations which are less serious and do not have
an immediate impact on the integrity of the systems
or threaten others, the alleged offender will be
requested to come to computing administrator's office
so information can be gathered and the allegation
discussed. If the situation
is
is
resolved,
no further action
taken. For cases that are not resolved at this meeting
more serious, violations will be handled like
other violations of University codes, regulations,
policies, rules and procedures. For students, this can
involve the judicial procedures explained in the
Student Handbook. For staff and faculty it may involve
their supervisor or Human Resources and Labor
or are
Relations.
Appendix
U
-
Specific
Examples Of Rights And Responsibilities
should be used as guidelines for
These examples
They are not to be considered all inclusive
as they do not cover all situations that would be
behavior.
violation of the general policy. As guidelines, these can
as issues and needs change.
Computer users should use only the computer ID
change
that
has been assigned. Obtaining or attempting to obtain
the computer ID and/or password that has not been
assigned to a user
is
a violation of this policy.
It is
also
a violation of this policy to disguise or attempt to
disguise the identity of the account or
machine being
The
damage
to a file or
the reproduction of itself
is
computer system and/or
prohibited. This includes,
is not limited to, those classes of programs known
computer viruses, Trojan Horses, and worms.
Circumventing or attempting to circumvent data
protection schemes or computer security measures is
but
as
prohibited.
Computer
users are required to abide by the terms
of all software licensing agreements and copyright laws.
it is prohibited to make copies of
copyrighted software, unless the University has a site
In particular,
license specifically allowing the copying of said
It is further prohibited to copy site-licensed
software for distribution to persons other than
Bloomsburg faculty, staff, and students, nor may you
copy site-licensed software for use at locations not
covered under the terms of the license agreement.
Computer users must not deliberately perform acts
which are wasteful of computing resources or which
unfairly monopolize resources to the exclusion of
others. Examples of abuse would include commercial
spam, derogatory remarks, chain letters, or creating
unnecessary multiplejobs or processes. Persons having
questions about a possible use should contact the
software.
computing administrators.
Using University computers
to
send threatening,
may be
harassing, libelous or offensive messages
contrary to University codes and or local, state or
federal laws.
Computer users are prohibited from monitoring or
attempting to monitor another user's data
communications or copy, change, or delete another
user's files or software, without permission of the
owner.
Using University computer and networked resources
for personal or financial gain is prohibited. (This does
not apply to any activities directly related to the
scholarly/professional pursuits of faculty, staff and/or
students. NOTE: Please refer to PRP #2910 Patents and
Copyrights.)
Any network
traffic
exiting the University
to the policies stipulated herein
and
network resources must not be used
attempt to gain unauthorized access to
remote computers.
Any action taken by computer users which deliberately
disrupts or disables the operation of computers,
terminals, peripherals, or networks is violation of this
policy. This includes, but is not limited to, tampering
University's
as the
is
subject
to the "acceptable
use policies" of the network through which
used.
to gain or
-199
it
flows such
SSHEnet.
The primary
use of computing facilities
is
for
Other non-restricted use
such as games are secondary and must yield to
academic use. Games playing and other secondaiT uses
may be restricted when they are found to interfere with
academic use.
academic-related
activities.
200- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
PRP3810
Possess professional liability insurance.
minimum
be a
Admission, IVIonitoring and Exit
Procedures for Teacher Education
Certification
Program
Issued by: Patrick J. Schloss, Ph.D.
The
policy shall
of $1,000,000.00 per claim and
$3,000,000.00 aggregate.
Submit a resume that follows the sample format
Obtain current ACT 34 (Request for Criminal Record
Check) and ACT 151 (Child Abuse History Check)
clearances. Clearances are valid for one year from date
issued on the form.
Provost and Vice President for Academic Affairs
Monitoring
Effective Fall, 2001
Notes: Approved by BUCC, 9/3/87. Revised by BUCC,
2/17/88, 3/31/93, 4/27/94. Approved by Forum 10/19/
94. Approved by BUCC 11/14/01. Presented to Forum
11/28/01
Successfully complete the following courses with a grade
of Cor better (The grade of C- (minus) does not meet
this criterion)
All professional education courses
Procedures:
The
All teacher education students must:
following are requirements for Admission, Monitor-
and courses
in area
of specialization
ing,
Communication Sequence
tion Certification
Study Guides)
Introduction to Individuals with Exceptionalities
and Exit procedures and requirements for all undergraduate students who will major in Teacher EducaPrograms
at
Bloomsburg
University.
In setting these requirements, attention was given to
all
standards and criteria for teacher candidates as man-
dated by the State Board of Education of Pennsylvania,
the Pennsylvania Department of Education, and the National Council for Accreditation of
Teacher Education.
Admission To Teacher Education
Students must submit a completed application packet to
no sooner than the completion of
48 credits and no later than the completion of 65 credits. Transfer students with 48 credits or more must submit a completed application packet during their second semester at Bloomsburg University. The faculty
the faculty advisor
advisor will review the packet, interview the student,
and
submit a recommendation to the department chairperson indicating that the student be admitted or not be
admitted to the program. Enrollment in upper division
teacher education coursework (300 and 400 level courses) is contingent upon admission to the teacher education program.
For admission to teacher education, students must:
Obtain current Pennsylvania Qualifying Scores for the
Praxis I: Academic Skills Assessments (See attachment
of Praxis requirements)
Possess an overall cumulative grade point average of:
Prior to Fall 2001 - 2.5
Fall 2001 - 2.6
Fall 2002 - 2.8
Fall 2003 and thereafter - 3.0
Possess a grade of
tion
and
C
or better in
professional educa-
all
specialization courses.
(The grade of C- (mi-
nus) does not meet this criterion)
Complete 6 semester hours in college
at least 6
and
position
hours in college
mathemat-
level English
Com-
literature
Successfully complete a five-day noncredit field experi-
ence by the end of the sophomore year or
liest
at the ear-
possible time in the case of transfer or non-tradi-
tional students
Submit two
(2)
results
Maintain an overall and area of specialization cumulative grade point average of:
Prior to Fall 2001 - 2.5
Fall 2001 - 2.6
Fall 2002 - 2.8
Fall 2003 and thereafter - 3.0
Any student falling below the appropriate criteria will
be placed on probation for one semester. Probationary students have
one semester
quired GPA, or they
to re-establish the re-
be dismissed from the certification program. Students will remain in the department for one additional semester after dismissal from
will
the certification program so that appropriate advise-
ment
is
available.
satisfactory performance as outiined in the
program of study and consistent with the Professional Competencies listed in PDF 345.33 and PDE Specific Program Guidelines, including:
Understands the central concepts, tools of inquiry, and
structures of the discipline the teacher teaches and
Demonstrate
can create learning experiences that make these aspects of subject matter meaningful for all students.
Understands how all children learn and develop, and
can provide learning opportunities that support their
intellectual, social, career and personal development.
Understands how students differ in their ability and
approaches to learning and creates opportunities that
foster
sive
achievement of diverse learners
in the inclu-
classroom.
Understands and uses a variety of instructional
gies,
strate-
including interdisciplinary learning experienc-
encourage students' development of critical
problem solving and performance skills.
Uses an understanding of individvial and group motivation and behavior to create a learning environment
that encourages positive social interaction, active
engagement in learning and self-motivation.
Uses knowledge of effective verbal, nonverbal and media commimication techniques supported by approthinking,
priate technology to foster active inquiry, collabora-
recommendations from teacher educa-
tion faculty
Submit the
on Program of
es, to
level
ics
Complete
(as specified
and supportive interaction in the classroom.
upon knowledge of subject
matter, students, the community and curriculum
tion
Plans instruction based
from a current Tuberculosis Screen-
ing administered within the
last
two years
goals.
.
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
Understands and uses formal and informal assessment
strategies to evaluate and ensure the continuous intellectual, social and physical development of the
Thinks systematically about practice, learns from experience, seeks the advice of others, draws upon educational research and scholarship and actively seeks out
opportunities to grow professionally.
Completed the prescribed teacher education curriculum with an overall and area of specialization cumulative
Fall
Fall
resources,
and by working
as
an advocate
to im-
prove opportunities for student learning.
(PDE Chapter 354.33)
Continue field and clinical experiences as outiined
in the curriculum and/or program of study
5. Maintain professional liability insurance. The policy
shall be a minimum of $1,000,000.00 per claim and
4.
$3,000,000.00 aggregate
Maintain contact with their advisors each semester
Maintain Act 34 (Request for Criminal Record Check)
and Act 151 (Child Abuse History Check) clearances. Clearances are valid for one year from date issued
on the form.
6.
For Student Teaching
Eligibility for
student teaching
will
be determined during
the scheduling period prior to the student teaching semesis contingent upon:
Completion of the admission to teacher education
Possess an overall cumulative and area of specializa-
ten Student teaching eligibility
1.
2.
tion grade point average of:
Prior to Fall 2001 - 2.5
2001 - 2.6
2002 - 2.8
Fall 2003 and thereafter - 3.0
3. A grade of C or better in all professional education
courses, specialty courses, and appropriate methods
courses specified by each teacher education certifiFall
Fall
cation
meet
4.
program (The grade of C- (minus) does not
this criterion)
Continuation of a professional
policy shall be a
cum
2.
liability
insurance.
2003 and thereafter - 3.0
Demonstrated competency in student teaching with
grades of C or better (The grade of C- (minus) does
this criterion)
Admission To Teacher Education For Second
Degree Students
Students with Bachelor's degrees enrolling in teacher cer-
programs must have the following overall GPA for
undergraduate degree OR, achieve the appropriate
GPA after at least 12 credits as a non-degree student. These
students must complete the admissions to candidacy packet
before they are admitted to Teacher Education.
Fall 2001 - 2.6
Fall 2002 - 2.8
tification
their
Fall 2003 and thereafter - 3.0
Requirement:
In order to receive Pennsylvania Department of Education Instructional Level I certification, candidates must
successfully complete the Praxis Series: Professional Assessment for Beginning Teachers. Praxis Qualifying
Scores are established by the Pennsylvania Secretary of
Education (See attachment).
The Pennsylvania Department of Education will recognize
the qualifying scores of any test identified as replaced for a
period of five years from the date of test administration, if
the test administration is prior to September 1, 2000.
Note: Students are provided with a system by which to
grieve complaints of alleged academic injustices through
the Teacher Education Admission, Progression, and Retention Board of the School of Education.
2/15/2000 - School of Education Admissions Task Force
1/29/2001- Re\'ised recommendations by Office of the
Dean to comply with Chapter 354 and NCATE Standards.
The
PRP 3820
Obtain Act 34 (Request for Criminal Record Check)
and Act 151 (Child Abuse History Check) clearances
Library Book and Materials
Selection Policy
that are valid for the duration of the student teach-
Issued by: Wilson G. Bradshaw, V.P. for Academic Affairs
or student teaching assignment.
Effective Date:
Obtain a Tuberculosis Screening (administered the
semester prior to the student teaching semester) that
will be valid through the student teaching semester
Competency
All teacher
In
Student Teaching
education students must have:
1.
Written evaluations by cooperating teachers
2.
Written evaluations by university supervisors
3.
2001 - 2.6
2002 - 2.8
not meet
ing semester
6.
of:
minimum of $1,000,000.00 per claim
and $3,000,000.00 aggregate. This policy must remain
in full force and eff'ect for the duration of the practi5.
grade point average
Fall
Contributes to school effectiveness by collaborating with
other professionals and parents, by using communi-
Eligibility
201
Prior to Fall 2001 - 2.5
learner.
ty
-
Grades of C or better (The grade of C- (minus) does
not meet
this criterion)
Exit Criteria
All teacher
November 1996
Notes: Approved by the Representative Assembly,
November
It is
17, 1977.
Updated 11/11/96.
the policy of Bloomsburg University
—
— through
the
to select, commensurate with
Harvey A. Andruss Library
budgetary, staff, and space allocations, books and non-book
materials which support:
1
Aims and objectives of the University.
2. Content of courses offered in the curricular
programs.
3. Teaching mediods of faculty members.
4. Research programs of graduate students at the
Master's level.
education students must have:
5.
Research programs of
facult)'
members.
202- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
and
Special needs of students
6.
faculty,
including
general enrichment and leisure reading.
Other University commitments.
7.
In the fulfillment of these objectives, selections of
books and materials
is
considered to be a cooperative
responsibility, with participation
and recommendations
of Library faculty, teaching faculty, administrative
faculty, non-instructional staff, and students. Ultimate
responsibility for overall selections
and
quality of
library materials rests, by virtue of the position, with
Dean of Library Services.
The University administration and those charged with
the
responsibility for selection hold to the tenet that
professional integrity and responsibility to the
academic community served by the library involves the
freedom to have access to a wide spectnam of significant
material available, as long as:
L The educational objectives of the University are
Ephemeral and superseded materials, such as newspapers,
pamphlets and various types of reference
publications, will continue to be discarded routinely as
unneeded items.
Books and materials which are judged to be beyond repair
will either be replaced, if possible, or discarded if no longer
needed. If a book is considered to be necessary and a
replacement copy is not available, the book will be retained
periodicals,
as a non-circulating copy.
Specific
not needed by the
library,
such
as obsolete,
on campus will be withdrawn from
and sent to those departments. All other
use by other departments
the library holdings
materials will be discarded per current state-wide policy
directives.
PRP 3870
Graduate Faculty Appointment
supported.
2.
titles
superseded, or unwanted dviplicate materials, requested for
Effective Date:
All sides of controversial or partisan issues are
Fall
2000
Notes: Endorsed by Graduate Council February 25, 1991.
represented.
The Collection Development
Library applies equally to
all
Policy of Andruss
book and non-book
whether acquired by purchase, gift or
exchange. Gift and exchange materials will be accepted
according to the guidelines in the Gift and Exchange
materials,
Endorsed by Bloomsburg University Curriculum Committee April 3, 1991. Presented as information item to Univer-
Forum April 24, 1991. Amended by Graduate Council
March 3, 2000. Amended by BUCC April 19, 2000. Presented to University Forum April 26, 2000 for information pui'-
sity
poses.
Policy of Andruss Library.
The
University subscribed to the purposes expressed
in the Library Bill of Rights
adopted by the American
Library Association.
PRP 3824
Book
Gift
and Exchange Policy
\T for Academic
November 17, 1977
Issued by: James V. Mitchell,
Effective Date:
Notes:
Affairs
Approved by the Representative by the
Representative Assembly,
November
17, 1977.
and other non-book materials
will be accepted by the Andruss Library only if the items
meet established criteria. They will be examined in terms of
the selection policy, and the material added will be those
that meet selection standards.
The Andruss Library participates in the State-Wide Institutional Exchange Program.
Gifts of books, periodicals,
PRP 3828
Library Boole and IVIaterials
Withdrawal
Issued By: James V. Mitchell,
VP
for
November
Academic
Affairs
1977
Notes: Approved by the Representative Assembly,
Effective Date:
November
17,
17, 1977.
Through the standard library practice of selective weeding,
books and materials which are no longer necessary will be
withdrawn from the Harvey A. Andruss Librai^y collection.
Definition
The Graduate
Facult)' is composed of indi\'iduals who have
earned terminal degrees in their discipline and are active
scholars as demonstrated through one of the following: peer
reviewed publications, peer reviewed regional/national presentations, juried exhibitions, and/or other activities that
bring their work under critical review by professionals in
their discipline. Individuals not possessing terminal degrees
to the Graduate Faculty only when their
record of scholarship and subject mastery, as evidenced
through peer review, is exceptional. Graduate Faculty is
uniquely qualified to teach graduate classes. They are equally
qualified to guide and evaluate research and creative activities of graduate students.
may be appointed
Appointment to
tlie
Graduate Faculty
Graduate Faculty members are appointed by the Assistant
Vice President and Dean of Graduate Studies and Research
upon die recommendation of the Graduate Council. Procedures for appointment are as follows:
The candidate's department chair and if appropriate, program coordinator, shall recommend the appointment
through the appropriate college dean to the yVssistant Vice
President and Dean of Graduate Studies and Research. In
addition to a letter of support, the recommendation should
include the candidate's curriculum vitae. The vitae should
contain current and sufficient detail to allow Council members to judge the candidate against standards identified in
Article
The
I.
and vitae shall be referred to the Gradrecommendation to the Assistant Vice President for Graduate Studies and
Research will act on the application.
letter of support
uate Council, who, by ballot, shall indicate a
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
Upon
considering the chair's letter of support, curricuhim
and recommendation of the Graduate Council, the
Assistant Vice President for Graduate Studies and Research
will act on the application.
Emergency appointments can be made to the Graduate
Faculty by the Assistant Vice President and Dean of Graduate Studies and Research for a period not to exceed one
semester. Emergency appointments are recommended to
the Assistant Vice President and Dean of Graduate Studies
and Research by the department chair in consultation with
the program coordinator. Course or committee assignments
may be limited by the Assistant Vice President and Dean of
Graduate Studies and Research during the emergency apvitae,
pointment. The Assistant Vice President for Graduate Studies and Research may limit the activities during the emergency appointment to specific courses or committee.
An individual who is not a member of the graduate faculty
but has the appropriate background and experience needed to teach a specific course may be approved to teach that
course by Assistant Vice President and Dean of Graduate
Studies and Research. Subsequent approvals for the same
faculty member and course must be reviewed by the graduate faculty prior to reappointment by the Assistant Vice President and Dean of Graduate Studies and Research.
Functions of the Graduate Faculty:
The Graduate
Faculty shall be listed in the Graduate
Catalog.
203
not to recommend a member for reappointment the member can request an independent review and recommendation from the Graduate Council upon considering the dean's
of support, candidate's curriculum vitae, and recommendation of the Graduate Council, the Assistant Vice President for Graduate Studies and Research will act on the ap-
letter
plication.
PRP 3880
Graduate Course Repeat
Issued by: Dr. Betty D. Allamong, Provost and Vice
President for Academic Affairs
Effective Date: April 3, 1991
Notes: Endorsed by Graduate Council February 25, 1991.
Endorsed by Bloomsburg University Curriculum
Committee April 3, 1991. Presented as information item
to University
Forum
April 24, 1991.
Graduate
A maximiuTi
of one course in which grades of "D" or E"
have been recorded or a maximum of two courses in which
a grade of "C" has been recorded (totaling not more than
six semester hours) may be repeated upon application to
the Assistant Vice President for Graduate Studies and Research.
The
application shall be approved
upon request
in
program coordinator and
department chairperson. The initial grade remains on tile
transcript as part of the student's permanent record. The
grade of the repeated course is part of the permanent record
and is used to calculate the student's quality grade point
writing by the student's graduate
Graduate courses
in a
department are taught
exclusively by Graduate Faculty appointed
through the department or those granted a
waiver under HE.
Graduate
-
and examination committees must be
thesis
chaired by a
member
The Graduate Council
is
of the graduate
faculty.
comprised exclusively of
from the
individuals elected or appointed
Graduate
Faculty.
average.
A course may be
repeated only once.
A course
tak-
Bloomsburg University in which a grade of "D" or "E"
has been earned must be repeated at Bloomsburg University. Individual departments or graduate programs may implement more stringent requirements than those shown
en
at
Adjunct Graduate Faculty
above.
who are not members of the Bloomsburg Unimay serve on thesis committees. They are
appointee by the Assistant Vice President and Dean of Graduate Studies and Research upon the recommendation of the
PRP 3920
Individuals
versity Faculty
Honorary Degrees
department chair in consultation with the program coordinator. Adjunct members of the Graduate Faculty cannot
chair a thesis committee and shall serve in addition to the
standard compliment of committee members.
Issued by: Larry W.Jones, Interim President
Effective Date: June, 1985
Approved by Committee for Recommending
Honorary Degree Recipients, 5/3/85. Approved by
Notes:
Periodic Review of Graduate Faculty
Council of Trustees, 6/12/85.
Graduate Faculty shall maintain a high level of scholarship
in graduate teaching, scholastic/creative activities, and professional service. Evidence of these activities are routinely
submitted through the tenure and/or five-year review stipulated in the Collective Bargaining Agreement. On the same
schedule as the five year re\'iew and using the five year review documentation, the candidate's department chair, in
collaboration with the appropriate program coordinator,
shall
recommend
the continue appointment through the
I.
Policy
Bloomsbiug Universit)' wishes to recognize the outstanding
achievements and contributions of individuals to the
institution, to the
serNdce.
Dean of Graduate
and women
letter of support, the
In addition to a
recommendation should include the
The members to judge the
candidate's curriculum vitae.
candidate against standards identified in Article
case of a decision of either the
I.
In the
dean or department chair
lo societw
Such degrees should be awarded onlv to those men
who.se life and works exemplify the concepts of
excellence, .ser\'ice and integrity.
appropriate college dean to the Assistant Vice President and
Studies and Research.
Commonwealth of Pennsylvania,
or to a particular academic discipline, by awarding an
honorai7 degree. An honorary degree is an academic AwaiA
which reflects the mission of Bloomsburg University in die
areas of intellectual pursuit, culture and the arts, or public
II.
Types Of And
Honorary Degrees
Criteria For
Awarding
204- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
Recipients of honorary degrees will have made noteworthy
contributions to Bloomsburg University, to the
Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, or to society in general and
will have demonstrated either meritorious achievement or
scholarship in the arts and humanities, science and
technology, the social sciences, education, the health
profession, commerce, trade or industry. The Committee
for Recommending Honorary Degree Recipients may from
time-to-time modify the existing criteria.
Bloomsburg University intends
honorary degrees:
Doctor of Law (L.L.D.)
-
to grant the following
Distinguished service
mankind
a service of superior character
-
-
Specific attainments
Doctor of Pedagogy (Pd.D.)
qualities,
-
Special
and
individuals to be considered for receipt of
honorary degrees may be submitted to the Committee for
Recommending Honoraiy Degree Recipients by any member
and
attainments contributions and
of the Bloomsburg University community including the
recognition as a creative and experienced educator
following:
Doctor of Commercial Science (D.C.Sc.)
commerce, trade, industry
or in the broad field of business.
Doctor of Fine Arts (D.F.A.) - Specific
attainments and creative contributions in the
-
a.
Creative leadership in
f.
criteria are
intended
to reflect the reciprocal
and the individual being
honored. This shared responsibility serves as the basis for
awarding honorary degrees. It is also expected that the
recipient, through deeds and performance, will have become
an exemplary model for graduates of this and other
institutions of higher education. Bloomsburg University will
consider any nominee who meets the guidelines without
regard to any consideration other than merit.
Composition Of Committee For
Recommending Honorary Degree Recipients
III.
The Committee
for
Recommending Honorary Degree
Recipients shall consist of a total of eleven individuals
among the following constituencies and selected
members - they will be chosen through a
nomination and election process determined by the
A. Four faculty
President of APSCUF from the group listed below:
One
faculty
member
One
One
One
the Unit
Following committee deliberation, no more than three
will be submitted to the President for his/her
names
The President will select from among those
names presented by the committee and present his/her
recommendation for consideration by the Council of
Trustees. The Council of Trustees will accept or reject the
names presented by the President.
consideration.
A nomination shall
remain in an
active file for a period of
three (3) years should it not receive the necessary support.
During that time, it may be selected by majority vote of the
faculty
member
faculty
member
I
faculty
and
member
gain the necessary support during the three-year period,
shall
it
be withdrawn.
Limitations
in
extraordinary
cases
meriting
special
consideration, honorary degrees will not be awarded to active
selected from the
selected from the
selected at-large from
II faculty.
Provost and Vice President for Academic Affairs
members
of the Council of Trustees, administrators, or
faculty of
Bloomsburg
University.
At
least
one year must
elapse following association with the University before
College of Professional Studies
The
consideration.
Except
College of Business
B.
Nominations must be submitted to the committee by
January 31 if the individual is to receive consideration for
the Spring Commencement of that year and by March I for
any other commencement. All nominations must be made
in writing and should be supported by complete biographical
information. Letters of nomination and biographical data
will be distributed to each committee member for his/her
VI.
selected from the
College of Arts and Sciences
4.
Staff
Students
Committee for reconsideration. Should the nomination not
as indicated:
3.
Adininistration
e.
responsibility of the University
2.
Alumni
c.
arts.
well-being.
1.
Council of trustees
b.
d. Faculty
Doctor of Humane Letters (L..H.D.) - Specific
attainments in the humanities and the social
sciences or noteworthy contributions the human
distributed
Procedure For Selecting Honorary Degree
Recipients:
The names of
originality.
The above
Term Of Service
V.
journalism and the drama, as a scholar,
creative artist or writer of great talent
musical
Chairman.
E. One student appointed by the President of the
Communit)' Government Association.
F. One alumnus/alumna of the university appointed by the
President of the Bloomsburg University Alumni Association.
G. One member of the non-instructional staff appointed
years.
(Litt.D) -Specific attainments,
contributions, and recognition in the field of
advanced
D.
Each member of the Committee for Recommending
Honorary Degree Recipients will serve for a period of two
in the field of science.
Doctor of Letters
literature,
The Vice President for University Advancement.
Two members of the Council of Trustees including the
Chairman and one other member appointed be the
C.
IV.
Doctor of Science (SC.D.)
permanent Chairperson of the
Recommending Honorary Degree
Recipients.
and
leadership.
and contributions
for
by the President of AFSCME.
of living or to
to the State, to learning, to the art
this individual shall serve as
Committee
-
former tmstees, administrators, or faculty may be considered
for an honorary doctorate.
In general, no more than two honorary degrees will be
awarded during any one academic year, except by petition
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
to the
Board of Governors under
VII.
Occasions For Awarding Honorary
special circumstances.
Degrees
Honorary degrees will be awarded during
ceremonies of Bloomsburg University.
VIM. Relationsiiip
Commencement
To The Commonwealth
procedures and guidelines contained herein
shall adhere in their entirety to the duly promulgated rules
and regulations of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania.
All policies,
205
Human Subject Research
Committees (HSRC) at the department, school, or college
level as an extension of the IRB for the purpose of reviewing and acting upon proposals in the "Exemption from Review" category. The dean, in consultation with department
chairs, will decide on which structure \vill be used within a
college. The HSRCs must comply with the procedures and
authorize the establishment of
requirements established by the IRB.
The chairperson of the HSRC will maintain a record of all
proposals that are exempted from further review, and for-
ward
to the
IRB
proposals which need further review.
all
The chairperson of the department school
PRP 3990
-
or college
HSRC
submit a list of all research approved for exempt status
the IRB chairperson by June 1 of each year.
shall
Review Board (IRB)
Human Subjects Research
to
Institutional
for
Issued by: Dr. Carol J. Matteson, Interim Provost and
VPAA
Effective Date:
Notes:
Amended
October
19,
1994
by Institutional Review Board
Fall,
1993.
Reviewed by Graduate Council, January, 1994. BUCC
approved April 13, 1994, Fomm approved October 19,
1994.
Bloomsburg University recognizes its ethical and legal responsibilities to provide a mechanism to protect individuals
involved as subjects in research conducted under the auspices of the University. Research, as defined by the Bloomsburg University Graduate Council Research Committee, is
the systematic inquiry/investigation of a specified problem
or set of problems with the goal of advancing the discipline.
Therefore, all research involving human subjects will be reviewed, prior to the initiation of the research, through the
procedures set forth by the University and directed by the
Institutional Review Board (IRB). Failure to submit research
for review and approval is a violation of Bloomsburg Univer-
IRB Membership
The IRB shall be appointed by the Provost and Vice President for Academic Affairs. Federal guidelines indicate that
members should possess a sufficient background to be able
to look at ethical issues and the committee should contain a
balance of males and females. An individual from outside
the institution must serve on the committee. Both scientific
and nonscientific expertise must be included and, at a minimum, one individual must be an ethicist. Members will be
appointed as follows: three from the College of Business,
three from the College of Professional Studies and three
from the College of Arts and Sciences. The term of office
will be staggered three years terms. The Assistant Vice President of Graduate Studies and Research and the Director of
Grants will serve as ex officio, non-voting, members. Depart-
HSRC chairpersons
ex officio and voting members on the IRB.
mental, school, or college
will serve as
Administration
The
university official responsible for carrying out or dele-
is the Provost and Vice President
Academic Affairs. The executive functions include development of policy and modification to conform with laws
and regulations; providing continuing educations for personnel with respect to policy; and providing administrative
support and legal assistance to the IRB.
gating executive functions
for
sity policy.
Rationale
The University policy entrusts
the investigator with the pri-
mary responsibility for protection of individual subjects. The
University assumes the responsibility for ensuring the conditions for protecting
human subjects as
required by the Na-
Law 93-348 and implemented
by the Department of Health and Human Services (Tide 45
CFR 46, Protecdon of Human Subjects, as amended and by
other Federal agencies with appropriate jurisdiction.) The
complete document can be reviewed in the Grants Office.
The University assumes responsibility for encouraging retional Research Act, Public
search activities to benefit advancement of knowledge of hu-
man
conditions and, at the same time, protecting the rights
and welfare of human
subjects, the investigators,
and the
University. This includes assuring the scientific validit)' of
the research methodology as
human
it
relates to the protection of
and students conducting human subject research are responsible to comply
m\h this policy and all federal regulations. The IRB reserves
subjects. University faculty, staff,
the authority to suspend or terminate approval of research
that is not being conducted in accordance widi the Bloomsburg University IRB policy #3990.
Structure
The IRB has
approve
all
Procedures
Researchers must describe their proposed research to the
in enough detail that the potential adverse effects and
IRB
human subjects can be evaluated. The IRB forms
and procedures provide a means for researchers, subjects,
the university, and community to communicate clearly and
responsibly about the risks and benefits of research for human subjects and informants.
Three principles guide the review process:
1. Subjects must give their informed consent to
benefits to
participate in research.
2.
Researchers must provide and protect subject
confidentiality'.
3.
Potential risks to subjects must be balanced
by potential benefits of die research. The review
process uses the concept of minimal risk to decide
the extent to which subject interests warrant formal
and extensive review of research proposals.
Minimum
in the
the responsibility
research invoKing
and authority
to review
and
human subjects. The IRB may
risk
is
proposed
defined as "the
activity,
risks
anticipated
are not greater than those
ordinarily encountered in daily life or during
performance of routine physical or psychological
.
206- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
tests." Risks to subjects are minimized (i) by using
procedures which are consistent with sound
research design and which do not unnecessarily
expose the subjects to risk, and (ii) whenever
pubhcly available beyond the course environment.
members overseeing student research activities to ensure that his or her students
or that
It is
meet the professional standards of the discipline and
conform to Policy 3990 and IRB procedures.
appropriate, by using procedures already being
performed on subjects for diagnostic purposes.
The IRB
classifies
research into three categories based on
need to ensure that research conforms to the above principles. These categories are Full Review, Expedited Review,
and Request for Exemption from Review. These review catetlie
gories are discussed in detail in the Guidelines for
Subject Research. Approval
is
by majority vote in
Human
all cases.
Review - A Full Review occurs when the IRB reviews
the proposed research and meets with the principal investigators to discuss and evaluate the impact on human subjects. After review IRB members vote to approve or disapprove the proposal. Full reviews are conducted for proposed
research that involves more than minimal risk or where very
careful evaluation of risks and benefits is appropriate, minors or vulnerable populations are subjects, or where adverse impact on subjects may occur due to research activities. For example, research exposing subjects to threats to
Full
Procedure for Appeal
In the event a proposal is not approved at the exempt or
expedited level, the researcher may request a full review of
the protocol by the IRB.
Procedures for Noncompliance
ished to
remember
-
Investigators are
admon-
that the university policy entrusts the
emotional injury or discomfort, legal liability or arrest, damage to financial or social standing, or
procedures in which subjects experience stress or have their
behavior, attitudes or beliefs manipulated by researchers
of individual subjects.
sponsibility to
full review.
Expedited Review - Expedited Review occurs when at least
two members of the IRB review the proposal and independently indicate their approval or disapproval. Researchers
meet with reviewers. Reviewers frequendy
comments advising the researcher on ways to
enhance the protection of human subjects. Reviewers may
ask for more information or require changes in procedures
are not required to
give written
enhance the provisions for informed consent, confidenand risk/benefit balance. Expedited research involves
minimal risk to subjects but involves procedures with potential impact on subjects; such as the collection of body samto
tiality
It is
the indiNddual investigator's re-
be in compliance with
in
The IRB
is
a researcher
is
this policy.
the only body authorized to take action
when
noncompliance with FRP #3990. Noncompliance includes
submit applicable research involving
and approval to the IRB
or department, school or college HSRC;
2. failure to conduct research according to the
approved protocol as it relates to the protection of
1
failure to
human
subjects for review
human
subjects.
3.
dignity, physical or
undergo
also
investigator with the primary responsibility for protection
Basic features of each category are:
inust
is
the responsibility of faculty
failure to
immediately notify the IRB when
research activity results in an unexpected adverse
impact on the subjects.
non compliance (either written or oral)
should be directed to the chair of the IRB. The IRB will
investigate allegations of noncompliance, maintaining conAllegations of
fidentiality in all matters.
Only voting members
will partici-
pate in the investigation. In the event that allegations are
IRB will terminate approval of the research
and recommend to the Assistant Vice President for Graduate Studies and Research that the research be terminated.
These decisions will be communicated to the researcher and
the appropriate federal agency or funding agency, if appropriate, by the Assistant Vice President of Graduate Studies
and Research. A decision to terminate research may be appealed to the IRB within 15 days of notification.
substantiated, the
ples or physiological data, video or voice recordings, or studies
involving \ailnerable populations or sensitive issues.
Exemption from Review - A Request for Exemption from
Review may be received by the IRB or an authorized HSRC.
Researchers must complete and submit the same forms and
documents required for the other review categories. These
forms provide reviewers with the information needed to evaluate whether the research qualifies for exemption from review. An IRB member must approve requests for exemption.
Exempted research involves research on effectiveness of or
the comparison among instixictional techniques, curricula,
or
management methods,
the use of educational
tests,
or
the study of existing data.
Student Research - Student research activities are governed
by both the requirements of good research and the regulations of the Bloomsburg IRB. Student research is any systematic data collection and recording process done by students that is subject to interpretation and dissemination to
solve a problem or advance understanding of a discipline.
Dissemination occurs whenever information goes beyond
registered students or assigned faculty or supervisors for the
course. Examples of student research include the collection
of data for a thesis, honors paper, or departmental paper or
data collected for publication, distribution, presen-tation.
PRP
3991
Course Assignments Involving
Human
Subjects
Issued By: Wilson G. Bradshaw, Provost and Vice President
for
Academic
Affairs
Effective Date:
Notes:Endorsed by Deans' Council, November
Endorsed by BUCC, January
31, 1996.
Approved
15, 1995.
at
Forum
2/5/97.
Student research conducted within an academic course may
be categorized as either a course assignment or disseminated
research. If the student research is categorized as a course
assignment, the data collection and interpretation is for
pedagogical purposes only and is contained wholly within
the course environment. Such data is gathered without the
intention of disseminating it beyond the instructor and
students of the course. Disseminated research occurs
whenever information is formally presented (eg. poster, oral
or written) to any audience beyond the course. Disseminated
research must be reviewed under Policy 3990. All research
Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
-207
be planned and carried out
imal research in accordance with the National Institutes of
with a due consideration of the University's ethical and legal
Health Guide for the Care and Use of Laboratory Animals.
course assignments must
still
responsibility to protect individuals involved as the subjects
of these activiues, especially when exposed to more than a
minimal risk. Student research which involves specialized
populations as subjects (for example; pregnant women,
fetuses, abortuses, prisoners, individuals with physical or
mental disabilities, minors, economically or educationally
disadvantaged, or institutionalized individuals) is always
considered to be above minimal risk. (Minimal risk is defined
as "the risks, anticipated in the proposed activity, are not
greater than those ordinarily encountered in daily life or
during the performance of routine physical or psychological
examinations or test.") Suitable precautions must be taken
to ensure the confidentiality of the results of any procedure
pertaining to a particular person who is a participant in the
activity.
Role of faculty in supervising student research categorized
as a course assignment:
A.
It is
the responsibility of faculty to determine,
prior to giving an assignment, whether a project
within the area of course assignment or
disseminated research. Disseminated research must
be reviewed under Policy 3990. Student research
originally conducted as a course assignment may
not later become disseminated research. No IRB
(Institutional Review Board) approval will be given
falls
Responsibility of the lACUC
The members of the lACUC (a) review annually the institution's program for humane care and use of animals; (b)
inspect at least twice annually
of the institution's animal
all
review concerns involving the care and use of
animals; (d) review protocols of research conducted at the
facilities; (c)
university that involve animal subjects; (e) approve/require
modification in or withhold approval of those sections of
the protocol related to the care and use of animals as set
forth in the PHS Policy; (f) notify in writing the investiga-
and the institution of its decision to approve or withhold approval of research protocols; (g) make written rectors
ommendations to the Dean of the College of Arts and Sciences regarding any aspect of the institution's animal program, facilities, or personnel training; (h) maintain minutes
of the lACUC meetings, records of proposals, and proposed
changes in the care and use of animals.
Administration
The lACUC reports
directly to the Assistant Vice President
and Research who in turn reports to
and Vice President for Academic Affairs and the
for Graduate Studies
the Provost
President of the University.
pend
The lACUC
activities involving the
forth in the
PHS
care
is
authorized to sus-
and use of animals
as set
Policy
after the fact.
B. It
is
the responsibility of the faculty to discuss
research ethics with the class in the context of the
lACUC Membership
Members
of the
lACUC
shall
be appointed by the Provost
assignment prior to the initiation of data collection.
C. It is the responsibility of faculty to monitor
student projects from beginning to end for impact
on human subjects. Special attention should be
paid to maintaining confidentiality, minimal levels
of risk, the freedom to withdraw, and informed
and Vice President for Academic
consent.
veterinarian.
D.
It is
the responsibility of faculty to report
unexpected adverse affects on human subjects
the department chair.
to
and the President
lACUC must consist of at least five memone member must not be involved in animal
research. At least one member must not be associated formally with the university. At least one member must be a
require that the
bers.
At
least
The
veterinarian
may
also serve as the
will
serve for
one
year.
Applicability
Any individual conducting research employing
Animal Subjects Research
Issued by: Betty D. Allamong, Provost
for
Academic
and Vice President
Affairs
Effective Date: April 3, 1991
Notes: Endorsed by Institutional Animal Care and Use
Committee March 22, 1991.
Endorsed by Bloomsburg University Curriculum
Committee April 3, 1991. Presented as information item
to University
Forum
April 24, 1991.
Bloomsburg University recognizes its ethical and legal responsibility to provide a mechanism to protect animal subjects used in research under the auspices of the institution.
Since 1982 Bloomsburg University has maintained an Assurance of Compliance with the Public Health Semce (PHS)
Policy on Humane Care and Use of Laboratory Animals (Assurance #:A3043) As specified under this assurance, an Institutional Animal Care and Use Committee (lACUC) was
formed and maintains a program for activities involving an.
mem-
ber not affiliated with the university. The remaining members of the LACUC will be facult)' actively involved in animal
research. A chairperson will be elected by the members of
the committee and
PRP 3995
Affairs
of the University for a three-year term. Federal guidelines
vertebrate
animals as subjects must submit an Ajiimal Research Proto-
Form to the lACUC. A research project is any acti\ity
designed to uncover new information and should not be
confused with classroom demonstrations or projects \vhere
the sole purpose is to instruct students in methods of experimentation; however, all classroom demonstrations that involve surgical procedures, animal discomfort, anesthesia, or
euthanasia must submit an Animal Research Protocol. The
Protocol must be submitted whether or not the project is
funded by a federal grant. In order to assure tiiat research
col
activities
v^thout
do not imnecessarily duplicate previous research
or justification, a new Protocol
scientific rationale
must be submitted for eveiy research project or classroom
demonstration, even if an identical Protocol has been previously approved. The Animal Research Protocol Form will
ask each individual conducting animal research to include
the scientific rationale for any duplication of an activilv and
a description of the appropiiateness of the number of animals being used.
208- Undergraduate, Graduate Catalog 2002-2003 Advisers Edition
Protocol
An Animal Research
Protocol
Form may be obtained from
the Grants Office in Waller Administration Building. Five
copies of the Protocol should be submitted to the chairperson of the lACUC. The name of the chairperson of the
lACUC may be obtained by calling the Director of Grants at
extension 4129. An Animal Research Protocol will be reviewed by one or more committee members. If the Protocol
is not approved, it will be given a full committee review for
further consideration. If a full committee review is conducted, approval of the project may be granted only after approval vote of a majority of the
col
quorum
present.
The
Proto-
must be acted upon within two weeks of submission. The
purpose of the lACUC is to address concerns directly related to the health and welfare of animals such as the procedures used to avoid or minimize discomfort, the proper use
of sedation or methods of euthanasia. The purpose of the
review is not to evaluate the scientific merits of the proposal. Copies of reviewed Animal Research Protocols will be
maintained by the Grants Office.
Bloomsburg
iBto
UNIVERSITY
Media of